Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

456

Transcript of Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Page 1: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010
Page 2: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

A

Sec. A Page 1

Section A

cold finiShed cArbon bArS

and

cold rolled StriP1008/1010 cold rolled StriP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

1018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8

rounds, hexagons, Squares, flats

1040/42/45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10

rounds, hexagons, Squares

1045 PreciSion ShAftinG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12

1213 and 1215 (Screw Machine Stock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-14

hexagons, rounds, Squares

12l14 SUPer free MAchininG — leAded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-16

rounds, hexagons, Squares

1117 and 11l17 (leaded). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-19

Squares, rounds, hexagons, flats

1137 and 1141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-21

rounds

StreSSProof® and 1144 hi StreSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-23

hexagons, cold drawn rounds, Ground & Polished rounds

fAtiGUe-Proof® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

cold drawn rounds

1045/1050/1045 Microalloy chroMe PlAted - roUndS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

1050 cArbon bAr for tie-rod APPlicAtion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

rounds

Page 3: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

cold rolled StriP — 1008/1010

UnS G10080 UnS G10100 temper: Number 2 (Half-Hard) finish: Number 2 (Regular Bright) edge: 3” and narrower—No. 4 (Round) Over 3” wide—No. 3 (Square)

color Marking: Ends painted Blue

This grade is a flat cold rolled carbon steel, processed to give such usefulcharacteristics as dimensional accuracy and improved surface, along with desired mechanical properties. Half-hard, or No. 2 temper, is a moderately stiff product intended for limited bending. It may be bent 90º across the direction of rolling around a radius equal to the thickness.

AnAlYSiS carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur

.08/.13 .30/.60 .04 Max. .05 Max.APPlicAtionS — This grade of Cold Rolled Strip is suitable for many general applications where dimensional accuracy and stiffness are required. Bending and forming may be performed to a limited degree.

MechAnicAl ProPertieS — The following values are average and may be considered as representative of the grade but are not generally reported: tensile Strength rockwell hardness (psi) b Scale

60,000/78,000 70/85

WeldAbilitY —This grade is easily welded by all the welding processes, and the resultant welds and joints are of extremely high quality. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on the thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

Sec. A Page 2

cold rolled StriP

Stock Lengths 12’

thickness estimated Weight, lbs. thickness estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar1/16 x 1/4 .0532 .6381 3/8 .0798 .9572 1/2 .1064 1.276 5/8 .1329 1.595 3/4 .1595 1.914 7/8 .1861 2.233 1 .2127 2.552 11/8 .2393 2.871 11/4 .2659 3.191 11/2 .3191 3.829 13/4 .3722 4.467 2 .4254 5.105 21/2 .5318 6.381 3 .6381 7.6573/32 x 3/8 .1196 1.436 1/2 .1595 1.914 5/8 .1994 2.393 3/4 .2393 2.871 7/8 .2792 3.350 1 .3191 3.829 11/8 .3589 4.307 11/4 .3988 4.786 11/2 .4786 5.743 13/4 .5583 6.700

3/32 x 2 .6381 7.657 21/2 .7976 9.572 3 .9572 11.49 4 1.276 15.311/8 x 3/16 .0798 .9572 1/4 .1064 1.276 3/8 .1595 1.914 1/2 .2127 2.552 5/8 .2659 3.191 3/4 .3191 3.829 7/8 .3722 4.467 1 .4254 5.105 11/8 .4786 5.743 11/4 .5318 6.381 11/2 .6381 7.657 13/4 .7445 8.933 2 .8508 10.21 21/2 1.064 12.76 3 1.276 15.31 4 1.702 20.42 41/2 1.914 22.97 5 2.127 25.52 6 2.552 30.63

Page 4: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 3

1018 cold finiShed bArS

AStM A 108 UnS G10180

color Marking: Ends painted Black

A low-carbon steel, having higher manganese content than certain other low-carbon steels, such as 1020. Being richer in manganese, 1018 is a better steel for carbu-rized parts, since it produces a harder and more uniform case. It also has higher mechanical properties and better machining characteristics. The hot rolled bars used in the manufacture of this product are of special quality.

Most cold finished bars are produced by cold drawing. In this process, oversize hot rolled bars, which have been cleaned to remove scale, are drawn through dies to the required size. The larger sizes are generally turned and polished, the hot rolled bars having been machine turned, rather than drawn, followed by abrasive polish-ing. Turned and polished bars tend to have a somewhat brighter finish than cold drawn bars.

A greater degree of dimensional accuracy and straightness in round bars is obtained by grinding and polishing. The product resulting from this process is known as Precision Shafting. For description and listing of stock sizes of PRECISION SHAFTINg, refer to Pages 11 and 12 of this section.

AnAlYSiS carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur

.15/.20 .60/.90 .04 Max. .05 Max.

APPlicAtionS — Suitable for parts requiring cold forming, such as crimping, swaging or bending. However, for severe bends, stress relieving may be necessary to prevent cracking. Especially suitable for carburized parts requiring soft core and high surface hardness, such as gears, pinions, worms, king pins, chain pins, ratchets, dogs, etc.

MechAnicAl ProPertieS — The following values are average and may be considered as representative of the grade: tensile Yield reduction Strength Strength elongation of brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” Area hardness

1” rd., cold drawn 85,000 70,000 28% 55% 167 7” rd., turned & polished 70,000 45,000 36% 58% 143

MAchinAbilitY — 1018 has a machinability rating of 78%, based on 1212 as 100%. Average surface cutting speed is 130 feet per minute.

WeldAbilitY — This grade is easily welded by all the welding processes, and the resultant welds and joints are of extremely high quality. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on the thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

hArdeninG — This grade will respond to any of the standard carburizing methods and subsequent heat treatments. For a hard case and tough core, the following heat treatment is suggested: Carburize at 1650º-1700ºF for approximately eight hours, cool in box and reheat to 1400º-1450ºF. Quench in water and draw at 300º-350ºF.

Page 5: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 4

1018 cold finiShed bArS (Continued)

1018 cold finiShed roUndSStock Lengths: 12’ and 20’ Approx.

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. in Per 20-ft. in Per 20-ft. in Per 20-ft.inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar 1/8 .0418 .8353 5/32 .0653 1.305 3/16 .0940 1.879 7/32 .1279 2.558 1/4 .1671 3.341 9/32 .2114 4.229 5/16 .2610 5.220 11/32 .3158 6.317 3/8 .3759 7.517 13/32 .4411 8.822 7/16 .5116 10.23 15/32 .5873 11.75 1/2 .6682 13.26 17/32 .7544 15.09 9/16 .8457 16.91 19/32 .9425 18.85 5/8 1.044 20.88 11/16 1.263 25.27 23/32 1.381 27.62 3/4 1.504 30.07 49/64 1.567 31.34 13/16 1.765 35.29 7/8 2.046 40.93 15/16 2.349 46.98

1 2.673 53.46 1/64 2.757 55.14 1/32 2.843 56.85 1/16 3.017 60.35 1/8 3.383 67.66 3/16 3.769 75.38 1/4 4.176 83.53 5/16 4.604 92.09 3/8 5.053 101.1 7/16 5.523 110.5 1/2 6.014 120.3 9/16 6.526 130.5 5/8 7.058 141.2 11/16 7.612 152.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 13/16 8.781 175.6 7/8 9.397 187.9

115/16 10.03 200.7

2 10.69 213.8 1/16 11.37 227.4 1/8 12.07 241.4 3/16 12.79 255.8 1/4 13.53 270.6 5/6 14.29 285.9 3/8 15.08 301.5 7/16 15.88 317.6 1/2 16.71 334.1 9/16 17.55 351.0 5/8 18.42 368.4 11/16 19.31 386.1 3/4 20.21 404.3 13/16 21.14 422.9 7/8 22.09 441.9 15/16 23.06 461.3

3 24.06 481.1 1/16 25.07 501.4 1/8 26.10 522.0 3/16 27.16 543.1 1/4 28.23 564.6 5/16 29.33 586.6 3/8 30.45 608.9 7/16 31.58 631.7 1/2 32.74 654.8 9/16 33.92 678.4 5/8 35.12 702.5 11/16 36.35 726.9 3/4 37.59 751.7 7/8 40.14 802.7 15/16 41.44 828.8

4 42.77 855.3 1/8 45.48 909.6 3/16 46.87 937.4 1/4 48.28 965.6 5/16 49.71 994.2

43/8 51.16 1023 7/16 52.63 1053 1/2 54.13 1083 9/16 55.64 1113 5/8 57.18 1143 11/16 58.73 1175 3/4 60.31 1206 7/8 63.52 1270 15/16 65.16 1303

5 66.82 1336 1/8 70.21 1404 1/4 73.67 1473 5/16 75.44 1509 3/8 77.22 1544 7/16 79.03 1581 1/2 80.86 1617 5/8 84.57 1691 3/4 88.37 1767 7/8 92.26 1845 15/16 94.23 1885

6 96.22 1924 1/8 100.3 2005 1/4 104.4 2088 3/8 108.6 2172 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 2436

7 131.0 2619 1/4 140.5 2810 1/2 150.4 3007 3/4 160.5 3211

8 171.1 3421 1/2 193.1 3862

9 216.5 4330 1/2 241.2 4824

10 267.3 5346 1/2 294.7 5894

11 323.4 6468 1/2 353.5 7070

12 384.9 7698

Page 6: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1018 cold finiShed bArS (Continued)

1018 cold drAWn hexAGonSStock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft.inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar 3/16 .1036 1.243

1/4 .1842 2.210

5/16 .2878 3.454

3/8 .4145 4.973

7/16 .5641 6.769

1/2 .7368 8.842

9/16 .9325 11.19

5/8 1.151 13.82

11/16 1.393 16.72

3/4 1.658 19.89

7/8 2.257 27.08

15/16 2.590 31.08

1018 cold finiShed SqUAreSKeY StocK

Stock Lengths 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft.inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar

1/8 .0531 .6381

3/16 .1196 1.436

1/4 .2127 2.552

5/16 .3323 3.988

3/8 .4786 5.743

7/16 .6514 7.817

1/2 .8508 10.21

9/16 1.077 12.92

5/8 1.329 15.95

11/16 1.609 19.30

3/4 1.914 22.97

13/16 2.247 26.96

7/8 2.606 31.27

15/16 2.991 35.89

1 2.947 35.37 1/16 3.327 39.93 1/8 3.730 44.76 3/16 4.156 49.87 1/4 4.605 55.26 5/16 5.077 60.93 3/8 5.572 66.87 7/16 6.090 73.08 1/2 6.631 79.56 9/16 7.196 86.35 5/8 7.783 93.39 3/4 9.026 108.3 13/16 9.682 116.2 7/8 10.36 124.3

2 11.79 141.5 1/8 13.31 159.7 1/4 14.92 179.0 3/8 16.62 199.5 7/16 17.51 210.1 1/2 18.42 221.0 5/8 20.31 243.7 3/4 22.29 267.53 26.53 318.3 1/8 28.78 345.4 1/4 31.13 373.6 1/2 36.10 433.2 3/4 41.45 497.34 47.16 565.9

Sec. A Page 5

1 3.403 40.84

1/16 3.842 46.10

1/8 4.307 51.69

3/16 4.799 57.59

1/4 5.318 63.81

5/16 5.863 70.35

3/8 6.434 77.21

7/16 7.032 84.39

1/2 7.657 91.89

9/16 8.309 99.71

5/8 8.987 107.8

3/4 10.42 125.1

7/8 11.96 143.6

2 13.61 163.4

1/8 15.37 184.4

21/4 17.23 206.7

3/8 19.20 230.4

1/2 21.27 255.2

5/8 23.45 281.4

3/4 25.74 308.8

3 30.63 367.5

1/4 35.95 431.4

1/2 41.69 500.3

3/4 47.86 574.3

4 54.45 653.4

1/2 68.91 827.0

5 85.08 1021

1/2 102.9 1235

6 122.5 1470

Page 7: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 6

1018 cold finiShed bArS (Continued)

1018 cold drAWn flAtSStock Lengths 10’ and 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 20-ft. in Per 20-ft. in Per 20-ft.inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar1/8 x 3/16 .0798 .9576 1/4 .1064 1.276 5/16 .1329 1.595 3/8 .1595 1.914 7/16 .1861 2.233 1/2 .2127 2.552 9/16 .2393 2.872 5/8 .2659 3.191 11/16 .2925 3.510 3/4 .3191 3.829 7/8 .3722 4.467 1 .4254 5.105 11/8 .4786 5.743 11/4 .5318 6.381 13/8 .5849 7.019 11/2 .6381 7.657 13/4 .7445 8.933 2 .8508 10.21 21/4 .9572 11.49 21/2 1.064 12.76 23/4 1.170 14.04 3 1.276 15.31 31/2 1.489 17.87 4 1.702 20.42 41/2 1.914 22.97 5 2.127 25.52 6 2.552 30.63 8 3.403 40.84 10 4.254 51.05 12 5.105 61.263/16 x 1/4 .1595 1.914 5/16 .1994 2.393 3/8 .2393 2.871 7/16 .2792 3.350 1/2 .3191 3.829 5/8 .3988 4.786 3/4 .4786 5.743 7/8 .5583 6.700 1 .6381 7.657 11/8 .7179 8.614 11/4 .7976 9.572 13/8 .8774 10.53 11/2 .9572 11.49 13/4 1.117 13.40 17/8 1.196 14.35 2 1.276 15.31 21/4 1.436 17.23 21/2 1.595 19.14 23/4 1.755 21.06 3 1.914 22.97 31/4 2.074 24.89 31/2 2.233 26.80 33/4 2.393 28.71 4 2.552 30.63 41/2 2.871 34.46 5 3.191 38.29 6 3.829 45.94

3/16 x 8 5.105 61.26 9 5.743 68.91 10 6.381 76.57 12 7.657 91.891/4 x 5/16 .2659 3.191 3/8 .3191 3.829 7/16 .3722 4.467 1/2 .4254 5.105 9/16 .4786 5.743 5/8 .5318 6.381 3/4 .6381 7.657 7/8 .7445 8.933 1 .8508 10.21 11/8 .9572 11.49 11/4 1.064 12.76 13/8 1.170 14.04 11/2 1.276 15.31 15/8 1.383 16.59 13/4 1.489 17.87 17/8 1.595 19.14 2 1.702 20.42 21/4 1.914 22.97 21/2 2.127 25.52 23/4 2.340 28.08 3 2.552 30.63 31/4 2.765 33.18 31/2 2.978 35.73 33/4 3.191 38.29 4 3.403 40.84 41/4 3.616 43.39 41/2 3.829 45.94 43/4 4.041 48.50 5 4.254 51.05 51/4 4.467 53.60 51/2 4.679 56.15 53/4 4.892 58.70 6 5.105 61.26 61/2 5.530 66.36 7 5.956 71.47 8 6.806 81.68 9 7.657 91.89 10 8.508 102.1 11 9.359 112.3 12 10.21 122.5 145/8 12.44 149.35/16 x 3/8 .3988 4.786 7/16 .4653 5.583 1/2 .5318 6.381 9/16 .5982 7.179 5/8 .6647 7.976 3/4 .7976 9.572 7/8 .9306 11.17 1 1.064 12.76 11/8 1.196 14.36 11/4 1.329 15.95 13/8 1.462 17.55

5/16 x 11/2 1.595 19.14 15/8 1.729 20.74 13/4 1.861 22.33 2 2.127 25.52 21/4 2.393 28.71 21/2 2.659 31.91 23/4 2.925 35.10 3 3.191 38.29 31/2 3.722 44.68 4 4.254 51.05 41/2 4.786 57.43 5 5.318 63.81 51/2 5.849 70.19 6 6.381 76.57 8 8.508 102.1 10 10.64 127.6 12 12.76 153.13/8 x 7/16 .5583 6.700 1/2 .6381 7.657 9/16 .7179 8.615 5/8 .7976 9.572 3/4 .9572 11.49 7/8 1.117 13.40 1 1.276 15.31 11/8 1.436 17.23 11/4 1.595 19.14 13/8 1.755 21.06 11/2 1.914 22.97 15/8 2.074 24.89 13/4 2.233 26.80 17/8 2.393 28.72 2 2.552 30.63 21/4 2.871 34.46 21/2 3.191 38.29 23/4 3.510 42.11 3 3.829 45.94 31/4 4.148 49.77 31/2 4.467 53.60 33/4 4.786 57.43 4 5.105 61.26 41/4 5.424 65.09 41/2 5.743 68.91 43/4 6.062 72.74 5 6.381 76.57 51/4 6.700 80.40 51/2 7.019 84.23 53/4 7.338 88.06 6 7.657 91.89 61/2 8.295 99.54 7 8.933 107.2 8 10.21 122.5 9 11.49 137.8 10 12.76 153.1 11 14.04 168.5 12 15.31 183.8 131/2 17.23 206.7 145/8 18.66 224.0

Page 8: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 7

1018 cold finiShed bArS (Continued)

1018 cold drAWn flAtS (Continued)Stock Lengths 10’ and 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft.inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar7/16 x 1/2 .7445 8.933 5/8 .9306 11.17 3/4 1.117 13.40 7/8 1.303 15.63 1 1.489 17.87 11/8 1.675 20.10 11/4 1.861 22.33 11/2 2.233 26.80 13/4 2.606 31.27 2 2.978 35.73 21/4 3.350 40.20 21/2 3.722 44.67 23/4 4.094 49.13 3 4.467 53.60 4 5.956 71.47 41/2 6.700 80.40 5 7.445 89.33 6 8.933 107.21/2 x 9/16 .9572 11.49 5/8 1.064 12.76 3/4 1.276 15.31 7/8 1.489 17.87 1 1.702 20.42 11/8 1.914 22.97 11/4 2.127 25.52 13/8 2.340 28.08 11/2 2.552 30.63 15/8 2.765 33.18 13/4 2.978 35.73 2 3.403 40.84 21/4 3.829 45.94 21/2 4.254 51.05 23/4 4.679 56.15 3 5.105 61.26 31/4 5.530 66.36 31/2 5.956 71.47 33/4 6.381 76.57 4 6.806 81.68 41/4 7.232 86.78 41/2 7.657 91.89 43/4 8.083 96.99 5 8.508 102.1 51/4 8.933 107.2 51/2 9.359 112.3 53/4 9.784 117.4 6 10.21 122.5 61/2 11.06 132.7 7 11.91 142.9 8 13.61 163.4 9 15.31 183.8 10 17.02 204.2 11 18.72 224.6 12 20.42 245.0 14 23.82 285.8 145/8 24.89 298.7

9/16 x 5/8 1.196 14.35 3/4 1.436 17.23 7/8 1.675 20.10 1 1.914 22.97 11/4 2.393 28.72 11/2 2.871 34.46 13/4 3.350 40.20 2 3.829 45.95 21/2 4.786 57.435/8 x 11/16 1.462 17.54 3/4 1.595 19.14 7/8 1.861 22.33 1 2.127 25.52 11/8 2.393 28.71 11/4 2.659 31.91 13/8 2.925 35.10 11/2 3.191 38.29 15/8 3.456 41.48 13/4 3.722 44.67 2 4.254 51.05 21/4 4.786 57.43 21/2 5.318 63.81 23/4 5.849 70.19 3 6.381 76.57 31/4 6.913 82.95 31/2 7.445 89.33 4 8.508 102.1 41/4 9.040 108.5 41/2 9.572 114.9 43/4 10.10 121.2 5 10.64 127.6 51/2 11.70 140.4 6 12.76 153.1 61/2 13.83 166.0 7 14.89 178.7 8 17.02 204.2 9 19.14 229.7 10 21.27 255.2 11 23.40 280.8 12 25.52 306.3 14 29.78 357.4 145/8 31.11 373.311/16 x 3/4 1.755 21.06 1 2.340 28.083/4 x 7/8 2.233 26.80 1 2.552 30.63 11/8 2.871 34.46 11/4 3.191 38.29 13/8 3.510 42.11 11/2 3.829 45.94 15/8 4.148 49.77 13/4 4.467 53.60 2 5.105 61.26 21/4 5.743 68.91 21/2 6.381 76.57

3/4 x 23/4 7.019 84.23 3 7.657 91.89 31/4 8.295 99.54 31/2 8.933 107.2 33/4 9.572 114.9 4 10.21 122.5 41/4 10.85 130.2 41/2 11.49 137.8 43/4 12.12 145.4 5 12.76 153.1 51/2 14.04 168.5 6 15.31 183.8 61/2 16.59 199.1 7 17.87 214.4 8 20.42 245.0 9 22.97 275.7 10 25.52 306.3 11 28.08 337.0 12 30.63 367.5 14 35.73 428.8 145/8 37.33 448.07/8 x 1 2.978 35.73 11/8 3.350 40.20 11/4 3.722 44.67 13/8 4.094 49.13 11/2 4.467 53.60 13/4 5.211 62.53 2 5.956 71.47 21/4 6.700 80.40 21/2 7.445 89.33 23/4 8.189 98.27 3 8.933 107.2 31/2 10.42 125.1 4 11.91 142.9 41/2 13.40 160.8 5 14.89 178.7 51/2 16.38 196.6 6 17.87 214.4 8 23.82 285.9 10 29.78 357.3 11 32.76 393.1 12 35.73 428.81 x 11/8 3.829 45.94 11/4 4.254 51.05 13/8 4.679 56.15 11/2 5.105 61.26 15/8 5.530 66.36 13/4 5.956 71.47 2 6.806 81.68 21/4 7.657 91.89 21/2 8.508 102.1 23/4 9.359 112.3 3 10.21 122.5 31/4 11.06 132.7 31/2 11.91 142.9 33/4 12.76 153.1

Page 9: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 8

1018 cold finiShed bArS (Continued)

1018 cold drAWn flAtS (Continued)Stock Lengths 10’ and 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar

1 x 4 13.61 163.4 41/4 14.46 173.5 41/2 15.31 183.8 43/4 16.17 194.0 5 17.02 204.2 51/2 18.72 224.6 6 20.42 245.0 61/2 22.12 265.4 7 23.82 285.9 8 27.23 326.7 9 30.63 367.510 34.03 408.411 37.44 449.312 40.84 490.114 47.64 571.7145/8 49.77 597.311/8 x 11/4 4.786 57.43 13/8 5.264 63.17 11/2 5.743 68.91 15/8 6.221 74.65 13/4 6.700 80.40 2 7.657 91.89 21/4 8.614 103.4 21/2 9.572 114.9 3 11.49 137.8 4 15.31 183.8 5 19.14 229.7 6 22.97 275.711/4 x 13/8 5.849 70.19 11/2 6.381 76.57 15/8 6.913 82.96 13/4 7.445 89.33 17/8 7.976 95.71 2 8.508 102.1 21/4 9.572 114.9 21/2 10.64 127.6 23/4 11.70 140.4 3 12.76 153.1 31/4 13.83 166.0 31/2 14.89 178.7 33/4 15.95 191.4 4 17.02 204.2 41/2 19.14 229.7 5 21.27 255.2 51/2 23.40 280.8

11/4 x 6 25.52 306.3 7 29.78 357.3 8 34.03 408.4 9 38.29 459.410 42.54 510.511 46.79 561.512 51.05 612.614 59.56 714.6145/8 62.21 746.513/8 x 11/2 7.019 84.23 2 9.359 112.3 3 14.04 168.511/2 x 15/8 8.295 99.54 13/4 8.933 107.2 2 10.21 122.5 21/4 11.49 137.9 21/2 12.76 153.1 23/4 14.04 168.5 3 15.31 183.8 31/4 16.59 199.1 31/2 17.87 214.4 4 200.42 245.0 41/2 22.97 275.7 5 25.52 306.3 51/2 28.08 336.9 6 30.63 367.5 7 35.73 428.8 8 40.84 490.1 9 45.94 551.310 51.05 612.611 56.15 673.812 61.26 735.114 71.47 857.615/8 x 2 11.06 132.7 3 16.59 199.113/4 x 2 11.91 142.9 21/4 13.40 160.8 21/2 14.89 178.7 23/4 16.38 196.5 3 17.87 214.4 31/2 20.84 250.1 4 23.82 285.9 41/2 26.80 321.6 5 29.78 357.3

13/4 x 51/2 32.76 393.1 6 35.73 428.8 8 47.64 571.710 59.56 714.711 65.51 786.112 71.47 857.62 x 21/4 15.31 183.8 21/2 17.02 204.2 23/4 18.72 224.6 3 20.42 245.0 31/4 22.12 265.4 31/2 23.82 285.9 33/4 25.52 306.2 4 27.23 326.7 41/2 30.63 367.5 5 34.03 408.4 51/2 37.44 449.2 6 40.84 490.1 7 47.64 571.7 8 54.45 653.4 9 61.26 735.110 68.06 816.811 74.87 898.412 81.68 980.121/4 x 21/2 19.14 229.7 23/4 21.06 252.7 3 22.97 275.7 31/2 26.80 321.6 4 30.63 367.5 41/2 34.46 413.5 5 38.29 459.4 51/2 42.11 505.4 6 45.94 551.3 8 61.26 735.1 10 76.57 918.921/2 x 23/4 23.40 280.8 3 25.52 306.3 31/2 29.78 357.3 4 34.03 408.4 41/2 38.29 459.4 5 42.54 510.5 51/2 46.79 561.5 6 51.05 612.6 7 59.56 714.7

21/2 x 8 68.06 816.8 9 76.57 918.910 85.08 102111 93.59 112312 102.1 12253 x 31/2 35.73 428.8 4 40.84 490.1 41/2 45.94 551.3 5 51.05 612.6 6 61.26 735.1 7 71.47 857.6 8 81.68 980.110 102.1 122512 122.5 147031/2 x 4 47.64 571.7 41/2 53.60 643.2 5 59.56 714.7 6 71.47 857.6 7 83.38 1001 8 95.29 1143 9 107.2 128610 119.1 142912 142.9 17154 x 41/2 61.26 735.1 5 68.06 816.8 6 81.68 980.1 61/2 88.48 1062 7 95.29 1143 8 108.9 130710 136.1 163412 163.4 196041/2 x 5 76.57 918.9 51/2 84.23 1011 6 91.89 11035 x 6 102.1 1225 7 119.1 1429 8 136.1 163310 170.2 20426 x 8 163.4 196110 204.2 245012 245.0 2940

Page 10: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 9

1040/42/45 cold finiShed bArS

AStM A 108 UnS G10400 G10420 G10450

color Marking: Ends painted Red

This is medium-carbon steel. The higher carbon content imparts higher strength properties than 1018. The hot rolled bars used in the manufacture of this product are of special quality. Most bars are cold drawn, although some larger sizes are turned and polished.

When higher degrees of dimensional accuracy and straightness are required, we recommend the use of PRECISION SHAFTINg, which is produced by grinding and polishing. Refer to Pages 11 and 12 of this section.

AnAlYSiS

carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur

1040 .37/.44 .60/.90 .04 Max. .05 Max. 1042 .40/.47 .60/.90 .04 Max. .05 Max. 1045 .43/.50 .60/.90 .04 Max .05 Max.

APPlicAtionS — This material is used where greater strength is required than can be obtained from the lower carbon steels. It responds to heat treatment, and a wide range of properties can be obtained. Applications include shafts, machinery parts, bolts, pinions, gears, etc.

MechAnicAl ProPertieS — The following values are average and may be considered as representative: tensile Yield reduction Strength Strength elongation of brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” Area hardness

1” rd., cold drawn 110,000 85,000 19% 32% 223 5” rd., turned & polished 90,000 55,000 26% 50% 187

MAchinAbilitY — Machinability rating is approximately 64% based on 1212 as 100%. Average surface cutting speed is between 95 and 105 feet per minute.

WeldAbilitY — Due to higher carbon content, this material is not readily welded. With thin sections and flexible design, gas or arc welding may be used without preheating, but in joints over 1/2” to 3/4” thick preheating is necessary. To develop equivalent strength in a weld, a low alloy filler is recommended. Stress relieving after welding is also recommended. The grade of welding rod to be used depends thickness of section, design, service requirement, etc.

hArdeninG — This steel is essentially water-hardening, but it may be quenched in oil. The recommended quenching temperatures are 1550ºF for water and 1575ºF for oil. A wide range of mechanical properties can be obtained by tempering at different temperatures between 700ºF and 1300ºF. Tempering in the range from 500ºF to 700ºF should be avoided.

Page 11: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 10

1040/42/45 cold finiShed bArS (Continued)

1040/42/45 cold finiShed roUndSStock Lengths: 20’ Approx.

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 20-ft. in Per 20-ft. in Per 20-ft.inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar

1/4 .1671 3.341 5/16 .2610 5.220 3/8 .3759 7.517 7/16 .5116 10.23 1/2 .6682 13.36 9/16 .8457 16.91 5/8 1.044 20.88 11/16 1.263 25.27 3/4 1.504 30.07 13/16 1.765 35.29 7/8 2.046 40.93 15/16 2.349 46.981 2.673 53.46 1/16 3.017 60.35 1/8 3.383 67.66 3/16 3.769 75.38 1/4 4.176 83.53 5/16 4.604 92.09 3/8 5.053 101.1 7/16 5.523 110.5 1/2 6.014 120.3 9/16 6.526 130.5 5/8 7.058 141.2

1040/42/45 cold drAWn SqUAreS

Stock Lengths: 12’ Approx.

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar

1/4 .2127 2.552 5/16 .3323 3.988 3/8 .4786 5.743 1/2 .8508 10.21 5/8 1.329 15.95 3/4 1.914 22.97 7/8 2.606 31.271 3.403 40.84

1040/42/45 cold drAWn hexAGonS

Stock Lengths: 12’ Approx. Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar 3/4 1.658 19.89 7/8 2.257 27.08 15/16 2.590 31.081 2.947 35.37 1/8 3.730 44.76 3/16 4.156 49.87 1/4 4.605 55.26

1 11/16 7.612 152.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 13/16 8.781 175.6 7/8 9.397 187.9 15/16 10.03 200.72 10.69 213.8 1/16 11.37 227.4 1/8 12.07 241.4 3/16 12.79 255.8 1/4 13.53 270.6 5/16 14.29 285.9 3/8 15.08 301.5 7/16 15.88 317.6 1/2 16.71 334.1 9/16 17.55 351.0 5/8 18.42 368.4 11/16 19.31 386.1 3/4 20.21 404.3 7/8 22.09 441.9 15/16 23.06 461.33 24.06 481.1 1/8 26.10 522.0 1/4 28.23 564.6

3 3/8 30.45 608.9 7/16 31.58 631.7 1/2 32.74 654.8 5/8 35.12 702.5 3/4 37.59 751.7 15/16 41.44 828.84 42.77 855.3 1/4 48.28 965.6 3/8 51.16 1023 7/16 52.63 1053 1/2 54.13 1083 5/8 57.18 1143 3/4 60.31 12065 66.82 1336 1/4 73.67 1473 7/16 79.03 1581 1/2 80.86 1617 3/4 88.37 17676 96.22 1924 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 22597 131.0 2619

1 1/8 4.307 51.69 3/16 4.799 57.59 1/4 5.318 63.81 1/2 7.657 91.89 3/4 10.42 125.12 13.61 163.4 1/4 17.23 206.7 1/2 21.27 255.23 30.63 367.5

1 5/16 5.077 60.93 3/8 5.572 66.87 1/2 6.631 79.56 3/4 9.026 108.3 7/8 10.36 124.32 11.79 141.5 1/2 18.42 221.0

Page 12: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 11

1045 PreciSion ShAftinG

AStM A 108 UnS G10450

color Marking: Ends painted Olive

Precision Shafting represents the highest degree of over-all accuracy, concentric-ity, straightness, and surface perfection attainable in commercial practice. After being ground on centerless grinders, bars are polished to a high finish and carefully straightened.

The general RMS finish for 1045 Precision Shafting is 20 RMS maximum.

AnAlYSiS

carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur

.43/.50 .60/.90 .04 Max. .05 Max.

APPlicAtionS — This product is often referred to as pump shafting or pump rod, due to its high degree of straightness, which is so important in high-speed shafting applications. This special straightness serves to prevent vibration and wear on packings and bearings, which must be avoided in deep well pump work. Precision Shafting is also used for motor shafts and similar applications where high-speed work necessitates straightness and accuracy along with the ability to be machined unsymmetrically with practically no danger of warpage.

tolerAnce — 11/2” & Under: Plus .000”, Minus .001”

Over 11/2” to Under 21/2”: Plus .000”, Minus .0015”

2 1/2” to 3” inclusive: Plus .000”, Minus .002”

Over 3” to 4”: Plus .000”, Minus .003”

Over 4” to 6”: Plus .000”, Minus .006”

MechAnicAl ProPertieS — The following are average and may be considered as representative: tensile Yield reduction Strength Strength elongation of brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” Area hardness 1”, cold drawn ground & polished 100,000 85,000 19% 32% 223 7”, turned ground & polished 95,000 60,000 24% 48% 197

MAchinAbilitY — Machinability rating is approximately 64% based on 1212 as 100%. Average surface cutting speed is 95 to 105 feet per minute.

WeldAbilitY — Due to higher carbon content, this material is not readily welded. With thin sections and flexible design, gas or arc welding may be used without preheating, but in joints over 1/2” to 3/4” thick preheating is necessary. To develop equivalent strength in a weld, a low alloy filler is recommended. Stress relieving after welding is also recommended. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

Page 13: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 12

1045 PreciSion ShAftinG

Stock Lengths 20’ -01/4” and 21’- 24’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 20’ - 01/4” in Per 20’ - 01/4” inches foot bar inches foot bar

1/2 .6682 13.38 9/16 .8457 16.93 5/8 1.044 20.90 11/16 1.263 25.29 3/4 1.504 30.11 13/16 1.765 35.34 7/8 2.046 40.96 15/16 2.349 47.031 2.673 53.52 1/16 3.017 60.40 1/8 3.383 67.73 3/16 3.769 75.46 1/4 4.176 83.61 5/16 4.604 92.18 3/8 5.053 101.2 7/16 5.523 110.6 1/2 6.014 120.4 9/16 6.526 130.7 5/8 7.058 141.3 11/16 7.612 152.4 3/4 8.186 163.9 13/16 8.781 175.8 7/8 9.397 188.1 15/16 10.03 200.82 10.69 214.0 1/8 12.07 241.7 3/16 12.79 256.1 1/4 13.53 270.9 3/8 15.08 301.9 7/16 15.88 317.9

2 1/2 16.71 334.5 5/8 18.42 368.8 11/16 19.31 386.6 3/4 20.21 404.6 7/8 22.09 442.3 15/16 23.06 461.73 24.06 481.7 3/16 27.16 543.8 1/4 28.23 565.1 3/8 30.45 609.6 7/16 31.58 632.3 1/2 32.74 655.5 11/16 36.35 727.8 3/4 37.59 752.6 15/16 41.44 829.74 42.77 856.3 1/4 48.28 966.6 7/16 52.63 1054 1/2 54.13 1084 3/4 60.31 1207 15/16 65.16 13055 66.82 1338 1/4 73.67 1475 7/16 79.03 1582 1/2 80.86 1619 3/4 88.37 1769 15/16 94.23 18876 96.22 1926 1/2 112.9 22607 131.0 2623

Page 14: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1213/15 free MAchininG cold finiShed bArS

(ScreW MAchine StocK)AStM A 108 UnS G12130

color Marking: Ends painted Orange

1213 and 1215 are resulphurized and rephosphorized free machining steels, commonly referred to as Screw Stock. They are improved free-cutting steels that have replaced the Bessemer B-1113 grade. They are especially suited for auto-matic screw machine operations where the major requirement is exceptional free-cutting quality with a good finish.

AnAlYSiS carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur

1213 .13 Max. .70/1.00 .07/.12 .24/.33 1215 .09 Max. .75/1.05 .04/.09 .26/.35

APPlicAtionS — This Screw Stock was developed for manufacturing numerous parts requiring considerable machining, close finish tolerances, and a bright smooth finish. Beyond ordinary machining, it will respond to roll threading, nibbing, and some minor bending without cracking. It is not recommended for forming, ordinary bending, or upsetting, nor for parts subject to severe fatigue stresses.MechAnicAl ProPertieS — The following are average values for 1” round and may be considered as representative: tensile Yield reduction Strength Strength elongation of brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” Area hardness

87,500 75,000 15% 42% 187

MAchinAbilitY — Machinability rating is 136%, based on 1212 as 100%. Average surface cutting speed is 225 feet per minute.

WeldAbilitY — Due to their very high sulphur, these grades are not considered as weldable.

hArdeninG — Although this analysis will respond to conventional treatments, it is not considered a case-hardening steel. Better results can be obtained from 1117 or 1018.

Sec. A Page 13

1213 — 1215 cold drAWn hexAGonSStock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft.inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar

1/8 .0461 .5526 5/32 .0720 .8635 3/16 .1036 1.243 7/32 .1410 1.692 1/4 .1842 2.210 5/16 .2878 3.454 11/32 .3483 4.179 3/8 .4145 4.973 7/15 .5641 6.769 1/2 .7368 8.842 9/16 .9325 11.19 5/8 1.151 13.82 11/16 1.393 16.72 3/4 1.658 19.89

13/16 1.946 23.35 7/8 2.257 27.08 15/16 2.590 31.081 2.947 35.37 1/16 3.327 39.93 1/8 3.730 44.76 3/16 4.156 49.87 1/4 4.605 55.26 5/16 5.077 60.93 3/8 5.572 66.87 7/16 6.090 73.08 1/2 6.631 79.56 9/16 7.196 86.35 5/8 7.783 93.39

1 11/16 8.393 100.7 3/4 9.026 108.3 13/16 9.682 116.2 7/8 10.36 124.32 11.79 141.5 1/8 13.31 159.7 3/16 14.10 169.2 1/4 14.92 179.0 3/8 16.62 199.5 7/16 17.51 210.1 1/2 18.42 221.0 5/8 20.31 243.7 3/4 22.29 267.53 26.53 318.3 1/2 36.10 433.2

Page 15: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1213 — 1215 cold finiShed bArS (Continued)

1213 — 1215 cold drAWn or GroUnd & PoliShed roUndS

Stock Lengths: 12’ Approx.

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12 ft. in Per 12 ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar 3/32 .0235 .2820 1/8 .0418 .5012 9/64 .0529 .6343 5/32 .0653 .7831 11/64 .0790 .9475 3/16 .0940 1.128 13/64 .1103 1.323 7/32 .1279 1.535 1/4 .1671 2.005 17/64 .1886 2.263 9/32 .2114 2.537 5/16 .2610 3.132 21/64 .2878 3.453 11/32 .3158 3.790 3/8 .3759 4.510 25/64 .4079 4.894 13/32 .4411 5.293 7/16 .5116 7.048 15/32 .5873 7.048 1/2 .6682 8.019 17/32 .7544 9.052 9/16 .8457 10.15 19/32 .9423 11.31 5/8 1.044 12.53 21/32 1.151 13.81 11/16 1.263 15.16 23/32 1.381 16.57 3/4 1.504 18.04 49/64 1.567 18.80 25/32 1.631 19.58 13/16 1.765 21.17 27/32 1.903 22.83 7/8 2.046 24.56 57/64 2.120 25.44 15/16 2.349 28.19 31/32 2.508 30.101 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31

1213 — 1215 cold drAWn SqUAreS

Stock Lengths 11’ to 12’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12 ft. in Per 12 ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar

1/8 .0531 .6381 3/16 .1196 1.436 1/4 .2127 2.552 5/16 .3323 3.988 3/8 .4786 5.743 7/16 .6514 7.817 1/2 .8508 10.21 9/16 1.077 12.92 5/8 1.329 15.95 11/16 1.609 19.30 3/4 1.914 22.97 7/8 2.606 31.27 15/16 2.991 35.89

Sec. A Page 14

15/8 7.058 84.70 11/16 7.612 91.34 3/4 8.186 98.23 13/16 8.781 105.4 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.42 10.69 128.3 1/16 11.37 136.4 1/8 12.07 144.8 3/16 12.79 153.5 1/4 13.53 162.4 5/16 14.29 171.5 3/8 15.08 180.9 7/16 15.88 190.6 1/2 16.71 200.5 9/16 17.55 210.6 5/8 18.42 221.0 11/16 19.31 231.7 3/4 20.21 242.6 13/16 21.14 253.7 7/8 22.09 265.1 15/16 23.06 276.83 24.06 288.7 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 3/8 30.45 365.3 1/2 32.74 392.9 5/8 35.12 421.5 3/4 37.59 451.0 7/8 40.14 481.64 42.77 513.2 1/8 45.48 545.8 1/4 48.28 579.3 3/8 51.16 613.9 1/2 54.13 649.5 3/4 60.31 723.75 66.82 801.9 1/4 73.67 884.0 3/8 77.22 926.6 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155 1/2 112.9 13557 131.0 1572 1/2 150.4 1805

1 3.403 40.84 1/8 4.307 51.69 1/4 5.318 63.81 3/8 6.434 77.21 1/2 7.657 91.89 5/8 8.987 107.8 3/4 10.42 125.12 13.61 163.4 1/8 15.37 184.4 3/8 19.20 230.4 1/2 21.27 255.23 30.63 367.5

Page 16: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 15

SUPer free MAchininG SteelS—leAded

12l14

AStM A 108 as applicable UnS G12144

color Marking 12L14: Ends painted Brown and White 12L14Te: Ends painted Pink and Purple

These products represent the latest developments in the field of free machining carbon steels available.

AnAlYSiS Man- Phos- carbon ganese phorus Sulphur lead other

12L14 .15 Max. .85/1.15 .04/.09 .26/.35 .15/.35 — 12L14Te .15 Max. .85/1.15 .04/.09 .26/.35 .15/.35 Tellurium

APPlicAtionS — Used to maximum advantage for parts where considerable machining is required, such as bushings, inserts, couplings, and hydraulic hose fittings. With good ductility, these grades are suitable for parts involving bending, crimping, or riveting.

MechAnicAl ProPertieS — The following are average and may be considered as representative: tensile Yield elongation reduction brinell Strength Strength in 2” of Area hardness

78,000 PSI 70,000 PSI 15% 50% 163 BHN

MAchinAbilitY — Average surface cutting speeds and machinability ratings based on 1212 as 100% are as follows: 12L14 325 feet per minute—193% 12L14Te 420 feet per minute—250%

WeldAbilitY — Due to high sulphur content, these grades are not considered as weldable.

hArdeninG — Although these grades will respond to conventional treatments, they are not considered case-hardening steels. Better results can be obtained from 1117 or 1018.

For more complete data on these steels, ask for special literature.

Page 17: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 16

SUPer free MAchininG - leAded (Continued)

roUndS hexAGonS Stock Lengths: 11’ to 13’ Stock Lengths: 11’ to 13’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar 1/8 .0418 .5012 9/64 .0529 .6548 5/32 .0653 .7831 3/16 .0940 1.128 7/32 .1279 1.535 1/4 .1671 2.005 9/32 .2114 2.537 19/64 .2356 2.827 5/16 .2610 3.132 21/64 .2877 3.452 11/32 .3158 3.790 3/8 .3759 4.510 25/64 .4078 4.894 13/32 .4411 5.293 27/64 .4758 5.710 7/16 .5116 6.139 29/64 .5488 6.586 15/32 .5873 7.048 1/2 .6682 8.019 33/64 .7106 8.527 17/32 .7544 9.052 35/64 .7994 9.593 9/16 .8457 10.15 37/64 .8934 10.72 19/32 .9425 11.31 5/8 1.044 12.53 41/64 1.097 13.16 21/32 1.151 13.81 43/64 1.207 14.48 11/16 1.263 15.16 23/32 1.381 16.57 47/64 1.442 17.30 3/4 1.504 18.04 49/64 1.567 18.80 25/32 1.631 19.58 13/16 1.765 21.17 27/32 1.903 22.83 7/8 2.046 24.56 57/64 2.120 25.44 29/32 2.195 26.34 15/16 2.349 28.19 31/32 2.508 30.101 2.673 32.07 1/64 2.757 33.08 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 9/64 3.477 41.72 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12

15/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70 11/16 7.612 91.34 3/4 8.186 98.23 13/16 8.781 105.4 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.42 10.69 128.3 1/16 11.37 136.4 1/8 12.07 144.8 3/16 12.79 153.5 1/4 13.53 162.4 5/16 14.29 171.5 3/8 15.08 180.9 7/16 15.88 190.6 1/2 16.71 200.5 9/16 17.55 210.6 5/8 18.42 221.0 11/16 19.31 231.7 3/4 20.21 242.6 13/16 21.14 253.7 7/8 22.09 265.1 15/16 23.06 276.83 24.06 288.7 1/16 25.07 300.1 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 3/8 30.45 365.3 1/2 32.74 392.9 9/16 33.92 407.0 5/8 35.12 421.5 3/4 37.59 451.0 7/8 40.14 481.64 42.77 513.2 1/8 45.48 545.8 1/4 48.28 579.3 3/8 51.16 613.9 1/2 54.13 649.5 3/4 60.31 723.7 7/8 63.52 762.35 66.82 801.9 1/4 73.76 884.0 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155

1/4 .1842 2.210

5/16 .2878 3.454

3/8 .4145 4.973

7/16 .5641 6.769

1/2 .7368 8.842

9/16 .9325 11.19

5/8 1.151 13.82

11/16 1.393 16.72

3/4 1.658 19.89

13/16 1.946 23.35

7/8 2.257 27.08

15/16 2.590 31.08

1 2.947 35.37

1/16 3.327 39.93

1/8 3.730 44.76

3/16 4.156 49.87

1/4 4.605 55.26

5/16 5.077 60.93

3/8 5.572 66.87

17/16 6.090 73.08

1/2 6.631 79.56

9/16 7.196 86.35

5/8 7.783 93.39

11/16 8.393 100.7

3/4 9.026 108.3

13/16 9.682 116.2

7/8 10.36 124.3

2 11.79 141.5

1/4 14.92 179.0

3/8 16.62 199.5

1/2 18.42 221.0

5/8 20.31 243.7

3/4 22.29 267.5

7/8 24.36 292.3

3 26.53 318.3

1/4 31.13 373.6

1/2 36.10 433.2

4 47.16 565.9

SqUAreS Stock Lengths: 11’ to 13’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar

1/4 .2127 2.552

5/16 .3323 3.988

3/8 .4786 5.743

7/16 .6514 7.817

1/2 .8508 10.21

9/16 1.077 12.92

5/8 1.329 15.95

11/16 1.609 19.30

3/4 1.914 22.97

13/16 2.247 26.96

7/8 2.606 31.27

15/16 2.991 35.89

1 3.403 40.84

1/16 3.842 46.10

1/8 4.307 51.69

13/64 4.803 57.64

1/4 5.318 63.81

3/8 6.434 77.21

1/2 7.657 91.89

5/8 8.987 107.8

3/4 10.42 125.1

2 13.61 163.4

1/4 17.23 206.7

Page 18: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 17

1117 And 11l17 (leaded)

cold finiShed bArSAStM A 108 UnS G 11170

color Marking 1117: Ends painted Aluminum with Red Stripe 11l17: Ends painted Aluminum with Orange Stripe

This grade is low-carbon high-manganese steel. It possesses much of the machining quality of 1212 Screw Stock but with improved mechanical properties. This grade also has excellent carburizing properties. Bars are produced from special quality hot rolled bars.

1117 is available as a leaded steel (11L17) in certain sizes. The addition of .15/.35 per cent lead improves free-machining characteristics without sacrificing carburizing properties.

AnAlYSiS carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur .14/.20 1.00/1.30 .04 Max. .08/.13

APPlicAtionS — This steel is used in automatic screw machines for manufacturing numerous parts requiring considerable machining and close tolerances, along with a smooth finish. It may be bent or formed where such cold working operations are not too severe. It is especially suitable for carburized parts requiring soft core and high surface hardness, such as gears, pinions, worms, king pins, ratchets, dogs, etc.

MechAnicAl ProPertieS — The following are average values for 1” cold drawn round and may be considered as representative of the grade: tensile Yield reduction Strength Strength elongation of brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” Area hardness

80,000 70,000 16% 50% 156

MAchinAbilitY — 1117 has a machinability rating of 91%, based on 1212 as 100%. Average surface cutting speed is 150 feet per minute. 11L17 will machine at approximately 170 surface feet per minute.

WeldAbilitY — This grade is not readily welded due to high sulphur content. gas or arc welding may be used providing joints are preheated. To develop equivalent strength in a weld, a low alloy filler is recommended. Stress relieving after welding is also recommended. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on the thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

hArdeninG — This grade will respond to any of the standard carburizing methods and subsequent heat treatments. For a hard case and a tough core, the following heat treatment is suggested: Carburize at 1650º-1700ºF for approximately eight hours. Cool in box and reheat to 1400º-1450ºF. Quench in water and draw at 300º-350ºF.

1117 cold drAWn SqUAreS

Stock Lengths: 12’ Approx.

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12 ft. in Per 12 ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar 1 3.403 40.84 1/8 4.307 51.69 1/4 5.318 63.81 3/8 6.434 77.21 1/2 7.657 91.89 2 13.61 163.4

21/2 21.27 255.23 30.63 367.5 1/2 41.69 500.3 3/4 47.86 574.341/2 68.91 827.05 85.08 1021

Page 19: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1117 And 11l17 (leAded) cold finiShed bArS (Continued) 1117 And 11l17 (leaded) cold finiShed roUndS

Stock Lengths: 12’ and 20’, Approx.

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. 20-ft. in Per 12-ft. 20-ft. inches foot bar bar inches foot bar bar

1/8 .0418 .5012 — 3/16 .0940 1.128 — 7/32 .1279 1.535 — 1/4 .1671 2.005 — 9/32 .2114 2.537 — 5/16 .2610 3.132 — 11/32 .3158 3.790 — 3/8 .3759 4.510 — 13/32 .4411 5.293 — 7/16 .5116 6.139 — 15/32 .5873 7.048 — 1/2 .6682 8.019 — 17/32 .7544 9.052 — 9/16 .8457 10.15 — 5/8 1.044 12.53 — 21/32 1.151 13.81 23.02 11/16 1.263 15.16 25.27 3/4 1.504 18.04 30.07 13/16 1.765 21.17 35.29 7/8 2.046 24.56 40.93 15/16 2.349 28.19 46.98 31/32 2.508 30.10 50.17 1 2.673 32.07 53.46 1/64 2.757 33.08 55.14 1/16 3.017 36.21 60.35 1/8 3.383 40.59 67.66 3/16 3.769 45.23 75.38 1/4 4.176 50.12 83.53 5/16 4.604 55.25 92.09 3/8 5.053 60.64 101.1 7/16 5.523 66.28 110.5 1/2 6.014 72.17 120.3 9/16 6.526 78.31 130.5 5/8 7.058 84.70 141.2 11/16 7.612 91.34 152.2 3/4 8.186 98.23 163.7 13/16 8.781 105.4 175.6 7/8 9.397 112.8 187.9 15/16 10.03 120.4 200.7

2 10.69 128.3 213.8 1/16 11.37 136.4 227.4 1/8 12.07 144.8 241.4 3/16 12.79 153.5 255.8 1/4 13.53 162.4 270.6 5/16 14.29 171.5 285.9 3/8 15.08 180.9 301.5 7/16 15.88 190.6 317.6 1/2 16.71 200.5 334.1 9/16 17.55 210.6 351.0 5/8 18.42 221.0 368.4 11/16 19.31 213.7 386.1 3/4 20.21 242.6 404.3 13/16 21.14 253.7 422.9 7/8 22.09 265.1 441.9 15/16 23.06 276.8 461.33 24.06 288.7 481.1 1/8 26.10 313.2 522.0 1/4 28.23 338.8 564.6 3/8 30.45 365.3 608.9 1/2 32.74 392.9 654.8 5/8 35.12 421.5 702.5 3/4 37.59 451.0 751.7 7/8 40.14 481.6 802.74 42.77 513.2 855.3 1/8 45.48 545.8 909.6 1/4 48.28 579.3 965.6 3/8 51.16 613.9 1023 1/2 54.13 649.5 1083 3/4 60.31 723.7 1206 7/8 63.52 762.3 12705 66.82 801.9 1336 1/4 73.67 884.0 1473 1/2 80.86 970.2 1617 3/4 88.37 1060 17676 96.22 1155 1924

Sec. A Page 18

1117 cold drAWn hexAGonSStock Lengths 11’ to 13’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft.inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar

1/4 .1842 2.210 5/16 .2878 3.454 3/8 .4145 4.973 7/16 .5641 6.769 1/2 .7368 8.842 9/16 .9325 11.19 5/8 1.151 13.82 11/16 1.393 16.72 3/4 1.658 19.89 13/16 1.946 23.35 7/8 2.257 27.08 15/16 2.590 31.08

1 2.947 35.37 1/16 3.327 39.93 1/8 3.730 44.76 3/16 4.156 49.87 1/4 4.605 55.26 5/16 5.077 60.93 3/8 5.572 66.87 7/16 6.090 73.08 1/2 6.631 79.56 5/8 7.783 93.39 11/16 8.393 100.7 3/4 9.026 108.3 13/16 9.682 116.2 7/8 10.36 124.3

2 11.79 141.5 1/8 13.31 159.7 1/4 14.92 179.0 3/8 16.62 199.5 7/16 17.51 210.1 1/2 18.42 221.0 5/8 20.31 243.7 3/4 22.29 267.53 26.53 318.3

Page 20: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

11l17 (leAded) cold finiShed bArS (Continued)11l17 (leAded) cold drAWn flAtS

Stock Lengths 10’ and 12’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar

5/16 x 1 1.064 12.763/8 x 11/4 1.595 19.14 11/2 1.914 22.97 2 2.552 30.63 21/2 3.191 38.29 3 3.829 45.94 31/4 4.148 49.771/2 x 3/4 1.276 15.31 7/8 1.489 17.87 1 1.702 20.42 11/2 2.552 30.63 13/4 2.978 35.73 2 3.403 40.84 21/2 4.254 51.055/8 x 1 2.127 25.52 11/2 3.191 38.29 2 4.254 51.05 3 6.381 76.57 31/2 7.445 89.33 33/4 7.976 95.72 41/2 9.572 114.9 51/2 11.70 140.43/4 x 11/4 3.191 38.29 11/2 3.829 45.94 2 5.105 61.26 21/2 6.381 76.57 3 7.657 91.89 41/2 11.49 137.8 5 12.76 153.1 6 15.31 183.8 61/2 16.59 199.17/8 x 5 14.89 178.7 61/2 19.36 232.31 x 11/4 4.254 51.05 11/2 5.105 61.26 15/8 5.530 66.36 13/4 5.956 71.47 2 6.806 81.68 21/4 7.657 91.89 21/2 8.508 102.1 23/4 9.359 112.3 3 10.21 122.5 4 13.61 163.4 41/2 15.31 183.8 71/2 25.52 306.3 81/2 28.93 347.211/8 x 2 7.657 91.89 21/2 9.572 114.9 3 11.49 137.811/4 x 13/8 5.264 63.17 11/2 6.381 76.57 13/4 7.445 89.33 21/2 10.64 127.6 33/4 15.95 191.4 4 17.02 204.2 4 19.14 229.7 5 21.27 255.2 51/2 23.40 280.8

13/8 x 41/2 21.05 252.7 51/2 25.73 308.811/2 x 13/4 8.933 107.2 2 10.21 122.5 21/2 12.76 153.1 3 15.31 183.8 31/2 17.87 214.4 4 20.42 245.0 41/2 22.97 275.7 5 25.52 306.3 6 30.63 367.5 61/2 33.18 398.2 7 35.73 428.8 81/2 43.39 520.715/8 x 21/2 13.83 165.9 3 16.59 199.1 31/2 19.36 232.313/4 x 21/2 14.89 178.7 3 17.87 214.4 31/2 20.84 250.1 33/4 22.33 268.0 4 23.82 285.9 41/2 26.80 321.6 5 29.78 357.3 51/2 32.76 393.1 61/2 38.71 464.517/8 x 33/4 23.93 287.1 41/2 28.71 344.52 x 21/2 17.02 204.2 3 20.42 245.0 4 27.23 326.7 41/2 30.63 367.5 5 34.03 408.4 51/2 37.44 449.2 6 40.84 490.1 61/2 44.24 530.9 8 54.45 653.4 81/2 57.85 694.321/8 x 61/2 47.01 564.121/4 x 21/2 19.14 229.7 33/4 28.71 344.5 5 38.29 459.4 71/2 57.43 689.221/2 x 3 25.52 306.3 31/2 29.78 357.3 61/2 55.30 663.63 x 4 40.84 490.1

Sec. A Page 19

Page 21: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 20

1137 And 1141 cold finiShed bArS

AStM A 108UnS G 11370 UnS G 11410

color Marking

1137: Ends Painted gold

1141: Ends Painted Purple

These grades are medium-carbon steels processing higher mechanical properties than other medium carbon steels, as well as free machining properties.

AnAlYSiS

carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur 1137 .32/.39 1.35/1.65 .04 Max. .08/.13 1141 .37/.45 1.35/1.65 .04 Max. .08/.13

APPlicAtionS — These grades, because of their free machining properties, are usually processed in automatic screw machines. They are recommended for studs, axles, pins, bolts, and various machinery parts requiring considerable machining, close finish tolerances, bright finish, and high mechanical properties.

MechAnicAl ProPertieS — The following values are average for 1” round, and may be considered as representative of these grades:

tensile Yield reduction Strength Strength elongation of brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” Area hardness

1137 95,000 85,000 11% 30% 187 1141 100,000 90,000 10% 30% 197

MAchinAbilitY — 1137 has a machinability rating of 72%, based on 1212 as 100%. Average surface cutting speed is 120 feet per minute. 1141 has a machinability rating of 70%, based on 1212 as 100%. Average surface cutting speed is 115 feet per minute.

WeldAbilitY — These grades are not readily welded due to the higher carbon and sulphur content. gas of arc welding may be used providing joints are preheated. To develop equivalent strength in a weld, a low alloy filler is recommended. Stress relieving after welding is also recommended. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on the thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

hArdeninG — Although primarily oil hardening steels, these grades can be water quenched, but great care should be exercised when this is done. The quenching temperature is 1500º-1600ºF, with the temperature being 25ºF lower for water quench. Temper to required hardness.

Page 22: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 21

1137 And 1141 cold finiShed bArS (Continued)

1137 And 1141 cold finiShed roUndS

Stock Lengths: 12’ Approx.

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar

3/16 .0940 1.128

1/4 .1671 2.005

5/16 .2610 3.132

3/8 .3759 4.510

7/16 .5116 6.139

1/2 .6682 8.019

9/16 .8457 10.15

5/8 1.044 12.53

41/64 1.097 13.16

21/32 1.151 13.81

11/16 1.263 15.16

3/4 1.504 18.04

49/64 1.567 18.80

25/32 1.631 19.58

13/16 1.765 21.17

7/8 2.046 24.56

29/32 2.195 26.34

15/16 2.349 28.19

31/32 2.508 30.10

1 2.673 32.07

1/16 3.017 36.21

1/8 3.383 40.59

3/16 3.769 45.23

1/4 4.176 50.12

5/16 4.604 55.25

3/8 5.053 60.64

7/16 5.523 66.28

1/2 6.014 72.17

9/16 6.526 78.31

5/8 7.058 84.70

1 11/16 7.612 91.34

3/4 8.186 98.23

13/16 8.781 105.4

7/8 9.397 112.8

15/16 10.03 120.4

2 10.69 128.3

1/16 11.37 136.4

1/8 12.07 144.8

3/16 12.79 153.5

1/4 13.53 162.4

5/16 14.29 171.5

3/8 15.08 180.9

7/16 15.88 190.6

1/2 16.71 200.5

5/8 18.42 221.0

3/4 20.21 242.6

7/8 22.09 265.1

3 24.06 288.7

1/8 26.10 313.2

3/16 27.16 325.9

1/4 28.23 338.8

3/8 30.45 365.3

1/2 32.74 392.9

5/8 35.12 421.5

3/4 37.59 451.0

4 42.77 513.2

1/4 48.28 579.3

1/2 54.13 649.5

3/4 60.31 723.7

5 66.82 801.9

1/2 80.86 970.2

Page 23: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

StreSSProof® and 1144 hi StreSS hexAGonS cold drawn

Stock Lengths: 20’ Approx.

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar

3/8 .4145 4.973 7/16 .5641 6.769 1/2 .7368 8.842 9/16 .9325 11.19 5/8 1.151 13.82 11/16 1.393 16.72 3/4 1.658 19.89 13/16 1.946 23.35 7/8 2.257 27.08 15/16 2.590 31.08

1 2.947 35.37 1/16 3.327 39.93 1/8 3.730 44.76 1/4 4.605 55.26 3/8 5.572 66.87 1/2 6.631 79.56 5/8 7.783 93.39 3/4 9.026 108.32 11.79 141.5

Sec. A Page 22

StreSSProof® And 1144 hi StreSScold finiShed bArS

AStM A 311 class b UnS G11440

color Marking: Ends painted grayThese are carbon-manganese free machining grades which have been severely cold worked to produce high tensile properties. The bars are specially treated to relieve the stresses set up by the cold working, thus minimizing the tendency toward warpage after machining which is common in ordinary cold-drawn bars.These steels have built-in high strength hardness, and wearability, without the necessity of heat treatment. Thus they are often used for parts requiring mechani-cal properties ordinarily obtained by heat treating an alloy grade to the Rockwell C hardness range of 23-30 after machining.Both grades are available as Cold Drawn Bars or ground and Polished Bars. The latter possess the close tolerances and fine finish normally found in ground and polished bars, plus the combination of free machinability, minimum warpage, high strength, and wearability not found in ordinary steels.

AnAlYSiS carbon Manganese Phosphorus SulphurStreSSProof® .40/.48 1.35/1.65 .040 Max. .24/.331144 hi Stress .40/.48 1.35/1.65 .040 Max. .24/.33

APPlicAtionS — Arbors, keyed shafts, spindles, gears, pinions, piston rods, sleeves, lead screws, racks, motor shafts, splined shafts, link pins, mandrels, boring bars, collets, bushings, drive-shafts, armature shafts, rotary pump shafts, gusher pump shafts, king pins, oil and water pump shafts, wrist pins, etc.

MechAnicAl ProPertieS — The following are minimum properties per ASTM A311 Class B: typical Yield tensile reduction rockwell Strength Strength elongation of “c” (psi) (psi) in 2” Area hardness

Thru 2” 100,000 115,000 8% 25% 26 Over 2” 100,000 115,000 8% 20% 25 thru 3” Over 3” 100,000 115,000 7% 20% 24

MAchinAbilitY — Machinability ratings are based on 1212 as 100%. STRESSPROOF® — 83%, cutting speed 140 surface feet per minute. 1144 Hi Stress — 79%, cutting speed 130 surface feet per minute.

WeldAbilitY — Welding of these grades is not recommended.

for more complete data on this steel, ask for special literature.

Page 24: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. A Page 23

StreSSProof® and 1144 StreSS cold finiShed bArS (Continued)

StreSSProof® And 1144 hi StreSS roUndS

cold drawn Ground & Polished Stock Lengths: 12’ Approx. Stock Lengths: 20’ Approx.

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 20-ft. in Per 20-ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar

7/32 .1280 1.540 1/4 .1671 2.005 17/64 .1886 2.263 9/32 .2114 2.537 5/16 .2610 3.132 21/64 .2878 3.453 3/8 .3759 4.510 25/64 .4078 4.894 27/64 .4758 5.710 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 33/64 .7106 8.527 17/32 .7544 9.052 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 41/64 1.097 13.16 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 49/64 1.567 18.80 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 57/64 2.120 25.44 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/64 2.757 33.08 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 5/32 3.573 42.88 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 11/32 4.826 57.91 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70 11/16 7.612 91.34

13/4 8.186 98.23 13/16 8.781 105.4 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.42 10.69 128.3 1/16 11.37 136.4 1/8 12.07 144.8 3/16 12.79 153.5 1/4 13.53 162.4 5/16 14.29 171.5 3/8 15.08 180.9 7/16 15.88 190.6 1/2 16.71 200.5 9/16 17.55 210.6 5/8 18.42 221.0 11/16 19.31 231.7 3/4 20.21 242.6 13/16 21.14 253.7 7/8 22.09 265.1 15/16 23.06 276.83 24.06 288.7 1/16 25.07 300.8 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 5/16 29.33 351.9 3/8 30.45 365.3 7/16 31.58 379.0 1/2 32.74 392.9 5/8 35.12 421.5 3/4 37.59 451.0 7/8 40.14 481.6 15/16 41.44 497.34 42.77 513.2 1/8 45.48 545.8 1/4 48.28 579.3 3/8 51.16 613.9 1/2 54.13 649.5

5/16 .2610 5.220

3/8 .3759 7.517

7/16 .5116 10.23

1/2 .6682 13.36

9/16 .8457 16.91

5/8 1.044 20.88

11/16 1.263 25.27

3/4 1.504 30.07

13/16 1.765 35.29

7/8 2.046 40.93

15/16 2.349 46.98

1 2.673 53.46

1/16 3.017 60.35

1/8 3.383 67.66

3/16 3.769 75.38

1/4 4.176 83.53

5/16 4.604 92.09

3/8 5.053 101.1

7/16 5.523 110.5

1/2 6.014 120.3

5/8 7.058 141.2

111/16 7.612 152.2

3/4 8.186 163.7

7/8 9.397 187.9

15/16 10.03 207.2

2 10.69 213.8

1/8 12.07 241.4

3/16 12.79 255.8

1/4 13.53 270.6

3/8 15.08 301.5

7/16 15.88 317.6

1/2 16.71 334.1

5/8 18.42 368.4

3/4 20.21 404.3

15/16 23.06 461.2

3 24.06 481.1

1/4 28.23 564.6

1/2 32.74 654.8

3/4 37.59 751.7

15/16 41.44 828.8

4 42.77 855.3

1/4 48.28 965.6

1/2 54.13 1083

Page 25: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

fAtiGUe-Proof® roUndS cold drawn

Stock Lengths 12’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. inches foot bar inches foot bar

1/4 .1671 2.005 5/16 .2610 3.132 3/8 .3759 4.510 7/16 .5120 6.144 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 21/32 1.151 13.81 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.19 1 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12

15/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70 11/16 7.612 91.34 3/4 8.186 98.23 13/16 8.781 105.4 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.42 10.69 128.3 1/8 12.07 144.8 3/16 12.79 153.5 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0

Sec. A Page 24

fAtiGUe-Proof®

cold finiShed bArSAStM A 108 UnS G11440

color Marking: Ends painted Red and WhiteFATIgUE-PROOF® is a medium-carbon free-machining steel with higher mechani-cal properties than its companion product, STRESSPROOF®. These properties are produced by a process of drawing steel at elevated temperatures, developed and patented by LaSalle Steel Co. The result is a steel with high tensile strength, uniformity of properties, and excellent machinability.This product possesses high strength as it is received from the mill, and no subsequent heat treatment is required. The strength is remarkably uniform from the surface to the center of the bar and from end to end. Properties are not adversely affected by exposure to temperatures up to 600ºF. Where higher hardness is required, material may be selectively hardened by induction heating. Water quench-ing will produce Rockwell “C” 60, and oil quenching will yield Rockwell “C” 50-55.FATIgUE-PROOF® has excellent machinability for a material of its strength. In standard practice, it will machine up to 25% faster than annealed alloy steels and up to 75% faster than heat-treated alloy steels. Excellent dimensional stability is maintained. Tool use as well as surface finish is better.

AnAlYSiS carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur Silicon .40/.48 1.35/1.65 .040 Max. .24/.33 .15/.35

APPlicAtionS — Shafts, spindles, gears, arbors, pinions, lead screws, wrist pins, milling machine spindles, splined power take-off shafts, pump shafts, etc.

MechAnicAl ProPertieS — FATIgUE-PROOF® possesses the minimum tensile, yield, and hardness values shown below. Other properties shown are typical of the grade. tensile Yield reduction Strength Strength elongation of brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” Area hardness

140,000 125,000 5-15% 15-30% 280

MAchinAbilitY — FATIgUE-PROOF® machines approximately 80% as fast as 1212. Average surface cutting speed is 134 feet per minute.

WeldAbilitY — Welding of this grade is not recommended. However, it can be welded using a coated low hydrogen rod. Amperage and penetration must be kept low.

Page 26: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

SizeS And WeiGhtS — Round

OD Wt/Ft 50 75 100 100 IH

0.313 .0262 x x 0.375 .0376 x x 0.500 0.668 x x x 0.625 1.044 x x x 0.750 1.504 x x x 0.875 2.046 x x 1.000 2.673 x x x 1.250 4.176 x x x 1.375 5.053 x x x 1.500 6.014 x x x 1.625 7.058 x x x 1.750 8.186 x x x 1.875 9.397 x x x 2.000 10.692 x x x 2.250 13.532 x x x 2.500 16.706 x x x 2.750 20.214 x x x 3.000 24.056 x x x 3.250 28.233 x x x 3.500 32.743 x x x 3.750 37.588 x x x 4.000 42.766 x x x 4.250 48.279 x x 4.500 54.126 x 4.750 60.307 x 5.000 66.823 x 5.500 80.855 x 6.000 96.224 x 7.000 130.972 x

Sec. A Page 25

chroMe PlAted cArbon Steel bArSc1045, c1050, 1045 MicroAlloY

AStM b117 Salt Spray testedUnS G10450, G10500

This material is intended for use primarily as cylinder piston rods.

AnAlYSiS c Mn P S Si V C1045 .43/.50 .60/.90 .04 Max .05 Max C1050 .45/.55 .70/1.00 .04 Max .05 Max 1045 Microalloy .44 .80 .014 .27 .31 .105

MechAnicAl ProPertieS (typical)C1045 Microalloy 100 ksi Tensile, 75 ksi Yield, 20% ElongationC1045 Hot Rolled 60 ksi Tensile, 50 ksi Yield, 26% ElongationC1045/C1050 Cold Drawn 113 ksi Tensile, 100 ksi Yield, 20% ElongationC1045/C1050 Cold Drawn Induction Hardened 115 ksi Tensile, 100 ksi Yield, 20% Elongation

Chrome Thickness: .0005” Minimum except 11/2” from each end not plated.Chrome Hardness: HRC 68-72Surface Finish: 16 RMS Max.Induction Hardened Case Depth: .050” Minimum except 11/2” from each end is not hardened.Induction Hardened Surface: HRC 50 Minimum

Page 27: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1050 cArbon bAr for tie-rod APPlicAtion

AStM A 108 UnS G10500

1050 heavy draft cold drawn bar has a modified stress relief anneal to provide a 100 ksi minimum yield. Material is used where greater strength is required.

britiSh StAndArd SPecificAtionS — 060 A 47, 080 M 46

APPlicAtionS — Primary used is for tie-rods for high pressure hydraulic cylinders.

Size rAnGe — .236” - 1.250” (6mm - 32mm). Sizes are produced under nominal size to allow roll threading up to standard nut sizes.

tYPicAl cheMicAl AnAlYSiS carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur .48/.55 .70/.100 .04 Max .05 Max

tYPicAl MechAnicAl ProPertieS tensile Yield Strength Point elongation (psi) (psi) (in 2”)

115,000 100,000 min. 19% -26%

AVerAGe cUttinG SPeed — 95-105 ft./min.

WeldAbilitY — Not readily welded due to higher carbon content.

hArdeninG — This steel is essentially water-hardening but may be quenched in oil.

heAt treAtinG — Responds to heat treatment. A wide range of properties can be obtained.

SizeS And WeiGhtS — Round Size(in.) Lb/ft.

.225/.222 .1353 .284/.21 .2155 .346/.343 .3199 .466/.463 .5804 .587/.584 .9209 .706/.703 1.3322 .827/.824 1.8280 .951/.948 2.4173 1.069/1.065 3.0544 1.194/1.190 3.8105

Note: For all cold finished carbon bars, mechanical properties are not generally reported on our test reports.

Sec. A Page 26

Page 28: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

BSection B

hot rolled carBon BarS and Strip

hot rolled carBon BarS

Mild Steel BarS — aStM a 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

rounds, Squares, Flats, half rounds

1018—Special QUalitY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7

rounds

1040, 1042, 1045—Special QUalitY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9

rounds, Squares

1117—Special QUalitY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

rounds

1141—Special QUalitY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

rounds

M1044—Merchant QUalitY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-13

Flats (plow Steel)

reinForcinG Steel roUndS—aStM a 615 Grade 40 . . . . . . . . . . 14

hot rolled Strip FlatS carBon .15 MaX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

hiGh StrenGth, loW-alloY Steel — aStM 572 Grade 50 . . . . . . . . . 16

Sec . B page 1

Page 29: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . B page 2

hot rolled Mild Steel BarS

aStM a 36 UnS K02600

color Marking: Ends painted Blue

Hot Rolled Mild Steel Bars are used for general purpose applications. This steel is a low carbon grade, having good over-all mechanical properies. It is easy to fabricate by the usual structural methods, such as mild cold and hot forming and welding.

analYSiS carbon Manganese phosphorus Sulphur Max .

3/4” and Under .26 — .04 Max. .05 Max. Over 3/4” to 11/2” Incl. .27 .60/.90 .04 Max. .05 Max. Over 11/2” .28 .60/.90 .04 Max. .05 Max.

applicationS — This material is used for general purpose structural and miscellaneous non-critical applications that involve mild cold bending, mild hot forming, punching, and welding. Such applications include parts for general machinery, agricultural implements, transportations equipment, etc. It is used where seams and other surface imperfections may be tolerated.

Mechanical propertieS — The following values are average for 1” round and may be considered as represenative of this grade:

tensile Yield Strength Strength elongation (psi) (psi) in 2”

ASTM A 36 58/80,000 36,000 Min. 23% Min.

WeldaBilitY — This material is easily welded by all welding processes, and the resultant welds and joints are of extremely high quality. The grade of welding rod used depends on welding conditions, such as thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

Page 30: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

hot rolled Mild Steel BarS (Continued)

hot rolled Mild Steel roUndSStock Lengths 20’

estimated Weight, lbs . estimated Weight, lbs . Size Size in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft . inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

3/16 .0940 1.879

1/4 .1671 3.341

5/16 .2610 5.220

23/64 .3452 6.904

3/8 .3759 7.517

7/16 .5116 10.23

31/64 .6271 12.54

1/2 .6682 13.36

9/16 .8457 16.91

39/64 .9925 19.85

5/8 1.044 20.88

47/64 1.442 28.83

3/4 1.504 30.07

55/64 1.974 39.48

7/8 2.046 40.93

63/64 2.590 51.80

1 2.673 53.46

1/16 3.017 60.35

hot rolled Mild Steel SQUareSStock Lengths 20’

estimated Weight, lbs . estimated Weight, lbs . Size Size in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft . inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

1/4 .2127 4.254 5/16 .3323 6.647 3/8 .4786 9.572 7/16 .6514 13.03 1/2 .8508 17.02 5/8 1.329 26.59 3/4 1.914 38.29 7/8 2.606 52.11 1 3.403 68.06 1/8 4.307 86.14 1/4 5.318 106.4 3/8 6.434 128.7 1/2 7.657 153.1

Sec . B page 3

1 1/8 3.383 67.66

1/4 4.176 83.53

3/8 5.053 101.1

1/2 6.014 120.3

5/8 7.058 141.2

3/4 8.186 163.7

7/8 9.397 187.9

2 10.69 213.8

1/8 12.07 241.4

1/4 13.53 270.6

3/8 15.08 301.5

1/2 16.71 334.1

5/8 18.42 368.4

3/4 20.21 404.3

7/8 22.09 441.9

note – For Rounds 3” and over, refer to 1018 Special Quality Bars on Page 7 of this section.

1 5/8 8.987 179.7 3/4 10.42 208.4 7/8 11.96 239.3 2 13.61 272.3 1/4 17.23 344.6 1/2 21.27 425.4 3/4 25.74 514.7 3 30.63 612.6 1/4 35.95 718.9 1/2 41.69 833.8 4 54.45 1089 1/2 68.91 1378 5 85.08 1702 6 122.5 2450

Page 31: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

hot rolled Mild Steel BarS (Continued)

hot rolled Mild Steel FlatSStock Lengths 20’

Size est . Wt ., lbs . Size est . Wt ., lbs . Size est . Wt ., lbs .

in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft .inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar1/8 and 3/16 thick –See Flats, Page 151/4 x 3/8 .3191 6.381 1/2 .4254 8.508 5/8 .5318 10.64 3/4 .6381 12.76 7/8 .7445 14.89 1 .8508 17.02 11/8 .9572 19.14 11/4 1.064 21.27 13/8 1.170 23.40 11/2 1.276 25.52 15/8 1.383 27.65 13/4 1.489 29.78 2 1.702 34.03 21/4 1.914 38.29 21/2 2.127 42.54 23/4 2.340 46.79 3 2.552 51.05 31/4 2.765 55.30 31/2 2.978 59.56 33/4 3.191 63.81 4 3.403 68.06 41/4 3.616 72.32 41/2 3.829 76.57 5 4.254 85.08 51/2 4.679 93.59 6 5.105 102.1 61/2 5.530 110.6 7 5.956 119.1 71/2 6.381 127.6 8 6.806 136.1 9 7.657 153.1 10 8.508 170.2 11 9.359 187.2 12 10.21 204.25/16 x 1/2 .5318 10.64 5/8 .6647 13.29 3/4 .7976 15.95 7/8 .9306 18.61 1 1.064 21.27 11/8 1.196 23.93 11/4 1.329 26.59 11/2 1.595 31.91 13/4 1.861 37.22 2 2.127 42.54 21/4 2.393 47.86 21/2 2.659 53.18 23/4 2.925 58.49 3 3.191 63.81 31/4 3.456 69.13 31/2 3.722 74.45 4 4.254 85.08 41/2 4.786 95.72 5 5.318 106.4 51/2 5.849 117.0 6 6.381 127.6 7 7.445 148.9 8 8.508 170.2

Sec . B page 4

3/8 x 1/2 .6381 12.76 5/8 .7976 15.95 3/4 .9572 19.14 7/8 1.117 22.33 1 1.276 25.52 11/8 1.436 28.71 11/4 1.595 31.91 13/8 1.755 35.10 11/2 1.914 38.29 15/8 2.074 41.48 13/4 2.233 44.67 2 2.552 51.05 21/4 2.871 57.43 21/2 3.191 63.81 23/4 3.510 70.19 3 3.829 76.57 31/4 4.148 82.95 31/2 4.467 89.33 33/4 4.786 95.72 4 5.105 102.1 41/4 5.424 108.5 41/2 5.743 114.9 5 6.381 127.6 51/2 7.019 140.4 6 7.657 153.1 61/2 8.295 165.9 7 8.933 178.7 71/2 9.572 191.4 8 10.21 204.2 9 11.49 229.8 10 12.76 255.2 11 14.04 280.8 12 15.31 306.37/16 x 1 1.489 29.78 11/4 1.861 37.22 11/2 2.233 44.67 2 2.978 59.56 21/2 3.722 74.45 3 4.467 89.331/2 x 5/8 1.064 21.27 3/4 1.276 25.52 7/8 1.489 29.78 1 1.702 34.03 11/8 1.914 38.29 11/4 2.127 42.54 13/8 2.340 46.79 11/2 2.552 51.05 15/8 2.765 55.30 13/4 2.978 59.56 2 3.403 68.06 21/4 3.829 76.57 21/2 4.254 85.08 23/4 4.679 93.59 3 5.105 102.1 31/4 5.530 110.6 31/2 5.956 119.1 33/4 6.381 127.6 4 6.806 136.1 41/2 7.657 153.1 5 8.508 170.2 51/2 9.359 187.2 6 10.21 204.2 61/2 11.06 221.2 63/4 11.49 229.8 7 11.91 238.2 8 13.61 272.3 9 15.31 306.3 10 17.02 340.3 11 18.72 374.4 12 20.42 408.4

5/8 x 3/4 1.595 31.91 7/8 1.861 37.22 1 2.127 42.54 11/8 2.393 47.86 11/4 2.659 53.18 11/2 3.191 63.81 15/8 3.456 69.13 13/4 3.722 74.45 2 4.254 85.08 21/4 4.786 95.72 21/2 5.318 106.4 23/4 5.849 117.0 3 6.381 127.6 31/4 6.913 138.3 31/2 7.445 148.9 4 8.508 170.2 41/2 9.572 191.4 5 10.64 212.7 51/2 11.70 234.0 6 12.76 255.2 7 14.89 297.8 8 17.02 340.3 9 19.14 382.8 10 21.27 425.4 12 25.52 510.53/4 x 7/8 2.233 44.67 1 2.552 51.05 11/8 2.871 57.43 11/4 3.191 63.81 11/2 3.829 76.57 15/8 4.148 82.95 13/4 4.467 89.33 2 5.105 102.1 21/4 5.743 114.9 21/2 6.381 127.6 23/4 7.019 140.4 3 7.657 153.1 31/4 8.295 165.9 31/2 8.933 178.7 4 10.21 204.2 41/2 11.49 229.7 5 12.76 255.2 51/2 14.04 280.8 6 15.31 306.3 7 17.87 357.3 8 20.42 408.4 10 25.52 510.5 12 30.63 612.67/8 x 1 2.978 59.56 11/4 3.722 74.45 11/2 4.467 89.33 13/4 5.211 104.2 2 5.956 119.1 21/4 6.700 134.0 21/2 7.445 148.9 23/4 8.189 163.8 3 8.933 178.7 31/2 10.42 208.4 4 11.91 238.2 41/2 13.40 268.0 5 14.89 297.8 51/2 16.38 327.6 6 17.87 357.3 7 20.84 416.9 8 23.82 476.4

(Continued next page)

Page 32: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . B page 5

hot rolled Mild Steel BarS (Continued)

hot rolled Mild Steel FlatSStock Lengths 20’

Size est . Wt ., lbs . Size est . Wt ., lbs . Size est . Wt ., lbs .

in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft .inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar1 x

11/4 4.254 85.08

11/2 5.105 102.1

13/4 5.956 119.1

2 6.806 136.1

21/4 7.657 153.1

21/2 8.508 170.2

23/4 9.359 187.2

3 10.21 204.2

31/4 11.06 221.2

31/2 11.91 238.2

4 13.61 272.3

41/2 15.31 306.3

5 17.02 340.3

51/2 18.72 374.4

6 20.42 408.4

7 23.82 476.4

8 27.23 544.5

10 34.03 680.6

12 40.84 816.8

11/8 x

2 7.657 153.1

3 11.49 229.7

4 15.31 306.3

5 19.14 382.9

6 22.97 459.4

Mild Steel halF roUndS

Stock Lengths 20’

Size estimated Weight, lbs . in per 20-Ft . inches Foot Bar 1/2 .334 6.68 5/8 .522 10.44 3/4 .751 15.02 1 1.335 26.70 11/2 3.004 60.08

11/4 x 11/2 6.381 127.6 13/4 7.445 148.9 2 8.508 170.2 21/4 9.572 191.4 21/2 10.64 212.7 23/4 11.70 234.0 3 12.76 255.2 31/4 13.82 276.4 31/2 14.89 297.8 4 17.02 340.3 41/2 19.14 382.9 5 21.27 425.4 51/2 23.40 467.9 6 25.52 510.5 7 29.78 595.6 8 34.03 680.611/2 x 13/4 8.933 178.7 2 10.21 204.2 21/4 11.49 229.7 21/2 12.76 255.2 23/4 14.04 280.8 3 15.31 306.3 31/2 17.87 357.3 4 20.42 408.4 41/2 22.97 459.4 43/4 24.25 485.0 5 25.52 510.5 51/2 28.08 561.5 6 30.63 612.6 7 35.73 714.7 8 40.84 816.8

13/4 x 2 11.91 238.2 21/2 14.89 297.8 3 17.87 357.3 31/2 20.84 416.9 4 23.82 476.4 41/2 26.80 536.0 5 29.78 595.6 51/2 32.76 655.1 6 35.73 714.72 x 21/4 15.31 306.3 21/2 17.02 340.3 3 20.42 408.4 31/2 23.82 476.4 4 27.23 544.5 41/2 30.63 612.6 5 34.03 680.6 6 40.84 816.8 7 47.64 952.9 8 54.45 108921/4 x 4 30.63 612.621/2 x 3 25.52 510.5 31/2 29.78 595.6 4 34.03 680.6 41/2 38.29 765.7 5 42.54 850.8 6 51.05 1021 8 68.06 13613 x 4 40.84 816.8 41/2 45.94 918.9 5 51.05 1021 6 61.26 1225

Page 33: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . B page 6

1018 hot rolled BarS

Special Quality

aStM a 576 UnS G10180

color Marking: Ends painted Black

A low-carbon steel having a higher manganese content than Mild Steel and certain other low-carbon steels. Being richer in manganese, it is a better steel for carbu-rized parts, since it produces a harder and more uniform case. It also has higher mechanical properties, including Brinell hardness, and better machining characteristics. In its production, special manufacturing controls are used for chemi-cal composition, heating, rolling, surface preparation, etc. The result is a quality product suitable for applications involving forging, heat treating, cold drawing, machining, etc.

analYSiS carbon Manganese phosphorus Sulphur

.15/.20 .60/.90 .04 Max. .05 Max.

applicationS – Since 1018 is a good carburizing steel, it is especially suitable for parts requiring high surface hardness with a relatively soft core, such as gears, pinions, worms, king pins, chain pins, ratchets, dogs, oil tool slips and liners. 1018 is also often specified for studs, anchor pins, special bolts, tie rods, etc.

Mechanical propertieS – The following are average values for 1” round and may be considered as representative of this grade:

tensile Yield Strength Strength elongation reduction Brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” of area hardness

as rolled 67,000 45,000 36% 58% 137 normalized 66,000 43,000 37% 60% 137 annealed 60,000 40,000 38% 62% 121

WeldaBilitY – This grade is easily welded by all the welding processes, and the resultant welds and joints are of extremely high quality. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

ForGinG – Heat to 2150º-2250ºF

norMalizinG – Heat to 1650º-1750ºF. Cool in air.

annealinG – Heat to 1550º-1650ºF. Cool in furnace.

hardeninG – This grade will respond to any of the standard carburizing methods and subsequent heat treatments. For a hard case and a tough core, the following heat treatment is suggested: Carburize at 1650º-1700ºF for approxi- mately eight hours, cool in box, reheat to 1400º-1450ºF, quench in water, and draw at 300º-350ºF.

Page 34: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . B page 7

1018 hot rolled BarS (Continued)1018 hot rolled roUndS

Special QualityStock Lengths 20’

estimated Weight, lbs . estimated Weight, lbs . Size Size in inches per Foot 20-Ft . Bar in inches per Foot 20-Ft . Bar 3 24.06 481.1 1/8 26.10 522.0 1/4 28.23 564.6 3/8 30.45 608.9 1/2 32.74 654.8 5/8 35.12 702.5 3/4 37.59 751.7 7/8 40.14 802.7 4 42.77 855.3 1/8 45.48 909.6 1/4 48.28 965.6 1/2 54.13 1083 3/4 60.31 1206 5 66.82 1336 1/4 73.67 1473 1/2 80.86 1617 3/4 88.37 1767 6 96.22 1924 1/4 104.4 2088

13 451.72 9034 13.250 469.26 9385 1/4 469.26 9385 13.500 487.14 9743 1/2 487.14 9743 13.750 505.35 10107 14 523.89 10478 14.250 542.77 10855 3/8 552.33 11047 14.625 571.71 11434 1/2 561.98 11240 14.750 581.52 11630 3/4 581.52 11630 15.000 601.40 12028 7/8 591.42 11828 15.125 611.47 12229 15 601.40 12028 15.250 621.62 12432 1/2 642.16 12843 15.750 663.05 13261 7/8 673.61 13472 16.125 695.00 13900 16 684.26 13685 16.250 705.81 14116 1/4 705.81 14116 16.500 727.70 14554 1/2 727.70 14554 16.750 749.92 14998 17 772.47 15449 17.250 795.35 15907 1/4 795.35 15907 17.500 818.58 16372 18 866.02 17320 18.250 890.24 17805 1/4 890.24 17805 18.500 914.80 18296 19 964.92 19298 19.250 990.48 19810 1/2 1016.37 20327 19.750 1042.60 20852 3/4 1042.60 20852 20.000 1069.16 21383 20 1069.16 21383 20.250 1096.06 21921 1/2 1123.29 22466 20.750 1150.85 23017 3/4 1150.85 23017 21.000 1178.75 23575 21 1178.75 23575 21.250 1206.98 24140 1/4 1206.98 24140 21.500 1235.55 24711 1/2 1235.55 24711 21.750 1264.45 25289 22 1293.68 25874 22.250 1323.25 26465 3/4 1383.39 27668 23.000 1413.96 28279 23 1413.96 28279 23.250 1444.87 28897 1/4 1444.87 28897 23.500 1476.11 29522 1/2 1476.11 29522 23.750 1507.68 30154 24 1539.59 30792 24.250 1571.83 31437 26 1806.88 36138 26.250 1841.80 36836 1/2 1877.04 37541 26.750 1912.63 38253 28 2095.55 41911 28.250 2133.14 42663 30 2405.61 48112 30.250 2445.87 48917 32 2737.05 54741 32.250 2779.98 55600

6 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 2436 7 131.0 2619 1/4 140.5 2810 1/2 150.4 3007 3/4 160.5 3211 8 171.1 3421 1/4 181.9 3638 1/2 193.1 3862 3/4 204.6 4093 9 216.5 4330 1/4 228.7 4574 1/2 241.2 4824 3/4 254.1 5082 10 267.3 5346 1/2 294.7 5894 11 323.4 6468 12 384.9 7698 1/2 417.6 8353

Size hot rolled hot rolled press Forged press Forged press Forged in inches Wt ./Ft . Wt 20 Ft Bar rough turned Wt ./Ft . Wt 20 Ft Bar 1/4” over

FlatS

carried in aStM a 36 . See page 4 of this section .

Page 35: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . B page 8

1040/42/45 hot rolled BarS

Special Quality

aStM a 576 UnS G10400, G10420, G10450

color Marking: Ends painted Red

These are medium-carbon steels. In their production, special controls are used for chemical composition, heating, rolling, surface preparation, etc. As a result of this careful processing, these bars are suitable for applications involving forging, heat treating (including flame hardening), cold drawing, machining, etc.

analYSiS carbon Manganese phosphorus Sulphur

1040 .37/.44 .60/.90 .04 Max. .05 Max. 1042 .40/.47 .60/.90 .04 Max. .05 Max. 1045 .43/.50 .60/.90 .04 Max. .05 Max.

applicationS – These grades, particularly when heat treated, should be used where greater strength is required than can be obtained from the lower carbon steels. A few of the most frequent uses are for axles, machinery parts, stud bolts, ordinary shafts, pinions, gears, rock screens, forming dies, tool shanks.

Mechanical propertieS – The following are average values for 1” round and may be considered as representative:

tensile Yield Strength Strength elongation reduction Brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” of area hardness

as rolled 90,000 59,000 26% 50% 201 normalized 87,000 58,000 28% 52% 192 annealed 80,000 48,000 30% 54% 159

WeldaBilitY – These grades, due to higher carbon content, are not readily welded. As carbon content increases, difficulty in welding is likely to develop. With thin sections and flexible design, gas or arc welding may be used without preheating, but in joints over 1/2” to 3/4” thick preheating is necessary. To develop equivalent strength in a weld, a low alloy filler is recommended. Stress relieving is also recommended. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

ForGinG – Heat to 2100º-2200ºF.

norMalizinG – Heat to 1600º-1750ºF. Cool in air.

annealinG – Heat to 1450º-1550ºF. Cool in furnace.

hardeninG – These grades are essentially water-hardening steels but may be quenched in oil. The recommended quenching temperatures are 1550ºF for water and 1575ºF for oil. A wide range of mechanical properties can be obtained by tempering at different temperatures between 700ºF and 1300ºF. Tempering in the range from 500º to 700ºF should be avoided.

Page 36: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . B page 9

1040 – 1042 – 1045 hot rolled BarS (Continued)

1040/42/45 hot rolled roUndSSpecial Quality

Stock Lengths 20’ (Some 30’)

Size est . Wt ., lbs . Size est . Wt ., lbs . Size est . Wt ., lbs .

in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft .inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

3/16 .0940 1.879 3/8 .3759 7.517 7/16 .5116 10.23 1/2 .6682 13.36 9/16 .8457 16.91 5/8 1.044 20.88 21/32 1.151 23.02 3/4 1.504 30.07 13/16 1.765 35.29 7/8 2.046 40.93 15/16 2.349 46.98 1 2.673 53.46 1/16 3.017 60.35 1/8 3.383 67.66 3/16 3.769 75.38 1/4 4.176 83.53 5/16 4.604 92.09 3/8 5.053 101.1 7/16 5.523 110.5 1/2 6.014 120.3 9/16 6.526 130.5 5/8 7.058 141.2 11/16 7.612 152.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 7/8 9.397 187.9 2 10.69 213.8 1/16 11.37 227.4

1040/42/45 hot rolled SQUareSSpecial Quality

Stock Lengths 20’

Size est . Wt ., lbs . Size est . Wt ., lbs . Size est . Wt ., lbs .

in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft .inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

2 1/8 12.07 241.4

1/4 13.53 270.6

3/8 15.08 301.5

1/2 16.71 334.1

5/8 18.42 368.4

3/4 20.21 404.3

7/8 22.09 441.9

3 24.06 481.1

1/8 26.10 522.0

1/4 28.23 564.6

3/8 30.45 608.9

1/2 32.74 654.8

5/8 35.12 702.5

3/4 37.59 751.7

7/8 40.14 802.7

4 42.77 855.3

1/8 45.48 909.6

1/4 48.28 965.6

3/8 51.16 1023

1/2 54.13 1083

3/4 60.31 1206

5 66.82 1336

1/4 73.67 1473

1/2 80.86 1617

5 3/4 88.37 1767

6 96.22 1924

1/4 104.4 2088

1/2 112.9 2259

3/4 121.8 2436

7 131.0 2619

1/4 140.5 2810

1/2 150.4 3007

3/4 160.5 3211

8 171.1 3421

1/4 181.9 3638

1/2 193.1 3862

3/4 204.6 4093

9 216.5 4330

1/4 228.7 4574

1/2 241.2 4824

3/4 254.1 5082

10 267.3 5346

1/2 294.7 5894

11 323.4 6468

12 384.9 7698

1/2 417.6 8353

13 451.7 9034

1/2 487.1 9743

1/2 .8508 17.02 5/8 1.329 26.59 3/4 1.914 38.29 7/8 2.606 52.111 3.403 68.06 1/8 4.307 86.14 1/4 5.318 106.4

1 3/8 6.434 128.7 1/2 7.657 153.1 3/4 10.42 208.42 13.61 272.3 1/4 17.23 244.6 1/2 21.27 425.4 3/4 25.74 514.7

3 30.63 612.6 1/2 41.69 833.84 54.45 1089 1/2 68.91 13785 85.08 1702 1/2 102.9 20596 122.5 2450

Page 37: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . B page 10

1117 hot rolled BarSSpecial Quality

aStM a 576 UnS G11170color Marking: Ends painted Aluminum with Red Stripe

This grade is low-carbon, high-manganese steel. It possesses much of the machin-ing quality of 1212 Screw Stock but with improved mechanical properties. The grade also has excellent carburizing properties.

analYSiS carbon Manganese phosphorus Sulphur .14/.20 1.00/1.30 .04 Max. .08/.13applicationS – This steel is used for manufacturing numerous parts requiring considerable machining and close tolerances, along with a smooth finish. It may be bent or formed where such cold working operations are not too severe. It is especially suitable for carburized parts requiring soft core and high surface hardness such as gears, pinions, worms, king pins, ratchets, dogs, etc.

Mechanical propertieS – The following are average values for 1” round and may be considered as representative of the grade: tensile Yield Strength Strength elongation reduction Brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” of area hardness

as rolled 69,000 46,000 34% 61% 143 normalized 68,000 44,000 34% 64% 137 annealed 62,000 41,000 34% 58% 121

MachinaBilitY – 1117 has a machinability rating of 91%, based on 1212 as 100%. Average surface cutting speed is 150 feet per minute.

WeldaBilitY – This grade is not readily welded due to high sulphur content. Gas or arc welding may be used providing joints are preheated. To develop equivalent strength in a weld, a low alloy filler is recommended. Stress relieving after welding is also recommended. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on the thickness of section, design, service requirements. etc.

hardeninG – This grade will respond to any of the standard carburizing methods and subsequent heat treatments. For a hard case and a tough core, the following heat treatment is suggested: Carburize at 1650º-1700ºF for approximately eight hours. Cool in box and reheat to 1400º-1450ºF. Quench in water and draw at 300º-350ºF.

1117 hot rolled roUndSSpecial Quality

Stock Lengths 20’ Size estimated Weight, lbs . Size estimated Weight, lbs . in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft . inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

2 1/2 16.71 334.1 3 24.06 481.1 1/4 28.23 564.6 1/2 32.74 654.8 3/4 37.59 751.7 4 42.77 855.3 1/4 48.28 965.6 1/2 54.13 1083 3/4 60.31 1206 5 66.82 1336 1/4 73.67 1473 1/2 80.86 1617 3/4 88.37 1767

6 96.22 1924 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 2436 7 131.0 2619 1/4 140.5 2810 1/2 150.4 3007 3/4 160.5 3211 8 171.1 3421 1/4 181.9 3638 1/2 193.1 3862 3/4 204.6 4093 9 216.5 4330 1/2 241.2 4824 10 267.3 5346 11 323.4 6468 12 384.9 7698

Page 38: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . B page 11

1141 hot rolled BarSSpecial Quality

aStM a 576 UnS G11410color Marking: Ends painted Purple

This is medium-carbon, manganese steel. It is melted to special bar quality and fine-grain specifications, possessing high consistency and uniformity. Strength characteristics are high in the as-rolled condition, and greater hardness and strength may be obtained through heat treatment. Machinability is excellent, due to addition of sulphur.analYSiS carbon Manganese phosphorus Sulphur .37/.45 1.35/1.65 .04 Max. .08/.13applicationS – This grade is used to advantage in applications where good machinability combined with higher strength is required, such as axles, studs, bolts, shafts, tie rods, etc.Mechanical propertieS – The following values are average for 1” round and may be considered as representative: tensile Yield izod Strength Strength elongation reduction Brinell impact (psi) (psi) in 2” of area hardness Ft ./lbs . as rolled 95,000 56,000 25% 50% 197 – normalized 97,000 58,000 23% 49% 201 45 annealed 85,000 50,000 26% 53% 174 35MachinaBilitY – 1141 has a machinability rating of approximately 70%, based on 1212 as 100%. Average surface cutting speed is 115 feet per minute.WeldaBilitY – This grade is not readily welded due to high carbon, manganese, and sulphur content. Gas or arc welding may be performed, provided area to be welded is preheated. Stress relieving after welding is recommended.ForGinG – Heat to 2100º-2200ºF.norMalizinG – Heat to 1600º-1700ºF. Cool in air.annealinG – Heat to 1400º-1500ºF. Cool in furnace.hardeninG – This grade is essentially an oil-hardening steel. It can be water quenched, but great care should be exercised when this is done. Oil quenching temperature is between 1475º and 1550ºF. A wide range of mechanical properties may be obtained by tempering at temperatures between 400º and 1200ºF.

1141 hot rolled roUndSSpecial Quality

Stock Lengths 20’ Size estimated Weight, lbs . Size estimated Weight, lbs . in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft . inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

1 1/8 3.383 67.66 1/4 4.176 83.53 3/8 5.053 101.1 1/2 6.014 120.3 5/8 7.058 141.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 7/8 9.397 187.9 2 10.69 213.8 1/8 12.07 241.4 1/4 13.53 270.6 3/8 15.08 301.5 7/16 15.88 317.6 1/2 16.71 334.1 5/8 18.42 368.4 3/4 20.21 404.3 7/8 22.09 441.9 3 24.06 481.1 1/8 26.10 522.0 1/4 28.23 564.6 3/8 30.45 608.9 1/2 32.74 654.8 5/8 35.12 702.5 3/4 37.59 751.7

4 42.77 855.3 1/4 48.28 965.6 1/2 54.13 1083 3/4 60.31 1206 5 66.82 1336 1/4 73.67 1473 1/2 80.86 1617 3/4 88.37 1767 6 96.22 1924 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 2436 7 131.0 2619 1/4 140.5 2810 1/2 150.4 3007 3/4 160.5 3211 8 171.1 3421 1/4 181.9 3638 1/2 193.1 3862 9 216.5 4330 1/2 241.2 4824 3/4 254.1 5082 10 267.3 5346

Page 39: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . B page 12

M1044 FlatS (ploW Steel)Merchant Quality

aStM a 575 UnS G10440

color Marking: Ends painted Red

Hot Rolled M1044 is a medium-carbon steel used in general purpose applications when special quality is not required. It has good overall properties somewhat higher than low-carbon Mild Steel Flats. This grade may be fabricated using the usual structural methods. It is machinable and is capable of being induction hardened.

analYSiS carbon Manganese phosphorus Sulphur .40/.50 .25/.60 .04 Max. .05 Max.

applicationS – This steel is used in the manufacture and maintenance of plows and various other agricultural implements, such as sub-soilers, ditchers, border ridgers, cultivators, furrowers, and harrows. It is also used in the manufacture and maintenance of construction machinery, such as tractors, scrapers, bulldozers, shovels, concrete mixers, etc. Other applications include brake dies, brake bands, racks, slides, etc.

Mechanical propertieS – The following values are typical for 1” thickness and may be considered as representative in the as-rolled condition:

tensile Yield Strength Strength elongation reduction Brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” of area hardness

90,000 55,000 23% 45% 201

MachinaBilitY – This material is generally machined in the as-rolled condition without difficulty. Average cutting speed is 85 surface feet per minute.

WeldaBilitY – May be welded with proper precautions. With thin sections and a flexible design, gas or arc welding may be used without preheating; but in joints over 1/2” to 3/4” thick preheating is necessary. To develop equivalent strength in a weld, a low-alloy filler is recommended. Stress relieving is also recommended. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

ForGinG – Heat to 2100º-2200ºF.

norMalizinG – Heat to 1550º-1650ºF. Cool in air.

annealinG – Heat to 1450º-1550ºF. Cool in furnace. Average Brinell hardness 192.

hardeninG – The recommended quenching temperature is 1450º-1550ºF for oil, or 25º lower for water. Temper to required hardness.

Page 40: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . B page 13

M1044 FlatS (ploW Steel)Stock Lengths 20’

Size est . Wt ., lbs . Size est . Wt ., lbs . Size est . Wt ., lbs .

in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft .inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar1/4 x 1 .8508 17.02 11/4 1.064 21.27 11/2 1.276 25.52 2 1.702 34.03 21/2 2.127 42.54 3 2.552 51.05 31/2 2.978 59.56 4 3.403 68.06 5 4.254 85.08 6 5.105 102.15/16 x 11/4 1.329 26.59 11/2 1.595 31.91 2 2.127 42.54 21/2 2.659 53.18 3 3.191 63.81 4 4.254 85.08 6 6.381 127.63/8 x 1 1.276 25.52 11/4 1.595 31.91 11/2 1.914 38.29 13/4 2.233 44.67 2 2.552 51.05 21/4 2.871 57.43 21/2 3.191 63.81 3 3.829 76.57 31/2 4.467 89.33 4 5.105 102.1 5 6.381 127.6 6 7.657 153.11/2 x 5/8 1.064 21.27 3/4 1.276 25.52 1 1.702 34.03 11/4 2.127 42.54 11/2 2.552 51.05 13/4 2.978 59.56 2 3.403 68.06 21/4 3.829 76.57 21/2 4.254 85.08 3 5.105 102.1

1/2 x 31/2 5.956 119.1 4 6.806 136.1 41/2 7.657 153.1 5 8.508 170.2 6 10.21 204.2 8 13.61 272.35/8 x 1 2.127 42.54 11/4 2.659 53.18 11/2 3.191 63.81 13/4 3.722 74.45 2 4.254 85.08 21/2 5.318 106.4 3 6.381 127.6 31/2 7.445 148.9 4 8.508 170.2 41/2 9.572 191.4 5 10.64 212.7 6 12.76 255.2 8 17.02 340.33/4 x 1 2.552 51.05 11/4 3.191 63.81 11/2 3.829 76.57 13/4 4.467 89.33 2 5.105 102.1 21/4 5.743 114.9 21/2 6.381 127.6 3 7.657 153.1 31/2 8.933 178.7 4 10.21 204.2 41/2 11.49 229.7 5 12.76 255.2 6 15.31 306.3 8 20.42 408.47/8 x 1 2.978 59.56 11/2 4.467 89.33 2 5.956 119.1 21/2 7.445 148.9 3 8.933 178.7 31/2 10.42 208.4 4 11.91 238.2 41/2 13.40 268.0 5 14.89 297.8 6 17.87 357.3

1 x

11/2 5.105 102.1 2 6.806 136.1 21/2 8.508 170.2 3 10.21 204.2 31/4 11.06 221.2 31/2 11.91 238.2 4 13.61 272.3 41/2 15.31 306.3 5 17.02 340.3 6 20.42 408.4 8 27.23 544.511/4 x

13/4 7.445 148.9 2 8.508 170.2 21/2 10.64 212.7 3 12.76 255.2 31/2 14.89 297.8 4 17.02 340.3 41/2 19.14 382.9 5 21.27 425.4 6 25.52 510.511/2 x

2 10.21 204.2 21/2 12.76 255.2 3 15.31 306.3 31/2 17.87 357.3 4 20.42 408.4 41/2 22.97 459.4 5 25.52 510.5 6 30.63 612.613/4 x

6 35.73 714.72 x

21/2 17.02 340.3 3 20.42 408.4 31/2 23.82 476.4 4 27.23 544.5 41/2 30.63 612.6 5 34.03 680.6 6 40.84 816.8

Page 41: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . B page 14

reinForcinG Steel

deformed Bars – Grade 40

aStM Specification a 615

color Marking: Ends painted Blue

ASTM A 615 Specification covers deformed billet-steel concrete-reinforcement bars. The bars are intended for use as reinforcement in reinforced concrete con-struction. The surface of the bar is provided with small lugs which inhibit longitudinal movement of the bar relative to the concrete which surrounds it.

Bars produced to the above specifications are marked with the size number and letter N.

Mechanical propertieS – The tensile and bend requirements of ASTM Spec. A 615 for deformed bars, Grade 40, are outlined below, minimum properties are as follows:

Bar tensile Yield designation Strength Strength elongation number (psi) (psi) in 8”

3 70,000 40,000 11%

4,5,6 70,000 40,000 12%

7 70,000 40,000 11%

8 70,000 40,000 10%

Bars are capable of being bent cold around a pin without cracking on the out-side of the bent portion, as follows:

Under 3/4” diameter–Will bend 90º around a pin four times own diameter.

3/4” diameter & over–Will bend 90º around a pin five times own diameter.

roUnd reinForcinG BarSdeformed – Grade 40

Stock Lengths 20’, 30’, and 40’ Bar Size estimated Weight, lbs . designation in per 20’ 30’ 40’ number inches Foot Bar Bar Bar

3 3/8 .3759 7.517 11.28 15.04

4 1/2 .6682 13.36 20.05 26.73

5 5/8 1.044 20.88 31.32 41.76

6 3/4 1.504 30.07 45.12 60.16

7 7/8 2.046 40.93 61.38 81.84

8 1 2.673 53.46 80.19 106.9

Page 42: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . B page 15

hot rolled Strip FlatSUnS K02303

color Marking: Ends painted BlueThis is a low-carbon steel with good ductility.

analYSiS carbon Manganese phosphorus Sulphur .15 Max. .30/.60 .04 Max. .05 Max.

applicationS – Since this steel has good ductility, it is easy to fabricate and is used for a wide variety of purposes, such as for strapping, banding, brackets, ornamental iron work, and similar applications requiring a steel that can be cold formed.

Mechanical propertieS – Will bend flat on itself at room temperature, either crosswise or lengthwise, without readily visible cracks along the bend. Average properties are as follows:

tensile Yield Strength Strength elongation reduction (psi) (psi) in 8” of area 55,000 37,000 30% 55%

WeldaBilitY – This grade is easily welded by all the welding processes and the resultant welds and joints are of extremely high quality. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

hot rolled Strip FlatSStock Lengths 20’

thickness estimated Weight, lbs . thickness estimated Weight, lbs . in per 20-Ft . in per 20-Ft . inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

1/8 x 3/8 .1595 3.191 1/2 .2127 4.254 5/8 .2659 5.318 3/4 .3191 6.381 7/8 .3722 7.445 1 .4254 8.508 11/8 .4786 9.572 11/4 .5318 10.64 13/8 .5849 11.70 11/2 .6381 12.76 13/4 .7445 14.89 2 .8508 17.02 21/4 .9572 19.14 21/2 1.064 21.27 23/4 1.170 23.40 3 1.276 25.52 31/4 1.383 27.65 31/2 1.489 29.78 4 1.702 34.03 41/2 1.914 38.29 5 2.127 42.54 51/2 2.340 46.80 6 2.552 51.05 7 2.978 59.56 8 3.403 68.06 10 4.254 85.08 12 5.105 102.1

3/16 x 3/8 .2393 4.786 1/2 .3191 6.381 5/8 .3988 7.976 3/4 .4786 9.572 7/8 .5583 11.17 1 .6381 12.76 11/8 .7179 14.36 11/4 .7976 15.95 13/8 .8774 17.55 11/2 .9572 19.14 13/4 1.117 22.33 2 1.276 25.52 21/4 1.436 28.71 21/2 1.595 31.91 23/4 1.755 35.10 3 1.914 38.29 31/4 2.074 41.48 31/2 2.233 44.67 4 2.552 51.05 41/2 2.871 57.43 5 3.191 63.81 51/2 3.510 70.20 6 3.829 76.57 7 4.467 89.33 8 5.105 102.1 10 6.381 127.6 12 7.657 153.11/4 and thicker - ASTM A36 Flat Bars See page 4 of this section

Page 43: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

hiGh StrenGth, loW-alloY Steel

aStM a 572 Grade 50 UnS K02303

This material is micro-alloy, in which strengthening is provided by the addition of small amounts of columbium, vanadium or combinations.

analYSiS c Mn p S Si .23 Max. 1.35 Max. .04 Max. .05 Max. .04 Max.

Type 1 .005-.05% columbium Type 2 .010-.15% vanadium Type 3 .05 max columbium + vanadium > 4 times nitrogen

Mechanical propertieS – Minimum properties are as follows:

tensile Yield elongation Strength Strength in 2” (psi) (psi)

65,000 50,000 21%

applicationS – This material is used for structural and forged components where as-hot rolled strengths are an important asset.

hardeninG – This material is used in the Hot Worked Condition.

MachinaBilitY – This material has a machinability rating of approximately 70% of 1212.

WeldaBilitY – This material is readily weldable using any process developed for plain carbon steels.

WorKaBilitY – This material has good formability. Forming is generally done at room temperature.

Sec . B page 16

Page 44: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

C

Sec. C Page 1

SECTION C

SHEETS

HOT ROLLED SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

PICKLED & OILED SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

COLD ROLLED SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

FLAT GALVANIZED SHEETS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

ELECTROLYTIC ZINC COATED SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

EXPANDED METAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9

GRATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Expanded Metal, Welded, Riveted, Mechanical Lock

Sheets Listed in Other Sections

HIGH STRENGTH LOw ALLOY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEC. F

AbRASION RESISTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEC. F

AIRCRAFT ALLOY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SEC. H

STAINLESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEC. I

ALuMINuM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEC. L

Page 45: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

HOT ROLLED SHEETS

and

HOT ROLLED PICKLED & OILED SHEETS

ASTM A 1011(Formerly ASTM A 569 and A 570)

Hot Rolled Commercial Quality Sheets are produced from low carbon rimming, capped, or semi-killed steel, and are intended for uses involving simple bending or moderate drawing and welding. They may be bent flat on themselves in any direction at room temperature without cracking on the outside of the bent portion.

The Pickled and Oiled Sheets should be used when the tight oxide scale present on Hot Rolled Sheets is objectionable.

ANALYSIS C Mn P S Cu Ni Cr Mo V Cb 0.25 0.90 0.035 0.040 .20 .20 0.15 0.06 0.008 0.008

APPLICATIONS — Hot Rolled Commercial Quality Sheets are used for a variety of applications from agricultural implements to automotive quipment, from blower and ventilating systems to hot air registers, from stub barrelss and drums to bins and partitions. Pickled and Oiled Sheets with their superior smooth surface are recom-mended for stamping and ordinary drawing applications. After cleaning, they can be painted or enameled.

Hot Rolled Sheets may be used for structural applications.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES — The following minimum properties apply to ASTM A570, grades 30 and 33:

Elongation in 2”

Tensile Yield .0255” .0636” .0972” Strength Strength to to to (psi) (psi) .0635” .0971” .2299”

Grade 30 49,000 30,000 21.0% 24.0% 25.0% Grade 33 52,000 33,000 18.0% 22.0% 25.0%

Sec. C Page 2

Page 46: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. C Page 3

HOT ROLLED SHEETS and

PICKLED & OILED SHEETS

width Est. wt. width Est. wt. width Est. wt. Gauge and Lbs. Per Gauge and Lbs. Per Gauge and Lbs. Per Length Sheet Length Sheet Length Sheet

18 Ga.–(.0478”) 2.0 Lb. Sq. Ft. 24 x 96 120 30 x 96 120 144 36 x 96 120 144 42 x 96 120 48 x 96 120 144

16 Ga.–(.0598”) 2.5 Lb. Sq. Ft. 24 x 96 108 120 132 144 30 x 96 120 144 36 x 96 120 144 42 x 96 120 144 48 x 96 120 144 240 54 x120 60 x 96 120 144

14 Ga.–(.0747”) 3.125 Lb. Sq. Ft. 24 x 96 120 144 30 x 96 120 144 36 x 96 120 144 42 x 96 120 144 48 x 96 120 144

32.0040.0040.0050.0060.0048.0060.0072.0056.0070.0064.0080.0096.00

40.0045.0050.0055.0060.0050.0062.5075.0060.0075.0090.0070.0087.50

105.0080.00

100.00120.00200.00112.50100.00125.00150.00

50.0062.5075.0062.5078.1393.7575.0093.75

112.5087.50

109.38131.25100.00125.00150.00

14 Ga.–(.Cont.) 48 x240 54 x 96 120 60 x 96 120 144 240 72 x120 144 240 13 Ga.–(.0897”) 3.75 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 120 48 x 96 12012 Ga.–(.1046”) 4.375 Lb. Sq. Ft. 24 x 96 120 144 30 x 96 120 144 36 x 96 120 144 42 x 96 120 48 x 96 120 144 240 54 x 96 120 60 x 96 120 144 192 240 72 x 96 120 144 192 240 84 x120 14411 Ga.–(.1196”) 5.0 Lb. Sq. Ft. 24 x 96 120 144 36 x 96 120 144 48 x 96

250.00112.50140.63125.00156.25187.50312.50187.50225.00375.00

90.00112.50120.00150.00

70.0087.50

105.0087.50

109.38131.25105.00131.25157.50122.50153.13140.00175.00210.00350.00157.50196.88175.00218.75262.50350.00437.50210.00262.50315.00420.00525.00306.25367.50

80.00100.00120.00120.00150.00180.00160.00

11 Ga.–(.Cont.) 48 x120 144 240 60 x 96 120 144 240 72 x 96 120 144 240 10 Ga.–(.1345”) 5.625 Lb. Sq. Ft. 24 x 96 120 144 30 x 96 120 144 36 x 96 120 144 240 42 x 96 120 144 48 x 96 120 144 240 60 x 96 120 144 240 72 x 96 120 144 2407 Ga.–(.1793”) 7.5 Lb. Sq. Ft. 24 x 96 120 144 36 x 96 120 144 48 x 96 120 144 240 60 x 96 120 144 240 72 x120 144 240

200.00240.00400.00200.00250.00300.00500.00240.00300.00360.00600.00

90.00112.50135.00112.50140.63168.75135.00168.75202.50337.50157.50196.88236.25180.00225.00270.00450.00225.00281.25337.50562.50270.00337.50405.00675.00

120.00150.00180.00180.00225.00270.00240.00300.00360.00600.00300.00375.00450.00750.00450.00540.00900.00

Page 47: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

COLD ROLLED SHEETS

ASTM A 1008

(Formerly ASTM A 366 – Commercial Quality)(Formerly ASTM A 620 – Drawing Quality)

Cold Rolled Commercial Quality Sheets are produced from rimming, capped, or semi-killed steel and are intended for exposed or unexposed parts involving bending, moderate drawing or forming and welding. They may be bent flat on themselves in any direction without cracking.

Cold Rolled Drawing Quality Sheets are produced from special killed steels, and are intended for parts involving severe forming or drawing. Sheets of this quality have a greater degree of ductility and are more consistent in performance because of higher standards in production, selection, and processing of the steel. The surface finish is a dull matte texture.

ANALYSIS Carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur Commercial Quality .15 Max. .60 Max. .035 Max. .040 Max. Drawing Quality .10 Max. .50 Max. .025 Max. .035 Max.

APPLICATIONS — Practical experience is usually sufficient to determine whetherCommercial Quality of Drawing Quality is required for a given part. Where experience is not adequate, the Scribed Square Test (ASTM A 568) can prove helpful. A grid of one inch squares is marked on the section representing the most severe draw. The squares are measured for percent increase in area after drawing. Experience has shown that Commercial Quality is usually satisfactory if the increase in area is less than 25%. If more than 25%, Drawing Quality is recom-mended.

COLD ROLLED SHEETS

width Est. wt. width Est. wt. width Est. wt. width Est. wt. Ga. and Lbs. Per Ga. and Lbs. Per Ga. and Lbs. Per Ga. and Lbs. Per Length Sheet Length Sheet Length Sheet Length Sheet

28 Ga.–(.0149”) .625 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 120

26 Ga.–(.0179”) .75 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 120 42 x 96 120 48 x 96 120 52 x120

24 Ga.–(.0239”) 1.0 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 120 48 x 96 120

22 Ga.–(.0299”) 1.25 Lb. Sq. Ft. 30 x120 36 x 96 120 48 x 96 120 144Sec. C Page 4

15.0018.75

18.0022.5021.0026.2524.0030.0032.50

24.0030.0032.0040.00

31.2530.0037.5040.0050.0060.00

20 Ga.–(.0359”) 1.5 Lb. Sq. Ft. 30 x 96 120 36 x 96 120 144 156 42 x120 144 48 x 96 120 144 60 x120 144

18 Ga.–(.0478”) 2.0 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 120 144 42 x120 144 48 x 96 120 144 60 x120 144

30.0037.5036.0045.0054.0058.5052.5063.0048.0060.0072.0075.0090.00

48.0060.0072.0070.0084.0064.0080.0096.00

100.00120.00

16 Ga.–(.0598”) 2.5 Lb. Sq. Ft. 30 x 96 36 x 96 120 144 42 x120 144 48 x 96 120 144 60 x 96 120 144 72 x144

14 Ga.–(.0747”) 3.125 Lb. Sq. Ft. 30 x120 36 x 96 120 42 x120 48 x 96 120 144 192 54 x120 60 x120 144 72 x120 144

50.0060.0075.0090.0087.50

105.0080.00

100.00120.00100.00125.00150.00180.00

78.1375.0093.75

109.38100.00125.00150.00200.00140.63156.25187.50187.50225.00

13 Ga.–(.0897”) 3.75 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 120 48 x 96 120 60 x 9612 Ga.–(.1046”) 4.375 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 120 48 x 96 120 144 60 x120 144 72 x120 14411 Ga.–(.1196”) 5.0 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 120 48 x 96 120 144 60 x120 144 72 x12010 Ga.–(.1345”) 5.625 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x120 48 x 96 120

90.00112.50120.00150.00150.00

105.00131.25140.00175.00210.00218.75262.50262.50315.00

120.00150.00160.00200.00240.00250.00300.00300.00

168.75180.00225.00

Page 48: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. C Page 5

FLAT GALVANIZED SHEETS

ASTM A 653

(Formerly ASTM Specifications: A 526, A 527)

These sheets are produced from rimming, capped, or semi-killed steel, and are intended for uses involving simple bending or moderate forming. They may be bent flat on themselves in any direction at room temperature without cracking. The zinc coating will withstand bending without flaking when tested in accordance with ASTM A 525. The coating is applied by the continuous hot-dip process, producing a tight coat of prime spelter of the 1.25 oz. per square foot coating class.

Sheets meet the Commercial Quality requirements of ASTM A 526. Gauges 16 and lighter are available as Lock Forming Quality, conforming to ASTM A 527.

ANALYSIS Carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur .15 Max. .60 Max. .035 Max. .04 Max.

APPLICATIONS — These sheets are for general utility uses such as corrugated sidingand roofing, culverts, window frames, heating and ventilating ducting, cornices, eave troughs, etc. Galvanized sheets are sometimes painted, but when a superior paint retaining surface is desired, we recommend the use of Electrolytic Zinc Coated Sheets, for which see Page 6 of this section.

FLAT GALVANIZED SHEETS

width Est. wt. width Est. wt. width Est. wt. width Est. wt. Ga. and Lbs. Per Ga. and Lbs. Per Ga. and Lbs. Per Ga. and Lbs. Per Length Sheet Length Sheet Length Sheet Length Sheet

30 Ga.–(.016”) .656 Lb. Sq. Ft.

30 x 96 120 36 x 96 120

28 Ga.–(.019”) .781 Lb. Sq. Ft. 24 x 96 30 x 96 120 36 x 96 120 144 48 x120

26 Ga.–(.022”) .906 Lb. Sq. Ft. 24 x 96 30 x 96 120 144 36 x 96 120 144 48 x 96 120 144

13.1216.4115.7519.69

12.5015.6219.5318.7523.4028.1231.24

14.5018.1222.6627.1921.7527.1932.6329.0036.2443.49

24 Ga.–(.028”) 1.156 Lb. Sq. Ft.

24 x 96 30 x 96 120 36 x 96 120 48 x 96 120 144

22 Ga.–(.034”) 1.406 Lb. Sq. Ft. 30 x 96 120 36 x 96 120 144 48 x 96 120 144

20 Ga.–(.040”) 1.656 Lb. Sq. Ft. 30 x 96 120 144 36 x 96 120 144 48 x 96 120 144 60 x120

18.5023.1228.9127.7534.6836.9946.2455.49

28.1235.1633.7542.1950.6244.9956.2467.49

33.1241.4149.6839.7549.6859.6252.9966.2479.4882.80

18 Ga.–(.052”) 2.156 Lb. Sq. Ft.

30 x 96 120 144 36 x 96 120 144 48 x 96 120 144 60 x 120 144

16 Ga.–(.064”) 2.656 Lb. Sq. Ft.

30 x 96 120 144 36 x 96 120 144 48 x 96 120 144 60 x120 144

43.1253.9164.6951.7564.6977.6268.9986.24

103.48107.80129.36

53.1266.4179.6963.7579.6995.6384.99

106.24127.49132.80159.36

14 Ga.–(.079”) 3.281 Lb. Sq. Ft.

36 x 96 120 144 48 x 96 120 144 60 x120 144

12 Ga.–(.108”) 4.531 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 120 48 x 96 120 144 60 x120

11 Ga.–(.123”) 5.156 Lb. Sq. Ft. 48 x 96 120 144

10 Ga.–(.138”) 5.781 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 120 48 x 96 120 144 60 x144

78.7598.44

118.12104.99131.24157.49164.05196.86

108.75135.94144.99181.24217.49226.55

164.99206.24247.49

138.74173.40185.00231.24277.50346.86

The thickness in inches shown above for the respective guages are only approximate because Galvanized Sheets are produced to specified weights — not to specified thicknesses.

Page 49: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

ELECTROLYTIC ZINC COATED SHEETS

Electrolytic Zinc Coated Sheets have been developed to fulfill the need for a perfect paint bonding surface that has not been entirely satisfied by galvanized sheets produced by the hot-dip process. The zinc coating is applied by an electro-plating process that leaves a thin, uniform layer of zinc, followed by a phosphate coat bonderizing treatment.

Electrolytic Zinc Coated Sheets offer good protection against corrosion, and the specially treated surface provides excellent paint adherence without the need for costly cleaning and preparing operations. In addition, they are easily formed by such processes as spinning, deep drawing, and roll forming without danger of peel-ing or flaking of the zinc coating.

APPLICATIONS — These sheets are recommended for applications that requirepainting, enameling, or lacquering, such as vending machines, office furniture, appliances, cabinets, truck and trailer bodies, shower cabinets, etc.

ELECTROLYTIC ZINC COATED SHEETS

width Estimated width Estimated Gauge and wt. Lbs. Gauge and wt. Lbs. Length Per Sheet Length Per Sheet

26 Ga.–(.0179”) 20 Ga.–(.0359”) 0.75 Lb. Sq. Ft. 1.50 Lb. Sq. Ft. 48 x 96 24.00 36 x 96 36.00 120 30.00 120 45.00 144 54.00 24 Ga.–(.0239”) 48 x 96 48.00 1.0 Lb. Sq. Ft. 120 60.00 30 x120 25.00 144 72.00 144 30.00 36 x120 30.00 18 Ga.–(.0478”) 48 x 96 32.00 2.0 Lb. Sq. Ft. 120 40.00 36 x120 60.00 144 48.00 48 x 96 64.00 120 80.00 22 Ga.–(.0299”) 144 96.00 1.25 Lb. Sq. Ft. 60 x120 100.00 36 x 96 30.00 120 37.50 16 Ga.–(.0598”) 144 45.00 2.5 Lb. Sq. Ft. 48 x 96 40.00 36 x120 75.00 120 50.00 48 x120 100.00 144 60.00 60 x120 125.00

Sec. C Page 6

Page 50: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. C Page 7

EXPANDED METAL

Expanded Metal is sheet metal that has been slit and expanded up to ten times its original width. The formation of the diamond-shaped pattern adds to the strength and rigidity of the sheet.

Expanded Metal is available in the “standard” pattern, where the strands and bonds are set at a sharp angle to the plane of the sheet. It is also available in the “flattened” pattern, where the material has been cold-rolled to bring the strands and bonds into the same plane. Flattened Expanded Metal is especially suited to welding because of its flat surface.

Expanded Metal offers the advantages of savings in weight and metal, free pas-sage of light and air, and a decorative or ornamental effect. Structural applications include door panels, open partitions, window guards, enclosures, etc. Decorative applications include grilles, screens, panels, backgrounds, etc.

The width of the sheet is measured in the direction of the short dimension of the diamond. The length of the sheet is measured in the direction of the long dimen-sion of the diamond. For additional information on applications, properties, and fabricating procedures, ask for our special pamphlet on Expanded Metal.

STANDARD

FLATTENED

LEGENDSwD – “Short way of diamond.”LwD – “Long way of diamond.”SwO – “Short way of opening.”LwO – “Long way of opening.”Strand Thickness – Equal to the thickness of the sheet of metal used.Strand width – Amount of metal of a given thickness in one strand.

Expanded Metal sheets are also available in STAINLESS STEEL, ALuMINuM, and other metals. Information on request.

Page 51: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. C Page 8

STANDARD EXPANDED METAL

*Style width & Thick. Est. wt., Lbs. *Style width & Thick. Est. wt., Lbs. Designa- Length of Strand Per Per Designa- Length of Strand Per Per tion (Inches) (Inches) Sq. Ft. Sheet tion (Inches) (Inches) Sq. Ft. Sheet

1/4” – #20 48 x 96 .036 .86 27.52 1” – #16 48 x 96 .060 .44 14.081/4” – #18 48 x 96 .048 1.14 36.48 11/2” – #18 48 x 96 .048 .20 6.041/2” – #20 36 x 96 .036 .43 10.32 11/2” – #16 48 x 96 .060 .40 12.80

48 x 96 “ “ 13.76 11/2” – #13 48 x 96 .092 .60 19.201/2” – #18 48 x 96 .048 .70 22.40 120 “ “ 24.00

120 “ “ 28.00 72 x 96 “ “ 28.80

72 x 96 “ “ 33.60 120 “ “ 36.00

120 “ “ 42.00 96 x120 “ “ 48.001/2” – #16 48 x 96 .060 .86 27.52 11/2” – #10 48 x 96 .092 .79 25.28

120 “ “ 34.40 120 “ “ 31.60

72 x 96 “ “ 41.28 60 x120 “ “ 39.50

120 “ “ 51.60 72 x 96 “ “ 37.921/2” – #13 48 x 96 .092 1.47 47.04 120 “ “ 47.40

120 “ “ 58.80 144 “ “ 56.68

72 x 96 “ “ 70.56 11/2” – #9 36 x 96 .134 1.20 38.803/4” – #16 48 x 96 .060 .54 17.28 48 x 96 “ “ 38.40

120 “ “ 21.60 120 “ “ 48.00

60 x120 “ “ 27.00 144 “ “ 57.60

72 x 96 “ “ 25.92 60 x120 “ “ 60.00

120 “ “ 32.40 72 x 96 “ “ 57.60

144 “ “ 38.88 120 “ “ 72.003/4” – #13 48 x 96 .092 .80 25.60 144 “ “ 86.40

120 “ “ 32.00 11/2” – #6 36 x144 .198 2.50 90.00

72 x 96 “ “ 38.40 48 x 96 “ “ 80.00

120 “ “ 48.00 72 x144 “ “ 180.00

96 x120 “ “ 64.003/4” – #10 48 x 96 .092 1.20 38.40 2” – #10 36 x 96 .092 .68 16.32

120 “ “ 48.00 120 “ “ 20.40

72 x 96 “ “ 57.60 72 x 96 “ “ 32.64

120 “ “ 72.00 120 “ “ 40.803/4” – #9 36 x 96 .134 1.80 43.20 144 “ “ 48.96

120 “ “ 54.00 2” – #9 36 x 96 .134 .90 21.60

48 x 96 “ “ 57.60 120 “ “ 27.00

120 “ “ 72.00 144 “ “ 32.40

144 “ “ 86.40 48 x 96 “ “ 28.80

60 x 96 “ “ 72.00 120 “ “ 36.00

120 “ “ 90.00 144 “ “ 43.20

72 x 96 “ “ 86.40 72 x 96 “ “ 43.20

120 “ “ 108.00 120 “ “ 54.00

144 “ “ 129.60 144 “ “ 64.80

*Style Designation – The first figure indicates the approximate width, the short way of the diamond, measuring from center to center of the bonds. Second figure indicates the approximate gauge of the sheet before expanding.

Page 52: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. C Page 9

FLATTENED EXPANDED METAL

*Style width & Thick. Est. wt., Lbs. *Style width & Thick. Est. wt., Lbs. Designa- Length of Strand Per Per Designa- Length of Strand Per Per tion (Inches) (Inches) Sq. Ft. Sheet tion (Inches) (Inches) Sq. Ft. Sheet

1/4” – #20 36 x 96 .030 .83 19.92 48 x 96 “ “ 26.561/4” – #18 48 x 96 .040 1.11 35.52

1/2” – #20 36 x 96 .029 .40 9.06

48 x 96 “ “ 12.80

1/2” – #18 36 x 96 .039 .66 15.84

120 “ “ 19.80

48 x 96 “ “ 21.12

120 “ “ 26.40

1/2” – #16 36 x 96 .050 .82 19.68

120 “ “ 24.60

144 “ “ 29.52

48 x 96 “ “ 26.24

120 “ “ 32.80

144 “ “ 39.36

60 x 96 “ “ 41.00

1/2” – #13 36 x 96 .070 1.40 33.60

120 “ “ 42.00

144 “ “ 50.40

48 x 96 “ “ 44.80

120 “ “ 56.00

144 “ “ 67.20

3/4” – #16 36 x 96 .048 .51 12.24

120 “ “ 15.30

144 “ “ 18.36

48 x 96 “ “ 16.32

120 “ “ 20.40

144 “ “ 24.48

3/4” – #14 36 x 96 .061 .63 15.12

48 x 96 “ “ 20.16

*Style Designation – The first figure indicates the approximate width, the short way of the diamond, measuring from center to center of the bonds. Second figure indicates the approximate gauge of the sheet before expanding.

EXPANDED METAL ACCESSORIESInformation on request.

3/4”” – #13 36 x 96 .070 .75 18.00

120 “ “ 22.50

144 “ “ 27.00 48 x 96 “ “ 24.00

120 “ “ 30.00

144 “ “ 36.003/4” – # 9 36 x 96 .120 1.71 41.04

120 “ “ 51.30

144 “ “ 61.56

48 x 96 “ “ 54.72

120 “ “ 68.40

144 “ “ 82.08

60 x 96 “ “ 68.40

1” – #16 36 x 96 .050 .41 9.84

48 x 96 “ “ 13.12

11/2” – #16 36 x 96 .048 .38 9.12

120 “ “ 11.40

144 “ “ 13.68

48 x 96 “ “ 12.16

120 “ “ 15.20

144 “ “ 18.24

11/2” – #14 36 x 96 .060 .46 11.04

48 x 96 “ “ 14.72

11/2” – #13 36 x 96 .070 .57 13.68

120 “ “ 17.10

144 “ “ 20.52

48 x 96 “ “ 18.24

120 “ “ 22.80

144 “ “ 27.36

60 x120 “ “ 28.50

72 x120 “ “ 34.20

11/2” – #9 36 x 96 .110 1.14 27.36

120 “ “ 34.20

144 “ “ 41.04

48 x 96 “ “ 36.48

120 “ “ 45.60

144 “ “ 54.72

Page 53: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

EXPANDED METAL GRATINGS

Expanded Metal Gratings are produced from heavy steel plate and provide an economical open flooring with the advantage of strength, durability, and light weight. Unlike solid flooring, Expanded Metal Gratings do not block light and air. Dirt, grease, snow, and mud cannot collect on the walking surface. Floors made from these gratings are attractive in appearance, and their non-slip quality is an important safety factor. Various styles are available, designed to support walking loads on clear spans up to five feet – longer with reinforcement. For further information, ask for our special pamphlet.

EXPANDED METAL GRATINGS

Size Size of Mesh* wt. Per Style Designation in in Inches Square Inches width Length Foot

Treadway (Walkway) 48 x 96 1.412 4.00 4.27 72 x 96 “ “ “ Hiwalk (Skywalk) 48 x120 2.000 6.00 3.14 72 x120 “ “ “ 3.0 Lb. Grating 48 x 96 1.333 5.33 3.00 120 “ “ “ 60 x120 “ “ “ 72 x 96 1.440 5.00 “ 120 “ “ “ 144 “ “ “ 150 1.333 5.33 “ 4.0 Lb. Grating 48 x 96 “ “ 4.00 120 “ “ “ 60 x 96 “ “ “ 72 x 96 “ “ “ 120 “ “ “ 5.0 Lb. Grating 48 x 96 1.330 “ 5.00 72 x120 “ “ “ 6.25 Lb. Grating 48 x 48 1.412 “ 6.25 96 “ “ “ 144 “ “ “ 192 “ “ “ 72 x 96 “ “ “ 120 “ “ “*Measured center to center of bonds.

wELDED — RIVETED — MECHANICAL LOCK

GRATING, DECKING, GRILLES, and STAIR TREADS

We represent various manufacturers of grating products which have been designed to fill many functional and ornamental architectural requirements. Such material offers the benefits of minimum weight, maximum carrying capacity, ventilation, sanitation, light admission, non-skid safety, and self-cleaning. We will be glad to furnish further information upon request.

Sec. C Page 10

Page 54: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

D

Sec. D Page 1

Section D

PLAteSSHeAReD AnD FLAMe cUt PLAteS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

J-20 cARBon PLAte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Low Carbon, Free-Cutting

J-45 cARBon PLAte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

High Carbon, Free-Cutting

HiGH cARBon PLAteS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

PReSSURe VeSSeL QUALitY PLAteS (AStM A 285, A 515, A 516) . . . . . . . . 5

FLooR PLAteS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Plates Listed in other Sections

HiGH StRenGtH Low ALLoY PLAteS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sec. F

HeAt tReAteD conStRUctionAL ALLoY PLAteS (t-1). . . . . . . . . . . . . Sec. F

ABRASion ReSiStinG PLAteS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sec. F

ALLoY PLAteS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sec. G

AiRcRAFt QUALitY PLAteS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sec. H

StAinLeSS SteeL PLAteS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sec. i

Page 55: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. D Page 2

Hot RoLLeD cARBon SteeL PLAteS

Sheared — Flame cutcolor Marking: Corner striped Blue

Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Plates are produced from basic oxygen process steel. The designations applied to this material are based upon the types of mills used to produce the plates and resulting edge conditions. SHEARED PLATES have been rolled between horizontal rolls, with edges and ends later trimmed by shearing to obtain rectangular shape. In the heavier thicknesses (generally over 11/2”), the trimmingis accomplished by flame cutting—hence the designation FLAME CUT PLATES.

SPeciFicAtionS thickness Range normally Stocked ASTM A 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/16”—16” When material over 11/2” thick is used as bearing plates in structures other than bridges, ASTM A 36 applies.

AnALYSiS (AStM A 36) c P S Max. Mn Max. Max. Si 3/4” & under .25 — .04 .05 — Over 3/4” to 11/2” .25 .80/1.20 .04 .05 — Over 11/2” to 21/2” .26 .80/1.20 .04 .05 .15/.40 Over 21/2” to 4” .27 .85/1.20 .04 .05 .15/.40 Over 4” .29 .85/1.20 .04 .05 .15/.40

APPLicAtionS — Storage tanks, storage bins, welded pipe, bridge construction, freight and passenger cars, barges, tankers, machinery construction, mining cars and equipment, bearing plates for buildings, and other structural applications and various parts obtained by flame cutting with our modern shape cutting facilities.

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS (typical) tensile Yield Strength Strength elongation (psi) (psi) in 8”* ASTM A 36 58/80,000 36,000 Min. 18% Min.

* Subject to reduction for thicknesses under 5/16”.

MAcHinABiLitY — Hot Rolled Carbon Plates have a machinability rating of approximately 72%, based on 1212 as 100%, with average surface cutting speed of 120 feet per minute. When considerable machining or drilling is to be performed, we recommend the use of Free-Cutting Plates, described on Page 3 of this section.

weLDABiLitY — These plates are easily welded by all the welding processes and the resultant welds and joints are of extremely high quality. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on the thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

Stock SizeS

Sheared: Stocked in thicknesses from 3/16” to 11/2”, widths up to 120”, and lengths up to 480”. For weights refer to Pages 6 and 7 of this section.

Flame cut: Stocked in thicknesses from 15/8” to 16”. Maximum widths vary from 72” to 96”, depending on thickness. Stock lengths are up to 360”.

Page 56: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. D Page 3

FRee-cUttinG cARBon SteeL PLAteS

J-20 carbon PlateJ-45 carbon Plate

color Marking: J-20 —Corner striped Black J-45 —Corner striped WhiteJ-20 and J-45 free-cutting carbon steel plates are made to EMJ’s own specifications in order to insure free-machining steel of uniformly high qual-ity. Because of their outstanding machinability and excellent finishing characteristics, substantial savings are effected through use of these materials. J-20 is a low-carbon analyses that may be carburized and hardened using the sametreatments employed with ordinary low-carbon steels.J-45 is a high-carbon analyses that may be hardened satisfactorily by direct-heatingand quenching, flame hardening, or induction hardening.AnALYSiS (typical) carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur Silicon J-20 .20 1.25 .04 Max. .25 .20 J-45 .45 1.25 .04 Max. .25 .15APPLicAtionS — The low carbon grades are used for mechanical rubber molds, V-belt mold rings, gears, cams, sprockets, jigs and fixtures, templates, etc. The high carbon grades are used for rubber molds, short-run blanking and trimming dies, slides, racks, machine ways, spinning chucks, etc.MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS (typical) — The following values are average and may be considered as representative of the grade: tensile Yield Reduction Strength Strength elongation of Brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” Area Hardness Low Carbon Grades 72,000 48,000 30% 60% 149 High Carbon Grades 90,000 56,000 20% 40% 187 In thicker sections, properties are somewhat lower.

MAcHinABiLitY — These steels are machinable at speeds up to 40% higher than other steels with comparable carbon content. J-20 is machined at cutting speeds up to 170 surface feet per minute. J-45 is machined at cutting speeds up to 145 surface feet per minute. Flame cutting of the high carbon grades produces a hardening effect on the cut edge which may be minimized by stress relieving.weLDABiLitY — These free machining steels are not generally recommended for welding. They can be welded using the proper techniques and electrodes. Low-hydrogen electrodes are recommended to avoid excessive porosity and under-bead cracking that is likely to occur with the use of cellulose-covered rods. American Welding Society Classes EXX16 or EXX18 should be used with the tensile strength class determined by the strength desired. Current control is critical, and amperage should be regulated to obtain adequate fluidity of the weld metal and yet minimize dilution of the weld metal by the parent metal. The high carbon grades should be preheated to 350º-450º prior to welding and stress-relieved or normalized (see below) immediately after welding.HARDeninG — J-20 responds to any of the standard carburizing and subsequent hardening methods used for such grades as 1018. J-45 responds to any of the standard treatments used for such grades as 1144. J-20 J-45 Normalize 1650º-1750º F 1600º-1700º F Anneal 1550º-1600º F 1450º-1500º F Stress Relieve 1250º-1300º F 1200º-1300º F Carburize 1650º-1700º F — Harden 1450º-1500º F (water) 1475º-1550ºF (oil or water)

“J-20” and “J-45” are trademarks of the Earle M. Jorgensen Co.

Stock SizeSThese plates are stocked in thicknesses from 1/4” to 6”. Most thicknesses are carried in widths up to 96” and lengths up to 240”.

Page 57: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. D Page 4

HiGH cARBon PLAteS

Sheared — Flame cut

UnS G10450

color Marking: 1045 As-Rolled—Corner striped Red

This high carbon grade possesses higher strength with good toughness than is found in low carbon plate. It has low hardenability which means that it can be fully hardened in thin sections only with a drastic quench. In heavier sections, partial hardening increases strength substantially, and flame or induction hardening pro-duces high surface hardness.

1045 has good wear and abrasion resistance which can be further improved by heat treatment.

AnALYSiS

carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur 1045 .42/.50 .60/.90 .04 Max. .05 Max.

APPLicAtionS — The 1045 grade is generally used for gears, pinions, brake discs, wear plates, base plates, etc.

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS (typical) — The following values are average and may be considered as representative of the grade:

tensile Yield Reduction Strength Strength elongation of Brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” Area Hardness 1045 As Rolled 95,000 56,000 21% 44% 197

MAcHinABiLitY — 1045 As-Rolled—average cutting speed is 95 surface feet per minute. This is not free-machining steel and when considerable machining is to be performed, J-45 are the free-machining steel equivalents to 1045.

weLDABiLitY — High Carbon Plates may be welded with proper precautions. With thin sections and a flexible design, gas or arc welding may be used without preheating; but in joints over 3/8” thick preheating is necessary. To develop equivalent strength in a weld, a low alloy filler is recommended. Stress relieving is also recommended. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on the thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

HARDeninG — This Grade is essentially a water-hardening steel, but may be quenched in oil. 1045 Normalize 1600º-1700ºF Anneal 1400º-1500º F Hardening 1475º-1550º F Temper To Desired Hardness

Stock SizeSHigh Carbon Plates are stocked in thicknesses from 3/16” to 14”, widths up to 96”, and lengths up to 30 feet.

Page 58: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. D Page 5

PReSSURe VeSSeL QUALitY PLAteS

These are hot rolled carbon steel plates produced by the basic oxygen process. They are high quality products which meet ASTM and ASME specifications, as well as those of the Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Co. They have been rigidly inspected and tested to insure quality satisfactory for pressure vessels.

SPeciFicAtionS and coLoR MARkinG AStM color Marking Specification (corner Stripe)

Pressure Vessel Quality ASTM A 285, Grade C Yellow ASTM A 515, Grade 70 Purple ASTM A 516, Grade 70 Black & Pink

AnALYSiS carbon Man- Phosphorus Sulphur Max. ganese Max. Max. Silicon A 285, Grade c .28 .90 Max. .035 .04 — A 515, Grade 70 1” thick & under .31 1.20 Max. .035 .04 .15/.40 Over 1” to 2” incl .33 1.20 Max. .035 .04 .15/.40 Over 2” to 8” incl .35 1.20 Max. .035 .04 .15/.40 A 516, Grade 70 1/2” thick & under .27 .85/1.20 .035 .04 .15/.40 Over 1/2” to 2” incl .28 .85/1.20 .035 .04 .15/.40 Over 2” to 4” incl .30 .85/1.20 .035 .04 .15/.40 Over 4” to 8” incl .31 .85/1.20 .035 .04 .15/.40

APPLicAtionS ASTM A 285 covers plates of low and intermediate tensile strengths for pressure vessels. The maximum thickness of plates produced to this specification is 2”.

ASTM A 515 covers a course grain carbon silicon steel intended for intermediate or high temperature service in boilers and other pressure vessels.

ASTM A 516 covers a fine grain carbon manganese silicon steel intended for service in pressure vessels at temperatures where improved notch toughness is important.

Material for all three specifications is intended for fusion welding where the welding technique is of prime importance with welding procedure accomplished under approved methods.

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS tensile Yield Strength Strength elongation (psi) (psi) in 8”

A 285, Grade C 55,000/75,000 30,000 Min. 23% Min.* A 515 and A 516, Grade 70 70,000/90,000 38,000 Min. 17% Min. *Subject to modification for thicknesses under 5/16” and over 3/4”.

MAcHinABiLitY — Although not considered free-machining, these grades can be surface machined or drilled readily.

weLDABiLitY — These grades are easily welded by all welding processes although they are intended for fusion welding. The resultant welds are of high quality, when the welding procedure is accomplished under approved methods.

Stock SizeSPressure Vessel Quality Plates are stocked in thicknesses from 3/16” to 8”, widths up to 96”, and lengths up to 336”.

Page 59: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. D Page 6

FLooR PLAte

AStM A 786

Floor Plate provides maximum skid resistance regardless of how the plate is laid or the angle from which it is approached. Patterns are continuous whether adjoining plates are laid end to end, side to side, or side to end. Cutting waste is reduced to a minimum. Cleaning is easily accomplished with a hose, brush, or mop, with rapid and complete drainage.

AnALYSiS

carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur

.10/.25 .30/.70 .05 Approx. .05 Approx.

APPLicAtionS — Running board steps, floors, walkways, platforms, cover plates, stair treads, hatch covers, trench covers, truck runways, conveyors, etc.

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS — Floor Plates are not normally used as main stress-carrying members and are seldom specified to tensile requirement. However, properties are approximately as follows:

tensile Yield Strength Strength elongation (psi) (psi) in 8”

60,000 33,000 22%

MAcHinABiLitY — Can be machined or drilled readily.

weLDABiLitY — Easily welded by all the welding process, and the resultant welds are of extremely good quality. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

SizeS AnD weiGHtS

See next Page.

Page 60: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. D Page 7

FLooR PLAteS Stock SizeS

16 Ga. to 1/8” — As indicated below. 3/16” to 3/4” — Thickness and Widths as indicated below. Lengths up to 24’. thickness refers to body of plate, not including raised portion.

estimated weight, Lbs. thickness estimated weight, Lbs. Stock Per Per Per Per and Per Per Per Size Sq.in. Sq.Ft. Lin.Ft. Plate width Sq.in. Sq.Ft. Lin.Ft.

16 Ga.30x 96 .0208 3.00 7.50 60.0036x 96 “ “ 9.00 72.00 120 “ “ “ 90.0048x 120 “ “ 12.00 120.0 144 “ “ “ 144.0

14 Ga.30x 120 .0260 3.75 9.38 93.75 168 “ “ “ 131.336x 96 “ “ 11.25 90.00 120 “ “ “ 112.5 144 “ “ “ 135.048x 96 “ “ 15.00 120.0 120 “ “ “ 150.0 144 “ “ “ 180.0

12 Ga.30x 120 .0365 5.25 13.13 131.3 180 “ “ “ 196.936x 96 “ “ 15.75 126.0 120 “ “ “ 157.5 144 “ “ “ 189.0 180 “ “ “ 236.348x 96 “ “ 21.00 168.0 120 “ “ “ 210.0 144 “ “ “ 252.0 240 “ “ “ 420.060x 96 “ “ 26.25 210.0 120 “ “ “ 262.5 144 “ “ “ 315.0 240 “ “ “ 525.0

1/824x 168 .0427 6.15 12.30 172.230x 96 “ “ 15.38 123.0 120 “ “ “ 153.8 144 “ “ “ 184.6 192 “ “ “ 246.136x 96 “ “ 18.45 147.6 120 “ “ “ 184.5 144 “ “ “ 221.4 192 “ “ “ 295.242x 120 “ “ 21.53 215.348x 96 “ “ 24.60 196.8 120 “ “ “ 246.0 144 “ “ “ 295.2 168 “ “ “ 344.4 192 “ “ “ 393.6 240 “ “ “ 492.0 288 “ “ “ 590.460x 96 “ “ 30.75 246.0 120 “ “ “ 307.5 144 “ “ “ 369.0 240 “ “ “ 615.0 288 “ “ “ 738.072x 240 “ “ 36.90 738.0 288 “ “ “ 885.6

3/16 x 24 .0605 8.71 17.42 30 “ “ 21.78 36 “ “ 26.13 42 “ “ 30.49 48 “ “ 34.84 60 “ “ 43.55 72 “ “ 52.26 84 “ “ 60.97 96 “ “ 69.68

1/4 x 24 .0782 11.26 22.52 30 “ “ 28.15 36 “ “ 33.78 42 “ “ 39.41 48 “ “ 45.04 60 “ “ 56.30 72 “ “ 67.56 84 “ “ 78.82 96 “ “ 90.08

5/16 x 24 .0959 13.81 27.62 30 “ “ 34.53 36 “ “ 41.43 48 “ “ 55.24 60 “ “ 69.05 72 “ “ 82.86 84 “ “ 96.67 96 “ “ 110.5

3/8 x 24 .1137 16.37 32.74 30 “ “ 40.93 36 “ “ 49.11 42 “ “ 57.30 48 “ “ 65.48 60 “ “ 81.85 72 “ “ 98.22 84 “ “ 114.6 96 “ “ 131.0

1/2 x 24 .1491 21.47 42.94 30 “ “ 53.68 36 “ “ 64.41 48 “ “ 85.88 60 “ “ 107.4 72 “ “ 128.8 84 “ “ 150.3 96 “ “ 171.8

5/8 x 60 .1845 26.58 132.9 72 “ “ 159.5

3/4 x 60 .2200 31.68 158.4 96 “ “ 253.4

Page 61: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

E

Sec. E Page 1

SECTION E

BAR SIZE ANDSTRUCTURAL SHAPES

GENERAL DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Definition of “Bar Size” and “Structural”’ Analysis, Mechanical Properties, etc

AISI STANDARD DESIGNATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

ANGLES Bar sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Structural Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

CHANNELS Bar Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Standard Structural Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Miscellaneous Channels — Structural Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

BEAmS Standard (“I”) Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Wide Flange and Miscellaneous Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

TEES Bar Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Shapes Listed in Other Sections

STAINLESS ANGLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sec. I

HOLLOw STRUCTURAL SHAPES — See Square and Rectangular Structural Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sec. K

STOCK LENGTHS OF STRUCTURAL SHAPESInstead of the various stock lengths of Structurals being itemized herein, only the longest length carried in stock is shown Stock lengths of Bar Size Shapes, however, are listed herein .

Page 62: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

BAR SIZE AND STRUCTURAL SHAPES

ASTm Specification A 36

A shape is classed a “Bar Size Shape” when its greatest dimension (length excluded) is less than 3 inches . It is a “Structural Shape” when at least one of its dimensions (length excluded) is 3 inches or greater .

The shapes listed in this section conform to ASTM A 36, a standard specification for structural steel .

ANALYSIS Carbon Phosphorus Sulphur .26 Max . .04 Max . .05 Max .

APPLICATIONS — For use in riveted, bolted, or welded construction of bridges and buildings, and for general structural purposes .

mECHANICAL PROPERTIES — ASTM A 36 requirements are:

Tensile Yield % Elongation Strength Strength in (psi) (psi) 8”

58,000/80,000 36,000 Min . 20% Min .a

aSubject to a deduction from the above percentage of elongation for thicknesses under 5/16” and over 3/4” .

wELDABILITY — These shapes are easily welded by all the welding processes, and the resultant welds and joints are of extremely high quality . The grade of welding rod to be used depends on thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc .

GALVANIZED SHAPES

Angles and other shapes listed herein can be furnished galvanized upon request .

Sec. E Page 2

Page 63: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. E Page 3

AISI STANDARD DESIGNATIONS

Structural Shapes

Listed on the following pages are shapes commonly carried in stock . The American Iron and Steel Institute has established a designation system for structural shape, which has been adopted by steel producers . In the column headed “AISI Designation”, a letter or letters precedes the size and weight per foot . For example, C3 x 4 .1 is the AISI designation for a 3” x 4 .1# Standard Structural Channel

Shown below is a summary of the AISI designations:

“W” shapes are doubly-symmetric wide flange shapes used as beams or col-umns whose inside flange surfaces are substantially parallel . A shape having essentially the same nominal weight and dimensions as a “W” shape listed in the tabulation but whose inside flange surfaces are not parallel may also be considered a “W” shape having the same nomenclature as the tabulated shape, provided its average flange thickness is essentially the same shape as the flange thickness of the “W” shape .

“S” shapes are doubly-symmetric shapes produced in accordance with dimensional standards adopted in 1896 by the Association of American Steel Manufacturers for American Standard beam shapes . The essential part of these standards is that the inside flange surfaces of American Standard beam shapes have approximately a 162/3% slope .

“M” shapes are doubly-symmetric shapes that cannot be classified as “W”, “S”, or bearing pile shapes . (Although not included in the standard nomenclature tabulation, bearing piles are doubly-symmetric wide flange shapes whose inside flange surfaces are essentially parallel and whose flange and web have essentially the same thickness .)

“C” shapes are channels produced in accordance with dimensional standards adopted in 1896 by the Association of American Steel Manufacturers for American Standard channels . The essential part of these standards is that the inside flange surfaces of American Standard channels have approximately a 162/3% slope .

“MC” shapes are channels that cannot be classified as “C” shapes .

Page 64: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. E Page 4

ANGLES – BAR SIZES

Stock Lengths 20’, 30’, & 40’ as indicated

Size Estimated weight, Lbs. In Inches

Per 20-Ft. 30-Ft. 40-Ft. A B C Foot Length Length Length

1/2 x 1/2 x 1/8 .38 7 .6 11 .4 – 5/8 x 5/8 x 1/8 .48 9 .6 14 .4 – 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/8 .59 11 .8 17 .7 – 7/8 x 7/8 x 1/8 .70 14 .0 21 .0 – 1 x 5/8 x 1/8 .64 12 .8 19 .2 – 1 x 3/4 x

1/8 .70 14 .0 21 .0 28 .0

1 x 1 x 1/8 .80 16 .0 24 .0 32 .0

3/16 1 .16 23 .2 34 .8 46 .4 1/4 1 .49 29 .8 44 .7 59 .6 11/8 x 11/8 x 1/8 .90 18 .0 27 .0 36 .0 11/4 x 11/4 x 1/8 1 .01 20 .2 30 .3 40 .4 3/16 1 .48 29 .6 44 .4 59 .2 1/4 1 .92 38 .4 57 .6 76 .8 13/8 x 7/8 x 1/8 .91 18 .2 27 .3 36 .4 3/16 1 .32 26 .4 39 .6 52 .8 11/2 x 11/4 x 3/16 1 .64 32 .8 49 .2 65 .6 11/2 x 11/2 x 1/8 1 .23 24 .6 36 .9 49 .2 3/16 1 .80 36 .0 54 .0 72 .0 1/4 2 .34 46 .8 70 .2 93 .6 5/16 2 .86 57 .2 85 .8 114 .4 3/8 3 .35 67 .0 100 .5 134 .0 13/4 x 11/4 x 1/8 1 .23 24 .6 36 .9 49 .2 3/16 1 .80 36 .0 54 .0 72 .0 1/4 2 .34 46 .8 70 .2 93 .6 13/4 x 13/4 x 1/8 1 .44 28 .8 43 .2 57 .6 3/16 2 .12 42 .4 63 .6 84 .8 1/4 2 .77 55 .4 83 .1 110 .8 2 x 11/4 x 3/16 1 .96 39 .2 58 .8 78 .4 1/4 2 .55 51 .0 76 .5 102 .0 2 x 11/2 x 1/8 1 .44 28 .8 43 .2 57 .6 3/16 2 .12 42 .4 63 .6 84 .8 1/4 2 .77 55 .4 83 .1 110 .8 2 x 2 x 1/8 1 .65 33 .0 49 .5 66 .0 3/16 2 .44 48 .8 73 .2 97 .6 1/4 3 .19 63 .8 95 .7 127 .6 5/16 3 .92 78 .4 117 .6 156 .8 3/8 4 .70 94 .0 141 .0 188 .0 1/2 5 .92 118 .4 177 .6 236 .8 21/2 x 11/2 x 3/16 2 .44 48 .8 73 .2 97 .6 1/4 3 .19 63 .8 95 .7 127 .6 5/16 3 .92 78 .4 117 .6 156 .8 21/2 x 2 x 3/16 2 .75 55 .0 82 .5 110 .0 1/4 3 .62 72 .4 108 .6 144 .8 5/16 4 .50 90 .0 135 .0 180 .0 3/8 5 .30 106 .0 159 .0 212 .0 21/2 x 21/2 x 3/16 3 .07 61 .4 92 .1 122 .8 1/4 4 .10 82 .0 123 .0 164 .0 5/16 5 .00 100 .0 150 .0 200 .0 3/8 5 .90 118 .0 177 .0 236 .0 1/2 7 .70 154 .0 231 .0 308 .0

Page 65: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. E Page 5

ANGLES – STRUCTURAL SIZES

Stocked in Lengths up to 60’ . See Page 1 of this Section .

Size Estimated weight, Lbs. Size Estimated weight, Lbs.

in Inches in Inches

Per 20-Ft. 30-Ft. 40-Ft. 60-Ft. Per 20-Ft. 30-Ft. 40-Ft. 60-Ft.

A B C Foot Lgth Lgth Lgth Lgth A B C Foot Lgth Lgth Lgth Lgth

3 .074 .15 .05 .97 .7

4 .55 .66 .68 .5

3 .714 .96 .17 .29 .4

4 .96 .17 .29 .4

5 .46 .67 .9

10 .2

5 .87 .28 .5

11 .1

5 .87 .28 .5

11 .1

6 .27 .79 .1

11 .9

6 .68 .29 .8

12 .815 .718 .5

6182

100118154

90112132170

7498

122144188

98122144188

108132158204

116144170222

116144170222

124154182238

132164196256314370

92123150177231

135168198255

111147183216282

147183216282

162198237306

174216255333

174216255333

186231273357

198246294384471555

123164200236308

180224264340

148196244288376

196244288376

216264316408

232288340444

232288340444

248308364476

264328392512628740

184246300354462

270336396510

223294366432564

294366432564

324396474612

348432510666

348432510666

372462546714

396492588768942

1110

3

3

3

31/2

31/2

31/2

4

4

4

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

2

21/2

3

21/2

3

31/2

3

31/2

4

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

3/161/45/163/81/2

1/45/163/81/2

3/161/45/163/81/2

1/45/163/81/2

1/45/163/81/2

1/45/163/81/2

1/45/163/81/2

1/45/163/81/2

1/45/163/81/25/83/4

6 .68 .29 .8

12 .8

7 .08 .7

10 .413 .616 .819 .8

10 .312 .316 .220 .023 .6

7 .99 .8

11 .715 .3

10 .312 .316 .220 .023 .6

12 .414 .919 .628 .737 .4

13 .617 .922 .126 .2

19 .624 .228 .7

23 .033 .844 .2

26 .432 .738 .951 .0

21 .3

132164196256

140174208272336396

206246324400472

158196234306

206246324400472

248298392574748

272358442524

392484574

460676884

528654778

1020

426

198246294384

210261312408504594

309369486600708

237294351459

309369486600708

372447588861

1122

408537663786

588726861

69010141326

792981

11671530

639

264328392512

280348416544672792

412492648800944

316392468612

412492648800944

496596784

11481496

544716884

1048

784968

1148

92013521768

1056130815562040

852

396492588768

420522624816

10081188

618738972

12001416

474588702918

618738972

12001416

744894

117617222244

816107413261572

117614521722

138020282652

1584196223343060

1278

5

5

5

6

6

6

7

8

8

8

9

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

3

31/2

5

31/2

4

6

4

4

6

8

4

1/45/163/81/2

1/45/163/81/25/83/4

5/163/81/25/83/4

1/45/163/81/2

5/163/81/25/83/4

5/163/81/23/41

3/81/25/83/4

1/25/83/4

1/23/41

1/25/83/41

1/2

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Page 66: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

CHANNEL – BAR SIZES

Stock Lengths 20’ and 30’

Size Estimated weight, Lbs. Size Estimated weight, Lbs.

in Inches in Inches

Per 20-Ft. 30-Ft Per 20-Ft. 30-Ft.

A B C Foot Length Length A B C Foot Length Length

3/4 x 3/8 x 1/8 .56 11 .2 16 .8 11/2 x 3/4 x 1/8 1 .17 23 .4 35 .1 1 x 3/8 x 1/8 .68 13 .6 20 .4 2 x 1/2 x 1/8 1 .43 28 .6 42 .9 1 x 1/2 x 1/8 .84 16 .8 25 .2 2 x 9/16 x 3/16 1 .86 37 .2 55 .8 11/4 x 1/2 x 1/8 1 .01 20 .2 30 .3 2 x 5/8 x 1/4 2 .28 45 .6 68 .4 11/2 x 1/2 x 1/8 1 .12 22 .4 33 .6 2 x 1 x 1/8 1 .78 35 .6 53 .4 11/2 x 9/16 x 3/16 1 .44 28 .8 43 .2 2 x 1 x 3/16 2 .57 51 .4 77 .1 21/2 x 5/8 x 3/16 2 .27 45 .4 68 .1

CHANNEL – STANDARD STRUCTURAL SIZESStocked in Lengths up to 60’ . See Page 1 of this Section .

A B C weight, Lbs. AISI Depth Flange web Designation in width Thickness Per 20-Ft. 30-Ft. 40-Ft. 60-Ft. Inches Inches Inches Foot Length Length Length Length

C3 x 4 .1 3 1 .410 .170 4 .1 82 123 164 246C3 x 5 3 1 .498 .258 5 .0 100 150 200 300C3 x 6 3 1 .596 .356 6 .0 120 180 240 360

C4 x 5 .4 4 1 .584 .184 5 .4 108 162 216 324C4 x 6 .25 4 1 .647 .247 6 .25 125 188 250 375C4 x 7 .25 4 1 .721 .321 7 .25 145 218 290 435

C5 x 6 .7 5 1 .750 .190 6 .7 134 201 268 402C5 x 9 5 1 .885 .325 9 .0 180 270 360 540

C6 x 8 .2 6 1 .920 .200 8 .2 164 246 328 492C6 x 10 .5 6 2 .034 .314 10 .5 210 315 420 630C6 x 13 6 2 .157 .437 13 .0 260 390 520 780

C7 x 9 .8 7 2 .090 .210 9 .8 196 294 392 588C7 x 12 .25 7 2 .194 .314 12 .25 245 368 490 735C7 x 14 .75 7 2 .299 .419 14 .75 295 443 590 885

C8 x 11 .5 8 2 .260 .220 11 .5 230 345 460 690C8 x 13 .75 8 2 .343 .303 13 .75 275 413 550 825C8 x 18 .75 8 2 .527 .487 18 .75 375 563 750 1125

C9 x 13 .4 9 2 .433 .233 13 .4 268 402 536 804C9 x 15 9 2 .485 .285 15 .0 300 450 600 900C9 x 20 9 2 .648 .448 20 .0 400 600 800 1200

C10 x 15 .3 10 2 .600 .240 15 .3 306 459 612 918C10 x 20 10 2 .739 .379 20 .0 400 600 800 1200C10 x 25 10 2 .886 526 25 .0 500 750 1000 1500C10 x 30 10 3 .033 .673 30 .0 600 900 1200 1800

C12 x 20 .7 12 2 .942 .282 20 .7 414 621 828 1242C12 x 25 12 3 .047 .387 25 .0 500 750 1000 1500C12 x 30 12 3 .170 .510 30 .0 600 900 1200 1800

C15 x 33 .9 15 3 .400 .400 33 .9 678 1017 1356 2034C15 x 40 15 3 .520 .520 40 .0 800 1200 1600 2400C15 x 50 15 3 .716 .716 50 .0 1000 1500 2000 3000

Sec. E Page 6

Page 67: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

mISCELLANEOUS CHANNELS – STRUCTURAL SIZES

Stocked in Lengths up to 60’ . See Page 1 of this Section .

A B C weight, Lbs. AISI Depth Flange web Designation in width Thickness Per 20-Ft. 30-Ft. 40-Ft. 60-Ft. Inches Inches Inches Foot Length Length Length Length

MC3 x 7 .1 3 1 .938 .312 7 .1 142 213 284 426

MC4 x 13 .8 4 2 .500 .500 13 .8 276 414 552 828

MC6 x 12 .0 6 2 .497 .310 12 .0 240 360 480 720MC6 x 15 .3 6 3 .500 .340 15 .3 306 459 612 918MC6 x 16 .3 6 3 .000 .375 16 .3 326 489 652 978MC6 X 18 .0 6 3 .504 .379 18 .0 360 540 720 1080

MC7 x 19 .1 7 3 .452 .352 19 .1 382 573 764 1146MC7 x 22 .7 7 3 .603 .503 22 .7 454 681 908 1362

MC8 x 8 .5 8 1 .875 .188 8 .5 170 255 340 510MC8 x 18 .7 8 2 .978 .353 18 .7 374 561 748 1122MC8 x 20 .0 8 3 .025 .400 20 .0 400 600 800 1200MC8 x 21 .4 8 3 .450 .375 21 .4 428 642 856 1284MC8 x 22 .8 8 3 .502 .427 22 .8 456 684 912 1368

MC9 x 23 .9 9 3 .450 .400 23 .9 478 717 956 1434MC9 x 25 .4 9 3 .500 .450 25 .4 508 762 1016 1524

MC10 x 6 .5 10 1 .125 .150 6 .5 130 195 260 390MC10 x 8 .4 10 1 .500 .170 8 .4 168 252 336 504MC10 x 22 .0 10 3 .376 .312 22 .0 440 660 880 1320MC10 x 25 .0 10 3 .405 .380 25 .0 500 750 1000 1500MC10 x 28 .5 10 3 .950 .425 28 .5 570 855 1140 1710 MC10 x 33 .6 10 4 .100 .575 33 .6 672 1008 1344 2016

MC12 x 10 .6 12 1 .500 .190 10 .6 212 318 424 636MC12 x 31 .0 12 3 .670 .370 31 .0 620 930 1240 1860MC12 x 35 .0 12 3 .767 .467 35 .0 700 1050 1400 2100MC12 x 37 .0 12 3 .600 .600 37 .0 740 1110 1480 2220MC12 x 45 .0 12 4 .012 .712 45 .0 900 1350 1800 2700MC12 x 50 .0 12 4 .135 .835 50 .0 1000 1500 2000 3000

MC13 x 31 .8 13 4 .000 .375 31 .8 636 954 1272 1908MC13 x 40 .0 13 4 .185 .560 40 .0 800 1200 1600 2400MC13 x 50 .0 13 4 .412 .787 50 .0 1000 1500 2000 3000

MC18 x 42 .7 18 3 .950 .450 42 .7 854 1281 1708 2562MC18 x 45 .8 18 4 .000 .500 45 .8 916 1374 1832 2748MC18 x 51 .9 18 4 .100 .600 51 .9 1038 1557 2076 3114MC18 x 58 .0 18 4 .200 .700 58 .0 1160 1740 2320 3480

Sec. E Page 7

Page 68: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. E Page 8

STANDARD (“I”) BEAmS

Stocked in Lengths up to 60’ . See Page 1 of this Section .

A B C weight, Lbs. AISI Depth Flange web Designation in width Thickness Per 20-Ft. 30-Ft. 40-Ft. 60-Ft. Inches Inches Inches Foot Length Length Length Length

S3 x 5 .7 3 2 .330 .170 5 .7 114 171 228 342

S3 x 7 .5 3 2 .509 .349 7 .5 150 225 300 450

S4 x 7 .7 4 2 .663 .193 7 .7 154 231 308 462

S4 x 9 .5 4 2 .796 .326 9 .5 190 285 380 570

S5 x 10 5 3 .004 .214 10 .0 200 300 400 600

S5 x 14 .75 5 3 .284 .494 14 .75 295 443 590 885

S6 x 12 .5 6 3 .332 .232 12 .5 250 375 500 750

S6 X 17 .25 6 3 .565 .465 17 .25 345 518 690 1035

S7 x 15 .3 7 3 .662 .252 15 .3 306 459 612 918

S7 x 20 7 3 .860 .450 20 .0 400 600 800 1200

S8 x 18 .4 8 4 .001 .271 18 .4 368 552 736 1104

S8 x 23 8 4 .171 .441 23 .0 460 690 920 1380

S10 x 25 .4 10 4 .661 .311 25 .4 508 762 1016 1524

S10 x 35 10 4 .944 .594 35 .0 700 1050 1400 2100

S12 x 31 .8 12 5 .000 .350 31 .8 636 954 1272 1908

S12 x 35 12 5 .078 .428 35 .0 700 1050 1400 2100

S12 x 40 .8 12 5 .252 .462 40 .8 816 1224 1632 2448

S12 x 50 12 5 .477 .687 50 .0 100 1500 2000 3000

S15 x 42 .9 15 5 .501 .411 42 .9 858 1287 1716 2574

S15 x 50 15 5 .640 .550 50 .0 1000 1500 2000 3000

S18 x 54 .7 18 6 .001 .461 54 .7 1094 1641 2188 3282

S18 x 70 18 6 .251 .711 70 .0 1400 2100 2800 4200

S20 x 66 20 6 .255 .505 66 .0 1320 1980 2640 3960

S20 x 75 20 6 .385 .635 75 .0 1500 2250 3000 4500

S20 x 86 20 7 .060 .660 86 .0 1720 2580 3440 5160

S20 x 96 20 7 .200 .800 96 .0 1920 2880 3840 5760

S24 x 80 24 7 .000 .500 80 .0 1600 2400 3200 4800

S24 x 90 24 7 .125 .625 90 .0 1800 2700 3600 5400

S24 x 100 24 7 .245 .745 100 .0 2000 3000 4000 6000

S24 x 106 24 .5 7 .870 .620 106 .0 2120 3180 4240 6360

S24 x 121 24 .5 8 .050 .800 121 .0 2420 3630 4840 7260

Page 69: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. E Page 9

wIDE FLANGE (w) AND mISCELLANEOUS SHAPES (m)

Stocked in Lengths up to 60’ . See Page 1 of this Section .

A B C weight, Lbs. AISI Depth Flange web Designation in width Thickness Per 20-Ft. 40-Ft. 60-Ft. Inches Inches Inches Foot Length Length Length

W4 x 13 .0 4 .16 4 .060 .280 13 .0 260 520 780 M4 x 13 .0 4 .00 3 .940 .254 13 .0 260 520 780

W5 x 16 .0 5 .01 5 .000 .240 16 .0 320 640 960M5 x 18 .9 5 .00 5 .003 .316 18 .9 378 756 1134W5 x 19 .0 5 .15 5 .030 .270 19 .0 380 760 1140

M6 x 4 .4 6 .00 1 .844 .114 4 .4 88 176 264W6 X 9 .0 5 .90 3 .940 .170 9 .0 180 360 540 W6 X 12 .0 6 .03 4 .000 .230 12 .0 240 480 720 W6 X 15 .0 5 .99 5 .990 .230 15 .0 300 600 900 W6 X 16 .0 6 .28 4 .030 .260 16 .0 320 640 960 W6 X 20 .0 6 .20 6 .020 .260 20 .0 400 800 1200 W6 X 25 .0 6 .38 6 .080 .320 25 .0 500 1000 1500

M8 x 6 .5 8 .00 2 .281 .135 6 .5 130 260 390 W8 x 10 .0 7 .89 3 .940 .170 10 .0 200 400 600 W8 x 13 .0 7 .99 4 .000 .230 13 .0 260 520 780W8 x 15 .0 8 .11 4 .015 .245 15 .0 300 600 900W8 x 18 .0 8 .14 5 .250 .230 18 .0 360 720 1080 W8 x 21 .0 8 .28 5 .270 .250 21 .0 420 840 1260 W8 x 24 .0 7 .93 6 .495 .245 24 .0 480 960 1440W8 x 28 .0 8 .06 6 .535 .285 28 .0 560 1120 1680W8 x 31 .0 8 .00 7 .995 .285 31 .0 620 1240 1860W8 x 35 .0 8 .12 8 .020 .310 35 .0 700 1400 2100W8 x 40 .0 8 .25 8 .070 .360 40 .0 800 1600 2400W8 x 48 .0 8 .50 8 .110 .400 48 .0 960 1920 2880W8 x 58 .0 8 .75 8 .220 .510 58 .0 1160 2320 3480W8 x 67 .0 9 .00 8 .280 .570 67 .0 1340 2680 4020

M10 x 9 .0 10 .00 2 .690 .157 9 .0 180 360 540W10 x 12 .0 9 .87 3 .960 .190 12 .0 240 480 720W10 x 15 .0 9 .99 4 .000 .230 15 .0 300 600 900W10 x 17 .0 10 .11 4 .010 .240 17 .0 340 680 1020W10 x 19 .0 10 .24 4 .020 .250 19 .0 380 760 1140W10 x 22 .0 10 .17 5 .750 .240 22 .0 440 880 1320W10 x 26 .0 10 .33 5 .770 .260 26 .0 520 1040 1560W10 x 30 .0 10 .47 5 .810 .300 30 .0 600 1200 1800W10 x 33 .0 9 .73 7 .960 .290 33 .0 660 1320 1980W10 x 39 .0 9 .92 7 .985 .315 39 .0 780 1560 2340W10 x 45 .0 10 .10 8 .020 .350 45 .0 900 1800 2700W10 x 49 .0 9 .98 10 .000 .340 49 .0 980 1960 2940W10 x 54 .0 10 .09 10 .030 .370 54 .0 1080 2160 3240W10 X 60 .0 10 .22 10 .080 .420 60 .0 1200 2400 3600W10 X 68 .0 10 .40 10 .130 .470 68 .0 1360 2720 4080W10 X 77 .0 10 .60 10 .190 .530 77 .0 1540 3080 4620W10 X 88 .0 10 .84 10 .265 .605 88 .0 1760 3520 5280W10 X 100 .0 11 .10 10 .340 .680 100 .0 2000 4000 6000

Page 70: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. E Page 10

wIDE FLANGE (w) AND mISCELLANEOUS SHAPES (m)

(Continued)

Stocked in Lengths up to 60’ . See Page 1 of this Section .

A B C weight, Lbs. AISI Depth Flange web Designation in width Thickness Per 20-Ft. 40-Ft. 60-Ft. Inches Inches Inches Foot Length Length Length

M12 x 11 .8 12 .00 3 .065 .177 11 .8 236 472 708 W12 x 14 .0 11 .91 3 .970 .200 14 .0 280 560 840 W12 x 16 .0 11 .99 3 .990 .220 16 .0 320 640 960W12 x 19 .0 12 .16 4 .005 .235 19 .0 380 760 1140W12 x 22 .0 12 .31 4 .030 .260 22 .0 440 880 1320 W12 x 26 .0 12 .22 6 .490 .230 26 .0 520 1040 1560 W12 x 30 .0 12 .34 6 .520 .260 30 .0 600 1200 1800W12 x 35 .0 12 .50 6 .560 .300 35 .0 700 1400 2100W12 x 40 .0 11 .94 8 .005 .295 40 .0 800 1600 2400W12 x 45 .0 12 .06 8 .045 .335 45 .0 900 1800 2700W12 x 50 .0 12 .19 8 .080 .370 50 .0 1000 2000 3000W12 x 53 .0 12 .06 9 .995 .345 53 .0 1060 2120 3180W12 x 58 .0 12 .19 10 .010 .360 58 .0 1160 2320 3480W12 x 65 .0 12 .12 12 .000 .390 65 .0 1300 2600 3900W12 x 72 .0 12 .25 12 .040 .430 72 .0 1440 2880 4320W12 x 79 .0 12 .38 12 .080 .470 79 .0 1580 3160 4740W12 x 87 .0 12 .53 12 .125 .515 87 .0 1740 3480 5220W12 x 96 .0 12 .71 12 .160 .550 96 .0 1920 3840 5760W12 x 106 .0 12 .89 12 .220 .610 106 .0 2120 4240 6360W12 x 120 .0 13 .12 12 .320 .710 120 .0 2400 4800 7200W12 x 136 .0 13 .41 12 .400 .790 136 .0 2720 5440 8160

M14 x 22 .0 13 .72 5 .000 .230 22 .0 440 880 1320W14 x 26 .0 13 .91 5 .025 .255 26 .0 520 1040 1560W14 x 30 .0 13 .84 6 .730 .270 30 .0 600 1200 1800W14 x 34 .0 13 .98 6 .745 .285 34 .0 680 1360 2040W14 x 38 .0 14 .10 6 .770 .310 38 .0 760 1520 2280W14 x 43 .0 13 .66 7 .995 .305 43 .0 860 1720 2580W14 x 48 .0 13 .79 8 .030 .340 48 .0 960 1920 2880W14 x 53 .0 13 .92 8 .060 .370 53 .0 1060 2120 3180W14 x 61 .0 13 .89 9 .995 .375 61 .0 1220 2440 3660W14 x 68 .0 14 .04 10 .035 .415 68 .0 1360 2720 4080W14 x 74 .0 14 .17 10 .070 .450 74 .0 1480 2960 4440W14 x 82 .0 14 .31 10 .130 .510 82 .0 1640 3280 4920W14 x 90 .0 14 .02 14 .520 .440 90 .0 1800 3600 5400W14 X 99 .0 14 .16 14 .565 .485 99 .0 1980 3960 5940W14 X 109 .0 14 .32 14 .605 .525 109 .0 2180 4360 6540W14 X 120 .0 14 .48 14 .670 .590 120 .0 2400 4800 7200W14 X 132 .0 14 .66 14 .725 .645 132 .0 2640 5280 7920W14 X 159 .0 14 .98 15 .565 .745 159 .0 3180 6360 9540

W16 X 26 .0 15 .69 5 .500 .250 26 .0 520 1040 1560W16 X 31 .0 15 .88 5 .525 .275 31 .0 620 1240 1860W16 X 36 .0 15 .86 6 .985 .295 36 .0 720 1440 2160W16 X 40 .0 16 .01 6 .995 .305 40 .0 800 1600 2400W16 X 45 .0 16 .13 7 .035 .345 45 .0 900 1800 2700W16 X 50 .0 16 .26 7 .070 .380 50 .0 1000 2000 3000

(Continued on next page)

Page 71: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. E Page 11

wIDE FLANGE (w) AND mISCELLANEOUS SHAPES (m)

(Continued)

Stocked in Lengths up to 60’ . See Page 1 of this Section .

A B C weight, Lbs. AISI Depth Flange web Designation in width Thickness Per 20-Ft. 40-Ft. 60-Ft. Inches Inches Inches Foot Length Length Length

M16 x 57 .0 16 .43 7 .120 .430 57 .0 1140 2280 3420 W16 x 67 .0 16 .33 10 .235 .395 67 .0 1340 2680 4020 W16 x 77 .0 16 .52 10 .295 .455 77 .0 1540 3080 4620W16 x 89 .0 16 .75 10 .365 .525 89 .0 1780 3560 5340W16 x 100 .0 16 .97 10 .425 .585 100 .0 2000 4000 6000 W18 x 35 .0 17 .70 6 .000 .300 35 .0 700 1400 2100 W18 x 40 .0 17 .90 6 .015 .315 40 .0 800 1600 2400W18 x 46 .0 18 .06 6 .060 .360 46 .0 920 1840 2760W18 x 50 .0 17 .99 7 .495 .355 50 .0 1000 2000 3000W18 x 55 .0 18 .11 7 .530 .390 55 .0 1100 2200 3300W18 x 60 .0 18 .24 7 .555 .415 60 .0 1200 2400 3600W18 x 65 .0 18 .35 7 .590 .450 65 .0 1300 2600 3900W18 x 71 .0 18 .47 7 .635 .495 71 .0 1420 2840 4260W18 x 76 .0 18 .21 11 .035 .425 76 .0 1520 3040 4560W18 x 86 .0 18 .39 11 .090 .480 86 .0 1720 3440 5160W18 x 97 .0 18 .59 11 .145 .535 97 .0 1940 3880 5820W18 x 106 .0 18 .73 11 .200 .590 106 .0 2120 4240 6360W18 x 119 .0 18 .97 11 .265 .655 119 .0 2380 4760 7140

W21 x 44 .0 20 .66 6 .500 .350 44 .0 880 1760 2640W21 x 57 .0 21 .06 6 .555 .405 57 .0 1140 2280 3420W21 x 62 .0 20 .99 8 .240 .400 62 .0 1240 2480 3720M21 x 68 .0 21 .13 8 .270 .430 68 .0 1360 2720 4080W21 x 73 .0 21 .24 8 .295 .455 73 .0 1460 2920 4380W21 x 83 .0 21 .43 8 .355 .515 83 .0 1660 3320 4980W21 x 101 .0 21 .36 12 .290 .500 101 .0 2020 4040 6060

W24 x 55 .0 23 .57 7 .005 .395 55 .0 1800 2200 3300W24 x 68 .0 23 .73 8 .965 .415 68 .0 1360 2720 4080W24 x 76 .0 23 .92 8 .990 .440 76 .0 1520 3040 4560W24 x 84 .0 24 .10 9 .020 .470 84 .0 1680 3360 5040W24 x 94 .0 24 .31 9 .065 .515 94 .0 1880 3760 5640W24 x 104 .0 24 .06 12 .750 .500 104 .0 2080 4160 6240W24 x 117 .0 24 .26 12 .800 .550 117 .0 2340 4680 7020W24 x 131 .0 24 .48 12 .855 .605 131 .0 2620 5240 7860W24 x 146 .0 24 .74 12 .900 .650 146 .0 2920 5840 8760W24 X 162 .0 25 .00 12 .955 .705 162 .0 3240 6480 9720

W27 X 94 .0 26 .92 9 .990 .490 94 .0 1880 3760 5460W27 X 102 .0 27 .09 10 .015 .515 102 .0 2040 4080 6120W27 X 114 .0 27 .29 10 .070 .570 114 .0 2280 4560 6840W27 X 146 .0 27 .38 13 .965 .605 146 .0 2920 5840 8760W27 X 161 .0 27 .59 14 .020 .660 161 .0 3220 6440 9660

W30 X 108 .0 29 .83 10 .475 .545 108 .0 2160 4320 6480W30 X 116 .0 30 .01 10 .495 .565 116 .0 2320 4640 6960W30 X 124 .0 30 .17 10 .515 .585 124 .0 2480 4960 7440W30 X 132 .0 30 .31 10 .545 .615 132 .0 2640 5280 7920

Page 72: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. E Page 12

BAR SIZE TEES

Stocked in Lengths of 20’ and 30’ .

Size in Inches Estimated weight, Lbs.

Flange Stem Thickness Per 20-Ft. 30-Ft. A B C Foot Length Length

1 x 1 x 1/8 .85 17 .0 25 .5

11/4 x 11/4 x 1/8 1 .09 21 .8 32 .7 3/16 1 .55 31 .0 46 .5

11/2 x 11/2 x 3/16 1 .90 38 .0 57 .0 1/4 2 .43 48 .6 72 .9

13/4 x 13/4 x 3/16 2 .16 43 .2 64 .8

2 x 2 x 1/4 3 .62 72 .4 108 .6

21/2 x 21/2 x 1/4 4 .60 92 .0 138 .0

Page 73: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

FSection F

HiGH StRenGtH LoW ALLoY SteeLSHeAt tReAteD conStRUctionAL ALLoY SteeLS

ABRASion ReSiStinG SteeLS

HiGH StRenGtH LoW ALLoY SteeLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Sheets and Plates

HeAt tReAteD conStRUctionAL ALLoY SteeLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Plates

AR 235 ABRASion ReSiStinG SteeL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Plates and Sheets

AR 360 ABRASion ReSiStinG SteeLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Plates

AR 400 ABRASion ReSiStinG SteeL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Plates

ABRASion ReSiStinG SHeetS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Sheets and Plates

Page 74: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

HiGH StRenGtH LoW ALLoY SteeLSSHeetS—PLAteS

High strength low alloy (HSLA) steels are essentially low carbon steels to which have been added small amounts of such alloying elements as chromium, nickel, molybdenum, vanadium, zirconium, copper, and columbium. The effect of the alloy addition is to raise the yield point of the steel in the as-rolled condition to a level substantially higher than that of the structural carbon grades, and at the same time provide weldability and formability. Thus, they offer the advantages of higher strength-to-weight ratios, increased resistance to wear and abrasion, and in some cases improved resistance to atmospheric corrosion.

These steels are produced under dozens of different trade names and are covered by a number to ASTM, SAE, and military specifications. General characteristics are similar, but the various grades may be categorized in a general way according to their resistance to atmospheric corrosion.

Resistance to Atmospheric corrosionequivalent to that of carbon Steels

color Marking: Brown and Orange

Specifications: ASTM A 572 Grade 50 (Plates) SAE J410 Grade 950X (Sheets, Plates)

Resistance to Atmospheric corrosiontwo times that of carbon Steels

color Marking: Red and White

Specifications: ASTM A 606 Type 2 (Sheets) SAE J410 Grade 950B (Sheets, Plates)

Resistance to Atmospheric corrosionFour times that of carbon Steels

color Marking: Gold and Red

Specifications: ASTM A 242 Type 1 (Plates) A588 (Plates) A606 Type 4 (Sheets) SAE J410 Grade 950D (Sheets, Plates)

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS — The following minimums generally apply depending upon applicable thickness and specification:

Tensile Strength, min, psi 70,000 Yield Strength, min, psi 50,000 Elongation, min, % in 2” (Sheet) 22 % in 8” (Plate) 18

WeLDABiLitY — High Strength Low Alloy grades are weldable with welding techniques suitable for the grade and intended service.

Sec . F Page 2

Page 75: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . F Page 3

HiGH StRenGtH LoW ALLoY SteeL (Continued)

HiGH HiGH StRenGtH StRenGtH SHeetS PLAteS

Width est . Wt . Width est .Wt . thick- and Lbs . Per thick- and Lbs . Per ness Length Sheet ness Length Sheet

cold Rolled

20 Ga . 1 .50 Lbs . Sq . Ft . .0359” 36 x 120 45.00

18 Ga . 2 .0 Lbs . Sq . Ft . .0478” 48x120 80.00 144 96.00

16 Ga . 2 .5 Lbs . Sq . Ft . .0598” 36x120 75.00 48x120 100.00 144 120.00

14 Ga . 3 .125 Lbs . Sq . Ft . .0747” 60x120 156.25 144 187.50

Hot Rolled

14 Ga . 3 .125 Lbs . Sq . Ft . .0747” 36x120 93.75 120 175.00 144 112.50 48x96 100.00 120 125.00 144 150.00 240 250.00

13 Ga . 3 .75 Lbs . Sq . Ft . .0897” 60x240 375.00

12 Ga . 4 .375 Lbs . Sq . Ft . .1046” 36x120 131.25 48x96 140.00 120 175.0 144 210.00 192 280.00 240 350.00 60x96 175.00 120 218.75 144 262.50 192 350.00 240 437.50

Hot Rolled

12 Ga . (Cont.) 72x120 262.50 144 315.00 192 420.00 240 525.00

11 Ga . 5 .0 Lbs . Sq . Ft . .1196” 48x120 200.00 144 240.00 192 320.00 240 400.00 60x144 300.00 192 400.00 240 500.00 72x120 300.00 144 360.00 192 480.00 240 600.00

10 Ga . 5 .625 Lbs . Sq . Ft . .1345” 36x96 135.00 120 168.75 48x96 180.00 120 225.00 144 270.00 240 450.00 60x96 225.00 120 281.25 144 337.50 192 450.00 240 562.00 72x96 270.05 120 337.50 144 405.07 192 540.00 240 675.00

7 Ga . 7 .5 Lbs . Sq . Ft . .1793” 48x120 300.00 144 360.00 192 480.00 240 600.00

High Strength

Low Alloy

Plates

are stocked in

thicknesses

from 3/16” to 3 1/2”,

widths up to 96”,

and

lengths up to 360”.

For

weights

refer to

Section D,

Pages 6 and 7.

Page 76: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . F Page 4

HeAt tReAteD conStRUctionAL ALLoY SteeLS

PLAteS — AStM A 514

color Marking: Blue and Brown

Heat Treated Constructional Alloy Steels are low carbon alloy steels that have been heat treated by conventional liquid quenching and tempering to a strength level substantially higher than that of the high strength low alloy grades. The alloying elements and amount of alloy content vary among the grades depending upon the section thickness and desired properties. The low carbon content improves their general weldability.

ASTM Specification A 514 covers this material in “Structural” Quality. The specifica-tion provides for a number of grades, which correspond to trade names of various steel producers.

AnALYSiS

AStM Grade “F” “B” “H” “Q” “c”

c .10/.20 12./.21 .12/.21 .14/.21 .10/.20

Mn .60/1.00 .70/1.00 .95/1.30 .95/1.30 1.10/1.50

P Max . .035 .035 .035 .035 .035

S Max . .040 .040 .040 .040 .040

Si .15/.35 .20/.35 .20/.35 .15/.35 .15/.30

cr .40/.65 .40/.65 .40/.65 1.00/1.50 —

ni .70/1.00 — .30/.70 1.20/1.50 —

Mo .40/.60 .15/.25 .20/.30 .40/.60 .20/.30

V .03/.08 .03/.08 .03/.08 .03/.08 —

ti — .01/.03 — — —

cu .15/.50 — — — —

B .0005/.006 .0005/.005 .0005/.005 — .001/.005

APPLicAtionS — “Structural” Quality is used in general structural applications where its greater strength permits reduction in weight by using smaller cross- sectional areas. It is intended for welded construction where welding procedures are suitable to maintain the properties of the plate. Such applications include bridge and building members, body and frame members for earth-moving and transportation equipment, and components for heavy machinery.

Page 77: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

HeAt tReAteD conStRUctionAL ALLoY SteeLS (Continued)

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS — Applicable to “Structural” Quality.

Reduction of Area Min .

elon- AStM Yield tensile gation over A 514 Strength Strength in 2” 3/4” & 3/4” Grade thickness (psi) (psi) Min . Under thick Minimum

B & c Up to 11/4” incl. 100,000 110/130,000 18% 40% 50%

H Up to 2” incl. 100,000 110/130,000 18% 40% 50%

F Up to 21/2” incl. 100,000 110/130,000 18% 40% 50%

Q Up to 21/2” 90,000 100/130,000 16% — 50% 6” incl.

FoRMinG — “Structural” Quality material is readily cold formed, provided sufficient power is available and allowance is made for greater spring back than with mild steel.

thickness of Material Minimum Radius

Up to 1” incl. 2 x thickness Over 1” to 2” incl. 3 x thickness

Warm forming may be done at temperatures below 1100ºF without destroying the mechanical properties or toughness. Hot forming may be done at 1600º - 1800ºF, but the formed part must be heat treated to restore its original properties.

MAcHinABiLitY — Cutting speed of “Structural” Quality is approximately 40% of that of 1212, or 65 surface feet per minute.

WeLDABiLitY — Techniques similar to those used in structural carbon steels apply, but precautions must be exercised. Hydrogen must be kept out of the welding operation. Large sections or those under high restraint should be preheated to temperatures not exceeding 400ºF.

HeAt tReAtinG — Stress relieving may be performed, if necessary, by heating at temperatures up to 1100ºF. If “Structural” Quality material is heated over 1100ºF, it must be re-heat treated to restore the original strength. Austenitize — 1650º - 1700ºF Quench — Agitated Water Temper — 1150º - 1250ºF

HeAt tReAteD conStRUctionAL ALLoY PLAteS

StocK SiZeS

Stocked in thicknesses from 3/16” to 6” and lengths up to 30’. Stock widths are 72”, 84”, or 96”, depending on thickness.

For weights, refer to Page 7 of Section D.

Sec . F Page 5

Page 78: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . F Page 6

AR 235 ABRASion ReSiStinG SteeL

Plates — Sheets

color Marking: Gray and Orange

Abrasion Resisting Steel AR 235 is a medium-carbon, high-manganese, product. It is a hard, tough, wear-resistant steel which is ductile enough to permit certain machining.The chemical composition of this grade provides a Brinell hardness of approximately 235 in the as-rolled condition, along with a tensile strength of approximately 115,000 psi.

AnALYSiS (Typical)

carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulphur Silicon .40 1.50 .021 .028 .20

APPLicAtionS — Abrasion Resisting Steel will give two to ten times the life of Mild Steel when used in mixers, loaders, conveyors, scraper blades, dirt-moving equipment, dipper teeth, drag conveyor bottoms, mine screens, troughs, spouts, shovels, hoppers, dump truck bodies, concrete buckets, fan blades, ore skips, tail sluices, bucket lips, rock screens, loading chutes, agitator paddles, dredge pump liners, grinding pans, liner plates, tipple sluices, etc.

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS — Typical properties for 1/2” plate in the as-rolled conditions are:

tensile Yield elongation Reduction Strength Strength in of Brinell (psi) (psi) 8” Area Hardness 115,000 70,000 16% 35% 235

SHeARinG and FLAMe cUttinG — In shear cutting, the capacity rating of the shear should be discounted about 40%. Abrasion Resisting Steel can be readily cut with a gas torch but the extreme heat of the torch coming in contact with this hard metal has a tendency to harden the steel at point of contact, leaving an edge which is more difficult to machine. If flame cutting is necessary, it is recommended that an allowance of about 3/8” be made on all burned edges, followed by machine cutting inside the burned edges. Another method is to burn full to the size required and then grind off the oxidized edge. Either of these methods should eliminate the necessity of machine cutting through the burned edge. Some users prefer to preheat the edge that is to be flame cut to about 650ºF and normalize afterward. This eliminates grinding or machining the burned edge.

PUncHinG — Holes may be punched in thicknesses up to about 3/8”. The capacity of the punch should be discounted about 40%. Holes in plates 3/8” and thicker should be drilled.

BenDinG and FoRMinG — This steel, if not extremely cold, will take a 90º bend to a reasonable radius in thicknesses up to about 3/8” without fracture, providing it is bent slowly (by degree) until the forming has been completed. For more difficult forming and for all forming of heavier gauges, it should be heated and formed while hot. Hot forming should be done at about 1500ºF. If steel is allowed to cool slowly it will not lose its abrasive resisting qualities, nor should there be any cracking or distortion. High carbon steel such as this grade should not be worked by any method while extremely cold.

MAcHinABiLitY — This grade, due to its high hardness and toughness, is rather difficult to machine. However, the usual high-speed tools are more than capable of doing machine cutting when necessary.

Page 79: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

AR 360 ABRASion ReSiStinG SteeL PLAteS

color Marking: Brown

Abrasion Resisting Steel is a medium-carbon, low-alloy steel that has been heat treated by quenching and tempering to develop high abrasion and impact resistance and high yield strength. Resistance to wear and abrasion is to a large degree a function of carbon content and hardness. This grade has a composition that is balanced to combine the desired properties with good welding and fabrication characteristics.

AnALYSiS (Typical Range) c Mn P S Si cr Mo .25/.32 .40/.65 .035 Max. .04 Max. .20/.35 .80/1.15 .15/.25

APPLicAtionS — AR 360 is designed to provide the best in abrasion and impact resistance. Toughness is maintained while the high hardness contributes to excellent abrasion resistance.

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS — The following are typical properties that may be considered as representative:

tensile Strength (psi) Brinell Hardness

177,000 360

FoRMinG — Cold forming of AR 360 may be performed with the bending done at right angles to the direction of rolling. A generous forming radius should be used, preferably 10 times the plate thickness or greater. Allowance should be made for more springback. The edges should be ground to remove notches and the effects of burning.

Warm forming of this grade is not satisfactory because of the low temperature at which the tempering has been performed. Hot forming is easily accomplished in the 1600º - 1800ºF temperature range, but the formed part must be re-heat treated to restore its original properties.

WeLDABiLitY — This material may be welded with the usual production welding techniques. Hydrogen must be kept out of the welding operation. Low hydrogen electrodes such as E-100XX, E-110XX, or E-120XX are recommended. Preheating between 200ºF and 400ºF may be considered if a unique stress distribution pattern exists.

HeAt tReAtinG — This grade is water quenched from 1600º - 1650ºF. Tempering is usually performed between 700ºF and 1000ºF to obtain the required hardness.

AR 360 ABRASion ReSiStinGHeAt tReAteD PLAteS

Stocked in thicknesses from 1/4” to 11/2”, widths up to 84”, and lengths to 20’. For weights, refer to Pages 6 and 7 of Section D.

Sec . F Page 7

Page 80: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . F Page 8

ABRASion ReSiStinG SteeL (Continued)

AR 400 ABRASion ReSiStinG SteeL PLAteS

Abrasion Resisting Steel is a low-carbon, low-alloy steel that has been heat treated by quench and tempering to develop high abrasion resistance and high yield strength. Resistance to wear and abrasion is to a large degree a function of alloy content and hardness.

This grade has a composition balanced to combine the desired properties with good welding and fabrication characteristics.

AnALYSiS (Maximum % of Elements)

c Mn Si cr ni B .17 1.55 .55 .55 1.00 .0005/.005

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS — The following properties may be considered typi-cal:

tensile Strength (psi) Brinell Hardness

200,000 400

FoRMinG — Cold forming of AR 400 may be performed with the bending radius done at right angles to the direction of rolling. A generous forming radius should be used, preferably 10 times the plate thickness or greater. Allowance should be made for more spring back. The edges should be ground to remove notches and the effects of burning.

Warm forming is not recommended due to the low tempering temperature used at heat treat. Hot forming at 1600º - 1800ºF is easily accomplished, however, material must be re-heat treated to restore properties.

WeLDABiLitY — This material is relatively weldable using standard welding techniques. Pre and post heating are recommended.

HeAt tReAtinG — This material is furnished in the water quench and tempered condition. Generally, this material is austenitized at 1600º - 1650ºF and water quenched followed by tempering between 700º and 1000ºF to obtain the desired hardness.

Other Hardness levels available upon request.

Page 81: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . F Page 9

ABRASion ReSiStinG SteeL (Continued)

WeLDABiLitY — Abrasion Resisting Steel may be welded with proper precautions. Preheating is recommended, and after welding it is good practice to stress relieve or normalize. To normalize, heat to 1650ºF and allow to cool slowly in air. Normalizing is sometimes omitted when the welded part is not subject to severe vibration and stress. However, normalizing will prevent cracks, give uniform structure, and will not reduce the abrasive-resisting qualities. The grade of welding rod to be used depends upon the thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

ABRASion ReSiStinG PLAteS

Abrasion Resisting Plates are stocked in thicknesses from 3/16” to 11/2”, widths up to 96”, and lengths up to 360”.

For weights refer to Section D, Pages 6 and 7 .

ABRASion ReSiStinG SHeetS

est . Weight, Lbs . est . Weight, Lbs . Width Width thick- and Per Per thick- and Per Per ness Length Sheet Sq . Ft . ness Length Sheet Sq . Ft .

14 Ga . 11 Ga . .0747” 36 x 144 112.50 3.125 .1196” 48 x 144 240.00 5.000 48 x 144 150.00 “ 10 Ga . 12 Ga . .1345” 48 x 120 225.00 5.625 .1046” 48 x 144 210.00 4.375 144 270.00 “

Page 82: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

G

Sec. G Page 1

Section G

Alloy SteelSHArdeninG GrAdeS 4130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Bars and Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4140/42/45/50 and 41l40/42/50 (leaded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 rounds — Hot Rolled Annealed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Annealed & Cold Drawn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Hot Rolled Heat Treated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Heat Treated & Cold Drawn or Ground & Polished . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Hexagons — Annealed & Cold Drawn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Squares — Hot Rolled Heat Treated and Annealed & Cold Drawn . . . . 7 Plates — Hot Rolled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 rounds — Hot Rolled Annealed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Plates — Hot Rolled Annealed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 5160 SPrinG Steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Flats — Hot Rolled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 6150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Plates — Hot Rolled Annealed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Squares — Hot Rolled Annealed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 rounds — Hot Rolled Annealed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Flats — Hot Rolled Annealed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 8620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Plates — Hot Rolled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 rounds — Hot Rolled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 rounds — Cold Drawn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 “e.t.d.” 150® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 rounds — Cold Drawn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 41l45 (leaded) Strain tempered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 rounds — Cold Drawn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 4150 Modified resulphurized. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 rounds — Hot Rolled Heat Treated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 9 chrome 1 Moly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Bars and tubes — Chrome-Molybdenum Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 21cArBurizinG GrAdeS 8620 and 86l20 (leaded). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 rounds — Hot Rolled, Cold Drawn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

For AircrAFt QuAlity Alloy SteelS - reFer to Sec. H

Page 83: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 2

4130

cHroMiuM-MolyBdenuM Steel

BArS And PlAteS

unS G41300

color Marking As Rolled Rounds — Ends Olive and White Heat Treated Bars — Ends Orange and Purple As-Rolled Plates — Corner Striped Olive and White Heat Treated Plates — Corner Striped Orange and Purple

This is a through-hardening alloy of great versatility. The chromium and molybdenum content is sufficient to provide through hardness penetration in fairly light sections. Good mechanical properties may be obtained by normalizing only where the required strength is not too high. This grade responds to nitriding for excellent wear and abrasion resistance.

Its carbon content causes this alloy to be considered as an oil hardening or water hardening grade. It also imparts a degree of weldability not found in the higher carbon alloys. Other processing characteristics, such as machinability and formabil-ity make it a widely accepted and useful alloy.

AnAlySiS

c Mn P S Si cr Mo .28/.33 .40/.60 .035 Max. .040 Max. .15/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25

APPlicAtionS — Shafting, axles, gears, sprockets, piston rods, reamer bodies, well-head components, tool joints, fasteners, hand tools.

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS and HArdenABility — Refer To Sec. R.

MAcHinABility — In the annealed condition, this grade has a machinability rating of 72% of 1212, with a surface cutting speed of 120 feet per minute.

WeldABility — This grade may be welded by any of the common welding processes. Preheating and postheating are recommended for difficult weldments. The grade of welding rod to be used depends upon thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

ForGinG — Heat to 2150º-2250ºF.

norMAlizinG — Heat to 1600º-1700ºF. Cool in air. Average Brinell Hardness, 167.

AnneAlinG — Heat to 1500º-1600ºF. Cool slowly in furnace. Average Brinell Hardness, 149.

HArdeninG — Hardening range is 1550º-1600ºF for water quench, and 1575º-1625º F for oil quench. A wide range of mechanical properties can be obtained by tempering between 400º and 1300ºF.

Page 84: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 3

4130 (Continued)

4130 Hot rolled roundS Stock Lengths 19’ to 21’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft. inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

1 3/8 5.053 101.1 1/2 6.014 120.3 5/8 7.058 141.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 7/8 9.397 187.92 10.69 213.8 1/8 12.07 241.4 1/4 13.53 270.6 3/8 15.08 301.5 1/2 16.71 334.1 5/8 18.42 368.4 3/4 20.21 404.33 24.06 481.1 1/4 28.23 564.6 1/2 32.74 654.8 5/8 35.12 702.5 3/4 37.59 751.7 4 42.77 855.3 1/4 48.28 965.6 1/2 54.13 1083 3/4 60.31 1206

4130 Hot rolled PlAteSAs rolled or Heat treated

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft. inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

1/2 .1418 20.42 5/8 .1773 25.52 3/4 .2127 30.63 7/8 .2481 35.731 .2836 40.84 1/4 .3545 51.05 1/2 .4254 61.26 3/4 .4963 71.472 .5672 81.68 1/4 .6381 91.89 1/2 .7090 102.1

5 66.82 1336 1/4 73.67 1473 1/2 80.86 1617 3/4 88.37 17676 96.22 1924 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 24267 131.0 2619 1/4 140.5 2810 1/2 150.4 3007 3/4 160.5 32118 171.1 3421 1/2 193.1 3862 3/4 204.6 40929 216.5 4330 1/2 241.2 4824 3/4 254.1 508210 267.3 534611 323.4 6468

13 451.7 9034

2 3/4 .7799 112.33 .8508 122.5 1/4 .9217 132.7 1/2 .9926 142.9 3/4 1.064 153.14 1.134 163.4 1/2 1.276 183.85 1.418 204.26 1.702 245.07 1.985 285.9

Page 85: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 4

4140/42/45/50

unS G41400, G41420, G41450, G4150041l40/42, 41l50 (leAded)

chromium-Molybdenum SteelBars and Plates

color Marking 4140/42/45: Annealed Bars – Ends painted Black and Red Heat Treated Bars – Ends painted Brown and Gold Plates – Corner Striped Gray 41l40/42: Annealed Bars – Ends painted Blue and Green Heat Treated Bars – Ends painted Gray and Pink 4150: Annealed Bars – Ends painted purple with Olive Stripe Heat Treated Bars – Ends painted Orange with Black Stripe 41l50: Annealed Bars – Ends painted Orange with White Stripe Heat Treated Bars – Ends painted Orange with Black Stripe

These are oil-hardening steels of relatively high hardenability. Their chromium content provides good hardness penetration, and the molybdenum imparts uniformity of hardness and high strength. These grades are especially suitable for forging because they have self-scaling characteristics. They respond readily to heat treatment and are comparatively easy to machine in the heat treated condition. They resist creep in temperatures up to 1000º F and maintain their properties even after long exposure at these relatively high working temperatures. With a combination of such highly desirable properties as good strength and wear resistance, excellent toughness coupled with good ductility, and the ability to resist stress at elevated temperatures, it is understandable why these are widely used and highly successful alloy steels.This material is also available as leaded steel. The addition of lead improves machinability without sacrificing other desirable properties, with the exception that the use of this material is not recommended for applications over 400º F, since at elevated temperature ductility is low.The following specifications are generally applicable for 4140/42 Heat Treated Rounds: ASTM A 193, Grade B7; ASTM A 434, Grades BC and BD.AnAlySiS P S c Mn Max. Max. Si cr Mo 4140 .38/.43 .75/1.00 .035 .040 .15/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25 4142 .40/.45 .75/1.00 .035 .040 .15/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25 4145 .43/.48 .75/1.00 .035 .040 .15/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25 4150 .48/.53 .75/1.00 .035 .040 .15/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25 The analyses of the leaded grades are the same as above with the addition of .15/.35 Lead (Pb).APPlicAtionS – Drill collars, kelly bars, bolts, subs, couplings, reamer bodies, rotary table shafting, oil well tool joints, axle shafts, valves, high-temperature bolts, sprockets, trailer axles, winch shafts, piston rods, rams, hydraulic machinery shafts, precision lead screws, chain links, spindles, stay bolts, tractor axles, tractor arms, zinc die-casting dies, etc.MecHAnicAl ProPertieS and HArdenABility – Refer To Sec. R. Also see Bottom of Page 7 of this section for specific data on heat treated bars.MAcHinABility – 41L42 has a machinability rating in the annealed condition of approximately 77% of 1212, as compared with 66% for 4142 without lead. Surface cutting speed of 41L42 is approximately 127 feet per minute.WeldABility – Difficult to weld, but can be welded by any of the common welding processes providing section is preheated, and stress relieved after welding. The grade of welding rod to be used depends upon thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc. When welding leaded material, adequate ventilation should be provided to prevent accumulation of fumes.ForGinG – Heat to 2100º-2200ºF.norMAlizinG – Heat to 1600º-1700ºF. Cool in air. Average Brinell Hardness, 285.AnneAlinG – Heat to 1450º-1550ºF. Cool slowly in furnace. Average Brinell Hardness, 187.HArdeninG – Hardening range is between 1525º and 1625ºF. Quench in oil. A wide range of mechanical properties can be obtained by tempering between 400º and 1300ºF.

For 4140 AircrAFt QuAlity BArS, refer to Section H.

Page 86: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 5

4140/42/45/50 (Continued)

4140/42/45/50 And 41l40/42/50Hot rolled AnneAled roundS*

Machine straightened – Maximum Brinell 212Stock Lengths 20’ Approx.

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft. inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

3/8 .3759 7.517 1/2 .6682 13.36 9/16 .8457 16.91 5/8 1.044 20.88 11/16 1.263 25.27 3/4 1.504 30.07 7/8 2.046 40.931 2.673 53.46 1/8 3.383 67.66 1/4 4.176 83.53 5/16 4.604 92.09 3/8 5.053 101.1 7/16 5.523 110.5 1/2 6.014 120.3 5/8 7.058 141.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 7/8 9.397 187.92 10.69 213.8 1/8 12.07 241.4 1/4 13.53 270.6 3/8 15.08 301.5 1/2 16.71 334.1 5/8 18.42 368.4 3/4 20.21 404.3 7/8 22.09 441.9

4140/42 and 41l40/42/50AnneAled and cold drAWn roundS

Maximum Brinell 235 – Stock Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-Ft. in Per 12-Ft. inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar 3/16 .0940 1.130 1/4 .1671 2.005 5/16 .2610 3.132 3/8 .3759 4.510 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70

3 24.06 481.1 1/8 26.10 522.0 1/4 28.23 564.6 3/8 30.45 608.9 1/2 32.74 654.8 5/8 35.12 702.5 3/4 37.59 751.7 7/8 40.14 802.74 42.77 855.3 1/8 45.48 909.6 1/4 48.28 965.6 1/2 54.13 1083 5/8 57.18 1143 3/4 60.31 12065 66.82 1336 1/8 70.21 1404 1/4 73.67 1473 3/8 77.22 1544 1/2 80.86 1617 3/4 88.37 17676 96.22 1924 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 24367 131.0 2619 1/4 140.5 2810 1/2 150.4 3007 3/4 160.5 3211

8 171.1 3421 1/4 181.9 3638 1/2 181.9 3862 3/4 204.6 40939 216.5 4330 1/4 228.7 4574 1/2 241.2 4824 3/4 254.1 508210 267.3 5346 1/4 280.8 5616 1/2 294.7 589411 323.4 6468 1/2 353.5 707012 384.9 7698 1/4 401.1 8022 1/2 417.6 835313 451.72 9034 1/4 469.26 9385 1/2 487.14 974314 523.89 10478 3/8 552.33 11047 1/2 561.98 11240 3/4 581.52 11630 7/8 591.42 1182815 601.40 12028 1/2 642.16 12843 7/8 673.61 13472

16 684.26 13685 1/4 705.81 14116 1/2 727.70 1455417 772.47 15449 1/4 795.35 1590718 866.02 17320 1/4 890.24 1780519 964.92 19298 1/2 1016.37 20327 3/4 1042.60 2085220 1069.16 21383 1/2 1123.29 22466 3/4 1150.85 2301721 1178.75 23575 1/4 1206.98 24140 1/2 1235.55 2471122 1293.68 25874 3/4 1383.39 2766823 1413.96 28279 1/4 1444.87 28897 1/2 1476.11 2952224 1539.59 3079226 1806.88 36138 1/2 1877.04 3754128 2095.55 4191130 2405.61 4811232 2737.05 54741

111/16 7.612 91.34 3/4 8.186 98.23 13/16 8.781 105.4 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.42 10.69 128.3 1/8 12.07 144.8 3/16 12.79 153.5 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 7/16 15.88 190.6 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.6 7/8 22.09 265.1 15/16 23.06 276.83 24.06 288.7 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 1/2 32.74 392.9 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 1/2 54.13 649.55 66.82 801.9

*For press forged rough turned add 1/4”.

Page 87: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 6

4140/42/45/50 (Continued)4140/42/50 And 41l40/42/50

Hot rolled HeAt treAted roundSQuenched and tempered – Machine StraightenedFor mechanical properties, see bottom of opposite page

Stock Lengths 20’ Approx.

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. in Per 12-Ft. in Per 12-Ft. in Per 12-Ft.inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar 1/4 .1671 3.341 2 3/8 15.08 301.5 5/16 .2610 5.220 1/2 16.71 334.1 3/8 .3759 7.517 5/8 18.42 368.4 7/16 .5116 10.23 3/4 20.21 404.3 1/2 .6682 13.36 7/8 22.09 441.9 9/16 .8457 16.91 3 24.06 481.1 5/8 1.044 20.88 1/8 26.10 522.0 11/16 1.263 25.27 1/4 28.23 564.6 3/4 1.504 30.07 3/8 30.45 608.9 7/8 2.046 40.93 1/2 32.74 654.81 2.673 53.46 5/8 35.12 702.5 1/16 3.017 60.35 3/4 37.59 751.7 1/8 3.383 67.66 7/8 40.14 802.7 3/16 3.769 75.38 4 42.77 855.3 1/4 4.176 83.53 1/8 45.48 909.6 5/16 4.064 92.09 1/4 48.28 965.6 3/8 5.053 101.1 1/2 54.13 1083 7/16 5.523 110.5 5/8 57.18 1143 1/2 6.014 120.3 3/4 60.31 1206 5/8 7.058 141.2 7/8 63.52 1270 3/4 8.186 163.7 5 66.82 1336 7/8 9.397 187.9 1/4 73.67 14732 10.69 213.8 1/2 80.86 1617 1/8 12.07 214.4 3/4 88.37 1767 1/4 13.53 270.6 6 96.22 1924

6 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 24367 131.0 2619 1/4 140.5 2810 1/2 150.4 3007 3/4 160.5 32118 171.1 3421 1/4 181.9 3638 1/2 193.1 3862 3/4 204.6 40939 216.5 4330 1/4 228.7 4574 1/2 241.2 4824 3/4 254.1 508210 267.3 5346 1/4 280.8 5616 1/2 294.7 589411 323.4 6468 1/2 353.5 707012 384.9 7698 1/2 417.6 8353

13 13.000 451.72 9034 13.250 469.26 9385 1/4 13.250 469.26 9385 13.500 487.14 9743 1/2 13.500 487.14 9743 13.750 505.35 10107 14 14.000 523.89 10478 14.250 542.77 10855 3/8 14.375 552.33 11047 14.625 571.71 11434 1/2 14.500 561.98 11240 14.750 581.52 11630 3/4 14.750 581.52 11630 15.000 601.40 12028 7/8 14.875 591.42 11828 15.125 611.47 12229 15 15.000 601.40 12028 15.250 621.62 12432 1/2 15.500 642.16 12843 15.750 663.05 13261 7/8 15.875 673.61 13472 16.125 695.00 13900 16 16.000 684.26 13685 16.250 705.81 14116 1/4 16.250 705.81 14116 16.500 727.7 14554 1/2 16.500 727.70 14554 16.750 749.92 14998 17 17.000 772.47 15449 17.250 795.35 15907 1/4 17.250 795.35 15907 17.500 818.58 16372 18 18.000 866.02 17320 18.250 890.24 17805 1/4 18.250 890.24 17805 18.500 914.80 18296 19 19.000 964.92 19298 19.250 990.48 19810 1/2 19.500 1016.37 20327 19.750 1042.60 20852 3/4 19.750 1042.60 20852 20.000 1069.16 21383

Size od Hot rolled Hot rolled Press Forged Press Forged Press Forged Wt./Ft. Wt 20 Ft Bar rough turned Wt./Ft. Wt 20 Ft Bar 1/4” over

Page 88: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1 11/16 7.612 91.34 3/4 8.186 98.23 13/16 8.781 105.4 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.42 10.69 128.3 1/8 12.07 144.8 1/4 13.53 162.4 5/16 14.29 171.5 3/8 15.08 180.9 7/16 15.88 190.6 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.6 15/16 23.06 276.83 24.06 288.7 1/8 26.10 313.2 3/16 27.16 325.9 1/4 28.23 338.8 3/8 30.45 365.4 1/2 32.74 392.9 3/4 37.59 451.0 15/16 41.44 497.34 42.77 513.2

Sec. G Page 7

4140/42 And 41l40/42HeAt treAted cold drAWn or G & P roundSFor mechanical properties, see bottom of opposite page.

Stock Lengths 12’ and 20’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-Ft. in Per 12-Ft.inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar 1/4 .1671 2.005 5/16 .2610 3.132 3/8 .3759 4.510 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70

20 20.000 1069.16 21383 20.250 1096.06 21921 1/2 20.500 1123.29 22466 20.750 1150.85 23017 3/4 20.750 1150.85 23017 21.000 1178.75 23575 21 21.000 1178.75 23575 21.250 1206.98 24140 1/4 21.250 1206.98 24140 21.500 1235.55 24711 1/2 21.500 1235.55 24711 21.750 1264.45 25289 22 22.000 1293.68 25874 22.250 1323.25 26465 3/4 22.750 1383.39 27668 23.000 1413.96 28279 23 23.000 1413.96 28279 23.250 1444.87 28897 1/4 23.250 1444.87 28897 23.500 1476.11 29522 1/2 23.500 1476.11 29522 23.750 1507.68 30154 24 24.000 1539.59 30792 24.250 1571.83 31437 26 26.000 1806.88 36138 26.250 1841.80 36836 1/2 26.500 1877.04 37541 26.750 1912.63 38253 28 28.000 2095.55 41911 28.250 2133.14 42663 30 30.000 2405.61 48112 30.250 2445.87 48917 32 32.000 2737.05 54741 32.250 2779.98 55600

Size od Hot rolled Hot rolled Press Forged Press Forged Press Forged Wt./Ft. Wt 20 Ft Bar rough turned Wt./Ft. Wt 20 Ft Bar 1/4” over

4140/42/45/50 (Continued)4140/42/50 And 41l40/42/50

Hot rolled HeAt treAted roundSQuenched and tempered – Machine StraightenedFor mechanical properties, see bottom of opposite page

Stock Lengths 20’ Approx.

Page 89: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 8

4140/42/45/50 (Continued) 4140 AnneAled And cold drAWn HexAGonS Maximum Brinell 235 Stock Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 12-Ft. in Per 12-Ft.inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

7/16 .5641 6.769 1/2 .7368 8.842 9/16 .9325 11.19 5/8 1.151 13.82 11/16 1.393 16.72 3/4 1.658 19.89 13/16 1.946 23.35 7/8 2.257 27.08 15/16 2.590 31.081 2.947 35.37 1/16 3.327 39.93 1/8 3.730 44.76 1/4 4.605 55.26 5/16 5.077 60.93

4140/42 SQuAreS

Hot rolled Heat treated

Annealed & cold drawn

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. in Per 12-Ft. in Per 12-Ft.inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar1 3.403 68.06 1/8 4.307 86.14 1/4 5.318 106.4 1/2 7.657 153.1 3/4 10.42 208.42 13.61 272.3 1/4 17.23 344.6 3/8 19.20 383.9 1/2 21.27 425.4 3/4 25.74 514.73 30.63 612.6 1/2 41.69 833.84 54.45 1089 1/2 68.91 1378

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS oF 4142 And 41l42HeAt treAted BArS – AStM A 434*

tensile Strength yield Strength elongation reduction Surface (psi) (psi) in 2” of Area Brinell Minimum Minimum Minimum Minimum Hardness

11/2” and under 130,000 110,000 16% 50% 269-321Over 11/2” to 21/2” 125,000 105,000 16% 50% 269-321Over 21/2” to 4” 115,000 95,000 16% 45% 269-321Over 4” to 7” 135,000 105,000 14% 35% 285-341Over 7” to 91/2” 130,000 100,000 14% 35% 285-341

*Also stocked in AStM A 193 Grade B7 and AStM A434 Grade Bd.

4140 Hot rolledPlAteS

thickness est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 12-Ft.inches Foot Bar

1/4 .0709 10.21 3/8 .1064 15.31 1/2 .1418 20.42 5/8 .1773 25.52 3/4 .2127 30.63 7/8 .2481 35.731 .2836 40.84 1/8 .3191 45.94 1/4 .3545 51.05 3/8 .3900 56.16 1/2 .4254 61.26 3/4 .4963 71.472 .5672 81.68 1/4 .6381 91.89 1/2 .7090 102.1 3/4 .7799 112.33 .8508 122.5 1/4 .9217 132.7 1/2 .9926 142.9 3/4 1.064 153.14 1.134 163.4 1/4 1.204 173.6 1/2 1.276 183.8 3/4 1.347 194.05 1.418 204.2 1/2 1.560 224.66 1.702 245.0 1/2 1.843 265.57 1.985 285.9 1/2 2.127 306.38 2.269 326.7 1/2 2.411 347.19 2.552 367.610 2.836 408.411 3.119 449.212 3.403 490.113 3.687 530.914 3.970 571.716 4.538 653.4

1/4 .2127 2.552 3/8 .4786 5.743 7/16 .6514 7.817 1/2 .8508 10.21 9/16 1.077 12.92 5/8 1.329 15.95 3/4 1.914 22.97 7/8 2.606 31.271 3.403 40.84 1/8 4.307 51.69 1/4 5.318 63.81 3/8 6.434 77.21 1/2 7.657 91.89 3/4 10.42 125.12 13.61 163.4 1/4 17.23 206.7 1/2 21.27 255.23 30.63 367.5

1 3/8 5.572 66.87 7/16 6.090 73.08 1/2 6.631 79.56 5/8 7.783 93.39 11/16 8.393 100.7 3/4 9.026 108.3 7/8 10.36 124.32 11.79 141.5 1/8 13.31 159.7 1/4 14.92 179.0 1/2 18.42 221.0 3/4 22.29 267.53 26.53 318.3

Page 90: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 9

4340

nickel-chromium-Molybdenum Steel

Bars and Plates

unS G43400

color Marking Annealed Bars – Ends Red and Yellow Heat Treated Bars – Ends Black and Blue Annealed Plates – Corner Striped Red and Yellow

This is the “king” of the hardening grades of constructional alloy steels. Because of richer alloy content, 4340 possesses much deeper hardenability than the 4100 series. This advantage is realized principally where high strength is required in heavy sections. In addition, unusually high hardenability insures maximum toughness and ductility at the desired strength level. The fatigue-tensile ratio makes this grade ideal for highly stressed parts. It maintains its strength, ductility, and toughness at relatively high temperatures. It has remarkable non-distorting properties for an alloy steel. Thus, for high strength in heavy sections, or for highly stressed parts operating under the most severe conditions, or where the greatest margin of safety is desired, this is the steel to use.

AnAlySiS P S c Mn Max. Max. Si cr ni Mo .38/.43 .60/.80 .035 .040 .15/.35 .70/.90 1.65/2.00 .20/.30

APPlicAtionS – Automotive and marine crank shafts, diesel engine crank shafts and other heavy-duty shafting, axle shafts, dies, subs, gear shafts, gears, mine-drilling parts, oil-well fishing tools, perforating gun bodies, master hobs, etc.

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS and HArdenABility – For complete data on this grade, see Sec. R.

MAcHinABility – This Material has a machinability rating in the annealed condition of approximately 57% of 1212. Surface cutting speed is approximately 95 feet per minute.

WeldABility – Difficult to weld, but can be welded by any of the common welding processes providing the section is preheated and stress relieved after welding. The grade of welding rod to be used depends upon thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

ForGinG – Heat to 2200º-2300ºF.

norMAlizinG – Heat to 1600º-1700ºF. Cool in air. Average Brinell Hardness, 363.

AnneAlinG – Heat to 1500º-1600ºF. Cool slowly in furnace. Average Brinell Hardness, 197.

HArdeninG – Standard hardening range is between 1475º-1575º F. Quench in oil. A wide range of mechanical properties can be obtained by tempering between 400º and 1200ºF.

For e-4340 AircrAFt QuAlity BArS, refer to Section H

Page 91: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 10

4340 (Continued)4340 Hot rolled AnneAled roundS

Machine StraightenedMaximum Brinell 235

Stock Lengths 20’ Approx.

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft. inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

11/16 1.263 25.27 5 66.82 1336 3/4 1.504 30.07 1/4 73.67 1473 7/8 2.046 40.93 1/2 80.86 1617 1 2.673 53.46 3/4 88.37 1767 1/8 3.383 67.66 6 96.22 1924 1/4 4.176 83.53 1/4 104.4 2088 3/8 5.053 101.1 1/2 112.9 2259 1/2 6.014 120.3 3/4 121.8 2436 5/8 7.058 141.2 7 131.0 2619 3/4 8.186 163.7 1/4 140.5 2810 7/8 9.397 187.9 1/2 150.4 3007 2 10.69 213.8 3/4 160.5 3211 1/8 12.07 241.4 8 171.1 3421 1/4 13.53 270.6 1/4 181.9 3638 3/8 15.08 301.5 1/2 193.1 3862 1/2 16.71 334.1 3/4 204.6 4093 5/8 18.42 368.4 9 216.5 4330 3/4 20.21 404.3 1/4 228.7 4574 7/8 22.09 441.9 1/2 241.2 4824 3 24.06 481.1 3/4 254.1 5082 1/8 26.10 522.0 10 267.3 5346 1/4 28.23 564.6 1/2 294.7 5894 1/2 32.74 654.8 11 323.4 6468 5/8 35.12 702.5 1/4 338.3 6766 3/4 37.59 751.7 1/2 353.5 7070 4 42.77 855.3 12 384.9 7698 1/4 48.28 965.6 1/2 417.6 8353 1/2 54.13 1083 13 451.7 9034 3/4 60.31 1206 1/2 487.1 9743

4340 Hot rolled AnneAled PlAteS

thickness estimated Weight, lbs. thickness estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft. inches Sq. inch Sq. Foot inches Sq. inch Sq. Foot

1/2 .1418 20.42 31/2 .9926 142.9

5/8 .1773 25.52 4 1.134 163.4

3/4 .2127 30.63 1/2 1.276 183.8

1 .2836 40.84 5 1.418 204.2

1/4 .3545 51.05 1/2 1.560 224.6

1/2 .4254 61.26 6 1.702 245.0

3/4 .4963 71.47 1/2 1.843 265.5

2 .5672 81.68 7 1.985 285.9

1/4 .6381 91.89 8 2.269 326.7

1/2 .7090 102.1 9 2.552 367.6

3/4 .7799 112.3 10 2.836 408.4

3 .8508 122.5 11 3.119 449.2

1/4 .9217 132.7 12 3.403 490.1

Page 92: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 11

5160 SPrinG Steel

carbon-chromium Steel

Hot rolled Bars (As rolled)

unS G51600

color Marking: Ends painted White and Yellow

This is a carbon-chromium grade of spring steel. It has a high yield-tensile strength ratio, excellent toughness, and high ductility. In its production, special care is exercised in rolling and cooling in order to obtain satisfactory cold shearing, punching, and trimming qualities. Its principal use is for automotive leaf springs.

AnAlySiS c Mn P S Si cr .55/.65 .75/1.00 .035 Max. .04 Max. .15/.35 .70/.90

APPlicAtionS – As the name implies, this grade is primarily used in the manufacture of automotive leaf springs. Other uses include scrapers, equalizers, bumpers, etc.

ForMinG and HeAt treAtinG – Usual practice for leaf springs is as follows: Hot form at 1650ºF. Quench in oil at 1525ºF. Temper to 38-44 Rockwell “C”.

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS – The following values are average and may be considered as representative of this grade:

tensile yield elong- reduc- Brinell izod Strength Strength ation tion Hard- impact (psi) (psi) in 2” of Area ness Ft./lbs.

Normalized 165,000 97,000 15% 36% 321 6 Annealed 111,000 59,000 18% 42% 229 8 Oil Quenched and Tempered at 1000ºF 198,000 180,000 12% 38% 388 24

MAcHinABility – This grade is very difficult to machine in the as-rolled condition and it should be annealed prior to machining.

WeldABility – This grade, due to carbon and chromium content, is not readily welded. It can, however, be welded by either gas or arc welding process, provided section involved is preheated and stress relieved after welding. The grade of welding rod to be used depends on thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

ForGinG – Heat to 2100º-2200ºF.

norMAlizinG – Heat to 1600º-1700ºF. Cool in air.

AnneAlinG – Heat to 1450º-1550ºF. Cool in furnace.

HArdeninG – This grade should be hardened in oil. The recommended quenching temperature is 1525ºF. A wide range of mechanical properties can be obtained by tempering between 800º and 1300ºF.

Page 93: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 12

5160 SPrinG Steel (Continued)5160 Hot rolled SPrinG Steel FlAtS

double concave, round edgeStock Lengths 20’ to 22’

thickness Width est. Wt., lbs. thickness Width est. Wt., lbs.

dec. nearest in Per 20-Ft. dec. nearest in Per 20-Ft.inches Frac. inches Foot length inches Frac. inches Foot length

.214 7/32 11/2 1.08 21.6 21/2 1.79 35.8 .220 7/32 13/4 1.28 25.6 2 1.48 29.6 21/4 1.66 33.2 21/2 1.84 36.8 .238 15/64 11/2 1.20 24.0 13/4 1.39 27.8 2 1.60 32.0 21/4 1.80 36.0 21/2 1.99 39.8 23/4 2.20 44.0 .250 1/4 13/4 1.46 29.2 2 1.68 33.6 21/4 1.88 37.6 21/2 2.09 41.8 3 2.51 50.2 31/2 2.93 58.6 4 3.35 67.0 .262 17/64 13/4 1.54 30.8 2 1.75 35.0 21/4 1.98 39.6 21/2 2.20 44.0 3 2.63 52.6 31/2 3.07 61.4 4 3.50 70.0 .284 9/32 13/4 1.67 33.4 2 1.90 38.0 21/4 2.14 42.8 21/2 2.38 47.6 .291 19/64 13/4 1.70 34.0 2 1.94 38.8 21/4 2.20 44.0 21/2 2.44 48.8 3 2.93 58.6 .312 5/16 13/4 1.82 36.4 2 2.09 41.8 21/4 2.35 47.0 21/2 2.62 52.4 3 3.13 62.6 31/2 3.66 73.2 4 4.18 83.6 .323 21/64 13/4 1.90 38.0 2 2.16 43.2 21/4 2.44 48.8 21/2 2.70 54.0 3 3.24 64.8 31/2 3.78 75.6 4 4.33 86.6 .340 11/32 2 2.28 45.6 21/2 2.84 56.8

.360 23/64 13/4 2.11 42.2 2 2.41 48.2 21/4 2.71 54.2 21/2 3.01 60.2 3 3.61 72.2 31/2 4.22 84.4 4 4.82 96.4.375 3/8 13/4 2.20 44.0 2 2.51 50.2 21/4 2.83 56.6 21/2 3.14 62.8 3 3.77 75.4 31/2 4.39 87.8 4 5.03 100.6 6 7.54 150.8.401 3/8 13/4 2.35 47.0 2 2.69 53.8 21/4 3.02 60.4 21/2 3.36 67.2 3 4.03 80.6 31/2 4.70 94.0 4 5.38 107.6.438 7/16 21/4 3.30 66.0 21/2 3.67 73.4 3 4.40 88.0 31/2 5.14 102.8 4 5.87 117.4.447 29/64 21/2 3.74 74.8 3 4.49 89.8 31/2 5.24 104.8 4 5.99 119.8.500 1/2 3 5.03 100.6 31/2 5.86 117.2 4 6.70 134.0 5 8.38 167.6 6 10.04 200.8.558 9/16 4 7.48 149.6.625 5/8 3 6.28 125.6 31/2 7.32 146.4 4 8.38 167.6 5 10.46 209.2 6 12.55 251.0.750 3/4 4 10.04 200.8 5 12.55 251.0 6 15.07 301.4.788 25/32 4 10.55 211.0 5 13.19 263.8.875 7/8 5 14.65 293.01.000 1 4 13.39 267.8 6 20.09 401.8

Page 94: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 13

6150

chromium-Vanadium SteelBars and Plates

unS G61500color Marking: Ends painted Gold with Aluminum Stripe

This high carbon chromium vanadium alloy is a fine-grained material of importance when rugged abrasive conditions are encountered. Its useful heat treated hardness and strength is higher than that in 4142. In the heat treated condition, it has good wear and abrasion resistance. It possesses excellent toughness and shock resistance, making it a good alloy for highly stressed heavy machinery parts exposed to shock and vibrations.AnAlySiS P S V c Mn Max. Max. Si cr Min. .48/.53 .70/.90 .035 .040 .15/.35 .80/1.10 .15APPlicAtionS – Gears, pinions, shafting, axles, machinery parts, springs, heavy duty pins, bolting, and hand tools.MecHAnicAl ProPertieS and HArdenABility – For complete data on this grade, see Sec. R.MAcHinABility – This grade has a machinability rating in the annealed condition of approximately 60% of 1212. Surface cutting speed is approximately 110 feet per minute.WeldABility – Difficult to weld, but weldable by any of the common processes providing section is preheated and stress-relieved after welding. Welding rod to be used depends upon section thickness, strength required, design, service requirements, etc.ForGinG – 2150º-2300ºF. Cool slowly.norMAlizinG – 1600º-1700ºF. Cool in air. Average Brinell Hardness, 262.AnneAlinG – 1500º-1600ºF. Cool slowly. Average Brinell Hardness, 197.HArdeninG – 1550º-1625ºF. Oil quench. Temper to desired hardness.

6150 Hot rolled AnneAled PlAteS

thickness estimated Weight, lbs. thickness estimated Weight, lbs. in Per Per in Per Per inches Sq. inch Sq. Foot inches Sq. inch Sq. Foot 1/2 .1418 20.42 5/8 .1773 25.52 3/4 .2127 30.63 7/8 .2481 35.73 1 .2836 40.84 1/8 .3191 45.94 1/4 .3545 51.05 1/2 .4254 61.26 5/8 .4609 66.36 3/4 .4963 71.47 2 .5672 81.68

6150 Hot rolledAnneAled SQuAreS

Maximum Brinell 212Stock Lengths 16’ Approx.

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 16-Ft. in Per 16-Ft. inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

1/2 .8508 13.61 5/8 1.329 21.26 3/4 1.914 30.62 1 3.403 54.45 1/4 5.318 85.09 1/2 7.657 122.5 3/4 10.42 166.7 2 13.61 217.8

2 1/4 .6381 91.89 1/2 .7090 102.1 3/4 .7799 112.3 3 .8508 122.5 1/4 .9215 132.7 1/2 .9926 142.9 4 1.134 163.4 1/2 1.276 183.8 5 1.418 204.2 6 1.702 245.0 8 2.269 326.7

2 1/4 17.23 275.7 1/2 21.27 340.3 3 30.63 490.1 1/2 41.69 667.0 4 54.45 871.2 1/2 68.91 1103 5 85.08 1361 6 122.5 1960 8 217.8 3485

Page 95: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 14

6150 (Continued)

6150 Hot rolled AnneAled roundS Machine Straightened – Maximum Brinell 212 Stock Lengths 20’ Approx.

Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs.

in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft.inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar 1/4 .1671 3.341 3/8 .3759 7.517 1/2 .6682 13.36 9/16 .8457 16.91 5/8 1.044 20.88 3/4 1.504 30.07 7/8 2.046 40.931 2.673 53.46 1/8 3.383 67.66 1/4 4.176 83.53 5/16 4.604 92.09 3/8 5.053 101.1 1/2 6.014 120.3 5/8 7.058 141.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 7/8 9.397 187.92 10.69 213.8 1/8 12.07 241.4 1/4 13.53 270.6 3/8 15.08 301.5 1/2 16.71 334.1 5/8 18.42 368.4 6150 Hot rolled AnneAled FlAtS Maximum Brinell 212 Stock Lengths 16’ Approx.

Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. in Per 16-Ft. in Per 16-Ft. in Per 16-Ft.inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar1/2 x 1 1.702 27.23 11/4 2.127 34.03 11/2 2.552 40.83 2 3.403 54.45 21/2 4.254 68.06 3 5.105 81.68 31/2 5.956 95.30 4 6.806 108.9 5 8.508 136.1 6 10.21 163.45/8 x 11/4 2.659 42.54 11/2 3.191 51.06 2 4.254 68.06 5 10.64 170.23/4 x 1 2.552 40.83 11/4 3.191 51.06 11/2 3.829 61.26 2 5.105 81.68 21/4 5.743 91.89 21/2 6.381 102.1 3 7.657 122.5 4 10.21 163.41 x 11/4 4.254 68.06 11/2 5.105 81.68 13/4 5.956 95.30 2 6.806 108.9 21/2 8.508 136.1 23/4 9.359 149.7 3 10.21 163.4 31/2 11.91 190.6 4 13.61 217.8 5 17.02 272.3

2 3/4 20.21 404.3 7/8 22.09 441.93 24.06 481.1 1/8 26.10 522.0 1/4 28.23 564.6 3/8 30.45 608.9 1/2 32.74 654.8 5/8 35.12 702.5 3/4 37.59 751.7 7/8 40.14 802.74 42.77 855.3 1/8 45.48 909.6 1/4 48.28 965.6 3/8 51.16 1023 1/2 54.13 1083 5/8 57.18 1143 3/4 60.31 1206 7/8 63.52 12705 66.82 1336 1/4 73.67 1473 1/2 80.86 1617 3/4 88.37 1767

5 7/8 92.26 18456 96.22 1924 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 24367 131.0 2619 1/4 140.5 2810 1/2 150.4 3007 3/4 160.5 3211 7/8 165.8 33168 171.1 3421 1/4 181.9 3638 1/2 193.1 38629 216.5 4330 1/2 241.2 482410 267.3 5346 1/2 294.7 589411 323.4 6468 1/2 353.5 707012 384.9 769813 451.7 9034

1 x 6 20.42 326.7 8 27.23 435.7 10 34.03 544.511/4 x 11/2 6.381 102.1 2 8.508 136.1 21/2 10.64 170.2 3 12.76 204.2 31/2 14.89 238.2 4 17.02 272.3 5 21.27 340.3 6 25.52 408.3 8 34.03 544.511/2 x 13/4 8.933 142.9 2 10.21 163.4 21/2 12.76 204.2 23/4 14.04 224.6 3 15.31 245.0 31/2 17.87 285.9 4 20.42 326.7 41/2 22.97 367.5 5 25.52 408.3 6 30.63 490.1 8 40.84 653.413/4 x 2 11.91 190.6 21/4 13.40 214.4 21/2 14.89 238.2 3 17.87 285.9 31/2 20.84 333.4 4 23.82 381.1 5 29.78 476.5 7 41.69 667.0 8 47.64 762.2

2 x 21/2 17.02 272.3 3 20.42 326.7 31/2 23.82 381.1 4 27.23 435.7 41/2 30.63 490.1 5 34.03 544.5 6 40.84 653.4 8 54.45 871.2 10 68.06 108921/2 x 3 25.52 408.3 31/2 29.78 476.5 4 34.03 544.5 41/2 38.29 612.6 5 42.54 680.6 51/2 46.79 748.6 6 51.05 816.8 8 68.06 10893 x 31/2 35.73 571.7 4 40.84 653.4 5 51.05 816.8 6 61.26 980.231/2 x 4 47.64 762.2 41/2 53.60 857.6 5 59.56 953.0 6 71.47 1144 8 95.29 15254 x 5 68.06 1089 6 81.68 1307 8 108.9 1742

Page 96: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 15

8620unS G86200

8620 (leaded)chromium-nickel-Molybdenum Steel

Bars and Plates

color Marking 8620: Ends painted Blue and White 86l20: Ends painted Orange and White

These are “triple alloy” carburizing steels. The nickel imparts good toughness and ductility, and the chromium and molybdenum contribute increased hardness pen-etration and wear. They are readily carburized, and the well-balanced alloy content permits hardening to produce a strong, tough core and high case hardness. They have excellent machinability and respond well to polishing operations. Because of the fine combination of properties that may be developed, as well as the ease with which it may be processed, this material is ideal for a wide variety of applications. In the leaded analysis, machinability is improved without the sacrifice of other desirable properties, with the exception that the use of this material is not recom-mended for applications over 400ºF since at elevated temperature ductility is low.AnAlySiS P S c Mn Max. Max. Si cr ni Mo

8620 .18/.23 .70/.90 .035 .040 .15/.35 .40/.60 .40/.70 .15/.25 The analysis of the leaded grade is the same as above, with the addition of .15/.35 Lead (Pb).APPlicAtionS – Gears, pinions, spline shafts, piston pins, oil pump piston rods and liners, cams, oil tool slips, gauges, jigs, plastic molds, jaws, etc.MecHAnicAl ProPertieS and HArdenABility – Refer to Sec. R.MAcHinABility – 86L20 has a machinability rating of approximately 77% of 1212, as compared with a rating of 66% for the same analysis without lead. Surface cutting speed is approximately 127 feet per minute.WeldABility – Easily welded by any of the common welding procedures, with the rod to be used dependent upon the section, design, service requirements, etc. Preheating and stress-relieving is recommended. When welding leaded material, adequate ventilation should be provided to prevent accumulation of fumes.ForGinG – Heat to 2150º-2250ºF. norMAlizinG – Heat to 1650º-1750ºF. Air cool. Average Brinell, 187.AnneAlinG – Heat to 1550º-1600ºF. Furnace cool. Average Brinell, 156.cArBurizinG – Standard treatment, carburize 1650º-1700º F for eight hours oil quench. Temper between 300º-450ºF.

8620 Hot rolled PlAteS

thickness estimated Weight, lbs. thickness estimated Weight, lbs. in Per Per in Per Per inches Sq. inch Sq. Foot inches Sq. inch Sq. Foot 1/2 .1418 20.42 5/8 .1773 25.52 3/4 .2127 30.63 7/8 .2481 35.731 .2836 40.84 1/8 .3191 45.94 1/4 .3545 51.05 3/8 .3900 56.15 1/2 .4254 61.26 3/4 .4963 71.472 .5672 81.68 1/4 .6381 91.89 1/2 .7090 102.1 3/4 .7799 112.3

3 .8508 122.5 1/4 .9217 132.7 1/2 .9926 142.9 4 1.1344 163.4 1/2 1.2762 183.8 5 1.4180 204.2 1/2 1.5598 224.6 6 1.7016 245.0 1/2 1.8434 265.5 7 1.9852 285.9 8 2.2688 326.7 9 2.5524 367.6 10 2.8360 408.4

Page 97: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 16

8620 (Continued)

8620 and 86l20 (leaded)Hot rolled roundSStock Lengths 20’ Approx.

Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs.

in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft.inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

1/2 .6682 13.36 5/8 1.044 20.88 11/16 1.263 25.27 3/4 1.504 30.07 7/8 2.046 40.93 1 2.673 53.46 1/16 3.017 60.35 1/8 3.383 67.66 1/4 4.176 83.53 5/16 4.604 92.09 3/8 5.053 101.1 1/2 6.014 120.3 5/8 7.058 141.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 7/8 9.397 187.9 2 10.69 213.8 1/8 12.07 241.4 1/4 13.53 270.6 3/8 15.08 301.5 7/16 15.88 317.6 1/2 16.71 334.1 5/8 18.42 368.4

8620 and 86l20 (leaded)cold drAWn roundS

Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. in Per 12-Ft. in Per 12-Ft. in Per 12-Ft.inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

1/4 .1671 2.005 5/16 .2610 3.132 3/8 .3759 4.510 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25

2 3/4 20.21 404.3 7/8 22.09 441.93 24.06 481.1 1/8 26.10 522.0 1/4 28.23 564.6 3/8 30.45 608.9 1/2 32.74 654.8 5/8 35.12 702.5 3/4 37.59 751.7 7/8 40.14 802.74 42.77 855.3 1/4 48.28 965.6 3/8 51.16 1023 1/2 54.13 1083 5/8 57.18 1143 3/4 60.31 12065 66.82 1336 1/8 70.21 1404 1/4 73.67 1473 1/2 80.86 1617 3/4 88.37 17676 96.22 1924

6 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 24367 131.0 2619 1/4 140.5 2810 1/2 150.4 3007 3/4 160.5 32118 171.1 3421 1/4 181.9 3638 3/8 187.5 3750 1/2 193.1 3862 3/4 204.6 40939 216.5 4330 1/4 228.7 4574 1/2 241.2 4824 3/4 254.1 508210 267.3 5346 1/2 294.7 589411 323.4 6468 1/2 294.7 589412 384.9 7698 1/2 417.6 835313 451.7 9034 1/2 487.1 9743

13/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70 11/16 7.612 91.34 3/4 8.186 98.23 13/16 8.781 105.4 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.42 10.69 128.3 1/16 11.37 136.4 1/8 12.07 144.8 3/16 12.79 153.5 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 7/16 15.88 190.6 1/2 16.71 200.5

2 9/16 17.55 210.6 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.6 13/16 21.14 253.7 7/8 22.09 265.1 15/16 23.06 276.83 24.06 288.7 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 5/16 29.33 351.9 3/8 30.45 365.3 1/2 32.74 392.9 3/4 37.59 451.0 7/8 40.14 481.64 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 1/2 54.13 649.5 3/4 60.31 723.7

Page 98: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 17

“e.t.d.” 150®

cold Finished Barscolor Marking: Ends painted Pink and Yellow

“e.t.d.” 150® is a 4100 H Modified alloy steel having a high tensile and yield strength produced by Elevated Temperature Drawing. This material is produced to AMS 6378 specification. Residual stresses from cold working are reduced in these bars since a controlled die practice is used. Problems of warpage and distortion are eliminated. The mechanical properties of the bar are uniform from surface to center of each bar. If higher strength is needed in selected areas, a Rockwell “C” of 57 to 60 is obtainable through conventional surface hardening treatments. These bars have excellent machining qualities for their high strength. In standard practice the machin-ability of “e.t.d.” 150® is comparable to that of annealed 4142 alloy bars. The Elevated Temperature Drawing process is patented by the La Salle Steel Co., a subsidary of Niagra Corporation.

AnAlySiS P S c Mn Max. Max. Si cr Mo Se

.39/.48 .70/1.10 .040 .040 .15/.35 .75/1.20 .15/.25 .03/.06

APPlicAtionS – Gears, shafts, pinions, fasteners, axles, and other parts to replace heat treated alloy parts.

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS tensile yield Mean Mean Strength Strength elongation reduction Hardness (psi) (psi) in 2” of Area rockwell Brinell 150,000 min. 130,000 min. 10% 37% C32 min. 302 min.

MAcHinABility – “e.t.d.” 150® machines approximately 75% as fast as 1212 Screw Stock. Average surface cutting speed is 125 feet per minute.

WeldABility – Difficult to weld, but can be welded by any of the common welding processes providing section is preheated, and stress relieved after welding. The grade of welding rod to be used depends upon thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

“e.t.d.” 150®

cold drAWn roundSStock Lengths 12’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-Ft. in Per 12-Ft. inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70

1 11/16 7.612 91.34 3/4 8.186 98.23 13/16 8.781 105.4 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.4 2 10.69 128.3 1/8 12.07 144.8 3/16 12.79 153.5 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 7/16 15.88 190.6 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 11/16 19.31 231.7 3/4 20.21 242.6 7/8 22.09 265.1 15/16 23.06 276.8 3 24.06 288.7 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 1/2 32.74 392.9

Page 99: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 18

Strain tempered

41l45 (leaded)

cold drawncolor Marking: Ends painted Brown and Green

This is the regular leaded chrome-moly analysis produced by a special process of drawing and furnace treatment. The result is a cold finished bar dimensionally uniform with a minimum of distortion. The process produces high tensile and yield strengths which are consistent throughout the bar. The combination of the leaded alloy and special processing results in significant advantages in machinability. Thus, Strain Tempered 41L45 Leaded bars provide the mechanical properties of a heat treated alloy with machinability approaching that of an annealed leaded alloy.

AnAlySiS c Mn P S Si cr Mo Pb

.43/.48 .75/1.00 .035 Max. .040 Max. .15/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25 .15/.35

APPlicAtionS – Studs, worm shafts, hydraulic piston rods, machinery shafts, axles, pins, and other parts commonly made from heat treated alloys or from annealed alloys with the parts subsequently heat treated.

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS tensile yield Strength Strength elongation reduction Hardness (psi) (psi) in 2” of Area rockwell Brinell 3” and Under (minimum) 150,000 130,000 - - C 32 302 Over 3” (typical) 130,000 120,000 10% 35% C 29 277

MAcHinABility – This grade machines approximately 60% as fast as 1212, with an average surface cutting speed of 100 feet per minute.

WeldABility – Difficult to weld, but can be welded by any of the common welding processes providing section is preheated, and stress relieved after welding. The grade of welding rod to be used depends upon thickness of section, design, service requirements, etc.

StrAin teMPered41l45 (leaded)

cold drAWn roundSStock Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-Ft. in Per 12-Ft. inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar

1 2.673 32.07

1/8 3.383 40.59

1/4 4.176 50.12

3/8 5.053 60.64

1/2 6.014 72.17

5/8 7.058 84.70

3/4 8.186 98.23

7/8 9.397 112.8

2 10.69 128.3

1/8 12.07 144.8

2 1/4 13.53 162.4

3/8 15.08 180.9

1/2 16.71 200.5

5/8 18.42 221.0

3/4 20.21 242.6

7/8 22.09 265.1

3 24.06 288.7

1/4 28.23 338.8

1/2 32.74 392.9

Page 100: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 19

4150 ModiFied reSulPHurized

Heat treated Barscolor Marking: Ends painted Red with Green Stripe

4150 Modified Resulphurized is a free-machining chromium-molybdenum alloy steel. It is a relatively high hardenability alloy so that in the heat treated condition it has good overall strength and toughness. Being a resulphurized steel, it machines easily. It is supplied in the heat treated condition to a Brinell hardness of 262-311.

AnAlySiS – Typical carbon Manganese Sulphur chromium Molybdenum .50 1.25 .08 .70 .18

APPlicAtionS – A general purpose alloy machinery steel used where greater strength and toughness is required than is available in many carbon machinery steels. Typical applications include gears, shafts, pinions, spindles, arbors, bolt-ing, link pins, axles, etc.

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS – The following mechanical properties are typical in the heat treated condition: tensile yield Strength Strength elongation reduction Brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” of Area Hardness 1” Round 136,000 119,000 20.5% 55.0% 285 5” Round 137,000 116,000 17.0% 50.0% 293

MAcHinABility – 4150 Modified Resulphurized machines approximately 40% as fast as 1212 Screw Stock. Average surface cutting speed is 65 feet per minute.

WeldABility – Difficult to weld because it is resulphurized and has definite air-hardening characteristics, but can be welded by any of the standard welding methods. Shielded arc welding, low hydrogen electrodes, pre-heating and post-heating is preferred and recommended.

HeAt-treAtinG – Temperatures and response is similar to those of 4142-4150.

4150 Mod reSulPHurizedHot rolled HeAt treAted

roundSStock Lengths 20’ Approx.

Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs.

in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft. in Per 20-Ft.inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar inches Foot Bar 1/2 .6682 13.36 5/8 1.044 20.88 3/4 1.504 30.07 7/8 2.046 40.93 1 2.673 53.46 1/8 3.383 67.66 1/4 4.176 83.53 3/8 5.053 101.1 1/2 6.014 120.3 5/8 7.058 141.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 7/8 9.397 187.9 2 10.69 213.8 1/8 12.07 241.4 1/4 13.53 270.6 3/8 15.08 301.5 1/2 16.71 334.1 5/8 18.42 368.4 3/4 20.21 404.3 7/8 22.09 441.9

3 24.06 481.1 1/8 26.10 522.0 1/4 28.23 564.6 1/2 32.74 654.8 5/8 35.12 702.5 3/4 37.59 751.74 42.77 855.3 1/4 48.28 965.6 1/2 54.13 1083 3/4 60.31 12065 66.82 1336 1/4 73.67 1473 1/2 80.86 1617 3/4 88.37 17676 96.22 1924 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 24367 131.0 2619 1/4 140.5 2810 1/2 150.4 3007 3/4 160.5 3211

8 171.1 3421 1/4 181.9 3638 1/2 193.1 3862 3/4 204.6 40939 216.5 4330 1/2 241.2 482410 267.3 5346

PreSSed roundSHeat treated

11 323.4 646812 384.9 7698 1/2 417.6 835313 451.7 9034 1/2 487.1 974314 523.9 1047815 601.4 1202816 684.3 13685 1/2 727.7 14554171/2 818.6 1637118 866.0 17320

Page 101: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 21

9 cHroMe 1 Moly

chrome-Molybdenum Steel

Bars and tubes

unS K90941

color Marking: Green-Black-Pink Stripe

Tubing Tolerances ASTM A 519

Chemistry below and ASTM A 213

This alloy was originally designed for super heater and boiler applications. Quench and tempered conditions have found wide spread use in oilfield completion equipment. The grade has been effectively used in socalled “sour services” environments as specified in NACE MR-O1-75 when heat treated to minimum yield and maximum hardness requirements.

AnAlySiS P S c Mn Max. Max. Si cr Mo .09/.15 .30/.60 .030 .030 .25/1.00 8.0/10.0 .90/1.10

APPlicAtionS – Down hole oilfield tools in the heat treated condition.

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS – The following mechanical properties are typical in the heat treated condition: Minimum Minimum reduction Maximum tensile yield elongation in Area BHn 237

95ksi Min. 80ksi-110K 20% 20% (Rockwell C 22)

MAcHinABility – In the HT condition, this grade has a machinability rating of approximately 50% of 1212. Surface cutting speed is approximately 90 feet per minute.

WeldABility – This grade can be welded with proper preparation and the use of the appropriate rod.

ForGinG – Material to be used in HT condition.

HArdeninG – Stock material is in the Quench and Tempered Condition.

Page 102: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. G Page 22

9 cHroMe 1 Moly – BAr & tuBe

Stock Lengths 20’ Approx.

9 cHroMe round tuBe 9 cHroMe round BAr od id Wall Wt./Ft. od Wt./Ft.

2.375 1.375 0.500 10.013 2.375 1.250 0.563 10.889 2.710 1.750 0.480 11.432 2.710 1.625 0.543 12.558 2.910 1.937 0.487 12.592 3.000 1.813 0.594 15.254 3.000 1.625 0.688 16.980 3.062 1.937 0.563 15.016 3.062 1.750 0.656 16.857 3.220 2.000 0.610 17.004 3.250 2.250 0.500 14.685 3.250 1.625 0.813 21.151 3.500 1.750 0.875 24.531 3.625 2.000 0.813 24.405 3.668 2.500 0.584 19.235 3.668 2.375 0.647 20.862 3.750 2.375 0.688 22.486 3.750 2.125 0.813 25.490 3.750 1.625 1.063 30.496 3.950 2.500 0.725 24.971 4.000 2.750 0.625 22.528 4.000 2.714 0.643 23.053 4.000 2.125 0.938 30.663 4.250 3.250 0.500 20.025 4.375 2.562 0.907 33.580 4.500 2.875 0.813 31.998 4.625 3.500 0.563 24.405 4.750 3.125 0.813 34.168 4.750 3.000 0.875 36.212 4.750 2.750 1.000 40.050 4.750 2.313 1.219 45.957 4.875 3.000 0.938 39.424 5.000 4.000 0.500 24.030 5.000 3.000 1.000 42.720 5.000 2.687 1.157 47.473 5.250 2.750 1.250 53.400 5.500 3.500 1.000 48.060 5.515 3.625 0.945 46.123 6.125 (3.499) 1.313 67.478 6.750 3.500 1.625 88.944 8.155 5.037 1.559 109.824

1.875 9.397

2.000 10.692

2.250 13.532

2.375 15.077

2.500 16.706

2.750 20.214

3.000 24.056

3.250 28.233

3.500 32.743

3.750 37.588

4.000 42.766

4.500 54.126

4.750 60.307

5.000 66.823

5.250 73.672

5.500 80.855

6.000 96.224

6.250 104.410

6.750 121.784

7.250 140.494

8.000 171.066

8.500 193.117

8.750 204.644

9.500 241.229

Page 103: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

H

Sec. H Page 1

Section H

AircrAft Alloy SteelS4130 Bars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

4130 Sheets and Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

4140 Bars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

e-4340 Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

e-4340 Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

4620 Bars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

9310 Bars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-15

e-52100 Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

4330 Modified VAr Bars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

300M VAr Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

nitriding #3 Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

HS 220 — 18 Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

AircrAft tuBing — refer to Section K

AircrAft StAinleSS SteelS — refer to Section i

Aircraft alloy steels are grades intended for important or highly stressed parts and components in the aerospace industry. Special steelmaking practices, more rigid inspection techniques, and more restrictive selection are necessary to meet the necessarily rigid quality standards.

There are three levels of quality which have been accepted by producers and users of aircraft steel:

AircrAft QuAlity-This is the most commonly specified quality for general aerospace applications. It is defined in SAE specification AMS 2301, which outlines the procedure for determining compliance with cleanliness requirements by the magnetic particle inspection method.

SPeciAl AircrAft QuAlity-This level of quality places minimum values on ductility in the transverse direction. It is also known as “High Transverse Quality”, as the steel is evaluated by a number of tension tests normal to the direction of rolling (transverse) performed to obtain a comprehensive sampling of a heat of steel.

PreMiuM AircrAft QuAlity-This is the ultimate quality that can currently be obtained in production quantities and is usually applied to the most critical parts and components. Steel conforming to this quality level is produced by the consumable electrode vacuum arc remelting technique. Specification AMS 2300 defines this quality and outlines testing requirements. Steels described herein which meet this quality are designated by the letters VAR (Vacuum Arc Remelt) or CEVM.

Page 104: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 2

to tHe AircrAft induStry

We Specialize in aircraft quality alloy and stainless steels. The items listed in the following two sections represent one of the largest and most complete service center stocks in North America. We endeavor to serve the aircraft industry by stocking the types and sizes recommended by the National Aircraft Standards Committee, as well as other items which are in common use.

Your attention is invited to the following pertinent information:

reViSionS of SPecificAtionSThe specifications (Military, Army-Navy, Federal, etc.) shown herein are the latest in effect at the time of publication of this stock list. In the event a specification is revised or supplemented by the issuing agency, steel for our stock will be ordered accordingly. We shall be pleased to furnish certi-fied documents stating the exact specification to which our steel conforms.

certified teSt rePortSCertified chemical and physical test reports for the heat treated grades listed herein, and certified chemical reports for other grades, are supplied automatically to purchasers of aircraft steels.

ultrASonic teStingThis testing is performed when required by specification or when material is intended for a critical application.

High-frequency sound waves, generated by a crystal, are transmitted through the material to be tested. If a discontinuity, such as pipe, internal rupture, or inclusion is encountered, the waves reflect in such a way that a “picture” indicating the extent of the defect can be read on an oscilloscope. Testing can be performed by the “immersion” method (where the sound waves are transmitted through a liquid medium) or by the “dry contact” meth-od (where waves pass directly from the crystal to the material to be tested).

Please contact us for further details if your application requires ultrasonic testing.

clASSificAtion of PHySicAl And SurfAce conditionSof AircrAft Alloy SteelS

Following is a summary of the symbols used in military (MIL) specifications to designate various conditions of materials.

Physical condition Surface condition A – As Forged 1 – As Forged or Rolled B – As Rolled 2 – Pickled or Blast Cleaned c – Annealed 3 – Rough Turned d – Normalized 4 – Cold Finished e – Normalized & Tempered 5 – Turned, Ground, & Polished f – Quenched & Tempered

Page 105: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 3

4130AircrAft QuAlity Alloy BArS

unS g41300AMS-S-6758 AMS 6370 AMS 2301

color Marking Normalized Bars-Ends painted Pink

Heat Treated Bars-Ends painted White

This chromium-molybdenum alloy is one of the most widely used aircraft steels because of its combination of weldability, ease of fabrication, and mild hardenability. In relatively thin sections it will respond to heat treatment to high strength levels and yet in the normalized condition it has adequate strength for many applications. When resistance to wear and abrasion is required, it may be nitrided.

This grade is a quality product melted under the best steelmaking practices for aircraft quality steels. It is vacuum degassed to meet the magnetic particle inspection standards of AMS 2301.

AnAlySiS P S ni c Mn Max. Max. Si cr Max. Mo .28/.33 .40/.60 .025 .025 .15/.35 .80/1.10 .25 .15/.25

APPlicAtionS — Intended for use in the manufacture of parts and components with sections 1/2” thick or less at time of heat treatment which require a through- hardening steel capable of developing hardness as high as Rockwell “C” 35, and also for parts with greater thickness requiring proportionately lower hardness. It may be used for parts requiring fusion welding. Hardenability and weldability are considered equivalent to 8630.

HArdenABility — As required by AMS-S-6758, minimum end-quench hardenability values for this grade are Rockwell “C” 35 at 5/16” and Rockwell “C” 28 at 8/16”.

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS — The following properties apply to material in Physical Condition F (hardened and tempered): tensile Strength yield Strength elongation reduction (psi) (psi) in 2” of Area

125,000 Min. 100,000 Min. 17% Min. 55% Min.

HeAt treAtMent Normalize-1600º/1700ºF Quench-Oil Austenitize-1500º/1600ºF Temper-700º/1250ºF

4130 AircrAft SQuAreSStock Lengths 12’ and 20’

Heat treated, cold finished & Stress relieved Physical Conditions F Surface Condition 4 Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. inches foot Bar

1/4 .2127 2.552 5/16 .3323 3.988 3/8 .4786 5.743 7/16 .6514 7.817 1/2 .8508 10.21 5/8 1.329 15.95 3/4 1.914 22.97 7/8 2.606 31.27 1 3.403 40.84 1/8 4.307 51.69 1/4 5.318 63.81 3/8 6.434 77.21 1/2 7.657 91.89

Hot rolled normalized Physical Condition D Surface Condition 1

Size estimated Weight, lbs.

in Per 20-ft. inches foot Bar

13/4 10.42 208.4 2 13.61 272.3 1/4 17.23 344.6 1/2 21.27 425.4 3 30.63 612.6 1/2 41.69 833.8 4 54.45 1089 5 85.08 1702 6 122.5 2405

Page 106: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4130 AircrAft BArS AMS-S-6758 (Continued)

4130 AircrAft roundSStock Lengths 12’ and 20’

normalized & Heat treated, cold fin. cold finished & Stress relieved Hot rolled normalized Physical Condition D Physical Condition F Physical Condition D Surface Condition 4 Surface Condition 4 Surface Condition 1

Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs.

in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 20-ft.inches foot Bar inches foot Bar inches foot Bar

1/8 .0418 .5012 3/16 .0940 1.128 1/4 .1671 2.005 9/32 .2115 2.538 5/16 .2610 3.132 3/8 .3759 4.510 13/32 .4410 5.290 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.82 10.69 128.3 1/8 12.07 144.8 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.63 24.06 288.7 1/2 32.74 392.9

1/8 .0418 .5012

3/16 .0940 1.128

1/4 .1671 2.005

5/16 .2610 3.132

3/8 .3759 4.510

7/16 .5116 6.139

15/32 .5870 7.050

1/2 .6682 8.019

17/32 .7540 9.050

9/16 .8457 10.15

5/8 1.044 12.53

11/16 1.263 15.16

3/4 1.504 18.04

13/16 1.765 21.17

7/8 2.046 24.56

15/16 2.349 28.19

1 2.673 32.07

1/16 3.017 36.21

1/8 3.383 40.59

3/16 3.769 45.23

1/4 4.176 50.12

5/16 4.604 55.25

3/8 5.053 60.64

7/16 5.523 66.28

1/2 6.014 72.17

3/4 1.504 30.07 13/16 1.765 35.29 7/8 2.046 40.93 15/16 2.349 46.981 2.673 53.46 1/8 3.383 67.66 1/4 4.176 83.53 3/8 5.053 101.1 1/2 6.014 120.3 5/8 7.058 141.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 7/8 9.397 187.92 10.69 213.8 1/8 12.07 241.4 1/4 13.53 270.6 3/8 15.08 301.5 1/2 16.71 334.1 5/8 18.42 368.4 3/4 20.21 404.3 7/8 22.09 441.93 24.06 481.1 1/8 26.10 522.0 1/4 28.23 564.6 3/8 30.45 608.9 1/2 32.74 654.8 5/8 35.12 702.5 3/4 37.59 751.74 42.77 855.3 1/4 48.28 965.6 1/2 54.13 1083 3/4 60.31 12065 66.82 1336 1/4 73.67 1473 1/2 80.86 1617 3/4 88.37 17676 96.22 1924 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 24367 131.0 2619 1/2 150.4 30078 171.1 3421 1/4 181.9 3638 1/2 193.1 38629 216.5 4330 1/2 241.2 482410 267.3 5346 1/2 294.7 589411 323.4 6468 1/2 353.5 707012 384.9 7698 1/2 417.6 835313 451.7 9034 1/2 487.1 9743

Sec. H Page 4

Page 107: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 5

4130 AircrAft BArS AMS-S-6758 (Continued)

4130 AircrAft HexAgonSStock Lengths 12’ Approx.

Heat treated & cold finished normalized & cold fin. Physical Condition F Physical Condition D Surface Condition 4 Surface Condition 4

Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs.

in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft.inches foot Bar inches foot Bar inches foot Bar

1/4 .1842 2.210 5/16 .2878 3.454 3/8 .4145 4.973 7/16 .5641 6.769 1/2 .7368 8.842 9/16 .9325 11.19 5/8 1.151 13.82 11/16 1.393 16.72 3/4 1.658 19.89 13/16 1.946 23.35 7/8 2.257 27.08

4130 AircrAft flAtS Stock Lengths: Cold Finished - 12’ Hot Rolled - 20’

Heat treated & cold finished — Physical Condition F-Surface Condition 4or

normalized & cold finished — Physical Condition D-Surface Condition 4

Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs.

in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft.inches foot Bar inches foot Bar inches foot Bar

1/4 x 1/2 .4254 5.105 3/4 .6381 7.657 1 .8508 10.21 11/4 1.064 12.76 11/2 1.276 15.31 13/4 1.489 17.87 2 1.702 20.42 21/2 2.127 25.52 3 2.552 30.63 4 3.403 40.84 5 4.254 51.053/8 x 1/2 .6381 7.657 3/4 .9572 11.49 1 1.276 15.31 11/4 1.595 19.14 11/2 1.914 22.97 13/4 2.233 26.80 2 2.552 30.63 21/2 3.191 38.29 3 3.829 45.94 4 5.105 61.26 5 6.381 76.57 6 7.657 91.891/2 x 3/4 1.276 15.31 1 1.702 20.42 11/4 2.127 25.52 11/2 2.552 30.63 13/4 2.978 35.73 2 3.403 40.84 21/2 4.254 51.05 3 5.105 61.26 4 6.806 81.68

15/16 2.590 31.081 2.947 35.37 1/16 3.327 39.93 1/8 3.730 44.76 3/16 4.156 49.87 1/4 4.605 55.26 5/16 5.077 60.93 3/8 5.572 66.87 7/16 6.090 73.08 1/2 6.631 79.56 5/8 7.783 93.39

1/4 .1842 2.210 3/8 .4145 4.973 1/2 .7368 8.842 9/16 .9325 11.19 5/8 1.151 13.82 3/4 1.658 19.89 7/8 2.257 27.081 2.947 35.37 1/4 4.605 55.26 3/8 5.572 66.87 1/2 6.631 79.56 3/4 9.026 108.32 11.79 141.5

1/2 x 5 8.508 102.1 6 10.21 122.55/8 x 1 2.127 25.52 11/4 2.659 31.91 11/2 3.191 38.29 13/4 3.722 44.67 2 4.254 51.05 21/2 5.318 63.81 3 6.381 76.57 4 8.508 102.1 5 10.64 127.63/4 x 1 2.552 30.63 11/4 3.191 38.29 11/2 3.829 45.94 13/4 4.467 53.60 2 5.105 61.26 21/2 6.381 76.57 23/4 7.019 84.23 3 7.657 91.89 4 10.21 122.5 5 12.76 153.1 6 15.31 183.81 x 11/4 4.254 51.05 11/2 5.105 61.26 15/8 5.530 66.36 13/4 5.956 71.47 2 6.806 81.68 21/2 8.508 102.1 3 10.21 122.5 4 13.61 163.4 5 17.02 204.2 6 20.42 245.0

11/4 x 11/2 6.381 76.57 13/4 7.445 89.33 2 8.508 102.1 21/2 10.64 127.6 3 12.76 153.1 4 17.02 204.2 11/2 x 13/4 8.933 178.7 2 10.21 122.5 21/2 12.76 153.1 3 15.31 183.8 4 20.42 245.0 5 25.52 306.3 6 30.63 367.5

Hot rolled normalizedPhysical Condition DSurface Condition 1

1 x 6 20.42 408.4 13/4 x 3 17.89 357.3 6 35.73 714.7 2 x 21/2 17.02 340.3 3 20.42 408.4 4 27.23 544.5 5 34.03 680.6 6 40.84 816.8 21/2 x 3 25.52 510.5 4 34.03 680.6 3 x 4 40.84 816.8 5 51.05 1021 6 61.26 1225 4 x 6 81.68 1634

Page 108: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 6

4130AircrAft Alloy SHeetS & PlAteS

AMS 6351 (cond A) unS g41300AMS 6345 (cond n) AMS 6350 (cond MA)

color Marking Hot Rolled Condition N (Normalized)-Corner striped Black and Red Hot Rolled Condition A (Annealed)-Corner striped Green and Yellow Cold Rolled Condition N (Normalized)-Corner striped Pink Cold Rolled Condition A (Annealed)-Corner striped Blue and Gold4130 sheets and plates are made from quality steel melted to meet the rigid stan-dards of the aircraft industry. They are carefully rolled and inspected to be free from laminations and tears. They are also free from pits, blisters, grooves, and seams which cannot be removed without reducing their thickness below the minimum permissible dimensional tolerance limits.

AnAlySiS c Mn P S Si cr Mo

.28/.33 .40/.60 .025 Max. .025 Max. .20/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25

APPlicAtionS — Intended for general use where welding and moderate tensile properties are required. Sheet is used where 168,000 psi minimum tensile strength is required in sections up to .125” thick, and where proportionately lower strength is required in heavier thickness.

Mechanical ProPerties — Minimum mechanical properties are as follows: tensile yield elongation condition Strength (psi) Strength (psi) % in 2”

A — Annealed 85,000 max. — — n — Normalized - up to .062” 95,000 min. 75,000 8 over .062” to .125” 95,000 min. 75,000 10 over .125” to .187” 95,000 min. 75,000 12 over .187” to .249” 90,000 min. 70,000 15 over .249” to .749” 90,000 min. 70,000 16 over .749” to 1.50” 90,000 min. 70,000 18

HeAt treAtMent Normalize-1600º/1700ºF Quench-Oil Austenitize-1500º/1600ºF Temper-700º/1250ºF

4130 AircrAft Alloy SHeetS And PlAteSHot rolled — descaled and oiled

cold rolled — oiledCondition N (Normalized) or Condition A (Annealed)

Stock Widths: 18”, 24”, 36”, 72”, 84”, 96”Stock Lengths: 72”, 144”, 240”

thickness estimated Weight, lbs. in Per Per Sheet inches Sq. ft. 24x72” 36x72” Sheets .025 1.020 12.2 18.4 .032 1.306 15.7 23.5 .036 1.469 17.6 26.4 .040 1.632 19.6 29.4 .050 2.040 24.5 36.7 .063 2.570 30.8 46.3 .071 2.897 34.8 52.2 .080 3.264 39.2 58.8 .090 3.672 44.1 66.1 .100 4.080 49.0 73.4 .125 5.100 61.2 91.8 .160 6.528 78.3 118 .190 7.752 93.0 140

thickness estimated Weight, lbs. in Per Per Plate inches Sq. ft. 36x72” 72x144”

Plates .250 10.21 184 735 .312 12.76 230 919 .375 15.31 276 1102 .500 20.42 368 1470 .625 25.52 459 1837 .750 30.63 551 2205 .875 35.73 643 2573 1.000 40.84 735 2940 1.125 45.94 827 3308 1.250 51.05 919 3676 1.500 61.26 1103 4411 1.750 71.47 1286 5146 2.000 81.68 1470 5881 2.250 91.89 1654 6616 2.500 102.1 1838 7351 2.750 112.3 2021 8086 3.000 122.5 2205 8820 3.500 142.9 2572 10289 4.000 163.4 2941 11765 4.500 183.8 3308 13234 5.000 204.2 3676 14702 6.000 245.0 4410 17640

Page 109: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 7

4140

AircrAft QuAlity Alloy BArS

unS g41400

AMS-S-5626 AMS 6382 AMS 2301

color Marking

Normalized Bars — Ends painted GrayAnnealed Bars — Ends painted Brown

This chromium molybdenum alloy is a deep hardening steel used where strength and impact toughness are required. It has high fatigue strength making it suitable for critical stressed applications at normal as well as elevated temperatures. For increased resistance to wear and abrasion, it may be nitrided.

This grade is a quality product melted under the best of steelmaking practices for aircraft quality steels. It is vacuum degassed to meet the magnetic particle inspection standards of AMS 2301.

AnAlySiS

c Mn P S Si cr Mo

.38/.43 .75/1.00 .025 Max. .025 Max. .20/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25

APPlicAtionS — Intended for general use for parts with sections 1/2” or less in thickness at time of heat treatment which require a through-hardening steel capable of developing hardness as high as Rockwell “C” 50; also for fittings and forgings of greater hardness or variation in thickness at proportionately lower hardness. It is frequently used in applications in which 8640 is specified.

HArdenABility — End-quench hardenability values for this grade are Rockwell “C” 50 minimum at 6/16” and Rockwell “C” 44 minimum at 9/16”.

HeAt treAtMent Normalize — 1600º/1700ºF Austenitize — 1525º/1600ºF Quench — Oil Temper — 700º/1300ºF

4140 AircrAft SQuAreSStock Lengths 12’ and 20’

Annealed & cold fin. Physical Condition C Surface Condition 4 Maximum Brinell 241

Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. inches foot Bar

3/8 .4790 5.74 1/2 .8508 10.21 5/8 1.329 15.95 3/4 1.914 22.97 1 3.403 40.84 1/4 5.318 63.81 1/2 7.657 91.89

Hot rolled normalized Physical Condition D Surface Condition 1

Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 20-ft. inches foot Bar

13/4 10.42 208.4 2 13.61 272.3 1/4 17.23 344.6 1/2 21.27 425.4 3 30.63 612.6 1/2 41.69 833.8 4 54.45 1089 5 85.08 1702 6 122.5 2450

Page 110: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4140 AircrAft BArS AMS-S-5626 (Continued)

4140 AircrAft roundSStock Lengths 12’ to 20’

Ann. & cold finished Hot rolled normalized Physical Condition C Physical Condition D Surface Condition 4 Surface Condition 1 Maximum Brinell 241 est. Weight, lbs. est. Weight, lbs. est. Weight, lbs. Size Size Size in Per 12-ft. in Per 20-ft. in Per 20-ft. inches foot Bar inches foot Bar inches foot Bar

1/4 .1671 2.005 5/16 .2610 3.132 3/8 .3759 4.510 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.19 1 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.8 2 10.69 128.3 1/4 13.53 162.4 1/2 16.71 200.5 3/4 20.21 242.6 3 24.06 288.7

4140 AircrAft HexAgonS Stock Lengths 12’ Approx. Ann. & cold finished Physical Condition C Surface Condition 4 Maximum Brinell 241 est. Weight, lbs. Size in Per 12-ft. inches foot Bar

1/2 .7368 8.842 9/16 .9325 11.19 5/8 1.151 13.82 3/4 1.658 19.89 7/8 2.257 27.08 15/16 2.590 31.08 1 2.947 35.37 1/4 4.605 55.26 3/8 5.572 66.87 1/2 6.631 79.56 5/8 7.783 93.39 3/4 9.026 108.3 7/8 10.36 124.3 2 11.79 141.5

Sec. H Page 8

1 2.673 53.46 1/8 3.383 67.66 1/4 4.176 83.53 3/8 5.053 101.1 1/2 6.014 120.3 5/8 7.058 141.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 7/8 9.397 187.9 2 10.69 213.8 1/8 12.07 241.4 1/4 13.53 270.6 3/8 15.08 301.5 1/2 16.71 334.1 5/8 18.42 368.4 3/4 20.21 404.3 7/8 22.09 441.9 3 24.06 481.1 1/4 28.23 564.6 1/2 32.74 654.8 3/4 37.59 751.7

4 42.77 855.3 1/4 48.28 956.6 1/2 54.13 1083 3/4 60.31 1206 5 66.82 1336 1/4 73.67 1473 1/2 80.86 1617 6 96.22 1924 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 2259 7 131.0 2619 1/2 150.4 3007 8 171.1 3421 1/2 193.1 3862 9 216.5 4330 10 267.3 5346 1/2 294.7 5894 11 323.4 6468 12 384.9 7698

4140 AircrAft flAtS Stock Lengths: C.F. — 12’ H.R. — 20’

Annealed & cold finishedPhysical Condition C — Surface Condition 4

Maximum Brinell 241 est. Weight, lbs. est. Weight, lbs. Size Size in Per 12-ft. in Per 20-ft. inches foot Bar inches foot Bar

3/8 x 2 2.552 30.63 1/2 x 1 1.702 20.42 1 1/2 2.552 30.63 2 3.403 40.84 2 1/2 4.254 51.05 3 5.105 61.26 4 6.806 81.68 5 8.508 102.1 6 10.21 122.5 3/4 x 1 2.552 30.63 1 1/4 3.191 38.29 1 1/2 3.829 45.94 2 5.105 61.26 2 1/2 6.381 76.57 3 7.657 91.89 4 10.21 122.5 5 12.76 153.1 6 15.31 183.8 1 x 1 1/4 4.254 51.05 1 1/2 5.105 61.26 1 3/4 5.956 71.47 2 6.806 81.68 2 1/2 8.508 102.1 3 10.21 122.5 4 13.61 163.4 5 17.02 204.2 6 20.42 245.0

11/4 x 2 8.508 102.1 21/2 10.64 127.6 3 12.76 153.1 4 17.02 204.2 6 25.52 306.311/2 x 2 10.21 122.5 21/2 12.76 153.1 3 15.31 183.8 4 20.42 245.0 5 25.52 306.3 6 30.63 367.5

Hot rolled normalizedPhys. Cond. D, Surf. Cond. 1

2 x 21/2 17.02 340.3 3 20.42 408.4 4 27.23 544.5 5 34.03 680.6 6 40.84 816.821/2 x 3 25.52 510.5 4 34.03 680.6 6 51.05 10213 x 4 40.84 816.8 5 51.05 1021 6 61.26 12254 x 6 81.68 1634

Page 111: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 9

e-4340

unS g43406

AircrAft QuAlity BArS

AMS-S-5000 AMS 2301

color Marking: Ends painted Yellow

e-4340 VAr (ceVM)

PreMiuM AircrAft QuAlity

AMS 6414 AMS 2300

color Marking: Ends painted Red with Gold Stripe

This Chromium nickel molybdenum alloy is widely used deep-hardening constructional steel. It is used at a variety of strength levels and at each level possesses remarkable ductility and toughness. With its high alloy content uniform hardness is developed by heat treatment in relatively heavy sections. High fatigue strength makes E-4340 ideal for highly stressed parts. It maintains its strength and hardness at elevated temperatures.

This grade is available as electric furnace vacuum degassed steel to meet the high aircraft quality standards of AMS 2301. Thus, it is suitable for the fabrication of parts which may be subjected to magnetic particle inspection.

This grade is also available as a Premium Aircraft Quality product. The regular air-craft quality material is remelted in a vacuum using consumable electrode practice. This results in a much cleaner steel meeting the magnetic particle test requirements of AMS-2300 and insures a steel of the highest quality with excellent transverse duc-tility and toughness at high strength levels.

AnAlySiS c Mn P S Si cr ni Mo

.38/.43 .65/.85 .025 Max. .025 Max. .15/.30 .70/.90 1.65/2.00 .20/.30

APPlicAtionS — Intended for parts with sections 31/2” or less in thickness at time of heat treatment, which require a through-hardening steel capable of developing minimum hardness of Rockwell “C” 30. Premium Aircraft Quality is intended for use in the manufacturing of highly stressed parts at higher strength levels, such as 260/280,000 psi and where a much cleaner steel is desired.

HArdenABility — End-quench hardenability values for this grade are Rockwell “C” 50 minimum at 20/16” and Rockwell “C” 45 minimum at 32/16”.

HeAt treAtMent Normalize — 1650ºF Austenitize — 1500ºF Quench — Oil, 140ºF maximum Temper — 400/500ºF for 260,000 psi strength level 725ºF minimum for lower strength levels

Page 112: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 10

e-4340 AircrAft BArS AMS-S-5000 (Continued)e-4340 AircrAft SQuAreS

Stock Lengths: Cold Finished — 12’ Hot Rolled — 20’

norm. & temp. c.f. Phys. Cond. E, Surf. Cond. 4 Maximum Brinell 265 Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. inches foot Bar

5/8 1.329 15.59

3/4 1.914 22.97

1 3.403 40.84

1/4 5.318 63.81

1/2 7.657 91.89

e-4340 AircrAft roundSSpecial Quality

Stock Lengths 12’ and 20’ norm. & temp. c.f. Phys. Cond. E, Surf. Cond. 4 Maximum Brinell 265

Size est. Weight., lbs. Size est. Weight., lbs. Size est. Weight., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. in Per 20-ft. in Per 20-ft.inches foot Bar inches foot Bar inches foot Bar

1/4 .1671 2.005 5/16 .2610 3.132 3/8 .3759 4.510 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.82 10.69 128.3 1/8 12.07 144.8 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 3/4 20.21 242.6 7/8 22.09 265.13 24.06 288.7 1/4 28.23 338.8 1/2 32.74 392.9 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2

3/4 1.504 30.07 7/8 2.046 40.931 2.673 53.46 1/8 3.383 67.66 1/4 4.176 83.53 3/8 5.053 101.1 1/2 6.014 120.3 5/8 7.058 141.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 7/8 9.397 187.92 10.69 213.8 1/8 12.07 241.4 1/4 13.53 270.6 3/8 15.08 301.5 1/2 16.71 334.1 5/8 18.42 368.4 3/4 20.21 404.3 7/8 22.09 441.93 24.06 481.1 1/8 26.10 522.0 1/4 28.23 564.6 3/8 30.45 608.9 1/2 32.74 654.8 5/8 35.12 702.5 3/4 37.59 751.7

4 42.77 855.3 1/4 48.28 965.6 1/2 54.13 1083 3/4 60.31 12065 66.82 1336 1/4 73.67 1474 1/2 80.86 1617 3/4 88.37 17676 96.22 1924 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 24367 131.0 2619 1/2 150.4 30078 171.1 3421 1/2 193.1 3862 3/4 204.6 40939 216.5 4330 1/2 241.2 482410 267.3 5346 1/2 294.7 589411 323.4 6468 1/2 353.5 707012 384.9 7698 1/2 417.6 835313 451.7 903414 523.9 10478

H.r. norm. & temp. Phys. Cond. E. Surf. Cond. 1 Maximum Brinell 235 Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 20-ft. inches foot Bar

13/4 10.42 208.4 2 13.61 272.3 1/4 17.23 344.6 1/2 21.27 425.4 3/4 25.74 514.7 3 36.63 612.6 1/2 41.69 833.8 4 54.45 1089 5 85.08 1702 6 122.5 2450

H.r. norm. & temp.Phys. Cond. E. Surf. Cond. 1

Maximum Brinell 235

Page 113: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 11

e-4340 AircrAft HexAgonS

Stock Lengths 12’ Approx.

normalized & tempered cold finishedPhysical Condition E - Surface Condition 4

Maximum Brinell 265

Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. inches foot Bar

1/2 .7368 8.842 5/8 1.151 13.82 3/4 1.658 19.89 7/8 2.257 27.08 15/16 2.590 31.08 1 2.947 35.37 1/16 3.327 39.93 1/8 3.730 44.76

e-4340 AircrAft flAtS

Stock Lengths 12’ and 20’

normalized & tempered cold finished Physical Condition E - Surface Condition 4 Maximum Brinell 265

Size est. Weight., lbs. Size est. Weight., lbs. Size est. Weight., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 20-ft.inches foot Bar inches foot Bar inches foot Bar1/4 x 1 .8508 10.21 2 1.702 20.423/8 x 1 1.276 15.31 11/2 1.914 22.97 2 2.552 30.631/2 x 1 1.702 20.42 11/2 2.552 30.63 2 3.403 40.84 21/2 4.254 51.05 3 5.105 61.26 4 6.806 81.68 5 8.508 102.1 6 10.21 122.55/8 x 1 2.127 25.52 11/2 3.191 38.29 2 4.254 51.053/4 x 1 2.552 30.63 11/2 3.829 45.94 2 5.105 61.26 21/2 6.381 76.57 3 7.657 91.89 4 10.21 122.5 5 12.76 153.1 6 15.31 183.8

1 x 11/4 4.254 51.05 11/2 5.105 61.26 13/4 5.956 71.47 2 6.806 81.68 21/2 8.508 102.1 3 10.21 122.5 4 13.61 163.4 5 17.02 204.2 6 20.42 245.0

11/4 x 11/2 6.381 76.57 2 8.508 102.1 21/2 10.64 127.6 3 12.76 153.1 31/2 14.89 178.7 4 17.02 204.2 5 21.27 255.2 6 25.52 306.3

11/2 x 2 10.21 122.5 21/2 12.76 153.1 3 15.31 183.8 4 20.42 245.0 5 25.52 306.3 6 30.63 367.5

11/2 x 21/2 12.76 255.2 4 20.42 408.4

2 x 21/2 17.02 340.3 3 20.42 408.4 31/2 23.82 476.4 4 27.23 544.5 5 34.03 680.6 6 40.84 816.8

21/2 x

3 25.52 510.5 31/2 29.78 595.6 4 34.03 680.6 6 51.05 1021

3 x

4 40.84 816.8 5 51.05 1021 6 61.26 1225

31/2 x

6 71.47 1429

4 x

5 68.06 1361 6 81.68 1634

Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. inches foot Bar

1 1/4 4.605 55.26 3/8 5.572 66.87 1/2 6.631 79.56 5/8 7.783 93.39 3/4 9.026 108.3 2 11.79 141.5 1/4 14.92 179.0 1/2 18.42 221.0

H.r. norm. & temp.Phys. Cond. E. Surf. Cond. 1

Maximum Brinell 235

Page 114: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 12

e-4340AircrAft Alloy PlAteS

unS g43406

AMS 6359

color Marking: Corner striped AluminumThese plates are rolled from highest quality steel, manufactured by the electric furnace process, to meet the rigid standards of the aircraft industry. They are uni-form in quality and condition and are free from internal and external defects that would be detrimental to the fabrication or performance of parts.

The plates are produced by rolling on large “sheared plate” mills. As the slab is reduced in thickness, it is cross-worked to produce a quality plate that is sound and dense with excellent properties in both longitudinal and transverse directions.

AnAlySiS c Mn P S Si cr ni Mo .38/.43 .60/.80 .025 Max. .025 Max. .15/.35 .70/.90 1.65/2.00 .20/.30

APPlicAtionS — Intended for use in the manufacturing of highly stressed aircraft parts requiring good hardenability as well as parts requiring high ultimate tensile strength.

forMABility — This material in thicknesses up to 3/4” shall withstand being bent 90º around a diameter equal to its nominal thickness, both perpendicular and parallel to the direction of rolling.

HeAt treAtMent — To develop the highest strength (260,000 psi minimum ultimate) with the best combination of mechanical properties in both transverse and longitudinal directions, the following thermal treatment is recommended: Normalize — 1650ºF ± 25º Austenitize — 1500ºF ± 25º Quench — Oil, 140ºF maximum Temper — 400/500ºF for 260,000 psi strength level 725ºF minimum for lower strength levels For lower strength levels, higher tempering temperatures may be used.

e-4340 AircrAft Alloy PlAteSHot rolled, Annealed and descaled

thickness Per Per in Square Square inches inch foot

.250 .0709 10.21 .375 .1064 15.31 .500 .1418 20.42 .625 .1773 25.52 .750 .2127 30.63 .875 .2481 35.73 1.00 .2836 40.84 1.25 .3545 51.05 1.50 .4254 61.26 1.75 .4963 71.47 2.00 .5672 81.68 2.25 .6381 91.89 2.50 .7090 102.1 2.75 .7799 112.3 3.00 .8508 122.5 3.50 .9926 142.9 4.00 1.1344 163.4 4.50 1.2762 183.8 5.00 1.4180 204.2 6.00 1.7016 245.0

Page 115: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 13

4620

AircrAft QuAlity Alloy BArS

unS g46200

AMS 6294 AMS 2301

color Marking: Ends painted Purple

This nickel molybdenum alloy is a carburizing steel capable of developing high case hardness and core toughness. It responds well to carburizing and hardening to produce a case of uniform hardness with relative freedom from distortion.

It is produced by the best steelmaking practice for aircraft quality steels, and is then vacuum degassed to meet the magnetic particle inspection standards of AMS 2301.

AnAlySiS

c Mn P S Si ni Mo

.17/.22 .45/.65 .025 Max. .025 Max. .15/.35 1.65/2.00 .20/.30

APPlicAtionS — Intended for use in the manufacturing of carburized parts where core strength and toughness is desired.

HArdenABility — Test Specimens 1/8” and 3/8” in thickness will develop Rockwell “C” hardness of 32 to 48 when normalized and oil quenched from 1550ºF.

HeAt treAtMent Normalize — 1700ºF Carburize — 1700ºF Austenitize — 1550ºF Quench — Oil Temper — 300ºF for maximum strength and hardness 450ºF for maximum core toughness

4620 AircrAft QuAlity roundSStock Lengths 12’ Approx.

cold drawn Physical Condition B Surface Condition 4

Size est. Weight., lbs. Size est. Weight., lbs. Size est. Weight., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft.inches foot Bar inches foot Bar inches foot Bar

5/16 .2610 3.132 3/8 .3759 4.510 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 7/8 2.046 24.56 1 2.673 32.07 1/8 3.383 40.59 1/4 4.176 50.12 3/8 5.053 60.64 1/2 6.014 72.17

Hot rolled Physical Condition B Surface Condition 1

1 1/8 3.383 40.59 1/4 4.176 50.12 3/8 5.053 60.64 1/2 6.014 72.17 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.82 10.69 128.3 1/8 12.07 144.8 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.6 7/8 22.09 265.1

3 24.06 288.7 1/4 28.23 338.8 1/2 32.74 392.9 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 1/2 54.13 649.5 3/4 60.31 723.15 66.82 801.9 1/2 80.86 970.26 96.22 1155 1/2 112.9 13557 131.0 15728 171.1 2053

Page 116: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 14

9310

unS g93106

Mil-S-7393 AMS 6260 AMS 2301

color Marking: Ends painted Red and White

9310 VAr (ceVM)

PreMiuM AircrAft QuAlity Alloy BArS

Mil-S-7393 AMS 6265 AMS 6267 AMS 2300

color Marking: Ends painted Purple with Yellow Stripe

This chromium nickel molybdenum alloy is primarily a carburizing grade capable of attaining high case hardness with high core strength and toughness. Its high alloy content makes it suitable for components with relatively heavy sections. The combination of high alloy content and low carbon makes it possible to achieve a high core hardness with a narrow hardness range between heavier and thinner sections.

It is an alloy that offers strength with excellent toughness and ductility, and it may be used to advantage without carburizing. Carburized, a highly wear resistant case is produced which is useful in extremely difficult applications.

The AIRCRAFT QUALITY grade is produced following the best electric furnace steel making practices. It is vacuum degassed to insure meeting the magnetic par-ticle standards of AMS 2301.

This grade is also available as a Premium Aircraft Quality product using the consum-able electrode vacuum remelting process. This results in a much cleaner steel meeting the magnetic particle test requirements of AMS 2300 and insures a steel of the highest quality with excellent transverse ductility and toughness at high strength levels.

AnAlySiS

c Mn P S Si cr ni Mo .07/.13 .40/.70 .025 Max. .025 Max. .15/.35 1.00/1.40 3.00/3.50 .08/.15

APPlicAtionS — Intended primarily for critical carburized parts requiring high minimum core hardness with a relatively narrow hardness range. Also where rigid magnetic particle inspection standards are utilized in final inspection.

Premium Aircraft Quality is used where even more stringent cleanliness is required, as well as for highly stressed parts requiring greater transverse ductility and toughness.

HArdenABility — End-quench hardenability values are Rockwell “C” 43 maximum at 1/16” and Rockwell “C” 31 minimum at 6/16”.

HeAt treAtMent Normalize — 1700ºF Carburize — 1700ºF Austenitize — 1500ºF Quench — Oil Temper — 300ºF for maximum strength and hardness 450ºF for maximum core toughness

Page 117: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 15

9310 (Continued)

9310 AircrAft roundSnormalized & tempered or Annealed

Stock Lengths 12’ to 20’ Approx.

est. Weight, lbs. est. Weight, lbs. est. Weight, lbs. Size Size Size in Per 12-ft. in Per 20-ft. in Per 20-ft. inches foot Bar inches foot Bar inches foot Bar

cold drawn or c.g. Hot rolled Hot rolled Physical Condition E Physical Condition E Physical Condition E Surface Condition 4 Surface Condition1 Surface Condition1 1/2 .6682 8.019

5/8 1.044 12.53

3/4 1.504 18.04

7/8 2.046 24.56

1 2.673 32.07

1/8 3.383 40.59

1/4 4.176 50.12

3/8 5.053 60.64

1/2 6.014 72.17

5/8 7.058 84.70

3/4 8.186 98.23

11/2 6.014 120.3 5/8 7.058 141.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 2 10.69 213.8 1/8 12.07 241.4 1/4 13.53 270.6 3/8 15.08 301.5 1/2 16.71 334.1 5/8 18.42 368.4 3/4 20.21 404.3 3 24.06 481.1 1/4 28.23 564.6 1/2 32.74 654.8 3/4 37.59 751.7 4 42.77 855.3 1/4 48.28 965.6 1/2 54.13 1083 3/4 60.31 1206

5 66.82 1336 1/4 73.67 1473 1/2 80.86 1617 3/4 88.37 1767 6 96.22 1924 1/4 104.4 2088 1/2 112.9 2259 3/4 121.8 2436 7 131.0 2619 1/2 150.4 3007 8 171.1 3421 1/2 193.1 3862 3/4 204.6 4093 9 216.5 4336 1/2 241.2 4824 3/4 254.1 5082 10 267.3 5346

Page 118: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 16

e-52100AircrAft QuAlity Alloy BArS

unS g15216 g52986AMS-S-7420 AMS 6440 AMS 2301 AStM A295

color Marking: Ends painted Gold and Green

This high carbon, high chromium alloy is produced by the electric furnace process and then vacuum degassed to meet the rigid standards of the aircraft industry for bearing applications. This steel develops high hardness and has exceptional resis-tance to wear and abrasion. In smaller sections it has high compressive strength. Because of high carbon content, bars are furnished in the spheroidize annealed condition in order to provide the best possible machinability.

AnAlySiS c Mn P S Si cr .95/1.10 .25/.45 .025 Max. .025 Max. .15/.35 1.30/1.60

APPlicAtionS — Intended for use in ball or roller bearings and similar applications.

HeAt treAtMent Anneal — 1400ºF/1450ºF very slow cool Austenitize — 1525ºF/1575ºF Quench — Oil, 140ºF maximum Temper — 350º/450ºF for maximum hardness

e-52100 AircrAft roundS Spheroidize Annealed

Stock Lengths 12’ and 20’ cold drawn Hot rolled Physical Condition E Physical Condition E Surface Condition 4 Surface Condition 1 Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. inches foot Bar

1/4 .1671 2.005

5/16 .2610 3.132

3/8 .3759 4.510

7/16 .5116 6.139

1/2 .6682 8.019

9/16 .8457 10.15

5/8 1.044 12.53

11/16 1.263 15.16

3/4 1.504 18.04

13/16 1.765 21.17

7/8 2.046 24.56

15/16 2.349 28.19

1 2.673 32.07

Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. inches foot Bar

1 1/16 3.017 36.21

1/8 3.383 40.59

3/16 3.769 45.23

1/4 4.176 50.12

5/16 4.604 55.25

3/8 5.053 60.64

7/16 5.523 66.28

1/2 6.014 72.17

5/8 7.058 84.70

3/4 8.186 98.23

7/8 9.397 112.8

2 10.69 128.3

3 24.06 288.7

Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 20-ft. inches foot Bar

1 1/4 4.176 83.53 3/4 8.186 163.7 7/8 9.397 189.9

2 10.69 213.8

1/4 13.53 270.6

1/2 16.71 334.1

5/8 18.42 368.4

3/4 20.21 404.3

7/8 22.09 441.9

3 24.06 481.1

1/4 28.23 564.6

1/2 32.74 654.8

3/4 37.59 751.7

4 42.77 855.3

Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 20-ft. inches foot Bar

4 1/4 48.28 965.6

1/2 54.13 1083

3/4 60.31 1206

5 66.82 1336

1/4 73.67 1473

1/2 80.86 1617

3/4 88.37 1767

6 96.22 1924

1/4 104.4 2088

1/2 112.9 2259

7 131.0 2619

1/2 150.4 3007

8 171.1 3421

1/2 193.1 3862

9 216.5 4330

Page 119: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 17

4330 Modified V A rPreMiuM AircrAft QuAlity BArS

AMS 6411 AMS 6427 AMS 2300color Marking: Ends painted gold with Pink Stripe

This Grade is a chromium-nickel-molybdenum alloy modified by the addition of vanadium. It is a high strength alloy with good ductility and impact strength. The low-ering of the carbon content from the more common .40 percent level improves its tough-ness and ductility, and it also limits the strength level to which the alloy can be used.

It is available as a consumable electrode vacuum remelted product. This method of melting improves the transverse ductility of the grade at its high usable strength. It also improves the non-metallic cleanliness, making it the most appropriate for the fabrication of parts subjected to magnetic particle inspection.

AnAlySiS P S c Mn Max. Max. Si cr ni Mo V .23/.33 .80/1.00 .015 .015 .20/.35 .75/.95 1.65/2.00 .35/.50 .05/.10

APPlicAtionS — Intended for high strength structural applications with good ductility and relatively high impact strength. In order to insure through-hardening characteristics when oil quenched, it may be used in section thicknesses up to 21/2” diameter round at time of heat treatment.

HArdenABility — End-quench hardenability values are Rockwell “C” 49 minimum at 14/16” and Rockwell “C” 45 minimum at 24/16”.

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS — Response to heat treatment and transverse ductility of this alloy are evaluated by means of tension tests performed on samples taken from mid-radius location of the top and bottom of marker billets. After heat treatment, the following transverse tensile properties are attained: % reduction of Area cross Section tensile yield Average lowest Area Strength Strength All Single Square inches psi min. psi. min. tests test Up to 144”, incl. 220,000 185,000 35 min. 30 Over 144” to 225” 220,000 185,000 30 min. 25 Over 225” 220,000 185,000 25 min. 20 elongation reduction V-charpy % in 2” of Area % ft. lbs. Longitudinal 220,000 185,000 10 min. 35 min. 15 min. properties

HeAt treAtMent Normalize — 1700ºF; Austenitize — 1600ºF; Quench — Oil, 150ºF maximum Temper — 575ºF minimum for 220,000 min. psi strength level 850ºF minimum for 180,000 min. psi strength level 4330 Mod VAr PreMiuM AircrAft QuAlity roundS

normalized and temperedPhysical condition eStock Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. inches foot Bar

centerless ground Surface Condition 4 1/2 .6682 8.019 5/8 1.044 12.53 3/4 1.504 18.04 7/8 2.046 24.56 1 2.673 32.07 1/8 3.383 40.59 1/4 4.176 50.12 3/8 5.053 60.64 1/2 6.014 72.17 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.8

Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 12-ft. inches foot Bar

Hot rolled Surface Condition 1 2 10.69 128.3 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.6 7/8 22.09 265.1 3 24.06 288.7 1/4 28.23 338.8 1/2 32.74 392.9 4 42.77 513.2 1/2 54.13 649.5 5 66.82 801.9 6 96.22 1155

Page 120: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 18

300M V A r (ceVM)(e4340 Modified)

AMS 6417 AMS 2300color Marking: Ends painted Brown and Yellow Stripe

This steel is a chromium-nickel-molybdenum alloy similar to 4340, but modified by the addition of vanadium and a higher silicon content. The silicon acts to displace the 500º F temper embrittlement range to higher temperatures. The overall alloy content acts to produce higher strength levels without the necessity of increasing the carbon content. Thus, this alloy offers a combination of toughness and ductility at high strength levels. It is a deep hardening steel with excellent torque properties. It has high fatigue and creep characteristics and maintains its strength at moder-ately high temperatures.

This grade is available as a consumable electrode vacuum remelted product. This insures a steel of the highest quality with excellent transverse ductility and tough-ness at high strength levels. It also insures the non-metallic cleanliness of this alloy meeting AMS 2300, thus making it most suitable for the fabrication of parts subjected to magnetic particle inspection.

AnAlySiS P S c Mn Max. Max. Si cr ni Mo V .40/.43 .65/.90 .010 .010 1.45/1.80 .70/.95 1.65/2.00 .35/.45 .05/.10

APPlicAtionS — Intended for ultra high strength structural applications with sections 3” or less in thickness at the time of heat treatment in order to insure through-hardening characteristics.

HArdenABility — End-Quench hardenability values are Rockwell “C” 55 minimum at 8/16” and Rockwell “C” 53 minimum at 20/16”.

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS — Response to heat treatment and transverse ductility of this alloy are assured by means of tension tests performed on samples taken from mid-radius and center location of the top and bottom of billets or bars. After heat treatment, the following properties are attained: % reduction of Area tensile yield Average lowest nominal Strength Strength All Single Area psi min. psi. min. tests test Up to 100 sq. in. 280,000 230,000 30 min. 25 100 to 144 sq. in. 280,000 230,000 25 min. 20

HeAt treAtMent Normalize-1700º F Austenitize-1600º F Quench-Oil, 140º F maximum Temper-500º/600º F for 270,000 psi strength level

300M VAr Aircraft roundsnormalized and tempered

Physical Condition EStock Lengths 12’ Approx.

centerless ground Surface Condition 4

Size est. Weight., lbs. Size est. Weight., lbs. Size est. Weight., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft. in Per 12-ft.inches foot Bar inches foot Bar inches foot Bar

1/2 .6682 8.019 3/4 1.504 18.04 1 2.673 32.07 1/8 3.383 40.59 1/4 4.176 50.12 3/8 5.053 60.64 1/2 6.014 72.17 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23

Hot rolled Surface Condition 1

1 1/4 4.176 50.12 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.232 10.69 128.3 1/4 13.53 162.4 1/2 16.71 200.5 3/4 20.21 242.6

3 24.06 288.7 1/4 28.23 338.8 1/2 32.74 392.9 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 1/2 54.13 649.55 66.82 801.9 1/2 80.86 970.26 96.22 1155

Page 121: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 19

nitriding #3 (135 Modified)AircrAft QuAlity Alloy BArS

AMS-S-6709 AMS 6472 AMS 2301

color Marking: Ends painted Blue and Orange

Nitriding #3 (135 Modified) is a chromium-molybdenum aluminum alloy steel that can be heat treated to develop high core strength and then nitrided to produce extremely high case hardness. This combination of properties is useful when requirements call for high surface hardness for wear and abrasion, for strength and hardness at temperatures up to approximately 1000ºF, and for increased fatigue strength and resistance to corrosion.

AnAlySiS c Mn P S Si cr Mo Al .38/.43 .50/.70 .025 Max. .025 Max. .20/.40 1.40/1.80 . 3 0 / . 4 0 .95/1.30

APPlicAtionS — Used for nitrided parts requiring high surface hardness, resistance to heat, and less distortion than parts fabricated from steel requiring quenching to case harden.

HArdenABility — End quench hardenability values are Rockwell “C” 50 maximum at 8/16” and Rockwell “C” 45 minimum at 12/16”.

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS — The following properties apply to material in Physical Conditions F (hardened and tempered): tensile Strength yield Strength elongation reduction (psi) (psi) in 2” of Area

112,000 Min. 90,000 Min. 16% Min. 50% Min.

nitriding #3 (Modified) AircrAft QuAlity roundS

Stock Lengths 12’ Approx. Heat treated and cold finished Hot rolled

Physical Condition E Physical Condition E Surface Condition 4 Surface Condition 1 Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. inches foot Bar

3/8 .3759 4.510

1/2 .6682 8.019

5/8 1.044 12.53

3/4 1.504 18.04

7/8 2.046 24.56

1 2.673 32.07

1/8 3.383 40.59

3/16 3.769 45.23

1/4 4.176 50.12

Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 12-ft. inches foot Bar

1 3/8 5.053 60.64

1/2 6.014 72.17

5/8 7.058 84.70

3/4 8.186 98.23

2 10.69 128.3

1/4 13.53 162.4

1/2 16.71 200.5

3/4 20.21 242.6

Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 20-ft. inches foot Bar

1 5/8 7.058 141.2

3/4 8.186 163.7

7/8 9.397 189.9

2 10.69 213.8

1/8 12.07 241.4

1/4 13.53 270.6

3/8 15.08 301.5

1/2 16.71 334.1

3/4 20.21 404.3

3 24.06 481.1

Size est. Wt., lbs.

in Per 20-ft. inches foot Bar

3 1/4 28.23 564.6

1/2 32.74 654.8

3/4 37.59 751.7

4 42.77 855.3

1/4 48.28 965.6

1/2 54.13 1083

5 66.82 1336

1/2 80.86 1617

6 96.22 1924

1/2 112.9 2259

Page 122: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. H Page 20

HS 220-18SPeciAl QuAlity AircrAft Alloy BArS

AMS S 7108 AMS 6418 AMS 2301 dMS 1841color Marking: Ends painted Purple with Pink Stripe

HS 220-18 is a low carbon, high silicon, chromium-nickel-molybdenum alloy steel. It was one of the first grades developed in the high strength class, combining strength with toughness and ductility. It has relatively high impact resistance because of its low notch sensitivity at the high hardness at which this alloy is commonly used. It is available as a basic electric furnace air melt and vacuum degassed product to meet the high aircraft quality standards of AMS 2301. In addition, this alloy is produced as Special Aircraft Quality to insure transverse ductility and toughness.

AnAlySiS P S c Mn Max. Max. Si cr ni Mo .23/.28 1.20/1.50 .025 .025 1.30/1.70 .20/.40 1.65/2.00 .35/.45

APPlicAtionS — Intended for use in the manufacturing of parts and components requiring high strength and good ductility with relatively high impact strength at room and lower temperatures.

HArdenABility — End-quench hardenability values are Rockwell “C” 47 minimum at 8/16” and Rockwell “C” 45 minimum at 24/16”.

MecHAnicAl ProPertieS — Response to heat treatment and transverse ductility of this alloy are assured by tension tests performed on samples taken from the mid-radius and center location of the top and bottom of the first, middle, and last ingots of a heat. Results of the center tests are for information only. Results of the mid-radius tests after heat treatment are:

% reduction of Area tensile yield elonga- Average lowest Strength Strength tion in of All Single V-charpy (psi) (psi) 2” % tests Value ft. lbs.

220/245,000 185,000 Min. 5 Min. 20 Min. 15 12 Min.

HeAt treAtMent Normalize — 1725ºF Quench — Oil, 140ºF maximum Austenitize — 1600ºF Temper — 550/575ºF

HS 220-18 Aircraft roundsHot rolled normalized and tempered

Physical Condition ESurface Condition I

Stock Lengths 20’ Approx.

Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 20-ft. inches foot Bar

1/2 .6682 13.36 3/4 1.504 30.07 1 2.673 53.46 1/4 4.176 83.53 1/2 6.014 120.3 5/8 7.058 141.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 7/8 9.397 187.9

Size estimated Weight, lbs. in Per 20-ft. inches foot Bar

2 10.69 213.8 1/4 13.53 207.6 1/2 16.71 334.1 3/4 20.21 404.3 3 24.06 481.1 1/2 32.74 654.8 3/4 37.59 751.7 4 42.77 855.3

Page 123: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

I

Sec. I Page 1

SectIon I

StaInleSS SteelS anD SUPeR alloYS

cHRoMIUM nIcKel tYPeS

Type 203s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

Type 301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

Types 304, & 304L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Types 303S & 303Se. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

Types 316, 316L, 317, & 317L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15

Type 321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-18

Type 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19-21

cHRoMIUM nIcKel ManGaneSe MolYBDenUM

NITRONIC 50 (22-13-5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

StRaIGHt cHRoMIUM tYPeS

Type 410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23-24

Type 416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-27

Type 418 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-29

Type 431 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

Type 440C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

PRecIPItatIon HaRDenInG tYPeS

13-8 VAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32-33

17-4 AISI 630 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34-36

15-5 VAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

17-7 AISI 631 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38-39

SUPeR alloYS

A-286 VAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

6 AL - 4 V TITANIUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Page 124: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 203S — FRee MacHInInG

StaInleSS BaRS

UnS S20300

color Marking: Bars — Ends White with Red Stripe

Type 203S is a chromium — nickel — manganese — copper stainless steel modified by the addition of sulphur to improve machinability. It is austenitic and non-magnetic in the annealed condition. This grade is equivalent to 303 in regard to corrosion resistance. Machinability is equal to or better than 303 with higher speeds possible on automatic machines resulting in better finishes.

analYSIS c P Max. Mn Max. S Si .08 5.00/6.50 .04 .18/.35 .20/.70 Mo ni cr cu Max. 5.00/6.50 16.00/18.00 1.75/2.25 .50

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: AMS 5762, ASTM A 582, (XM1)

aPPlIcatIonS — The grade is used for parts requiring machining, grinding or polishing where good corrosion resistance is required. Provides an alternate choice to 303.

PRoPeRtIeS — Mechanical properties, corrosion resistance, machinability, weldability, and formality are all equivalent to 303.

tYPe 203Scondition a — annealedStock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs.

In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

cold Drawn

1/8 .0418 .5012

3/16 .0940 1.128

1/4 .1671 2.005

5/16 .2610 3.132

3/8 .3759 4.510

7/16 .5116 6.139

1/2 .6682 8.019

9/16 .8457 10.15

5/8 1.044 12.53

11/16 1.263 15.16

3/4 1.504 18.04

Ground

1/8 .0418 .5012

5/32 .0653 .7831

3/16 .0940 1.128

7/32 .1279 1.535

1/4 .1671 2.005

9/16 .8457 10.15

5/8 1.044 12.53

11/16 1.263 15.16

3/4 1.504 18.04

13/16 1.765 21.17

7/8 2.046 24.56

1 2.673 32.07

Ground (Continued)

11/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 1/2 6.014 72.17 3/4 8.186 98.23

2 10.69 128.3 1/4 13.53 162.4 1/2 16.71 200.5

3 24.06 288.7

Sec. I Page 2

Page 125: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 301

High tensile Stainless Sheets

UnS S30100

This is a “17-7” grade of chromium—nickel stainless steel, manufactured by the electric-furnace process. Sufficient discard is taken from each ingot to insure sound steel required to meet the exacting requirements of the aircraft industry. Type 301 is not hardenable by heat treatment, and the high tensile properties of the sheets are the result of cold working.

analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr ni cu Mo Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. .15 2.00 .045 .030 1.00 16.00/18.00 6.00/8.00 .50 .50

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: ASTM A 666, AMS 5518, AMS 5517.

aPPlIcatIonS — Structural parts where a corrosion-resisting steel is required but where gas or arc welding and elevated temperatures are not involved. This material is used in application requiring higher strength characteristics that are found in annealed sheets.

coRRoSIon ReSIStance — The corrosion-resisting properties of Type 301 are comparable to those of Type 304, data for which will be found on Page 4.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS

tensile Yield Min. elongation in 2” Strength Strength .015” thick .016” thick (psi) (psi) and Under and over Condition 1/4 Hard 125,000 Min. 75,000 Min. 25% 25% Condition 1/2 Hard 150,000 Min. 110,000 Min. 15% 18%

WelDaBIlItY — Easily welded by all the commercial processes except forge or hammer welding. The resulting weld has good toughness and ductility. Annealing is recommended after welding to maintain maximum corrosion resistance.

tYPe 301HIGH tenSIle SHeetS — 1/4 anD 1/2 HaRD

no. 2B Finish — Bright cold RolledStock Size 36” x 120”

thickness estimated Weight, lbs. in Per Per Inches Sq. Ft. Sheet

condition 1/4 Hard .012 .504 15.1 .016 .672 20.2 .0161 .676 20.3 .020 .840 25.2 .025 1.050 31.5 .032 1.344 40.3 .036 1.512 45.4 .040 1.680 50.4 .050 2.100 63.0 .063 2.646 79.4 .080 3.360 100.8 .090 3.780 113.4 .125 5.250 157.5

thickness estimated Weight, lbs. in Per Per Inches Sq. Ft. Sheet

condition 1/2 Hard .012 .504 15.1 .016 .672 20.2 .0161 .676 20.3 .020 .840 25.2 .025 1.050 31.5 .032 1.344 40.3 .036 1.512 45.4 .040 1.680 50.4 .050 2.100 63.0 .063 2.646 79.4 .080 3.360 100.8 .090 3.780 113.4 .125 5.250 157.5

Sec. I Page 3

Page 126: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPeS 304 anD 304lSheets, Plates, Bars, angles

UnS S30400, 30403color Marking

Type 304 Bars, Angles — Pink and WhiteType 304L Bars — Pink with Brown Stripe

Type 304 is the basic “18 — 8” chromium-nickel stainless steel. It combines excel-lent mechanical properties with remarkable resistance to many corrosive agents encountered in domestic and industrial use. It is non-magnetic in the annealed condition and not hardenable by heat treatment. Both hardness and tensile strength can be increased by cold working. This is an electric-furnace product manufactured to meet the exacting standards of the aircraft industry.

The analysis of Type 304 is similar to that of Type 304L except that Type 304L is modified by lowered carbon content. This provides good resistance to corrosion in welded construction where subsequent heat treatment is not practicable. Bars and Plates are available not only in the regular Type 304 analysis, but also in an extra low carbon analysis Type 304L. The advantage of this analysis is that it precludes any harmful precipitation in the 800º — 1500ºF range, such as might otherwise occur in welding heavier sections.

analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr ni cu Mo Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.304 .08 2.00 .040 .030 1.00 18.00/20.00 8.00/10.50 .75 .75304L .03 2.00 .040 .030 1.00 18.00/20.00 8.00/12.00 .75 .75

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: Sheets & Plates: AMS 5513, ASTM A 167, ASTM A 240 Bars: AMS 5639, ASTM A 276, ASTM A 479

aPPlIcatIonS — Used where corrosion resistance and good mechanical properties are primary requirements. These grades are widely accepted in such industries as dairy, beverage, and other food products where the highest degree of sanitation and cleanliness is of prime importance. Parts for handling acetic, nitric, and citric acids, organic and inorganic chemicals, dyestuffs, crude and refined oils, etc., are fabricat-ed from this material. Because of its lack of magnetism it is highly desirable for instruments. It is also widely used for architectural trim. Type 304 sheets are used in aircraft applications where corrosion resistance is required, but where gas or arc welding and elevated temperatures are not involved. Type 304L, as noted above,

finds particular use in applications requiring welding.

coRRoSIon ReSIStance — Types 304 and 304L show good resistance to cor-rosion. They are highly resistant to strong oxidizing acids, such as nitric acid, and resist attack by a wide variety of organic and inorganic chemicals. Maximum corro-sion resistance is obtained in the annealed condition. Intergranular corrosion may occur when material is heated within or cooled through the range of 800º to 1500ºF.

ReSIStance to ScalInG — Excellent scale resistance at temperatures up to 1600ºF in continuous service. Chromium-nickel grades have a high coefficient of expansion, which should be considered in designing.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — Applicable specifications require the following properties of sheets in the annealed condition:

tensile Min. elongation in 2” Strength .015” thick .016” thick .031” thick (psi) and Under to .030” and over Type 304 100,000 Max. 40% 40% 40%

In practice, annealed sheets and plates will average as follows: tensile Strength Yield Strength elongation Rockwell “B” (psi) (psi) in 2” Hardness 90,000 40,000 50% 85

MacHInaBIlItY — Types 304 and 304L have a machinability rating of approximately 45% with 1212 rated as 100%. Surface cutting speed on automatic screw machines is approximately 75 feet per minute.

Sec. I Page 4

Page 127: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPeS 304 anD 304l StaInleSS (Continued)

WelDaBIlItY — Easily welded by all the commercial processes except forging or hammer welding. The resulting weld had good toughness and ductility. Annealing is recommended after welding to maintain maximum corrosion resistance.

FoRMInG — These grades have very good drawing and stamping properties.

FoRGInG — Forge between 2100º and 2350ºF. Do not forge below 1700ºF.

annealInG — Annealing range is between 1850º and 2050ºF. Cool rapidly. Water should be used for heavier sections; air for lighter sections. The stress relieving range is between 400º and 750ºF.

tYPeS 304 & 304l StaInleSS SHeetSannealed (Physical condition a)

no. 2B Finish — Bright Cold Rolledno.2D Finish — Dull Cold Rolled

no. 3 Finish — Polished One Sideno. 4 Finish — Polished One Side

Width & est. Wt. thick- length lbs. per ness Inches Sheet

.016” (28 Ga.) .672 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 120 20.2 .0161” (27 Ga.) .676 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 120 20.3 .018” (26 Ga.) .756 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 18.1 120 22.7 .020” (25 Ga.) .840 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 120 25.2 .024” (24 Ga.) 1.008 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 24.2 120 30.2 48 x 96 32.3 120 40.3

tYPeS 304 & 304l PlateSHot Rolled,

annealed, and PickledStocked in Thicknesses from 3/16” through 41/2”,Widths from 48” to 96”, and Lengths up to 20’.

tYPeS 304 & 304l anGleSHot Rolled, annealed and Pickled

Stock Lengths 20” to 22” Size est. Wt., lbs. in Per 20-Ft. Inches Foot length

3/4 x 3/ 4x 1/8 .59 11.8 1 x 1 x 1/8 .80 16.0 3/16 1.16 23.2 1/4 1.49 29.8 11/4 x11/4 x1/8 1.01 20.2 3/16 1.48 29.6 1/4 1.92 38.4

Size est. Wt., lbs. in Per 20-Ft. Inches Foot length

11/2 x11/2 x1/8 1.23 24.6 3/16 1.80 36.0 1/4 2.34 46.82 x 2 x 1/8 1.65 33.0 3/16 2.44 48.8 1/4 3.19 63.8 3/8 4.70 94.0

Width & est. Wt. thick- length lbs. per ness Inches Sheet

.030” (22 Ga.) 1.260 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 30.2 120 37.8 48 x 96 40.3 120 50.4 .0351” (20 Ga.) 1.474 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 35.4 120 44.2 48 x 96 47.2 120 59.0 .040” (20 Ga.) 1.680 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 120 50.4 .048” (18 Ga.) 2.016 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 48.4 120 60.5 48 x 96 64.5 120 80.6 144 96.8

Width & est. Wt. thick- length lbs. per ness Inches Sheet

.060” (16 Ga.) 2.520 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 60.5 120 75.6 144 90.7 48 x 96 80.6 120 100.8 144 121.2 60 x 120 126.0 . 075” (14 Ga.) 3.150 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 75.6 120 94.5 48 x 96 100.8 120 126.0 144 151.2 .090” (13 Ga.) 3.780 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 90.7 120 113.4 48 x 96 121.0 120 151.2

Width & est. Wt. thick- length lbs. per ness Inches Sheet

.105” (12 Ga.) 4.410 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 105.8 120 132.3 48 x 96 141.1 120 176.4 144 211.7 60 x 144 264.6 .120” (11 Ga.) 5.040 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 121.0 120 151.2 48 x 96 161.2 120 201.6 144 241.9 60 x 120 252.0 .135” (10 Ga.) 5.670 Lb. Sq. Ft. 36 x 96 136.1 120 170.1 48 x 96 181.4 120 226.8 144 272.2 60 x 120 283.5

Size est. Wt., lbs. in Per 20-Ft. Inches Foot length

21/2x21/2x3/16 3.07 61.4 1/4 4.10 82.0 3/8 5.90 118.0 3 x 3 x 1/4 4.90 98.0 3/8 7.20 144.0 4 x 4 x 1/4 6.60 132.0 3/8 9.80 196.0 1/2 12.80 256.0

Sec. I Page 5

Page 128: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPeS 304 anD 304l StaInleSS (Continued) tYPeS 304 & 304l RoUnDS

conditioned a — annealedStock Lengths 10’ to 12’ and 20’ to 22’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar ann. & c.D. ann. & c.F. Hot Rolled, ann., Rough turned

1/8 .0418 .5012

5/32 .0653 .7831

3/16 .0940 1.128

7/32 .1279 1.535

1/4 .1671 2.005

5/16 .2610 3.132

11/32 .3158 3.790

3/8 .3759 4.510

7/16 .5116 6.139

1/2 .6682 8.019

9/16 .8457 10.15

5/8 1.044 12.53

11/16 1.263 15.16

3/4 1.504 18.04

tYPeS 304 & 304l tYPeS 304 & 304l c.D. HexaGonS SqUaReS cond. a — annealed cond. a — annealed Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’ Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

1/4 .1842 2.210

5/16 .2878 3.454

3/8 .4145 4.973

7/16 .5641 6.769

1/2 .7368 8.842

9/16 .9325 11.19

5/8 1.151 13.82

11/16 1.393 16.72

3/4 1.658 19.89

13/16 1.946 23.35

7/8 2.257 27.08

1 2.947 35.37

1/8 3.730 44.76

5/8 1.044 12.53 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70 11/16 7.612 91.34 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.42 10.69 128.3

2 1/8 12.07 144.8 3/16 12.79 153.5 1/4 13.53 162.4 5/16 14.29 171.5 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.6 7/8 22.09 265.13 24.06 288.7 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 3/8 30.45 365.3 1/2 32.74 392.9 5/8 35.12 421.5 3/4 37.59 451.0 7/8 40.14 481.64 42.77 513.2 1/8 45.48 545.8 1/4 48.28 579.3 3/8 51.16 613.9 1/2 54.13 649.5 5/8 57.18 686.1 3/4 60.31 723.7 7/8 63.52 762.3

5 66.82 801.9 1/4 73.67 884.0 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155 1/4 104.4 1253 1/2 112.9 1355 3/4 121.8 14617 131.0 1572 1/4 140.5 1686 1/2 150.4 1804 3/4 160.5 19268 171.1 2053 1/4 181.9 2183 1/2 193.1 23179 216.5 2598 1/2 241.2 289510 267.3 320711 323.4 388112 384.9 461913 451.7 542114 523.9 6287

1 1/4 4.605 55.26

3/8 5.572 66.87

1/2 6.631 79.56

5/8 7.783 93.39

3/4 9.026 108.3

7/8 10.36 124.3

2 11.79 141.5

1/4 14.92 179.0

1/2 18.42 221.0

5/8 20.31 243.7

3/4 22.29 267.5

7/8 24.36 292.3

3 26.53 318.3

ann. & c.D. 3/16 .1196 1.436 1/4 .2127 2.552 5/16 .3323 3.988 3/8 .4786 5.743 7/16 .6514 7.817 1/2 .8508 10.21 5/8 1.329 15.95 3/4 1.914 22.97 7/8 2.606 31.271 3.403 40.84 1/8 4.307 51.69 1/4 5.318 63.81 3/8 6.434 77.21 1/2 7.657 91.89 5/8 8.987 107.8 3/4 10.42 125.1 7/8 11.96 143.62 13.61 163.4 1/2 21.27 255.2

H.R., ann. & Pick.

2 13.61 163.4

1/4 17.23 206.7

1/2 21.27 255.2

3/4 25.74 308.8

3 30.63 367.5

1/4 35.95 431.4

1/2 41.69 500.3

3/4 47.86 574.3

4 54.45 653.4

1/2 68.91 827.0

5 85.08 1021

1/2 102.9 1235

6 122.5 1470

Sec. I Page 6

Page 129: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPeS 304 anD 304l StaInleSS (Continued)tYPeS 304 & 304l FlatS

Hot Rolled, annealed, & PickledStock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

1/8 x 1/4 .1060 1.280 3/8 .1600 1.910 1/2 .2127 2.552 5/8 .2659 3.191 3/4 .3191 3.829 7/8 .3722 4.466 1 .4254 5.105 11/4 .5318 6.381 11/2 .6381 7.657 13/4 .7445 8.933 2 .8508 10.21 21/2 1.064 12.76 3 1.276 15.31 4 1.702 20.42 6 2.552 30.623/16 x 1/4 .1600 1.910 3/8 .2390 2.870 1/2 .3191 3.829 5/8 .3990 4.590 3/4 .4786 5.743 7/8 .5563 6.676 1 .6381 7.657 11/4 .7976 9.572 11/2 .9572 11.49 13/4 1.117 13.40 2 1.276 15.31 21/4 1.436 17.23 21/2 1.595 19.14 23/4 1.755 21.06 3 1.914 22.97 4 2.552 30.63 6 3.829 45.951/4 x 3/8 .3191 3.829 1/2 .4254 5.105 5/8 .5318 6.381 3/4 .6381 7.657 7/8 .7445 8.934 1 .8508 10.21 11/4 1.064 12.76 11/2 1.276 15.31 13/4 1.489 17.87 2 1.702 20.42 21/4 1.914 22.97 21/2 2.127 25.52 23/4 2.340 28.08 3 2.552 30.63 31/2 2.978 35.73 4 3.403 40.84 41/2 3.829 45.94 5 4.254 51.05 6 5.105 61.26 8 6.806 81.68

5/16 x 3/8 .3988 4.786 1/2 .5318 6.382 5/8 .6647 7.976 3/4 .7976 9.571 1 1.064 12.76 11/4 1.329 15.95 11/2 1.595 19.14 13/4 1.861 22.33 2 2.127 25.52 21/4 2.393 28.71 21/2 2.659 31.91 23/4 2.925 35.10 3 3.191 38.29 4 4.254 51.05 5 5.318 63.82 6 6.381 76.573/8 x 1/2 .6381 7.657 5/8 .7976 9.571 3/4 .9572 11.49 1 1.276 15.31 11/4 1.595 19.14 13/8 1.755 21.06 11/2 1.914 22.97 13/4 2.233 26.80 2 2.552 30.63 21/4 2.871 34.46 21/2 3.191 38.29 23/4 3.510 42.11 3 3.829 45.94 31/2 4.467 53.60 4 5.105 61.26 41/2 5.743 68.91 5 6.381 76.57 51/2 7.019 84.23 6 7.657 91.89 8 10.21 122.51/2 x 5/8 1.064 12.77 3/4 1.276 15.31 7/8 1.489 17.87 1 1.702 20.42 11/4 2.127 25.52 11/2 2.552 30.63 13/4 2.978 35.73 2 3.403 40.84 21/4 3.829 45.94 21/2 4.254 51.05 23/4 4.679 56.15

1/2 x 3 5.105 61.26 31/4 5.530 66.36 31/2 5.956 71.47 33/4 6.381 76.57 4 6.806 81.68 41/2 7.657 91.89 5 8.508 102.1 51/2 9.359 112.3 6 10.21 122.5 8 13.61 163.45/8 x 3/4 1.595 19.14 1 2.127 25.52 11/4 2.659 31.91 11/2 3.191 38.29 13/4 3.722 44.67 2 4.254 51.05 21/4 4.786 57.43 21/2 5.318 63.81 23/4 5.849 70.19 3 6.381 76.57 31/2 7.445 89.33 4 8.508 102.1 5 10.64 127.6 6 12.76 153.13/4 x 1 2.552 30.63 11/4 3.191 38.29 11/2 3.829 45.94 13/4 4.467 53.60 2 5.105 61.26 21/4 5.743 68.91 21/2 6.381 76.57 23/4 7.019 84.23 3 7.657 91.89 31/2 8.933 107.2 4 10.21 122.5 41/2 11.49 137.8 5 12.76 153.1 6 15.31 183.8 8 20.42 245.01 x 11/4 4.254 51.05 11/2 5.105 61.26 13/4 5.956 71.47 2 6.806 81.68 21/4 7.657 91.89 21/2 8.508 102.1 23/4 9.359 112.3

1 x 3 10.21 122.5 31/2 11.91 142.9 4 13.61 163.4 41/2 15.31 183.8 5 17.02 204.2 6 20.42 245.0 8 27.23 326.711/4 x 11/2 6.381 76.57 2 8.508 102.1 21/2 10.64 127.6 3 12.76 153.1 31/2 14.89 178.7 4 17.02 204.2 5 21.27 255.2 6 25.52 306.211/2 x 13/4 8.933 107.2 2 10.21 122.5 21/2 12.76 153.1 3 15.31 183.8 31/2 17.87 214.4 4 20.42 245.0 5 25.52 306.2 6 30.63 367.613/4 x 2 11.91 142.9 21/2 14.89 178.7 3 17.87 214.4 4 23.82 285.8 6 35.73 428.82 x 21/2 17.02 204.2 3 20.42 245.0 4 27.23 326.7 5 34.03 408.4 6 40.84 490.121/2 x 3 25.52 306.2 4 34.03 408.4 5 42.54 510.5 6 51.05 612.63 x 31/2 35.73 428.8 4 40.84 490.1 5 51.05 612.6 6 61.26 735.1

Sec. I Page 7

Page 130: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPeS 303S and 303Se — FRee MacHInInG Stainless Bars

UnS S30300, S30323color Marking

type 303S — Annealed Bars and Pump Shafting: Ends painted Red High Tensile Bars (Condition B): Ends painted Gray & Orange type 303Se — Annealed Bars: Ends painted Purple High Tensile Bars (Condition B): Ends painted BrownType 303 is “18-8” chromium-nickel stainless steel modified by the addition of selenium or sulfur, as well as phosphorus, to improve machinability and non-seizing properties. It is the most readily machinable of all the chromium-nickel grades and has good corrosion resistance. It is non-magnetic in the annealed condition and not hardenable by heat treatment. Tensile strength and hardness can be increased by cold working. It is manufactured by the electric-furnace process and meets the exacting requirements of the aircraft industry. analYSIS c Mn P S Se Si cr ni Mo cu Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.303S .15 2.00 .15 .15 Min. —— 1.00 17.00/19.00 8.00/10.00 .75 .75303Se .15 2.00 .17 .04 Max. .15/.40 1.00 17/00/19.00 8.00/10.00 .75 .75SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: AMS 5640, ASTM A 314, ASTM A 320, ASTM A 582aPPlIcatIonS — Used almost exclusively for parts requiring machining, grinding, or polishing where good corrosion resistance is also required, Its non-seizing and non-galling properties make it ideal for moving parts. Being an austenitic steel, it is useful where low magnetic permeability is desired. coRRoSIon ReSIStance — Because of the elements which are added to improve machinability, Type 303 has slightly less general corrosion resistance than the regular chromium-nickel grades such as Type 304. Maximum corrosion resistance is obtained in the annealed condition.ReSIStance to ScalInG — This grade has excellent scale resistance at temperatures up to 1600ºF in continuous service. Like other chromium-nickel grades, it has a high coefficient of expansion which should be considered in designing. MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS elong- Reduc- tensile Yield ation tion Strength Strength in 2” of area Brinell (psi) Min. (psi) Min. Min. Hardness cond. a (annealed) 1/2” and under 125,000 Max —— —— —— 140/255 Over 1/2” —— —— —— —— 140/255 cond. B (High tensile) Up to 3/4” 125,000 Min. 100,000 12% 35% 321 Max. Over 3/4” to 1” 115,000 Min. 80,000 15% 35% 321 Max. Over 1” to 11/4” 105,000 Min. 65,000 20% 35% 321 Max. Over 11/4” to 11/2” 100,000 Min. 50,000 28% 45% 321 Max. Over 11/2” to 3” 95,000 Min. 45,000 28% 45% 321 Max. In practice, annealed bars will average as follows: tensile Yield elonga- Reduc- Izod Strength Strength tion in tion impact Brinell (psi) (psi) 2” of area Ft. lbs. Hardness

H. R. Ann 90,000 35,000 50% 55% 80% 160 Ann. & C. F. 100,000 60,000 40% 53% —— 228MacHInaBIlItY — Type 303 has considerably better machining characteristics than the other chromium-nickel grades. It has machinability rating of approximately 78% with 1212 rated 100%. Surface cutting speed on automatic screw machines is approximately 130 feet per minute.WelDaBIlItY — This grade has only fair welding properties.FoRMInG — This grade has fairly good forming properties.FoRGInG — Forge between 2100º and 2350ºF. Do not forge below 1700ºF.annealInG — Annealing range is between 1850º and 2050ºF. Cool rapidly. Water should be used for heavier sections; air for lighter sections. The stress relieving range is between 400º and 750ºF.

Sec. I Page 8

Page 131: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 303 StaInleSS (Continued)tYPeS 303S & 303Se RoUnDS

condition a — annealedStock Lengths 10’ to 12’ and 20’ to 22’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

cold Drawn cold Finished cold Finished Hot Rolled Max. Brinell 235 Max. Brinell 223 (Continued) Rough turned 1/16 .0104 .1248 3/32 .0235 .2820 1/8 .0418 .5016 5/32 .0653 .7831 3/16 .0940 1.128 7/32 .1279 1.535 1/4 .1671 2.005 9/32 .2114 2.537 5/16 .2610 3.132 11/32 .3158 3.790 3/8 .3759 4.510 13/32 .4411 5.293 7/16 .5116 6.139 15/32 .5873 7.048 1/2 .6682 8.019 17/32 .7544 9.052 9/16 .8457 10.15 19/32 .9423 11.31 5/8 1.044 12.53 21/32 1.151 13.81 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04

tYPeS 303S & 303Se tYPe 303S RoUnDS colD DRaWn accuracy Stock RoUnDS Ground & Polished cond. B — High tensile Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’ Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

3/16 .0940 1.128 1/4 .1671 2.005 5/16 .2610 3.132 3/8 .3759 4.510 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.19

9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 21/32 1.151 13.81 11/16 1.263 15.16 23/32 1.381 16.57 3/4 1.504 18.04 25/32 1.631 19.58 13/16 1.765 21.17 27/32 1.903 22.83 7/8 2.046 24.56 29/32 2.195 26.34 15/16 2.349 28.19 31/32 2.508 30.101 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70 11/16 7.612 91.34 3/4 8.186 98.23

113/16 8.781 105.4 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.42 10.69 128.3 1/16 11.37 136.4 1/8 12.07 144.8 3/16 12.79 153.5 1/4 13.53 162.4 5/16 14.29 171.5 3/8 15.08 180.9 7/16 15.88 190.6 1/2 16.71 200.5 9/16 17.55 210.6 5/8 18.42 221.0 11/16 19.31 231.7 3/4 20.21 242.6 7/8 22.09 265.1 15/16 23.06 276.83 24.06 288.7

Hot RolledRough turnedMax Brinell 207

31/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 3/8 30.45 368.3

Max Brinell 2073 1/2 32.74 392.9 5/8 35.12 421.5 3/4 37.59 451.0 7/8 40.14 481.64 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 3/8 51.16 613.9 1/2 54.13 649.5 5/8 57.18 686.1 3/4 60.31 723.7 7/8 63.52 762.35 66.82 801.9 1/4 73.67 884.0 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155 1/4 104.4 1253 1/2 112.9 1355 3/4 121.8 14617 131.0 1572 1/4 140.5 1686 1/2 150.4 1804 3/4 160.5 19268 171.1 2053 1/4 181.9 2183 1/2 193.1 23179 216.5 2598 1/2 241.2 289510 267.3 320711 323.4 388112 384.9 4619

1 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 1/4 4.176 50.12 3/8 5.053 60.64 1/2 6.014 72.17 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.82 10.69 128.3 1/4 13.53 162.4 1/2 16.71 200.5 3/4 20.21 242.6

1/8 .0418 .5016

1/4 .1671 2.005

5/16 .2610 3.132

3/8 .3759 4.510

7/16 .5116 6.139

1/2 .6682 8.019

5/8 1.044 12.53

3/4 1.504 18.04

7/8 2.046 24.56

1 2.673 32.07

1/8 3.383 40.59

1/4 4.176 50.12

1/2 6.014 72.17

3/4 8.186 98.23

Sec. I Page 9

Page 132: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 303 StaInleSS (Continued) tYPeS 303S & 303Se tYPeS 303S & 303Se c.D. HexaGonS SqUaReS cond. a — annealed cond. a — annealed Maximum Brinell 235 Maximum Brinell 235 Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’ Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

3/16 .1036 1.243 1/4 .1842 2.210 5/16 .2878 3.454 3/8 .4145 4.973 7/16 .5641 6.769 1/2 .7368 8.842 9/16 .9325 11.19 5/8 1.151 13.82 11/16 1.393 16.72 3/4 1.658 19.89 13/16 1.946 23.35 7/8 2.257 27.08 15/16 2.590 31.081 2.947 35.37 1/16 3.327 39.93 1/8 3.730 44.76 3/16 4.156 49.87 1/4 4.605 55.26 5/16 5.077 60.93 3/8 5.572 66.87

tYPeS 303S & 303Se FlatS — conDItIon a — annealeDcold Drawn or Hot Rolled Pickled

Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

1/8 x 1/4 .1060 1.280 3/8 .1600 1.910 1/2 .2127 2.552 5/8 .2659 3.191 3/4 .3191 3.829 1 .4254 5.1053/16 x 1/4 .1600 1.910 3/8 .2390 2.870 1/2 .3191 3.829 5/8 .3990 4.590 3/4 .4786 5.7431 .6381 7.6571 1/4 .7976 9.5721 1/2 .9572 11.491 3/4 1.117 13.402 1.276 15.312 1/2 1.595 19.143 1.914 22.971/4 x 3/8 .3191 3.829 1/2 .4254 5.105 5/8 .5318 6.381 3/4 .6381 7.6571 .8508 10.211 1/4 1.064 12.761 1/2 1.276 15.311 3/4 1.489 17.872 1.702 20.422 1/2 2.127 25.523 2.552 30.633 1/2 2.978 35.73

1 7/16 6.090 73.08 1/2 6.631 79.56 5/8 7.783 93.39 11/16 8.393 100.7 3/4 9.026 108.3 7/8 10.36 124.3 15/16 11.06 132.82 11.79 141.5 1/8 13.31 159.7 3/16 14.10 169.2 1/4 14.92 179.0 5/16 15.76 189.1 3/8 16.62 199.5 1/2 18.42 221.0 5/8 20.31 243.7 3/4 22.29 267.5 13/16 23.31 279.8 7/8 24.36 292.33 26.53 318.3

cold Drawn 1/8 .0531 .6381 3/16 .1196 1.436 1/4 .2127 2.552 5/16 .3323 3.988 3/8 .4786 5.743 7/16 .6514 7.817 1/2 .8508 10.21 9/16 1.077 12.92 5/8 1.329 15.95 3/4 1.914 22.97 7/8 2.606 31.271 3.403 40.84 1/8 4.307 51.69 1/4 5.318 63.81 3/8 6.434 77.21

cold Drawn(Continued)

11/2 7.657 91.89 5/8 8.987 107.8 3/4 10.42 125.1 7/8 11.96 143.62 13.61 163.4 1/4 17.23 206.7 1/2 21.27 255.2

Hot Rolled& Pickled

2 3/4 25.74 308.83 30.63 367.5 1/2 41.69 500.34 54.45 653.4

1/4 x 4 3.403 40.84 5 4.254 51.05 6 5.105 61.265/16 x 1 1.064 12.76 1 1/2 1.595 19.14 2 2.127 25.52 2 1/2 2.659 31.91 3 3.191 38.293/8 x 1/2 .6381 7.657 3/4 .9572 11.49 1 1.276 15.31 1 1/4 1.595 19.14 1 1/2 1.914 22.97 1 3/4 2.233 26.80 2 2.552 30.63 2 1/2 3.191 38.29 3 3.829 45.94 3 1/2 4.467 53.60 4 5.105 61.26 5 6.381 76.57 6 7.657 91.891/2 x 3/4 1.276 15.31 1 1.702 20.42 1 1/4 2.127 25.52 1 1/2 2.552 30.63 1 3/4 2.978 35.73 2 3.403 40.84 2 1/2 4.254 51.05 3 5.105 61.26

1/2 x 3 1/2 5.956 71.47 4 6.806 81.68 4 1/2 7.657 91.89 5 8.508 102.1 6 10.21 122.55/8 x 3/4 1.595 19.14 1 2.127 25.52 1 1/4 2.659 31.91 1 1/2 3.191 38.29 2 4.254 51.05 2 1/2 5.318 63.81 3 6.381 76.57 4 8.508 102.1 5 10.64 127.6 6 12.76 153.13/4 x 1 2.552 30.63 1 1/4 3.191 38.29 1 1/2 3.829 45.94 1 3/4 4.467 53.60 2 5.105 61.26 2 1/2 6.381 76.57 3 7.657 91.89 3 1/2 8.933 107.2 4 10.21 122.5 5 12.76 153.1 6 15.31 183.81 x 1 1/4 4.254 51.05 1 1/2 5.105 61.26 1 3/4 5.956 71.47

1 x 2 6.806 81.68 2 1/2 8.508 102.1 3 10.21 122.5 3 1/2 11.91 142.9 4 13.61 163.4 5 17.04 204.2 6 20.42 245.011/4 x 1 1/2 6.381 76.57 2 8.508 102.1 2 1/2 10.64 127.6 3 12.76 153.1 4 17.02 204.2 5 21.27 255.2 6 25.52 306.211/2 x 2 10.21 122.5 2 1/2 12.76 153.1 3 15.31 183.8 4 20.42 245.0 5 25.52 306.2 6 30.63 367.62 x 2 1/2 17.02 204.2 3 20.42 245.0 4 27.23 326.7 5 34.03 408.4 6 40.84 490.121/2 x 3 25.52 306.3 4 34.03 408.43 x 4 40.84 490.1 6 61.26 735.1

Sec. I Page 10

Page 133: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPeS 316 anD 316lSheets, Plates, Bars, and angles

UnS S31600, S31603tYPeS 317 and 317l

PlatesUnS S31700, S31703

color Markings: Type 316 Bars —— Ends Pink With Black Stripe Type 316 Plate —— Corner Striped Pink with Black Stripe Type 316L Bars —— Ends Pink with Blue Stripe Type 316L Plate —— Corner Striped Pink with Blue Stripe Type 317 Plates —— Corner Striped Blue with Pink Stripe Type 317L Plates —— Corner Striped AluminumTypes 316 and 317 are “18-8” chromium-nickel stainless steels modified by the addi-tion of molybdenum, which greatly increases the corrosion resistance as well as the mechanical properties at elevated temperatures. These grades are non-magnetic in the annealed condition and not hardenable by heat treatment. Since they have good cold forming and drawing properties, these grades are outstanding stainless steels suitable for a large number of applications. Manufactured by the electric-furnace process, these grades meet the exacting standards of the aircraft industry. Bars and Plates are available not only in the regular Type 316 analysis, but also in an extra low carbon analysis known as Type 316L. The advantage of the reduced carbon content is that it precludes any harmful precipitation in the 800º-1500ºF range, such as might otherwise occur in welding heavier sections. Types 317 and 317L are available in plate and with increased chromium, nickel, and molybdenum contents can be used in even more severe corrosive and high temperature applications.

analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.

316 .08 2.00 .040 .030 1.00 16.00/18.00 316l .03 2.00 .040 .030 1.00 16.00/18.00 317 .08 2.00 .045 .030 .75 18.00/20.00 317l .03 2.00 .045 .030 .75 18.00/20.00

ni Mo cu n Max. Max.

316 10.00/14.00 2.00/3.00 .75 .10 316l 10.00/14.00 2.00/3.00 .75 .10 317 11.00/15.00 3.00/4.00 —— .10 317l 11.00/15.00 3.00/4.00 —— . 10

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: types 316 and 316l:

Sheets & Plates: ASTM A 167, ASTM A 240, QQ-S-766, AMS 5524, AMS 5507 Bars & Angles: AMS 5648, AMS QQ-S-763, ASTM A 276, ASTM A 479 types 317 and 317l:

Plates: ASTM A 240

aPPlIcatIonS — Widely used in the paper, textile, and chemical industries, where parts are subjected to the corrosive effects of salts and reducing acids. Also used in the manufacture of pharmaceuticals in order to avoid excessive metallic contamination. Because Type 316 possesses the highest creep and tensile strength at elevated temperatures than any of the more commonly used stainless steels, it finds extensive use where the combination of high strength and good corrosion resistance at elevated temperatures is required. In aircraft applications, Type 316 is used for parts requiring good corrosion resistance and low magnetic permeability. Types 317 and 317L, with higher alloy content, would be suitable for the more severe corrosion applications.

Sec. I Page 11

Page 134: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPeS 316 anD 317 StaInleSS (Continued)

coRRoSIon ReSIStance — Types 316 and 317 are more resistant to atmospheric and general corrosive conditions than any of the other standard stainless steels. They have good resistance to the corrosive effects of sulphates, phosphates, and other salts as well as reducing acids such as sulphuric, sulphurous, and phosphoric. These grades are less susceptible to pitting in applications where acetic acid vapors or solutions of chlorides, bromides, or iodides are encountered. When heated to within the temperature range of 800º-1500ºF, or when slowly cooled through this range, these grades are subject to intergranular corrosion. If the application requires this, then the low carbon version, Types 316L and 317L, should be used.

ReSIStance to ScalInG — Excellent scale resistance at temperatures up to 1650ºF in continuous service.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — Applicable specifications require the following properties of material in the annealed condition:

tensile Yield elongation Reduction Strength Strength in 2” of area (psi) Min. (psi) Min. Min.

Sheets 75,000/100,000 30,000 40% —— H.R. Bars 75,000/115,000 30,000 40% 50% c.F. Bars 1/2” & under 90,000/125,000 45,000 35% 45% Over 1/2” 75,000 Min. 30,000 35% 50%

MacHInaBIlItY — Types 316 and 317 have a machinability rating of approxi-mately 45%, with 1212 rated 100%. Surface cutting speed on automatic screw machines is approximately 75 feet per minute.

WelDaBIlItY — Easily welded by all the commercial processes except forge or hammer welding. Annealing after welding is recommended to obtain maximum corrosion resistance.

FoRMInG — These grades have good drawing and stamping properties.

FoRGInG — Forge between 2100º and 2300ºF. Do not forge below 1700ºF.

annealInG — Annealing range is between 1850º and 2050ºF. Cool rapidly. Water should be used for heavier sections; air for lighter sections. The stress relieving range is between 400º and 750ºF.

Sec. I Page 12

Page 135: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPeS 316 & 317 StaInleSS (Continued)

tYPeS 316 & 316l anGleS

Hot Rolled, annealed, and PickledStock Lengths 20’ to 22’

Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. In Per 20-Ft. In Per 20-Ft. Inches Foot length Inches Foot length 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/8 .59 11.8 1 x 1 x 1/8 .80 16.0 3/16 1.16 23.2 1/4 2.34 46.8 11/4 x 11/4 x 1/8 1.01 20.2 3/16 1.48 29.6 1/4 1.92 38.4 11/2 x 11/2 x 1/8 1.23 24.6 3/16 1.80 36.0 1/4 2.34 46.8

tYPe 316 SqUaReS annealed

Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs.

In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

cold Drawn 3/16 .1196 1.436

1/4 .2127 2.552

5/16 .3323 3.988

3/8 .4786 5.743

7/16 .6514 7.817

1/2 .8508 10.21

5/8 1.329 15.95

3/4 1.914 22.97

7/8 2.606 31.27

1 3.403 40.84

1/8 4.307 51.69

1/4 5.318 63.81

1/2 7.657 91.89

3/4 10.42 125.1

2 x 2 x 1/8 1.65 33.0 3/16 2.44 48.8 1/4 3.19 63.8 3/8 4.70 94.0 21/2 x 21/2 x 3/16 3.07 61.4 1/4 4.10 82.0 3/8 5.90 118.0 3 x 3 x 1/4 4.90 98.0 3/8 7.20 144.0 4 x 4 x 1/4 6.60 132.0 3/8 9.80 196.0

tYPe 316 SHeetS no. 2B Finish

Bright cold Rolled annealed and Pickled

Width est. Wt., lbs.

thickness and Per Per

length Sq. Ft. Sheet

.024”(24 Ga.) 36 x 120 1.008 30.2

.030” (22 Ga.) 48 x 120 1.260 50.4

.0351” (20 Ga.) 48 x 120 1.474 59.0

.048” (18 Ga.) 48 x 120 2.016 80.6

.060” (16 Ga.) 36 x 120 2.520 75.6

48 x 120 2.520 100.8

.075” (14 Ga.) 36 x 120 3.150 94.5

.105” (12 Ga.) 48 x 120 4.410 176.4

.120” (11 Ga.) 48 x 120 5.040 201.6

.135” (10 Ga.) 48 x 120 5.670 226.8

tYPeS 316, 316l, 317, & 317l PlateS

Hot Rolled, annealed, and Pickled

Stocked in Thickness from 3/16”

through 4”, Widths from 48” to 72”,

and Lengths up to 20’.

Hot Rolled& Pickled

2 13.61 163.4

1/4 17.23 206.7

1/2 21.27 255.2

3/4 25.74 308.8

3 30.63 367.5

1/2 41.69 500.3

4 54.45 653.4

Sec. I Page 13

Page 136: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPeS 316 & 317 StaInleSS (Continued)tYPeS 316 & 316l RoUnDS

annealedStock Lengths 10’ to 12’ and 20’ to 22’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

cold Drawn cold Fin. (Cont.) Hot Rolled & Rough turned

1/8 .0418 .5012

3/16 .0940 1.128

1/4 .1671 2.005

5/16 .2610 3.132

3/8 .3759 4.510

7/16 .5116 6.139

1/2 .6682 8.019

9/16 .8457 10.15

5/8 1.044 12.53

11/16 1.263 15.16

3/4 1.504 18.02

cold Finished

9/16 .8457 10.15

5/8 1.044 12.53

11/16 1.263 15.16

3/4 1.504 18.04

13/16 1.765 21.17

PRecISIon tYPe 316 HexaGonS PUMP SHaFtInG annealed & cold Drawn Stock Lengths 20’ to 22’ Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 20-Ft. In Per 20-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

3/4 1.504 30.07 7/8 2.046 40.931 2.673 53.46 1/16 3.017 60.34 1/8 3.383 67.66 3/16 3.769 75.38 1/4 4.176 86.53 5/16 4.604 92.08 7/16 5.523 110.5 1/2 6.014 120.3 5/8 7.058 141.2 11/16 7.612 152.2 15/16 10.03 200.7

7/8 2.046 24.56

15/16 2.349 28.19

1 2.673 32.07

1/16 3.017 36.21

1/8 3.383 40.59

3/16 3.769 45.23

1/4 4.176 50.12

5/16 4.604 55.25

3/8 5.053 60.64

7/16 5.523 66.28

1/2 6.014 72.17

9/16 6.526 78.31

5/8 7.058 84.70

11/16 7.612 91.34

3/4 8.186 98.23

7/8 9.397 112.8

15/16 10.03 120.4

2 10.69 128.3

2 1/8 12.07 144.8 3/16 12.79 153.5 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.6 7/8 22.09 265.1 15/16 23.06 276.83 24.06 288.7 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 3/8 30.45 365.3 1/2 32.74 392.9 5/8 35.12 421.5 3/4 37.59 451.0 7/8 40.14 481.64 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 3/8 51.16 613.9 1/2 54.13 649.5

4 5/8 57.18 686.2 3/4 60.31 723.7 7/8 63.52 762.35 66.82 801.9 1/4 73.67 884.0 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155 1/4 104.4 1253 1/2 112.9 1355 3/4 121.8 14617 131.0 1572 1/4 140.5 1686 1/2 150.4 1804 3/4 160.5 19268 171.1 2053 1/2 193.1 23179 216.5 2598 1/2 241.2 289510 267.3 320711 323.4 388112 384.9 4619

2 10.69 213.8 1/16 11.37 227.4 3/16 12.79 255.8 1/4 13.53 270.6 7/16 15.88 317.6 11/16 19.31 386.1 3/4 20.27 404.2 15/16 23.06 461.333/16 27.16 543.1 1/4 28.23 564.6 7/16 31.58 631.7 11/16 36.35 726.94 42.77 855.3

7/16 .5641 6.769 1/2 .7368 8.842 9/16 .9325 11.19 5/8 1.151 13.82 11/16 1.393 16.72 3/4 1.658 19.89 13/16 1.946 23.35 7/8 2.257 27.08 15/16 2.590 31.081 2.947 35.37 1/16 3.327 39.93 1/8 3.730 44.76 3/16 4.156 49.87

11/4 4.605 55.26 5/16 5.077 60.93 3/8 5.572 66.87 1/2 6.631 79.56 5/8 7.783 93.39 3/4 9.026 108.3 7/8 10.36 124.32 11.79 141.5 1/4 14.92 179.0 1/2 18.42 221.0 5/8 20.31 243.7 3/4 22.29 267.53 26.53 318.3

Sec. I Page 14

Page 137: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPeS 316 anD 317 StaInleSS (Continued)tYPe 316 FlatS

Hot Rolled, annealed, & PickledStock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est, Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar1/8 x 1/2 .2127 2.552 3/4 .3191 3.829 1 .4254 5.105 11/2 .6381 7.657 2 .8508 10.21 3 1.276 15.31 4 1.702 20.423/16 x 1/2 .3191 3.829 3/4 .4786 5.743 1 .6381 7.657 11/4 .7976 9.572 11/2 .9572 11.49 2 1.276 15.31 21/2 1.595 19.14 3 1.914 22.97 4 2.552 30.631/4 x 1/2 .4254 5.105 3/4 .6381 7.657 1 .8508 10.21 11/4 1.064 12.76 11/2 1.276 15.31 13/4 1.489 17.87 2 1.702 20.42 21/4 1.914 22.97 21/2 2.127 25.52 23/4 2.340 28.08 3 2.552 30.63 31/2 2.978 35.73 4 3.403 40.84 5 4.254 51.05 6 5.105 61.263/8 x 1/2 .6381 7.657 3/4 .9572 11.49 1 1.276 15.31 11/4 1.595 19.14 11/2 1.914 22.97 13/4 2.233 26.80 2 2.552 30.63 21/2 3.191 38.29 3 3.829 45.94 31/2 4.467 53.60 4 5.105 61.26 5 6.381 76.57 6 7.657 91.89

1/2 x 3/4 1.276 15.31 1 1.702 20.42 11/4 2.127 25.52 11/2 2.552 30.63 13/4 2.978 35.73 2 3.403 40.84 2 1/4 3.829 45.94 2 1/2 4.254 51.05 2 3/4 4.679 56.15 3 5.105 61.26 3 1/2 5.956 71.47 4 6.806 81.68 5 8.508 102.1 6 10.21 122.55/8 x 1 2.127 25.52 11/2 3.191 38.29 2 4.254 51.05 21/2 5.318 63.81 3 6.381 76.57 4 8.508 102.13/4 x 1 2.552 30.63 11/2 3.829 45.94 2 5.105 61.26 2 1/2 6.381 76.57 3 7.657 91.89 4 10.21 122.5 5 12.76 153.1 6 15.31 183.81 x 11/2 5.105 61.26 2 6.806 81.68 2 1/2 8.508 102.1 3 10.21 122.5 4 13.61 163.4 5 17.02 204.2 6 20.42 245.011/4 x 2 8.508 102.1 3 12.76 153.1 4 17.02 204.211/2 x 2 10.21 122.5 3 15.31 183.8 4 20.42 245.0 5 25.52 306.2 6 30.63 367.62 x 3 20.42 245.0 4 27.23 326.7 6 40.84 490.13 x 4 40.84 490.1

Sec. I Page 15

Page 138: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 321

Sheets, Plates, and BarsUnS S32100color Marking

Bars: Ends painted BlackPlates: Corner Striped Black

Type 321 is “18-8” chromium-nickel stainless steel modified by the addition of tita-nium to overcome the danger of intergranular corrosion, common to other austenitic stainless steels during or after exposure to temperatures of 800º to 1500ºF. This type is non-magnetic in the annealed condition and not hardenable by heat treatment. It is manufactured by the electrical-furnace process to meet the rigid requirements of the aircraft industry.

analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr ni ti cu Mo Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.

.08 2.00 .040 .030 1.00 17.0/19.0 9.00/12.00 5xC Min. .75 .75 .70 Max.SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: Sheets & Plates: QQ-S-766, AMS 5510, ASTM A 240 Bars: AMS QQ-S-763, AMS 5645, ASTM A 276, ASTM A 314, ASTM A 479

aPPlIcatIonS — Used where freedom from intergranular corrosion is desired and milder corrosive conditions exist. It is used in parts subjected to sustained heating in or slow cooling through the range of 800º to 1500ºF. It is well suited for cold-drawing and forming operations. In aircraft, it is used particularly for such applications as exhaust stacks, manifolds, and ring collectors.

coRRoSIon ReSIStance — Type 321 is resistant to intergranular corrosion. Its general corrosion resistance is somewhat less than that of type 304. It tends to form a light rust film in corrosive atmospheres, but this rusting is not progressive.

ReSIStance to ScalInG — Excellent scale resistance at temperatures up to 1650ºF in continuous service.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — Applicable specifications require the following properties of material in the annealed condition: tensile Yield elongation Reduction Strength Strength in 2” of area (psi) Min. (psi) Min. Min. Sheets & Plates 100,000 Max. 30,000 40% —— H.R. Bars 75,000 Min. 30,000 40% 50% c.F. Bars Up to 1/2” incl. 90,000 Min. 45,000 35% 45% Over 1/2” 75,000 Min. 30,000 35% 50%

MacHInaBIlItY — Type 321 has a machinability rating of approximately 36% with 1212 rated 100%. Surface cutting speed on automatic screw machines is approximately 60 feet per minute.

WelDaBIlItY — Easily welded by all the commercial processes except forge or hammer welding.

FoRMInG — This grade has good forming and stamping properties.

FoRGInG — Forge between 2125º and 2275ºF. Cool slowly. Do not forge below 1800ºF.

annealInG — Annealing range is 1750º-1950ºF. Cool rapidly. Water should be used for heavier sections; air for lighter sections. The stress relieving range is between 400º and 750ºF.

Sec. I Page 16

Page 139: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 321 StaInleSS (Continued)tYPe 321 RoUnDS

condition a (annealed)3/4” & under — Brinell 170-255

Over 3/4” — Brinell 140-241Stock Lengths 10’ to12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

cold Drawn 1/8 .0418 .5012 3/16 .0940 1.128 1/4 .1671 2.005 5/16 .2610 3.132 3/8 .3759 4.510 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019

Ground 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25

tYPe 321 FlatS Hot Rolled, annealed and Pickled Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

1/4 x 1/2 .425 5.11 3/4 .638 7.66 1 .851 10.21 11/4 1.064 12.76 11/2 1.276 15.31 13/4 1.489 17.87 2 1.702 20.42 21/2 2.127 25.52 3 2.552 30.63 4 3.403 40.84 6 5.105 61.263/8 x 1/2 .6381 7.657 3/4 .9572 11.49 1 1.276 15.31 11/4 1.595 19.14 11/2 1.914 22.97 2 2.552 30.63 21/2 3.191 38.29 3 3.829 45.94 4 5.105 61.26

Ground (cont.)1 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70

Hot Rolled & Rough turned

1 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.82 10.69 128.3 1/8 12.07 144.8 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.6 7/8 22.09 265.13 24.06 288.7 1/8 26.10 313.2

Hot Rolled & Rough turned (Cont.)

3 1/4 28.23 338.8 3/8 30.45 365.3 1/2 32.74 392.9 5/8 35.12 421.5 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 1/2 54.13 649.5 3/4 60.31 723.75 66.82 801.9 1/4 73.67 884.0 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155 1/4 104.4 1253 1/2 112.9 13557 131.0 1572 1/2 150.4 18048 171.1 20539 216.5 259810 267.3 3207

1/2 x 3/4 1.276 15.31 1 1.702 20.42 11/4 2.127 25.52 11/2 2.552 30.63 13/4 2.978 35.73 2 3.403 40.84 21/2 4.254 51.05 3 5.105 61.26 4 6.806 81.68 6 10.21 122.55/8 x 1 2.127 25.52 11/4 2.659 31.91 11/2 3.191 38.29 2 4.254 51.053/4 x 1 2.552 30.63 11/4 3.191 38.29 11/2 3.829 45.94 13/4 4.467 53.60 2 5.105 61.26 21/2 6.381 76.57 3 7.657 91.89 4 10.21 122.5 6 15.31 183.8

1 x 11/4 4.254 51.05 11/2 5.105 61.26 13/4 5.956 71.47 2 6.806 81.68 21/2 8.508 102.1 3 10.21 122.5 4 13.61 163.4 6 20.42 245.011/4 x 2 8.508 102.1 21/2 10.64 127.6 3 12.76 153.1 4 17.02 204.211/2 x 2 10.21 122.5 3 15.31 183.82 x 3 20.42 245.0 4 27.23 326.73 x 4 40.84 490.1

Sec. I Page 17

Page 140: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 321 StaInleSS (Continued) tYPe 321 SHeetS tYPe 321 no. 2D FInISH PlateS Dull cold Rolled, Hot Rolled, annealed, annealed, & Pickled and Pickled Width est. Wt., lbs. thickness and Per Per length Sq. Ft. Sheet.012” (30 Ga.) 36x120 .504 15.1.016” (28 Ga.) 36x120 .672 20.2.0161” (27 Ga.) 36x120 .676 20.3.020” (25 Ga.) 36x120 .840 25.2 48x120 .840 33.6.025” (24 Ga.) 36x120 1.050 31.5.032” (22 Ga.) 36x120 1.344 40.3 48x120 1.344 53.8.036” (20 Ga.) 36x120 1.512 45.4.040” (20 Ga.) 36x120 1.680 50.4.045” (19 Ga.) 36x120 1.890 56.7.050” (18 Ga.) 36x120 2.100 63.0 48x120 2.100 84.0.063” (16 Ga.) 36x120 2.646 79.4 48x120 2.646 105.8.080” (14 Ga.) 36x120 3.360 100.8 48x120 3.360 134.4.090” (13 Ga.) 36x120 3.780 113.4 48x120 3.780 151.2.109” (12 Ga.) 36x120 4.578 137.3.125” (11 Ga.) 36x120 5.250 157.5 48x120 5.250 210.0.140” (10 Ga.) 36x120 5.880 176.4 48x120 5.880 235.2.156” (9 Ga.) 36x120 6.552 196.6 tYPe 321 SqUaReS condition a (annealed) 3/4” & Under — Brinell 170-255 Over 3/4” — Brinell 140-241 Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot length

annealed and cold Drawn 1/4 .2127 2.552 3/8 .4786 5.743 1/2 .8508 10.21 5/8 1.329 15.95 3/4 1.914 22.97 7/8 2.606 31.271 3.403 40.84 1/4 5.318 63.81 1/2 7.657 91.89

tYPe 321 colD DRaWn HexaGonS condition a (annealed) Brinell same as shown above for squares. Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 20-Ft. In Per 20-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

1/4 .1842 2.210 3/8 .4145 4.973 1/2 .7368 8.842 9/16 .9325 11.19

Stocked in

Thickness from

3/16” through 1-1/2”,

Widths from 48” to 96”,

and Lengths up to 20’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot length

Hot Rolled, annealed, & Pickled1 5/8 8.987 107.8 3/4 10.42 125.12 13.61 163.4 1/4 17.23 206.7 1/2 21.27 255.2 3/4 25.74 308.83 30.63 367.5 1/2 41.69 500.34 54.45 653.4

5/8 1.151 13.82 11/16 1.393 16.72 3/4 1.658 19.89 13/16 1.946 23.35

7/8 2.257 27.081 2.947 35.37 1/8 3.730 44.76 1/4 4.605 55.26

11/2 6.631 79.56 3/4 9.026 108.3 7/8 10.36 124.32 11.79 141.5

Sec. I Page 18

Page 141: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 347Sheets, Plates, and Bars

UnS S34700color Marking

Bars: Ends painted WhitePlates: Corner striped White

Type 347 is “18-8” chromium-nickel stainless steel modified by the addition of columbium and tantalum to overcome the dangers of intergranular corrosion common to other austenitic stainless steels during or after exposure to temperatures of 800º to 1500ºF. It is non-magnetic in the annealed condition and not hardenable by heat treatment. This is an electric-furnace product and meets the exacting requirements of the aircraft industry.

analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr ni cb+ta cu Mo Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.

.08 2.00 .040 .030 .50/1.00 17.00/19.00 9.00/12.00 10XC/1.00 .50 .75

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: Sheets & Plates: QQ-S-766, AMS 5512, ASTM A 240, ASTM A 167 Bars: AMS QQ-S-763, AMS 5646, ASTM A 276, ASTM A 314, ASTM A 479

aPPlIcatIonS — Used for heavy welding assemblies which cannot be annealed after welding. Also used where operating conditions cause exposure within the temperature range between 800º and 1500ºF and where corrosive conditions are severe, such as aircraft exhaust stacks, manifolds and ring collectors. It is used to advantage in combatting corrosion cracking resulting from stress in corrosive media due to vibration or other causes.

coRRoSIon ReSIStance — Type 347 is resistant to intergranular corrosion. It has about the same general corrosion resistance as Type 304.

ReSIStance to ScalInG — Excellent scale resistance at temperatures up to 1650ºF in continuous service.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — Applicable specifications require the following properties of material in the annealed condition.

tensile Yield elongation Reduction Strength Strength in 2” of area (psi) Min. (psi) Min. Min. Sheets & Plates 100,000 Max. 30,000 40% —— H.R. Bars 75,000 Min. 30,000 40% 50% c.F. Bars Up to 1/2” incl. 90,000 Min. 45,000 35% 45% Over 1/2” 75,000 Min. 30,000 35% 50%

MacHInaBIlItY — Type 347 has a machinability rating of approximately 36% with 1212 rated 100%. Surface cutting speed on automatic screw machines is approximately 60 feet per minute.

WelDaBIlItY — Easily welded by all the commercial processes except forge of hammer welding.

FoRMInG — This grade has good drawing and stamping properties.

FoRGInG — Forge between 2100º and 2300ºF. Do not forge below 1800ºF.

annealInG — Annealing range is between 1850º and 2050ºF. Cool rapidly. Water should be used for heavier sections; air for lighter sections. The stress relieving range is between 400º and 750ºF.

Sec. I Page 19

Page 142: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 347 StaInleSS (Continued)tYPe 347 RoUnDS

3/4” & under — Brinell 170-2557/8” to 11/2” - Brinell 163-255Over 11/2” — Brinell 140-241

Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

annealed & cold Drawn 1/8 .0418 .5012 3/16 .0940 1.128 1/4 .1671 2.005 5/16 .2610 3.132 11/32 .3158 3.790 3/8 .3759 4.510 13/32 .4411 5.293 7/16 .5116 6.139 15/32 .5873 7.048 1/2 .6682 8.019

annealed & Ground 1/2 .6682 8.019 17/32 .7544 9.052 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70

tYPe 347 HexaGonScondition a (annealed)

Brinell same as shown above for rounds.Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

annealed & cold Drawn 3/8 .4145 4.973 7/16 .5641 6.769 1/2 .7368 8.842 9/16 .9325 11.19 5/8 1.151 13.82 11/16 1.393 16.72 3/4 1.658 19.89 13/16 1.946 23.35 7/8 2.257 27.08 15/16 2.590 31.081 2.947 35.37 1/8 3.730 44.76 1/4 4.605 55.26 3/8 5.572 66.87

Hot Rolled, ann., & Rough turned1 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.82 10.69 128.3 1/8 12.07 144.8 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.63 24.06 288.7 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 3/8 30.45 365.3 1/2 32.74 392.9 5/8 35.12 421.5 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 1/2 54.13 649.5 3/4 60.31 723.75 66.82 801.9 1/4 73.67 884.0 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155 1/4 104.4 1253 1/2 112.9 13557 131.0 1572 1/2 150.4 18048 171.1 20539 216.5 2598

annealed & cold Drawn (Continued)1 1/2 6.631 79.56 5/8 7.783 93.39 11/16 8.393 100.7 3/4 9.026 108.3 7/8 10.36 124.3 15/16 11.06 132.82 11.79 141.5 1/8 13.31 159.7 3/16 14.10 169.2 1/4 14.92 179.0 3/8 16.62 199.5 1/2 18.42 221.0 5/8 20.31 243.7 3/4 22.29 267.5 13/16 23.31 279.8 7/8 24.36 292.3

Sec. I Page 20

Page 143: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 347 StaInleSS (Continued) tYPe 347 SHeetS tYPe 347 no. 2D FInISH PlateS Dull cold Rolled, Hot Rolled, annealed, annealed, & Pickled and Pickled Width est. Wt., lbs. thickness and Per Per length Sq. Ft. Sheet

.012” (30 Ga.) 36x120 .504 15.1

.016” (28 Ga.) 36x120 .672 20.2

.0161” (27 Ga.) 36x120 .676 20.3

.020” (25 Ga.) 36x120 .840 25.2

.025” (24 Ga.) 36x120 1.050 31.5

.032” (22 Ga.) 36x120 1.344 40.3

.036” (20 Ga.) 36x120 1.512 45.4

.040” (20 Ga.) 36x120 1.680 50.4

.045” (19 Ga.) 36x120 1.890 56.7

.050” (18 Ga.) 36x120 2.100 63.0 48x120 2.100 84.0.063” (16 Ga.) 36x120 2.646 79.4 48x120 2.646 105.8.080” (14 Ga.) 36x120 3.360 100.8 48x120 3.630 134.4.090” (13 Ga.) 36x120 3.780 113.4.125” (11 Ga.) 36x120 5.250 157.5 36x144 5.250 189.0 48x120 5.250 210.0.160” (9 Ga.) 36x120 6.720 201.6 tYPe 347 FlatS Dull cold Rolled, annealed, & Pickled Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’ Size estimated Weight, lbs. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar1/4 x 1 .8508 10.21

11/2 1.276 15.31

2 1.702 20.423/8 x 1 1.276 15.31

2 2.552 30.631/2 x 1 1.702 20.42

11/2 2.552 30.63

2 3.403 40.84

3 5.105 61.265/8 x 1 2.127 25.523/4 x 1 2.552 30.63

2 5.105 61.26

3 7.657 91.89

1 x 11/2 5.105 61.26

2 6.806 81.68

11/2 x 2 10.21 122.5

Stocked in

Thicknesses from

3/16” through 1”,

Widths from 48” to 96”,

and Lengths

up to 20’.

Sec. I Page 21

Page 144: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. I Page 22

nItRonIc 50®

Stainless Bars(UnS S20910)

color Marking: Annealed Bars —— Gold with White Stripe Pump Shafting —— Yellow with White Stripe

Nitronic 50® is a chromium-nickel-manganese-molybdenum austenitic stainless steel that remains completely nonmagnetic after severe cold working or exposure to low temperatures. Its unique feature is the combination of higher strength and better corrosion resistance than the more widely used austenitic stainless grades.

analYSIS

c Mn P S Si cr Max. Max. Max. Max. .06 4.00/6.00 .040 .030 1.00 20.5/23.5

ni Mo n cb V 11.5/13.5 1.50/3.00 .20/.40 .10/.30 .10/.30

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: ASTM A276 & A479 Grade XM19, AMS 5764

aPPlIcatIonS — This grade is used for components and equipment where general corrosion resistance superior to that of Type 316 is required. Applications include pump and boat shafting, valves, fasteners, etc. It may be used in Food Contact Surfaces under the Provisions of various National Sanitation Foundation standards. Its low magnetic permeability, good mechanical properties, and corrosion resistance are useful in instrumentation components.

coRRoSIon ReSIStance — Corrosion resistance to industrial and marine environments is generally better than that of Type 316 and 316L. Its resistance to intergranular attack in the heat affected zone of heavy weldments is excellent.

ReSIStance to ScalInG — Excellent at temperatures up to 2000ºF in continuous service.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — Applicable specifications require the following minimum properties in the annealed condition:

tensile Strength Yield Strength elongation Reduction (psi) (psi) in 2” Min. of area Brinell

100,000 55,000 35% 55% 293 Max.

MacHInaBIlItY — Machinability rating of Nitronic 50® is approximately 45% based on 1212 rated as 100%. Surface cutting speed on automatic screw machines is approximately 75 feet per minute.

WelDaBIlItY — Easily fusion welded by conventional methods with welded joints in the as-welded condition having a strength approaching that of the base metal.

FoRMInG — The same fabricated equipment and techniques that apply to the 300 series stainless grades may be used.

annealInG — Heat to 1950ºF and cool rapidly. If as-welded material is to be used in strongly corrosive media, 2050ºF is recommended.

Page 145: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. I Page 23

tYPe 410

Sheets, Plates, and BarsUnS S41000color Markings

Heat Treated Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Green with Red Stripe As Rolled & Annealed Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Green with Black StripeType 410 is the basic chromium grade of stainless steel. It combines good corro-sion resistance with the ability to develop hardness and mechanical properties by conventional heat treating methods that are similar to those of 4130 alloy steel. It is magnetic in all conditions.analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr ni Mo cu Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.

.10/.15 1.00 .040 .030 1.00 11.50/13.50 .75 .50 .50

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: Sheets & Plates: AMS 5504, QQ-S-766, ASTM A 176, ASTM A 240 Bars: AMS 5613, AMS QQ-S-763, ASTM A 276, ASTM A 479aPPlIcatIonS — This grade is used for applications requiring good mechanical properties and involving corrosive conditions that are not too severe, such as valve parts, cutlery, food industry machine parts, screws, bolts, pump rods and pistons, etc. In the annealed condition, it may be drawn or formed. In the aircraft industry, Type 410 is used for parts such as compressor shrouds, where oxidation resistance is required up to 1000ºF. Useful at high temperatures only when stresses are low. coRRoSIon ReSIStance — This material is resistant to corrosion from the atmosphere, fresh water, iron-bearing mine waters, food acids, neutral and basic salts, mild acids and alkalis. Maximum corrosion resistance of this grade is obtained by hardening and polishing.ReSIStance to ScalInG — Resists scaling at temperatures up to approximately 1200º - 1300ºF in continuous service. Over 1300ºF it has relatively low strength, and resistance to oxidation is reduced.MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — Specification AMS 5504 requires the following properties of sheets and plates in the annealed condition: elongation in 2”

tensile Strength .030” thick over .030” (psi) and under thick

95,000 Max. 12% Min. 15% Min.HaRDenaBIlItY — Specification AMS 5504 requires that material 3/8” thick and under, and 3/8” specimens from heavier material, shall be capable of attaining hardness of Rockwell “C” 35-45 after being heated to 1750ºF, held at heat to 15-30 minutes, and cooled in still air.MacHInaBIlItY — Type 410 has better machining characteristics than the chromium-nickel grades. It has a machinability rating of 54%, with 1212 rated 100%. Surface cutting speed on automatic screw machines is approximately 90 feet per minute.WelDaBIlItY — May be welded by all the commercial processes except forge or hammer welding. Large sections should be preheated prior to welding. Because of its air-hardening properties, annealing after welding is recommended to obtain maximum ductility and toughness.FoRMInG — This grade has fair forming and stamping properties.FoRGInG — Forge between 2000º and 2200ºF. Do not forge below 1650ºF. Cool slowly.annealInG — Full annealing range is between 1550º and 1650ºF. Cool slowly

in furnace. Low annealing range is between 1200º and 1400ºF. Cool in air.HaRDenInG — Hardening range is between 1750º and 1850º. Quench large sections in oil. Small sections may be quenched in air. Temper to required hardness.

Page 146: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 410 StaInleSS (Continued)

tYPe 410 RoUnDS

annealedStock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

cold Drawn cold Finished Hot Rolled & Rough turned Max. Brinell 241 Max. Brinell 241 Max. Brinell 235 3/16 .0940 1.128

1/4 .1671 2.005

5/16 .2610 3.132

3/8 .3759 4.510

7/16 .5116 6.139

1/2 .6682 8.019

9/16 .8457 10.15

5/8 1.044 12.53

11/16 1.263 15.16

Heat treated — Brinell 248-302 Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Ground Hot Rolled 1/4 .1671 2.005 5/16 .2610 3.132 3/8 .3759 4.510 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.561 2.673 32.07 1/8 3.383 40.59 1/4 4.176 50.12

tYPe 410 PlateS type 410 Sheets Hot Rolled, annealed, annealed & Pickled and Pickled no. 2D Finish (Dull cold Rolled)

Stocked in Thicknesses from 3/16” through 3”, Widths from 48” to 96”, and Lengths up to 20’.

5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 1/2 6.014 72.17 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.82 10.69 128.3

21/8 12.07 144.8 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.6 7/8 22.09 265.13 24.06 288.7 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 1/2 32.74 392.9 5/8 35.12 421.5 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 1/2 54.13 649.5 3/4 60.31 723.7

5 66.82 801.9 1/4 73.67 884.0 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155 1/4 104.4 1253 1/2 112.9 13557 131.0 1572 1/2 150.4 18048 171.1 2053 1/4 181.9 2183 1/2 193.1 23179 216.5 2598 1/2 241.2 289510 267.3 320711 323.4 388112 384.9 4619

1 1/4 4.176 50.12 3/8 5.053 60.64 1/2 6.014 72.17 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.82 10.69 128.3 1/4 13.53 162.4 1/2 16.71 200.5 3/4 20.21 242.6

3 24.06 288.7 1/4 28.23 338.8 1/2 32.74 392.9 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 1/2 54.13 649.5 3/4 60.31 723.75 66.82 801.9

5 1/4 73.67 884.0 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155 1/2 112.9 13557 131.0 1572 1/2 150.4 18048 171.1 2053 1/2 193.1 23179 216.5 2598

Width est. Wt., lbs. thickness and Per Per length Sq. Ft. Sheet

.032” (22 Ga.) 36x120 1.318 39.5

.036” (20 Ga.) 36x120 1.483 44.5

.040” (20 Ga.) 36x120 1.648 49.4

.050” (18 Ga.) 36x120 2.060 61.8

.063” (16 Ga.) 36x120 2.596 77.9

.080” (14 Ga.) 36x120 3.296 98.9

.090” (13 Ga.) 36x120 3.708 111.2

.105” (12 Ga.) 36x120 4.326 129.8

.125” (11Ga.) 36x120 5.150 154.5

.135” (10 Ga.) 36x120 5.562 166.9

Sec. I Page 24

Page 147: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 416 —— FRee MacHInInG

Stainless BarsUnS S41600color Markings:

Annealed Bars and Pump Shafting. . . . . . . . . . . Ends painted Green Heat Treated Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Green with Blue StripeType 416 is a chromium grade of stainless steel modified by the addition of phosphorus and sulphur to produce a free-machining steel. It is the most readily machinable of all stainless steels. A wide range of mechanical properties may be obtained by conventional heat treating methods. It is magnetic in all condi-tions. Manufactured by the electric-furnace process, it is quality steel, free from all injurious defects, and meets the requirements of the aircraft industry.

analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr ni Mo cu Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. .15 1.25 .060 .15/.40 1.00 12.00/13.50 .75 .60 .50

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: AMS 5610, ASTM A 314, ASTM A 582

aPPlIcatIonS — Type 416 is used for applications demanding the mechanical properties and corrosion resistance of Type 410 combined with free machining properties. It can be turned, threaded, formed or drilled at speeds approaching those of screw stock.

coRRoSIon ReSIStance — Corrosion resistance is similar to Type 410, and is resistant to atmosphere, fresh water, food acids, and neutral and basic salts. Maximum corrosion resistance of this grade is obtained by hardening and polishing.

ReSIStance to ScalInG — Resists scaling at temperatures up to approximately 1200º - 1300ºF in continuous service.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — Applicable specifications require the following properties of material in the annealed condition: tensile Brinell Strength Hardness (psi) Max Hot Rolled annealed —— 241 annealed & cold Finished Up to 1/2” incl. 85,000/120,000 241 Over 1/2” —— 241

HaRDenaBIlItY — A 3/8” section quenched in oil from 1825ºF will harden to a minimum of Rockwell “C” 35.

MacHInaBIlItY — Type 416 has a very good machining characteristics. It has a machinability rating on approximately 110%, with 1212 rated 100%. Surface cutting speed on automatic screw machines is approximately 180 feet per minute.

WelDaBIlItY — This grade has poor welding properties. Welds are brittle, with tendency to crack.

FoRGInG — Forge between 2100º and 2300ºF. Do not forge below 1700ºF. Cool slowly.

annealInG — Full annealing range is between 1550º and 1650ºF. Cool Slowly in furnace. Low annealing range is between 1200º and 1400ºF. Cool in air.

HaRDenInG — Hardening range is between 1750º and 1850ºF. Quench large sections in oil. Small sections may be quenched in air. Temper to required hardness.

Sec. I Page 25

Page 148: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 416 StaInleSS (Continued)

tYPe 416 RoUnDSStock Lengths: Cold Drawn & Hot Rolled - 10’ to 12’ and 20’ to 22’

Ground & Pump Shafting — 20’ to 22’ Precision Pump Shafting ann. & c.F. (Brinell 241 Max.) or Tolerances: 1/2 Standard H. t. & c. F. (Rockwell “c” 25-32) Brinell: 207:245

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 20-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

cold Drawn 1/16 .0104 .1253 3/32 .0235 .2819 1/8 .0418 .5012 5/32 .0653 .7831 3/16 .0940 1.128 7/32 .1279 1.535 1/4 .1671 2.005 9/32 .2114 2.537 5/16 .2610 3.132 11/32 .3158 2.790 3/8 .3759 4.510 13/32 .4411 5.293 7/16 .5116 6.139 15/32 .5873 7.048 1/2 .6682 8.019 17/32 .7544 9.052 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 cold Finished 3/4 1.504 18.04 25/32 1.631 19.58 13/16 1.765 21.17 27/32 1.903 22.83 7/8 2.046 24.56 29/32 2.195 26.34 15/16 2.349 28.19 31/32 2.508 30.101 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.56 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70 11/16 7.612 91.34 3/4 8.186 98.23 13/16 8.781 105.4 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.4

cold Finished (Cont.)2 10.69 128.3 1/16 11.37 136.4 1/8 12.07 144.8 3/16 12.79 153.5 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 7/16 15.88 190.6 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.6 7/8 22.09 265.13 24.06 288.7

Hot Rolled, annealed & Rough turnedBrinell 241 Max.

3 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 3/8 30.45 365.3 1/2 32.74 392.9 5/8 35.12 421.5 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 1/2 54.13 649.5 3/4 60.31 723.75 66.82 801.9 1/4 73.67 884.0 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155 1/4 104.4 1253 1/2 112.9 1355 3/4 121.8 14617 131.0 1572 1/4 140.5 1686 1/2 150.4 1804 3/4 160.5 19268 171.1 2053 1/2 193.1 23179 216.5 2598 1/2 241.2 2895 3/4 254.1 304910 267.3 3207

5/8 1.044 20.88 3/4 1.504 30.07 13/16 1.765 35.29 7/8 2.046 40.931 2.673 53.46 1/8 3.383 67.66 3/16 3.769 75.38 1/4 4.176 83.53 3/8 5.053 101.1 7/16 5.523 110.5 1/2 6.014 120.3 11/16 7.612 152.2 3/4 8.186 163.7 15/16 10.03 200.72 10.69 213.8 3/16 12.79 255.8 1/4 13.53 270.6 7/16 15.88 317.6 1/2 16.71 334.1 11/16 19.31 386.1 3/4 20.21 404.3 13/16 21.14 422.9 15/16 23.06 461.33 24.06 481.1 3/16 27.16 543.1 1/4 28.23 564.6 7/16 31.58 631.7 1/2 32.74 654.8 11/16 36.35 726.9 15/16 41.44 828.84 42.77 855.3 1/4 48.28 965.6 1/2 54.13 10835 66.82 1336 1/2 80.86 1617

Sec. I Page 26

Page 149: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPeS 416 StaInleSS (Continued)tYPe 416 colD DRaWn FlatS

annealedStock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar3/16 x 1 .6381 7.657 11/2 .9572 11.49 2 1.276 15.311/4 x 1/2 .4254 5.105 3/4 .6381 7.657 1 .8508 10.21 11/2 1.276 15.31 2 1.702 20.423/8 x 1 1.276 15.31 11/2 1.914 22.97 2 2.552 30.63

tYPe 416 HexaGonSannealed & cold Drawn (Brinell 241 Max.)

or Heat treated & cold Drawn (Rockwell “c” 25-32)Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

1/4 .1842 2.210 5/16 .2878 3.454 3/8 .4145 4.973 7/16 .5641 6.769 1/2 .7368 8.842 9/16 .9325 11.19 5/8 1.151 13.82 11/16 1.393 16.72 3/4 1.658 19.89

tYPe 416 SqUaReSannealed & cold Drawn (Brinell 241 Max.)

Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size estimated Weight, lbs. Size estimated Weight, lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

3/16 .1196 1.436

1/4 .2127 2.552

5/16 .3323 3.988

3/8 .4786 5.743

7/16 .6514 7.817

1/2 .8508 10.21

5/8 1.329 15.95

3/4 1.914 22.97

7/8 2.606 31.27

1/2 x 3/4 1.276 15.31 1 1.702 20.42 11/2 2.552 30.63 2 3.403 40.843/4 x 1 2.552 30.63 11/2 3.829 45.94 2 5.105 61.261 x 11/2 5.105 61.26 2 6.806 81.6811/4 x 11/2 6.381 76.57 2 8.508 102.111/2 x 2 10.21 122.5 3 15.31 183.8

13/16 1.946 23.35 7/8 2.257 27.08 15/16 2.590 31.081 2.947 35.37 1/16 3.327 39.93 1/8 3.730 44.76 1/4 4.605 55.26 5/16 5.077 60.93 3/8 5.572 66.87

1 1/2 6.631 79.56 5/8 7.783 93.39 3/4 9.026 108.3 7/8 10.36 124.32 11.79 141.5 1/4 14.92 179.0 1/2 18.42 221.03 26.53 318.3

15/16 2.991 35.89

1 3.403 40.84

1/4 5.318 63.81

3/8 6.434 77.21

1/2 7.657 91.89

3/4 10.42 125.1

2 13.61 163.4

1/2 21.27 255.2

Sec. I Page 27

Page 150: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 418

(Greek ascoloy)

Stainless Bars

UnS S41800color Marking: Annealed Bars —— Purple with Green Stripe

Type 418 is a chromium grade of stainless steel similar in many respects to the basic 410 grade but modified by the addition of nickel and tungsten to improve high temperature properties. Up to 1100ºF, its stress rupture strength is equal to or superior to the austenitic grades. A wide range of mechanical properties is available with conventional heat treated methods.

analYSIS Mn P S Si c Max. Max. Max. Max. cr

.15/.20 .50 .04 .03 .50 12.00/14.00

Mo al cu Sn ni W Max. Max. Max. Max.

1.80/2.20 2.50/3.50 .50 .15 .50 .05

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: AMS 5616, AMS 2303, ASTM A 565

aPPlIcatIonS — Type 418 is used for applications requiring the mechanical properties and corrosion resistance of 410 as well as strength and oxidation resistance at elevated temperatures. Typical applications would be steam and gas turbine parts, jet engine components, compressor vanes and blades, fasteners, etc.

coRRoSIon ReSIStance — Similar to Type 410 which means excellent resistance to corrosion in atmosphere, fresh water, food acids, neutral and basic salts, and mild acids and alkalis.

ReSIStance to ScalInG — Resists scaling up to 1400ºF and may be used in continuous service at 1100ºF.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — Typical properties in the annealed condition: tensile Yield elong- Strength Strength ation Rockwell (psi) (psi) in 2” Hardness 115,000/150,000 85,000/120,000 18-22% Rc 23 - 33

A wide range of mechanical properties is obtainable by hardening and tempuring. Hardness of Rockwell “C” 25-50 is possible with corresponding tensile strength.

HaRDenaBIlItY — Specification AMS 5616 requires that material 3/8” thick and under, and 3/8” specimens from heavier sections shall be capable of attaining hardness of Rockwell “C” 45 minimum after being heated to 1750ºF, held 25-30 minutes, and quenched in commercial paraffin oil at room temperature.

MacHInaBIlItY — Type 418 has fair machining characteristics in the annealed condition.

WelDaBIlItY — Type 418 can be welded by any of the commonly used processes; but since it is an air hardening grade, welded sections should be annealed or tempered for maximum ductility.

Sec. I Page 28

Page 151: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 418 StaInleSS (Continued)

FoRGInG — Forge between 2000º - 2100ºF. Do not forge below 1600ºF. Cool slowly.

annealInG — Because of the sluggish transformation characteristics of Type 418, a full anneal is impractical. For maximum softness the material should be heated to 1215º-1255ºF and held for six hours at temperature followed by air cooling. If a somewhat higher hardness of 277/311 BHN is not objectionable, a simpler treatment is to heat the material to 1300º-1350ºF and air cool.

HaRDenInG — Hardening range is between 1750º-1900ºF. Quench large sections in oil. Small sections may be quenched in air. Temper to required hardness.

tYPe 418 RoUnDS

conDItIon a — ANNEALEDStock Lengths 10’ to 12’

Size estimated Wt., lbs. Size estimated Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

cold Drawn 1/4 .1671 2.005 3/8 .3759 4.510 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 Ground 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 7/8 2.046 24.561 2.673 32.07 1/8 3.383 40.59 1/4 4.176 50.12 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28

Ground (Cont.)11/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.82 10.69 128.3 1/8 12.07 144.8 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 3/4 20.21 242.63 24.06 288.7 Hot Rolled, Rough turned4 42.77 513.2 1/2 54.13 649.55 66.82 801.9

Sec. I Page 29

Page 152: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 431

Stainless Bars and Wire

UnS S43100color Marking

Bars (Annealed): Ends painted Green and Yellow

Type 431 is a “16 chromium” stainless steel modified by the addition of nickel. It is designed to develop high mechanical properties by conventional heat treating methods. Its corrosion resistance is superior to such straight chromium grades as Types 410 and 416. It is magnetic in all conditions. Manufactured by the electric-furnace process, it meets the rigid requirements of the aircraft industry, particularly for parts which may be subject to magnetic (magna flux) inspection.

analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr ni Max. Max.

.13/.17 .30/.80 .040 .030 .20/.60 15.50/16.50 2.00/3.00

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: AMS-S-18732, ASTM A 276, AMS 5628

aPPlIcatIonS — Type 431 is used for applications requiring higher mechanical properties than can be obtained from Type 410 and where corrosive conditions are not to severe, such as valve parts, centrifuge bowls, chemical equipment, bolts, and screws.

coRRoSIon ReSIStance — The corrosion resistance of Type 431 is superior to that of Type 410. This grade has excellent resistance to corrosion in all conditions of heat treatment from mild acids and alkalis, neutral and basic salts, food acids, and atmosphere. Maximum resistance is obtained by hardening and polishing.

ReSIStance to ScalInG — Resists scaling at temperatures up to approximately 1400ºF in continuous service.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — As required by Specification AMS-S-18732, this grade can be heat treated to meet the following minimum properties: tensile Yield elonga- Reduc- Strength Strength tion tion HT-200 —— Quenched in oil from (psi) (psi) in 2” of area 1875ºF, cool to —100ºF and double temper at 550º F 200,000 150,000 10% 40%

For further information, refer to Section Q.

MacHInaBIlItY — Type 431 has better machining characteristics than the chromi-um- nickel grades. It has a machinability rating of 45%, with 1212 rated 100%. Surface cutting speed on automatic screw machines is approximately 75 feet per minute.

WelDaBIlItY — May be welded by all the commercial processes except forge or hammer welding. Large sections should be preheated prior to welding. Because of air-hardening properties, this grade should be annealed after welding.

FoRGInG — Forge between 2100º and 2250ºF. Cool slowly. Do not forge below 1700ºF.

annealInG — Full annealing is impractical. The low annealing range is between 1150º and 1225ºF.

HaRDenInG — Hardening range is between 1850º and 1950ºF. Quench large sections in oil. Small sections may be quenched in air. Temper to required hardness.

Sec. I Page 30

Page 153: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 440c

Stainless Bars

UnS S44004color Marking: Ends painted Blue

This is a high carbon chromium stainless steel, capable of developing high hard-ness and mechanical properties by conventional heat treating methods. It exhibits best corrosion resistance in the hardened condition. It has excellent resistance to wear and abrasion and is magnetic in all conditions. It develops the highest hard-ness of the stainless steels.

analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr Mo ni cu Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. .95/1.20 1.00 .040 .030 1.00 16.00/18.00 .65 .75 .50

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: AMS 5630, AMS QQ-S-763, ASTM A 276

aPPlIcatIonS — Used for severe abrasion service such as in needle valves, balls and seats for check valves and ball bearings. Well adapted for pump parts which must resist corrosion encountered in the oil industry.

coRRoSIon ReSIStance — Type 440C resists corrosion from fresh water steam, crude oil, gasoline, etc., and resists staining from fruit and food acids. Maximum resistance is obtained by hardening and polishing.

ReSIStance to ScalInG — Resists scaling up to 1200ºF in continuous service.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — Refer to Sec. Q.

MacHInaBIlItY — Type 440C has fair machining characteristics, with a machinability rating of 40%, with 1212 rated as 100%. Surface cutting speed on automatic screw machines is approximately 65 feet per minute.

WelDaBIlItY — Poor welding properties, due to high carbon content.

FoRMInG — This grade has poor forming and stamping properties.

FoRGInG — Forge between 1900º and 2100ºF, not below 1650ºF. Cool slowly.

annealInG — Full annealing range is 1550º-1650ºF. Cool slowly in furnace.

HaRDenInG — Hardening range is between 1850º and 1950ºF. Quench large sections in oil. Small sections may be quenched in air. Temper as required.

tYPe 440c RoUnDSannealed & cold Drawn — Brinell Max.

Hot Rolled annealed Rough turned — Brinell 255 Max.Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’ and 20’ to 22’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

annealed & annealed & Hot Rolled, annealed, cold Drawn Ground (Cont.) & Rough turned 1/8 .0418 .5012 5/32 .0653 .7836 3/16 .0940 1.128 7/32 .1279 1.535 1/4 .1671 2.005 9/32 .2114 2.537 5/16 .2610 3.132 11/32 .3158 3.790 3/8 .3757 4.510 13/32 .4412 5.294 7/16 .5116 6.139 15/32 .5874 7.049 1/2 .6682 8.019annealed & Ground 17/32 .7544 9.052 9/16 .8457 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04

13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.42 10.69 128.3 1/4 13.53 162.4

1 7/8 9.397 112.82 10.69 128.3 1/8 12.07 144.8 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.63 24.06 288.7 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 1/2 32.74 392.9 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 1/2 54.13 649.5

4 3/4 60.31 723.75 66.82 801.9 1/4 73.67 884.0 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155 1/4 104.4 1253 1/2 112.9 1355 3/4 121.8 14617 131.0 1572 1/2 150.4 18048 171.1 2053 1/2 193.1 23179 216.5 2598 1/2 241.2 289510 267.3 3207

Sec. I Page 31

Page 154: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

13-8 VaR (ceVM)

Precipitation Hardening Stainless Bars

UnS S13800color Marking: Ends painted Copper

13-8 VAR is another in the family of precipitation hardening stainless steels. It possesses the same advantages of 17-4 and 15-5 in that high strength may be developed by a single low temperature thermal treatment while retaining excellent corrosion resistance. It offers the same excellent transverse toughness and ductility, even in large sections, as 15-5. Due to the composition and controlled melting practice, 13-8 VAR has an essentially ferrite-free microstructure.

analYSIS c Mn P S Si Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.

.05 .10 .010 .008 .10

cr ni Mo al

12.25/13.25 7.50/8.50 2.00/2.50 .90/1.35

SPecIFIcatIonS — AMS 5629, AMS 2300, ASTM A 564 Type XM-13 are generally applicable.

aPPlIcatIonS — 13-8 is produced as a consumable electrode, vacuum arc remelted product and is ideal for applications requiring very high strength and toughness in light through heavy cross sections. This alloy is used when good general and stress corrosion cracking resistance and minimal property directionality are required. Suitable for aircraft structural parts, landing gear parts, shafts, valves, fittings, fasteners, and parts used in the petrochemical industry.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — The following may be considered as typical room temperature properties: Reduction of area tensile Yield elong- Rockwell V-charpy condition Strength Strength ation % % “c” Ft. (psi) (psi) in 2” % long trans Hardness lbs.

H 950 225 210 12 50 40 47 30 H 1050 190 180 15 55 55 43 60 H 1100 160 150 18 60 60 36 100 H 1150 145 105 20 63 63 33 110 H 1150M 130 85 22 70 70 28 120

AMS 5629 requires the following after precipitation hardening at 950ºF: Reduction of area

tensile Yield elonga- Strength Strength tion % % (psi) (psi) in 4D long trans

220,000 Min. 205,000 Min. 10% Min. 45 Min. 35 Min.

Sec. I Page 32

Page 155: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

13-8 VaR RoUnDScondition a — Ground

Stock Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size estimated Wt., lbs. Size estimated Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

3/16 .0940 1.128

1/4 .1671 2.005

.2600 .1807 2.168

5/16 .2610 3.132

.3225 .2780 3.336

3/8 .3759 4.510

.3850 .3961 4.753

7/16 .5116 6.139

1/2 .6682 8.019

.5100 .6952 8.342

9/16 .8457 10.15

.5725 .8762 10.51

5/8 1.044 12.53

.6350 1.078 12.94

11/16 1.263 15.16

3/4 1.504 18.04

13/16 1.765 21.17

7/8 2.046 24.56

15/16 2.349 28.19

1 2.673 32.07 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 5/8 7.058 84.70 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.82 10.69 128.3 1/8 12.07 144.8 1/4 13.53 162.4 1/2 16.71 200.5 3/4 20.21 242.63 24.06 288.7 1/4 28.23 338.8 1/2 32.74 392.9 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3

13-8 VaR (Continued)

annealInG (condition a) — The solution annealing temperature is 1700ºF. Oil or rapid air quench to below 60ºF. Maximum Brinell hardness is 363.

HaRDenInG — Condition H 950 — 950ºF for 4 hours, air cool. Rockwell “C” 48 Average. Condition H 1050 — 1050ºF for 4 hours, air cool. Rockwell “C” 43 Average. Condition H 1100 — 1100ºF for 4 hours, air cool. Rockwell “C” 36 Average. Condition H 1150 — 1150ºF for 4 hours, air cool. Rockwell “C” 33 Average. Condition H 1150M — 1400ºF for 2 hours, air cool. + 1150ºF for 4 hours, air cool. Rockwell “C” 28 Average.

MacHInaBIlItY, WelDaBIlItY, coRRoSIon ReSIStance, anD FoRGInG — Similar to 17-4, for which see Page 34 of this section.

Sec. I Page 33

Page 156: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

17-4

aISI 630UnS S 17400

Precipitation Hardening Stainless Bars and Platescolor Marking: Bars — Ends painted Blue and Yellow

Plates — Corner striped Blue and YellowThis is a chromium-nickel grade of stainless steel that may be hardened by a single low-temperature precipitation-hardening heat treatment. Excellent mechanical properties at a high strength level may be obtained by such treatment. Scaling and distortion are minimized. This material should not be used in the solution treated condition.The strength and corrosion resistance properties of 17-4 hold up well in service temperatures up to 800ºF. Fabrication techniques for this steel are similar to those established for the regular stainless steel grades. This material machines well, has excellent welding characteristics, and forges easily. The combination of excellent mechanical and processing properties makes this grade adaptable to a wide variety of applications.

analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr ni cu cb Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. +ta .07 1.00 .04 .03 1.00 15.00/17.50 3.00/5.00 3.00/5.00 5XC/.45

SPecIFIcatIonS — AMS 5643 and ASTM A 564 Type 630 are generally applicable.aPPlIcatIonS — Used where high strength and good corrosion resistance are required, as well as for applications requiring high fatigue strength, good resistance to galling, seizing and stress corrosion. Suitable for intricate parts requiring machining and welding, and/or where distortion in conventional heat treatment is a problem. coRRoSIon ReSIStance — The corrosion resistance of 17-4 is superior to that of hardenable straight chromium grades such as Type 410. It approaches the corrosion resistance of the chromium nickel grades. In many corrosive media it is equal to such grades as Type 304. Corrosion resisting properties will be affected by such conditions as surface finish and aging heat treatment.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — The following may be considered as average or typical room-temperature properties:

tensile Yield elonga- Reduc- Rockwell condition Strength Strength tion tion “c” (psi) (psi) in 2” of area Hardness a (Annealed) 150,000 110,000 10% 40% 34 H 900 (Hardened at 900º) 200,000 185,000 14% 50% 44 H 1150 (Hardened at 1150º) 145,000 125,000 19% 60% 33 AMS 5643 requires the following after precipitation heat treating at 900ºF. Reduction of area tensile Yield elonga- Strength Strength tion 3” thick over 3” (psi) (psi) in 2” & Under to 8” thick

190,000 Min. 170,000 Min. 10% Min. 40% Min. 35% Min.MacHInaBIlItY — This grade has a machinability rating of 48% in the annealed condition (Condition A), with surface cutting speed of 80 feet per minute. In the overaged condition (H 1150-M), the machinability rating is 76%, with surface cutting speed of 125 feet per minute.WelDInG — Readily weldable by all the commercial processes. Preheating and post-heating practices used for the standard hardenable stainless grades are not required.FoRGInG — Forge between 2050º and 2150ºF. Do not forge below 1850ºF. Forgings are air cooled to 90ºF or lower. Large or intricate forgings should be equalized at some temperature between 1900ºF and the forging temperature before air cooling.annealInG (condition a) — The annealing (solution treatment) temperature is 1900ºF, followed by air cooling. Maximum Brinell hardness at mid-radius is 363.HaRDenInG — Condition H 900 —— 900ºF for 1 hour, air cool. Rockwell “C” 44 Average. Condition H 1025 —— 1025ºF for 4 hours, air cool. Rockwell “C” 38 Average. Condition H 1150 —— 1150ºF for 4 hours, air cool. Rockwell “C” 33 Average.

Sec. I Page 34

Page 157: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

17-4 StaInleSS (Continued)17-4 RoUnDS

condition a or Hardened Stock Lengths 10’ to12’

Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

cold Finished 3/32 .0235 .2820 1/8 .0418 .5012 5/32 .0653 .7831 3/16 .0940 1.128 7/32 .1279 1.535 1/4 .1671 2.005 9/32 .2114 2.537 5/16 .2610 3.132 11/32 .3158 3.790 3/8 .3759 4.510 13/32 .4411 5.293 7/16 .5116 6.139 15/32 .5873 7.048 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8457 10.15 19/32 .9423 11.31 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23

17-4 HexaGonS 17-4 SqUaReS condition a c.D. & H.R., ann. ann. & cold Drawn & Pickled Stock Lengths 10’ to 12’ Stock Lengths 10’ to 14’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

1/2 .7368 8.842

9/16 .9325 11.19

5/8 1.151 13.82

11/16 1.393 16.72

3/4 1.658 19.89

13/16 1.946 23.35

7/8 2.257 27.08

1 2.947 35.37

1/8 3.730 44.76

cold Finished (Cont.)1 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 9/16 6.526 78.31 5/8 7.058 84.70 11/16 7.612 91.34 3/4 8.186 98.23 13/16 8.781 105.4 7/8 9.397 112.8 15/16 10.03 120.42 10.69 128.3 1/16 11.37 136.4 1/8 12.07 144.8 3/16 12.79 153.5 1/4 13.53 162.4 5/16 14.29 171.5 3/8 15.08 180.9 7/16 15.88 190.6 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 11/16 19.31 231.7 3/4 20.21 242.6 7/8 22.09 265.1 15/16 23.06 276.83 24.06 288.7

Rough turned3 1/8 26.10 313.2 1/4 28.23 338.8 3/8 30.45 365.3 1/2 32.74 392.9 5/8 35.12 421.5 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3 1/2 54.13 649.5 3/4 60.31 723.75 66.82 801.9 1/4 73.67 884.0 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155 1/4 104.4 1253 1/2 112.9 1355 3/4 121.8 14617 131.0 1572 1/4 140.5 1686 1/2 150.4 1804 3/4 160.5 19268 171.1 2053 1/4 181.9 2183 1/2 193.1 2317 3/4 204.6 24569 216.5 2598 1/2 241.2 289510 267.3 320711 323.4 388112 384.9 4619

1 1/4 4.605 55.26

5/16 5.077 60.93

3/8 5.572 66.87

1/2 6.631 79.56

5/8 7.783 93.39

3/4 9.026 108.3

2 11.79 141.5

1/4 14.92 179.0

1/4 .2127 2.552 5/16 .3323 3.988 3/8 .4786 5.743 1/2 .8508 10.21 5/8 1.329 15.95 3/4 1.914 22.97 7/8 2.606 31.271 3.403 40.84 1/4 5.318 63.81 1/2 7.657 91.89

1 3/4 10.42 125.1

2 13.61 163.4

1/4 17.23 206.7

1/2 21.27 255.2

3 30.63 367.5

1/2 41.69 500.3

4 54.45 653.4

5 85.08 1021

6 122.5 1470

Sec. I Page 35

Page 158: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

17-4 StaInleSS (Continued)17-4 FlatS

Hot Rolled, annealed & Pickled Stock Lengths 10’ to14’

Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. Size est. Weight, lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

1/8 x 3/4 .3191 3.829 1 .4254 5.105 11/2 .6381 7.657 2 .8508 10.215/16 x 11/4 1.329 15.95 11/2 1.595 19.14 21/2 2.659 31.913/16 x 1/2 .3191 3.829 3/4 .4786 5.743 1 .6381 7.657 11/4 .7976 9.572 11/2 .9572 11.49 2 1.276 15.31 21/2 1.595 19.14 3 1.914 22.971/4 x 3/8 .3191 3.829 1/2 .4254 5.105 5/8 .5318 6.381 3/4 .6381 7.657 1 .8508 10.21 11/4 1.064 12.76 11/2 1.276 15.31 13/4 1.489 17.87 2 1.702 20.42 21/2 2.127 25.52 3 2.552 30.63 4 3.403 40.84 5 4.254 51.05 6 5.105 61.265/16 x 3/4 .7976 9.571 1 1.064 12.76 11/4 1.329 15.95 11/2 1.595 19.14 2 2.127 25.52 21/2 2.659 31.91 3 3.191 38.293/8 x 1/2 .6381 7.657 3/4 .9572 11.49 1 1.276 15.31 11/4 1.595 19.14 11/2 1.914 22.97 13/4 2.233 26.80 2 2.552 30.63 21/2 3.191 38.29 3 3.829 45.94 31/2 4.467 53.60 4 5.105 61.26 5 6.381 76.57 6 7.657 91.89

17-4 PlateSHot Rolled, annealed, and Pickled

Stocked in Thicknesses from 3/16” through 2”,Widths from 48” to 72”, and Lengths up to 20’

1/2 x 5/8 1.064 12.77 3/4 1.276 15.31 1 1.702 20.42 11/4 2.127 25.52 11/2 2.552 30.63 13/4 2.978 35.73 2 3.403 40.84 21/2 4.254 51.05 3 5.105 61.26 31/2 5.956 71.47 4 6.806 81.68 41/2 7.657 91.89 5 8.508 102.1 6 10.21 122.55/8 x 3/4 1.595 19.14 1 2.127 25.52 11/4 2.659 31.91 11/2 3.191 38.29 13/4 3.722 44.67 2 4.254 51.05 21/2 5.318 63.81 3 6.381 76.57 4 8.508 102.1 5 10.64 127.6 6 12.76 153.13/4 x 1 2.552 30.63 11/4 3.191 38.29 11/2 3.829 45.94 13/4 4.467 53.60 2 5.105 61.26 21/2 6.381 76.57 3 7.657 91.89 31/2 8.933 107.2 4 10.21 122.5 5 12.76 153.1 6 15.31 183.8 8 20.42 245.07/8 x 2 5.956 71.47 3 8.933 107.21 x 11/4 4.254 51.05 11/2 5.105 61.26 13/4 5.956 71.47 2 6.806 81.68 21/4 7.657 91.89

1x 21/2 8.508 102.1 3 10.21 122.5 31/2 11.91 142.9 4 13.61 163.4 41/2 15.31 183.8 5 17.02 204.2 6 20.42 245.0 7 23.82 285.8 8 27.23 326.811/4x 11/2 6.381 76.57 13/4 7.445 89.34 2 8.508 102.1 21/2 10.64 127.6 3 12.76 153.1 31/2 14.89 178.7 4 17.02 204.2 5 21.27 255.2 6 25.52 306.211/2x 13/4 8.933 107.2 2 10.21 122.5 21/4 11.49 137.8 21/2 12.76 153.1 3 15.31 183.8 4 20.42 245.0 5 25.52 306.2 6 30.63 367.513/4x 2 11.91 142.9 21/4 13.40 160.8 21/2 14.89 178.7 3 17.87 214.4 31/2 20.84 250.1 4 23.82 285.82 x 21/2 17.02 204.2 3 20.42 245.0 31/2 23.82 285.8 4 27.23 326.7 5 34.03 408.4 6 40.84 490.121/2x 3 25.52 306.3 4 34.03 408.4 5 42.54 510.5 6 51.05 612.63x 4 40.84 490.1 5 51.05 612.6 6 61.26 735.1

Sec. I Page 36

Page 159: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

15-5 VaR (ceVM)

Precipitation Hardening Stainless Bars

UnS S15500

color Marking: Ends painted Gold with Blue Stripe

15-5 VAR is an improved version of the highly successful 17-4. It possesses the advantages of 17-4, in that high strength can be developed by a single low temperature thermal treatment. In addition it offers excellent transverse toughness and ductility, better mechanical properties in larger sections, and better forgeability.

The composition of 15-5 VAR results in an essentially ferrite-free microstructure, which accounts for the improved properties.

Fabrication practices for 15-5 VAR are generally the same as those established for 17-4.

15-5 VAR is produced as a consumable electrode, vacuum arc remelted product. Where the ultimate in quality and uniformity of properties, and transverse notch toughness in particular, are required, this product is recommended.

analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr ni cu cb Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. +ta

.07 1.00 .03 .015 1.00 14.00/15.50 3.50/5.50 2.50/4.50 .15/.45

SPecIFIcatIonS — Specifications AMS 5659 is generally applicable.

aPPlIcatIonS, coRRoSIon ReSIStance, MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS, & FaBRIcatIon — Similar to 17-4, for which see Page 37 of this section.

15-5 VaR RoUnDS

Stock Lengths 10’ to 13’

Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. Size est. Wt., lbs. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft. In Per 12-Ft.Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar Inches Foot Bar

annealed & Ground Hot Rolled, Rough turned, condition a condition a

1/4 .1671 2.005 5/16 .2610 3.132 3/8 .3759 4.510 7/16 .5116 6.139 1/2 .6682 8.019 9/16 .8454 10.15 5/8 1.044 12.53 11/16 1.263 15.16 3/4 1.504 18.04 13/16 1.765 21.17 7/8 2.046 24.56 15/16 2.349 28.191 2.673 32.07

1 1/16 3.017 36.21 1/8 3.383 40.59 3/16 3.769 45.23 1/4 4.176 50.12 5/16 4.604 55.25 3/8 5.053 60.64 7/16 5.523 66.28 1/2 6.014 72.17 5/8 7.058 84.70 11/16 7.612 91.34 3/4 8.186 98.23 7/8 9.397 112.82 10.69 128.3

2 1/8 12.07 144.8 1/4 13.53 162.4 3/8 15.08 180.9 1/2 16.71 200.5 5/8 18.42 221.0 3/4 20.21 242.63 24.06 288.7 1/4 28.23 338.8 1/2 32.74 392.9 5/8 35.12 421.5 3/4 37.59 451.04 42.77 513.2 1/4 48.28 579.3

4 1/2 54.13 649.5 3/4 60.31 723.75 66.82 801.9 1/4 73.67 884.0 1/2 80.86 970.2 3/4 88.37 10606 96.22 1155 1/4 104.4 1253 1/2 112.9 13557 131.0 1572 1/2 150.4 18048 171.1 2053

Sec. I Page 37

Page 160: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

17-7

aISI 631 UnS S17700

Precipitation Hardening Stainless Sheets

17-7 is a chromium-nickel stainless steel that has the easy-to-work advantages of the chromium-nickel stainless grades, and yet is capable of being hardened. In the annealed (Condition A) state, it has excellent fabricating properties, and it can be precipitation hardened by a simple heat treatment.

In the hardened condition, it possesses excellent mechanical properties both at room temperature and elevated temperatures up to 800ºF.

Its corrosion resistance is definitely superior to that of the straight chromium grades, and in some environments it approaches the chromium-nickel grades.

analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr ni al Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.

.09 1.00 .04 .03 1.00 16.00/18.00 6.50/7.75 .75/1.50

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: AMS 5528, AMS 5529.

aPPlIcatIonS — 17-7 is used for applications requiring high strength and corrosion resistance and/or good mechanical properties at temperatures up to 800ºF. It lends itself to fabrication of intricate parts, because they may be formed, drawn, or welded and then hardened with a minimum of distortion.

coRRoSIon ReSIStance — In the precipitation hardened condition, the corrosion resistance of 17-7 is superior to such grades as Type 410. It is generally not quite as good as the Type 304. This applies to general atmospheric corrosion as well as corrosive chemical media, and such factors as aging heat treatment and surface condition have an effect.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS —

tensile Yield elonga-

condition Strength Strength tion Rockwell (psi) (psi) in 2” Hardness

a (Annealed) 150,000 Max. 55,000 Max. 20% Min. Rb 92 Max. TH 1050 180,000 Min. 150,000 Min. 6% Min. Rc 38 Min. RH 950 210,000 Min. 190,000 Min. 5% Min. Rc 44 Min.

MacHInaBIlItY — 17-7 in Condition A has a machinability rating of approximately 45%, with 1212 rated as 100%. Surface cutting speed approaches 75 feet per minute. When machining material in the annealed condition, allowance must be made for dimensional changes occurring in heat treatment. When machining material in the hardened condition, lower speeds and more power are required.

WelDInG — Easily welded by the arc and resistance techniques applicable to stainless steels. No preheating or other complex welding procedures are required. Excellent properties are obtained in weldments, and the choice of weld metal depends upon the properties desired at the weld.

Sec. I Page 38

Page 161: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

17-7 SHeetSno. 2D finishcondition a

Dull cold Rolled, annealed, & Pickled

Width est. Wt., lbs. thickness and Per Per length Sq. Ft. Sheet

.0161” (27 Ga.) 36x120 .676 20.3

.020” (25 Ga.) 36x120 .840 25.2

.025” (24 Ga.) 36x120 1.050 31.5

.032” (22 Ga.) 36x120 1.344 40.3

.036” (20 Ga.) 36x120 1.512 45.4

.040” (20 Ga) 36x120 1.680 50.4

.045” (19 Ga.) 36x120 1.890 56.7

.050” (18 Ga.) 36x120 2.100 63.0

.063” (16 Ga.) 36x120 2.646 79.4

17-7 StaInleSS (Continued)

FoRMInG — 17-7 in Condition A has good forming and drawing characteristics.

FoRGInG — Heat to 2150º/2250ºF, air cool.

annealInG (condition a) — Heat to 1950ºF +_ 25º and air cool. For forgings, heat to 1900ºF +_ 25º and water quench.

HaRDenInG — Condition TH 1050 — Heat Condition A material to 1400ºF and hold for 90 minutes. Cool to 60º within one hour and hold one-half hour. Heat to 1050ºF and hold for 90 minutes. Cool in air to room temperature.

Condition RH 950 — Heat Condition A material to 1750º and hold for 10 minutes. Cool to minus 100ºF and hold for 8 hours. Heat to 950º and hold for one hour. Cool in air to room temperature.

For more information, ask for literature on Precipitation Hardening Steels.

Width est. Wt., lbs. thickness and Per Per length Sq. Ft. Sheet

.071” (15 Ga.) 36x120 2.982 89.5

.080” (14 Ga.) 36x120 3.360 100.8

.090” (13 Ga.) 36x120 3.780 113.4

.100” (12 Ga.) 36x120 4.200 126.0

.125” (11 Ga.) 36x120 5.250 157.5

.140” (10 Ga.) 48x120 5.880 235.2

144 5.880 281.2

.160” (9 Ga.) 36x120 6.720 201.6

Sec. I Page 39

Page 162: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

a-286 VaR (ceVM)

UnS S66286Premium quality High temperature Bars

color Marking: Solution Treated and Aged —— Ends painted Aluminum with Brown Stripe Solution Treated —— Aluminum and OrangeThis grade is one of the most popular high temperature alloys and is widely used in jet engine and gas turbine applications. It is a precipitation hardening alloy and thus soft and ductile in the solution treated condition but develops high strength and hardness with a single precipitation or aging treatment. This grade is designed to provide high strength up to 1300ºF and oxidation resistance up to 1500ºF. Being austenitic in all conditions, it may be used in high strength non-magnetic applications due to its low magnetic permeability consumable electrode vacuum melting practice is used for this alloy resulting in a premium quality steel.analYSIS c Mn P S Si cr ni Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. .08 2.00 .025 .025 1.00 13.50/16.00 24.00/27.00

Mo ti V al B cu Max. Max. 1.00/1.50 1.90/2.35 .10/.50 .35 .003/.010 .50

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: AMS 5731, AMS 5732, PWAS 5732aPPlIcatIonS — Used where high strength at elevated temperature is required. Also used in applications where oxidation resistance at elevated temperatures is a requirement. Suitable for parts such as buckets, bolts, fittings, rings and jet engine and steam turbine parts. coRRoSIon ReSIStance — Excellent resistance up to 1300ºF in all atmospheres encountered in jet engine and turbo-supercharged applications. This alloy also has reasonably good resistance to salt spray corrosion.oxIDatIon ReSIStance — This alloy has good oxidation resistance for intermittent service up to 1500ºF and continuous service up to 1800ºF. It is comparable to type 310 Stainless at 1800ºF.MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — AMS 5731 and AMS 5732 require the following after solution treatment at 1800ºF, quenched in oil or water followed by precipitation heat treatment at 1325ºF for a minimum of 16 hours and air cooled: tensile Yield elonga- Reduction

Strength Strength tion of (psi) (psi) in 4D area

130,000 Min. 85,000 Min. 15% Min. 20% Min. Solution Treated Hardness —— 201, BHN max. Typical Hardness for solution treated at 1800ºF and aged at 1325ºF - 248/341 BHNMacHInaBIlItY — This grade may be machined using the techniques and equipment employed for austenitic stainless grades. Since the material is soft and gummy in the solution treated condition, it is usually machined after complete heat treatment.WelDaBIlItY — Material should be in the solution treated condition for welding. Small sections can be satisfactorily welded using spot, flash, butt welding and metallic arc utilizing coated electrodes or inert gas shielding. Large sections under restraint can lead to cracking.FoRGInG — Forge between 1650ºF and 2150ºF. “Critical reductions” must be avoided to prevent excessive grain growth. To assist in this problem, as a general guide, all forging temperatures should be kept well in excess of 1800ºF or heavy reductions during the final hot working operation of at least 15% must be given below 1800ºF.annealInG — Same as solution treating temperature of 1800ºF, followed by quenching in oil or water.

a-286 VaR RoUnDS

Stock Lengths 10’ TO 12’

Available in diameters 1/2” through 6”

Sec. I Page 40

Page 163: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

6 al — 4 Vtitanium alloyUnS R56400

aMS 4928

color Marking: Ends painted Olive with Black Stripe

6AL-4V is an alpha-beta type titanium base alloy with 120,000 psi minimum yield strength in the annealed condition. This alloy has good forming characteristics, is weldable with proper shielding and can be heat treated to higher strength levels by a solution treatment and aging process. It has good elevated temperature strength, good creep resistance, and low temperature impact strength.

analYSIS al V Fe o c n H ti Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.

5.50/6.75 3.50/4.50 .30 .20 .10 .05 .0125 Remainder

SPecIFIcatIonS — The following specifications are generally applicable: AMS 4928, MIL-T-9047, PWAS 4928.

aPPlIcatIonS — Aircraft structural parts, ordnance and missile components, gas turbine disks, rings and blades, and other uses where a high strength to weight ratio is required.

coRRoSIon ReSIStance — Comparable to commercially pure titanium. Shows good resistance to sea water and marine atmospheres, as well as wet chlorine and chlorine dioxide.

MecHanIcal PRoPeRtIeS — AMS 4928 requires the following minimum properties in the annealed condition:

tensile Yield elonga- Reduction

Strength Strength tion of Size (psi) (psi) in 2” area

Thru 2” 135,000 min. 125,000 min. 10% min. 25% min. Over 2” thru 4” 130,000 min. 120,000 min. 10% min. 25% min. Over 4” thru 6” 130,000 min. 120,000 min. 10% min. 20% min.

Depending upon section size, this material can be solution treated and aged to produce typical properties of 140/170,000 psi tensile strength and 130/150,000 psi yield strength.

MacHInaBIlItY — To machine satisfactorily, care must be taken to use sharp tools, the correct tool angles, heavy feeds, slow speeds and sufficient coolant.

WelDaBIlItY — This alloy can be satisfactory welded provided the weld is properly shielded from the atmosphere. In addition to the inert gas-shielded metal-arc welding, other methods, such as spot, seam, flash and pressure welding may also be used with excellent success.

annealInG — Annealing is accomplished by holding at 1350ºF for one-half to two hours and air cooling.

6 al - 4 V tItanIUM RoUnDS

Stock Lengths 10’ TO 12’

Available in diameters 1/2” through 4”

Sec. I Page 41

Page 164: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

JSection J

tool SteelS

cold work tool SteelS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Shock reSiSting and Special purpoSe tool SteelS . . . . . 3

hot work tool SteelS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

high Speed tool SteelS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

water hardening (carBon) tool SteelS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Brake die Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

aVailaBle tool Steel SiZeS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

poliShed drill rod and preciSion ground Flat Stock . 10

drill rod roundS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

preciSion ground Flat Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-13

aiSi tool Steel claSSiFication SyStem

In order to overcome the difficulties arising from the existence of hundreds of different trade names assigned by various tool steel manufacturers, the American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) has published a uniform designation system. A letter symbol is provided for each major group, as follows:

High Speed Molybdenum Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Tungsten Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T Hot Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H Cold Work High Carbon, High Chromium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D Medium Alloy Air Hardening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A Oil Hardening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O Shock Resisting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S Mold Steels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P Special Purpose Low Alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L Water Hardening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W

Each major group may contain a number of individual types, which are identified by suffix numbers.

As will be noted throughout this section, EMJ Tool Steels are classified according to the AISI system. However, trade names of various producers for the respective AISI grades are shown for your convenience.

Sec . J page 1

Page 165: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

cold work tool SteelSThese steels are particularly designed to resist wear and abrasion. In addition, they are safe-hardening, which tends to minimize the danger of cracking in the heat treating or hardening operation. They are non-deforming, which minimizes distortion and warpage. Applications include tools and dies for cold shearing, forming, drawing, trimming, and punching, knurling tools, reamers, taps, gauges, and master tools.

aiSi o 1 aiSi o 6 aiSi a 2 aiSi a 10 aiSi d 2 unS t31501 unS t31506 unS t30102 unS t30110 unS t30402 type low graphitic 5% chrome graphitic high carbon manganese oil hardening air hardening air hardening high chrome oil hardening air hardening C .90 C 1.45 C 1.00 C 1.35 C 1.50 TYPICAL Mn 1.00 Mn .80 Cr 5.00 Mn 1.80 Cr 12.00 ANALYSIS Cr .50 Si 1.00 Mo 1.00 Si 1.25 Mo 1.00 W .50 Mo .25 Mo 1.50 V 1.00 Ni 1.80 VERYwear reSiStance MEDIUM MEDIUM HIGH HIGH HIGHtoughneSS MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW VERY VERYdiStortion in h .t . LOW LOW LOWEST LOWEST LOWESTred hardneSS LOW LOW HIGH MEDIUM HIGHmachinaBility HIGH HIGHEST MEDIUM HIGH LOWForging Start at . . . . . . . . . 1800º-1950ºF 1800º-1950ºF 1850º-2000ºF 1800º-1925ºF 1850º-2000ºF Do not forge below 1550ºF 1500ºF 1650ºF 1600ºF 1700ºF

annealing Temperature. . . . . 1400º-1450ºF a1410º-1450ºF 1550º-1600ºF b1410º-1460ºF 1600º-1650ºF Max. cooling rate/hour 40ºF 20ºF 40ºF 15ºF 40ºF Brinell Hardness. . 183-212 183-217 201-235 235-269 217-255

hardening Temperature. . . . . 1450º-1500ºF 1450º-1500ºF 1700º-1800ºF 1450º-1500ºF 1800º-1875ºF Quenching Medium Oil Oil Air Air Air

tempering Temperature. . . . . 350º-500ºF 350º-600ºF 350º-1000ºF 350º-800ºF 400º-1000ºF Rc Hardness . . . . 62-57 63-58 62-57 62-55 61-54aO 6 is normalized from 1600ºF prior to annealing.bA 10 is normalized from 1460ºF prior to annealing.

Sec . J page 2

Page 166: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Shock reSiSting and Special purpoSe

tool SteelSShock Resisting Tool Steels are designed for use where the ability to withstand repeated blows at normal operating temperatures is more important than the ability to resist wear and abrasion. Applications include hand and pneumatic tools for chipping, punching, riveting, as well as drift pins, grippers, and mandrels.

AISI L6 is a Special Purpose Low Alloy Tool Steel, generally used for machine parts and in applications where toughness is an important consideration. Typical applications are arbors, cams, chucks, collets, jigs, and various machined tool parts.

aiSi S 1 aiSi S 5 aiSi S 7 aiSi l 6 unS t41901 unS t41905 unS t41907 unS t61206 type chrome-tungsten Silicon-manganese chrome-moly cr-ni-mo oil hardening oil hardening air hardening oil hardening

C .50 C .55 C .50 C .70 TYPICAL Cr 1.50 Mn .80 Cr 3.25 Cr .75 ANALYSIS W 2.50 Si 2.00 Mo 1.40 Ni 1.50 Mo .40 Mo .25

wear reSiStance MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUMtoughneSS VERY HIGHEST VERY VERY HIGH HIGH HIGHdiStortion in h .t . MEDIUM MEDIUM LOWEST LOWred hardneSS MEDIUM LOW HIGH LOWmachinaBility MEDIUM HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUMForging Start at . . . . . . . . . . . 1850º-2050ºF 1850º-2050ºF 1950º-2050ºF 1800º-2000ºF Do not forge below . . 1600ºF 1600ºF 1700ºF 1550ºF

annealing Temperature . . . . . . . 1450º-1500ºF 1425º-1475ºF 1500º-1550ºF 1400º-1450ºF Max. cooling rate/hour. 40ºF 25ºF 25ºF 40ºF down to 1000º; then air cool Brinell Hardness . . . . 183-229 192-229 187-223 183-255

hardening Temperature . . . . . . . 1650º-1750ºF 1600º-1700ºF 1700º-1750ºF 1450º-1550ºF Quenching Medium. . Oil Oil To 21/2”-Air Oil Over 21/2”-Oil (until black)

tempering Temperature . . . . . . . 400º-1200ºF 350º-800ºF 400º-1150ºF 350º-1000ºF Rc Hardness . . . . . . . 58-40 60-50 57-45 62-45

Sec . J page 3

Page 167: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . J page 4

hot work tool SteelS

These steels are designed to resist abrasion and washing action. They have excellent shock resistance. In addition they have enough red hardness to retain their properties at high operation temperatures. Applications include dies for hot metalworking (shearing, forming, punching, extruding, and trimming), dummy blocks, and mandrels. They are also used for structural applications where high engineering strength at elevated temperatures are required.

aiSi h 11 aiSi h 12 aiSi h 13 unS t20811 unS t20812 unS t20813 type chrome-moly chrome-moly chrome-moly Vanadium tungsten high Vanadium

C .35 C .35 C .35 TYPICAL Cr 5.00 Cr 5.00 Cr 5.00 ANALYSIS Mo 1.50 W 1.50 Mo 1.50 V .40 Mo 1.50 V 1.00 V .40 wear reSiStance MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUMtoughneSS VERY VERY VERY HIGH HIGH HIGHdiStortion in h .t . VERY VERY VERY LOW LOW LOWred hardneSS HIGH HIGH HIGHmachinaBility HIGH HIGH HIGHForging Start at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1950º-2100ºF 1950º-2100ºF 1950º-2100ºF Do not forge below . . . . 1650ºF 1650ºF 1650ºF

annealing Temperature . . . . . . . . . 1550º-1650ºF 1550º-1650ºF 1550º-1650ºF Max. cooling rate/hour . . 40ºF 40ºF 40ºF Brinell Hardness . . . . . . 192-235 192-235 192-229

hardening Preheat temperature . . . 1500ºF 1500ºF 1500ºF Hardening temperature . 1825º-1875ºF 1825º-1875ºF 1825º-1900ºF Quenching Medium . . . . Air Air Air

tempering Temperature . . . . . . . . . 1000º-1200ºF 1000º-1200ºF 1000º-1200ºF Rc Hardness . . . . . . . . . 54-38 55-38 53-38

Page 168: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . J page 5

high Speed tool SteelS

These steels are specifically designed to maintain high hardness at elevated temperatures (red hardness), with sufficient abrasion and shock-resisting properties for good cutting characteristics. Applications include cutting tools for lathes, shapers, boring mills, and other cutting machines, broaches, drills, and special dies.

aiSi t 1 aiSi m 1 aiSi m 2 unS t12001 unS t11301 unS t11302 type tungsten molybdenum moly-tungsten (18-4-1) (8-2-1) (6-5-2)

C .75 C .85 C .85 TYPICAL Cr 4.00 Cr 4.00 Cr 4.00 ANALYSIS W 18.00 W 1.50 W 6.00 V 1.00 Mo 8.50 Mo 5.00 V 1.00 V 2.00wear reSiStance VERY VERY VERY HIGH HIGH HIGHtoughneSS LOW LOW LOWdiStortion in h .t . MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUMred hardneSS VERY VERY VERY HIGH HIGH HIGHmachinaBility MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUMForging Start at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1950º-2150ºF 1900º-2100ºF 1900º-2100ºF Do not forge below . . . . 1750ºF 1700ºF 1700ºF

annealing Temperature . . . . . . . . . 1600º-1650ºF 1500º-1600ºF 1600º-1650ºF Max. cooling rate/hour. . 40ºF 40ºF 40ºF Brinell Hardness . . . . . . 217-255 207-235 212-241

hardening Preheat temperature . . . 1500º-1600ºF 1350º-1550ºF 1350º-1550ºF Hardening temperature . 2300º-2375ºF 2150º-2225ºF 2175º-2250ºF Quenching Medium . . . . Oil or Air Oil or Air Oil or Air

tempering Temperature . . . . . . . . . 1000º-1100ºF 1000º-1100ºF 1000º-1200ºF Rc Hardness . . . . . . . . . 65-60 65-60 65-60

Page 169: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

water hardening (carBon) tool SteelS

Two grades of water hardening (carbon) tool steels are stocked:

AISI W 1 Tool Steel is an excellent general purpose tool steel that will produce high hardness to uniform depth when heat treated.

AISI W 2 Tool Steel is similar to AISI W 1, but the addition of vanadium gives this grade a greater ability to retain a fine grain structure after heat treatment.

aiSi w 2 aiSi w 1 type unS t72301 unS t72302

TYPICAL C .60/1.40 C .60/1.40 ANALYSIS V .25

ForgingStart at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800º-1950ºF 1800º-1950ºFDo not forge below . . . . . . . . 1500ºF 1500ºF

annealingTemperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360º-1450ºF 1360º-1450ºFMax. cooling rate/hour . . . . . 40ºF 40ºFBrinell Hardness . . . . . . . . . . 156-201 156-201

hardeningTemperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1400º-1550ºF 1400º-1550ºFQuenching Medium . . . . . . . Water Water

temperingTemperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . 350º-650ºF 350º-650ºFRc Hardness. . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-50 64-50

Sec . J page 6

Page 170: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Brake die Steel

Brake Die Steel is a special chromium-molybdenum analysis designed especially for brake dies. It combines good machinability with high compressive strength, wear resistance, and toughness.

It is heat treated, straightened, and stress relieved to Brinell 248-293 (Rc 24-31), and is generally used without further heat treatment.

aVailaBle tool Steel SiZeS

aiSi o 1 BarS color marking: Ends painted Blue with Gold Stripe

rounds — 1/4” through 16” Squares — 3/8” through 6”

Flats — 1/4” x 1/2” through 6” x 12”

aiSi o 6 BarS color marking: Ends painted Aluminum with Black Stripe

rounds — 1/4” through 13”

Squares — 1/2” through 8”

Flats — 1/4” x 3/4” through 6” x 10”

aiSi a 2 BarS color marking: Ends painted Green and White

rounds — 1/4” through 16”

Squares — 1/2” through 6”

Flats — 3/8” x 11/2” through 6” x 12”

aiSi a 10 BarS color marking: Ends painted Aluminum with Blue Stripe

rounds — 3/8” through 12”

Squares — 3/4” through 41/2”

Flats — 3/8” x 1” through 6” x 10”

aiSi d 2 BarS color marking: Ends painted Red

rounds — 1/4” through 16”

Squares — 1/2” through 6”

Flats — 1/2” x 3/4” through 6” x 12”

aiSi S 1 BarS color marking: Ends painted Brown

rounds — 1/4” through 8”

Squares — 1 1/4” through 5”

Flats — 1/2” x 3/4” through 4” x 6”

aiSi S 5 BarS color marking: Ends painted Pink

rounds — 5/16” through 6”

Squares — 3/8” through 3”

hexagons — 1/2” through 1 1/4”

octagons — 1/4” through 1 1/4”

Flats — 1/2” x 11/2” through 4” x 6”

Sec . J page 8

Page 171: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

aVailaBle tool Steel SiZeS (Continued)aiSi S 7 BarS color marking: Ends painted Yellow with Blue Stripe

rounds — 1/2” through 13”

Squares — 1/2” through 8”

Flats — 1/2” x 1” through 6” x 8”

aiSi l 6 BarS color marking: Ends painted Gold with Green Stripe

rounds — 1/2” through 21/2”

aiSi h 12 BarS color marking: Ends painted Green and Yellow

rounds — 1” through 10” aiSi h 13 BarS color marking: Ends painted Blue with White Stripe

rounds — 1/2” through 12”

aiSi t 1 BarS color marking: Ends painted Blue with Yellow Stripe

rounds — 3/4” through 41/2”

Squares — 1 1/4” through 2”

Flats — 3/8” x 11/2” through 11/2” x 2”

aiSi m 1 BarS color marking: Ends painted Black with White Stripe

rounds — 1/2” through 7”

aiSi m 2 BarS color marking: Ends painted Yellow

rounds — 9/32” through 6”

Squares — 1/2” through 2”

Flats — 5/16” x 1/2” through 3” x 4”

aiSi w 1 BarS color marking: Rounds — Ends painted Green

hexagons & octagons — color marking: Ends painted Orange

rounds — 1/4” through 3”

hexagons — 3/4” through 1 1/8”

octagons — 3/8” through 1 1/4”

Brake die color marking: Ends painted Pink with White Stripe

rounds — 3/4” through 10”

Squares — 1/2” through 6”

Flats — 1/2” x 11/2” through 3” x 6”

Sec . J page 9

Page 172: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

poliShed drill rodand

preciSion ground Flat Stock

Polished Drill Rod and Flat Ground Stock are supplied ready for use in a wide variety of applications. Surfaces are ground to a finish of better than 40 micro inches and are free from defects and decarburizaion.

These products are available in convenient, easy-to-work sizes so that no time need be spent nor metal wasted in preparing the surface to make the tool or die. They are ideally suited for precision jobs. Precision Ground Flat Stock is available in over-size stock as well as standard sizes.

typical analySiS

c mn Si cr w V mo Carbon (W 1) 1.00 .30 .30 — — — — Oil Hardening (O 1) .90 1.20 .35 .50 .50 .20 — Graph-Mo (O 6) 1.45 1.00 1.25 — — — .25 Max. Max. Air Hardening (A 2) 1.00 .50 .30 5.00 — .25 1.10 1018 Low Carbon .18 .50 .20 — — — — Air Hardening (A 6) .70 2.00 .30 1.00 — — 1.35

applicationS — Drill Rod rounds are particularly suitable for drills, taps, dies, arbors, balance staffs, chasers, cutting-off tools, engravers’ tools, gauges, jew-elers’ tools, keys, machinery parts, milling tools, pins, punches, pinion, pivots, roller bearings, threading dies, etc.

Ground Flat Stock is ideally suited for numerous precision jobs where ease of working and fine performance are required — such as dies, fixtures, jigs, stamps, machine parts, punches, templates, stripper plates, tools, gauges, shims, etc.

toleranceS drill rod rounds:

Size diameter tolerance .124” or smaller +/- .0003” .125” to .499” +/- .0005” .500” to 2.000” +/- .001”

precision ground Flat Stock:

thickness width tolerance tolerance Standard Sizes +/- .001” + .005”, - 0”

Over-Sized Stock Under 3/16” Thick +/- .001” + .005”, - 0” 3/16” Thick & Over + .011”/.013”, - 0” + .010”/.015”, -0”

Sec . J page 10

Page 173: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

drill rod roundSw 1 (water hardening)

o 1 (oil hardening)Stock Lengths 3’

.0156 1/64” .002 .0312 1/32” .008 .032 66 .008 .033 65 .009 .035 64 .010 .036 63 .011 .037 62 .011 .038 61 .011 .039 60 .012 .040 59 .013 .041 58 .014 .042 57 .015 .045 56 .018 .0468 3/64” .018 .050 55 .021 .055 54 .024 .058 53 .027 .0625 1/16” .030 .063 52 .033 .066 51 .036 .069 50 .039 .072 49 .042 .075 48 .045 .077 47 .048 .0781 5/64” .051 .079 46 .051 .081 45 .054 .085 44 .057 .088 43 .063 .092 42 .069 .0937 3/32” .069 .095 41 .072 .097 40 .075 .099 39 .078 .101 38 .084 .103 37 .087 .106 36 .090 .108 35 .093 .1093 7/64” .093 .110 34 .096 .112 33 .102 .115 32 .108 .120 31 .117 .125 1/8” .126 .127 30 .129 .134 29 .144 .139 28 .156 .1406 9/64” .156 .143 27 .165 .146 26 .171 .148 25 .177 .151 24 .183 .153 23 .189 .155 22 .195 .1562 5/32” .198 .157 21 .198 .161 20 .207 .164 19 .216 .168 18 .228 .1718 11/64” .234

.172 17 .237 .175 16 .246 .178 15 .255 .180 14 .261 .182 13 .267 .185 12 .276 .1875 3/16” .282 .188 11 .282 .191 10 .288 .194 9 .297 .197 8 .312 .199 7 .318 .201 6 .321 .2031 13/64” .327 .204 5 .327 .207 4 .345 .212 3 .363 .2187 7/32” .387 .219 2 .387 .227 1 .414 .234 A .441 .2343 15/64” .441 .238 B .450 .242 C .462 .246 D .483 .250 1/4” .501 .250 E .501 .257 F .522 .261 G .543 .2656 17/64” .561 .266 H .564 .272 I .594 .277 J .615 .281 K .636 .2812 9/32” .639 .290 L .675 .295 M .699 .2968 19/64” .702 .302 N .726 .3125 5/16” .780 .316 O .813 .323 P .831 .3281 21/64” .861 .332 Q .882 .339 R .924 .3437 11/32” .939 .348 S .975 .358 T 1.026 .3593 23/64” 1.032 .368 U 1.086 .375 3/8” 1.125 .377 V 1.149 .386 W 1.200 .3906 25/64” 1.221 .397 X 1.263 .404 Y 1.281 .4062 13/32” 1.311 .413 Z 1.374 .4218 27/64” 1.416 .4375 7/16” 1.530

.4531 29/64” 1.626 .4687 15/32” 1.749 .4843 31/64” 1.875 .500 1/2” 2.001 .5156 33/64” 2.127 .5312 17/32” 2.250 .5468 35/64” 2.391 .5625 9/16” 2.532 .5781 37/64” 2.673 .5937 19/32” 2.811 .6093 39/64” 3.000 .625 5/8” 3.126 .6406 41/64” 3.312 .6562 21/32” 3.435 .6718 43/64” 3.561 .6875 11/16” 3.750 .7031 45/64” 3.936 .7187 23/32” 4.125 .7348 46/64” 4.314 .750 3/4” 4.500 .7656 49/64” 4.686 .7812 25/32” 4.875 .7969 51/64” 5.124 .8125 13/16” 5.250 .8281 53/64” 5.484 .8437 27/32” 5.688 .8593 55/64” 5.910 .875 7/8” 6.126 .8906 57/64” 6.354 .9062 29/32” 6.564 .9219 59/64” 6.786 .9375 15/16” 6.999 .9531 61/64” 7.248 .9687 31/32” 7.593 .9844 63/64” 7.749 1.000 1” 7.998 1.0158 11/64” 8.247 1.0313 11/32” 8.499 1.0625 11/16” 9.030 1.0937 13/32” 9.582 1.125 11/8” 10.125 1.1562 15/32” 10.696 1.1875 13/16” 11.313 1.2187 17/32” 11.898 1.250 11/4” 12.501 1.2812 19/32” 13.122 1.3125 15/16” 13.800 1.3437 111/32” 14.445 1.3750 13/8” 15.147 1.4062 113/32” 15.822 1.4375 17/16” 16.563 1.4687 115/32” 17.259 1.500 11/2” 18.000 1.5625 19/16” 19.560 1.625 15/8” 21.150 1.75 13/4” 24.510 1.8125 113/16” 26.310 1.875 17/8” 28.140 1.9375 115/16” 30.060 2.000 2” 32.040

diameter Size no . weight diameter Size no . weight diameter Size no . weight decimal or lbs . per decimal or lbs . per decimal or lbs . per inches Fraction 3-Ft . lgth . inches Fraction 3-Ft . lgth . inches Fraction 3-Ft . lgth .

Sec . J page 11

Page 174: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

preciSion ground Flat Stock Stock lengths: w1, 1018 — 24” o 1, o 6, a 2, a 6 — 18” and 36”

1/64 X 1/2 .04 .05 3/4 .06 .08 1 .08 .11 11/2 .12 .16 2 .16 .21 21/2 .20 .27 3 .24 .32 4 .32 .431/32 X 1/2 .08 .11 3/4 .12 .16 1 .16 .21 11/4 .20 .27 11/2 .24 .32 13/4 .28 .37 2 .32 .43 21/2 .40 .53 3 .48 .64 31/2 .56 .75 4 .64 .85 5 .80 1.07 51/2 .88 1.17 6 .95 1.273/64 X 1/2 .12 .16 3/4 .18 .24 1 .24 .32 11/2 .36 .48 2 .48 .64 21/2 .60 .80 3 .72 .96 4 .95 1.27 5 1.20 1.60 6 1.43 1.91 8 1.90 2.531/16 X 1/2 .16 .21 3/4 .24 .32 1 .32 .43 11/4 .40 .53 11/2 .48 .64 13/4 .56 .75 2 .64 .85 21/2 .80 1.07 3 .96 1.28 31/2 1.12 1.49 4 1.27 1.69 5 1.59 2.12 6 1.91 2.54 8 2.55 3.39 10 3.19 4.255/64 X 1/2 .20 .27 3/4 .30 .40

5/64 X 1 .40 .53 11/2 .60 .80 2 .80 1.07 21/2 1.00 1.333/32 X 1/2 .24 .32 3/4 .36 .48 1 .48 .64 11/4 .60 .80 11/2 .72 .96 13/4 .84 1.12 2 .96 1.28 21/2 1.20 1.60 3 1.43 1.91 31/2 1.67 2.23 4 1.91 2.55 5 2.39 3.19 6 2.87 3.83 8 3.83 5.117/64 X 1/2 .28 .37 3/4 .42 .56 1 .56 .75 2 1.12 1.491/8 X 1/8 .08 .11 1/2 .32 .43 5/8 .40 .53 3/4 .48 .64 1 .64 .85 11/4 .80 1.07 11/2 .96 1.28 13/4 1.12 1.49 2 1.28 1.71 21/2 1.59 2.12 3 1.91 2.55 31/2 2.23 2.97 4 2.55 3.40 41/2 2.87 3.83 5 3.19 4.25 6 3.83 5.11 8 5.10 6.80 10 6.38 8.51 12 7.66 10.219/64 X 1 .72 .96 11/2 1.08 1.43 3 2.15 2.875/32 X 5/32 .12 .16 1/2 .40 .53 3/4 .60 .80 1 .80 1.07 11/4 1.00 1.33

5/32 X 11/2 1.20 1.60 2 1.59 2.12 21/2 1.99 2.65 3 2.39 3.19 31/2 2.79 3.72 4 3.19 4.25 6 4.78 6.27 8 6.38 8.5111/64 X 4 3.51 4.683/16 X 3/16 .18 .24 5/16 .30 .40 1/2 .48 .64 3/4 .72 .96 7/8 .84 1.12 1 .96 1.28 13/4 1.20 1.60 11/2 1.43 1.91 13/4 1.67 2.23 2 1.91 2.55 21/2 2.39 3.19 3 2.87 3.83 31/2 3.35 4.47 4 3.83 5.11 5 4.78 6.37 6 5.74 7.65 8 7.65 10.20 10 9.56 12.74 12 11.48 15.307/32 X 7/32 .24 .32 1/2 .56 .75 3/4 .84 1.12 1 1.12 1.49 11/4 1.40 1.87 11/2 1.67 2.23 2 2.23 2.97 21/2 2.79 3.72 3 3.35 4.47 4 4.46 5.95 6 6.70 8.93 1/4 X 1/4 .32 .43 3/8 .48 .64 1/2 .64 .85 3/4 .96 1.28 1 1.28 1.71 11/4 1.60 2.13 11/2 1.91 2.55 13/4 2.23 2.97 2 2.55 3.40 21/2 3.19 4.25

thickness wt . per piece thickness wt . per piece thickness wt . per piece and 18” 24” and 18” 24” and 18” 24” width long long width long long width long long

Sec . J page 12

Page 175: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

preciSion ground Flat Stock (Continued) Stock lengths: w1, 1018 — 24” o 1, o 6, a 2, a 6 — 18” and 36”

3 3.83 5.11 31/2 4.46 5.95 4 5.10 6.80 41/2 5.74 7.65 5 6.38 8.51 6 7.65 10.20 8 10.20 13.60 10 12.75 17.00 12 15.30 20.409/32 X 1 1.43 1.91 21/2 3.60 4.80 3 4.30 5.735/16 X 5/16 .50 .67 1/2 .80 1.07 3/4 1.19 1.59 1 1.59 2.12 11/4 1.99 2.65 11/2 2.39 3.19 13/4 2.79 3.72 2 3.19 4.25 21/2 3.98 5.31 3 4.78 6.37 31/2 5.58 7.44 4 6.38 8.51 41/2 7.18 9.57 5 7.97 10.62 6 9.56 12.74 8 12.75 17.00 10 15.94 21.25 12 19.13 25.503/8 X 3/8 .72 .96 1/2 .96 1.28 3/4 1.43 1.91 1 1.91 2.55 11/4 2.39 3.19 11/2 2.87 3.83 13/4 3.35 4.46 2 3.83 5.11 21/2 4.78 6.37 3 5.74 7.65 31/2 6.70 8.93 4 7.65 10.20 41/2 8.61 11.47 5 9.56 12.74 6 11.48 15.30 8 15.30 20.40 10 19.13 25.50 12 22.95 30.597/16 X 3/4 1.67 2.23

1 2.23 2.97 11/2 3.35 4.46 2 4.46 5.95 3 6.69 8.921/2 X 1/2 1.28 1.71 5/8 1.60 2.13 3/4 1.91 2.55 1 2.55 3.40 11/4 3.19 4.25 11/2 3.83 5.11 2 5.10 6.80 21/2 6.38 8.51 3 7.65 10.20 31/2 8.93 11.90 4 10.20 13.60 41/2 11.48 15.30 5 12.75 17.00 6 15.30 20.40 8 20.40 27.19 10 25.50 33.99 12 30.60 40.799/16 X 1 2.87 3.83 21/2 7.18 9.575/8 X 5/8 1.99 2.65 3/4 2.39 3.19 1 3.19 4.25 11/4 3.99 5.32 11/2 4.78 6.37 2 6.38 8.51 21/2 7.97 10.62 3 9.56 12.74 4 12.75 17.00 5 15.94 21.25 6 19.13 25.50 8 25.50 33.99 10 31.88 42.50 12 38.26 51.003/4 X 3/4 2.87 3.83 1 3.83 5.11 11/4 4.78 6.37 11/2 5.74 7.65 2 7.65 10.20 21/2 9.56 12.75 3 11.48 15.30 31/2 13.39 17.85 4 15.30 20.40 41/2 17.22 22.95 5 19.13 25.50 6 22.95 30.59

8 30.60 40.79 10 38.25 50.99 12 45.90 61.18 14 53.55 71.3813/16 X 1 4.14 5.52 11/4 5.18 6.917/8 X 7/8 3.91 5.21 1 4.46 5.95 2 8.92 11.901 X 1 5.10 6.80 11/4 6.38 8.51 11/2 7.65 10.20 13/4 8.93 11.91 2 10.20 13.60 21/2 12.75 17.00 3 15.30 20.40 4 20.40 27.19 5 25.50 33.99 6 30.60 40.79 7 35.70 47.59 8 40.80 54.39 10 51.00 67.98 12 61.20 81.58 14 71.40 95.1811/4 X 11/4 7.97 10.62 11/2 9.57 12.76 2 12.75 17.00 3 19.13 25.50 4 25.50 33.99 5 31.88 42.50 6 38.25 50.99 7 44.63 59.49 8 51.00 67.98 10 63.75 84.98 12 76.50 101.97 14 89.25 118.9711/2 X 11/2 11.48 15.30 2 15.30 20.40 3 22.95 30.59 4 30.60 40.79 5 38.25 50.99 6 45.90 61.18 8 61.20 81.58 10 76.50 101.9715/8 X 15/8 13.47 17.962X 2 20.40 27.1921/2 X 21/2 31.88 42.503 X 3 45.90 61.184 X 4 81.60 108.77

thickness wt . per piece thickness wt . per piece thickness wt . per piece and 18” 24” and 18” 24” and 18” 24” width long long width long long width long long

Sec . J page 13

Page 176: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

KSection K

tubing and pipe

The various tubular products have been arranged in this sec-tion according to the primary end uses for which they are manufactured:

MecHAnicAL tubing

Commercial and Aircraft Quality.

pipe —— Steel and Aluminum

StRuctuRAL SteeL tubing

Square and Rectangular

AiRcRAFt SteeL tubing

HYDRAuLic Line tubing

Refer to the index tabs following this page to locate infor-mation regarding the various classes of tubular prod-ucts, including sizes, weights, and technical data.

This arrangement is presented to make it easy for you to deter-mine the availability of tubing or pipe for a particular specifica-tion. However, it is often possible to substitute an item in one class for a similar item in another class when the latter is not available. For example, pipe and structural tubing may often be inter-changed, or a hydraulic tube may be used for a mechanical application. For critical applications, though, especially when governed by the specifications, care should be taken to insure that the tube ordered possesses the necessary properties.

Sec. K page 1

pages 3-96

Mechanical &Structural

tubing

pages 129-135

titaniumtubing

pages 97-107

pipe

pages 107-112

Structuraltubing

pages 113-116

AircraftAirframe

tubing

pages 117-128

HydraulicLine

tubing

Page 177: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sizes listed herein are those normally available from stock at the time of publication.

However, our stocks are continually being adjusted to reflect changing demands.

The item you need may have been added to stock after this book went to press.

If the particular item you need cannot be supplied from stock immediately, we will

endeavor to obtain it for you, either locally or from another part of the country. With

our special knowledge of tubing sources and numerous contacts in the industry,

we are in a good position to locate the hard-to-get items you need. Use this EMJ

service and your time will be free for other things.

Also, as agents of all leading tubing mills, we can expedite production and delivery

of material direct from the mill. This includes not only special sizes, but also special

analyses and grades such as the following:

12 chrome Series Alloy 718

A 286 Alloy 400

n 155 Alloy K-500

19-9 DL Alloy 600

19-9 DX Alloy X-750

17-4 Leaded Steels

17-7 Resulphurized Steels

Alloy 20cb-3

We invite your inquiries regarding all your tubing needs.

Sec. K page 2

Page 178: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. K page 3

RounD SteeL AnD ALuMinuM

MecHAnicAL AnD StRuctuRAL tubing

Mechanical tubing is used for a wide variety of mechanical purposes as opposed to structural and pressure applications. It is generally produced to meet specific end use requirements which may be static or dynamic in nature.

It is available in a wide range of sizes, shapes, analyses, and mechanical proper-ties. Compared with pipe, it is produced to closer tolerances and better finishes.

SiZeS AnD WeigHtS oF MecHAnicAL AnD StRuctuRAL tubing carbon, Alloy, and Stainless Steels; Aluminum Round . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

DeScRiption oF inDiViDuAL gRADeS carbon Steel: Seamless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-70 Drawn Over Mandrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71-74 Drawn Over Mandrel, Special Smooth ID (for Hydraulic Cylinders) . . . . . . . 75 Cold Drawn Butt Welded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Electric —— Resistance Welded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77-79 Aircraft Alloy Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-81 commercial Alloy Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82-83 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-89 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-96

KeY to AbbReViAtionS AnD SYMboLSuSeD on tHe FoLLoWing pAgeS

Four-digit numbers (e.g., 1018, 4130) represent analysis designations of carbon and alloy seamless tubing. All such items are Cold Drawn except when prefixed HF.

three-digit numbers (e.g., 304, 321) represent analysis designations of stainless steels. Stainless tubes are seamless except where the designation includes WD, in which case they are welded and drawn.

Four-digit number followed by temper designations (e.g., 3003-O, 2024-T3) rep-resent alloy and temper of aluminum.

cDbW —— Cold Drawn Butt Welded cReW —— Cold Rolled Electric Welded HReW —— Hot Rolled Electric Welded HF —— Hot Finished Ht —— Heat Treated Hb —— Hollow Bar SSiD —— Drawn Over Mandrel, Special Smooth ID StRuct —— Structural WD —— Welded and Drawn, Stainless DoM —— Drawn Over Mandrel, 520/1020/1026

note RegARDing WeigHtS

All weights shown herein are theoretical, and actual weight may vary according to tolerances and chemical composition. Therefore, weights should be used for estimating purposes only.

Page 179: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 1/32 36 .004 .023 .0012 .0004 321 —— .006 .020 .0016 .0006 321 347 34 .007 .017 .0018 .0006 347 33 .008 .015 .0020 .0007 321 31 .010 .011 .0023 .0008 304 321 1/16 —— .006 .051 .0036 .0013 321 33 .008 .047 .0047 .0017 304 321 31 .010 .043 .0057 .0020 304 316 321 347 30 .012 .038 .0065 .0023 304 321 28 .014 .035 .0073 .0026 304 321 27 .016 .031 .0080 .0028 304 316 321 26 .018 .027 .0087 .0031 321 25 .020 .023 .0092 .0032 304 316 321 24 .022 .019 .0096 .0034 321 22 .028 .006 .0105 .0037 304 316 .065 22 .028 .008 .0111 .0039 304 .083 31 .010 .063 .0078 .0027 321 1/8 —— .006 .113 .0076 .0026 321 31 .010 .105 .0123 .0043 347 30 .012 .101 .0145 .0051 304 27 .016 .093 .0186 .0065 304 316 25 .020 .085 .0224 .0078 304 6061-T6 304WD 316 321 24 .022 .081 .0242 .0085 1018/1026 22 .028 .069 .0290 .0101 1018/1026 304 3003-O 304WD 316 321 21 .032 .061 .0318 .0112 1018/1026 321 20 .035 .055 .0336 .0115 1018/1026 4130 304 5052-O 304WD 316 18 .049 .027 .0398 .0140 1018/1026 304 316

Sec. K page 4

Page 180: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum

5/32 27 .016 .124 .0240 .0084 304 321 22 .028 .100 .0384 .0135 1018/1026 304 20 .035 .086 .0452 .0159 1018/1026 18 .049 .058 .0560 .0197 1018/1026 3/16 27 .016 .156 .0294 .0103 304 304WD 26 .018 .152 .0327 .0115 1018/1026 25 .020 .148 .0359 .0126 304 316WD 24 .022 .144 .0390 .0138 1018/1026 2024-T3 3003-H14 23 .025 .138 .0433 .0150 6061-T6 22 .028 .131 .0478 .0168 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 304WD 3003-O 316 5052-O 6061-T6 21 .032 .124 .0533 .0188 1018/1026 2024-T3 20 .035 .118 .0572 .0201 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 316 3003-H14 5052-O 6061-T6 19 .042 .104 .0655 .0230 1018/1026 18 .049 .090 .0727 .0256 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 316 6061-T6 17 .058 .072 .0805 .0283 1018/1026 16 .065 .058 .0854 .0300 1018/1026 4130 304 14 .083 .022 .0929 .0326 1018/1026 7/32 27 .016 .187 .0346 .0122 304WD 25 .020 .179 .0425 .0149 304WD 321 20 .035 .149 .0688 .0242 1018/1026 18 .049 .121 .0888 .0312 1018/1026 1/4 —— .006 .238 .0156 .0055 304 31 .010 .230 .0256 .0090 347 27 .016 .218 .0400 .0140 6061-T6 25 .020 .210 .0491 .0173 304 2024-T3 304WD 5052-O 316 6061-O 6061-T6 24 .022 .206 .0536 .0189 1018/1026 3003-H14 5052-O 23 .025 .200 .0598 .0210 1018/1026 22 .028 .194 .0664 .0235 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 316 3003-O 5052-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 21 .032 .186 .0745 .0263 1018/1026 2024-T3 DOM

Sec. K page 5

Page 181: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 1/4 20 .035 .180 .0804 .0281 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 (Cont.) DOM 304WD 3003-H14 316 3003-O 316WD 5052-O 321 6061-T4 6061-T6 19 .042 .166 .0933 .0328 1018/1026 18 .049 .152 .1052 .0371 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 5052-O 316 6061-T6 316WD 17 .058 .134 .1189 .0419 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 —— .060 .130 .1218 .0429 2024-T3 16 .065 .120 .1284 .0453 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 6061-T6 316 347 15 .072 .106 .1369 .0481 1018/1026 4130 14 .083 .084 .1480 .0523 1018/1026 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 13 .095 .060 .1573 .0552 1018/1026 304 316 12 .109 .032 .1641 .0576 1018/1026 9/32 18 .049 .183 .1214 .0426 1018/1026 5/16 25 .020 .273 .0626 .0214 304 3003-H14 304WD 5052-O 316 6061-T4 24 .022 .268 .0684 .0240 1018/1026 23 .025 .263 .0769 .0270 1018/1026 4130 22 .028 .257 .0852 .0300 1018/1026 4130 304WD 3003-H14 DOM 316WD 5052-O 321WD 6061-O 347 6061-T4 6061-T6 21 .032 .249 .0960 .0337 1018/1026 DOM 20 .035 .243 .1039 .0366 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-O DOM 304WD 2024-T3 316 3003-H14 347 3003-O 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T6 19 .042 .229 .1216 .0427 1018/1026 18 .049 .215 .1382 .0487 1018/1026 4130 304WD 2024-T3 DOM 316 5052-O 6061-T6 17 .058 .192 .1580 .0561 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6

Sec. K page 6

Page 182: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 5/16 1/6 .063 .188 .1677 .0583 6061-T6 (Cont.) 16 .065 .182 .1722 .0594 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 304WD 316 —— .075 .163 .1906 .0674 4130 2024-T3 14 .083 .147 .2039 .0716 1018/1026 4130 13 .095 .122 .2212 .0777 1018/1026 4130 12 .109 .095 .2375 .0834 1018/1026 11 .120 .073 .2473 .0869 1018/1026 .322 —— .070 .182 .2242 .0787 4130HT 11/32 21 .032 .280 .1066 .0374 1018/1026 18 .049 .246 .1544 .0542 1018/1026 3/8 31 .010 .355 .0390 .0137 304 347 25 .020 .335 .0758 .0267 304WD 5052-O 347WD 6061-T6 24 .022 .331 .0829 .0292 1018/1026 3003-H14 DOM 5052-O 23 .025 .325 .0935 .0328 1018/1026 304WD 22 .028 .319 .1038 .0366 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 316 5052-O 316WD 6061-T4 321WD 6061-T6 21 .032 .311 .1172 .0413 1018/1026 316 3003-H14 DOM 20 .035 .305 .1271 .0449 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-O DOM 304WD 2024-T3 CREW 316 3003-H14 316WD 3003-O 321 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 19 .042 .293 .1494 .0525 DOM 4130 18 .049 .277 .1706 .0602 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 5052-O CREW 316 6061-T6 STRUCT 316WD 17 .058 .259 .1964 .0694 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 16 .065 .245 .2152 .0755 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 6061-T6 CDBW 316 STRUCT 316WD 347 15 .072 .231 .2330 .0818 1018/1026 14 .083 .209 .2588 .0918 1018/1026 4130 316 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 —— .090 .195 .2739 .0968 4130 2024-T3 13 .095 .185 .2841 .0998 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 316

Sec. K page 7

Page 183: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 3/8 12 .109 .157 .3097 .1088 1018/1026 304 6061-T6 (Cont.) 11 .120 .135 .3268 .1148 1018/1026 4130 304 316 321 10 .134 .107 .3449 .1211 1018/1026 304 13/32 20 .035 .336 .1389 .0488 1018/1026 18 .049 .308 .1868 .0656 1018/1026 16 .065 .276 .2367 .0831 1018/1026 14 .083 .240 .2863 .1005 1018/1026 13 .095 .216 .3155 .1108 1018/1026 11 .120 .166 .3665 .1287 1018/1026 .378 1/16 .062 .254 .2092 .0735 4130 .385 15 .072 .242 .2407 .0854 4130 —— .100 .185 .3044 .1069 4130HT 7/16 33 .008 .421 .0367 .0129 321 25 .020 .398 .0893 .0314 304WD 24 .022 .393 .0977 .0343 1018/1026 23 .025 .388 .1103 .0387 1018/1026 304WD 22 .028 .381 .1126 .0431 1018/1026 4130 304WD 6061-T6 DOM 21 .032 .374 .1388 .0487 1018/1026 DOM 20 .035 .367 .1506 .0530 1018/1026 4130 304WD 2024-T3 DOM 316 3003-O 347 5052-O 6061-T6 19 .042 .354 .1776 .0624 1018/1026 4130 18 .049 .340 .2036 .0714 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 6061-T6 316 17 .058 .322 .2354 .0826 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 16 .065 .307 .2589 .0908 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 6061-T6 316 15 .072 .294 .2814 .0988 4130 14 .083 .272 .3147 .1110 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM —— .088 .263 .3289 .1155 4130 —— .090 .258 .3345 .1178 2024-T3 13 .095 .247 .3480 .1224 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 321 12 .109 .220 .3830 .1345 1018/1026 11 .120 .197 .4075 .1431 1018/1026 4130 321 6061-T6 —— .129 .180 .4257 .1495 4130HT 10 .134 .169 .4351 .1528 1018/1026 4130 5/32 .156 .125 .4698 .1650 1018/1026 .448 15 .072 .304 .2891 .1015 4130HT —— .102 .245 .3769 .1324 4130HT

Sec. K page 8

Page 184: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 1/2 25 .020 .460 .1025 .0356 3003-H14 6061-O 24 .022 .456 .1123 .0394 1018/1026 3003-H14 5052-O 6061-T6 22 .028 .444 .1411 .0496 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 316 5052-O 321 6061-T4 347 6061-T6 21 .032 .436 .1599 .0562 1018/1026 DOM 20 .035 .430 .1738 .0612 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 3003-O 316WD 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 19 .042 .416 .2054 .0721 1018/1026 321WD 5052-O 6061-T4 18 .049 .402 .2360 .0829 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-O CREW 316WD 5052-O HREW 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 17 .058 .384 .2738 .0962 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 6061-O 6061-T6 16 .065 .370 .3020 .1061 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 5052-O HREW 316WD 6061-T6 15 .072 .356 .3291 .1156 1018/1026 4130 347 14 .083 .334 .3696 .1298 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 6061-T6 13 .095 .310 .4109 .1443 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 6061-T6 347WD 12 .109 .282 .4552 .1599 1018/1026 4130 304 11 .120 .260 .4870 .1710 1018/1026 4130 304 6061-T6 DOM 316 —— .131 .238 .5163 .1813 4130HT 10 .134 .232 .5238 .1840 1018/1026 4130 304 5/32 .156 .187 .5731 .2013 1018/1026 4130 321 3/16 .188 .125 .6264 .2200 1018/1026 4130

17/32 16 .065 .401 .3237 .1137 1018/1026

14 .083 .365 .3971 .1395 1018/1026

13 .095 .341 .4424 .1554 1018/1026

11 .120 .291 .5267 .1850 1018/1026

Sec. K page 9

Page 185: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum

9/16 24 .022 .519 .1271 .0446 1018/1026

23 .025 .512 .1436 .0504 1018/1026

22 .028 .506 .1600 .0562 1018/1026 304 304WD

21 .032 .499 .1815 .0637 1018/1026

20 .035 .492 .1974 .0696 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 316

19 .042 .479 .2337 .0821 1018/1026 321 18 .049 .464 .2690 .0948 1018/1026 4130 304WD 2024-T3 DOM 316

17 .058 .447 .3128 .1099 1018/1026 321

16 .065 .432 .3457 .1218 1018/1026 4130 304WD 2024-T3 DOM 316

14 .083 .396 .4255 .1494 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM

13 .095 .372 .4748 .1667 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM

12 .109 .344 .5285 .1856 1018/1026 4130

11 .120 .322 .5677 .1994 1018/1026 4130 304 321

1/8 .125 .313 .5847 .2060 1018/1026 304 2024-T3 DOM 321

10 .134 .295 .6140 .2156 1018/1026 4130HT

5/32 .156 .250 .6781 .2381 1018/1026 4130 321

3/16 .188 .188 .7529 .2644 1018/1026 304 321

7/32 .219 .125 .8046 .2826 4130

.572 —— .071 .429 .3799 .1334 4130HT

—— .101 .370 .5081 .1784 4130HT

Sec. K page 10

Page 186: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 5/8 31 .010 .605 .0657 .0231 304WD

27 .016 .593 .1041 .0366 5052-O

24 .022 .581 .1417 .0498 1018/1026 3003-H14

23 .025 .575 .1602 .0563 1018/1026 22 .028 .569 .1785 .0627 1018/1026 4130 316WD 2024-T3 DOM 3003-H14 5052-O 6061-T6 21 .032 .561 .2027 .0712 1018/1026 20 .035 .555 .2205 .0775 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 19 .042 .541 .2615 .0918 1018/1026 5052-O 18 .049 .527 .3014 .1060 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 4340 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 5052-O HREW 316WD 6061-T4 6061-T6 17 .058 .509 .3512 .1234 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 5052-O 6061-T6 16 .065 .495 .3888 .1367 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 3003-O 316WD 5052-O 321 6061-T6 15 .072 .471 .4252 .1493 1018/1026 14 .083 .459 .4805 .1693 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 6061-T6 HREW 13 .095 .435 .5377 .1888 1018/1026 4130 304 6061-T6 DOM 304WD 12 .109 .407 .6007 .2110 1018/1026 DOM 11 .120 .385 .6472 .2273 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 316 1/8 .125 .375 .6675 .2344 DOM 4130 2024-T3 6061-T6 10 .134 .357 .7027 .2468 1018/1026 304 DOM 5/32 .156 .312 .7814 .2744 1018/1026 4130 DOM 3/16 .188 .250 .8774 .3081 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 316 321 7/32 .219 .187 .9496 .3335 1018/1026 321 DOM 1/4 .250 .125 1.001 .3516 1018/1026

Sec. K page 11

Page 187: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum

.635 15 .072 .492 .4329 .1520 4130HT

11/16 25 .020 .648 .1427 .0501 304WD 22 .028 .631 .1974 .0693 1018/1026 304WD 321

20 .035 .617 .2441 .0857 1018/1026 304 304WD

18 .049 .589 .3344 .1174 1018/1026 304WD DOM

17 .058 .571 .3902 .1370 1018/1026

16 .065 .557 .4325 .1519 1018/1026 4130 304WD DOM

14 .083 .522 .5363 .1883 1018/1026 304 DOM

13 .095 .497 .6017 .2113 1018/1026 321 DOM

12 .109 .469 .6740 .2367 1018/1026

11 .120 .448 .7279 .2556 1018/1026 4130 304 321

1/8 .125 .438 .7508 .2594 1018/1026

10 .134 .419 .7928 .2784 1018/1026

5/32 .156 .375 .8864 .3113 1018/1026 4130

3/16 .188 .312 1.004 .3526 1018/1026 4130 321

7/32 .219 .250 1.097 .3853 1018/1026

3/4 27 .016 .718 .1254 .0440 3003-H14

25 .020 .710 .1559 .0548 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T6

24 .022 .706 .1711 .0601 1018/1026 3003-H14

23 .025 .700 .1936 .0680 1018/1026

22 .028 .694 .2159 .0758 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 5052-O 6061-T6

21 .032 .686 .2425 .0862 1018/1026

Sec. K page 12

Page 188: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 3/4 20 .035 .680 .2673 .0938 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 (cont.) DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 3003-O 316WD 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 19 .042 .666 .3176 .1115 1018/1026 4130 18 .049 .652 .3668 .1288 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 3003-O 316WD 5052-O 321 6061-O 321WD 6061-T4 347WD 6061-T6 17 .058 .643 .4287 .1506 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 3003-H14 6061-O 6061-T6 1/16 .062 .626 .4556 .1600 CREW 3003-O 16 .065 .620 .4755 .1670 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 3003-O HREW 316WD 5052-O 347 6061-O 6061-T6

14 .083 .584 .5913 .2077 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 3003-H14 HREW 316WD 6061-T6 13 .095 .560 .6646 .2334 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 6061-T6 HREW

12 .109 .532 .7462 .2621 1018/1026 347 DOM

11 .120 .510 .8074 .2846 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 HREW 347 CDBW

1/8 .125 .500 .8344 .2930 DOM 321 6061-T6

10 .134 .482 .8816 .3096 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM

5/32 .156 .437 .9897 .3476 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 321 CDBW

3/16 .188 .375 1.128 .3962 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 316 CDBW 321

7/32 .219 .313 1.242 .4362 1018/1026 4130 DOM

1/4 .250 .250 1.335 .4689 1018/1026 4130 321

Sec. K page 13

Page 189: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum

13/16 22 .028 .757 .2347 .0824 1018/1026 21 .032 .749 .2669 .0937 1018/1026 20 .035 .742 .2908 .1021 1018/1026 18 .049 .714 .3998 .1404 1018/1026 304 DOM 17 .058 .697 .4677 .1643 1018/1026 16 .065 .682 .5193 .1824 1018/1026 4130 DOM 14 .083 .647 .6471 .2273 1018/1026 4130 13 .095 .622 .7285 .2558 1018/1026 4130 DOM 12 .109 .594 .8195 .2878 1018/1026 4130 DOM 11 .120 .572 .8881 .3120 1018/1026 4130 DOM 10 .134 .544 .9717 .3413 1018/1026 DOM 5/32 .156 .500 1.095 .3846 1018/1026 DOM 3/16 .188 .437 1.255 .4408 1018/1026 DOM 7/32 .219 .375 1.389 .4878 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 .312 1.503 .5279 1018/1026 7/8 24 .022 .831 .2004 .0704 1018/1026

22 .028 .819 .2533 .0890 1018/1026 4130 5052-O DOM

21 .032 .811 .2881 .1012 1018/1026 6061-T6

20 .035 .805 .3140 .1112 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 5052-O 6061-T4 6061-T6

19 .042 .791 .3737 .1312 1018/1026

18 .049 .777 .4323 .1530 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 4130HT 316 3003-H14 CREW 5052-O 6061-T4

17 .058 .759 .5061 .1777 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 3003-H14 6061-O 6061T6

16 .065 .745 .5623 .1979 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 3003-O HREW 321WD 6061-T6

15 .072 .731 .6175 .2169 1018/1026

Sec. K page 14

Page 190: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 7/8 14 .083 .709 .7021 .2466 1018/1026 4130 304 (cont.) DOM 316 CREW HREW 13 .095 .685 .7914 .2795 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 6061-T6 CDBW 12 .109 .657 .8917 .3132 1018/1026 304 DOM 11 .120 .635 .9676 .3398 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 316 HREW 321 1/8 .125 .625 1.001 .3516 1018/1026 DOM CDBW 10 .134 .607 1.060 .3723 1018/1026 DOM 5/32 .156 .562 1.198 .4207 1018/1026 4130 DOM CDBW 3/16 .188 .500 1.379 .4843 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 316 321 7/32 .219 .437 1.534 .5387 1018/1026 4130 1/4 .250 .375 1.669 .5862 1018/1026 4130 9/32 .281 .313 1.783 .6262 1018/1026 5/16 .313 .250 1.879 .6599 1018/1026 15/16 22 .028 .881 .2721 .0956 1018/1026 21 .032 .874 .3096 .1087 1018/1026 20 .035 .867 .3375 .1185 1018/1026 DOM 19 .042 .541 .2615 .0918 1018/1026 5052-O 18 .049 .839 .4652 .1634 1018/1026 321

17 .058 .822 .5451 .1914 1018/1026

16 .065 .807 .6060 .2128 1018/1026 DOM

14 .083 .772 .7579 .2662 1018/1026

13 .095 .748 .8553 .3004 1018/1026

12 .109 .719 .9651 .3389 1018/1026

11 .120 .697 1.048 .3681 1018/1026 4130

10 .134 .669 1.151 .4042 1018/1026

5/32 .156 .625 1.303 .4576 1018/1026 DOM

3/16 .188 .562 1.506 .5289 1018/1026

7/32 .219 .500 1.682 .5907 1018/1026 4130

5/16 .313 .313 2.089 .7337 1018/1026

Sec. K page 15

Page 191: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum

.953 —— .114 .725 1.021 .3586 4130HT 1 27 .016 .968 .1681 .0590 6061-O 6061-T4 25 .020 .960 .2093 .0735 6061-O 6061-T6 24 .022 .956 .2298 .0807 1018/1026 5052-O 6061-T4 23 .025 .950 .2603 .0914 1018/1026 6061-T6 22 .028 .944 .2907 .1021 1018/1026 4130 3003-H14 5052-O 6061-T4 21 .032 .936 .3308 .1162 1018/1026 20 .035 .930 .3607 .1275 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 5052-O 316WD 6061-T4 6061-T6 19 .042 .916 .4297 .1509 6061-T4 6061-T6 18 .049 .902 .4977 .1754 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 3003-O 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 17 .058 .884 .5835 .2060 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 3003-H14 6061-T6 16 .065 .870 .6491 .2295 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-O DOM 304WD 2024-T3 CREW 316 3003-H14 HREW 316WD 3003-O 347WD 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 15 .072 .856 .7136 .2506 1018/1026 14 .083 .834 .8129 .2866 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-O DOM 304WD 2024-T3 CREW 316 6061-T6 HREW 13 .095 .810 .9182 .3244 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 6061-T6 HREW 321 347

12 .109 .782 1.037 .3642 1018/1026 304 DOM

11 .120 .760 1.128 .3978 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 6061-O CDBW 316 HREW 321 347

Sec. K page 16

Page 192: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 1 1/8 .125 .750 1.168 .4102 1018/1026 6061-O (Cont.) DOM 6061-T6 CDBW 10 .134 .732 1.239 .4351 1018/1026 4130 DOM 5/32 .156 .687 1.406 .4961 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 3/16 .188 .625 1.630 .5752 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 6061-T6 321 7/32 .219 .562 1.827 .6416 1018/1026 4130 347 DOM 1/4 .250 .500 2.003 .7035 1018/1026 4130 304 6061-T6 DOM 316 9/32 .281 .438 2.158 .7579 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 .375 2.297 .8067 1018/1026 321 DOM 3/8 .375 .250 2.503 .8791 1018/1026 304 11/16 22 .028 1.006 .3095 .1087 1018/1026 21 .032 .999 .3524 .1238 1018/1026 20 .035 .992 .3843 .1350 1018/1026 304 18 .049 .964 .5306 .1863 1018/1026 304WD DOM 17 .058 .946 .6225 .2186 1018/1026 DOM 16 .065 .932 .6928 .2433 1018/1026 4130 316 DOM 14 .083 .897 .8687 .3051 1018/1026 DOM 13 .095 .872 .9821 .3449 1018/1026 4130 12 .109 .844 1.111 .3902 1018/1026 DOM 11 .120 .822 1.209 .4246 1018/1026 4130 DOM CDBW 10 .134 .795 1.330 .4671 1018/1026 5/32 .156 .750 1.511 .5307 1018/1026 304 DOM 3/16 .188 .687 1.757 .6171 1018/1026 4130 DOM CDBW 7/32 .219 .625 1.974 .6933 1018/1026 4130 DOM 4340 1/4 .250 .562 2.171 .7625 1018/1026 DOM

9/32 .281 .500 2.347 .8243 1018/1026 4130

5/16 .313 .437 2.507 .8805 1018/1026

3/8 .375 .312 2.755 .9676 1018/1026

Sec. K page 17

Page 193: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum

11/8 22 .028 1.069 .3280 .1152 1018/1026

21 .032 1.061 .3735 .1312 1018/1026

20 .035 1.055 .4074 .1438 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 6061-T6 CREW 316

18 .049 1.027 .5631 .1989 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 6061-T6 CREW 316WD

17 .058 1.009 .6609 .2321 1018/1026 4130 3003-H14 DOM 6061-T6

16 .065 .995 .7359 .2601 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 3003-O 6061-T6

15 .072 .981 .8097 .2844 1018/1026

14 .083 .959 .9237 .3264 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316

13 .095 .935 1.045 .3670 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 316

12 .109 .907 1.183 .4155 1018/1026 DOM

11 .120 .885 1.288 .4523 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 316 321

1/8 .125 .875 1.335 .4712 1018/1026 2024-T3 DOM

10 .134 .857 1.418 .4980 1018/1026 DOM

5/32 .156 .812 1.614 .5668 1018/1026 4130 DOM

3/16 .188 .750 1.881 .6606 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 4340 321

7/32 .219 .688 2.119 .7442 1018/1026 4130 DOM

1/4 .250 .625 2.336 .8204 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM

9/32 .281 .563 2.533 .8896 1018/1026 4130

5/16 .313 .500 2.714 .9532 1018/1026 4130 DOM

3/8 .375 .375 3.004 1.055 1018/1026

Sec. K page 18

Page 194: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 13/16 22 .028 1.131 .3469 .1218 1018/1026 21 .032 1.124 .3951 .1388 1018/1026 20 .035 1.118 .4310 .1514 1018/1026 304 18 .049 1.090 .5961 .2094 1018/1026 6061-T6 DOM

17 .058 1.072 .7000 .2458 1018/1026

16 .065 1.057 .7796 .2738 1018/1026 DOM

14 .083 1.022 .9795 .3440 1018/1026 4130 DOM

13 .095 .997 1.109 .3895 1018/1026 DOM

12 .109 .970 1.256 .4411 1018/1026

11 .120 .947 1.369 .4808 1018/1026 DOM CDBW

10 .134 .920 1.508 .5296 1018/1026

5/32 .156 .875 1.719 .6037 1018/1026 DOM

3/16 .188 .812 2.008 .7052 1018/1026 4130 DOM CDBW

7/32 .219 .750 2.266 .7958 1018/1026 DOM

1/4 .250 .687 2.504 .8794 1018/1026

9/32 .281 .626 2.722 .9560 1018/1026

5/16 .313 .562 2.925 1.027 1018/1026 4340

3/8 .375 .438 3.256 1.144 1018/1026

11/4 27 .016 1.218 .2109 .0741 3003-H14

25 .020 1.210 .2627 .0923 6061-O 6061-T4

24 .022 1.206 .2885 .1013 6061-T4 6061-T6

23 .025 1.200 .3271 .1149 6061-T6

22 .028 1.194 .3654 .1283 1018/1026 5052-O

21 .032 1.186 .4163 .1462 1018/1026

20 .035 1.180 .4542 .1601 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316WD 3003-H14 CREW 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6

Sec. K page 19

Page 195: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum

11/4 18 .049 1.152 .6285 .2213 1018/1026 4130 304WD 3003-H14 (cont.) DOM 316WD 5052-O CREW 6061-O 6061-T6 17 .058 1.134 .7384 .2601 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 3003-H14 6061-T6 16 .065 1.120 .8226 .2907 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 5052-O HREW 316WD 6061-T6 347WD 14 .083 1.084 1.034 .3652 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 6061-T6 CREW 316 HREW 13 .095 1.060 1.172 .4131 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 4140 304WD 6061-T6 HREW 316 321 12 .109 1.032 1.328 .4682 1018/1026 4130 316WD 2024-T3 DOM 11 .120 1.010 1.448 .5100 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 6061-T6 HREW 316 321 347 1/8 .125 1.000 1.502 .5275 1018/1026 6061-O DOM CDBW 10 .134 .982 1.597 .5609 1018/1026 4130 316WD DOM 5/32 .156 .938 1.823 .6426 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 3/16 .188 .875 2.132 .7548 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 CDBW 321 7/32 .219 .812 2.411 .8467 1018/1026 4130 DOM 15/64 .234 .782 2.539 .8917 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 .750 2.670 .9384 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 6061-T6 321 9/32 .281 .687 2.908 1.021 1018/1026 DOM

5/16 .313 .625 3.132 1.100 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM

3/8 .375 .500 3.504 1.231 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM

7/16 .438 .375 3.798 1.334 1018/1026

Sec. K page 20

Page 196: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 15/16 22 .028 1.257 .3843 .1350 1018/1026

21 .032 1.249 .4378 .1538 1018/1026

20 .035 1.242 .4777 .1678 1018/1026

18 .049 1.214 .6615 .2323 1018/1026

16 .065 1.182 .8664 .3043 1018/1026 14 .083 1.147 1.090 .3828 1018/1026 DOM

13 .095 1.122 1.236 .4341 1018/1026 4130 DOM

12 .109 1.094 1.402 .4924 1018/1026

11 .120 1.072 1.529 .5370 1018/1026 DOM

1/8 .125 1.063 1.586 .5570 1018/1026 4140

10 .134 1.044 1.687 .5925 1018/1026 DOM

5/32 .156 1.000 1.928 .6771 1018/1026 DOM

3/16 .188 .937 2.259 .7934 1018/1026 4130 DOM CDBW 7/32 .219 .875 2.559 .8987 1018/1026 4130 DOM

1/4 .250 .812 2.838 .9967 1018/1026

9/32 .281 .750 3.097 1.088 1018/1026 DOM

5/16 .313 .688 3.343 1.174

11/32 .344 .625 3.560 1.250 1018/1026 3/8 .375 .562 3.757 1.319 1018/1026 13/8 22 .028 1.319 .4028 .1415 1018/1026 20 .035 1.305 .5009 .1759 1018/1026 4130 304 6061-T4 6061-T6 18 .049 1.277 .6939 .2448 1018/1026 4130 316 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 CREW 17 .058 1.259 .8158 .2865 1018/1026 4130 3003-H14 6061-T6 16 .065 1.245 .9094 .3213 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316WD 6061-T6 CREW 14 .083 1.209 1.145 .4039 1018/1026 4130 316 2024-T3 DOM 13 .095 1.185 1.299 .4562 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM

Sec. K page 21

Page 197: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum

13/8 12 .109 1.157 1.474 .5177 1018/1026 (Cont.) DOM

11 .120 1.135 1.608 .5647 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 316

1/8 .125 1.125 1.669 .5862 DOM 6061-T6

10 .134 1.107 1.776 .6237 1018/1026 321 DOM

5/32 .156 1.062 2.031 .7133 1018/1026 4130 DOM

3/16 .188 1.000 2.383 .8364 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 321

7/32 .219 .938 2.704 .9496 1018/1026 4130 DOM

1/4 .250 .875 3.004 1.061 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 DOM

9/32 .281 .813 3.283 1.153 1018/1026 5/16 .313 .750 3.550 1.247 1018/1026 4130 DOM

3/8 .375 .625 4.005 1.407 1018/1026 321

7/16 .438 .500 4.383 1.539 1018/1026

1/2 .500 .375 4.673 1.641 1018/1026

17/16 20 .035 1.367 .5244 .1842 1018/1026

18 .049 1.339 .7269 .2553 1018/1026

16 .065 1.307 .9531 .3347 1018/1026 DOM

14 .083 1.271 1.201 .4218 1018/1026

13 .095 1.247 1.363 .4787 1018/1026 DOM

11 .120 1.198 1.689 .5932 1018/1026 DOM

10 .134 1.170 1.866 .6553 1018/1026 DOM

5/32 .156 1.125 2.136 .7502 1018/1026 3/16 .188 1.062 2.510 .8815 1018/1026 DOM 7/32 .219 1.000 2.851 1.001 1018/1026 1/4 .250 .938 3.172 1.114 1018/1026 DOM

5/16 .313 .812 3.761 1.321 1018/1026

3/8 .375 .688 4.257 1.495 1018/1026

1/2 .500 .438 5.009 1.759 1018/1026

Sec. K page 22

Page 198: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 11/2 25 .020 1.460 .3161 .1110 6061-T6 24 .022 1.456 .3473 .1220 3003-H14 6061-O 6061-T4 22 .028 1.444 .4402 .1546 1018/1026 4130 5052-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 21 .032 1.436 .5018 .1762 6061-T6 20 .035 1.430 .5476 .1928 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 CREW 304WD 3003-H14 HREW 316 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 18 .049 1.402 .7593 .2683 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-O DOM 304WD 2024-T3 CREW 316 3003-H14 316WD 3003-O 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 17 .058 1.384 .8932 .3137 1018/1026 4130 3003-H14 6061-T6 1/16 .062 1.376 .9522 .3344 4130 16 .065 1.370 .9962 .3519 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-O DOM 304WD 2024-T3 CREW 316 3003-H14 HREW 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T6 15 .072 1.356 1.098 .3856 1018/1026 4130 14 .083 1.334 1.256 .4437 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 CREW HREW 13 .095 1.310 1.426 .5029 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 6061-T6 CREW 347 HREW 12 .109 1.282 1.619 .5686 1018/1026 DOM

11 .120 1.260 1.769 .6222 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 4140 316 HREW 321 347

1/8 .125 1.250 1.836 .6448 1018/1026 6061-O DOM 6061-T6 SS

10 .134 1.232 1.955 .6866 1018/1026 304 DOM 5/32 .156 1.187 2.239 .7854 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 DOM

Sec. K page 23

Page 199: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum

11/2 3/16 .188 1.125 2.634 .9282 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 (Cont.) DOM 316 6061-T6 7/32 .219 1.062 2.996 1.052 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 1.000 3.338 1.173 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 4140 316 6061-T6 9/32 .281 .938 3.658 1.291 1018/1026 2024-T3 5/16 .313 .875 3.968 1.394 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM 3/8 .375 .750 4.506 1.583 1018/1026 4140 316 6061-T6 DOM 321 7/16 .438 .625 4.968 1.745 1018/1026 1/2 .500 .500 5.340 1.875 1018/1026 4140 9/16 .563 .375 7.889 2.770 1018/1026 19/16 21 .032 1.499 .5232 .1837 1018/1026

20 .035 1.493 .5712 .2006 1018/1026

18 .049 1.465 .7923 .2783 1018/1026

16 .065 1.432 1.040 .3652 1018/1026

13 .095 1.373 1.489 .5229 1018/1026 DOM

11 .120 1.323 1.849 .6494 1018/1026 DOM

5/32 .156 1.250 2.344 .8232 1018/1026 4130 DOM

3/16 .188 1.187 2.761 .9697 1018/1026 4130

7/32 .219 1.125 3.144 1.104 1018/1026

1/4 .250 1.062 3.506 1.231 1018/1026 DOM

9/32 .281 1.000 3.847 1.351 1018/1026

11/32 .344 .875 4.479 1.573 1018/1026

3/8 .375 .812 4.758 1.671 1018/1026

15/8 20 .035 1.555 .5943 .2101 1018/1026 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6

18 .049 1.527 .8248 .2907 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 CREW

17 .058 1.509 .9707 .3409 1018/1026 4130 6061-T6

16 .065 1.495 1.083 .3825 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 6061-T6 CREW

14 .083 1.459 1.367 .4825 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD HREW

Sec. K page 24

Page 200: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 15/8 13 .095 1.435 1.552 .5451 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM (Cont.) HREW 11 .120 1.385 1.929 .6775 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM CREW HREW 1/8 .125 1.375 2.003 .7035 DOM 6061-T6 10 .134 1.357 2.134 .7495 1018/1026 DOM 5/32 .156 1.312 2.447 .8594 1018/1026 4130 DOM 3/16 .188 1.250 2.885 1.020 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 DOM 7/32 .219 1.187 3.289 1.156 1018/1026 4130 DOM 1/4 .250 1.125 3.671 1.295 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 321 9/32 .281 1.063 4.033 1.416 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 1.000 4.386 1.540 1018/1026 4130 DOM 4140 3/8 .375 .875 5.006 1.758 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM 4140 4340 7/16 .438 .749 5.553 1.950 1018/1026 4140 1/2 .500 .625 6.008 2.110 1018/1026 4140 111/16 18 .049 1.590 .8577 .3012 1018/1026 16 .065 1.558 1.127 .3958 1018/1026 14 .083 1.522 1.423 .4998 1018/1026 DOM 11 .120 1.447 2.010 .7059 1018/1026 DOM 5/32 .156 1.376 2.552 .8963 1018/1026 DOM 3/16 .188 1.312 3.012 1.058 1018/1026 7/32 .219 1.250 3.436 1.207 1018/1026 1/4 .250 1.188 3.839 1.348 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 1.062 4.596 1.614 1018/1026 13/4 25 .020 1.710 .3695 .1277 6061-T4 20 .035 1.680 .6411 .2264 1018/1026 304WD 2024-T4 CREW 316 3003-H14 347 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 18 .049 1.652 .8902 .3142 1018/1026 4130 304WD 2024-T3 CREW 316 3003-H14 5052-O 6061-T6

Sec. K page 25

Page 201: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum

13/4 17 .058 1.634 1.048 .3703 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 (Cont.) DOM 6061-O 6061-T6

16 .065 1.620 1.170 .4131 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 3003-H14 CREW 5052-O 6061-T6

14 .083 1.584 1.478 .5202 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 HREW 13 .095 1.560 1.679 .5916 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 DOM 347 HREW —— .105 1.540 1.775 .6234 4140 12 .109 1.532 1.910 .6708 1018/1026 DOM 11 .120 1.510 2.089 .7344 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 HREW 321 347 1/8 .125 1.500 2.169 .7618 DOM 4140 6061-T6 SS 10 .134 1.482 2.313 .8123 1018/1026 DOM 5/32 .156 1.438 2.656 .9384 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 DOM

7 .180 1.390 2.899 1.018 HREW

3/16 .188 1.375 3.136 1.102 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 6061-T6 HREW 321

7/32 .219 1.312 3.581 1.258 1018/1026 4130 DOM

1/4 .250 1.250 4.005 1.418 1018/1026 4130 316 2024-T3 DOM 4140 321 6061-T6

9/32 .281 1.188 4.409 1.548 1018/1026 DOM

5/16 .313 1.125 4.804 1.687 1018/1026 4140 321 DOM 4340

—— .350 1.050 5.233 1.838 1018/1026

3/8 .375 1.000 5.507 1.934 1018/1026 4140 316 6061-T6 DOM 321

7/16 .438 .875 6.137 2.155 1018/1026 4140

15/32 .469 .812 6.417 2.254 1018/1026

1/2 .500 .750 6.675 2.344 1018/1026 321

9/16 .563 .624 7.137 2.507 1018/1026

5/8 .625 .500 7.509 2.637 1018/1026

Sec. K page 26

Page 202: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 113/16 16 .065 1.683 1.213 .4260 1018/1026 13 .095 1.623 1.743 .6121 1018/1026 11 .120 1.573 2.170 .7621 1018/1026 5/32 .156 1.500 2.761 .9697 1018/1026 3/16 .188 1.439 3.263 1.146 1018/1026 7/32 .219 1.375 3.728 1.309 1018/1026 1/4 .250 1.313 4.173 1.466 1018/102617/8 22 .028 1.818 .5523 .1940 321

20 .035 1.805 .6878 .2416 1018/1026 4130 321 CREW

18 .049 1.777 .9556 .3356 1018/1026 304 CREW 321

17 .058 1.759 1.126 .3954 4130 321 6061-T6

16 .065 1.745 1.257 .4415 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316WD CREW 14 .083 1.709 1.589 .5581 1018/1026 4130 321 6061-T6 DOM

13 .095 1.685 1.806 .6343 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM HREW

12 .109 1.657 2.056 .7221 1018/1026

11 .120 1.635 2.249 .7898 1018/1026 4130 6061-T6 DOM HREW

1/8 .125 1.625 2.336 .8204 DOM 321

10 .134 1.607 2.492 .8752 1018/1026 4130

5/32 .156 1.563 2.864 1.006 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM 3/16 .188 1.500 3.387 1.190 1018/1026 4130 321 6061-T6 DOM 7/32 .219 1.438 3.873 1.360 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 1.375 4.339 1.524 1018/1026 4130 321 6061-T6 DOM

9/32 .281 1.313 4.784 1.680 1018/1026 4130

5/16 .313 1.250 5.222 1.834 1018/1026 4130

3/8 .375 1.125 6.008 2.110 1018/1026 304 DOM 321

7/16 .438 1.000 6.722 2.361 1018/1026

1/2 .500 .875 7.343 2.579 1018/1026 4130 321

9/16 .563 .750 7.889 2.771 1018/1026

Sec. K page 27

Page 203: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum

115/16 5/32 .156 1.625 2.969 1.403 1018/1026 4130 DOM

7/32 .219 1.499 4.029 1.412 1018/1026 4340

1/4 .250 1.438 4.507 1.583 1018/1026 2 24 .022 1.956 .4678 .1643 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 22 .028 1.944 .5897 .2097 1018/1026 5052-O 6061-T4 6061-T6

20 .035 1.930 .7345 .2591 1018/1026 304 2424-T3 CREW 316 3003-H14 347 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6

19 .042 1.916 .8783 .3085 5052-O

18 .049 1.902 1.021 .3601 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316WD 5052-O 347 6061-O 6061-T6

—— .050 1.900 1.041 .3656 5052-O 6063-T6

17 .058 1.884 1.203 .4225 1018/1026 6061-T6

16 .065 1.870 1.343 .4743 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 3003-O HREW 316WD 5052-O 6061-T6

14 .083 1.834 1.699 .6018 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 6061-T6 HREW 316WD 321

13 .095 1.810 1.933 .6834 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 321

12 .109 1.782 2.201 .7730 1018/1026 304 DOM HREW

11 .120 1.760 2.409 .8466 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 4140 316 HREW 321 347

1/8 .125 1.750 2.503 .8874 1018/1026 2024-O DOM 6061-T6

Sec. K page 28

Page 204: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 2 10 .134 1.732 2.670 .9377 1018/1026 (Cont.) DOM HREW 5/32 .156 1.687 3.072 1.081 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 7 .180 1.640 3.499 1.229 HREW 3/16 .188 1.625 3.638 1.278 1018/1026 4130 304 6061-T6 DOM 316 HREW 321 7/32 .219 1.562 4.166 1.463 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 1.500 4.673 1.652 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 2024-T4 321 6061-T6 9/32 .281 1.438 5.159 1.812 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 1.375 5.639 1.980 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM 4140 11/32 .344 1.313 6.084 2.137 1018/1026 3/8 .375 1.250 6.508 2.295 1018/1026 4140 304 2024-T3 DOM HF4140 316 2024-T4 321 6061-T6 7/16 .438 1.125 7.307 2.566 1018/1026 4140 1/2 .500 1.000 8.010 2.826 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 321 6061-T6 9/16 .563 .874 8.640 3.034 1018/1026 5/8 .625 .750 9.178 3.223 1018/1026 4130 HF4140 3/4 .750 .500 10.01 3.516 1018/1026 21/32 1/2 .500 1.031 8.175 2.871 1018/1026 21/16 16 .065 1.933 1.387 .4871 1018/1026 11 .120 1.823 2.490 .8745 1018/1026 5/32 .156 1.750 3.177 1.101 DOM 3/16 .188 1.687 3.765 1.322 1018/1026 7/32 .219 1.625 4.313 1.515 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 1.563 4.841 1.700 1018/1026 9/32 .281 1.501 5.348 1.878 1018/1026 5/16 .313 1.437 5.850 2.055 1018/1026 21/8 20 .035 2.655 .7812 .2700 18 .049 2.027 1.086 .3814 1018/1026 304 CREW 16 .065 1.995 1.430 .5022 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 321 CREW HREW 14 .083 1.959 1.810 .6357 1018/1026 DOM

Sec. K page 29

Page 205: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 21/8 13 .095 1.935 2.060 .7235 1018/1026 304 6061-T6 (Cont.) DOM HREW 12 .109 1.909 2.347 .8243 1018/1026 11 .120 1.885 2.570 .9026 1018/1026 321 DOM 1/8 .125 1.875 2.670 .9377 1018/1026 DOM 9 .148 1.829 3.125 1.080 5/32 .156 1.813 3.281 1.152 1018/1026 4130 DOM 7 .180 1.765 3.739 1.292 3/16 .188 1.749 3.889 1.366 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM 7/32 .219 1.687 4.458 1.566 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 1.625 5.006 1.758 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM 9/32 .281 1.563 5.534 1.944 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 1.500 6.057 2.127 1018/1026 4130 DOM 4340 3/8 .375 1.375 7.009 2.462 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM HF4140 HF4140HT 7/16 .438 1.250 7.892 2.772 1018/1026 4140 1/2 .500 1.125 8.678 3.048 1018/1026 4130 321 4340 9/16 .563 1.000 9.392 3.298 1018/1026 5/8 .375 0.875 10.01 3.516 1018/1026 4140 23/16 13 .095 1.998 2.124 .7459 1018/1026 11 .120 1.948 2.650 .9307 1018/1026 3/16 .188 1.812 4.016 1.410 1018/1026 4340 1/4 .250 1.688 5.174 1.817 1018/1026 2.200 —— .319 1.562 6.408 2.250 4130 21/4 25 .020 2.210 .4763 .1673 6061-O 20 .035 2.180 .8280 .2917 CREW 2024-T3 5052-O 18 .049 2.152 1.152 .4060 1018/1026 304 2024-T3 CREW 3003-H14 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T6 17 .058 2.134 1.358 .4763 2024-T3 16 .065 2.120 1.517 .5328 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 5052-O CREW 6061-T6 15 .072 2.106 1.675 .5883 4130 14 .083 2.084 1.921 .6746 1018/1026 4140 304 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 HREW —— .092 2.066 2.120 .7445

Sec. K page 30

Page 206: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 21/4 13 .095 2.060 2.186 .7752 1018/1026 4140 304 2024-T3 (Cont.) DOM 321 12 .109 2.032 2.492 .8752 1018/1026 11 .120 2.010 2.730 .9588 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 321 347 1/8 .125 2.000 2.837 .9996 1018/1026 347 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 SS 10 .134 1.982 3.028 1.063 1018/1026 4130 DOM 9 .148 1.952 3.323 1.148 5/32 .156 1.937 3.489 1.225 1018/1026 4130 DOM 7 .180 1.890 3.979 1.375 3/16 .188 1.875 4.140 1.469 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM HF4140HT 321 6061-T6

7/32 .219 1.813 4.750 1.668 1018/1026 4130 DOM 1/4 .250 1.750 5.340 1.887 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 4140 321 6061-T6 4340 9/32 .281 1.688 5.909 2.075 1018/1026 4140HF 5/16 .313 1.625 6.475 2.274 1018/1026 4140 2024-T4 DOM 11/32 .344 1.562 7.002 2.459 1018/1026 3/8 .375 1.500 7.509 2.637 1018/1026 4130 321 6061-T6 DOM HF4140 HF4140HT 7/16 .438 1.375 8.476 2.977 1018/1026 1/2 .500 1.250 9.345 3.297 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 4140 6061-T6 HF4140 HF4140HT 9/16 .563 1.125 10.14 3.561 1018/1026 5/8 .625 1.000 10.85 3.811 1018/1026 4130 3/4 .750 .750 12.02 4.221 1018/1026 4140HT

2.270 —— .240 1.790 5.203 1.827 DOM

2.310 —— .260 1.790 5.692 .1.999 DOM

25/16 10 .134 2.045 3.118 1.095 4130

5/32 .156 2.001 3.594 1.262 1018/1026

3/16 .188 1.937 4.267 1.499 1018/1026 DOM

7/32 .219 1.875 4.898 1.720 1018/1026 4130

1/4 .250 1.813 5.508 1.934 1018/1026

9/32 .281 1.750 6.154 2.161 4140

3/8 .375 1.563 7.762 2.726 1018/1026 4130 4140

—— .406 1.500 8.269 2.904 4130 Sec. K page 31

Page 207: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 23/8 18 .049 2.277 1.217 .4274 1018/1026 CREW 16 .065 2.245 1.604 .5633 1018/1026 DOM CREW 14 .083 2.209 2.032 .7136 321 13 .095 2.185 2.313 .8123 1018/1026 321 DOM 12 .109 2.157 2.638 .9115 11 .120 2.135 2.890 1.015 1018/1026 321 DOM HREW 1/8 .125 2.125 3.004 1.055 DOM 10 .134 2.107 3.207 1.108 9 .148 2.079 3.520 1.216 5/32 .156 2.062 3.697 1.298 1018/1026 DOM 7 .180 2.015 4.220 1.458 3/16 .188 2.000 4.391 1.542 1018/1026 4130 DOM 7/32 .219 1.938 5.043 1.771 1018/1026 4130 DOM 1/4 .250 1.875 5.674 1.993 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM 4140 9/32 .281 1.813 6.284 2.207 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 1.750 6.893 2.421 1018/1026 4140 DOM 3/8 .375 1.625 8.010 2.813 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM HF4140 7/16 .438 1.500 9.061 3.182 1018/1026 4130 HF4140 1/2 .500 1.375 10.01 3.516 1018/1026 321 9/16 .563 1.250 10.90 3.828 1018/1026 5/8 .625 1.125 11.68 4.102 1018/1026 21/2 22 .028 2.444 7.392 .2596 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 20 .035 2.430 .9214 .3254 2024-T3 3003-H14 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T6 18 .049 2.402 1.283 .4506 1018/1026 4130 304 3003-H14 CREW 304WD 5052-O 316 6061-O 6061-T6 16 .065 2.370 1.690 .5916 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 304WD 3003-H14 CREW 316 5052-O HREW 6061-O 6061-T6

Sec. K page 32

Page 208: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 21/2 14 .083 2.334 2.143 .7548 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 (Cont.) DOM 316 6061-T6 CREW HREW 13 .095 2.310 2.440 .8569 1018/1026 4130 316 DOM 4140 347 HREW 12 .109 2.282 2.783 .9774 1018/1026 DOM

11 .120 2.260 3.050 1.081 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 HREW 321 1/8 .125 2.250 3.171 1.114 1018/1026 6061-T6 DOM 10 .134 2.232 3.386 1.189 1018/1026 DOM 5/32 .156 2.187 3.905 1.371 1018/1026 4130 DOM 4140 7 .180 2.140 4.460 1.541 HREW 3/16 .188 2.125 4.642 1.642 1018/1026 4130 316 2024-T3 DOM 321 6061-T6 7/32 .219 2.063 5.335 1.874 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 2.000 6.008 2.122 1018/1026 4130 316 2024-T3 DOM 4140 321 2024-T4 CDBW 6061-T6 9/32 .281 1.937 6.659 2.339 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 1.875 7.311 2.570 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 DOM 4140HT 4140 11/32 .344 1.812 7.921 2.782 1018/1026 DOM

3/8 .375 1.750 8.511 3.000 1018/1026 4130 316 2024-T4 DOM 4130HT 321 6061-T6 4140

7/16 .438 1.625 9.646 3.388 1018/1026 DOM

1/2 .500 1.500 10.68 3.764 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 DOM 4140 6061-T6 HF4140 4340

9/16 .563 1.375 11.65 4.091 1018/1026 4130

5/8 .625 1.250 12.52 4.397 1018/1026 4140

3/4 .750 1.000 14.02 4.924 1018/1026

2.525 —— .271 1.981 6.524 2.291 DOM

29/16 3/16 .188 2.187 4.769 1.648 DOM 1/4 .250 2.063 6.416 2.253 DOM

Sec. K page 33

Page 209: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 25/8 18 .049 2.527 1.348 .4734 1018/1026 CREW 16 .065 2.495 1.777 .6241 1018/1026 304 DOM 13 .095 2.435 2.567 .9015 1018/1026 321 DOM 11 .120 2.385 3.210 1.127 1018/1026 321 DOM 1/8 .125 2.375 3.338 1.172 DOM 10 .134 2.407 3.636 1.257 9 .148 2.379 3.994 1.380 5/32 .156 2.313 4.114 1.445 1018/1026 DOM 3/16 .188 2.250 4.893 1.718 1018/1026 321 6061-T6 DOM 7/32 .219 2.188 5.627 1.976 1018/1026 1/4 .250 2.125 6.341 2.227 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM 4140 CDBW 9/32 .281 2.063 7.035 2.471 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 2.000 7.729 2.714 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM 4140 HF4140 3/8 .375 1.875 9.011 3.180 1018/1026 4140 321 2024-T3 DOM HF4140

7/16 .438 1.750 10.23 3.593 1018/1026

1/2 .500 1.625 11.35 3.986 1018/1026 4140 321 HF4140 HF4140HT

9/16 .563 1.500 12.40 4.355 1018/1026

5/8 .625 1.375 13.35 4.689 1018/1026 23/4 18 .049 2.652 1.413 .4962 1018/1026 304 6061-T6 CREW 16 .065 2.620 1.864 .6528 1018/1026 304 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 CREW 14 .083 2.584 2.364 .8364 1018/1026 321 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 HREW 13 .095 2.560 2.694 .9486 1018/1026 4140 347 2024-T3 DOM 12 .109 2.532 3.074 1.080 1018/1026

11 .120 2.510 3.371 1.193 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 HREW 321

1/8 .125 2.500 3.504 1.234 1018/1026 DOM

Sec. K page 34

Page 210: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 23/4 10 .134 2.482 3.744 1.315 4130(Cont.) 9 .148 2.454 4.113 1.421 5/32 .156 2.438 4.322 1.518 1018/1026 4130 DOM 4140 3/16 .188 2.375 5.144 1.816 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM HREW 7/32 .219 2.313 5.920 2.079 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 2.250 6.675 2.365 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 2024-T4 HREW 6061-T6 9/32 .281 2.188 7.410 2.602 1018/1026 5/16 .313 2.125 8.147 2.866 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 DOM 347 21/64 .328 2.094 8.484 2.980 4130HT

3/8 .375 2.000 9.512 3.356 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T4 DOM 4140 6061-T6 HF4140 HF4140HT 7/16 .438 1.875 10.82 3.780 1018/1026 4142 HF4140 1/2 .500 1.750 12.02 4.243 1018/1026 4140 321 2024-T4 DOM HF4140 6061-T6 HF4140HT 9/16 .563 1.625 13.15 4.618 1018/1026 4140 5/8 .625 1.500 14.18 4.980 1018/1026 4140 HF4140HT 11/16 .688 1.375 15.15 5.321 1018/1026 3/4 .750 1.250 16.02 5.626 1018/1026 4130 HF4130 7/8 .875 1.000 17.52 6.153 1018/1026 1 1.000 .750 18.69 6.564 1018/1026 27/8 16 .065 2.749 1.951 .6852 1018/1026 4130 304 DOM 316 CREW 321 347 13 .095 2.685 2.821 .9907 1018/1026 11 .120 2.635 3.531 1.240 1018/1026 DOM 1/8 .125 2.625 3.671 1.289 DOM 5/32 .156 2.563 4.530 1.591 1018/1026 DOM 3/16 .188 2.500 5.395 1.895 1018/1026 321 DOM SS 7/32 .219 2.438 6.212 2.182 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 2.375 7.009 2.462 1018/1026 321 DOM 9/32 .281 2.313 7.785 2.734 1018/1026 DOM

Sec. K page 35

Page 211: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 27/8 5/16 .313 2.250 8.564 3.008 1018/1026 (Cont.) DOM 3/8 .375 2.125 10.01 3.533 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 4140 7/16 .438 2.000 11.40 4.004 1018/1026 4140 DOM HF4140 1/2 .500 1.875 12.68 4.453 1018/1026 HF4140HT 321 6061-T6 9/16 .563 1.750 13.90 4.882 1018/1026 5/8 .625 1.625 15.02 5.275 1018/1026 3/4 .750 1.375 17.02 5.977 1018/1026 3 24 .022 2.956 .6997 .2457 3003-H14 5052-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 22 .028 2.944 .8887 .3121 5052-O 20 .035 2.930 1.108 .3891 3003-H14 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T6 18 .049 2.902 1.544 .5423 1018/1026 304 3003-H14 CREW 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T6 —— .050 2.900 1.575 .5531 6061-T4 6061-T6 17 .058 2.884 1.822 .6426 4130 2024-O 5052-O 16 .065 2.870 2.037 .7140 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 3003-H14 CREW 321 5052-O HREW 347 6061-O 6061-T6 6063-T6 14 .083 2.834 2.586 .9078 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 6061-T6 HREW 321

13 .095 2.810 2.947 1.040 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 6061-T6 HREW 321 12 .109 2.782 3.365 1.182 1018/1026 HREW 11 .120 2.760 3.691 1.306 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 4140 316 HREW 321 347 1/8 .125 2.750 3.838 1.348 1018/1026 6061-T6 DOM HREW 10 .134 2.732 4.102 1.441 1018/1026 DOM 5/32 .156 2.687 4.738 1.664 1018/1026 4130 DOM 7 .180 2.640 5.421 1.904 HREW

Sec. K page 36

Page 212: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 3 3/16 .188 2.624 5.646 1.989 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 (Cont.) DOM 316 6061-T6 HREW 321 7/32 .219 2.562 6.505 2.285 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 2.500 7.343 2.591 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 2024-T4 HREW 321 3003-H14 6061-T6 7075-T6 —— .259 2.482 7.582 2.663 DOM 9/32 .281 2.437 8.160 2.866 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 2.375 8.982 3.169 1018/1026 4140 304 2024-T3 DOM 321 2024-T4 3/8 .375 2.250 10.51 3.713 1018/1026 4140 304 2024-T4 DOM HF4140 316 6061-T6 HF4140HT 321 7/16 .438 2.125 11.98 4.233 1018/1026 2024-T4 DOM 1/2 .500 2.000 13.35 4.712 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T4 4140 321 6061-T6 HF4140 HF4140HT 9/16 .563 1.875 14.65 5.145 1018/1026 5/8 .625 1.750 15.85 5.567 1018/1026 4140 321 HF4140 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 1.500 18.02 6.355 1018/1026 4140 321 2024-T4 HF1018 HF4140 6061-T6 HF4140HT 13/16 .813 1.375 18.99 6.669 1018/1026 7/8 .875 1.250 19.86 6.975 1018/1026 15/16 .938 1.062 20.66 7.256 1018/1026 1 1.000 1.000 21.36 7.502 1018/1026 4140 31/16 13 .095 2.875 3.011 1.057 4140 5/16 .313 2.438 9.193 3.229 1018/1026 —— .343 2.375 9.964 3.499 4140 3/8 .375 2.312 10.77 3.782 1018/1026 7/16 .438 2.188 12.28 4.313 1018/1026 31/8 16 .065 2.995 2.124 .7459 1018/1026 321 6061-T6 DOM CREW 13 .095 2.935 3.074 1.080 1018/1026 DOM 11 .120 2.885 3.851 1.352 1018/1026 321 DOM 1/8 .125 2.875 4.005 1.407 1018/1026 304 DOM 321 3/16 .188 2.750 5.897 2.071 1018/1026 321 DOM 7/32 .219 2.687 6.797 2.387 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 2.625 7.676 2.696 1018/1026 321 DOM

Sec. K page 37

Page 213: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 31/8 9/32 .281 2.563 8.535 2.997 1018/1026 (Cont.) 5/16 .313 2.499 9.400 3.301 1018/1026 4140 321 DOM HF4140 3/8 .375 2.375 11.01 2.886 1018/1026 4140 321 2024-T3 HF1018/1026 HF4140 DOM 7/16 .438 2.250 12.57 4.415 1018/1026 4140 1/2 .500 2.125 14.02 2.924 1018/1026 321 9/16 .563 2.000 15.40 5.408 1018/1026 4130HT 5/8 .625 1.875 16.69 5.862 1018/1026 4140HT HF4140HT 3/4 .750 1.625 19.02 6.680 1018/1026 7/8 .875 1.375 21.03 7.386 1018/1026 31/4 16 .065 3.120 2.211 .7765 1018/1026 304 DOM CREW 14 .083 3.084 2.807 .9894 1018/1026 321 2024-T3 DOM

13 .095 3.060 3.201 1.124 1018/1026 321 DOM HREW 11 .120 3.010 4.011 1.409 1018/1026 4140 304 DOM 321 HREW 347 1/8 .125 3.000 4.172 1.465 1018/1026 6061-T6 DOM 10 .134 2.982 4.459 1.566 1018/1026 9 .148 2.454 4.903 1.694 5/32 .156 2.938 5.155 1.810 1018/1026 7 .180 2.890 5.902 2.073 HREW 3/16 .188 2.875 6.148 2.159 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM

7/32 .219 2.812 7.089 2.490 1018/1026 DOM

1/4 .250 2.750 8.010 2.825 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 DOM 347 6061-T6

9/32 .281 2.688 8.910 3.129 1018/1026

5/16 .313 2.625 9.818 3.464 1018/1026 4140 2024-T3 DOM

3/8 .375 2.500 11.51 4.060 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T4 DOM HF4140 6061-T6 HF4140HT

7/16 .438 2.375 13.15 4.618 1018/1026 4130 321 HF4140HT 1/2 .500 2.250 14.69 5.182 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T4 DOM HF4140HT 6061-T6 9/16 .563 2.125 16.16 5.675 1018/1026 4130HT 4140

Sec. K page 38

Page 214: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 31/4 5/8 .625 2.000 17.52 6.153 1018/1026 4130HT (Cont.) HF4140 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 1.750 20.03 7.035 1018/1026 4130 321 6061-T6 4140 HF4140 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 1.500 22.19 7.793 1018/1026 HF4140HT 1 1.000 1.250 24.03 8.439 1018/1026 4140 33/8 16 .065 3.245 2.298 .8071 1018/1026 CREW 14 .083 3.209 2.918 1.025 DOM 13 .095 3.185 3.328 1.169 1018/1026 11 .120 3.135 4.172 1.465 1018/1026 1/8 .125 3.125 4.339 1.524 1018/1026 5/32 .156 3.063 5.363 1.883 1018/1026 7 .180 3.015 6.142 2.157 DOM 3/16 .188 3.000 6.399 2.247 1018/1026 DOM SS 1/4 .250 2.285 8.344 2.930 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 2.749 10.24 3.596 1018/1026 4130 DOM

3/8 .375 2.625 12.02 4.221 1018/1026 4140 DOM

7/16 .438 2.501 13.74 4.825 1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 2.375 15.35 5.391 1018/1026 HF4140HT 9/16 .563 2.249 16.91 5.939 1018/1026 5/8 .625 2.125 18.36 6.448 1018/1026 3/4 .750 1.875 21.03 7.386 1018/1026 31/2 20 .035 3.430 1.295 .4548 5052-O 18 .049 3.402 1.806 .6343 CREW 5052-O HREW 6061-T6 —— .050 2.900 1.575 .5531 6061-T4 6061-T6 16 .065 3.370 2.385 .8364 1018/1026 304 2024-T3 DOM 316 5052-O CREW 321 6061-T6 HREW 14 .083 3.334 3.029 1.064 1018/1026 4130 304 6061-T6 DOM HREW 13 .095 3.310 3.455 1.224 1018/1026 321 2024-T3 DOM HREW 12 .109 3.282 3.948 1.387 HREW 11 .120 3.260 4.322 1.530 1018/1026 4130 304WD 2024-T3 DOM HREW 1/8 .125 3.250 4.506 1.583 1018/1026 6061-T6 DOM 10 .134 3.232 4.817 1.692 1018/1026 DOM

Sec. K page 39

Page 215: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 31/2 5/32 .156 3.188 5.571 1.957 1018/1026 304 (Cont.) DOM HREW 7 .180 3.140 6.382 2.241 1020 HREW 3/16 .188 3.125 6.650 2.346 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 HREW 7/32 .219 3.063 7.674 2.695 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 3.000 8.678 3.060 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM HF4140 321 6061-T6 HREW —— .260 2.980 8.997 3.160 DOM 9/32 .281 2.938 9.660 3.393 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 2.875 10.65 3.740 1018/1026 4130 6061-T6 DOM 4140 11/32 .344 2.812 11.59 4.070 1018/1026 3/8 .375 2.750 12.52 4.397 1018/1026 HF4140 304 2024-T4 DOM HF4140HT 321 6061-T6 4340 7/16 .438 2.625 14.32 5.049 1018/1026 4130 2024-T4 1/2 .500 2.500 16.02 5.651 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T4 DOM HF4140 6061-T6 HF4140HT 9/16 .563 2.375 17.66 6.202 1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 5/8 .625 2.250 19.19 6.740 1018/1026 4130 4140 HF4140HT 4340 11/16 .688 2.125 20.66 7.256 1018/1026 4130HT 3/4 .750 2.000 22.03 7.772 1018/1026 4140 321 2024-T4 HF4140 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 1.750 24.53 8.615 1018/1026 1 1.000 1.500 26.70 9.377 1018/1026 HF4140 3.530 —— .274 2.982 9.582 3.346 DOM 35/8 16 .065 3.495 2.471 .8678 1018/1026 11 .120 3.385 4.492 1.578 1018/1026 3/16 .188 3.250 6.901 2.424 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 3.125 9.011 3.165 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 3.000 11.07 3.888 1018/1026 DOM 3/8 .375 2.875 13.02 4.573 1018/1026 4130 DOM 4140HT 7/16 .438 2.750 14.91 5.236 1018/1026 4140 304 321 1/2 .500 2.625 16.69 5.862 1018/1026 4140 DOM HF4140 HF4340 9/16 .563 2.501 18.41 6.466 1018/1026 5/8 .625 2.375 20.03 7.035 1018/1026 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 1.875 21.03 7.386 1018/1026 1 1.000 1.625 28.04 9.848 1018/1026 HF4140

Sec. K page 40

Page 216: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 33/4 18 .049 3.652 1.937 .6803 CREW 16 .065 3.620 2.558 .8984 HREW 14 .083 3.584 3.251 1.142 DOM 321 13 .095 3.560 3.708 1.302 1018/1026 321 DOM 11 .120 3.510 4.652 1.642 1018/1026 4140 321 2024-T3 DOM 1/8 .125 3.500 4.839 1.699 DOM 10 .134 3.482 5.175 1.817 1018/1026 DOM 5/32 .156 3.437 5.988 2.103 1018/1026 7 .180 3.390 6.863 2.410 HREW 3/16 .188 3.375 7.152 2.519 1018/1026 321 2024-T3 DOM 7/32 .219 3.312 8.259 2.854 DOM 4 .238 3.274 8.927 3.135 HREW 1/4 .250 3.250 9.345 3.295 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 DOM 2024-T4 6061-T6 —— .255 3.241 9.518 3.343 DOM 17/64 .266 3.242 9.898 3.476 1018/1026 9/32 .281 3.188 10.41 3.656 1018/1026 5/16 .313 3.125 11.49 4.035 1018/1026 4140 2024-T3 DOM 11/32 .344 3.062 12.51 4.394 1018/1026 3/8 .375 3.000 13.52 4.748 1018/1026 4140 321 DOM HF4140 HF4140HT 7/16 .438 2.875 15.49 5.440 1018/1026 4140 1/2 .500 2.750 17.36 6.120 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T4 DOM 4140 6061-T6 HF4140HT 9/16 .563 2.625 19.16 6.729 1018/1026 HF4140HT 5/8 .625 2.500 20.86 7.326 1018/1026 4130 321 4140 HF4140 HF4140HT 11/16 .688 2.374 22.50 7.902 1018/1026 4140 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 2.250 24.03 8.439 1018/1026 4140 304 6061-T6 DOM HF4140 HF4140HT 4340

7/8 .875 2.000 26.87 9.437 1018/1026 HF4140HT

1 1.000 1.750 29.37 10.31 1018/1026 4140

11/8 1.125 1.500 31.54 11.08 4140

3.760 —— .380 3.000 13.72 4.818 DOM

Sec. K page 41

Page 217: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 37/8 11 .120 3.635 4.812 1.691 1018/1026 1/8 .125 3.625 5.006 1.730 DOM 3/16 .188 3.500 7.403 2.599 1018/1026 DOM SS —— .196 3.463 7.701 2.705 DOM 1/4 .250 3.375 9.679 3.399 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 3.249 11.91 4.183 1018/1026 DOM 3/8 .375 3.125 14.02 4.924 1018/1026 7/16 .438 3.000 16.08 5.648 1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 2.875 18.02 6.329 1018/1026 HF4140HT 9/16 .563 2.750 19.91 6.992 1018/1026 5/8 .625 2.625 21.69 7.618 1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/16 .688 2.499 23.42 8.225 1018/1026 13/16 .813 2.249 26.59 9.338 1018/1026 4 20 .035 3.930 1.482 .5205 5052-O 6061-T4 6061-T6 19 .042 3.916 1.775 .6234 5052-O 18 .049 3.402 2.068 .7263 HREW 5052-O 6061-0 6061-T4 6061-T6 —— .050 3.900 2.109 .7407 5052-O 6063-T6 16 .065 3.870 2.732 .9595 1018/1026 304 5052-O DOM 316 6061-O CREW 321 6061-T6 HREW 15 .072 3.856 3.020 1.061 5052-O 6063-T6 14 .083 3.834 3.472 1.224 1018/1026 2024-T3 DOM 6061-O HREW 6061-T6 13 .095 3.810 3.962 1.397 1018/1026 304 2024-T3 DOM HREW 12 .109 3.782 4.530 1.591 HREW 11 .120 3.760 4.973 1.754 1018/1026 321 2024-T3 DOM HREW 1/8 .125 3.750 5.173 1.817 1018/1026 5052-O DOM 6061-T6 10 .134 3.732 5.533 1.943 1018/1026 DOM HREW 5/32 .156 3.687 6.404 2.249 1018/1026 DOM 7 .180 3.640 7.344 2.579 HREW

Sec. K page 42

Page 218: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 4 3/16 .188 3.625 7.654 2.703 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 (Cont.) DOM 316 6061-T6 HREW 321 7/32 .219 3.563 8.843 3.105 1018/1026 DOM 5 .220 3.560 8.881 3.069 DOM 4 .238 3.524 9.562 3.358 HREW 1/4 .250 3.500 10.01 3.529 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 1025 321 6061-T6 DOM HREW —— .258 3.485 10.31 3.621 DOM 9/32 .281 3.438 11.16 3.919 1018/1026 4140 DOM 5/16 .313 3.375 12.33 4.330 1018/1026 4130 DOM 11/32 .344 3.313 13.43 4.717 4130 4140 3/8 .375 3.250 14.52 5.120 1018/1026 4140 304 2024-T3 DOM HF4140 316 2024-T4 HF4140HT 321 6061-T6 4340 7/16 .438 3.125 16.66 5.875 1018/1026 304 2024-T4 DOM 15/32 .469 3.062 17.68 6.209 1018/1026 1/2 .500 3.000 18.69 6.599 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 4140 321 6061-T6 DOM HF4140 HF4140HT 9/16 .563 2.875 20.67 7.259 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 2.750 22.53 7.946 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 4140 HF4140 HF4140HT 4340 3/4 .750 2.500 26.03 9.190 1018/1026 4140 321 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 4340 13/16 .813 2.375 27.67 9.718 4130 4140 7/8 .875 2.250 29.20 10.26 1018/1026 HF4140HT 321 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 2.000 32.04 11.25 1018/1026 4130 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 4140 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 1.500 36.71 12.89 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 1.000 40.05 13.84 HF1018/1026 41/16 9/32 .281 3.501 11.35 3.922 DOM 5/16 .313 3.437 12.54 4.332 DOM

Sec. K page 43

Page 219: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 41/8 11 .120 3.885 5.133 1.803 1018/1026 —— .185 3.755 7.755 2.724 DOM 3/16 .188 3.749 7.905 2.776 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 3.625 10.35 3.635 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 3.500 12.74 4.474 1018/1026 4140 DOM 3/8 .375 3.375 15.02 5.275 1018/1026 4130 DOM 4140 7/16 .438 3.249 17.25 6.058 1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 3.125 19.36 6.799 1018/1026 4340 DOM 9/16 .563 3.000 21.42 7.523 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 2.875 23.36 8.204 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 2.625 27.03 9.493 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 2.125 33.38 11.72 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 41/4 16 .065 4.120 2.905 1.004 CREW

14 .083 4.084 3.694 1.276

13 .095 4.060 4.216 1.481 1018/1026 DOM HREW

12 .109 4.032 4.821 1.666

11 .120 4.010 5.293 1.859 1018/1026 304 DOM 321 HREW 1/8 .125 4.000 5.507 1.934 1018/1026 6061-T6 DOM 10 .134 3.982 5.890 2.069 1018/1026 DOM 9 .148 3.954 6.484 2.240

5/32 .156 3.937 6.821 2.396 1018/1026 DOM

7 .180 3.890 7.344 2.579 HREW 3/16 .188 3.875 8.156 2.864 1018/1026 4130 321 DOM 6 .203 3.844 8.774 3.032 5 .220 3.810 9.469 3.272 1/4 .250 3.750 10.68 3.764 1018/1026 321 2024-T3 HF1018/1026 2024-T4 DOM HREW —— .255 3.740 10.88 3.821 DOM

Sec. K page 44

Page 220: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 41/4 5/16 .313 3.625 13.16 4.622 1018/1026 4140 304 (Cont.) DOM 321 —— .344 3.562 14.35 4.959 DOM 3/8 .375 3.500 15.52 5.477 1018/1026 4140 321 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 7/16 .438 3.375 17.83 6.262 1018/1026 321 DOM 1/2 .500 3.250 20.03 7.069 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 4140 DOM HF4140 HF4140HT 9/16 .563 3.125 22.17 7.786 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 3.000 24.20 8.499 1018/1026 4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 11/16 .688 2.875 26.17 9.191 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 2.750 28.04 9.848 1018/1026 4130 304 HF1018/1026 4140 HF4140 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 2.500 31.54 11.08 1018/1026 HF4140HT 7075-T6 HF1018/1026 15/16 .938 2.374 33.18 11.47 HF4140HT

1 1.000 2.250 34.71 12.25 1018/1026 HF4140 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/8 1.125 2.000 37.55 13.09 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 1.750 40.05 14.07 HF4140HT 43/8 3/16 .188 4.000 8.407 2.953 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 3.875 11.01 3.867 1018/1026 DOM 9/32 .281 3.813 12.29 4.316 DOM 5/16 .313 3.749 13.58 4.769 1018/1026 DOM 3/8 .375 3.625 16.02 5.626 1018/1026 4140 DOM 7/16 .438 3.500 18.42 6.469 1018/1026 1/2 .500 3.375 20.69 7.266 1018/1026 4140 DOM 9/16 .563 3.250 22.92 8.050 1018/1026 5/8 .625 3.125 25.03 8.791 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 11/16 .688 3.000 27.09 9.514 4130HT 3/4 .750 2.875 29.04 10.20 1018/1026 HF1018/1026

7/8 .875 2.625 32.71 11.49 4340

1 1.000 2.375 36.05 12.46 HF1018/1026 4.385 9/32 .281 3.823 12.32 4.256 DOM

Sec. K page 45

Page 221: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 41/2 20 .035 4.430 1.669 .5862 5052-O 6061-O 6061-T6 18 .049 4.402 2.329 .8179 304 5052-O 6061-0 6061-T6 16 .065 4.370 3.079 1.081 CREW 304 6061-O HREW 316 6061-T6 15 .072 3.856 3.020 1.061 5052-O 6063-T6 14 .083 4.334 3.915 1.375 HREW 6061-O 13 .095 4.310 4.469 1.570 1018/1026 321 DOM 347 11 .120 4.260 5.613 1.979 1018/1026 2024-T3 DOM HREW 1/8 .125 4.250 5.841 2.051 1018/1026 6061-T6 DOM 10 .134 4.232 6.248 2.159 DOM HREW 5/32 .156 4.188 7.237 2.542 1018/1026 DOM 7 .180 3.640 7.344 2.579 HREW

3/16 .188 4.125 8.658 3.050 1018/1026 321 2024-T4 DOM 7/32 .219 4.062 10.01 3.516 1018/1026 5 .220 4.060 10.06 3.475 DOM CREW HREW 1/4 .250 4.000 11.35 4.009 1018/1026 304 2024-T3 HF1018/1026 321 2024-T4 DOM 6061-T6 HREW

—— .260 3.980 11.77 4.134 DOM 5/16 .313 3.875 14.00 4.939 1018/1026 HF4140 2024-T4 DOM 3/8 .375 3.750 16.52 5.824 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T3 DOM HF4140HT 2024-T3 6061-T6 7/16 .438 3.625 19.00 6.701 1018/1026 4140 2024-T4 DOM 1/2 .500 3.500 21.36 7.538 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 4140 6061-T6 DOM HF4140 HF4140HT 9/16 .563 3.375 23.67 8.313 1018/1026 5/8 .625 3.250 25.87 9.129 1018/1026 4140 321 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT

Sec. K page 46

Page 222: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 41/2 11/16 .688 3.125 28.01 9.837 1018/1026 (Cont.) HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 3.000 30.04 10.60 1018/1026 4140 304 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140 321 6061-T6 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 2.750 33.88 11.90 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 1 1.000 2.500 37.38 13.13 1018/1026 HF4140 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 1040 DOM 11/8 1.125 2.250 40.55 14.01 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 2.000 43.39 15.24 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 1.500 48.06 16.88 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT

4.524 —— .325 3.874 14.57 5.117 DOM

4.530 —— .275 3.980 12.50 4.390 DOM

4-5/8 3/16 .188 4.251 8.909 3.129 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 4.125 11.68 4.102 1018/1026 5/16 .313 4.000 14.41 5.061 1018/1026 DOM 3/8 .375 3.875 17.02 5.977 1018/1026 321 DOM 1/2 .500 3.625 22.03 7.737 1018/1026 347 HF1018/1026 9/16 .563 3.500 24.42 8.576 4140 5/8 .625 3.375 26.70 9.377 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 3.125 31.04 10.90 1018/1026 13/16 .813 2.999 33.10 11.62 1018/1026

7/8 .875 2.875 35.04 12.31 1018/1026 4140 15/16 .938 2.749 36.94 12.97 1018/1026

1 1.000 2.625 38.72 13.60 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 43/4 14 .083 4.584 4.137 1.430 13 .095 4.560 4.723 1.659 1018/1026 11 .120 4.510 5.934 2.084 1018/1026 321 DOM 1/8 .125 4.500 6.174 2.168 1018/1026 DOM 7 .180 4.390 8.785 3.085 HREW

3/16 .188 4.375 9.160 3.217 1018/1026 321 DOM 4 .238 4.274 11.47 4.028 HREW 1/4 .250 4.250 12.02 4.243 1018/1026 321 2024-T4 DOM

Sec. K page 47

Page 223: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 43/4 5/16 .313 4.125 14.83 5.208 1018/1026 (Cont.) DOM 3/8 .375 4.000 17.52 6.153 1018/1026 HF4140HT 321 6061-T6 DOM 7/16 .438 3.875 20.17 7.100 1018/1026 321 2024-T4 1/2 .500 3.750 22.70 7.972 1018/1026 4130 321 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 HF4140 DOM HF4140HT 9/16 .563 3.624 25.18 8.843 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 3.500 27.53 9.721 1018/1026 4140 304 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140 321 HF4140HT 11/16 .687 3.375 29.81 10.47 3/4 .750 3.250 32.04 11.25 1018/1026 HF4140 7075-T6 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 3.000 36.21 12.72 1018/1026 HF4140 321 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 1 1.000 2.750 40.05 14.07 1018/1026 4130 HF1018/1026 4140 HF4140 HF4140HT 11/16 1.063 2.625 41.86 14.70 4140 11/8 1.125 2.500 43.50 15.29 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 11/4 1.250 2.250 46.73 16.41 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 47/8 5/16 .313 4.249 15.25 5.356 1018/1026 7/16 .438 3.999 20.76 7.291 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1/2 .500 3.875 23.36 8.204 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 9/16 .563 3.750 25.93 9.107 1018/1026 3/4 .750 3.375 33.04 11.77 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 2.875 41.39 14.76 HF1018/1026 19/32 1.281 2.313 49.17 17.27 4340 5 20 .035 4.930 1.856 .6518 6061-T6 19 .042 4.916 2.224 .7811 5052-O 18 .049 4.902 2.591 .9100 6061-T6 16 .065 4.870 3.426 1.203 CREW 304 6061-O HREW 14 .083 4.834 4.359 1.506 HREW

13 .095 4.810 4.977 1.754 HREW

12 .109 4.782 5.694 1.967 HREW

11 .120 4.760 6.254 2.203 1018/1026 304 2024-T3 DOM HREW

Sec. K page 48

Page 224: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 5 1/8 .125 4.750 6.508 2.286 1018/1026 6061-T6 (Cont.) DOM 10 .134 4.732 6.954 2.442 1018/1026 DOM

9 .148 4.704 7.669 2.650 5/32 .156 4.687 8.070 2.834 1018/1026 DOM 7 .180 4.640 9.266 3.254 HREW

3/16 .188 4.625 9.662 3.393 1018/1026 321 6061-T6 DOM HREW 6 .203 4.594 10.40 3.594 5 .220 4.560 11.23 3.881 1/4 .250 4.500 12.68 4.478 1018/1026 4130 304 2024-T3 DOM 321 2024-T4 HREW 6061-T6 5/16 .313 4.375 15.67 5.503 1018/1026 DOM 3/8 .375 4.250 18.52 6.538 1018/1026 HF4140 304 2024-T4 DOM 6061-T4 7/16 .438 4.125 21.34 7.495 1018/1026 4140 DOM 1/2 .500 4.000 24.03 8.475 1018/1026 4130 321 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 4140 6061-T6 DOM HF4140 7075-T6 HF4140HT 9/16 .563 3.876 26.68 9.370 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 3.750 29.20 10.30 1018/1026 HF4140 321 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 4340 3/4 .750 3.500 34.04 12.02 1018/1026 4140 321 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140 6061-T6 HF4140HT 4340 7/8 .875 3.250 38.55 13.54 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 1 1.000 3.000 42.72 15.08 1018/1026 4130 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 4140 6061-T6 HF4140 HF4140HT

11/8 1.125 2.750 46.56 16.35 1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT

11/4 1.250 2.500 50.06 17.58 1018/1026 4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 4340

15/16 1.313 2.375 51.70 18.16 4340

11/2 1.500 2.000 56.07 19.69 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT

Sec. K page 49

Page 225: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 51/8 3/16 .188 4.749 9.913 3.481 1018/1026 5/16 .313 4.501 16.09 5.561 1018/1026 DOM 3/8 .375 4.375 19.02 6.680 1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 4.125 24.70 8.675 1018/1026 2024-T3 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 3.875 30.04 10.55 1018/1026 4140 HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 3.625 35.04 12.31 1018/1026 1 1.000 3.125 44.06 15.47 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 13/16 1.188 2.749 49.95 17.26 HF4140 11/4 1.250 2.625 51.73 18.17 HF4140 51/4 14 .083 5.084 4.580 1.583 13 .095 5.060 5.230 1.807 12 .109 5.032 5.985 2.068 11 .120 5.010 6.575 2.309 1018/1026 DOM 1/8 .125 5.000 6.842 2.403 DOM 10 .134 4.982 7.322 2.530 9 .148 4.954 8.064 2.787 7 .180 4.890 9.747 3.368 3/16 .188 4.875 10.16 3.568 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 4.750 13.35 4.689 1018/1026 4130 DOM 5/16 .313 4.625 16.50 5.796 1018/1026 4140 DOM 3/8 .375 4.500 19.52 6.855 1018/1026 4130 DOM HF4140HT 7/16 .438 4.374 22.51 7.906 1018/1026 1/2 .500 4.250 25.37 8.910 1018/1026 HF4140HT 321 HF1018/1026 DOM 9/16 .563 4.125 28.18 9.897 HF4140HT 5/8 .625 4.000 30.87 10.89 1018/1026 4140 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 3.750 36.05 12.72 1018/1026 HF4140 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 3.500 40.88 14.36 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 1 1.000 3.250 45.39 15.94 1018/1026 4130HT HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 11/8 1.125 3.000 49.56 17.41 1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 2.750 53.40 18.75 1018/1026 4130 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 53/8 3/16 .188 5.000 10.41 3.656 1018/1026 DOM 17/32 .531 4.313 27.47 9.647 1018/1026 9/16 .563 4.249 28.93 10.16 1018/1026 4130

Sec. K page 50

Page 226: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 51/2 16 .065 5.370 3.773 1.325 CREW 14 .083 5.334 4.802 1.659 HREW 13 .095 5.310 5.484 1.895 HREW 12 .109 5.282 6.276 2.169 11 .120 5.260 6.895 2.422 1018/1026 DOM HREW 10 .134 5.232 7.679 2.654 9 .148 5.204 8.460 2.923 7 .180 5.140 10.23 3.534 3/16 .188 5.125 10.67 3.751 1018/1026 DOM 6 .203 5.094 11.48 3.968 5 .220 5.060 12.41 4.287 1/4 .250 5.000 14.02 4.947 1018/1026 304 2024-T4 DOM 321 6061-T6 HREW 347 —— .258 4.985 14.44 5.071 DOM 5/16 .313 4.875 17.34 6.090 1018/1026 DOM 3/8 .375 4.750 20.53 7.210 1018/1026 4130 2024-T3 DOM 6061-T6 1/2 .500 4.500 26.70 9.425 1018/1026 HF4140HT 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 4340 6061-T6 DOM 9/16 .563 4.375 29.69 10.43 1018/1026 HF4140HT 5/8 .625 4.250 32.54 11.43 1018/1026 4130 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 4.000 38.05 13.42 1018/1026 HF4140 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 13/16 .813 3.875 40.70 14.29 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 3.750 43.22 15.18 1018/1026 HF4140HT 321 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 7075-T6 1 1.000 3.500 48.06 16.87 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/8 1.125 3.250 52.57 18.46 1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 3.000 56.74 19.93 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/2 1.500 2.500 64.08 22.50 1018/1026 4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 5.535 —— .278 4.979 15.61 5.482 DOM 55/8 5/16 .313 5.000 17.76 6.237 1018/1026 DOM 3/8 .375 4.875 21.03 7.386 1018/1026 5/8 .625 4.375 33.38 11.72 1018/1026

17/16 1.438 2.749 64.30 22.22 1018/1026

Sec. K page 51

Page 227: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 53/4 14 .083 5.584 5.023 1.736 13 .095 5.560 5.738 1.983 12 .109 5.532 6.567 2.269 11 .120 5.510 7.215 2.534 1018/1026 10 .134 5.482 8.421 2.910 9 .148 5.454 8.255 3.060 7 .180 5.390 10.61 3.667 3/16 .188 5.375 11.17 3.923 1018/1026 DOM 7/32 .219 5.312 12.94 4.545 1018/1026 5 .220 5.310 12.99 4.490 1/4 .250 5.250 14.69 5.182 1018/1026 2024-T4 DOM 5/16 .313 5.125 18.18 6.385 1018/1026 3/8 .375 5.000 21.53 7.561 1018/1026 DOM 25/64 .391 4.968 22.38 7.860 DOM 1/2 .500 4.750 28.04 9.848 1018/1026 4130 HF1018/1026 HF4140 DOM HF4140HT 5/8 .625 4.500 34.21 12.01 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 4.250 40.05 14.07 1018/1026 4130HT HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 4.000 45.56 16.00 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 4340 1 1.000 3.750 50.73 17.82 1018/1026 4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 11/8 1.125 3.500 55.57 19.52 HF4140 11/4 1.250 3.250 60.08 21.10 1018/1026 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 13/8 1.375 3.000 64.25 22.56 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/2 1.500 2.750 68.09 23.91 HF4130 HF4140 13/4 1.750 2.250 74.76 26.26 HF4140HT 17/8 1.875 2.000 77.60 27.25 HF4140HT

57/8 1/4 .250 5.375 15.02 5.275 1018/1026 1/2 .500 4.875 28.70 10.08 1018/1026

6 16 .065 5.870 4.120 1.445 HREW 304 CREW 14 .083 5.834 5.245 1.842 304 6063-T6 13 .095 5.810 5.991 2.070 12 .109 5.782 6.858 2.370 HREW 11 .120 5.760 7.536 2.647 1018/1026 304 HREW 1/8 .125 5.750 7.843 2.754 1018/1026 6061-T6 DOM 10 .134 5.732 8.395 2.948 1018/1026

Sec. K page 52

Page 228: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum 6 9 .148 5.704 9.718 3.358 (Cont.) 5/32 .156 5.688 9.737 3.420 1018/1026 7 .180 5.640 11.19 3.866 3/16 .188 5.625 11.67 4.121 1018/1026 304 2024-T3 DOM 321 6061-T6 HREW 6 .203 5.594 12.57 4.343 5 .220 5.560 13.58 4.693 1/4 .250 5.500 15.35 5.416 1018/1026 304 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 321 6061-T6 DOM 5/16 .313 5.375 19.01 6.676 1018/1026 321 DOM 3/8 .375 5.250 22.53 7.946 1018/1026 HF4140HT 321 2024-T4 DOM 6061-T6 7/16 .438 5.125 26.02 9.138 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1/2 .500 5.000 29.37 10.36 1018/1026 HF4140 321 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 6061-T6 DOM 4340 9/16 .563 4.876 32.69 11.48 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 4.750 35.88 12.60 1018/1026 HF4140 321 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 4.500 42.05 14.48 1018/1026 HF4140 321 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 6061-T6 1030 7/8 .875 4.250 47.89 16.82 1018/1026 HF4140HT 321 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 4.000 53.40 18.84 1018/1026 4130 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140 6061-T6 HF4140HT 7075-T6 11/8 1.125 3.750 58.57 20.57 1018/1026 11/4 1.250 3.500 63.41 22.27 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 13/8 1.375 3.250 67.92 23.85 HF4140 HF4140HT 11/2 1.500 3.000 72.09 25.32 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 13/4 1.750 2.500 79.43 27.44 HF4140HT61/8 5/16 .313 5.510 19.43 6.824 1018/1026 3/8 .375 5.375 23.03 8.008 1018/1026 1/2 .500 5.125 30.04 10.55 1018/1026 434061/4 11 .120 6.010 7.856 2.759 1018/1026 DOM 1/8 .125 6.000 8.177 2.872 1018/1026 DOM 3/16 .188 5.875 12.17 4.274 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 5.750 16.02 5.626 1018/1026 DOM

Sec. K page 53

Page 229: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum

61/4 5/16 .313 5.625 19.85 6.971 1018/1026 (Cont.) 3/8 .375 5.500 23.53 8.264 1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 5.250 30.71 10.79 1018/1026 4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140 DOM HF4140HT 5/8 .625 5.000 37.55 13.19 1018/1026 4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 4.750 44.06 15.47 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 4.500 50.23 17.36 1018/1026 HF4140HT 1 1.000 4.250 56.07 19.79 1018/1026 HF4140 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/8 1.125 4.000 61.58 21.63 1018/1026 11/4 1.250 3.750 66.75 23.44 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/2 1.500 3.250 76.10 26.73 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 15/8 1.625 3.000 80.27 28.19 HF4140HT 2 2.000 2.250 90.78 31.88 HF4140HT63/8 3/16 .188 5.999 12.42 4.362 1018/1026 DOM61/2 3/16 .188 6.124 12.67 4.450 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 6.000 16.69 5.862 1018/1026 316 6061-T6 DOM 3/8 .375 5.750 24.53 8.615 1018/1026 HF4140HT 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 5.500 32.04 11.25 1018/1026 HF4140 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT DOM 9/16 .563 5.375 35.70 12.34 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 5.250 39.22 13.84 1018/1026 HF4140 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 5.000 46.06 16.18 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 7/8 .875 4.750 52.57 18.46 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 1 1.000 4.500 58.74 20.48 1018/1026 HF4140 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 6061-T6 11/8 1.125 4.250 64.58 22.32 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 4.000 70.09 24.62 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 13/8 1.375 3.750 75.26 26.43 HF4140 HF4140HT 11/2 1.500 3.500 80.10 28.13 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 15/8 1.625 3.250 84.61 29.72 HF4140HT 13/4 1.750 3.000 88.78 31.18 HF1018/1026 HF4140 2 2.000 2.500 96.12 33.76 HF4140 21/8 2.125 2.250 99.29 34.87 HF4140HT 21/4 2.250 2.000 102.1 35.86 HF4140

Sec. K page 54

Page 230: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum65/8 7/32 .219 6.187 14.98 5.261 1018/1026 5/16 .313 6.000 21.10 7.410 1018/1026 DOM —— .320 5.985 21.55 7.568 DOM 7/16 .438 5.750 28.94 10.16 1018/1026 1/2 .500 5.625 32.71 11.49 1018/1026 7/8 .875 4.875 53.73 18.87 1018/1026 1 1.000 4.625 60.08 21.10 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 11/4 1.250 4.125 71.76 24.80 HF1018/102663/4 3/16 .188 6.375 13.18 4.629 1018/1026 1/4 .250 6.250 17.36 6.097 1018/1026 DOM 3/8 .375 6.000 25.53 8.966 1018/1026 HF4140 304 DOM 1/2 .500 5.750 33.38 11.72 1018/1026 HF4140HT DOM 5/8 .625 5.500 40.88 14.36 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 5.250 48.06 16.88 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 5.000 54.90 18.97 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 4.750 61.41 21.57 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 11/8 1.125 4.250 67.58 23.35 HF4140HT

11/4 1.250 4.250 73.43 25.79 HF1018/1026 13/8 1.375 4.000 78.93 27.27 HF4140HT 15/8 1.625 3.500 88.49 31.24 HF41407 3/16 .188 6.625 13.68 4.804 1018/1026 DOM 1/4 .250 6.500 18.02 6.329 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 6.374 22.35 7.849 1018/1026 3/8 .375 6.250 26.53 9.317 1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 6.000 34.71 12.19 1018/1026 HF4140 321 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT DOM 9/16 .563 5.874 38.70 13.59 HF4140 5/8 .625 5.750 42.55 14.94 1018/1026 HF4140 7075-T6 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 5.500 50.06 17.58 1018/1026 HF4140 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 5.250 57.24 20.10 1018/1026 15/16 .938 5.125 60.73 21.33 1 1.000 5.000 64.08 22.50 1018/1026 HF4140 2024-T3 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 4.500 76.76 29.69 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 4.000 88.11 30.94 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 15/8 1.625 3.750 93.28 32.75 HF4140HT 2 2.000 3.000 106.8 37.51 HF4140

Sec. K page 55

Page 231: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum71/4 3/16 .188 6.974 14.18 4.980 1018/1026 1/4 .250 6.750 18.69 6.564 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 6.625 23.19 8.144 1018/1026 3/8 .375 6.500 27.53 9.669 1018/1026 DOM 7/16 .438 6.374 31.87 11.19 1018/1026 1/2 .500 6.250 36.05 12.66 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 5/8 .625 6.000 44.22 15.53 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 5.750 52.07 18.29 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 5.500 59.57 20.92 1018/1026 4340 1 1.000 5.250 66.75 23.44 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 4.750 80.10 28.13 HF4140HT 11/2 1.500 4.250 92.11 31.83 HF4140HT 15/8 1.625 4.000 97.62 33.73 HF1018/102671/2 1/4 .250 7.000 19.36 6.799 1018/1026 6061-T6 DOM 5/16 .313 6.874 24.02 8.436 1018/1026 3/8 .375 6.750 28.54 10.02 1018/1026 4130 DOM 1/2 .500 6.500 37.38 13.13 1018/1026 4130 321 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT DOM 5/8 .625 6.250 45.89 16.12 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 6.000 54.07 18.99 1018/1026 HF4140 7075-T6 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 5.750 61.91 21.74 1018/1026 HF4140HT 1 1.000 5.500 69.42 24.38 1018/1026 HF4140HT 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 11/4 1.250 5.000 83.44 29.30 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 4.500 96.12 33.76 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 13/4 1.750 4.000 107.5 37.13 HF4140HT75/8 1/4 .250 7.125 19.69 6.915 1018/1026 5/16 .313 7.000 24.44 8.583 1018/1026 3/8 .375 6.875 29.04 10.20 1018/1026 1/2 .500 6.625 38.05 13.36 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 6.375 46.73 16.41 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 6.125 55.07 19.34 1018/1026 HF1018/1026

7/8 .875 5.875 63.08 22.15 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 5.625 70.76 24.85 1018/1026

Sec. K page 56

Page 232: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum73/4 3/16 .188 7.374 15.18 5.331 1018/1026 1/4 .250 7.250 20.03 7.035 1018/1026 DOM 3/8 .375 7.000 29.54 10.37 1018/1026 1/2 .500 6.750 38.72 13.60 1018/1026 HF4140 DOM HF4140HT 5/8 .625 6.500 47.56 16.70 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 6.250 56.07 19.69 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 1 1.000 5.750 72.09 24.91 1018/1026 4130HT HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 5.250 86.78 30.48 HF1018/1026 13/8 1.375 5.000 93.62 32.88 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/2 1.500 4.750 100.1 34.60 HF4140HT 13/4 1.750 4.250 112.1 38.75 HF41408 3/16 .188 7.625 15.69 5.510 1018/1026 304 1/4 .250 7.500 20.69 7.303 1018/1026 316 2024-T4 DOM 321 3/8 .375 7.250 30.54 10.73 1018/1026 321 HF1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 7.000 40.05 14.07 1018/1026 HF4140 321 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 DOM 5/8 .625 6.750 49.23 17.29 1018/1026 HF4140 304 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 6.500 58.07 20.39 1018/1026 HF4140 304 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 7075-T6 7/8 .875 6.250 66.58 23.38 1018/1026 HF4140HT 1 1.000 6.000 74.76 26.38 1018/1026 HF4140 2024-T4 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 6061-T6 13/16 1.188 5.625 86.43 30.35 HF4140 11/4 1.250 5.500 90.11 31.65 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/2 1.500 5.000 104.1 36.56 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 13/4 1.750 4.500 116.8 41.02 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 2 2.000 4.000 128.2 44.28 HF1018/102681/4 1/4 .250 7.750 21.36 7.502 1018/1026 3/8 .375 7.500 31.54 10.90 1018/1026 1/2 .500 7.250 41.39 14.54 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 5/8 .625 7.000 50.60 17.59 1018/1026 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 6.750 60.08 21.10 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 7/8 .875 6.500 68.92 24.20 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 6.250 77.43 27.19 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 11/8 1.125 6.000 85.61 30.07 4130 HF4140 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 5.750 93.45 32.82 HF4140 HF4140HT 11/2 1.500 5.250 108.1 37.37 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 19/16 1.625 5.000 115.0 39.73 HF4140HT

Sec. K page 57

Page 233: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum81/2 1/4 .250 8.000 22.03 7.737 1018/1026 DOM 5/16 .313 7.875 27.37 1018 3/8 .375 7.750 32.54 11.43 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 7.5000 42.72 15.05 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT DOM 5/8 .625 7.250 52.57 18.46 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 7.000 62.08 21.80 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 7/8 .875 6.750 71.26 25.03 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 1 1.000 6.500 80.10 28.13 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/8 1.125 6.250 88.61 30.62 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 6.000 96.79 33.99 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 13/8 1.375 5.750 104.6 36.15 HF4140HT 11/2 1.500 5.500 112.1 38.75 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 2 2.000 4.500 138.8 47.98 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 21/4 2.250 4.000 150.2 51.90 HF414085/8 1/4 .250 8.125 22.26 7.818 1018/1026 3/8 .375 7.875 33.04 11.60 1018/1026 1/2 .500 7.625 43.39 15.24 1018/1026 5/8 .625 7.375 53.40 18.75 1018/1026 1 1.000 6.625 81.44 28.60 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 11/4 1.250 6.125 98.46 34.58 1018/1026 11/2 1.500 5.625 114.1 40.07 1018/1026 15/8 1.625 5.375 112.5 41.98 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 4.625 141.5 49.69 HF1018/102683/4 3/8 .375 8.000 33.54 11.78 1018/1026 1/2 .500 7.750 44.06 15.47 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140 5/8 .625 7.500 54.23 19.05 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 3/4 .750 7.250 64.08 22.50 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 6.750 82.77 29.07 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 6.250 100.1 34.60 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 2 2.000 4.750 144.2 49.82 HF4140

Sec. K page 58

Page 234: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum9 1/4 .250 8.500 23.36 8.073 1018/1026 DOM 3/8 .375 8.250 34.54 12.13 1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 8.000 45.39 15.94 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 DOM 5/8 .625 7.750 55.90 19.63 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 7.500 66.08 23.21 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 1 1.000 7.000 85.44 30.01 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026

11/8 1.125 6.750 94.62 32.69 HF1018/1026

11/4 1.250 6.500 103.5 35.75 HF1018/1026 HF4140

11/2 1.500 6.000 120.2 42.21 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 5.000 149.5 52.50 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT 3 3.000 3.000 192.2 66.43 HF1018/102691/4 1/4 .250 8.750 24.03 8.439 1018/1026 3/8 .375 8.500 35.54 12.48 1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 8.250 46.73 16.41 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 7.750 68.09 23.91 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 7.250 88.11 30.94 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 11/4 1.250 6.750 106.8 37.51 HF4140 11/2 1.500 6.250 124.2 43.62 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 5.250 154.9 53.51 HF414091/2 1/4 .250 9.000 24.70 8.675 1018/1026 DOM 3/8 .375 8.750 36.55 12.84 1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 8.500 48.06 16.88 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 DOM 5/8 .625 8.250 59.24 20.81 1018/1026 3/4 .750 8.000 70.09 24.62 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 7/8 .875 7.750 80.60 28.31 1018/1026 1 1.000 7.500 90.78 31.88 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/8 1.125 7.250 100.6 34.77 HF1018/1026 11/4 1.250 7.000 110.1 38.67 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 13/8 1.375 6.750 119.3 41.90 HF4140 HF4140

11/2 1.500 6.500 128.2 44.29 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 5.500 160.2 56.26 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026

Sec. K page 59

Page 235: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum95/8 5/16 .313 9.00 31.13 10.93 1018/1026 1/2 .500 8.625 48.73 16.84 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 11/16 1.063 7.500 97.16 34.12 1018/102693/4 1/4 .250 9.250 25.37 8.910 1018/1026 3/8 .375 9.000 37.55 13.18 1018/1026 1/2 .500 8.750 49.40 17.35 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 8.500 60.91 21.39 1018/1026 3/4 .750 8.250 72.09 25.32 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 7.750 93.45 32.82 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 6.750 132.2 45.67 HF1018/102610 1/4 .250 9.500 26.03 9.142 1018/1026 321 DOM 3/8 .375 9.250 38.55 13.54 1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 9.000 50.73 17.81 1018/1026 321 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 DOM 5/8 .625 8.750 62.58 21.98 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 8.500 74.09 26.02 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 1 1.000 8.000 96.12 33.75 1018/1026 HF4140HT HF1018/1026 11/8 1.125 7.750 106.6 37.44 HF1018/1026 13/16 1.188 7.624 111.8 39.26 HF4140 11/4 1.250 7.500 116.8 41.02 1018/1026 4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140 11/2 1.500 7.000 136.2 47.83 HF1018/1026 HF4140 13/4 1.750 6.500 154.2 53.28 HF1018/1026 HF4140 2 2.000 6.000 170.9 60.02 HF1018/1026 4130 HF4140 3 3.000 4.000 224.3 77.50 HF1018/1026 4130101/4 1/4 .250 9.750 26.70 9.377 1018/1026 3/8 .375 9.500 39.55 13.89 1018/1026 1/2 .500 9.250 52.07 18.29 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 9.000 64.25 22.56 1018/1026 3/4 .750 8.750 76.10 26.73 HF1018/1026 HF4140 1 1.000 8.250 98.79 34.14 HF1018/1026 11/4 1.250 7.750 120.2 42.21 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 7.250 140.2 48.44 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 6.250 176.2 60.89 HF1018/1026 HF4140 21/8 2.125 6.000 184.4 64.76 HF4140

Sec. K page 60

Page 236: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum101/2 1/4 .250 10.00 27.37 9.612 1018/1026 3/8 .375 9.750 40.55 14.24 1018/1026 1/2 .500 9.500 53.40 18.75 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 9.250 65.91 22.78 1018/1026 3/4 .750 9.000 78.10 27.43 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 8.500 101.5 35.65 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 8.000 123.5 42.67 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 7.500 144.2 49.82 HF1018/1026 HF4140 13/4 1.750 7.000 163.5 56.51 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 6.500 181.6 62.74 HF1018/1026103/4 1/4 .250 10.25 28.04 9.848 1018/1026 3/8 .375 10.00 41.55 14.59 1018/1026 1/2 .500 9.750 54.74 19.22 1018/1026 5/8 .625 9.500 67.58 23.73 1018/1026 3/4 .750 9.250 80.10 28.13 1018/1026 1 1.000 8.750 104.1 36.52 1018/1026 11/4 1.250 8.250 126.8 43.82 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 7.750 148.2 51.20 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 6.750 186.9 64.58 HF1018/102611 3/8 .375 10.25 42.55 14.94 DOM 1/2 .500 10.00 56.07 19.69 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 DOM 3/4 .750 9.500 82.10 28.83 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 9.000 106.8 37.51 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 HF4140HT 11/4 1.250 8.500 130.2 44.98 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 8.000 152.2 52.59 HF1018/1026 HF4140 13/4 1.750 7.500 172.9 59.74 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 7.000 192.2 66.43 HF1018/1026 21/2 2.500 6.000 227.0 79.72 HF1018/1026 HF4140 HF4140HT111/4 3/8 .375 10.50 43.55 15.29 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1/2 .500 10.25 57.41 20.16 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 10.00 70.27 24.68 1018/1026 3/4 .750 9.750 84.11 29.06 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 9.250 109.5 38.46 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 8.250 156.2 53.97 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 7.250 197.6 68.27 HF1018/1026

Sec. K page 61

Page 237: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum111/2 1/4 .250 11.00 30.04 10.55 1018/1026 3/8 .375 10.75 44.56 15.65 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1/2 .500 10.50 58.74 20.63 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 5/8 .625 10.25 72.59 25.49 1018/1026 3/4 .750 10.00 86.11 30.24 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 9.500 112.1 39.37 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 11/4 1.250 9.000 136.8 47.29 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 8.500 160.2 55.36 HF1018/1026 HF4140 2 2.000 7.500 202.9 70.12 HF1018/1026113/4 1/4 .250 11.25 30.71 10.79 1018/1026 3/8 .375 11.00 45.56 16.00 1018/1026 1/2 .500 10.75 60.08 21.12 1018/1026 3/4 .750 10.25 88.11 30.94 1018/1026 7/8 .875 10.00 101.6 36.03 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 9.750 114.8 39.67 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 11/8 1.125 9.500 127.7 44.85 HF1018/1026 HF4140 11/4 1.250 9.250 140.2 48.44 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 8.750 164.2 56.74 HF1018/1026 HF4140 15/8 1.625 8.500 175.7 60.72 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 7.750 208.3 73.15 HF414012 1/4 .250 11.50 31.37 11.02 1018/1026 321 HF1018/1026 3/8 .375 11.25 46.56 16.35 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 DOM 1/2 .500 11.00 61.41 21.57 1018/1026 6061-T6 HF1018/1026 DOM 3/4 .750 10.50 90.11 31.65 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 10.00 117.5 41.27 1018/1026 HF4140 HF1018/1026 11/8 1.125 9.750 130.7 45.15 HF1018/1026 11/4 1.250 9.500 143.5 49.59 HF1018/1026 HF4140 11/2 1.500 9.000 168.2 59.07 HF1018/1026 HF4140 13/4 1.750 8.500 191.6 66.20 HF1018/1026 17/8 1.875 8.250 202.8 70.06 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 8.000 213.6 75.02 HF1018/1026 21/2 2.500 7.000 253.7 87.65 HF1018/1026 HF4142 3 3.000 6.000 288.4 99.64 HF1018/1026

Sec. K page 62

Page 238: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum121/4 1/4 .250 11.75 32.06 11.25 1018/1026 1/2 .500 11.25 62.75 22.04 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 10.75 92.12 32.35 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 10.25 120.2 42.21 1018/1026 HF1018/1026 1 1/4 1.250 9.750 146.9 50.73 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 9.250 172.2 59.51 HF1018/1026 13/4 1.750 8.750 196.2 67.81 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 8.250 218.9 75.65 HF1018/1026121/2 1/2 .500 11.50 64.08 22.14 HF1018/1026 3/4 .750 11.00 94.12 32.52 HF1018/1026 1 1.000 10.50 122.8 42.44 HF1018/1026 HF4140 11/4 1.250 10.00 150.2 51.90 HF1018/1026 HF4140 11/2 1.500 9.500 176.2 60.89 HF1018/1026 HF4140 13/4 1.750 9.000 200.9 69.43 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 8.500 224.3 77.50 HF1018/1026 21/4 2.250 8.000 246.3 85.11 HF4140123/4 1 1.000 10.75 125.5 43.36 HF4140 11/2 1.500 9.750 180.2 62.28 HF1018/1026 23/8 2.375 8.000 263.2 90.93 HF1018/102613 1 1.000 11.00 128.2 44.29 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 10.00 184.2 63.66 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 9.000 235.0 81.19 HF1018/1026 21/2 2.500 8.000 280.4 96.87 HF1018/1026 3 3.000 7.000 320.4 110.7 HF1018/102614 1 1.000 12.000 138.8 48.00 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 11.00 200.3 75.35 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 10.00 256.3 90.01 HF1018/1026 21/4 2.250 9.500 282.4 97.57 HF1018/1026 HF4140 21/2 2.500 9.000 307.1 106.1 HF1018/1026 HF4140 3 3.000 8.000 352.4 121.8 HF1018/1026 141/2 1 1.000 12.50 144.2 49.82 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 10.50 267.0 92.26 HF1018/1026 3 3.000 8.500 368.5 127.3 HF1018/102615 1 1.000 13.00 149.5 52.50 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 12.00 216.3 75.96 HF1018/1026 13/4 1.750 11.50 247.6 85.57 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 11.00 277.7 97.53 HF1018/1026 21/2 2.500 10.00 333.8 117.2 HF1018/1026 3 3.000 9.000 384.5 135.0 HF1018/102616 1 1.000 14.00 160.2 55.36 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 13.00 232.2 80.27 HF1018/1026 HF4140 2 2.000 12.00 299.0 105.0 HF1018/1026 21/2 2.500 11.00 360.5 126.6 HF1018/1026 HF4140 31/2 3.500 9.000 467.3 161.5 4 4.000 8.000 512.6 177.1

Sec. K page 63

Page 239: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RounD MecHAnicAL tubingSee Page 3 of this section for index to descriptions

and key to abbreviations. Outside Wall Thickness Inside Wt. per Foot Diameter BWG or Decimal Diameter carbon Alloy Stainless Alum- (Inches) Fraction Inches (Inches) Steel Alum. Steel Steel Steel inum161/2 1 1.000 14.500 165.5 57.20 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 13.500 240.3 83.03 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 12.500 309.7 107.0 HF1018/1026 3 3.000 10.500 432.5 149.5 HF1018/102617 1 1.000 15.000 170.9 60.02 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 14.000 248.3 87.20 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 13.000 320.4 112.5 HF1018/1026 21/2 2.500 12.000 387.2 136.0 HF1018/1026 3 3.000 11.000 448.6 157.5 HF1018/102618 1 1.000 16.000 181.6 62.74 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 15.000 264.3 91.34 HF1018/1026 19/16 1.562 14.875 274.2 94.76 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 14.000 341.8 120.0 HF1018/1026 21/2 2.500 13.000 411.2 144.4 HF1018/1026 3 3.000 12.000 480.6 168.8 HF1018/1026 31/2 3.500 11.000 542.0 187.3 181/2 1 1.000 16.500 186.9 64.58 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 15.500 272.3 94.11 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 14.500 352.4 121.8 HF1018/1026 23/4 2.750 13.000 462.6 159.8 HF1018/1026 3 3.000 12.500 496.6 171.6 HF1018/102620 1 1.000 18.000 202.9 70.12 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 17.000 296.4 104.1 HF1018/1026 13/4 1.750 16.500 341.1 117.9 HF1018/1026 131/32 1.968 16.063 379.0 131.0 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 16.000 384.5 132.9 HF1018/1026 21/2 2.500 15.000 467.3 164.1 HF1018/1026 3 3.000 14.000 544.7 188.2 HF1018/1026 5 5.000 10.000 801.0 276.8 201/2 2 2.000 16.500 395.2 136.5 HF1018/1026 3 3.000 14.500 560.7 193.7 HF1018/102621 2 2.000 17.000 405.8 140.2 HF1018/1026213/4 29/16 2.593 16.625 525.2 181.5 47/8 4.875 12.000 878.6 303.6 22 1 1.000 20.000 224.3 78.77 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 19.000 328.4 115.3 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 18.000 427.2 149.9 HF1018/1026 21/2 2.500 17.000 560.7 196.9 HF1018/1026 3 3.000 16.000 608.8 213.8 HF1018/102623 —— 1.417 20.166 326.6 112.9 HF1018/102624 1 1.000 22.000 245.6 84.88 HF1018/1026 11/2 1.500 21.000 360.5 124.6 HF1018/1026 117/32 1.531 20.938 367.4 127.0 HF1018/1026 2 2.000 20.000 469.9 162.4 HF1018/1026 21/16 2.063 19.875 483.3 167.0 HF1018/1026 21/2 2.500 19.000 574.1 198.4 HF1018/1026 3 3.000 18.000 672.8 246.3 HF1018/1026

Sec. K page 64

Page 240: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

SeAMLeSS cARbon SteeL MecHAnicAL tubingAStM A 519 unS g10180, 10260

These grades are low carbon steels intended for mechanical parts which may be carburized and are available both Hot Finished and Cold Drawn.

AnALYSiS carbon Manganese phosphorus (Max.) Sulphur (Max.)1018 .15/.20 .60/.90 .04 .051026 .22/.28 .60/.90 .04 .05

AppLicAtionS — These grades are used for mechanical applications such as bushings, spacers, or other parts where mechanical properties are not specified or required.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS — The following may be typical for the grade and condition listed.

tensile Yield Strength Strength elongation brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” Hardness

1018 Cold Drawn 85,000 70,000 10% RB88 1018 Hot Finished 60,000 35,000 30% RB70 1026 Cold Drawn 87,000 72,000 10% RB89 1026 Hot Finished 70,000 47,000 28% RB78

MAcHinAbiLitY — These grades have machinability ratings Cold Drawn of 78% and Hot Finished of 65% respectively based on 1212.

WeLDAbiLitY — These grades are easily welded by all common welding processes and the resultant welds and joints would be of high quality.

HARDening — These grades have effectively been carburized.

Sec. K page 65

Page 241: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

DiMenSionAL toLeRAnceS FoRSeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL tubing

cARbon AnD ALLoY SteeL

Dimensional tolerances are the acceptable variations — over and under–from the desired, or nominal dimensions as specified. Manufacturing limitations make it necessary that the producer of tubing has a certain amount of leeway in meeting the specifications which give nominal dimensions.

Maximum variations are shown in the Tolerance Tables on Pages 67 through 69. It should be recognized that any lot of tubing manufactured at the same time will rarely show this much variation.

However, a substantial proportion of all seamless mechanical tubing produced–especially hot finished–has some form of machine work performed upon it after delivery to the purchaser. This additional work is done to convert the tubing into component parts of finished pieces made by the tube purchaser, and it is this machining which makes close adherence to the limits imposed by the dimensional tolerances mandatory.

The dimension given by the purchaser are known as “nominal” dimensions, to which the tolerances are added to give the “over” limit, or maximum value, and subtracted from to give the “under” limit, or minimum value. When a sufficient number of micrometer readings are made to insure that all parts of a tube are within the specified dimensional limits, the average of all the readings is the “average” dimension.

All round seamless mechanical tubing cross-sections have three dimensions — Outside Diameter (OD), Inside Diameter (ID), and Wall Thickness (sometimes called “gauge”)–any or all of which may vary independently from the others. When seamless tubing is ordered, only the nominal dimensions for these three are given.

Tolerences, except for length, should be specified to only two dimensions: i.e., to Outside Diameter (OD) and Wall Thickness, to Inside Diameter (ID) and Wall Thickness, or to Outside Diameter and Inside Diameter. Thus, if Outside Diameter (OD) and Wall Thickness are specified, the Inside Diameter (ID) may not conform to the established tolerances shown in Tables 3 and 4. If OD and ID are specified, the average wall thickness (taking into account the OD and ID tolerances) will not vary more than indicated in Table 5.

The dimensions of seamless mechanical tubing for which tolerance tables have been set up are: (A) Outside Diameter (OD); (B) Inside Diameter (ID); (C) Wall Thickness; (D) Camber (straightness); (E) Length; and (F) Multiple Lengths.

Tolerances are shown on pages 67-69.

Sec. K page 66

Page 242: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL SteeL tube

Hot rolled round — outside diameter1,2,3

outside diameter tolerance, in inches (mm) outside diameter size range, over under in inches (mm) Up to 2,999 (76.17) .020 (.51) .020 (.51) 3,0000 — 4,499 (76.20-114.27) .025 (.64) .025 (.64) 4,500 — 5,999 (114.30 — 152.37) .031 (.79) .031 (.79) 6,000 — 7,499 (152.40 — 190.47) .037 (.94) .037 (.94) 7,500 — 8,999 (190.50 — 228.57) .045 (1.14) .045 (1.14) 9,000 — 10,750 (228.60 — 273.05) .050 (1.27) .050 (1.27)

1 Diameter tolerances are not applicable to normalized & tempered or quenched & tempered conditions.

2 The common range of sizes of hot finished tubes in 11/2 in. (38.1 mm) to 103/4 in. (273.0 mm) outside diameter with wall thickness at least 3% or more

of outside diameter, but not less than .095 in. (2.41 mm).3 Larger sizes are available; consult manufacturer for sizes and tolerances.

Hot rolled round — wall thickness

Wall thickness tolerance1, percent over and under nominal Wall thickness outside diameter outside diameter outside diameter range as percent 2,999 in (76.17 mm) 3.0000 in (.76.20 mm) 6.000 in (152.40 mm) of outside diameter and smaller to 5.999 in (152.37 mm) to 10.750 in (273.05 mm) Under 15 12.5 10.0 10.0 15 and over 10.0 7.5 10.0

1 Wall thickness tolerances may not be applicable to walls .199 in (5.05 mm) and less; consult manufacturer for wall tolerances on such tube sizes.

Hot rolled round — straightness

Size Limits Maximum Maximum curvature Maximum curvature curvature in total lengths, for lengths under in any 3 ft/in in inches (mm) 3 ft or 1m (mm/m) OD 5 in [127.0 mm] & smaller. .030 [.83] .030 x (no. of ft of length/3) Ratio of .010 in/ft or .83 mm/m Wall thickness, over 3% of OD. [.83 x no. of m of length] OD over 5-8 in [127.0-203.2 mm], .045 [1.25] .45 x (no. of ft of length/3) Ratio of .015 in/ft or 1.25 mm/m include. Wall thickness, [1.25 x no. of m of length] over 4% of OD. OD over 8-123/4” .060 [1.67] .060 x (no. of ft of length/s) Ratio of .020 in/ft or 16.7 mm/m [203.2-323.8mm], include [1.67 x no. of m of length] Wall thickness, over 4% of OD. The straightness variation for any 3 ft. (0.9M) of length is determined by measuring the concavity between the tube and a straightedge with a feeler gage. The total variation, that is the maximum curvature at any point in the total length of tube, is determined by rolling the tube on a surface place and measuring the concavity with a feeler gage.

The tolerances apply generally to unannealed, finish-annealed, and medium-annealed cold-finished or hot-finished tubes. When straightening stress would interfere with the use of the end product, the straightness tolerances shown do not apply when tube is specified “not to be straightened after furnace treatment.” These straightness tolerances do not apply to soft-annealed or quenched and tempered tubes.

Sec. K page 67

Page 243: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL SteeL tubecoLD DRAWn RounD cARbon AnD ALLoY SteeL

cold worked round - diameter

outside Wall thickness thermal treatment after final cold work producing size Diameter as percent none, or not exceeding Heated above 1100ºF Quenched and tempered size range (in.) of oD 1100ºF nominal temperature nominal temperature without accelerated cooling OD (in) ID (in) OD (in) ID (in) OD (in) ID (in) Over Under Over Under Over Under Over Under Over Under Over Under

Up to .499 All .044 .000 .005 .002 .010 .010 .010 .010 .055-1.699 All .005 .000 .000 .005 .007 .002 .002 .007 .015 .015 .015 .015 1.700-2.099 All .006 .000 .000 .006 .006 .005 .005 .006 .020 .020 .020 .020 2.100-2.499 All .007 .000 .000 .007 .008 .005 .005 .008 .023 .023 .023 .023 2.500-2.899 All .008 .000 .000 .008 .009 .005 .005 .009 .025 .025 .025 .025 2.900-3.299 All .009 .000 .000 .009 .011 .005 .005 .011 .028 .028 .028 .028 3.300-3.699 All .010 .000 .000 .010 .013 .005 .005 .013 .030 .030 .030 .030 3.700-4.099 All .011 .000 .000 .011 .013 .007 .010 .010 .033 .033 .033 .033 4.100-4.499 All .012 .000 .000 .012 .014 .007 .011 .011 .036 .036 .036 .036 4.500-4.899 All .013 .000 .000 .013 .016 .001 .012 .012 .038 .038 .038 .038 4.900-5.299 All .014 .000 .000 .014 .018 .007 .013 .013 .041 .041 .041 .041 5.300-5.549 All .015 .000 .000 .015 .020 .007 .014 .014 .044 .044 .044 .044 5.550-5.999 Under 6 .010 .010 .010 .010 .018 .018 .018 .018 6 to 71/2 .009 .009 .009 .009 .016 .016 .016 .016 Over 71/2 .018 .000 .009 .009 .017 .015 .016 .016 6.000-6.499 Under 6 .013 .013 .013 .013 .023 .023 .023 .023 6 to 71/2 .010 .010 .010 .010 .018 .018 .018 .018 Over 71/2 .020 .000 .010 .010 .020 .015 .018 .018 6.500-6.999 Under 6 .015 .015 .015 .015 .027 .027 .027 .027 6 to 71/2 .012 .012 .012 .012 .021 .021 .021 .021 Over 71/2 .023 .000 .012 .012 .026 .015 .021 .021 7.000-7.499 Under 6 .018 .018 .018 .018 .032 .032 .032 .032 6 to 71/2 .013 .013 .013 .013 .023 .023 .023 .023 Over 71/2 .026 .000 .013 .013 .031 0.15 .023 .023 7.500-7.999 Under 6 .020 .020 .020 .020 .035 .035 .035 .035 6 to 71/2 .015 .015 .015 .015 .026 .026 .026 .026 Over 71/2 .029 .000 .015 .015 .036 .015 .026 .026 8.000-8.499 Under 6 .023 .023 .023 .023 .041 .041 .041 .041 6 to 71/2 .016 .016 .016 .016 .028 .028 .028 .028 Over 71/2 .031 .000 .015 .016 .033 .022 .028 .028 8.500-8.999 Under 6 .025 .025 .025 .025 .044 .044 .044 .044 6 to 71/2 .017 .017 .017 .017 .030 .030 .030 .030 Over 71/2 .034 .000 .015 .019 .038 .022 .030 .030 9.000-9.499 Under 6 .028 .028 .028 .028 .045 .045 .045 .045 6 to 71/2 .019 .019 .019 .019 .033 .033 .033 .033 Over 71/2 .037 .000 .015 .022 .043 .022 .033 .033 9.500-9.999 Under 6 .030 .030 .030 .030 .045 .045 .043 .053 6 to 71/2 .020 .020 .020 .020 .035 .035 .035 .035 Over 71/2 .040 .000 .015 .025 .048 .022 .035 .035 10.000-10.999 Under 6 .034 .034 .034 .034 .045 .045 .060 .060 6 to 71/2 .022 .022 .022 .022 .039 .039 .039 .039 Over 71/2 .044 .000 .015 .029 .055 .022 .039 .039 11.000-12.000 Under 6 .035 .035 .035 .035 .050 .050 .065 .065 6 to 71/2 .025 .025 .025 .045 .045 .045 .045 .045 Over 71/2 .045 .000 .015 .035 .060 .022 .045 .045

Sec. K page 68

Page 244: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL SteeL tubecoLD DRAWn RounD cARbon AnD ALLoY SteeL

(continued)

Many tubes with inside diameter less than 50% of outside diameter or with wall thickness more than 25% of outside diameter, or with wall thickness over 11/4 in., or weighing more than 90 lb/ft. are difficult to draw over a mandrel. Therefore, the inside diameter can vary over or under by an amount equal to 10% of wall thickness.

For those tubes with inside diameter less than 1/2 in. (or less than 5/8 in. when the wall thickness is more than 20% of the outside diameter), which are not commonly drawn over a mandrel, the footnote above is not applicable. Therefore, for those tubes, the inside diameter is governed by the outside diameter tolerance shown in this table and the wall thickness tolerances shown in the table on the following page.

Tube having a wall thickness less than 3% of the outside diameter cannot be straightened properly without a certain amount of distortion. Consequently, such tubes, while having an average outside diameter and inside diameter within the tolerances shown in this table, require an ovality tolerance of 1/2% over and under nominal outside diameter, this being in addition to the tolerances indicated in this table.

cold worked round — wall thickness

Wall thickness tolerance over and under nominal (%) (mm) Wall thickness range as a up to 1.499 in. iD 1.500 in. iD and over percent of outside diameter 25 and under 10.0 7.5 Over 25 12.5 10.0

cold drawn round — straightness

Size limits Maximum curvature in any 3 ft/in (mm/m) OD 5 in. (127.0 mm) and smaller .030 (.83) Wall thickness, over 3% of OD. OD over 5-8 in. (127.0-203.2 m) incl. .045 (1.25) Wall thickness, over 4% of OD. OD over 8-123/4“ (203.2-323.8 mm) .060 (1.67) incl. Wall thickness over 4% of OD.

Sec. K page 69

Page 245: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

DoMeLectRic ReSiStAnce WeLDeD MAnDReL DRAWn

cARbon SteeL MecHAnicAL tubing

AStM A 513 tYpe 5 StReSS ReLieVeD, non-DeStRuctiVe teSteD (SuppLeMent S-8)

unS g10200, g10260, DoM 520 (St 52.3)

DOM is commonly specified when surface finish and concentricity are important to the production of the part.

AnALYSiS c Mn p(Max.) S(Max.) Si Al 1020 .17/.12 .30/.60 .035 .035 N/A N/A 1026 .22/.28 .60/.90 .040 .050 N/A N/A DOM 520 .18 Max. 1.20/1.50 .025 .010 .15/.35 .020 Min.

AppLicAtionS — Mechanical parts such as bushings and spacers, hydraulic or pneumatic cyclinders.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS — The following are the typical properties for each grade as ordered by EMJ.

1020/1026/DOM 520 85,000 psi Tensile 75,000 psi Yield 15% Elongation RB80 Hardness

MAcHinAbiLitY — These grades have a machinability rating of 78% based on 1212.

WeLDAbiLitY — These grades are easily welded using most all welding pro-cesses. DOM 520 has a carbon equivalency equal to 1026.

HARDening — These grades have effectively been carburized.

Sec. K page 70

Page 246: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

DRAWn oVeR MAnDReLHoning ALLoWAnceS

Minimum ID stock allowances for the removal of inside surface imperfections by a honing operation

outside Wall thickness Diameter .065” over .065” over .125” over .180” over .230” over .360” over .460” and less to .125” to .180” to .230” to .360” to .460” to .563”

11/2” and under .010 .011 .013 .015 X X X Over 11/2” to 3” .010 .012 .014 .016 .018 X X Over 3” to 4” .011 .013 .015 .017 .019 .021 .023 Over 4” to 43/4” X .014 .016 .018 .020 .022 .024 Over 43/4” to 6” X .015 .017 .019 .021 .023 .025 Over 6” to 8” X .016 .018 .020 .022 .024 .026 Over 8 o 101/2” X X X X .023 .025 .027 Over 101/2” to 121/2” X X X X .024 .026 .028 EXAMPLE: 4” OD tube which will clean up by honing to 3.498/3.500” ID:

(1) 4.000 OD — 3.498 = .502 /2 = .251 nominal wall. Minimum cleanup allowance or removal of ID surface imperfections from table above is .019”.(2) Minimum honed size 3.498 Less .019 cleanup allowance 3.479 3.479 is the maximum ordered ID size.(3) Standard tolerance for size involved is .011. Therefore ordered ID size will be 3.479 + .000 - .011.

centeRLeSS gRinDing ALLoWAnceSMinimum OD cleanup allowances for the removal

of outside surface imperfections by centerless grinding

outside Wall thickness Diameter .125” over .125” over .180” over .230” over .360” over .460” and less to .180” to .230” to .360” to .460” to .580”

3” and under .012 .014 .016 .020 X X Over 3” to 43/4” .016 .018 .020 .022 .024 .026 Over 43/4” to 6” .018 .020 .022 .024 .026 .028 Over 6” to 7” .020 .022 .024 .026 .028 .030 Over 7” to 8” X X X .027 .029 .031 Over 8” to 101/2” X X X .028 .030 .032 Over 101/2” to 121/2” X X X .030 .032 .034

Example: Tube to finish 3.250” OD x .150” wall: outside Diameter Final ground size 3.250 Plus allowance (above) .018 3.268

3.268 is minimum ordered OD size Drawn OD tolerance is + .009 - .003 for this OD Therefore ordered size should be 3.268 + .009 - .000. Wall thickness Nominal OD Size 3.268 Final grind Size 3.250 Difference .018 Final wall .015 Plus 1/2 of difference .009 Ordered wall .159 Size to Order — 3.268 OD x .159 wall

NOTE: On sizes 51/2” OD and larger, the minus portion of the OD tolerance must be added to the grinding allowance to assure the necessary minimum stock allowance.

Sec. K page 71

Page 247: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

DRAWn oVeR MAnDReLMAcHine ALLoWAnceS

Minimum OD and ID clean-up allowances by machining.

outside Wall thickness Diameter .187” over .187” over .230” over .460” and under to .230” to .460” to .580”

11/2” and under .015 .020 .025 X Over 11/2” to 3” .020 .025 .030 X Over 3” to 43/4” .025 .030 .035 .040 Over 43/4” to 6” .030 .035 .040 .045 Over 6” to 7” .035 .040 .045 .050 Over 7” to 8” X X .048 .053 Over 8” to 101/2” X X .050 .055 Over 101/2” to 121/2” X X .055 .060

Camber: For every foot or fraction thereof over one foot of length, add .010” for camber. For sizes over 71/2” OD, add .020” for camber.

EXAMPLE: Tube to finish 3.250” OD x 3.000” ID x 4” long: 3.250 OD 3.000 ID + .025 OD allow. -- .025 ID allow. 3.275 2.975 Size to Order: 3.275 OD +.009 x 2.975 ID +.000 --.000 -.009

If the length were 26” in the example above, an additional allowance of .020” for camber would be added to both OD an ID, making the size to order 3.295 OD x 2.955 ID.

DiAMeteR toLeRAnceSFoR tYpeS 3, 4, 5, AnD 6 (S.D.H.R., S.D.c.R., M.D. AnD S.S.i.D) RounD tubing

Note 1 — Measurements for diameter are to be taken at least 2 in. from the ends of the tubes.

outside Diameter inside Diameter

oD Size Range Wall % of oD over under over underUp to 0.499 All 0.004 0.000 --- ---0.500 to 1.699 All 0.005 0.000 0.000 0.0051.700 to 2.099 All 0.006 0.000 0.000 0.0062.100 to 2.499 All 0.007 0.000 0.000 0.0072.500 to 2.899 All 0.008 0.000 0.000 0.0082.900 to 3.299 All 0.009 0.000 0.000 0.0093.300 to 3.699 All 0.010 0.000 0.000 0.0103.700 to 4.099 All 0.011 0.000 0.000 0.0114.100 to 4.499 All 0.012 0.000 0.000 0.0124.500 to 4.899 All 0.013 0.000 0.000 0.0134.900 to 5.299 All 0.014 0.000 0.000 0.0145.300 to 5.549 All 0.015 0.000 0.000 0.0155.550 to 5.999 Under 6 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 6 and over 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.0096.000 to 6.499 Under 6 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013 6 and over 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.0106.500 to 6.999 Under 6 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 6 and over 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.0127.000 to 7.499 Under 6 0.018 0.018 0.018 0.018 6 and over 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.0137.500 to 7.999 Under 6 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 6 and over 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.0158.000 to 8.499 Under 6 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 6 and over 0.016 0.016 0.016 0.0168.500 to 8.999 Under 6 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 6 and over 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.0179.000 to 9.499 Under 6 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.028 6 and over 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.0199.500 to 9.999 Under 6 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.030 6 and over 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.02010.000 to 10.999 All 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.03411.000 to 11.999 All 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.03512.000 to 12.999 All 0.036 0.036 0.036 0.03613.000 to 13.999 All 0.037 0.037 0.037 0.03714.000 to 14.999 All 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038

The ovality shall be within the above tolerances except when the wall thickness is less than 3% of the outside diameter.

Sec. K page 72

Page 248: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

DRAWn oVeR MAnDReLWALL tHicKneSS toLeRAnceS

outside Diameter A

Wall 3/8 to 7/8, incl over 7/8 to 17/8, over 17/8 to 33/4 over 3/4

thickness include include to 15, incl.

In.A Bwg.B Wall Thickness Tolerances, in., A,C +/-

+ - + - + - + -

0.035 20 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 ---

0.049 18 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.003 --- ---

0.065 16 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.004

0.083 14 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.004 0.005

0.095 13 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.004 0.005

0.109 12 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.005 0.005

0.120 11 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.005 0.005

0.134 10 --- --- 0.002 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.005 0.005

0.148 9 --- --- 0.002 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.005 0.005

0.165 8 --- --- 0.003 0.004 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006

0.180 7 --- --- 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.005 0.006 0.006

0.203 6 --- --- 0.004 0.005 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007

0.220 5 ---- --- 0.004 0.006 0.004 0.006 0.007 0.007

0.238 4 --- --- 0.005 0.006 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.007

0.259 3 --- --- 0.005 0.006 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.007

0.284 2 --- --- 0.005 0.006 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.007

0.300 1 --- --- 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.008 0.008

0.320 --- --- 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.008 0.008

0.344 --- --- 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.009 0.009

0.375 --- --- --- --- 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.009

0.400 --- --- --- --- 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010

0.438 --- --- --- --- 0.011 0.011 0.011 0.011

0.460 --- --- --- --- 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012

0.480 --- --- --- --- 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.012

0.531 --- --- --- --- 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013

0.563 --- --- --- --- 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013

0.580 --- --- --- --- 0.014 0.014 0.014 0.014

0.600 --- --- --- --- 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015

0.625 --- --- --- --- 0.016 0.016 0.016 0.016

0.650 --- --- --- 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017

Straightness refer to page 69

A 1 in. = 25.4 mm.B Birmingham Wire GageC Where the ellipsis (---) appears in this table, the tolerance is not addressed.

Sec. K page 73

Page 249: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

DRAWn oVeR MAnDReL

Special Smooth iD Hydraulic cylinder tubing

Special Smooth ID Tubing is a welded steel tubing that has been specially pro-cessed to produce an extra fine inside finish. Flat-rolled steel with its closely con-trolled tolerances is formed and electric-resistance welded into a tube. The welding flash is trimmed and the tube is normalized to insure a uniform and ductile structure. A final drawing over a highly polished mandrel produces the fine finish on the inside surface as well as uniform tolerances. Each length of tubing is subjected to non-destructive testing to insure quality of product.

Special Smooth ID Tubing can in many applications eliminate such costly opera-tions as honing and boring. It is furnished to meet the following maximum average micro-inch finish:

Maximum Average Microinch Readings on inside Surface

Wall thickness outside Diameter 1” to 21/2” over 21/2” over 41/2” over 7”

to 41/2” to 7” to 11”

.065” and under 40 40 --- --- Over .065” to .150” 45 50 55 --- Over .150” to .187” 50 60 70 --- Over .187” to .225” 55 70 80 90 Over .225” to .312” 70 80 90 100 Over .312” to .400” --- 90 100 110 Over .400” to .480” --- 100 110 120 Over .480” to .580” --- 110 120 130

toLeRAnceS — Special Smooth ID is ordered to one-half standard ID Tolerances shown in the Diameter Tolerance table shown on Page 72 of this section. Straightness tolerances are shown on Page 69 of ths section.

StocK SiZeS

Refer to listing on Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of this material is indicated in the CARBON column by the abbreviation SS.

Sec. K page 74Sec. K page 74

Page 250: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1010/1020 coLD DRAWn butt WeLDeD tubing

AStM A 512 conDition -- cDSR

This tubing is cold drawn to size from hot rolled, continuous welded material. The cold drawing operations is identical in every respect with the method used in producing seamless mechanical tubing. Material in regular stock is mandrel drawn. However, Butt Welded Tubing is available drawn on the outside only for use where the inside dimension is not important; information on such material will be furnished upon request.

AnALYSiS carbon Manganese phosphorus Sulphur .05/.15 .30/.60 .040 Max. .050 Max.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS — Cold Drawn Butt Welded Tubing is usually furnished in a finish annealed condition. The data in the following table indicate approximate properties and represent average values, since individual cases are affected by the amount of reduction of outside diameter and wall thickness in the cold drawing process.

tensile Yield

Strength Strength elongation Rockwell b

(psi) (psi)

65,000 50,000 20% 76

Size (oD) inches outside Diameter inside Diameter Wall thickness over under over under over under

under 1/2 .004 .000 .000 .010 121/2% 121/2% Walls under .156 1/2 to 11/2” .005 .000 .000 .005 10% 10% Walls under .156 Walls .156 & over .005 .000 .000 .005 7% 7% 11/2” and over .010 .000 --- .010 10% 10% Walls under .156 Walls .156 & over .010 .000 .000 .010 7% 7%

Straightness tolerances are shown on Page 69 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing on Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of Cold Drawn Butt Welded Tubing is indicated in the CARBON column by the abbreviation CDBW.

This product is made in over 600 sizes, and sizes not regularly carried in stock can be furnished promptly from the mill. Also, other analyses are available, including 1018, 1020, 1025, 1030, 1110, 1115 and 1117.

Although stocks consist mainly of round tubing, this product is also made in Squares, Rectangles, Ovals, and other shapes. We invite your inquiries for such special sections.

Sec. K page 75Sec. K page 75

Page 251: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1008/10/20 eLectRic ReSiStAnceWeLDeD MecHAnicAL tubing

AStM A 513, tYpeS 1 & 2

Electric Resistance Welded Mechanical Tubing is available generally in the 1008 and 1020 analyses. It is manufactured by forming flat rolled steel into a tubular shape and welding the edges. The flash is always removed from the outside of the tube. Round tubing 11/4” OD and over is carried with inside flash controlled to a maximum height of .010. Round tubing smaller than 11/4” OD is generally carried flash in.

Electric Resistance Welded Mechanical Tubing is available in a wide range of diam-eters but is confined to relatively thin walls. Tubes with walls .065” and thinner are generally produced from Cold Rolled Strip. Tubes with walls heavier than .065” are generally produced from Hot Rolled and Pickled Strip.

This tubing responds to the common fabrication techniques used for low carbon steels, such as bending, swaging, welding, machining, etc.

AnALYSiS carbon Manganese phosphorus (Max.) Sulphur (Max.) 1008 .010 Max .50 Max. .030 .035 1010 .05/.15 .30/.60 .040 .050 1020 .015/.25 .30/.60 .040 .050

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS — The following typical properties apply:

tensile Yield oD Wall Strength Strength elongation Rockwell b (psi) (psi)

1010 cold Rolled 3/4” and smaller All 48,000 40,000 15% 65 Over 3/4” 20-16 Ga. 45,000 35,000 25% 63 Over 3/4” 15 Ga. And hvr. 45,000 35,000 30% 60 1010 Hot Rolled 3/4” and smaller 16-14 Ga. 48,000 40,000 12% 65 Over 3/4” 16-14 Ga. 48,000 35,000 25% 63 Over 3/4” 13 Ga. And hvr. 45,000 32,000 35% 60 1020 cold Rolled 3/4” and smaller All 55,000 40,000 15% 70 Over 3/4” 20-16 Ga. 50,000 38,000 20% 68 Over 3/4” 15 Ga. And hvr. 50,000 38,000 30% 65 1020 Hot Rolled 3/4” and smaller All 55,000 40,000 12% 70 Over 3/4” 16-14 Ga. 52,000 38,000 20% 68 Over 3/4” 13 Ga. and hvr. 50,000 36,000 30% 65

toLeRAnceS — Refer to Pages 77-78 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing on Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability is indicated in the CARBON column by the abbreviations cReW (Cold Rolled Electric Welded) and HReW (Hot Rolled Electric Welded).

Sec. K page 76

Page 252: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

toLeRAnceS FoR WeLDeD RounD MecHAnicAL tubingDiAMeteR toLeRAnceS FoR tYpe 2 (A.W.c.R.) RounD tubing

Note 1–Measurements for diameter are to be taken at least 2 in. from the ends of the tub

outside Diameter Flash-in Flash Flash Range in A Wall thickness -tubingb controlled controlledD to 0.010 in. to 0.005 in. max tubingc max tubing outside inside +/— outside inside +/— Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter bWg in. tolerances in.

5/8 to 11/8”, inc, 24 to 16 0.022 to 0.065 0.003 --- --- ---

Over 5/8 to 11/8”, inc, 24 to 19 0.022 to 0.042 0.0035 0.0035 0.0035 0.013

Over 5/8 to 11/8”, inc, 18 0.049 0.0035 0.0035 0.0035 0.015

Over 5/8 to 11/8”, inc, 16 to 14 0.065 to 0.083 0.0035 0.0035 0.0035 0.019

Over 3/4 to 11/8”, inc, 13 0.095 0.0035 0.0035 0.0035 0.019

Over 7/8 to 11/8”, inc, 12 to 11 0.109 to 0.120 0.0035 0.0035 0.0035 0.021

Over 11/8” to 2, include 22 to 18 0.028 to 0.049 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.015

Over 11/8” to 2, include 16 to 13 0.065 to 0.095 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.019

Over 11/8” to 2, include 12 to 10 0.109 to 0.134 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.022

Over 2 to 21/2”, include 20 to 18 0.035 to 0.049 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.016

Over 2 to 21/2”, include 16 to 13 0.065 to 0.095 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.020

Over 2 to 21/2”, include 12 to 10 0.109 to 0.134 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.023

Over 21/2” to 3, inc 20 to 18 0.035 to 0.049 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.018

Over 21/2” to 3, inc 16 to 13 0.065 to 0.095 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.022

Over 21/2” to 3, inc 12 to 10 0.190 to 0.134 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.025

Over 3 to 31/2”, inc 20 to 18 0.035 to 0.049 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.019

Over 3 to 31/2”, inc 16 to 13 0.065 to 0.095 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.023

Over 3 to 31/2”, inc 12 to 10 0.109 to 0.134 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.026

Over 31/2” to 4, inc 20 to 18 0.035 to 0.049 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.020

Over 31/2” to 4, inc 16 to 13 0.065 to 0.095 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.024

Over 31/2” to 4, inc 12 to 10 0.109 to 0.134 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.027

Over 4 to 6, inc 16 to 13 0.065 to 0.095 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.034

Over 4 to 6, inc 12 to 10 0.109 to 0.134 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.037

Over 8 to 10, inc 16 to 13 0.065 to 0.095 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.044

Over 8 to 10, inc 12 to 10 1.109 to 0.134 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.049

Over 10 to 12, inc 14 to 13 0.083 to 0.095 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.049

Over 10 to 12, inc 12 to 10 0.109 to 0.134 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.054

(1) Flash-in tubing: The maximum height of the inside welding flash does not customarily exceed the wall thickness or in any case 3/32 in. (2) Flash controlled to .010 in. max. tubing comprises tubing over 1 1/8 in. OD which is commonly produced only to OD tolerances and wall thickness tolerances in which the height of the remaining welding flash is controlled not to exceed .010 in. (3) Flash controlled to .005 in. max. tubing is produced to OD tolerances and wall thickness tolerances, ID tolerances, and wall thickness tolerances, or OD tol-erances and ID tolerances, in which the height of the remaining flash in controlled not to exceed .005 in.; any remaining flash is considered to be part of the applicable ID tolerances. (4) no Flash tubing is processed for closer tolerances with mandrel-tubing produced to outside diameter and wall, inside diameter and wall, or outside diameter and inside diameter to tolerances with no dimensional indication of inside flash.Ovality Tolerances do not exceed 50% greater than the OD tolerances.

Sec. K page 77

Page 253: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

toLeRAnceS FoR WeLDeD RounD MecHAnicAL tubingDiAMeteR toLeRAnceS FoR tYpe 1 (A.W.H.R.) RounD tubing

Note 1–Measurements for diameter are to be taken at least 2 inches from the ends of the tub

outside Diameter Flash-in Flash Flash Range in A Wall thickness -tubing(1)(4) controlled controlled to 0.010 in. to 0.005 in. max. tubing(2)(4) max. tubing(3)(4)

outside inside +/— outside inside +/— Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter bWgF in.A tolerances in.

1/2 to 11/8, include 16 to 10 0.065 to 0.134 0.0035 0.0035 0.0035 0.020 Over 11/8 to 2, inc 16 to 14 0.065 to 0.083 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.021 Over 11/8 to 2, inc 13 to 7 0.095 to 0.180 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.025 Over 11/8 to 2, inc 6 to 5 0.203 to 0.220 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.029 Over 11/8 to 2, inc 4 to 3 0.238 to 0.259 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.039 Over 2 to 21/2, inc 16 to 14 0.065 to 0.083 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.022 Over 2 to 21/2, inc 13 to 5 0.095 to 0.220 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.024 Over 2 to 21/2, inc 4 to 3 0.238 to 0.259 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.040 Over 21/2 to3, inc 16 to 14 0.065 to 0.083 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.024 Over 21/2 to3, inc 13 to 5 0.095 to 0.220 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.026 Over 21/2 to3, inc 4 to 3 0.238 to 0.259 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.040. Over 21/2 to3, inc 2 to 0.320 0.284 to 0.320 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.048 Over 3 to 31/2, inc 16 to 14 0.065 to 0.083 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.025 Over 3 to 31/2, inc 13 to 5 0.095 to 0.220 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.027 Over 3 to 31/2, inc 4 to 3 0.238 to 0.259 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.043 Over 3 to 31/2, inc 2 to 0.0360 0.284 to 0.360 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.050 Over 31/2 to 4, inc 16 to 14 0.065 to 0.083 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.026 Over 31/2 to 4, inc 13 to 5 0.095 to 0.220 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.028 Over 31/2 to 4, inc 4 to 3 0.238 to 0.259 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.044 Over 31/2 to 4, inc 2 to 0.500 0.284 to 0.500 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.053 Over 4 to 5, inc. 16 to 14 0.065 to 0.083 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.036 Over 4 to 5, inc. 13 to 5 0.095 to 0.220 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.045 Over 4 to 5, inc. 4 to 3 0.238 to 0.259 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.054 Over 4 to 5, inc. 2 to 0.500 0.284 to 0.500 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.058 Over 5 to 6, inc. 16 to 10 0.065 to 0.134 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.036 Over 5 to 6, inc. 9 to 5 0.148 to 0.220 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.040 Over 5 to 6, inc. 4 to 3 0.238 to 0.259 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.054 Over 5 to 6, inc. 2 to 0.500 0.284 to 0.500 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.058 Over 6 to 8, include 11 to 10 0.120 to 0.134 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.043 Over 6 to 8, include 9 to 5 0.148 to 0.220 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.045 Over 6 to 8, include 4 to 3 0.238 to 0.259 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.059 Over 6 to 8, include 2 to 0.500 0.284 to 0.500 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.063 Over 8 to 10, inc. 14 to 12 0.083 to 0.109 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.041 Over 8 to 10, inc. 11 to 10 0.120 to 0.134 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.043 Over 8 to 10, inc. 9 to 5 0.148 to 0.220 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.045 Over 8 to 10, inc. 4 to 3 0.238 to 0.259 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.059 Over 8 to 10, inc. 2 to 0.500 0.248 to 0.500 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.063 Over 10 to 12, inc 14 to 12 0.083 to 0.109 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.041 Over 10 to 12, inc 11 to 10 0.120 to 0.134 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.043 Over 10 to 12, inc 9 to 5 0.148 to 0.220 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.045 Over 10 to 12, inc 4 to 3 0.238 to 0.259 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.059 Over 10 to 12, inc 2 to 0.500 0.248 to 0.500 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.063

See (1) (2) (3) (4) at bottom of page 77.

Sec. K page 78

Page 254: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

toLeRAnceS FoR WeLDeD RounD MecHnicAL tubingWall thickness tolerances

coLD RoLLeD outSiDe DiAMeteR oF tube in incHeS

Wall 3/8 to 7/8 over 7/8 to 17/8” over 17/8” to 33/4” over 33/4” to 5 over 5 to 6 (bMg) over* under over* under over* under over* under over* under 22 .000 .003 .000 .003 20 .000 .004 .000 .004 .000 .004 18 .000 .004 .000 .005 .000 .005 16 .000 .004 .000 .005 .000 .005 .002 .006 .002 .007 13-14 .000 .004 .000 .005 .000 .006 .002 .007 .002 .007 9-12 .000 .006 .000 .006 .003 .007 .003 .007 8 .000 .007 .000 .007 .003 .008 .003 .0100

*The following additional tolerances apply to the over limits shown above due to the crown of the flat rolled steel:

outside Diameter Wall thickness plus tolerance 3/8 to 17/8” .025 to .064 .0015 Over .064 to .016, Incl. .002 Over 17/8” to 33/4” .025 to .064 .002 Over .064 to .165, Incl. .0025 Over 33/4” to 63/4” Over .064 to .165, include .003

Hot RoLLeD outSiDe DiAMeteR oF tube in incHeS

Wall 3/8 to 1 over 1 to 115/16” over 115/16” to 33/4” over 33/4” to 41/2” over 41/2” to 6 (bWg) over* under over* under over* under over* under over* under 16 .002 .006 .002 .008 .002 .008 .002 .010 .002 .010 13-14 .002 .006 .002 .008 .002 .008 .003 .010 .002 .012 12 .002 .006 .002 .008 .002 .008 .005 .010 .004 .012 10-11 .002 .008 .002 .008 .002 .008 .005 .010 .004 .012 7-9 .002 .008 .002 .008 .005 .011 .005 .012 6 .002 .010 .002 .010 .005 .012 .005 .013 5 .005 .012 .002 .010 .005 .012 .005 .013 4 .010 .018 .010 .018 .010 .018

*The following additional tolerances apply to the over limits shown above due to the crown of the flat rolled steel:

outside Diameter plus tolerance 3/4 to 1, inc. .002 Over 1 to 115/16”, include. .003 Over 115/16” to 33/4”, include. .004

StRAigHtneSS toLeRAnceS Straightness tolerance is customarily .030 inch per three feet of length. The straight-

ness variation is determined by placing the tube on a surface plate with both ends touching the plate. The point of maximum deflection of the tube from the surface plate should be not more than .030 inch per three feet of length when measured with a feeler gauge. For lengths above one foot, the straightness tolerance is .010 in.

Sec. K page 79

Page 255: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4130 ALLoY SteeL SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL tubing(Aircraft)

AMS 6371

4130 is a chromium-molybdenum general purpose alloy steel tubing that is weldable and is capable of developing good strength. For years it has been the standard of the aircraft industry. It is manufactured to meet the rigid standards of aircraft quality and is suitable for the fabrication of parts which may be subjected to magnetic particle (magnaflux) inspection.

AnALYSiS c Mn p (Max.) S (Max.) Si cr Mo .28/.33 .40/.60 .025 .025 .15/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25

AppLicAtionS — It is used for parts with section thicknesses of 1/2” or less at the time of heat treatment which require a through hardening steel capable of develop-ing hardness as high as Rockwell C 35 when properly hardened and tempered. It may be used for parts of greater section thickness where proportionately lower hardness or strength levels are required.

HARDenAbiLitY — This grade has a hardenability of Rockwell C 35 minimum at 5/16 and Rockwell C 28 minimum at 8/16 when normalized at 1700ºF and aus-tenitized at 1600ºF.

toLeRAnceS — Refer to pages 67-69 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing on Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the ALLOY column by the number 4130.

4135 ALLoY SteeL SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL tubing(Aircraft)

AMS 6372

4135 is a chromium-molybdenum alloy steel tubing, capable of developing higher strength than 4130. It is manufactured by the electric furnace process to meet the rigid standards of the aircraft industry, and it is suitable for the fabrication of parts which may be subjected to magnetic particle (magnaflux) inspection.

AnALYSiS c Mn p (Max.) S (Max.) Si cr Mo .33/.38 .70/.90 .025 .025 .20/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25

AppLicAtionS — It is used for parts with section thicknesses of 3/4” or less at the time of heat treatment which require a through hardening steel that will develop a hardness as high as Rockwell C 40 when properly hardened and tempered. It may be used for parts of greater section thickness where proportionately lower hardness or strength levels are required.

HARDenAbiLitY — this grade has a hardenability of Rockwell C 45 minimum at 6/16 and Rockwell C 40 minimum at 9/16 when normalized at 1700ºF and austen-itized at 1600ºF.

toLeRAnceS — Refer to pages 67-69 of this section.

Sec. K page 80

Page 256: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4140 ALLoY SteeL

SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL tubing(Aircraft)

AMS 6381

4140 is a medium carbon chromium-molybdenum alloy steel tubing. It is manufac-tured by the electric furnace process to meet the rigid standards of the aircraft industry, and it is suitable for the fabrication of parts which may be subjected to magnetic par-ticle (magnaflux) inspection. It responds readily to heat treatment and is capable of developing a higher hardness than 4130 and 4135.

AnALYSiS c Mn p (Max.) S (Max.) Si cr Mo .38/.43 .75/1.00 .025 .025 .20/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25

AppLicAtionS — It is used for parts with section thicknesses of 1/2” or less at the time of heat treatment which require a through hardening steel capable of develop-ing hardness as high as Rockwell C 50 when properly hardened and tempered. It may be used for parts of greater section thickness where proportionately lower hardness or strength levels are required.

HARDenAbiLitY — This grade has a hardenability of Rockwell C 50 minimum at 6/16 and Rockwell C 44 minimum at 9/16 when normalized at 1700ºF and aus-tenitized at 1550ºF.

toLeRAnceS — Refer to pages 67-69 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing on Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the ALLOY column by the number 4140.

4340 ALLoY SteeL

SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL tubing(Aircraft)

AMS 6415

4340 is a chromium-nickel-molybdenum alloy steel manufactured by the electric fur-nace process to meet the rigid standards of the aircraft industry, and it is suitable for the fabrication of parts which may be subjected to magnetic particle (magnaflux) inspection. With its high alloy content, it possesses greater hardenability than the 4100 series alloys, and this advantage is realized where high strength is required in heavy sections.

AnALYSiS c Mn p (Max.) S (Max.) Si cr n Mo .38/.43 .65/.85 .025 .025 .15/.35 .70/.90 1.65/2.00 .20/.30

AppLicAtionS — It is used for parts with section thicknesses of 31/2” or less at the time of heat treatment which require a through hardening steel capable of developing hardness as high as Rockwell C 30 when properly hardened and tempered. It may be used for parts of greater section thickness where proportionately lower hardness or strength levels are required.

HARDenAbiLitY — This grade has a hardenability of Rockwell C 50 minimum at 20/16 when normalized at 1700ºF and austenitized at 1525ºF.

toLeRAnceS — Refer to pages 67-69 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing on Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the ALLOY column by the number 4130.

Sec. K page 81

Page 257: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4130/4140

cHRoMe-MoLYbDenuM

MecHAnicAL tubeS

AStM A 519 unS g41300/g41400

These grades are commonly used in the Stress Relieved or annealed condition for mechanical parts which are to heat treated after machining. The heat treated materials are intended for use in oilfield applications where strength combined with ductility is required.

AnALYSiS c Mn p(Max.)* S(Max.)* Si cr Mo 4130 .28/.33 .40/.60 .040 .040 .15/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25 4140 .38/.43 .75/1.10 .040 .040 .15/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25

*Special grades may require reduced levels of these elements.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS — Stress Relieved/Annealed (Typical Only)

tensile Yield Strength Strength elongation bHn (Ksi) (Ksi) 2” Min.

4130 Cold Drawn 110 95 15% 228 4130 Hot Finish 90 70 20% 187 4140 Cold Drawn 120 100 10% 245 4140 Hot Finish 120 90 20% 245

Heat Treated Condition (both grades) NACE MRO175

L-80 Properties: 95 ksi minimum tensile, 80-110 ksi yield, 15% minimum elonga-tion, 237 maximum BHNP-110 Properties: 125 ksi minimum tensile, 110-140 ksi yield, 12% minimum elonga-tion, 341 maximum BHN

MAcHinAbiLitY — These grades have a machinability rating of approximately 70% of 1212 in the SR or Annealed condition. The machinability of these grades in the HT condition is approximately 60%.

WeLDAbiLitY — These grades require preheating and postheating treatments to avoid cracking.

noRMALiZing — Heat to 1600-1700ºF. Cool in air. Average Brinell Hardness is 167.

AnneALing — Heat to 1500-1600ºF. Cool slowly in furnace. Average Brinell Hardness is 149.

HARDening — Hardening range 1550-1700ºF. 4130 for water quench and 4140 for oil or polymer quench. Tempering temperature is dependent on desired proper-ties. Tempering range is 400-1300ºF.

Sec. K page 82

Page 258: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4340 ALLoY SteeL

AnneALeD SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL tubing(commercial Quality)

AStM A 519 unS g43400

This grade is a nickel-chromium molybdenum alloy steel. It is richer in alloy content than the 4100 series, and thus possesses deeper hardenability characteristics. This advantage is realized where high strength is required in heavy sections. Such high hardenability insures maximum toughness and ductility at the required strength level, making it ideal for highly stressed parts. It maintains its strength and ductility at relatively high temperatures. Thus, for high strength in heavy section or for highly stressed parts operating under severe conditions, this is the analysis to use.

AnALYSiS c Mn p (Max.) S Si cr ni Mo .38/.43 .60/.80 .035 .040 .15/.35 .70/.90 1.65/2.00 .20/.30

AppLicAtionS — It is used for such applications as oil well fishing tools, perforat-ing gun bodies, bushings, high-pressure fittings, as well as miscellaneous machin-ing parts requiring high strength and toughness.

toLeRAnceS — Refer to Pages 66-69 of this section.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS — (Typical)

tensile Yield elongation Reduction brinell izod Strength Strength 2” Min. of Area of Area of Area (psi) (psi)

Annealed 110,000 66,000 23% 49% 197 25

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing on Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the ALLOY column by the number 4340.

Sec. K page 83

Page 259: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYpe 304 StAinLeSS SteeL tubing

AMS 5639AStM A 511AStM A 269

Type 304 is a low carbon “18-8” chromium-nickel stainless steel. It combines excellent physical properties with remarkable resistance to many corrosive agents encountered in domestic and industrial use. The low carbon content provides good corrosion resistance in welded construction where subsequent solution heat treatment is not practical. It has good heat resistance and maintains its strength at elevated temperatures up to 800º F. It is non-magnetic in the annealed condition and not hardenable by heat treatment. Both hardness and tensile strength can be increased by cold working.

AnALYSiS c (Max.) Mn (Max.) p (Max.) S (Max.) Si (Max.) cr ni Mo (Max.) cu (Max.) .08 2.00 .040 .030 .75 18.00/20.00 8.00/11.00 .75 .75

AppLicAtionS — It is used in the fabrication of parts where corrosion resistance and good physical properties and heat resistance up to 800ºF are required. It is widely used in such industries as dairy, beverage, and other food products, where the highest degree of sanitation and cleanliness is of prime importance. Parts for handling acetic, nitric, and citric acids, organic and inorganic chemicals, dyestuffs, crude and refined oils, etc., are fabricated from this material. Because of its lack of magnetism it is highly desirable for instruments.

coRRoSion ReSiStAnce — Maximum corrosion resistance is obtained in the annealed condition. Intergranular corrosion may occur when material is heated within or cooled through the range of 800º to 1500ºF.

ReSiStAnce to ScALing — Excellent scale resistance at temperatures up to 1600ºF in continuous service. Chromium-nickel grades have a high coefficient of expansion, which should be considered in designing.

pHYSicAL pRopeRtieS — The following may be considered as representative of this grade:

tensile Yield elongation Reduction Rockwell b Strength Strength 2” Min. of Area (psi) (psi)

85,000 35,000 60% 70% 90 Max.

toLeRAnceS — Refer to Pages 89-90 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing on Page 4-64 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the STAINLESS column by the number 304.

Sec. K page 84

Page 260: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYpe 316 StAinLeSS SteeL tubing

AMS 5648AStM A 511AStM A 269

Type 316 is “18-8” chromium-nickel stainless steel modified by the addition of molybdenum, which greatly increases its corrosion resistance as well as its physical properties at elevated temperatures. At elevated temperatures it has strength which is slightly higher than the basic 18-8 grades. It is non-magnetic in the annealed condition and not hardenable by heat treatment. Both hardness and strength are increased by cold working.

AnALYSiS c (Max.) Mn p (Max.) S (Max.) Si (Max.) cr ni Mo cu (Max.) .08 1.25/2.00 .040 .030 .75 17.00/18.00 11.00/14.00 2.00/3.00 .75

AppLicAtionS — Type 316 is used in the fabrication of parts where corrosion resistance and heat resistance up to 1600º F are required. Because it possesses the highest creep and tensile strength at elevated temperatures of any of the more commonly used stainless steels, it finds extensive use where the combina-tion of high strength and good corrosion resistance at elevated temperatures is required. In aircraft applications, Type 316 is used for parts requiring good corrosion resistance and low magnetic permeability.

coRRoSion ReSiStAnce — Type 316 is more resistant to atmospheric and general corrosive conditions than any of the other standard stainless steels. It has good resistance to the corrosive effects of sulphates, phosphates, and other salts, as well as reducing acids such as sulphuric, sulphurous, and phosphoric. It is less susceptible to pitting in applications where acetic acid vapors or solutions of chlorides, bromides, or iodides are encountered. When heated to the temperature range 800º-1500ºF, or when slowly cooled through this range, this grade is sub-jected to intergranular corrosion.

ReSiStAnce to ScALing — Excellent scale resistance to temperatures up to 1600ºF in continuous service.

pHYSicAL pRopeRtieS — The following may be considered as representative of this grade:

tensile Yield elongation Reduction Rockwell b Strength Strength 2” Min. of Area (psi) (psi)

80,000 35,000 60% 70% 90 Max.

toLeRAnceS — Refer to Pages 89-90 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing in Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the STAINLESS column by the number 316.

Sec. K page 85

Page 261: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYpe 321 StAinLeSS SteeL tubing

AMS 5645AStM A 269MiL-t-6737

Type 321 is an “18-8” chromium-nickel stainless steel modified with the addition of titanium. It is designed to overcome the susceptibility to carbide precipitation with resulting intergranular corrosion that is common to the other austenitic stainless steels after exposure to temperatures of 800º to 1500ºF. It is non-magnetic in the annealed condition and not hardenable by heat treatment.

AnALYSiS c (Max.) Mn (Max.) p (Max.) S (Max.) Si (Max.) cr ni ti Mo (Max.) cu (Max.)

.08 2.00 .040 .030 1.00 17.00/20.00 9.00/13.00 6xC Min/.070 Max .75 .50

AppLicAtionS — It is used for parts and assemblies requiring good corrosion, heat, and oxidation resistance up to approximately 1500ºF, particularly where processing is by welding. At elevated temperatures its use is limited to low stress applications.

coRRoSion ReSiStAnce — Maximum corrosion resistance is obtained in the annealed condition. It is resistant to intergranular corrosion. Its general corrosion resistance is somewhat less than that of Type 304.

ReSiStAnce to ScALing — Type 321 has excellent scale resistance at tempera-tures of up to 1650ºF in continuous service and 1500ºF in intermittent service.

pHYSicAL pRopeRtieS — The following may be considered as representative of this grade:

tensile Yield elongation Reduction Rockwell b Strength Strength 2” Min. of Area (psi) (psi)

85,000 35,000 55% 65% 90 Max.

toLeRAnceS — Refer to Pages 89-90 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing in Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the STAINLESS column by the number 321.

Sec. K page 86

Page 262: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYpe 347 StAinLeSS SteeL tubing

AMS 5646AStM A 269

Type 347 is an “18-8” chromium-nickel stainless steel modified with the addition of columbium or columbium-tantalum. Like 321, it is designed to overcome the dan-gers of intergranular corrosion common to other austenite stainless steels during and after exposure to temperatures of 800º to 1500ºF. It is non-magnetic in the annealed condition and not hardenable by heat treatment.

AnALYSiS c (Max.) Mn (Max.) p (Max.) S (Max.) Si (Max.) cr ni cb+ta Mo (Max.) cu (Max.)

.08 2.00 .040 .030 .75 17.00/19.00 9.00/12.00 10xC Min./1.00 Max. .75 .50

AppLicAtionS — It is used for heavy welded assemblies which cannot be annealed after welding. It is applied where operating conditions cause exposure within the temperature range of 800º to 1500ºF, and where corrosive conditions are severe. It is used to advantage in combatting corrosive cracking resulting from stress in cor-rosive media due to vibrations or other causes.

coRRoSion ReSiStAnce — Maximum corrosion resistance of Type 347 is obtained in the annealed condition. Its general corrosion resistance is somewhat less than for Type 304.

ReSiStAnce to ScALing — Type 347 has excellent scale resistance at tempera-tures of up to 1700ºF in continuous service and 1550ºF in intermittent service.

pHYSicAL pRopeRtieS — The following may be considered as representative of this grade:

tensile Yield elongation Reduction Rockwell b Strength Strength 2” Min. of Area (psi) (psi)

90,000 35,000 50% 65% 90 Max.

toLeRAnceS — Refer to Pages 89-90 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing in Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the STAINLESS column by the number 347.

Sec. K page 87

Page 263: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

toLeRAnceS FoR

StAinLeSS SteeL coLD FiniSHeD

RounD tubing — SeAMLeSS

outside Diameter, ovality, Wall thickness (1) (2)* (3)* (4) outside Diameter oD tolerance in ovality, Double cD Wall thickness per cent in inches inches plus tolerance in inches See notes a,b,c and Minus when wall is: plus Minus

Under 1/2 0.005 Lighter than 0.005 15 15 1/2 to 11/2” excel. 0.005 Lighter than 0.065 10 10 11/2” to 31/2” excel. 0.010 Lighter than 0.095 10 10 31/2” to 51/2” excel. 0.015 Lighter than 0.150 10 10 51/2” to 8 excel. 0.030 Lighter than 0.240 10 10 8 to 81/2” excel. 0.045 Lighter than 0.300 10 10

* For ovality values in column (3) the tolerance for average outside diameter at any one cross section does not exceed the value in column (2) for the size given in column (1).

NOTE (a) Many tubes with wall thicknesses more than 25 percent of outside diam-eter or with wall thickness over 13/4” or weighing more than 90 pounds per foot, are difficult to draw over a mandrel. Unless otherwise agreed upon by the purchaser and producer, the wall thickness may vary 121/2 percent over and under that specified. See also Note (b).

NOTE (b) For those tubes with inside diameter less than 1/2” (or less than 5/8” when the wall thickness is more than 20 percent of the outside diameter) which are not commonly drawn over a mandrel, note (a) is not applicable. Unless otherwise agreed upon by the purchaser and producer, the wall thickness may vary 15 percent over and under that specified, and the inside diameter is governed by the outside diameter and wall thickness tolerances shown in the above table.

NOTE (c) For tubes with inside diameter less than 1/2” (or less than 5/8” when the wall thickness is more than 20 percent of the outside diameter), which can be produced by the rod or bar mandrel process, the tolerances are as shown in the above table, except that the wall thickness tolerances are 10 percent over and under the specified wall thickness.

Sec. K page 88

Page 264: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

toLeRAnceS FoR StAinLeSS SteeL

RounD tubing — eLectRic WeLDeD

outside Diameter, ovality, Straightness outside Diameter oD tolerance in inches iD tolerance, in inches in inches plus and Minus plus and Minus

Up to 3/32 excl. .001 .001 3/32 to 3/16 excl. .0015 .0015 3/16 to 1/2 excl. .003 .005 1/2 to 1 excl. .004 .006 1 to 11/2” excl. .005 .007 11/2 to 2 excl. .006 .008 2 to 21/2” excl. .007 .010 21/2” to 31/2” excl. .010 .014 31/2” to 5 excl. .015 .020

NOTE 1. As applied to welded stainless steel tubing, ovality is the difference between maximum and minimum outside diameters measured at any one cross sec-tion. There is no additional tolerance for ovality on tubes having a nominal wall thickness of more than 3 percent of the OD.

NOTE 2. An ovality allowance of twice the OD tolerance, shown in the above table, is applied one-half plus and one-half minus to the OD, for tubes having a nominal wall thickness of 3 percent or less of the OD. The average of the maximum and minimum OD readings should fall within the OD tolerances as shown in the above table.

NOTE 3. For tolerances closer than those shown in the above table, the producer should be consulted.

NOTE 4. The straightness tolerance is 0.030” in 3 feet.

Wall thicknessplus and Minus

Wall thickness* 3/16” to 1” to under 2” to under 4” to 5” oD

inch bWg** under 1” oD 2” oD 4” oD

.025 23 .002 .003 -- -- .028 22 .003 .003 -- -- .023 21 .003 .003 .004 -- .035 20 .003 .003 .005 .005 .042 19 .003 .003 .005 .005 .049 18 .003 .003 .005 .005 .058 17 .004 .005 .005 .006 .065 16 .005 .005 .005 .006 .072 15 .005 .005 .006 .007 .083 14 .005 .005 .006 .007 .095 13 .005 .005 .006 .007 .109 12 .005 .006 .007 .007 .120 11 .005 .006 .007 .007 .134 10 -- -- .007 .007 .149 9 -- -- .008 .008 .165 8 -- -- .008 .008 * For intermediate wall thicknesses use the tolerances for the next heavier gauge.**Birmingham Wire Gauge.

Sec. K page 89

Page 265: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

3003 ALuMinuM

DRAWn SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL tubingAMS WW-t-700/2 AMS 4065 AStM b 210

3003 is the best known and the most widely used of all aluminum alloys. It is used where formability and weldability are both required, and where more strength is desired than is found in commercially pure aluminum. It is used for food and chemical handling equipment, gasoline and oil tanks, etc.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS

temper tensile Strength (psi) Yield Strength (psi)

0 19,000 max. 16,000 average H14 20,000 min. 21,500 average

toLeRAnceS — Refer to page 94-96 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing on Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the ALUMINUM column by the symbols 3003-o (annealed) and 3003-H14 (1/2 hard).

2024 ALuMinuM DRAWn AnD eXtRuDeD

SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL tubing

Drawn extruded AMS WW-t-700/3 AMS QQ-A-200/3 AStM b 210 (Formerly QQ-A-267) AMS 4088 AStM b 235 AMS 4152

2024 is one of the most commonly used heat treatable aluminum alloys. It is used where high strength is required and no welding is involved. Such applications include aircraft structures and hardware, screw machine products, aircraft fittings, etc.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS

temper nominal tensile Yield elongation Diameter Strength Strength 2” Min. (psi) (psi) T3 All sizes 64,000 42,000 10%-16% T4 Up to 0.249 include. 57,000 42,000 12% .0250 to .0749 include. 60,000 44,000 12% 0.750 to 1.499 include. 65,000 46,000 10% 1.500 and over: 10% Up to 23 sq. in. include. 70,000 52,000 Over 25 to 32 sq. in. include 68,000 48,000 8%

toLeRAnceS — Refer to Pages 94-96 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing on Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the ALUMINUM column by the symbols 2024-t4 (heat treated) and 2024-t3 (heat treated and cold worked).

Sec. K page 90

Page 266: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

5052 ALuMinuM

DRAWn SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL tubingAMS WW-t-700/4 AMS 4070 AStM b 210

5052 is one of the strongest of the non-heat-treatable aluminum alloys. It is used where good workability, resistance to corrosion, high fatigue strength, and moderate static strength are required. Such applications include aircraft fuel and oil lines, fuel tank fittings, miscellaneous marine and transportation applications, as well as miscellaneous applications, in home appliances, and sheet metal components.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS — The following mechanical properties apply in the “O” (annealed) temper:

tensile Strength (psi) Yield Strength (psi)

35,000 maximum 20,000 average 27,000 average

toLeRAnceS — Refer to Page 94-96 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing on Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the ALUMINUM column by the symbol 5052-o.

6061 ALuMinuMDRAWn AnD eXtRuDeD

SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL tubing

Drawn extruded AMS WW-t-700/6 AMS QQ-A-200/8 AStM b 210 AStM b 241 AMS 4082 AMS 4150 6061 is the most versatile and one of the least expensive of the heat-treatable aluminum alloys. It is used where good strength and very good resistance to cor-rosion are required, and it is used to advantage where the method of fabrication is welding. Such applications include welded assemblies for marine and transportation equipment, aircraft components, etc.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS

temper tensile Yield elongation Strength Strength 2” Min. (psi) (psi) O 22,000 max. 16,000 max. 16% min. T4 30,000 min. 16,000 min. 18% min. T6 38,000 min. 35,000 min. 10% min.

toLeRAnceS — Refer to Page 94-96 of this section.

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing on Pages 4-64 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the ALUMINUM column by the symbols 6061-o (annealed), 6061-t4 (heat treated and naturally aged), and 6061-t6 (heat treated and artificially aged).

Sec. K page 91

Page 267: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

6063 ALuMinuM

eXtRuDeD SeAMLeSS MecHAnicAL tubing

AStM b 221

6063 is a hardenable alloy that is designed for extrusions. The as-extruded finish is bright, similar to 1100, relatively free from die lines and pick-up, and is satisfactory for many applications without further work.

It has excellent corrosion resistance to industrial and marine environments. For further protection, a variety of coatings may be applied successfully.

This alloy is readily weldable by all methods commonly used for aluminum, especially by the inert-gas shielded-arc fusion process, and is easily machined particularly in the hardened tempers.

AppLicAtionS — It is used where good surface appearance is required as well as good strength and corrosion resistance. Such uses include architectural applica-tions an irrigation systems.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS — The following mechanical properties apply:

temper tensile Yield elongation Strength Strength 2” Min. (psi) (psi)

T5 27,000 average 21,000 average 12% average

toLeRAnceS — Refer to Page 94-96 of this section.

SQuARe ALuMinuM tubing — eXtRuDeD outside Wall Weight Alloy outside Wall Weight Alloy Dimension thickness per Foot Dimension thickness per Foot (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches)

1/2 x 1/2 .058 .116 6061-T6 11/4” x 11/4” .065 .356 6061-T6 3/4 x 3/4 .028 .093 2024-T3 .125 .671 2024-T3 .049 .161 6061-T6 .125 .671 6036-T5 .062 .200 6061-T6 11/2” x 11/2” .058 .392 2024-T3 .125 .373 6061-T6 .065 .536 6061-T6 .125 .373 6063-T5 .125 .821 6063-T5 7/8 x 7/8 .049 .184 6061-T6 .140 .843 6061-T6 .058 .198 6061-T6 13/4” x 13/4” .125 .970 6063-T5 .062 .236 6063-T5 .156 1.165 6061-T6 .094 .354 6061-T6 2 x 2 .062 .541 6061-T6 1 x 1 .047 .231 6061-T6 .125 1.120 6061-T6 .060 .264 6063-T5 .125 1.120 6063-T5 .065 .288 2024-T3 .188 1.638 6061-T6 .094 .370 6061-T6 21/2” x 21/2” .094 1.019 6061-T6 .125 .552 6063-T5 .250 2.507 6061-T6 11/8” x 11/8” .049 .259 2024-T3 3 x 3 .062 .817 6061-T6 .140 1.877 2024-T3 4 x 4 .125 2.326 6063-T5

Sec. K page 92

Page 268: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RectAnguLAR ALuMinuM tubing -- eXtRuDeD

outside Dimension Wall thickness Weight Alloy (inches) (inches) per Foot

3/4 X 3/8 .047 .116 6061-T6 1 X 1/2 .035 .119 6061-T6 .125 .373 6063-T5 11/2” X 3/4 .125 .598 6063-T5 11/2” X 1 .078 .451 6063-T5 .125 .671 6061-T6 .125 .671 6063-T5 2 x 1 .064 .436 6061-T6 .083 .528 6061-T6 .125 .821 6063-T5 2 x 11/2 .125 .970 6063-T5 2 x 11/4 .125 .970 6063-T5 3 x 1 .083 .775 6061-T6 3 x 11/4 .125 1.200 6061-T6 3 x 13/4 .125 1.345 6063-T5 3 x 2 .125 1.402 6063-T5 31/2 x 13/4 .125 1.494 6063-T5 4 x 11/2 .065 .837 2024-T3 4 x 13/4 .125 1.643 6063-T5 41/2 x 13/4 .125 1.793 6063-T5 5 x 11/4 .125 1.780 6061-T6 5 x 13/4 .125 1.942 6063-T5 5 x 2 .125 2.017 6063-T5

toLeRAnceS FoR SQuARe AnD RectAnguLAR ALuMinuM tubing — eXtRuDeD

WiDtH and DeptH toLeRAnceS2

incHeS — plus and Minus Specified Width Allowable Deviation Allowable Deviation of Width or Depth or Depth1 of Width or Depth at not at corners from Specified (inches) corners from Specified Width or Depth6

Width or Depth Square and Rectangular Square Rectangular

0.500-0.749 .012 .020 0.750-.0999 .014 .020 1.000-1.999 .018 .025 2.000-3.999 .025 .035 4.000-4.999 .035 .045 5.000-5.999 .045 .055

WALL tHicKneSS toLeRAnceS1,2

Inches — Plus and Minus ciRcuMScRibing ciRcLe DiAMeteR5 -- inches

Specified Width Allowable Deviation of Allowable Deviation of Wall or Depth1 Mean3 Wall thickness thickness of any point from Mean (inches) from Specified Wall thickness Wall thickness3 (eccentricity) under 5,000 5,000 & over under 5,000 5,000 & over

Under 0.047 .005 .008 .005 0.047-0.061 .006 .009 .007 0.062-0.124 .007 .010 .010 0.125-0.249 .008 .015 .015 0.250-0.374 .011 .020 .025 0.375-0.499 .014 .030 .030 0.500-0.749 .025 .040 .040 0.750-0.999 .035 .050 .050 1.000-1.499 .045 .060 .060 1.500-2.000 --- .070 ---

NOTE: See next page for explanatory notes pertaining to above tolerances

StRAigHtneSS toLeRAnceS — Refer to Page 95 of this section.

The tolerance for the width is the value shown in Square column for a dimension equal to the

depth, and conversely, but in no case is the tolerance less than at the corners.7

Plus and Minus10% of

Mean WallThickness

Max. +/- 0.060Min. +/- 0.010

Sec. K page 93

Page 269: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

eXpLAnAtion oF noteS peRtAining totoLeRAnceS FoR SQuARe AnD RectAnguLAR

ALuMinuM tubing — eXtRuDeD

1. When outside diameter, inside diameter, and wall thickness (or their equivalent dimensions in an other-than-round tube) are specified, standard tolerances are applicable to any two of these dimensions, but not to all three.

2. When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as an equal bilateral toler-ance, the value of the standard tolerance is that which would apply to the mean of the maximum and minimum dimension permissible under the tolerance.

3. The mean wall thickness is the average of two measurements taken opposite each other at approximate center line of the tube and perpendicular to the longi-tudinal axis of the cross section.

4. When dimensions specified outside and inside, rather than wall thickness itself, allowable deviation at any point (eccentricity) is plus and minus 10 percent of the mean wall thickness; maximum +/- .060 inch, minimum +/- .010 inch.

5. The circumscribing circle diameter is the diameter of the smallest circle that will completely enclose the tube.

6. Not applicable in the annealed (-O) temper or if the wall thickness is less than 21/2 percent of the outside diameter or equivalent round diameter.

7. Example: The width tolerances of 1 x 3 inch rectangular tube is +/- .025 inch and the depth tolerance is +/- .035 inch.

toLeRAnceS FoR

RounD ALuMinuM tubing — eXtRuDeD(All alloys except 5083, 5086, 5456)

DiAMeteR and oVALitY toLeRAnceS2

Inches — Plus and Minus Specified outside or Allowable Deviation Allowable Deviation of inside Diameter2 inches of Mean Diameter3 Diameter at Any point from from Specified Diameter Specified Diameter4

(ovality)

0.500-0.999 .010 .020 1.000-1.999 .012 .025 2.000-3.999 .015 .030 4.000-5.999 .025 .050 6.000-7.999 .035 .075 8.000-9.999 .045 .100 10.000-11.999 .055 .125 12.000-13.999 .065 .150 14.000-15.999 .075 .175 16.000-17.999 .085 .200

Sec. K page 94

Page 270: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

WALL tHicKneSS toLeRAnceS1,2

Inches — Plus and Minus Allowable Deviation of Mean Wall thickness5

from Specified Wall thickness

under 1.250” 1.250”-2.999” 3.000”-4.999” 5.000” & over outside outside outside outside Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter

Under 0.047 .006 --- --- --- 0.047-0.061 .007 .008 .008 .010 0.062-0.077 .008 .008 .009 .012 0.078-0.124 .009 .009 .010 .015 0.125-0.249 .009 .009 .013 .020 0.250-0.374 .011 .011 .016 .025 0.375-0.499 --- .015 .021 .035 0.500-0.749 --- .020 .028 .045 0.750-0.999 --- --- .035 .055 1.000-1.499 --- --- .045 .065 1.500-2.000 --- --- --- .075 2.001-2.499 --- --- --- .085 2.500-2.999 --- --- --- .095 +/- 0.120 3.000-3.499 --- --- --- .105 3.500-4.000 --- --- --- .115

StRAigHtneSS toLeRAnceSNot applicable in Annealed (-0) Temper

Allowable Deviation from Straight

Specified outside in each in total Length of piece Diameter Foot of Length

0.500-5.999 .010 .010 x length, feet 6.000 and over .020 .020 x length, feet

1 When outside diameter, inside diameter, and wall thickness are all specified, standard tolerances are applicable to any two of these dimensions, but not to all three.

2 When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as an equal bilateral tolerance, the value of the standard tolerance is that which would apply to the mean of the maximum and minimum dimensions permissible under the tolerance.

3 Mean diameter is the average of two diameter measurements taken at right angles to each other at any point along the length.

4 Not applicable in the annealed (-0) temper or if wall thickness is less than 21/2 per cent of the outside diameter.

5 The mean wall thickness of round tube is the average of two measurements taken opposite each other.

6 When dimensions specified are outside and inside, rather than wall thickness itself, allowable deviation at any point (eccentricity) applies to mean wall thickness.

Plus andMinus10% of

Mean WallThicknessMax. +/-

0.060Min. +/-0.010

Specified Wallthickness6

inches

AllowableDeviation of

Wall thicknessof any point

from Mean Wallthickness5

(eccentricity)

Sec. K page 95

Page 271: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

toLeRAnceS FoRRounD ALuMinuM tubing — DRAWn

DiAMeteR AnD oVALitY toLeRAnceS1,2

Inches — Plus and Minus Specified outside Allowable Deviation Allowable Deviation of Diameter and inside of Mean Diameter3 at any point from Specified Diameter2 inches from Specified Diameter Diameter6 (ovality) non-Heat treated Heat treated

Under 0.501 .003 .003 .006 0.501-1.000 .004 .004 .008 1.000-2.000 .005 .005 .010 2.001-3.000 .006 .006 .012 3.001-5.000 .008 .008 .016 5.001-6.000 .010 .010 .020 6.001-8.000 .015 .015 .030 8.001-10.000 .020 .020 .040 10.001-12.000 .025 .025 .050

WALL tHicKneSS toLeRAnceS1,2

Inches — Plus and Minus Specified Wall Allowable Deviation of Allowable Deviation of Wall thickness Mean Wall5 thickness from at any point from Specified inches Specified Wall thickness Wall thickness (eccentricity) non-Heat treated Heat treated

0.010-0.035 .002 .002 0.036-0.049 .003 .003 0.050-0.083 .004 .004 0.084-0.120 .005 .006 0.121-0.203 .006 .008 0.204-0.300 .008 .012 0.301-0.375 .015 .020 0.376-0.500 .020 .030

StRAigHtneSS toLeRAnceS7

Not applicable in Annealed (-0) Temper

Allowable Deviation from Straight

Specified outside Diameter inches in each Foot of Length in total Length of piece

Under 0.375 .500 .500 x length, feet8

0.375-5.999 .010 .010 x length, feet 6.000 and over .020 .020 x length, feet

1 When outside diameter, inside diameter, and wall thickness are all specified, standard tolerances are applicable to any of these dimensions, but not to all three.

2 When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as an equal bilateral tolerance, the value of the standard tolerance is that which would apply to the mean of the maximum and minimum dimensions permissible under the tolerance.

3 Mean diameter is the average of two diameter measurements taken at right angles to each other at any point along the length.

4 Not applicable in the annealed (-0) temper tube, or tube having a wall thickness less than 0.020 inch or less than 21/2 per cent of the outside diameter.

5 The mean wall thickness of round tube is the average of two measurements taken opposite each other.

6 When dimensions specified are outside and inside, rather than wall thickness itself, allowable deviation at any point (eccentricity) is plus and minus 10 percent of the mean wall thickness but not less than +/- 0.003 inch.

7 For round tube under 0.375” diameter, tolerance is applicable when weight of tube on flat surface minimizes deviation.

8 Not applicable to length under 10 feet.

Plus and Minus 10%of Specified

Wall ThicknessMin. +/- 0.003

Sec. K page 96

Page 272: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. K page 97

SteeL AnD ALuMinuM pipe

Pipe is a tubular product intended primarily for such purposes as the conveying of water, fuel, gas, air, steam, etc. It has also been found to be a convenient form for use as structural members such as columns and railings. It is produced from steel and aluminum in a variety of analyses by the welded, seamless, and extrusion methods.

As distinguished from tubing, pipe is commonly produced in greater quantities and in relatively few standard sizes. It is generally made to less exacting specifications for dimensions, finish, chemical composition, and mechanical properties than tubing.

Sizes and wall thicknesses of pipe were originally standardized to permit threading the end for joining lengths with couplings or other connectors. A large proportion of the product is also used without screw threads (plain end), where lengths are joined together, or fittings attached, by welding or other means.

StAnDARD pipe SiZeS AnD WeigHtS —(For descriptions and properties of various grades. See Pages 99-101. Standard sizes for steel pipe are established in American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B36.10 and B36.19 of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). These standards set up a number of “schedules” which specify various wall thick-nesses for given standard diameters.

ANSI B36.10 refers to wrought-steel and wrought-iron pipe and includes schedules 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 140, and 160. ANSI B36.19 refers to stainless steel pipe and includes schedules 5S, 10S, 40S, and 80S.

Aluminum Pipe also is produced in sizes according to ANSI B36.10.

The table on the following three pages indicates standard sizes and gives each the nominal size, actual outside diameter, wall thickness, and weights per foot for Steel and Aluminum.

.049 Wall thickness in inches S .1863 Weight per foot for carbon Steel A .0645 Weight per foot for Aluminum

Weights shown are for plain-end carbon steel pipe. For threaded and coupled pipe, weights are slightly higher. For stainless steel pipe, weights are about 2% higher.

Pipe is generally referred to by nominal size, but it would be noted that on sizes up to 12” the actual outside diameter is somewhat greater than the nominal size.

Besides being classified as ANSI Schedule Numbers, certain wall thicknesses are also shown by the following commonly used designations:

Standard Weight (abbreviated StD in the following table, and identical with ANSI Schedule 40 in sizes through 10”).

extra Strong (abbreviated XS in the following table, and identical with ANSI Schedule 80 in sizes through 8”).

Double extra Strong (abbreviated XXS in the following table, and not identical with any ANSI Schedule).

Page 273: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

StAnDARD pipe SiZeS AnD WeigHtS (continued)(See page 97 for Explanation)

WALL tHicKneSSeS AnD WeigHtS peR Foot

nominal outside Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule XXS pipe Diameter 5S 10S 40 & 40S 80 & 80S 160 Size (inches) StD XS

1/8 .405 .049 .068 .095

S .1863 S .2447 S .3145 A .0645 A .0847 A .1008 1/4 .540 .065 .088 .119

S .3297 S .4248 S .5351 A .1141 A .1470 A .1851 3/8 .675 .065 .091 .126

S .4225 S .5650 S .7388 A .1465 A .1955 A .2556 1/2 .840 .065 .083 .109 .147 .187 .294

S .5380 S .6710 S .8510 S 1.088 S 1.304 S 1.714 A .1861 A .2321 A .2944 A .3764 A .4511 A .5930 3/4 1.050 .065 .083 .113 .154 .218 .308

S .6838 S .8572 S 1.131 S 1.474 S 1.937 S 2.441 A .2366 A 2.966 A .3913 A .5100 A .6702 A .8445 1 1.315 .065 .109 .133 .179 .250 .358

S .8678 S 1.404 S 1.679 S 2.172 S 2.844 S 3.659 A .3002 A .4857 A .5809 A .7515 A .9839 A 1.266 11/4 1.660 .065 .109 .140 .191 .250 .382

S 1.107 S 1.806 S 2.273 S 2.997 S 3.765 S 5.214 A .3830 A .6248 A .7864 A 1.037 A 1.302 A 1.804 11/2 1.900 .065 .109 .147 .200 .281 .400

S 1.274 S 2.085 S 2.718 S 3.631 S 4.859 S 6.408 A .4408 A .7214 A .9404 A 1.256 A 1.681 A 2.217 2 2.375 .065 .109 .154 .218 .343 .436

S 1.604 S 2.638 S 3.653 S 5.022 S 7.444 S 9.029 A .5549 A .9127 A 1.264 A 1.737 A 2.575 A 3.124 21/2 2.875 .083 .120 .203 .276 .375 .552

S 2.475 S 3.531 S 5.793 S 7.661 S 10.01 S 13.70 A .8563 A 1.221 A 2.004 A 2.650 A 3.464 A 4.740 3 3.500 .083 .120 .216 .300 .438 .600

S 3.029 S 4.332 S 7.576 S 10.25 S 14.32 S 18.58 A 1.048 A 1.498 A 2.621 A 3.547 A 4.945 A 6.428 31/2 4.000 .083 .120 .226 .318

S 3.472 S 4.973 S 9.109 S 12.51 A 1.201 A 1.720 A 3.151 A 4.326 (Continued on next page)

Sec. K page 98

Page 274: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

StAnDARD pipe SiZeS AnD WeigHtS (cont.)

(See page 97 for explanation)

WALL tHicKneSSeS AnD WeigHtS peR Foot

nominal outside Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule StD Schedule pipe Diameter 5S 10S 10 20 30 (Standard 40 Size (inches) Wall)

4 4.500 .083 .120 .237 .237

S 3.915 S 5.613 S 10.79 S 10.79

A 1.354 A 1.942 A 3.733 A 3.733

5 5.563 .109 .134 .258 .258

S 6.349 S 7.770 S 14.62 S 14.62

A 2.196 A 2.668 A 5.057 A 5.057

6 6.625 .109 .134 .280 .280

S 7.585 S 9.289 S 18.97 S 18.97

A 2.624 A 3.213 A 6.564 A 6.564

8 8.625 .109 .148 .250 .277 .322 .322

S 9.715 S 13.40 S 22.36 S 24.70 S 28.55 S 28.55

A 3.429 A 4.635 A 7.735 A 8.543 A 9.878 A 9.878

10 10.750 .134 .165 .250 .307 .365 .365

S 15.19 S 18.65 S 28.04 S 34.24 S 40.48 S 40.48

A 5.256 A 6.453 A 9.698 A 11.84 A 14.00 A 14.00

12 12.750 .156 .180 .250 .330 .375 .406

S 20.98 S 24.16 S 33.38 S 43.77 S 49,56 S 53.52

A 7.258 A 8.359 A 11.55 A 15.14 A 17.15 A 18.52

14 14.000 .250 .312 .375 .375 .438

S 36.71 S 45.61 S 54.57 S 54.57 S 63.44

A 12.70 A 15.78 A 18.88 A 18.88 A 21.95

16 16.000 .250 .312 .375 .375 .500

S 42.05 S 52.27 S 62.58 S 62.58 S 82.77

A 14.55 A 18.08 A 21.65 A 21.65 A 28.64

18 18.00 .250 .312 .438 .562

S 47.39 S 58.94 S 82.15 S 104.7

A 16.40 A 20.39 A 28.42 A 36.21

20 20.000 .250 .375 .500 .593

S 52.73 S 78.60 S 104.1 S 122.9

A 18.24 A 27.19 A 36.03 A 42.52

24 24.000 .250 .375 .562 .687

S 63.41 S 94.62 S 140.7 S 171.1

A 21.94 A 32.74 A 48.67 A 59.18

30 30.000 .312 .500 .625

S 98.93 S 157.5 S 196.1

A 34.23 A 54.50 A 67.84

Sec. K page 99

Page 275: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

StAnDARD pipe SiZeS AnD WeigHtS (cont.)

(See page 97 for explanation)

WALL tHicKneSSeS AnD WeigHtS peR Foot

nominal outside Schedule Schedule XS Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule XXS pipe Diameter 40S 60 (extra 80 80S 100 120 140 160 Double Size (inches) Strong) extra Strong

4 4 1/2 .237 .337 .337 .337 .438 .531 .674

S 10.79 S 14.98 S 14.98 S 14.98 S 19.00 S 22.51 S 27.54

A 3.733 A 5.183 A 5.183 A 5.183 A 6.560 A 7.786 A 9,528

5 5 9/16 .258 .375 .375 .375 .500 .625 .750

S 14.62 S 20.78 S 20.78 S 20.78 S 27,.04 S 32.96 S 38.55

A 5.057 A 7.188 A 7.188 A 7.188 A 9.353 A 11.40 A 13.34

6 6 5/8 .280 .432 .432 .432 .562 .718 .864

S 18.97 S 28.57 S 28.57 S 28.57 S 36.39 S 45.35 S 53.16

A 6.564 A 9.884 A 9.884 A 9.884 A 12.59 A 15.67 A 18.39

8 8 5/8 .322 .406 .500 .500 .500 .593 .718 .812 .906 .875

S 28.55 S 35.64 S 43.39 S 43.39 S 43.39 S 50.87 S 60.63 S 67.76 S 74.69 S 72.42

A 9.878 A 12.33 A 15.01 A 15.01 A 15.01 A 17.60 A 20.97 A 23.44 A 25.84 A 24.06

10 10 1/4 .365 .500 .500 .593 .500 .718 .843 1.000 1.125 1.000

S 40.48 S 54.74 S 54.74 S64.33 S54.74 S 76.93 S 89.20 S 104.1 S 115.6 S 104.1

A 14.00 A 18.93 A 18.93 A 22.25 A 18.93 A 26.61 A 30.86 A 36.03 A 40.01 A 36.03

12 12 3/4 .375 .562 .500 .687 .500 .843 1.000 1.125 1.312 1.000

S 49.56 S 73.15 S 65.42 S 88.51 S 65.42 S 107.2 S 125.5 S 139.7 S 160.3 S 125.5

A 17.15 A 25.31 A 22.63 A 30.62 A 22.63 A 37.09 A 43.42 A 48.32 A 55.45 A 43.42

14 14 .593 .500 .750 .937 1.093 1.250 1.406

S 84.91 S 72.00 S 106.1 S 130.7 S 150.7 S 170.2 S 189.1

A 29.38 A 24.94 A 36.71 A 45.23 A 52.13 A 58.89 A 65.43

16 16 .656 .500 .843 1.031 1.218 1.438 1.593

S 107.5 S 82.77 S 136.5 S 164.8 S 192.3 S 223.6 S 245.1

A 37.19 A 28.64 A 47.21 A 57.20 A 66.53 A 77.73 A 84.80

18 18 .750 .937 1.156 1.375 1.562 1.781

S 138.2 S 170.8 S 208.0 S244.1 S274.2 S 308.5

A 47.80 A 59.08 A 71.95 A 84.47 A 94.87 A 106.7

20 20 .812 1.031 1.281 1.500 1.750 1.968

S 166.4 S 208.9 S 256.1 S 296.4 S 341.1 S 379.0

A 57.57 A 72.26 A 88.60 A 102.5 A 118.0 A 131.1

24 24 .968 1.218 1.531 1.812 2.062 2.343

S 238.1 S295.9 S 367.4 S 429.4 S483.1 S 541.9

A 82.38 A 102.4 A 127.1 A 148.6 A 167.2 A 187.5

Sec. K page 100

Page 276: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

SuMMARY oF SpeciFicAtionS

AppLYing to cARbon SteeL pipe

AStM A 53

Same as

AStM A 106

WALL toLeRAnceS

Carbon Ma. Phos. S % % % % Max. Max. Max. Max. SeAMLeSS

(Type S) Open hearth, electric furnace, or basic oxygen Grade A 0.25 0.95 0.05 0.06 Grade B 0.30 1.20 0.05 0.06 eLectRic WeLDeD

cHeMiStRY (Type E) Open hearth, electric furnace, or basic oxygen Grade A 0.25 0.95 0.05 0.06 Grade B 0.30 1.20 0.05 0.06 BUTT WELDED (Type F) Open hearth, — — 0.08 0.06 electric furnace, or basic oxygen

FuRnAce WeLDeD (Butt Welded) Open hearth Basic Oxygen or Electric Furnace Tensile Strength 45,000 Min. psi pHYSicAL Yield Strength 25,000pRopeRtieS Min. psi SeAMLeSS or eLectRic WeLDeD

Grade A Grade B Tensile Strength 48,000 60,000 Min. psi Yield Strength 30,000 35,000 Min. psi

Sec. K page 101

Page 277: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

SuMMARY oF SpeciFicAtionS

AppLYing to cARbon SteeL pipe

AStM A 106 Api 5L

Minimum wall thickness SeAMLeSS

at any point shall be not Plus Minus more than 12.5% under 27/8” and smaller 20% 121/2% nominal wall specified. 31/2” 18% 121/2% 4” and larger 15% 121/2% WeLDeD

27/8” and smaller 20% 121/2% 31/2” 18% 121/2% 4” thru 18” 15% 121/2% 20” and larger 171/2% 10% Grade A Grade B Grade C C Mn P SCarbon, 0.25% 0.30% 0.30% % Max. % Max. % Max. % Max. % Max. % Max.

Max. Manganese 0.27/ 0.29/ 0.29/ 0.93% 1.06% 1.06% SeAMLeSS

Phosp., 0.048% 0.048% 0.048% Grade A 0.22 — 0.90 — 0.040 0.05Max Sulphur, 0.058% 0.058% 0.058% Grade B 0.27 — 1.15 — 0.040 0.05MaxSilicon, 0.01.% 0.10% 0.10% Grade C 0.27 — 1.15 — 0.040 0.05Min. eLectRic WeLDeD

Grade A 0.21 — 0.90 — 0.040 0.05 Grade B 0.26 — 1.15 — 0.040 0.05

SeAMLeSS SeAMLeSS oR eLectRic WeLDeD

Grade A Grade B Grade C Tensile Strength Yield Strength Min. psi Min. psiTensile 48,000 60,000 70,000 Grade A 48,000 30,000Strength Min. psi Yield 30,000 35,000 40,000 Grade B 60,000 35,000Strength Min. psi

Sec. K page 102

Page 278: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

cARbon SteeL pipe

SeAMLeSS AnD WeLDeDAStM A 53, grade A and grade b: ASMe boiler andpressure Vessel code Specifications SA 53, grade b

(Seamless type S or Welded type e)

Api Standard 5L (Seamless or Welded)

AStM A 106, grade b; ASMe boiler and pressureVessel code specification SA 106, grade b(Seamless–For High temperature Service)

This pipe is produced from basic oxygen process steel in low carbon analysis.

Seamless pipe is produced from pierced billets. The severity of the piercing opera-tion dictates that the material must have a good surface and above average internal soundness. The result is a product that has a uniform and refined grain structure as well as good strength and ductility.

Welded pipe is produced by the butt welding or electric resistance welding method. In the butt welding process, also known as continuous welding (CW), skelp is heated to the welding temperature and drawn through a die or welding rolls where the material is bent into tubular form. The edges became welded as they are pressed together. In the electric resistance welding (EW) process, strip is formed continuously by a series of rolls into a round shape and the welding is a accomplished by pressure from heat generated by the resistance of current flowing across the seam.

Most sizes are available in both single and double random lengths.

AppLicAtionS — This pipe is used for a variety of applications ranging from con-veying gas and liquids to mechanical applications such as conveyors, rolls, and structural applications such as fence posts, railings, and columns.

Line pipe is used principally for the conveying of gas, oil, or water and is produced with ends plain, threaded, grooved, beveled, flanged, or expanded as required, as well as various types of mechanical couplers or welded joints.

Pressure pipe is used for conveying fluids at normal or elevated temperatures or both, but it is not subjected to external heat.

Galvanized pipe is used where resistance to corrosion is desired.

toLeRAnceS Outside Diameter:

nominal Sizes 11/2” and under Plus 1/64”, Minus 1/32” Over 11/2” to 4”, include Plus or minus 1/32” Over 4” to 8”, include Plus 1/16”, Minus 1/32” Over 8” to 18”, include Plus 3/32”, Minus 1/32” Over 18” Plus 1/8”, Minus 1/32”

StAnDARD SiZeS — Refer to Pages 99-101 of this section.

Sec. K page 103

Page 279: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYpe 304 StAinLeSS SteeL pipeSeamless and Welded

MiL-p-24691/3 AStM A 312ASMe boiler & pressure Vessel code Specification SA 312

Type 304 is the basic low carbon “18-8” chromium-nickel stainless steel. It offers excellent mechanical properties for both room and high temperature service, and has excellent resistance to corrosion. It is made by the seamless or automatic weld-ing process in which no addition of filler metal is employed in the welding operation. It is clean and free from scale.

Type 304 is available in an extra low carbon grade, designated 304L. This grade is designed to minimize the danger of intergranular corrosion where welded fabrication is used and where subsequent heat treating is not practical.

AnALYSiS c (Max.) Mn (Max.) p (Max.) S (Max.) Si (Max.) cr ni Mo (Max.) cu (Max.) 304 .08 2.00 .040 .030 .75 18.00/20.00 8.00/11.00 -- -- 304L .035 2.00 .040 .030 .75 18.00/20.00 8.00/13.00 .50 .05

AppLicAtionS — It is used in high temperature and general corrosion service conditions. It is used in general hydraulic and pressure services where atmospheric and general corrosive conditions are encountered. It is not intended for salt water systems or use in high pressure main steam lines.

For further data on applications, corrosion resistance, and resistance to scaling, refer to Type 304 Stainless Steel Tubing on Page 85 of this section.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS—The following minimum mechanical properties apply:

tensile Strength (psi) Yield Strength (psi) elongation 2” Min. 304 75,000 30,000 28% 304L 70,000 25,000 28%

toLeRAnceS — Refer to next page.

tYpe 316 StAinLeSS SteeL pipeSeamless and Welded

MiL-p-24691/3 AStM A 312ASMe boiler & pressure Vessel code Specification SA 312

Type 316 is an “18-8”chromium-nickel stainless steel modified by the addition of molybdenum, which serves to increase its general corrosion resistance as well as improve its mechanical properties at elevated temperatures. It is made by the seamless or automatic welding process in which no addition of filler metal is employed in the welding operation. It is clean and free from scale.

AnALYSiS c (Max.) Mn (Max.) p (Max.) S (Max.) Si (Max.) cr ni Mo cu (Max.) .08 2.00 .040 .030 .75 16.00/18.00 11.00/14.00 2.00/3.00 .50

AppLicAtionS — It is used in high temperature service as well as general hydrau-lic or pressure service. It is for general corrosion service where more resistance to corrosion is required than may be obtained by Type 304.

For further data on applications, corrosion resistance, and resistance to scaling, refer to Type 316 Stainless Steel Tubing on Page 85 of this section.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS—The following minimum mechanical properties apply:

tensile Strength (psi) Yield Strength (psi) elongation 2” Min. 75,000 30,000 28%

toLeRAnceS — Refer to next page.

StAnDARD SiZeS Refer to Pages 99-101 of this section.

Sec. K page 104

Page 280: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYpe 321 & 347 StAinLeSS SteeL pipe

SeAMLeSS AnD WeLDeD

MiL-p-24691/3 AStM A 312ASMe boiler & pressure Vessel code Specification SA 312

Types 321 and 347 are stabilized “18-8” chromium-nickel stainless steels. Both are designed to overcome susceptibility to carbide precipitation with resulting intergranular corrosion. They are made by the seamless or automatic welding process in which no addition of filler metal is employed in the welding operation. It is clean and free from scale.

Type 321 is stabilized with the addition of titanium, and Type 347 is stabilized with colum-bium. Type 347 has slightly better creep resistance at high temperatures than Type 321. Compared with Type 321, its fine grain structure limits slightly its workability.

AnALYSiS c (Max.) Mn (Max.) p (Max.) S (Max.) Si (Max.) cR ni ti 321 .08 2.00 .040 .030 .75 17.00/20.00 9.00/13.00 5xC/.60 Cb-Ta 347 .08 2.00 .040 .030 .75 17.00/20.00 9.00/13.00 10xC/1.00

AppLicAtionS — These grades are used in high temperature and general cor-rosion service conditions where fabrication includes welding. They are used in general hydraulic and pressure services where atmospheric and general corrosion are encountered. They are not intended for salt water systems or use in high pres-sure main steam lines.

For further data on applications, corrosion resistance, and resistance to scaling, refer to Type 321 and 347 Stainless Steel Tubing on Pages 86 and 87 of this section.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS—The following minimum mechanical properties apply:

tensile Strength (psi) Yield Strength (psi) elongation 2” Min.

321 75,000 30,000 28% 347 70,000 25,000 28%

toLeRAnceS — See below.

StAnDARD SiZeS Refer to Pages 99-101 of this section.

StAinLeSS SteeL pipe toLeRAnceS — Outside Diameter:

nominal Sizes 11/2” and under Plus 1/64”, Minus 1/32” Over 11/2” to 4” Plus 1/31”, Minus 1/32” Over 4” to 8” Plus 1/16”, Minus 1/32” Over 8” to 12” Plus 3/32”, Minus 1/32”

Wall thickness: The minimum wall thickness at any point shall not be more than 121/2% under the nominal wall thickness specified.

Sec. K page 105

Page 281: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

6061-t6

ALuMinuM eXtRuDeD pipe

6061 is one of the least expensive and yet most versatile of the heat treatable aluminum alloys, with magnesium and silicon as its principal alloying elements. It has good resistance to corrosion. It may be fusion welded in the heat treated condition, and is capable of moderate forming.

AppLicAtionS — This grade is used where light weight, strength, and good resis-tance to corrosion are required.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS—The following typical mechanical properties apply:

tensile Strength (psi) Yield Strength (psi) elongation 2” Min.

Under 1” 42,000 35,000 12% 1” & over 38,000 35,000 10%

toLeRAnceS — See below.

6036-t6

ALuMinuM eXtRuDeD pipe

6063 is a heat treatable alloy with manganese and silicon as its principal alloying ele-ments. It has not quite the strength of 6061, but good resistance to atmospheric corrosion. It is readily workable and has excellent finishing characteristics.

AppLicAtionS — This alloy is used in many interior and exterior architectural applications such as doors, store fronts, primary and secondary windows, etc. it is used for lawn furniture, irrigation pipe, railings, and builders’ hardware.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS—The following typical mechanical properties apply:

tensile Strength (psi) Yield Strength (psi) elongation 2” Min.

30,000 25,000 8%

toLeRAnceS — See below.

StAnDARD SiZeS Refer to Pages 98-100 of this section.

ALuMinuM pipe toLeRAnceS — Outside Diameter:

nominal Size Schedules 5 and 10 Schedules 20 and greater Under 2 +.015, --.031 +.015, --.031 2 to 4 +.031, --.031 + 1%, --1% 4-1/2 to 7 +.062, --.031 + 1%, --1% 8 to 12 +.093, --.031 + 1%, --1%

Wall thickness: The minimum wall thickness at any point shall not be more than 12-1/2% under the nominal wall thickness specified.

Sec. K page 106

Page 282: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. K page 107

SQuARe AnD RectAnguLARSteeL StRuctuRAL tubing

Structural Tubing is available in steel and aluminum in a wide range of sizes in round, square and rectangular shapes. It has become a most important basic section for structural applications because of its adaptability to such varied uses. For stock sizes of Square and Rectangle Steel Structural Tubing, refer to Pages 109-112 and Square and Rectangular Aluminum Tubing, refer to Pages 92-93 of this section.

Structural tubing is an efficient structural member with many inherent advantages, including strength and lightness. For example, for a given weight the round section distributes stresses in compression and vertical loading equally and in all directions. In torsion it is capable of carrying a greater load than any other structural member of equal weight. Where there is uneven loading, rectangular sections may be used.

StRuctuRAL SteeL tubing Structural Steel Tubing is made from flat rolled basic oxygen steel, which is formed into a tubular shape and then welded by the electric resistance process. In this con-tinuous welding process there is no loss of properties, and no irregularity that may be observed in the structure. Over the years, tests and service have demonstrated that the tube weld is as strong as the base metal. Structural Steel Tubing is available in two grades. Standard Structural Steel Tubing is the more common grade that is used for a variety of applications in many different industries. High Strength Structural is a higher strength grade that is used in more limited applications where further weight reduction is advantageous.

StAnDARD StRuctuRAL SteeL tubingStandard Structural Steel Tubing conforms to ASTM A 500. This specification cov-ers cold formed welded and seamless carbon steel structural tubing respectively. Following are minimum mechanical properties:

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS—The following minimum mechanical properties apply:

tensile Strength (psi) Yield Strength (psi) elongation 2” Min.

ASTM A 500 Grade A 45,000 33,000 25% Grade B 58,000 42,000 23% Grade C 62,000 46,000 21%

Standard Structural Steel Tubing has the advantage of ease of fabrication, and all the standard fabrication techniques may be employed. it may be expanded or swaged, flattened or flared, bent or drawn. It may be mechanically joined or welded by all the commonly used techniques and practices.

HigH StRengtH StRuctuRAL SteeL tubingHigh Strength Structural Steel Tubing is higher in strength than the structural grade, allowing substantial weight reductions in design. With a minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi, this tubing has a high torque value. For many applications, its use results in lower cost than other tubing and structural shapes.

High Strength Structural Tubing may be fabricated by all the standard techniques. It is easy to saw cut and drill. Flattening or flaring are best accomplished after heating. Welding may be performed with the ordinary techniques.

Page 283: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. K page 108

toLeRAnceS FoR SQuARe AnD RectAnguLAR

StRuctuRAL tubing

outSiDe DiMenSionS toLeRAnceS

Largest outside Dimension Across Flats, a

inches tolerance, plus and minus in inches 21/2 and under 0.020 Over 21/2 to 31/2 include 0.025 Over 31/2 to 51/2 include 0.030 Over 51/2 1%

aTolerances include allowance for convexity or concavity. Tolerance may be increased 50% when applied to the smaller dimension of rectangular sections whose ratio of the cross-sectional dimensions is between 1.5 and 3, and 100 per-cent when the ratio exceed 3.

WALL tHicKneSS toLeRAnce The tolerance for wall thickness exclusive of weld are shall be plus or minus 10%

of the nominal wall thickness specified. The wall thickness is to be measured at the center of the flat.

SpeciFieD MiLL LengtH toLeRAnceS

Length 22 Feet and Under Over 22 Feet to 44 Feet include. Tolerance Over Under Over Under for Specified Mill Length Inches 1/2 1/4 3/4 1/4

StRAigHtneSS toLeRAnce The permissible variation for straightness shall be 1/8” times the number of feet of

the total length divided by 5.

SQuAReneSS oF SiDeS Adjacent sides may deviate from 90º by a tolerance of plus or minus 2º maxi-

mum.

RADiuS oF coRneRS The radius of the outside corner of the section shall not exceed three times the

specified wall thickness.

tWiSt toLeRAnceS

Specified Dimension of Longest Side inches Maximum twist in 3 Feet 11/2 and under 0.050” Over 11/2 to 21/2 include 0.062” Over 21/2 to 4 include 0.075” Over 4 to 6 include 0.087” Over 6 to 8 include 0.100” Over 8 0.112”

Twist is measured by holding down one end of square or rectangular tube on a flat surface plate with the bottom side of the tube parallel to the surface plate and noting the height that either corner, at the opposite end of the bottom side of the tube, extends above the surface plate.

Page 284: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

SQuARe SteeL tubing

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness per Foot

3/8 x 3/8 .049 .2172 .065 .2740 1/2 x 1/2 .035 .2213 .049 .3005 .065 .3845 5/8 x 5/8 .028 .2273 .035 .2808 .049 .3838 .065 .4950 .083 .6118 3/4 x 3/4 .028 .2749 .035 .3403 .049 .4671 .065 .6055 .083 .7530 .120 1.028 7/8 x 7/8 .028 .3225 .035 .3998 .049 .5504 .065 .7160 .083 .8940 .095 1.008 1 x 1 .028 .3701 .035 .4593 .049 .6337 .065 .8265 .072 .9090 .083 1.035 .095 1.169 .109 1.321 .120 1.436 11/8 x 11/8 .035 .5188 .049 .7170 .065 .9370 .083 1.176 .095 1.331 .109 1.506 .120 1.640 11/4 x 11/4 .035 .5780 .049 .8000 .065 1.047 .083 1.317 .095 1.492 .109 1.691 .120 1.844 .188 2.610

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness per Foot

11/2 x 11/2 .035 .6977 .049 .9670 .065 1.268 .083 1.599 .095 1.815 .109 2.062 .120 2.252 .134 2.489 .188 3.350 13/4 x 13/4 .035 .8163 .049 1.134 .065 1.490 .083 1.882 .095 2.138 .109 2.432 .120 2.660 .134 2.945 2 x 2 .065 1.710 .083 2.164 .095 2.461 .109 2.830 .120 3.060 .134 3.401 .148 3.728 .188 4.320 .220 5.326 .250 5.410 21/4 x 21/4 .065 1.932 .083 2.446 .095 2.784 .109 3.174 .120 3.476 .134 3.856 .148 4.231 .180 5.067 21/2 x 21/2 .065 2.152 .083 2.728 .095 3.107 .109 3.580 .120 3.910 .134 4.312 .148 4.734 .188 5.610 .250 7.110

Sec. K page 109

Page 285: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

SQuARe SteeL tubing

(cont.)

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness per Foot

3 x 3 .065 2.594 .083 3.292 .095 3.753 .109 4.286 .120 4.700 .134 5.223 .188 6.870 .203 7.722 .250 8.810 .313 10.58 31/4 x 31/4 .083 3.575 .095 4.076 .109 4.656 .120 5.108 .134 5.679 .180 7.515 31/2 x 31/2 .083 3.857 .095 4.399 .109 5.027 .120 5.516 .125 5.610 .134 6.134 .148 6.747 .188 8.150 .250 10.51 .313 12.70 4 x 4 .083 4.422 .120 6.330 .188 9.450 .250 12.21 .313 14.83 .375 17.27 .500 21.63 41/2 x 41/2 .188 10.70 .250 13.91 5 x 5 .188 11.97

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness per Foot

5 x 5 .250 15.62 .313 19.08 .375 22.37 .500 28.43 51/2 x 51/2 .188 13.25 .250 17.32 .313 21.21 .375 24.93 6 x 6 .188 14.56 .350 19.02 .313 23.34 .375 27.48 .500 35.24 7 x 7 .188 17.13 .250 22.42 .313 27.63 .375 32.58 .500 42.05 8 x 8 .188 19.63 .250 25.82 .313 31.84 .375 37.69 .500 48.85 9 x 9 .188 22.18 .250 29.23 .313 36.10 .375 55.66 .500 55.66 10 x 10 .188 24.73 .250 32.63 .375 47.90 .500 62.46 12 x 12 .188 29.84 .250 39.43 .375 58.10 .500 76.07

Sec. K page 110

Page 286: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RectAnguLAR

SteeL tubing

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness s per Foot

3/4 x 1/2 .065 .4950 1 x 1/2 .065 .6055 11/4 x 1/2 .065 .7160 11/2 x 3/4 .065 .9370 .120 1.640 11/2 x 1 .049 .8000 .065 1.048 .083 1.317 .095 1.492 .109 1.691 .120 1.844 2 x 1 .065 1.269 .083 1.600 .095 1.815 .109 2.062 .120 2.252 2 x 11/4 .065 1.379 .083 1.741 .095 1.977 .109 2.247 .120 2.456 2 x 11/2 .065 1.490 .083 1.882 .095 2.138 .109 2.433 .120 2.660 21/2 x 1 .065 1.490 .083 1.882 .095 2.138 .109 2.443 .120 2.660 21/2 x 11/2 .065 1.711 .083 2.164 .095 2.461 .109 2.803 .120 3.068 .134 3.401 .180 4.454 .188 4.490 .250 5.400

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness s per Foot

3 x 1 .065 1.711 .083 2.164 .095 2.461 .109 2.830 .120 3.060 3 x 11/2 .065 1.932 .083 2.446 .095 2.784 .109 3.174 .120 3.476 .134 3.856 .148 4.231 .180 5.067 .188 5.070 3 x 2 .065 2.153 .083 2.728 .095 3.107 .109 3.544 .120 3.884 .134 4.312 .148 4.734 .188 5.590 .250 7.110 3 x 21/2 .065 2.374 .083 3.011 .095 3.430 .109 3.915 .120 4.292 .134 4.767 .148 5.237 .180 6.291 31/2 x 1 .065 1.932 .083 2.446 .095 2.784 .109 3.174 .120 3.476

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness s per Foot

31/2 x 11/2 .065 2.153 .083 2.728 .095 3.107 .109 3.544 .120 3.884 31/2 x 21/2 .065 2.595 .083 3.293 .095 3.753 .109 4.286 .120 4.700 .134 5.223 .148 5.741 .188 6.903 4 x 11/2 .065 2.374 .083 3.011 .095 3.430 .109 3.915 .120 4.292 .134 4.767 .148 5.237 .180 6.291 4 x 2 .065 2.595 .083 3.293 .095 3.753 .109 4.286 .120 4.700 .134 5.223 .148 5.741 .188 6.870 .250 8.810 4 x 21/2 .083 3.575 .095 4.076 .109 4.656 .120 5.108 .134 5.679 .148 6.244 .180 7.515

Sec. K page 111

Page 287: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RectAnguLAR

SteeL tubing (cont.)

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness per Foot

4 x 3 .083 3.857

.095 4.399

.109 5.027

.120 5.516

.134 6.134

.148 6.747

.188 8.150

.250 10.51

.313 12.70

5 x 2 .109 5.027

.120 5.516

.134 6.134

.148 6.747

.188 8.150

.250 10.51

5 x 21/2 .109 5.397

.120 5.924

.134 6.590

.148 7.250

.180 8.739

5 x 3 .120 6.330

.188 9.420

.250 12.21

.313 14.83

.375 17.27

.500 21.63

5 x 4 .188 10.70

.250 13.91

6 x 2 .188 9.420

.250 12.21

.313 14.83

6 x 3 .120 7.150

.188 10.70

.250 13.91

.375 19.82

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness per Foot

6 x 4 .188 11.97

.250 15.62

.313 19.08

.375 22.37

.500 28.43

7 X 3 .188 12.30

.250 15.62

.313 19.08

.375 22.37

7 x 4 .188 13.25

.250 17.32

.313 21.21

.375 24.93

7 x 5 .188 14.53

.250 19.02

.313 23.34

.375 27.48

.500 35.24

8 x 2 .188 11.97

.250 15.62

.313 19.08

.375 22.37

8 x 3 .188 13.25

.250 17.32

.313 21.22

.375 24.93

8 x 4 .188 14.53

.250 19.02

.313 23.34

.375 27.48

.500 35.24

8 x 6 .188 17.08

.250 22.42

.313 27.59

.375 32.58

.500 42.05

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness per Foot

9 x 3 .188 14.53

.250 19.02

.313 23.34

.375 27.48

9 x 5 .188 17.08

.250 22.42

.313 27.59

.375 32.58

9 x 7 .188 19.63

.250 25.82

.313 31.84

.375 37.69

10 x 2 .188 14.53

.250 19.02

.313 23.34

.375 27.48

10 x 3 .250 20.72

10 x 4 .188 17.08

.250 22.42

.313 27.59

.375 32.58

10 x 5 .188 18.35

.250 24.12

10 x 6 .188 19.63

.250 25.82

.313 31.84

.375 37.69

.500 48.85

10 x 8 .375 42.79

.500 55.66

12 x 2 .188 17.08

12 x 4 .188 19.63

.250 25.82

.313 31.84

.375 37.69

12 x 6 .188 22.18

.250 29.23

.313 36.10

.375 42.79

.500 55.66

Sec. K page 112

Page 288: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. K page 113

AiRFRAMe tubing

For Aircraft Mechanical Tubing, refer to Pages 4-64 and 80-81 of this section.

Aircraft Airframe Tubing is a tubular product that is primarily applied to structural, as opposed to mechanical, applications. It is most commonly used in airborne components or structures, but may also be applied with equal advantage to equipment that is used exclusively on the ground.

Aircraft Airframe Tubing is generally used in the as-received condi-tion utilizing the mechanical properties that exist in the material. It is usually used without any surface stock removal by machining or other methods. Light surface defects or imperfections may be present, but they are not considered detrimental as long as their depth does not exceed the standard tolerances of the outside diameter or wall.

Page 289: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. K page 114

coLD DRAWn SeAMLeSS ASi 4130 AiRFRAMe tubing

AMS-t-6736unS g41300

This material was intended to be used in the as received or near as received condition. A cold worked, burnished surface finish is a prerequisite. Material is Aircraft Quality.

AnALYSiS c Mn p (Max.) S (Max.) Si cr Mo .27/.33 .40/.60 .025 .025 .20/.35 .80/1.10 .15/.25

AppLicAtionS — This material is commonly used for aircraft frames, race cars, ultra-lights, racing bicycles and other sport uses where strength combined with ductility for bending (Condition N.) is required.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS (psi)

tensile Strength (psi) Yield Strength (psi) elongation Condition N* Up to .035 incl. 95,000 min. 75,000 min. 10% min. Over .035 to .187 incl. 95,000 min. 75,000 min. 12% min. Over .187 90,000 min. 70,000 min. 15% min. Condition A 95.000 max. Condition HT-125 125,000 min. 100,000 min. 12% min. Condition HT-150 150,000 min. 135,000 min. 10% min. Condition HT-180 180,000 min. 165,000 min. 8% min.

*Condition N requires normalize or stress relieve at mills option.

MAcHinAbiLitY — This grade has a machinability rating of 78% of 1212.

WeLDAbiLitY — This grade is weldable using most processes when proper pre and post heating techniques are used.

HARDening — This grade (Conditions A and N) can be hardened by heating to 1600º-1700º F and water quenching followed by tempering at 800º-1300º F to the required hardness.

o.D. Wall Weight (inches) thick- per ness Foot 1/8 .035 .0336 3/16 .022 .0390 .028 .0478 .035 .0572 .049 .0727 1/4 .028 .0664 .035 .0804 .049 .1052 .058 .1189 .065 .1284 .072 .1369 5/16 .028 .0852 .035 .1039 .049 .1382 .058 .1580 .065 .1722 .075 .1906 .083 .2039 .095 .2212 3/8 .028 .1038 .032 .1172 .035 .1271 .049 .1706 .058 .1964 .065 .2152 .083 .2588 .090 .2739 .095 .2841 .109 .3097 .120 .3268

o.D. Wall Weight (inches) thick- per ness Foot 7/16 .028 .1226 .035 .1506 .042 .1776 .049 .2036 .058 .2354 .065 .2589 .072 .2814 .083 .3147 .088 .3289 .095 .3480 .120 .4075 .129 .4257 .134 .43511/2 .028 .1411 .035 .1738 .049 .2360 .058 .2738 .065 .3020 .083 .3696 .095 .4109 .109 .4552 .120 .4870 .131 .5163 .134 .5238 .156 .5731 .183 .6196 .188 .6264

o.D. Wall Weight (inches) thick- per ness Foot9/16 .035 .1974 .049 .2690 .058 .3128 .065 .3457 .083 .4255 .095 .4748 .109 .5285 .120 .5677 .134 .6140 .156 .6781 .219 .8034 5/8 .028 .1785 .035 .2205 .042 .2615 .049 .3014 .058 .3512 .065 .3888 .083 .4805 .095 .5377 .120 .6472 .125 .6675 .133 .6989 .156 .7814 .188 .8774 11/16 .049 .3344 .065 .4325 .083 .5363 .095 .6017 .120 .7279 .156 .8864 .188 1.004

o.D. Wall Weight (inches) thick- per ness Foot 3/4 .028 .2159 .035 .2673 .049 .3668 .058 .4287 .065 .4755 .072 .5214 .083 .5913 .095 .6646 .120 .8074 .134 .8816 .156 .9897 .188 1.128 .219 1.242 .250 1.335 13/16 .065 .5193 .083 .6471 .095 .7285 .109 .8195 .120 .8881 7/8 .028 .2533 .035 .3140 .049 .4323 .058 .5061 .065 .5623 .083 .7021 .095 .7914 .120 .9676 .156 1.198 .188 1.379 .219 1.534 .250 1.669

4130 AiRFRAMe tubingAMS-t-6736 — conDition n

Page 290: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4130 AiRcRAFt AiRFRAMe RounD tubing (continueD)

AMS-t-6736 conDition n

o.D. Wall Weight (inches) thick- per ness Foot

15/16 .120 1.048 1 .028 .2907 .035 .3607 .049 .4977 .058 .5835 .065 .6491 .083 .8129 .095 .9182 .109 1.037 .120 1.128 .134 1.239 .156 1.406 .188 1.630 .219 1.827 .250 2.003 11/16 .095 .9821 .120 1.209 .188 1.757 .281 2.347 11/8 .035 .4074 .049 .5631 .058 .6609 .065 .7359 .083 .9237 .095 1.045 .120 1.288 .156 1.614 .188 1.881 .219 2.119 .250 2.336 .281 2.533 .313 2.714 13/16 .065 .7796 .083 .9795 .120 .1369 .188 2.008 11/4 .035 .4542 .049 .6285 .058 .7384 .065 .8226 .083 1.034 .095 1.172 .120 1.448 .134 1.597 .156 1.823 .188 2.132 .219 2.411 .250 2.670 .313 3.132 .375 3.504 15/16 .095 1.236 .188 2.259

o.D. Wall Weight (inches) thick- per ness Foot

13/8 .035 .5009 .049 .6939 .058 .8158 .065 .9094 .083 1.145 .095 1.299 .120 1.608 .156 2.031 .188 2.383 .219 2.704 .250 3.004 .313 3.550 .375 4.005 17/16 .219 2.851 11/2 .028 .4402 .035 .5476 .049 .7593 .058 .8932 .065 .9962 .072 1.098 .083 1.256 .095 1.426 .120 1.769 .156 2.239 .188 2.634 .219 2.996 .250 3.338 19/16 .156 2.344 .188 2.761 15/8 .049 .8248 .058 .9707 .065 1.083 .083 1.367 .095 1.552 .120 1.929 .156 2.447 .188 2.885 .219 3.289 .250 3.671 .313 4.386 .375 5.006 .438 5.553 13/4 .049 .8902 .058 1.048 .065 1.170 .083 1.478 .095 1.679 .120 2.089 .156 2.656 .188 3.136 .219 3.581 .250 4.005 .313 4.804

o.D. Wall Weight (inches) thick- per ness Foot

17/8 .035 .6878 .049 .9556 .058 1.126 .065 1.257 .083 1.589 .095 1.806 .120 2.249 .156 2.864 .188 3.387 .250 4.339 .313 5.222 2 .035 .7345 .049 1.021 .058 1.203 .065 1.343 .083 1.699 .095 1.933 .120 2.409 .134 2.670 .156 3.072 .188 3.638 .250 4.673 .313 5.639 21/8 .065 1.430 .156 3.281 .188 3.889 .250 5.006 .313 6.057 .375 7.009 21/4 .065 1.517 .083 1.921 .095 2.186 .120 2.730 .134 3.028 .156 3.489 .188 4.140 .219 4.750 .250 5.340 25/16 .375 7.762 23/8 .156 3.697 .188 4.391 .250 5.674 .375 8.010 21/2 .049 1.283 .058 1.513 .065 1.690 .083 2.143 .095 2.440 .120 3.050 .134 3.386 .156 3.905

o.D. Wall Weight (inches) thick- per ness Foot

21/2 .188 4.642 (Cont.) .219 5.335 .250 6.008 .313 7.311 .375 8.511 .500 10.68 25/8 .250 6.341 23/4 .065 1.864 .083 2.364 .095 2.694 .120 3.371 .134 3.744 .156 4.322 .188 5.144 .250 6.675 .375 9.512 27/8 .058 1.745 3 .058 1.822 .065 2.037 .083 2.586 .095 2.947 .120 3.791 .156 4.738 .188 5.646 .250 7.343 .375 10.51 31/8 .313 9.400 31/4 .125 4.172 .188 6.148 .250 8.010 .375 11.51 .438 13.15 .500 14.69 33/8 .188 6.399 .313 10.24 31/2 .095 3.455 .120 4.332 .188 6.650 .250 8.678 .313 10.65 35/8 .375 13.02 33/4 .250 9.345 .500 17.36 4 .188 7.654 .250 10.01 .500 18.69 1.000 32.04 41/4 .188 8.156 41/2 .500 21.36 43/4 .500 22.70 53/4 .500 28.04

Sec. K page 115

Page 291: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4130 SQuARe tubing

AMS-t-6736 conDition n

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness per Foot

3/8 x 3/8 .049 .2172 1/2 x 1/2 .035 .2213 .065 .3845 5/8 x 5/8 .035 .2808 .049 .3670 .058 .4472 .065 .4950 3/4 x 3/4 .035 .3403 .049 .4671 .058 .5454 .065 .6055

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness per Foot

7/8 x 7/8 .035 .3998 .049 .5504 1 x 1 .035 .4593 .049 .6337 .083 1.035 .125 1.488 11/4 x 11/4 .065 1.048 13/8 x 13/8 .058 1.039 11/2 x 11/2 .065 1.163 .125 2.338

4130 AiRcRAFt RectAnguLAR tubing

AMSt-6736 conDition n

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness per Foot

1 x 1/2 .049 .4671 .065 .6055 11/2 x 3/4 .049 .7170

outside Wall Weight Dimensions thickness per Foot

13/4 x 1 .065 1.158 2 x 11/2 .049 1.134

cDS 4130 StReAMLine tube

conDition n AMS-t-6736

SiZe WALL Wt/Ft 1.012 MAJOR X .428 MINOR X .035 WALL .2680#/FT 1.180 MAJOR X .500 MINOR X .035 WALL .3140#/FT 1.349 MAJOR X .571 MINOR X .049 WALL .3610#/FT 1.685 MAJOR X .714 MINOR X .049 WALL .6290#/FT 2.023 MAJOR X .857 MINOR X .049 WALL .7593#/FT 2.023 MAJOR X 1.429 MINOR X .049 WALL 1.2830#/FT

Sec. K page 116

Page 292: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

HYDRAuLic Line tubing

HYDRAuLic Line tubing Hydraulic tubing has emerged as a special and separate tubular product as a

result of the importance of automation with increased use of hydraulic systems. Low carbon seamless condenser or mechanical tubing has been produced for years. Although it was satisfactory for many requirements, it failed to meet many of the main requisites for a steel hydraulic tubing.

A Joint Industries Council was formed and in 1949 published standards to be applied to this product. Provision was made for ductility to allow for consistent bending and flaring. Cleanliness standards were established to prevent contamination of the hydraulic fluid and damage to valves and cylinders. Uniformity of sizes was established to allow for use of standard fittings.

the J.i.c. Hydraulic Standards for industrial equipment, as well as more recent SAE Standards, recommend use of low carbon seamless tubing in all pressure ranges. Selection of the proper tubing depends on a number of factors such as pressure velocity and flow.

SiZeS AnD WeigHtS oF HYDRAuLic Line tubing 118-123 carbon Steel, Stainless Steel, Aluminum DeScRiptionS oF inDiViDuAL gRADeS Low carbon Steel pressure tubing 124 Aluminum Hydraulic Line tubing — 6061 125 Stainless Steel Hydraulic Line tubing type 304 126 type 321 127 type 347 127 type 21-6-9 128

Sec. K page 117

Page 293: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

HYDRAuLic Line tubing (continueD)For product description and specifications

See Pages 118 - 123 of this section.

S=Seamless W=Welded and Drawn

outside Wall inside cARbon ALuMinuM Diameter thickness Diameter SteeL type type type type 6061-t6 (inches) (inches) (inches) 304 304 321 347 Steel Alum. 1/8 Ann. Ann. Ann. Hard

1/8 .008 .109 .0100 .0035 S .010 .105 .0123 .0043 S .012 .101 .0145 .0051 SW SW .016 .093 .0186 .0065 S SW S .020 .085 .0224 .0078 SW SW SW SW S .028 .069 .0290 .0101 SW S SW SW S .032 .061 .0318 .0112 S S .035 .055 .0336 .0115 SW S SW SW .042 .041 .0372 .0131 S .049 .027 .0398 .0140 S 5/32 .006 .144 .0963 .0034 S .008 .140 .0127 .0045 S .012 .132 .0185 .0065 S .016 .124 .0240 .0084 S .020 .116 .0291 .0102 S S .028 .100 .0384 .0135 S .035 .086 .0452 .0159 S .049 .058 .0560 .0197 S S 3/16 .005 .178 .0975 .0034 S .006 .176 .0116 .0041 S .008 .172 .0153 .0054 S .010 .168 .0190 .0067 S S .012 .164 .0225 .0079 S .016 .156 .0294 .0103 SW S SW W .020 .148 .0359 .0126 SW SW S S .022 .144 .0390 .0138 S S .025 .138 .0433 .0150 S .028 .131 .0478 .0168 SW SW SW SW S .035 .118 .0572 .0201 SW SW SW SW S S .042 .104 .0655 .0230 S S .049 .090 .0727 .0256 SW S S SW S .058 .072 .0805 .0283 S .065 .058 .0854 .0300 S S 7/32 .006 .207 .0136 .0048 S .010 .199 .0223 .0078 S .028 .163 .0570 .0200 S .035 .149 .0688 .0242 S .049 .121 .0888 .0312 SW 1/4 .006 .238 .0156 .0055 S .010 .230 .0256 .0090 S .012 .226 .0307 .0108 S S S .016 .218 .0400 .0140 SW S SW S .018 .214 .0446 .0156 S .020 .210 .0491 .0173 SW SW SW SW S .022 .206 .0536 .0189 S S .028 .194 .0664 .0235 SW SW SW SW SW S .035 .180 .0804 .0281 SW SW SW SW SW S .042 .166 .0933 .0328 S .049 .152 .1052 .0371 SW SW SW SW SW S .058 .134 .1189 .0419 S S S .065 .120 .1284 .0453 SW S S S S .078 .094 .1433 .0503 S .083 .084 .1480 .0523 SW S S

Sec. K page 118

Wt. per Ft.

StAinLeSS SteeL

Page 294: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

HYDRAuLic Line tubing (continueD)For product description and specifications

See Pages 118 - 123 of this section.

S=Seamless W=Welded and Drawn

outside Wall inside cARbon ALuMinuM Diameter thickness Diameter SteeL type type type type 6061-t6 (inches) (inches) (inches) 304 304 321 347 Steel Alum. 1/8 Ann. Ann. Ann. Hard

9/32 .035 .211 .0920 .0323 S 5/16 .006 .301 .0196 .0069 S .008 .297 .0260 .0091 S .010 .293 .0323 .0113 S .012 .289 .0385 .0135 S .016 .281 .0507 .0178 SW S S W .020 .273 .0626 .0214 SW SW SW SW .025 .262 .0769 .0270 S .028 .257 .0852 .0300 SW SW SW SW S S .035 .243 .1039 .0366 SW SW SW SW SW S .042 .229 .1216 .0427 S .049 .215 .1382 .0487 SW S S SW S S .058 .197 .1580 .0561 SW S S .095 .122 .2212 .0777 SW 3/8 .008 .359 .0314 .0110 S .010 .355 .0390 .0137 S .012 .351 .0465 .0163 S .016 .343 .0613 .0215 S S SW SW .020 .335 .0758 .0267 SW S SW SW .022 .331 .0829 0.282 SW SW S .025 .325 .0935 .0328 S S .028 .319 .1038 .0366 SW SW SW SW S .035 .305 .1271 .0449 SW SW SW SW SW S .042 .293 .1494 .0525 S S S .049 .277 .1706 .0602 SW SW SW W S S .058 .259 .1964 .0694 SW W S S SW S .065 .245 .2152 .0755 SW SW SW S S .072 .231 .2230 .0818 S .083 .209 .2588 .0918 S S S S .095 .185 .2841 .0998 S S S .120 .135 .3268 .1148 S 7/16 .010 .418 .0457 .0160 W .012 .414 .0545 .0191 S .016 .406 .0720 .0253 S .020 .398 .0893 .0314 S .028 .381 .1226 .0431 S .035 .367 .1506 .0530 SW S S S S .049 .340 .2036 .0714 SW W SW SW S .058 .322 .2354 .0826 S .065 .307 .2589 .0908 SW S S S .083 .272 .3147 .1110 S .095 .247 .3480 .1224 S 1/2 .005 .490 .0264 .0092 S S .006 .488 .0317 .0111 S .010 .480 .0523 .0184 S .012 .476 .0625 .0220 S .016 .468 .0827 .0290 S SW SW .020 .460 .1025 .0356 S .025 .450 .1268 .0445 S .028 .444 .1411 .0496 SW SW SW SW S .032 .436 .1599 .0562 SW

Wt. per Ft.

StAinLeSS SteeL

Sec. K page 119

Page 295: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

HYDRAuLic Line tubing (continueD)For product description and specifications

See Pages 118 - 123 of this section.

S=Seamless W=Welded and Drawn

outside Wall inside cARbon ALuMinuM Diameter thickness Diameter SteeL type type type type 6061-t6 (inches) (inches) (inches) 304 304 321 347 Steel Alum. 1/8 Ann. Ann. Ann. Hard

1/2 .035 .420 .1738 .0612 SW SW SW SW SW S (Cont.) .042 .416 .2054 .0721 S S S .049 .402 .2360 .0829 SW SW S SW SW S .058 .384 .2738 .0962 SW S S S .065 .370 .3020 .1061 SW SW SW SW S .083 .334 .3969 .1298 SW S S S .095 .310 .4109 .1443 S S S .109 .282 .4552 .1599 S .120 .260 .4870 .1710 S S S 9/16 .010 .543 .0590 .0207 S .016 .531 .0934 .0328 S .020 .523 .1159 .0407 S .028 .506 .1600 .0562 SW .042 .479 .2337 .0821 S .049 .464 .2690 .0948 SW S .065 .432 .3457 .1218 SW S .109 .344 .5285 .1856 S .120 .322 .5677 .1994 S 5/8 .010 .605 .0657 .0231 S .012 .601 .0786 .0276 S .016 .593 .1041 .0366 S SW .020 .585 .1292 .0454 SW SW SW SW S .028 .569 .1785 .0627 SW SW SW SW S .035 .555 .2205 .0775 SW SW SW SW SW .042 .541 .2615 .0918 SW SW S .049 .527 .3014 .1060 SW SW SW SW S S .058 .509 .3512 .1234 S SW S S S .065 .495 .3888 .1367 SW S SW S S .072 .471 .4252 .1493 .083 .459 .4805 .1693 SW S S S S .095 .435 .5377 .1888 S S .107 .411 .5919 .2079 S .120 .385 .6472 .2273 S .156 .312 .7814 .2744 S S S 11/16 .010 .668 .0724 .0254 S .028 .631 .1974 .0693 S .035 .617 .2441 .0857 S S .049 .589 .3344 .1174 SW S .065 .557 .4325 .1519 S 3/4 .010 .730 .0790 .0277 S S .012 .726 .0958 .0336 S .016 .718 .1254 .0440 S S SW S .020 .710 .1559 .0548 SW S SW S S .025 .700 .1936 .0680 S W W .028 .694 .2159 .0758 SW S SW S .035 .680 .2673 .0938 SW SW SW SW S S .042 .666 .3176 .1115 SW W S S .049 .652 .3668 .1288 SW SW SW SW S S .058 .643 .4287 .1506 SW S S S

Wt. per Ft.

StAinLeSS SteeL

Sec. K page 120

Page 296: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

HYDRAuLic Line tubing (continueD)For product description and specifications

See Pages 118 - 123 of this section.

S=Seamless W=Welded and Drawn

outside Wall inside cARbon ALuMinuM Diameter thickness Diameter SteeL type type type type 6061-t6 (inches) (inches) (inches) 304 304 321 347 Steel Alum. 1/8 Ann. Ann. Ann. Hard

3/4 .065 .620 .4755 .1670 SW SW SW SW S S (Cont.) .072 .606 .5214 .1831 S .083 .584 .5913 .2077 SW S S S S S .095 .560 .6646 .2234 SW S S S S .109 .532 .7462 .2621 S .134 .482 .8816 .3096 S 13/16 .028 .757 .2347 .0824 S .035 .742 .2908 .1021 S .049 .714 .3998 .1404 S .065 .682 .5193 .1824 S S 7/8 .010 .855 .0924 .0325 S .016 .843 .1468 .0516 S .020 .835 .1826 .0641 S .028 .819 .2533 .0890 S S .035 .805 .3140 .1112 SW SW S S .042 .791 .3737 .1312 S .049 .777 .4323 .1530 SW S S S .058 .759 .5061 .1777 S S .065 .745 .5623 .1979 SW S S S .095 .685 .7914 .2795 SW S 15/16 .035 .867 .3375 .1185 S .065 .807 .6060 .2128 S 1 .010 .980 .1057 .0371 W S .012 .976 .1128 .0396 S .016 .968 .1681 .0590 SW S .020 .960 .2093 .0735 SW SW SW S .028 .944 .2907 .1021 S SW SW S .032 .936 .3308 .1162 S .035 .930 .3607 .1275 SW SW W SW S .042 .916 .4297 .1509 S S W S .049 .902 .4977 .1754 SW S SW SW W S .058 .884 .5835 .2060 S S S .065 .870 .6491 .2295 SW S S SW S S .083 .834 .8129 .2866 SW S S SW S S .095 .810 .9182 .3244 SW S S S .109 .782 1.037 .3642 SW .120 .760 1.128 .3978 SW S .125 .750 1.168 .4102 S S 11/16 .049 .964 .5306 .1863 S .065 .932 .6928 .2433 S 11/8 .012 1.101 .1426 .0501 W .020 1.085 .2360 .0829 SW .035 1.055 .4074 .1438 S S .049 1.027 .5631 .1989 S S S .058 1.009 .6609 .2321 S S .065 .995 .7359 .2601 S S .083 .959 .9237 .3264 S .095 .935 1.045 .3670 SW S

Wt. per Ft.

StAinLeSS SteeL

Sec. K page 121

Page 297: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

HYDRAuLic Line tubing (continueD)For product description and specifications

See Pages 118 - 123 of this section.

S=Seamless W=Welded and Drawn

outside Wall inside cARbon ALuMinuM Diameter thickness Diameter SteeL type type type type 6061-t6 (inches) (inches) (inches) 304 304 321 347 Steel Alum. 1/8 Ann. Ann. Ann. Hard

11/4 .012 1.226 .1587 .0557 S .016 1.218 .2109 .0741 SW S .020 1.210 .2627 .0923 SW S .022 1.206 .2885 .1013 S .025 1.200 .3271 .1149 S .028 1.194 .3654 .1283 SW S SW S S .035 1.180 .4542 .1601 SW SW SW S S .042 1.166 .5419 .1903 S .049 1.152 .6285 .2213 S SW SW S S .058 1.134 .7384 .2601 S .065 1.120 .8266 .2907 SW S S SW S S .083 1.084 1.034 .3652 S S .095 1.060 1.172 .4131 SW S S .109 1.032 1.328 .4682 SW S .120 1.010 1.448 .5100 SW 13/8 .020 1.335 .2894 .1016 S .028 1.319 .4028 .1415 S .035 1.305 .5009 .1759 S .049 1.277 .6939 .2448 S .058 1.259 .8158 .2865 S S .065 1.245 .9094 .3213 S S 11/2 .010 1.480 .1591 .0559 S .012 1.476 .1907 .0670 S .016 1.468 .2536 .0891 S S .020 1.460 .3161 .1110 SW S .022 1.456 .3473 .1220 S .025 1.450 .3938 .1383 S .028 1.444 .4402 .1546 S S SW S S .032 1.436 .5018 .1762 S .035 1.430 .5476 .1928 S SW SW S S .049 1.402 .7593 .2683 SW S SW S S .058 1.384 .8932 .3137 S .065 1.370 .9962 .3519 SW S S S S S .083 1.334 1.256 .4437 SW S .095 1.310 1.426 .5029 SW S S .120 1.260 1.769 .6222 SW S S S .250 1.000 3.338 1.173 S 15/8 .020 1.585 .3428 .1204 S .028 1.569 .4776 .1677 S .035 1.555 .5943 .2101 SW .049 1.527 .8248 .2907 S S .058 1.509 .9707 .3409 S .065 1.495 1.083 .3825 S 13/4 .012 1.726 .2227 .0782 W .016 1.718 .2963 .0141 S .020 1.710 .3695 .1298 SW .028 1.694 .5149 .1808 S S .035 1.680 .6411 .2264 SW SW S .049 1.652 .8902 .3142 S S .058 1.634 1.048 .3703 S .065 1.620 1.170 .4131 S .083 1.584 1.478 .5202 S .156 1.438 2.656 .9384 S .203 1.344 3.354 1.159 SW

Wt. per Ft.

StAinLeSS SteeL

Sec. K page 122

Page 298: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

HYDRAuLic Line tubing (continueD)For product description and specifications

See Pages 118 - 123 of this section.

S=Seamless W=Welded and Drawn

outside Wall inside Diameter thickness Diameter type type type type (inches) (inches) (inches) 304 304 321 347 Steel Alum. 1/8 Ann. Ann. Ann. Hard

17/8 .028 1.819 .5523 .1940 S .049 1.777 .9556 .3356 S S .056 1.759 1.126 .3954 S .065 1.745 1.257 .4415 S .095 1.685 1.806 .6343 S 2 .016 1.968 .3390 .1191 S .020 1.960 .4229 .1485 SW S .025 1.950 .5273 .1852 SW .028 1.944 .5897 .2071 SW .035 1.930 .7345 .2591 S SW SW W .049 1.902 1.021 .3601 S S SW S .065 1.870 1.343 .4743 S S S S .083 1.834 1.699 .6018 SW .095 1.810 1.933 .6834 S S S .120 1.760 2.409 .8466 S .250 1.500 4.673 1.652 S 21/8 .028 2.069 .6271 .2202 S .035 2.055 .7812 .2744 S .049 2.027 1.086 .3814 S .065 1.995 1.430 .5022 S 21/4 .020 2.210 .4763 .1673 S S .028 2.194 .6645 .2334 S S .035 2.180 .8280 .2917 S S .049 2.152 1.152 .4060 S S .065 2.120 1.517 .5328 S .083 2.084 1.921 .6746 S 23/8 .049 2.277 1.271 .4274 S .065 2.245 1.604 .5633 S 21/2 .020 2.460 .5297 .1860 S .022 2.456 .5822 .2045 S .028 2.444 .7392 .2596 S S .035 2.430 .9214 .3245 S S SW S .049 2.402 1.283 .4506 S S S .065 2.370 1.690 .5916 SW S S 25/8 .035 2.805 .9681 .3400 S .049 2.527 1.348 .4784 S 23/4 .016 2.718 .4672 .1641 S S .065 2.620 1.864 .6528 SW S .120 2.510 3.371 1.193 S 3 .010 2.976 1.057 .3712 W .035 2.930 1.108 .3891 S .049 2.902 1.544 .5423 S .065 2.870 2.037 .7140 W .095 2.810 2.947 1.040 W

Wt. per Ft. StAinLeSS SteeL

Sec. K page 123

Page 299: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

LoW cARbon SteeL pReSSuRe tubing

SeAMLeSS SAe J524 AStM A 179(AVg. WALL)WeLDeD AnD DRAWn SAe J525 AStM A 214(AVg. WALL)

This tubing is especially processed for the transmission of fluids under pressure. It may also serve as a heat exchanger since it is produced for maximum ductility to allow for bending and flaring. The inside diameter is clean to prevent contamination of fluids.

AnALYSiS c Mn p (Max.) S (Max.) A179 .06-.08 .27-.63 .035 .035 A214 .18 max .27-.63 .035 .035 J524 .18 max .30-.60 .040 .050 J525 .18 max .30-.60 .040 .050

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS—The following minimum mechanical properties apply:

tensile Yield brindell Strength Strength elongation Hardness Minimum (psi) Minimum (psi) A179 RB 72 max A214 RB 72 max J524 45,000 25,000 35% RB 65 max J525 45,000 25,000 35% RB 65 max

AppLicAtionS — It may be used to convey hydraulic fluids to pressures up to 300 psi.

LoW cARbon pReSSuRe tube — Heat Exchanger, Hydraulic Line

Heat exchanger tolerance oD Wall Specification Size oD plus Minus plus Minus range (in) ASTM A179 Under 1.000 .004” .004” 20% 0% ASME SA-179 1.000 - 1.500 .006” .006” 20% 0% Cold Drawn Seamless 1.501 - 1.999 .008” .008” 22% 0% Heat Exchanger Tube 2.000 - 2.499 .010” .010” 22% 0% Minimum Wall 2.000 — 2.499 .010” .010” 22% 0% 2.500 — 2.999 .012” .012” 22% 0% 3.000 — 4.000 .015” .015” 22% 0% ASTM A214 Under 1.000 .004” .004” 18% 0% ASME SA-214 1.000 - 1.500 .006” .006” 18% 0% ERW Welded 1.501 - 1.999 .008” .008” 18% 0% Heat Exchanger Tube 2.000 — 2.499 .010” .010” 18% 0% Minimum Wall 2.500 — 2.999 .012” .012” 18% 0% 3.000 — 4.000 .015” .015” 18% 0%

Also available in average wall ± 10% tolerance.Tubes over 2” OD x .135” wall, ID weld flash controlled .010” max. height.Tubes 2” OD x .135” wall and under, ID weld flash controlled .006” max. height.

Hydraulic line tolerance oD Wall Specification Size oD plus Minus plus Minus range (in) Up to .375 .003” .003” 15% 15% SAE-J524 .0376 - .500 .003” .003” 10% 10% .501 — 1.500 .005” .005” 10% 10% Cold Drawn Seamless 1.500 — 2.500 .010” .010” 10% 10% JIC Hydraulic Line ASTM A179 2.501-3.000 .010” .010” 10% 10% (Avg. wall) 3.001 — 3.500 .010” .010” 10% 10% Up to .375 .002” .002” 15% 15% SAE_J525 .0376 - .625 .0025” .0025” 10% 10% Welded and Drawn .625 — 2.000 .003” .003” 10% 10% HC Hydraulic Line 2.001 — 2.500 .004” .004” 10% 10% ASTM A214 2.501 — 3.00 .005” .005” 10% 10% (Avg. Wall) 3.001 — 4.000 .006” .006” 10% 10%

Sec. K page 124

Page 300: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

SeAMLeSS 6061 ALuMinuM ALLoY coLD DRAWn

AiRcRAFt HYDRAuLic QuALitY

AMS-t-7081 AMS 4081(t4) AMS 4083(t6)

This material is intended for use as hydraulic lines with relatively low pressure and severe flares.

AnALYSiS cu Si Fe (Max.) Mn (Max.) Mg Zn (Max.) cr ti (Max.) Al

.15/.40 .40/.80 .70 .15 .80/1.2 .25 .04/.35 .15 Rem.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation

Walls Strength Strength elongation

Minimum (psi) Minimum (psi)

t4 .025 thru .049 30,000 16,000 16% min. (Solution .050 thru .259 30,000 16,000 18% min. Treated) t6 .025 thru .049 42,000 35,000 10% min. (Solution .050 thru .259 42,000 35,000 12% min. Treated and Artificially Aged)

AppLicAtion — Low pressure aircraft hydraulic lines with pressures calculated using the values shown above. Material is non destructive electric tested, pressure tested and double flare tested.

HARDening — Material is supplied in the treated condition as shown above.

WeLDing — This material is intended to be joined by flared fittings.

Sec. K page 125

Page 301: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYpe 304 StAinLeSS HYDRAuLic Line tubing

SeAMLeSS — WeLDeD AnD DRAWn

Annealed: 1/8 Hard: MiL-t-8504 AMS-t-6845 AMS 5560 (Seamless) AMS 5566 AMS 5565 (Welded & Drawn)

Type 304 is the low carbon “18-8” chromium-nickel stainless steel in seamless or welded and drawn hydraulic tubing. It is produced by the electric furnace process conforming to the best practices for high quality aircraft material. Both OD and ID are free from scale, pickling, residues, heat discoloration, and severe surface defects. Slight surface imperfections such as handling marks, straightening marks, shallow seams, and the like are not to be considered as injurious provided these imperfections are removed within the diameter and wall thickness tolerances. This product is free from grease, metallic flakes, or particles which will tend to con-taminate the hydraulic fluid.

AnALYSiS c (Max.) Mn (Max.) Si (Max.) p (Max.) S (Max.) cr ni Mo (Max.) cu (Max.)

.08 2.00 .75 .030 .030 18.00/20.00 8.00/11.00 .50 .50

AppLicAtionS — It is intended for use in high pressure hydraulic and pneumatic systems up to 3000 psi pressure in which a corrosion resistant material is required. It is not suitable in those applications assembled by welding or brazing nor for those applications in which temperature is higher than 800ºF because of lessening in the resistance to corrosion. Where dual ductility and lower strength are required, tubing should meet AMS-T-6845, but heavier wall thicknesses must be used.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS —

elongation

tensile Yield in 2” minimum

Strength (psi) Strength (psi) Strip tube

Annealed 75,000/100,000 30,000 min. 35% 40%

1/8 Hard: 95,000/130.000 60,000/90,000 --- 25% 3/16 OD and less, Wall .016 and Over 1/4 OD 105,000/140,000 75,000/110,000 -- 20% and over

StocK SiZeSRefer to listing on Pages 118-123 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the TYPE 304 1/8 Hard and TYPE 304 Annealed columns by the symbols S (for seamless) and W (for welded and drawn).

Sec. K page 126

Page 302: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYpeS 321 & 347 StAinLeSS HYDRAuLic Line tubing

SeAMLeSS — WeLDeD AnD DRAWn

MiL-t-8808 AMS 5556 (tYpe 347) AMS 5557 (tYpe 321) AMS-t-8506 Types 321 and 347 are the stabilized “18-8” chromium-nickel stainless steels. They are designed to overcome susceptibility to carbide precipitation with resulting intergranular corrosion that may occur in the austenite stainless steels during exposure to temperatures of 800º to 1500º F.

Type 321 is stabilized with the addition of Titanium and 347 is stabilized with the addition of Columbium or Columbium-Tantalum.

Both grades are manufactured by the electric furnace process conforming to the best practices for high quality aircraft material. Both outside and inside surfaces are free from scale, pickling residues, heat discoloration, carburization, or metallic particles which would serve to contaminate the hydraulic fluid. Slight surface imperfections such as handling marks, shallow pits or seams are not considered detrimental so long as they are removable within the specific tolerances for diameter and wall thickness.

AnALYSiS c (Max.) Mn (Max.) p (Max.) S Si cr ni cu (Max.) Mo (Max.) n

(Max.)

321 .08 2.00 .040 .030 .40/1.00 17.00/20.00 9.00/12.00 .50 .50 .10titanium 6x(c+n)/.70

347 .08 2.00 .040 .030 .50/1.00 17.00/19.00 9.00/13.00 .50 .50 —columbium or cb+ta 10xc/1.00

AppLicAtionS — This tubing is used in high pressure hydraulic and pneumatic systems where corrosion and heat resistance are required. It is particularly adapt-able to parts and assemblies that are welded or brazed during fabrication. It offers oxidation resistance up to approximately 1500ºF, but should be used at that tempera-ture only when stresses are low.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS — tensile Yield elongation

oD Wall thickness Strength Strength 2” Min.

(psi) (psi) Strip tube

.188 and under .016 and under 75,000/120,000 30,000 Min. -- 33% Over .016 75,000/105,000 30,000 Min. -- 35% Over .188 to .500 010 and under 75,000/115,000 30,000 Min. 30% 35% .010 and over 75,000/115,000 30,000 Min. 30% 35% Over .500 Over .010 75,000/105,000 30,000 Min. 30% 35%

StocK SiZeS Refer to listing on Pages 118-123 of this section, where availability of this product is indicated in the TYPE 321 and TYPE 347 columns by the symbols S (for seamless) and W (for welded and drawn).

Sec. K page 127

Page 303: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

AiRcRAFt HYDRAuLic Line QuALitY tubing

WeLDeD AnD DRAWn 21-6-9unS S21900

AMS 5561 cLASS 1, cLASS 2bMS 7-185

This grade is provided in the 1/2 hard condition only for use in high pressure aircraft hydraulic lines. Material is welded and redrawn to size.

AnALYSiS c (Max.) Mn Si (Max.) p (Max.) S (Max.) cr ni n Mo (Max.) cu (Max.) .04 8.0/10.0 1.00 .030 .030 19.0/21.5 5.5/7.5 .15/.40 .75 .75

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS142,000 psi (979 Mpa) - 162,000 psi (1117 Mpa) Tensile120,000 psi (827 Mpa) min. Yield20% min. Elongation

uLtRASonic teSt Class 1 .125” length Ultrasonic CalibrationClass 2 .060” length Ultrasonic CalibrationBMS 7-185 Notch same as Class 2Class 3 Not Ultrasonic Tested

toLeRAnceS — Reference AMS 2243

WeLDing — Material is intended to be joined by flared fittings.

oD Fraction oD Wall iD Reference Wt/Ft only 3/16” 0.187 0.020 0.147 0.036 1/4” 0.250 0.016 0.218 0.040 0.250 0.020 0.210 0.049 0.250 0.022 0.206 0.054 0.250 0.028 0.194 0.066 0.250 0.035 0.180 0.080 5/16” 0.313 0.016 0.281 0.051 0.313 0.020 0.273 0.063 0.313 0.035 0.243 0.104 0.375 0.016 0.343 0.061 3/8” 0.375 0.020 0.335 0.076 0.375 0.028 0.319 0.104 0.375 0.032 0.311 0.117 0.375 0.035 0.305 0.127 0.375 0.049 0.277 0.171 1/2” 0.500 0.016 0.468 0.083 0.500 0.020 0.460 0.103 0.500 0.026 0.448 0.132 0.500 0.035 0.430 0.174 0.500 0.049 0.402 0.236 0.500 0.065 0.370 0.302 5/8” 0.625 0.016 0.593 0.104 0.625 0.020 0.585 0.129 0.625 0.033 0.559 0.209 0.625 0.054 0.517 0.329 3/4” 0.750 0.016 0.718 0.125 0.750 0.028 0.694 0.216 0.750 0.035 0.680 0.267 0.750 0.049 0.652 0.367 0.750 0.065 0.620 0.476 0.750 0.083 0.584 0.591 1” 1.000 0.028 0.944 0.291 1.000 0.049 0.902 0.498 1.000 0.052 0.896 0.526 1.000 0.095 0.810 0.918 11/4” 1.250 0.024 1.202 0.314 1.250 0.032 1.186 0.416 1.250 0.049 1.152 0.629 1.250 0.058 1.134 0.738 11/2” 1.500 0.049 1.402 0.759 13/4” 1.750 0.049 1.652 0.890

Sec. K page 128

Page 304: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. K page 129

titAniuM tubing

cold Finished Seamless 3 A A1-21/2 V Alloy 130

cold Finished Seamless commercially pure 131

Welded comercially pure Ducting 132-133

bulging and bursting pressures 134-136

Page 305: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. K page 130

coLD FiniSHeD SeAMLeSS 3 A1-2-1/2V titAniuM ALLoY

AiRcRAFt HYDRAuLic Line QuALitY

AMS 4945AMS 4944MMS1205DMS 2241bMS 7-234

SiMiLAR to unS R56320

AnALYSiS AL V Fe o c n H Y Res ti (Max.) (Max.) (Max.) (Max.) (Max.) (Max.) (Max.)

2.50/3.50 2.0/3.0 .30 .12 .05 .02 .015 .005 .50 Remainder

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS AMS 4944 up to .016” Wall include: tensile Yield elongation (psi) (psi) 125,000 Min 105,000 Min. 8% Min.

Over .016” Wall:

tensile Yield elongation (psi) (psi) 125,000 Min. 105,000 Min. 10% Min.

AMS 4945 Same tensile Yield elongation (psi) (psi) MMS 1205 CWSR 70 85,000/102,000 (psi) 70,000 (psi) Min. 15% Min. MMS 1205 CWSR 70 100,000/126,000 (psi) 95,000 (psi) Min. 13% Min. MMS 1205 CWSR 105 125,000/142,000 (psi) 105,000 (psi) Min. 14% Min.* BMS 7-234 Grade I Same as AMS 4945 Except Maximum Tensile 145 psi BMS 7-234 Grade II 100,000/133,000 (psi) 95,000 (psi) Min. 13% Min.

*.250” OD 10% Min

pReSSuRe teSt — This material will receive pressure testing on a periodic basis.

AppLicAtion — These materials are intended for use on high pressure aircraft hydraulic systems with pressures calculated from values shown above.

WeLDing — These materials are intended to be joined with flared fittings.

Page 306: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

coLD FiniSHeD SeAMLeSS coMMeRciALLY puRe titAniuM

AiRcRAFt HYDRAuLic Line QuALitY

DMS 1897

AnALYSiS Fe o c n H Res ti (Max.) (Max.) (Max.) (Max.) (Max.) (Max.)

.30 .25 .10 .03 .015 .30 Remainder

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS Cold Worked and Stress Relieved tensile Yield elongation (psi) (psi) 80,000 Min. 65,000 Min. 10% Min.

toLeRAnceS .095OD - .624OD + .003/-.000 Wall +/-10% -5% .625OD - .999OD + .004/-.000 Wall +/-10% -5% 1.00)D-1.499OD + .005/-.000 Wall +/-10% -5%

HYDRoStAtic teSt — 2 samples from each lot shall be subjected to internal pressure equal to two times internal pressure calculated or 15,000 psi whichever is less.

uLtRASonic teSt — 100% ultrasonic tested with notch length: up to .045” Wall 0.46-.060” Wall .060 .125

AppLicAtion — This material is intended for a low pressure hydraulic system.

WeLDing — This material is intended to be joined by flared fittings.

Sec. K page 131

Page 307: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

WeLDeD coMMeRciALLY puRe titAniuM Ducting

DMS 1872 DMS 1878

This material is intended for thin wall tubing ducts for aircraft parts.

AnALYSiS c (Max.) H (Max.) other elements (Max.) ti 0.020 0.015 0.6 Remainder

Quality Level — Material produced under these specification shall be melted under a vacuum.

MecHAnicAL pRopeRtieS — (taken from raw materials)

tensile Yield elongation

(psi) (psi)

DMS 1872 50,000 Min. 40,000/60,000 24% DMS 1878 65,000 Min. 55,000/80,000 20%

SpeciAL teSt ReQuiReMent — Material produced to these specifications shall be 100% X-ray inspected in the weld area. X-ray films shall accompany ship-ment.

WeLD beAD — This material may be furnished with weld bead cold reduced. In no case shall the weld height exceed .0025” and the sum of outside and inside beads shall not exceed .004”.

Sec. K page 132

Page 308: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

coml pure 3AL-21/2V

oD WALL iD Wt./Ft. Wt./Ft. 0.250 0.016 0.218 0.0230 0.0229 0.250 0.020 0.210 0.0283 0.0281 0.250 0.022 0.206 0.0308 0.0306 0.250 0.028 0.194 0.0382 0.0380 0.250 0.035 0.180 0.0462 0.0460 0.275 0.020 0.235 0.0313 0.0311 0.312 0.020 0.272 0.0359 0.0357 0.312 0.035 0.242 0.0596 0.0592 0.375 0.019 0.337 0.0416 0.0413 0.375 0.020 0.335 0.0436 0.0434 0.375 0.022 0.331 0.0477 0.0474 0.375 0.028 0.319 0.0597 0.0593 0.375 0.032 0.311 0.0674 0.0670 0.375 0.035 0.305 0.0731 0.0727 0.375 0.042 0.291 0.0859 0.0854 0.500 0.020 0.460 0.0590 0.0586 0.500 0.026 0.448 0.0757 0.0753 0.500 0.028 0.444 0.0812 0.0807 0.500 0.035 0.430 0.1000 0.0994 0.500 0.056 0.388 0.1528 0.1519 0.500 0.065 0.370 0.1737 0.1727 0.625 0.020 0.585 0.0744 0.0739 0.625 0.023 0.579 0.0851 0.0846 0.625 0.027 0.571 0.0992 0.0986 0.625 0.032 0.561 0.1166 0.1159 0.625 0.044 0.537 0.1571 0.1561 0.625 0.071 0.483 0.2417 0.2402 0.750 0.020 0.710 0.0897 0.0892 0.750 0.027 0.696 0.1200 0.1192 0.750 0.035 0.680 0.1538 0.1528 0.750 0.030 0.690 0.1327 0.1319 0.750 0.052 0.646 0.2230 0.2217 0.875 0.061 0.753 0.3051 0.3033 1.000 0.028 0.944 0.1672 0.1662 1.000 0.035 0.930 0.2075 0.2063 1.000 0.036 0.928 0.2133 0.2119 1.000 0.051 0.898 0.2974 0.2956 1.250 0.035 1.180 0.2613 0.2597 1.250 0.045 1.160 0.3332 0.3312 1.250 0.065 1.120 0.4733 0.4704 1.500 0.020 1.460 0.1819 0.1808 1.500 0.025 1.450 0.226 0.2252 1.500 0.028 1.444 0.2533 0.2517 1.500 0.035 1.430 0.3151 0.3132 1.500 0.049 1.402 0.4369 0.4342 1.500 0.054 1.392 0.4798 0.4769 2.500 0.035 2.430 0.5302 0.5269 3.000 0.020 2.960 0.3662 0.3640 3.000 0.025 2.950 0.4570 0.4542 3.000 0.035 2.930 0.6377 0.6338 3.000 0.040 2.920 0.7276 0.7231 3.000 0.049 2.902 0.8886 0.8831 3.000 0.065 2.870 1.1723 1.1651 3.500 0.035 3.430 0.7452 0.7407 3.500 0.040 3.420 0.8505 0.8453 4.000 0.032 3.936 0.7803 0.7755 4.000 0.035 3.930 0.8528 0.8475 4.000 0.040 3.920 0.9734 0.9674 4.000 0.049 3.902 1.1897 1.1824 4.500 0.040 4.420 1.0963 1.0895 4.500 0.050 4.400 1.3673 1.3589 4.500 0.065 4.370 1.7714 1.7606 4.750 0.040 4.670 1.1577 1.1506 5.000 0.025 4.950 0.7643 0.7596 5.000 0.028 4.944 0.8555 0.8502 5.000 0.032 4.936 0.9769 0.9709 5.000 0.035 4.930 1.0678 1.0613 5.000 0.040 4.920 1.2192 1.2117 5.000 0.050 4.900 1.5209 1.5116 5.000 0.065 4.870 1.9712 1.9591 6.000 0.050 5.900 1.8281 1.8169

Sec. K page 133

Page 309: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

buLging AnD buRSting pReSSuReS

bARLoW’S FoRMuLA

There are several formulas for calculating the bursting pressures of tubes. The most widely used is Barlow’s formula, which is as follows: p= 2 St D

where P = Bursting pressure in psi S = Tensile strength of tube material, or fiber stress in the wall t = Wall Thickness in inches D = Outside diameter in inches

EXAMPLE:To find bursting pressure of a tube 4” OD x .250” wall, with tensile strength of 80,000 psi:

P= 2 X 80,000 X .250 = 40,000 = 10,000 bursting pressure 4 4

The formula may be rearranged to determine necessary dimensions or tensile strength to produce a desired bursting pressure, as follows:

t = DP D = 2St S = DP 2S P 2t

EXAMPLES: To find wall thickness necessary to withstand a pressure of 10,000 psi in a 4” OD tube with 80,000 psi tensile strength:

t = 4 X 10,000 = 40,000 = .250” wall thickness 2 X 80,000 160,000

To find necessary OD to withstand a pressure of 10,000 psi in a tube with .250” wall and tensile strength of 80,000 psi:

D = 2 X 80,000 X .250 = 40,000 = 4” outside diameter 10,000 10,000

To find the tensile strength of material necessary to withstand a pressure of 10,000 psi in a tube 4” OD x .250” wall:

S = 4 X 10,000 = 40,000 = 80,000 psi tensile strength 2 X .250 .500

Actual bursting tests have shown the formula to be conservative, but consideration should be given to allowance for safety factors based on the particular design.

Sec. K page 134

Page 310: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Wall thickness (inches) bWg equivalent Fractional equivalent Outside .020 .028 .035 .049 .065 .095 .120 .156 .187 .210 .250 .313 .375 .500 .625 .750 .875 1.00 Diameter 25 22 20 18 16 13 11 5/32” 3/16” 7/32” 1/4” 5/16” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 1” (in) 1/8 3200 5200 5600 7840 3/16 2133 2987 3933 5227 1/4 1600 2240 2800 3920 5200 7600 5/16 1280 1798 2240 3136 4160 6100 3/8 1067 1493 1867 2613 3467 5067 6400 1/2 800 1120 1400 1960 2600 3800 4800 6240 7480 5/8 640 869 1120 1568 2080 3040 3840 4992 5984 7008 3/4 533 747 933 1307 1733 2533 3200 4160 4987 5840 6667 7/8 457 640 800 1120 1486 2171 2743 3566 4274 5006 5714 7154 1 400 560 700 980 1300 1900 2400 3120 3740 4380 5000 6260 7500 11/8 355 498 622 871 1156 1685 2133 2773 3324 3893 4444 5564 6667 11/4 320 448 560 784 1040 1520 1920 2496 2992 3504 4000 5008 6000 8000 13/8 290 407 509 713 945 1382 1745 2269 2720 3185 3636 4553 5455 7273 11/2 267 393 467 653 867 1267 1600 2080 2493 2920 3333 4173 5000 6667 8333 13/4 299 318 400 560 743 1086 1371 1783 2137 2503 2857 3577 4286 5714 7143 2 200 280 350 490 650 950 1200 1560 1870 2190 2500 3130 3750 5000 6250 7500 21/4 178 250 311 436 578 844 1067 1387 1662 1947 2222 2782 3333 4444 5556 6667 21/2 280 392 520 760 960 1248 1496 1752 2000 2504 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 23/4 255 356 473 691 873 1135 1360 1593 1818 2276 2727 3636 4545 5455 6364 7273 3 327 433 633 800 1040 1247 1460 1667 2087 2500 3333 4167 5000 5833 6667 31/4 302 400 585 738 960 1151 1348 1538 1926 2308 3077 3846 4615 5385 6154 31/2 280 371 543 686 891 1069 1251 1429 1789 2413 2857 3571 4286 5000 5714 33/4 261 347 507 640 832 997 1168 1333 1669 2000 2667 3333 4000 4667 5333 4 245 325 475 600 780 935 1095 1250 1565 1875 2500 3125 3750 4375 5000 41/4 306 447 565 734 880 1031 1176 1473 1765 2353 2941 3529 4118 4706 41/2 289 412 533 693 831 973 1111 1391 1667 2222 2778 3333 3889 4444 43/4 274 400 505 657 787 922 1053 1318 1579 2105 2632 3158 3684 4211 5 260 380 480 624 748 876 1000 1252 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 51/2 345 436 567 680 796 909 1138 1364 1818 2273 2727 3182 3636 6 317 400 520 623 730 833 1043 1250 1667 2083 2500 2917 3333 61/2 369 480 575 674 769 963 1154 1538 1923 2308 2692 3007 7 446 534 626 714 894 1071 1429 1789 2143 2500 2857 71/2 416 499 584 667 835 1000 1333 1667 2000 2333 2667 8 468 548 625 783 938 1250 1563 1875 2188 2500 81/2 515 588 736 882 1176 1471 1765 2059 2353 9 556 696 833 1111 1389 1667 1944 2222 91/2 526 659 789 1053 1316 1579 1842 2105 10 500 626 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 101/2 473 596 714 952 1190 1429 1667 1905

The above table is based on the best known and most widely used formula for calculating the bursting press of tubes, namely, Barlow’s:

P = 2St D

where P = Bursting pressure in psi S = Tensile strength of tube materials or fiber stress in the wall T = Wall thickness in inches D = Outside diameter in inches

The table (S=10,000) afford easy calculations with appropriate multipliers shown below. For theoretical bursting pressures, use tensile values. For theoretical bulging pressures, use yield values. Working pressures will vary depending upon safety factors required for environmental conditions involved , as determined by your design engineer and appropriate codes.

Material Tensile (multiplier) Yield (multiplier)6061-T6 Aluminum 42,000 psi (x 4.2) 35,000 psi (x 3.5)

Annealed Low Carbon Steel 55,000 psi (x 5.5) 25,000 psi (x 2.5)Annealed 18-8 Stainless 75,000 psi (x 7.5) 30,000 psi (x 3.0)1/8 Hard 18-8 Stainless 105,000 psi (x10.5) 75,000 psi (x 7.5)Cold Dr. 21-6-9 Stainless 142,000 psi (x 14.2) 120,000 psi (x12.0)

Sec. K

p

age 135

Page 311: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tHeoReticAL buRSting AnD buLging pReSSuReS FoR pipeStainless Steel (AStM A312)

nominal Schedule outside Wall inside internal external size (in) number Diameter thickness Diameter pressure pressure (in) (in) (in) (psi) (psi) bursting collapsing 1/8 10 0.405 0.049 0.307 18,150 7,468 40 0.405 0.068 0.269 25,185 10,761 80 0.405 0.095 0.215 35,185 15,441 1/4 10 0.540 0.065 0.541 18,055 7,425 40 0.540 0.088 0.364 24,444 10,415 80 0.540 0.119 0.302 33,055 14,445 3/8 10 0.678 0.065 0.545 14,380 5,705 40 0.678 0.091 0.493 20,132 8,397 80 0.678 0.126 0.423 27,878 12,021 1/2 5 0.840 0.065 0.710 11,607 4,407 10 0.840 0.083 0.674 14,821 5,911 40 0.840 0.109 0.622 19,464 8,084 80 0.840 0.147 0.546 24,250 11,260 3/4 5 1.050 0.065 0.920 9,285 3,295 10 1.050 0.083 0.884 11,857 4,524 40 1.050 0.113 0.824 16,142 6,529 80 1.050 0.154 0.742 22,000 9,271 1 5 1.315 0.065 1.185 7,414 2,445 10 1.315 0.109 1.097 12,433 4,795 40 1.315 0.133 1.049 15,171 6,075 80 1.315 0.179 0.957 20,418 8,530 11/4 5 1.660 0.065 1.530 5,873 1,725 10 1.660 0.109 1.442 9,849 3,585 40 1.660 0.140 1.380 12,650 3,895 80 1.660 0.191 1.078 17.259 7.052 11/2 5 1.900 0.065 1.770 5,131 1,376 10 1.900 0.109 1.682 8,605 3,002 40 1.900 0.145 1.610 11,447 4,332 80 1.900 0.200 1.500 15,789 6,364 2 5 2.375 0.065 2.245 4,105 896 10 2.375 0.109 2.157 6,884 2,196 40 2.375 0.154 2.067 9,726 3,526 80 2.375 0.218 1.939 13,768 5,418 21/2 5 2.875 0.083 2.709 4,330 1,001 10 2.875 0.120 2.635 6,260 1,905 40 2.875 .0203 2.469 10,591 3,931 3 5 3.500 0.083 3.334 3,557 639 10 3.500 0.120 3.260 5,142 1,375 40 3.500 0.216 3.068 9,257 3,307 31/2 5 4.000 0.083 3.834 3,112 431 10 4.000 0.120 3.760 4,500 1,081 4 5 4.500 0.083 4.334 2,766 315 10 4.500 0.120 4.260 4,000 845 40 4.500 0.237 4.026 7,900 2,672 5 5 5.563 0.109 5.345 2,949 650 10 5.563 0.134 5.295 3,643 665 6 5 6.625 0.109 6.407 2,467 129 10 6.625 0.134 6.357 3,033 394

Burst pressures for stainless steel in the above chart were calculated using the specified minimum tensile strength, 75 ksi. To convert to other materials multiply by the factor of the relationship of tensile strengths, as follows:

Material tensile strength (ksi) Multiply byCarbon ASTM A106 Grade B 60 .80 ASTM A53 Grade B 60 .80Aluminum ASTM A241 6061-T6 42 (under 1”) .56 ASTM B241 6061-T6 38 (1” over) .507 ASTM B241 6063 T6 30 .40 ASTM B241 3003-H112 14 .18 FED WW-T-700 5086-H32 40 .533

Sec. K page 136

Page 312: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

LSection L

ALuminum

non-heAt treAtAbLe ALLoyS

1100 — Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

3003 — Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

5052 — Sheet, Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

heAt treAtAbLe ALLoyS

2011 — Rounds, Hexagons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

2017 — Hexagons, Rounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

2024 — Rounds, Hexagons, Squares, Rectangles, Sheet, Plate . . . . . .8-10

6061 — Rounds, Hexagons, Squares, Angles, Rectangles, Channels,

I Beams, Tees, Sheet, Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15

6063 — Rectangles, Angles, Channels, Squares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-17

7075 — Rounds, Rectangles, Squares, Sheet, Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-20

ALuminum tooLing pLAte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

ALuminum tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .See Sec . K

ALuminum ALLoy deSignAtion SyStem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

ALuminum temper deSignAtionS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

reLAtive corroSion reSiStAnce of ALuminum ALLoyS . . . . .24

ALuminum toLerAnceS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Sec . o

Sec . L page 1

Page 313: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1100 ALuminum

This grade is commercially pure aluminum. It is soft and ductile and has excellent workability. It is ideal for applications involving intricate forming because it work-hardens more slowly than other alloys. It is the most weldable of aluminum alloys, by any method. It is non-heat treatable.

It has excellent resistance to corrosion, and is widely used in the chemical and food processing industries. It responds well to decorative finishes, which makes it suitable for giftware and applications where eye appeal is a factor.

It has the highest thermal conductivity of any aluminum alloy, and its electrical conductivity is second only to the E C (electrical conductor) grade.

AnALySiS cu Si+fe mn Zn (max .) (max .) (max .) (max .) .020 .95 0.05 0.10

SpecificAtionS O Temper Sheet: AMS QQ-A-250/1, ASTM B 209, AMS 4001 H-14 Temper Sheet: AMS QQ-A-250/1, ASTM B 209, AMS 4003.

AppLicAtionS — Kitchenware, giftware, decorative trim, intricate formed parts, etc.

corroSion reSiStAnce — Refer to table on Page 24 of this section.

typicAL mechAnicAL propertieS min . 90º tensile yield elongation cold bend Strength Strength % in 2” radius for (psi) (psi) .064” Sheet .064” thick 1100-o 13,000 5,000 35 0 1100-h12 16,000 15,000 12 0 1100-h14 18,000 17,000 9 0 1100-h16 21,000 20,000 6 0-1T 1100-h18 24,000 22,000 5 1-2T

1100 SheetAvailable in following Tempers

1100-o Soft Annealed

1100-h14 1/2 hard thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet

.012 ( .183 lb . per sq . ft .) 24 x 72 2.20 .016 ( .240 lb . per sq . ft .) 24 x 72 2.88 36 x 96 5.76 .020 ( .296 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 7.10 .025 ( .367 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 8.81 .032 ( .469 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 11.3 120 14.1 48 x 144 22.5 .040 ( .589 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 14.1 120 17.7 48 x 144 28.3 .050 ( .730 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 17.5 120 21.9 48 x 144 35.0

thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet

.063 ( .914 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 21.9 120 27.4 48 x 144 43.9 .080 (1 .16 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 27.8 48 x 144 55.7 .090 (1 .30 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 31.2 48 x 144 62.4 .100 (1 .45 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 34.8 48 x 144 69.6 .125 (1 .80 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 43.2 48 x 144 86.4 .190 (2 .74 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 65.8 48 x 144 132

Sec . L page 2

Page 314: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

3003 ALuminum

This is the most widely used of all aluminum alloys. It is essentially commercially pure aluminum with the addition of manganese, which increases the strength some 20% over 1100. Thus, it has all the excellent characteristics of 1100 with higher strength.

It has excellent corrosion resistance and workability, and it may be deep drawn or spun, welded, or brazed. This alloy is non-heat treatable.

AnALySiS cu Si fe mn Zn (max .) (max .) (max .) (max .) 0.20 0.60 0.70 1.0/1.5 0.10

SpecificAtionS Sheet and Plate: AMS QQ-A-250/2, ASTM B 209, AMS 4006, AMS 4008.

AppLicAtionS — Cooking utensils, kitchen equipment, decorative trim, awnings, siding, storage tanks, chemical equipment, etc.

corroSion reSiStAnce — Refer to table on Page 24 of this section.

typicAL mechAnicAL propertieS — Clad or bare. min . 90º tensile yield elongation cold bend Strength Strength % in 2” radius for (psi) (psi) .064” Sheet .064” thick 3003-o 16,000 6,000 30 0 3003-h12 19,000 18,000 10 0 3003-h14 22,000 21,000 8 0 3003-h16 26,000 25,000 5 1/2-11/2 T 3003-h18 29,000 27,000 4 11/2-3 T

3003 SheetAvailable in following Tempers

3003-o Soft Annealed

3003-h14 1/2 hard thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet

.016 ( .242 lb . per sq . ft .) 24 x 72 2.90 36 x 96 5.81 .020 ( .299 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 7.18 120 8.97 48 x 96 9.57 .025 ( .371 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 8.90 120 11.1 144 13.4 48 x 96 11.9 120 14.8 144 17.8 .032 ( .474 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 11.4 120 14.2 48 x 96 15.2 120 19.0 144 22.8

.040 ( .595 lb . per sq . ft .) 30 x 120 14.9 36 x 96 14.3 120 17.9 48 x 96 19.0 120 23.8 144 28.6 60 x 144 35.7 .050 ( .738 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 17.7 120 22.1 48 x 96 23.6 120 29.5 144 35.4 60 x144 44.3 .063 ( .923 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 22.2 120 27.7 48 x 96 29.5 120 36.9 144 44.3 60 x 144 55.4 .080 (1 .17 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 28.1 48 x 96 37.4 120 46.8 144 56.2 60 x 144 70.2

.090 (1 .32 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 31.7 48 x 144 63.4 60 x 120 66.0 144 79.2 .100 (1 .46 lb . per sq . ft .)

36 x 96 35.0 48 x 144 70.1 .125 (1 .82 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 43.7 120 54.6 48 x 96 58.2 120 72.8 144 87.4 60 x 144 109 .160 (2 .35 lb . per sq . ft .) 48 x 144 113 .190 (2 .77 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 66.5 48 x 120 111 144 133 60 x 144 166

Sec . L page 3

Page 315: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

5052 ALuminum

This is the highest strength alloy of the more common non-heat treatable grades. Fatigue strength is higher than most aluminum alloys. In addition, this grade has particularly good resistance to marine atmosphere and salt water corrosion. It has excellent workability. It may be drawn or formed into intricate shapes, and its slightly greater strength in the annealed condition minimizes tearing that occurs in 1100 or 3003. The resistance welding characteristics are equal to those of 1100 and 3003. It has excellent finishing characteristics, and anodic coatings are bright and clear.

AnALySiS cu Si fe mn mg Zn cr (max .) (max .) (max .) (max .) (max .) 0.10 0.25 0.40 0.10 2.20/2.80 0.10 0.15/0.35

SpecificAtionS Sheet and Plate: AMS QQ-A-250/8, ASTM B 209, AMS 4015, AMS 4016, AMS 4017.

AppLicAtionS — Used in a wide variety of applications from aircraft components to home appliances, marine and transportation industry parts, heavy duty cooking utensils, and equipment for bulk processing of food.

corroSion reSiStAnce — Refer to table on Page 24 of this section.

typicAL mechAnicAL propertieS min . 90º tensile yield elongation cold bend Strength Strength % in 2” radius for (psi) (psi) .064” Sheet .064” thick 5052-0 28,000 13,000 25 0 5052-h32 33,000 28,000 12 0 5052-h34 38,000 31,000 10 0-1T 5052-h36 40,000 35,000 8 1-2T 5052-h38 42,000 37,000 7 11/2-3T

5052 Sheet and pLAteAvailable in following Tempers

5052-o Soft Annealed5052-h32 1/4 hard5052-h34 1/2 hard

thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet

Sheet .020 ( .300 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 7.20 .025 ( .370 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 8.83 144 13.3 .032 ( .471 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 11.3 48 x 96 15.1 144 22.6 .040 ( .587 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 14.1 48 x 96 18.8 144 28.2 .050 ( .730 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 17.5 48 x 96 23.4 120 29.2 144 35.0 .063 ( .911 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 21.9 120 27.3 48 x 96 29.2 120 36.4 144 43.7

thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet

Sheet .080 (1 .16 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 27.8 48 x 96 37.1 144 55.7 60 x 144 69.6 .090 (1 .30 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 31.2 120 39.0 48 x 96 41.6 144 62.4 60 x 144 78.0 .100 (1 .45 lb . per sq . ft .) 48 x 120 58.0 144 69.6 .125 (1 .79 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 43.0 48 x 96 57.3 120 71.6 144 85.9 .160 (2 .30 lb . per sq . ft .) 48 x 144 110 .190 (2 .72 lb . per sq . ft .) 36 x 96 65.3 120 81.6 48 x 144 131

pLAte .250 (3 .49 lb . per sq . ft .) 48 x 144 168

Sec . L page 4

Page 316: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

2011-t3 roundS

Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft .inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth

1/8 .015 .181 5/32 .024 .282 11/64 .028 .342 3/16 .034 .407 13/64 .040 .477 7/32 .046 .553 15/64 .053 .635 1/4 .060 .723 17/64 .068 .816 9/32 .076 .915 5/16 .094 1.13 11/32 .114 1.37 3/8 .136 1.63 25/64 .147 1.76 13/32 .159 1.91 7/16 .184 2.21 15/32 .212 2.54 1/2 .241 2.89 17/32 .272 3.26 35/64 .288 3.46 9/16 .305 3.66 19/32 .340 4.08 5/8 .376 4.52 21/32 .415 4.98

43/64 .435 5.22 11/16 .455 5.47 23/32 .498 5.97 3/4 .542 6.50 25/32 .588 7.06 13/16 .636 7.63 7/8 .738 8.85 15/16 .847 10.21 .964 11.6 1/32 1.02 12.3 1/16 1.09 13.1 3/32 1.15 13.8 1/8 1.22 14.6 5/32 1.29 15.5 3/16 1.36 16.3 1/4 1.51 18.1 9/32 1.58 19.0 5/16 1.66 19.9 3/8 1.82 21.9 7/16 1.99 23.9 1/2 2.17 26.0 9/16 2.35 28.2 5/8 2.54 30.5 11/16 2.74 32.9 3/4 2.95 35.4

113/16 3.17 38.0 7/8 3.39 40.7 15/16 3.62 43.42 3.85 46.3 1/16 4.10 49.2 1/8 4.35 52.2 3/16 4.61 55.3 1/4 4.88 58.5 5/16 5.15 61.8 3/8 5.44 65.2 7/16 5.73 68.7 1/2 6.02 72.3 9/16 6.33 75.9 5/8 6.64 79.7 3/4 7.29 87.5 7/8 7.97 95.63 8.67 104 1/16 9.04 108 1/8 9.41 113 1/4 10.2 122 3/8 11.0 132 1/2 11.8 142 5/8 12.7 1524 15.4 185

2011-t3heXAgonS

Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size est . Wt ., Lbs . in per 12-ft .inches foot Lgth

1/4 .066 .797 5/16 .104 1.25 3/8 .149 1.79 7/16 .203 2.44 1/2 .266 3.19 9/16 .336 4.03 5/8 .415 4.98 11/16 .502 6.03 3/4 .598 7.17 13/16 .701 8.42 7/8 .814 9.761 1.06 12.8 1/16 1.20 14.4 1/8 1.34 16.1 1/4 1.66 19.9 3/8 2.01 24.1 7/16 2.18 26.2 1/2 2.39 28.7 5/8 2.81 33.7 11/16 3.02 36.2 3/4 3.25 39.1 7/8 3.74 44.82 4.25 51.0

2011 ALuminum

color marking: Ends painted Brown

2011 is the most free-machining of the common aluminum alloys. It also has excel-lent mechanical properties. Thus, it is widely used for automatic screw machine products in parts requiring extensive machining.

It may be machined at high speeds with relatively heavy feeds. It may be resistance welded. Its corrosion resistance is good, and hardness and strength excellent.

AnALySiS cu Si fe Zn bi pb (max .) (max .) (max .) 5.0/6.0 0.4 0.7 0.3 0.2/0.6 0.2/0.6

SpecificAtionS — AMS-QQ-A-225/3, ASTM B 211.

AppLicAtionS — Parts made of automatic screw machines for various industries.

corroSion reSiStAnce — Refer to table on Page 24 of this section.

typicAL mechAnicAL propertieS

tensile yield elongation Strength Strength % in 2” brinell (psi) (psi) 1/2” round hardness

2011-t3 55,000 43,000 15 95 2011-t8 59,000 45,000 12 100

mAchinAbiLity — 2011 is the standard for relative machinability of aluminum alloys for automatic screw machine operations using high-speed cutters. It is rated at 100% in both the T3 and T8 condition.

Sec . L page 5

Page 317: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

2017 ALuminum

color marking: Ends Painted Yellow

2017 combines excellent machinability and high strength with the result that it is one of the most widely used alloys for automatic screw machine work. Its strength is slightly less than that of 2014. It is a tough, ductile alloy suitable for heavy-duty structural parts.

It has good formability, and may be joined by arc or resistance welding. Brazing or gas welding is not recommended. Its corrosion resistance is fair.

AnALySiS cu Si fe mn mg Zn cr ti (max .) (max .) (max .) (max .) 3.5/4.5 0.2/0.8 0.7 0.4/1.0 0.4/0.8 0.25 0.1 .15

SpecificAtionS — AMS-QQ-A-225/5, ASTM B 211, AMS 4110, AMS 4118.

AppLicAtionS — It is used for automatic screw machine products, for structural parts in the construction and transportation industries, etc.

corroSion reSiStAnce — Refer to table on Page 24 of this section.

typicAL mechAnicAL propertieS tensile yield elongation Strength Strength % in 2” brinell (psi) (psi) 1/2” round hardness 2017-o 26,000 10,000 22 45 2017-t4, t451 62,000 40,000 22 105

mAchinAbiLity — For general automatic screw machine operations. In the T4 condition it is rated at approximately 90% of 2011; in the O condition it is rated at 60%

2017-t4 And 2017-t451 heXAgonS

Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft .inches foot Length inches foot Length

3/16 .037 .444 1/4 .065 .789 5/16 .103 1.24 3/8 .148 1.77 7/16 .201 2.42 1/2 .263 3.16 9/16 .333 3.99 5/8 .411 4.93 11/16 .497 5.97 3/4 .592 7.10 13/16 .694 8.34 7/8 .806 9.66 15/16 .925 11.11 1.05 12.7 1/16 1.19 14.3

1 1/8 1.33 15.9 3/16 1.49 17.8 1/4 1.64 19.7 5/16 1.81 21.8 3/8 1.99 23.9 7/16 2.18 26.0 1/2 2.37 28.4 5/8 2.78 33.4 3/4 3.22 38.7 7/8 3.70 44.42 4.21 50.5 1/4 5.33 64.0 1/2 6.57 78.9 3/4 7.96 95.43 9.46 114

Sec . L page 6

Page 318: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

2017 ALuminum (Continued)

2017-t4 And 2017-t451 roundS

Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft .inches foot Length inches foot Length 1/8 .015 .179 5/32 .024 .279 11/64 .028 .339 3/16 .034 .403 13/64 .040 .472 7/32 .046 .547 15/64 .053 .629 1/4 .059 .716 17/64 .067 .808 9/32 .075 .906 5/16 .093 1.12 3/8 .135 1.61 13/32 .157 1.89 7/16 .182 2.19 15/32 .210 2.51 1/2 .239 2.86 17/32 .269 3.23 9/16 .302 3.62 19/32 .337 4.04 5/8 .372 4.47 21/32 .411 4.93 43/64 .431 5.17 11/16 .450 5.42 23/32 .493 5.91 3/4 .537 6.44 25/32 .582 6.99 13/16 .630 7.55 7/8 .731 8.76 15/16 .839 10.11 .954 11.5 1/16 1.08 13.0 1/8 1.21 14.5 3/16 1.35 16.1 1/4 1.49 17.9 5/16 1.64 19.7 3/8 1.80 21.7 7/16 1.97 23.7 1/2 2.15 25.7 9/16 2.33 27.9 5/8 2.51 30.2 11/16 2.71 32.6 3/4 2.92 35.0

113/16 3.14 37.6 7/8 3.36 40.3 15/16 3.58 43.02 3.81 45.8 1/16 4.06 48.7 1/8 4.31 51.7 3/16 4.56 54.7 1/4 4.83 57.9 5/16 5.10 61.2 3/8 5.39 64.5 7/16 5.67 68.0 1/2 5.96 71.6 9/16 6.27 75.1 5/8 6.57 78.9 3/4 7.22 86.6 7/8 7.89 94.63 8.58 103 1/8 9.32 112 1/4 10.1 121 3/8 10.9 131 1/2 11.7 141 9/16 12.1 146 3/4 13.5 1614 15.2 183 1/16 15.7 189 1/8 16.2 195 1/4 17.2 207 3/8 18.2 219 1/2 19.3 232 5/8 20.4 245 3/4 21.5 2585 23.9 286 1/8 25.0 301 1/4 26.3 316 1/2 28.9 347 3/4 31.6 3786 34.4 412 1/4 37.2 447 1/2 40.3 484 3/4 43.5 5227 46.7 561 1/4 50.2 602 1/2 53.6 6438 61.1 733

Sec . L page 7

Page 319: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

2024-t4 and 2024-t351 roundS

Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft .inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth 1/8 .015 .179 3/16 .034 .403 1/4 .059 .716 5/16 .093 1.12 3/8 .135 1.61 7/16 .182 2.19 1/2 .239 2.86 9/16 .302 3.62 5/8 .372 4.47 11/16 .450 5.42 3/4 .537 6.44 13/16 .630 7.55 7/8 .731 8.76 15/16 .839 10.11 .954 11.5 1/16 1.08 13.0 1/8 1.21 14.5 3/16 1.35 16.1

1 1/4 1.49 17.9 5/16 1.64 19.7 3/8 1.80 21.7 7/16 1.97 23.7 1/2 2.15 25.7 9/16 2.33 27.9 5/8 2.51 30.2 11/16 2.71 32.6 3/4 2.92 35.0 13/16 3.14 37.6 7/8 3.36 40.3 15/16 3.58 43.02 3.81 45.8 1/16 4.06 48.7 1/8 4.31 51.7 3/16 4.56 54.7 1/4 4.83 57.9 5/16 5.10 61.2

2 3/8 5.39 64.5 7/16 5.67 68.0 1/2 5.96 71.6 9/16 6.27 75.1 5/8 6.57 78.9 3/4 7.22 86.6 7/8 7.89 94.63 8.58 103 1/8 9.32 112 1/4 10.1 121 3/8 10.9 131 1/2 11.7 141 9/16 12.1 146 5/8 12.6 150 3/4 13.5 161 7/8 14.4 1724 15.2 183 1/8 16.2 194

2024 ALuminumcolor marking (rod and bar): Ends painted Red

This is one of the best known of high strength aluminum alloys. With its high strength and excellent fatigue resistance, it is an advantage on structures and parts where a good strength-to-weight ratio is desired.It is readily machined to a high finish. 2024 in the annealed condition is easily formed and may be subsequently heat treated. Arc or gas welding is generally not recommended, although this alloy may be spot, seam, or flash welded.Since corrosion resistance is relatively low, 2024 is commonly used with an anodized finish or in clad form (“Alclad”), with a thin surface layer of high purity aluminum.AnALySiS cu Si fe mn mg Zn cr ti (max .) (max .) (max .) (max .) 3.8/4.9 0.50 0.50 0.3/0.9 1.2/1.8 0.25 0.1 0.15SpecificAtionS Sheet and Plate: Bare: AMS-QQ-A-250/4, ASTM B 209, AMS 4035, AMS 4037. Alclad: AMS-QQ-A-250/5, ASTM B 209, AMS 4040, AMS 4041, AMS 4042. Rod and Bar (Cold Finished and Extruded): AMS-QQ-A-200/3, AMS-QQ-A-225/6, ASTM B 211, ASTM B 221, AMS 4119, AMS 4120.AppLicAtionS — Aircraft structural components, aircraft fittings and hardware,

truck wheels and parts for the transportation industry.corroSion reSiStAnce — Refer to table on Page 24 of this section.typicAL mechAnicAL propertieS min . 90º cold bend tensile yield

elongation % in 2” radius for

Strength Strength .064” 1/2” .064” brinell bare: AmS QQ (psi) (psi) Sheet round thick hardness 2024-o 27,000 11,000 20 22 0 47 2024-t3 70,000 50,000 18 - 3-5T - 2024-t4, t351 68,000 47,000 20 19 3-5T 120 2024-t361 72,000 57,000 13 - 4-6T - Alclad: AmS QQ 2024-o 26,000 11,000 20 - - - 2024-t3 65,000 45,000 18 - - - 2024-t4, t351 64,000 42,000 19 - - - 2024-t361 67,000 53,000 11 - - - 2024-t861 70,000 66,000 6 - - -

mAchinAbiLity — For automatic screw machine operations, in the T4 condition it is rated at approximately 90% of 2011, and in the O condition it is rated at 50%.

4 1/4 17.2 207 3/8 18.2 219 1/2 19.3 232 5/8 20.4 245 3/4 21.5 2585 23.9 286 1/4 26.3 316 1/2 28.9 347 3/4 31.6 3786 34.4 412 1/4 37.2 447 1/2 40.3 484 3/4 43.5 5227 46.7 561 1/2 53.7 6448 61.1 733

Sec . L page 8

Page 320: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

2024 ALuminum (Continued)

2024-t4 and 2024-t351 heXAgonS 2024-t4 and 2024-t351 SQuAreS Lengths 12’ Approx. Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft .inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth

3/16 .037 .444 1/4 .065 .789 5/16 .103 1.24 3/8 .148 1.77 7/16 .201 2.42 1/2 .263 3.16 9/16 .333 3.99 5/8 .411 4.93 11/16 .497 5.97 3/4 .592 7.10 13/16 .694 8.34 7/8 .806 9.66 15/16 .925 11.11 1.05 12.7 1/16 1.19 14.3

2024, 2024-t351 And 2024-t3511 rectAngLeS Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft .inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth1/8 x 1/2 .076 .911 5/8 .095 1.14 3/4 .114 1.37 1 .151 1.82 1 1/4 .190 2.28 1 1/2 .228 2.73 2 .304 3.643/16 x 1/2 .114 1.37 5/8 .143 1.71 3/4 .171 2.05 1 .228 2.73 1 1/4 .285 3.42 1 1/2 .342 4.10 2 .455 5.46 3 .683 8.201/4 x 1/2 .151 1.82 5/8 .190 2.28 3/4 .228 2.73 1 .304 3.64 1 1/4 .379 4.55 1 1/2 .455 5.46 1 3/4 .532 6.38 2 .608 7.29 2 1/2 .759 9.11 3 .911 10.9 4 1.22 14.6

1 1/8 1.33 15.9 3/16 1.49 17.8 1/4 1.64 19.7 5/16 1.81 21.8 3/8 1.99 23.9 7/16 2.18 26.0 1/2 2.37 28.4 5/8 2.78 33.4 3/4 3.22 38.7 7/8 3.70 44.42 4.21 50.5 1/4 5.33 64.0 1/2 6.57 78.9 3/4 7.96 95.43 9.46 114

1/4 .076 .912 3/8 .171 2.05 7/16 .233 2.79 1/2 .304 3.64 9/16 .384 4.61 5/8 .474 5.69 3/4 .683 8.20 7/8 .930 11.21 1.22 14.6 1/8 1.53 18.4 1/4 1.90 22.8 3/8 2.30 27.5

1 1/2 2.73 32.8 5/8 3.21 38.5 3/4 3.72 44.62 4.86 58.3 1/4 6.15 73.8 1/2 7.59 91.1 9/16 7.98 95.7 5/8 8.37 100 3/4 9.19 1103 10.9 132 1/4 12.9 154 1/2 14.9 1784 19.4 234

5/16 x 1/2 .190 2.28 5/8 .237 2.84 3/4 .285 3.42 1 .379 4.55 11/2 .569 6.83 2 .759 9.11 3 1.14 13.73/8 x 1/2 .228 2.73 5/8 .285 3.42 3/4 .342 4.10 1 .455 5.46 11/4 .569 6.83 11/2 .683 8.20 13/4 .797 9.56 2 .911 10.9 21/2 1.14 13.7 3 1.37 16.4 4 1.82 21.9 6 2.73 32.81/2 x 5/8 .379 4.55 3/4 .455 5.46 7/8 .532 6.38 1 .608 7.29 11/4 .759 9.11 11/2 .911 10.9 13/4 1.06 12.8 2 1.22 14.6 21/2 1.51 18.2 3 1.82 21.9 4 2.43 29.1 6 3.64 43.8

5/8 x 3/4 .569 6.83 7/8 .664 7.97 1 .759 9.11 11/4 .949 11.4 11/2 1.14 13.7 2 1.51 18.2 3 2.28 27.3 4 3.04 36.43/4 x 1 .911 10.9 11/4 1.14 13.7 11/2 1.37 16.4 13/4 1.59 19.1 2 1.82 21.9 21/2 2.28 27.3 3 2.73 32.8 31/2 3.19 38.3 4 3.64 43.8 6 5.46 65.61 x 11/4 1.51 18.2 11/2 1.82 21.9 13/4 2.13 25.5 2 2.43 29.1 21/2 3.04 36.4 3 3.64 43.8 31/2 4.25 51.0 4 4.86 58.3 5 6.08 72.9 6 7.29 87.4

11/4 x 11/2 2.28 27.3 2 3.04 36.4 21/2 3.79 45.5 3 4.55 54.6 4 6.08 72.911/2 x 2 3.64 43.8 21/2 4.55 54.6 3 5.46 65.6 4 7.29 87.4 6 10.9 1322 x 21/4 5.46 65.6 21/2 6.08 72.9 3 7.29 87.4 4 9.72 117 5 12.1 145 6 14.6 17521/4 x 4 10.9 13121/2 x 3 9.11 109 4 12.2 146 41/2 13.7 164 5 15.2 182 6 18.2 2193 x 4 14.6 175 5 18.2 219 6 21.9 262

Sec . L page 9

Page 321: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

2024 ALuminum (Continued)

2024 SheetSbare & Alclad

thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet

.016 ( .251 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x120 7.53 144 9.04 48x144 12.1 .020 ( .309 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x144 11.1 48x144 14.8 .025 ( .382 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x144 13.8 48x144 18.3 60x144 22.9 .032 ( .481 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x120 19.2 144 23.1 60x144 28.9 180 36.1

bAre 2024-t351 pLAte thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet

.250 (3 .64 lb . per sq . ft .)

24x72 43.7

36x96 87.4

48x144 175

60x180 273

72x144 262

.313 (4 .56 lb . per sq . ft .)

36x96 109

48x144 219

.375 (5 .45 lb . per sq . ft .)

24x72 65.4

36x96 131

48x144 262

.500 (7 .27 lb . per sq . ft .)

24x72 87.2

36x96 174

48x144 349

.625 (9 .09 lb . per sq . ft .)

24x72 109

36x96 218

48x144 436

.040 ( .596 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x144 21.5 48x144 28.6 60x144 35.8 180 44.7 .050 ( .749 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 36.0 60x180 56.2 .063 ( .938 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x120 35.7 144 45.0 60x180 70.4 .071 (1 .05 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 50.4 .080 (1 .19 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 57.1 60x180 89.3

.090 (1 .33 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x120 53.2 144 63.8 60x180 99.8 .100 (1 .48 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 71.0 60x180 111 .125 (1 .84 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 88.3 60x144 110 .160 (2 .38 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 114 60x180 179 .190 (2 .81 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 135 60x180 211

.750 (10 .9 lb . per sq . ft .)

24x72 131 36x96 262 48x144 523 .875 (12 .7 lb . per sq . ft .)

24x72 152 36x96 305 48x144 6101 .000 (14 .5 lb . per sq . ft .)

24x72 174 36x96 348 48x144 6961 .125 (16 .4 lb . per sq . ft .)

48x144 7871 .250 (18 .2 lb . per sq . ft .)

24x72 218 36x96 437 48x144 8741 .500 (21 .8 lb . per sq . ft .)

24x72 262 36x96 523 48x144 1046

1 .625 (23 .6 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 11331 .750 (25 .5 lb . per sq . ft .) 24x72 306 36x96 612 48x144 12242 .000 (29 .1 lb . per sq . ft .) 24x72 349 36x96 698 48x144 13972 .250 (32 .7 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 785 48x144 15702 .500 (36 .4 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 874 48x144 17473 .000 (43 .6 lb . per sq . ft .) 24x72 523 36x96 1046 48x144 20933 .500 (50 .9 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 24434 .000 (58 .2 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 1397 48x144 27945 .000 (72 .7 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 3490

Sec . L page 10

Page 322: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

6061-t6 and 6061-t651 roundS

Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft .inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth 1/8 .014 .174 3/16 .033 .391 1/4 .058 .694 5/16 .090 1.08 3/8 .131 1.56 7/16 .177 2.12 1/2 .231 2.77 9/16 .293 3.51 5/8 .361 4.34 11/16 .437 5.25 3/4 .520 6.24 13/16 .611 7.32 7/8 .708 8.50 15/16 .813 9.761 .925 11.1 1/16 1.05 12.6 1/8 1.17 14.0 3/16 1.31 15.6 1/4 1.45 17.4

extruded rounds available to 24” dia .

5/16 1.59 19.1 3/8 1.75 21.0 7/16 1.91 22.9 1/2 2.08 25.0 9/16 2.26 27.1 5/8 2.44 29.3 11/16 2.63 31.6 3/4 2.83 34.0 13/16 3.04 35.6 7/8 3.25 39.1 15/16 3.48 41.72 3.70 44.4 1/8 4.18 50.1 1/4 4.68 56.2 3/8 5.22 62.6 7/16 5.50 66.0 1/2 5.78 69.4 5/8 6.37 76.5 3/4 7.00 84.0

7/8 7.65 91.83 8.32 99.8 1/8 9.03 108 1/4 9.79 117 3/8 10.5 126 1/2 11.3 136 5/8 12.1 145 3/4 13.1 1564 14.8 178 1/8 15.7 188 1/4 16.7 201 1/2 18.7 225 5/8 19.8 238 3/4 20.8 2515 23.1 277 1/8 24.3 292 1/4 25.5 306 1/2 28.0 336 5/8 29.2 350

6061 ALuminumcolor marking (rod and bar): Ends painted Blue

This is the most versatile of the heat treatable aluminum alloys. It has most of the good qualities of aluminum, and it offers a wide range of mechanical properties and corro-sion resistance. It can be fabricated by many of the commonly used techniques. In the annealed condition it has good formability. In the T4 condition fairly severe forming operations may be accomplished. The T6 properties may be obtained by artificial aging. It is welded by all methods and can be furnace brazed.It is available in the clad form (“Alclad”) with a thin surface layer of high purity aluminum to improve both appearance and corrosion resistance.AnALySiS cu Si fe mn mg Zn cr ti (max .) (max .) (max .) (max .) 0.15/0.40 0.4/0.8 0.70 0.15 0.8/1.2 0.25 0.04/0.35 0.15

SpecificAtionS Sheet and Plate: AMS QQ-A-250/11, MIL-F-17132, ASTM B 209 AMS 4025, AMS 4026, AMS 4027. Bars: AMS QQ-A-200/8, AMS QQ-A-225/8, ASTM B 211, ASTM B 221, AMS 4150. Structural Shapes: AMS QQ-A-200/16, ASTM B 308AppLicAtionS — This grade is used for a wide variety of products and applications

from truck bodies and frames to screw machine parts and structural components. Alclad 6061 is used where appearance and better corrosion resistance with good strength are required.

corroSion reSiStAnce — Refer to table on Page 24 of this section.typicAL mechAnicAL propertieS min . 90º cold bend tensile yield

elongation % in 2” radius for brinell

Strength Strength 1/16” 1/2” .064” hardness bare: (psi) (psi) flat round thick bars 6061-o 18,000 8,000 25 30 0 30 6061-t4, t451 35,000 21,000 22 25 1/2-1 1/2T 65 6061-t6, t651 45,000 40,000 12 17 1-2T 95 Alclad: 6061-o 17,000 7,000 25 - - - 6061-t4 33,000 19,000 22 - - - 6061-t6 42,000 37,000 12 - - -

mAchinAbiLity — For automatic screw machine operations, 6061 is rated between 70% and 80% of 2011 in the T4 and T6 conditions, and 50% in the O condition.

53/4 30.6 3676 33.3 399 1/8 34.7 416 1/4 36.1 434 1/2 39.1 469 3/4 42.1 5067 45.3 544 1/4 48.7 584 1/2 52.0 624 3/4 55.6 6678 59.2 710 1/2 66.8 8029 75.0 900 1/2 83.4 100110 92.5 111011 112 134412 113 1596

Sec . L page 11

Page 323: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs .

in per 25-ft . in per 25-ft . in per 25-ft .inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth 3/4 x3/4x1/8 .20 5.00

1x1x1/8 .28 7.00

3/16 .40 10.0

1/4 .51 12.8

11/4 x11/4x1/8 .34 8.50

3/16 .51 12.8

1/4 .66 16.5

11/2 x11/4x1/8 .38 9.50

3/16 .57 14.3

1/4 .74 18.5

11/2 x11/2x1/8 .42 10.5

3/16 .62 15.5

1/4 .81 20.3

13/4 x11/4x1/4 .42 10.5

13/4 x13/4x1/8 .51 12.8

3/16 .74 18.5

1/4 .96 24.0

2x2x1/8 .57 14.3 3/16 .85 21.3 1/4 1.11 27.8 3/8 1.59 39.8 1/2 2.07 51.621/2 x11/2x3/16 .85 21.3 1/4 1.11 27.8 21/2x2x 3/16 .96 24.0 1/4 1.26 31.521/2 x21/2x1/8 .72 18.0 3/16 1.07 26.8 1/4 1.40 35.0 3/8 2.05 51.3 3x2x3/16 1.07 26.8 1/4 1.40 35.0 3/8 2.05 51.3 3x21/2 x 1/4 1.54 38.5 3x3x3/16 1.28 32.0 1/4 1.68 42.0 3/8 2.47 61.8 1/2 3.41 85.331/2 x21/2x1/4 1.68 42.0

31/2 x31/2x1/4 1.99 49.8 5/16 2.46 61.5 3/8 2.93 73.3 1/2 3.83 95.8 4x3x1/4 1.99 49.8 3/8 2.93 73.3 1/2 3.83 95.8 4x4x11/4 2.28 57.0 3/8 3.38 84.5 1/2 4.41 110 5x3x3/8 3.35 83.8 1/2 4.40 110 5x31/2 x1/2 4.70 118 5x5x3/8 4.28 107 1/2 5.58 140 6x4x3/8 4.24 106 1/2 5.58 140 6x6x3/8 5.12 128 1/2 6.75 169 5/8 8.42 210 3/4 10.1 253 8x8x1/2 9.14 229 3/4 13.5 337

6061 ALuminum (Continued)

6061-t6 and 2024-t651 heXAgonS 6061-t651 SQuAreS Lengths 12’ Approx. Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft .inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth

3/8 .144 1.73 1/2 .255 3.06 5/8 .398 4.78 3/4 .574 6.88 7/8 .781 9.371 1.020 12.3 1/8 1.310 15.7 1/4 1.590 19.1 3/8 1.930 23.1 1/2 2.290 27.6 11/16 2.900 34.8 3/4 3.120 37.52 4.070 48.8 1/4 5.170 62.0 7/16 6.060 72.7 1/2 6.380 76.5

6061-t6 AngLeS eXtrudedLengths 25’ Approx.

1/4 .074 .888 3/8 .166 1.99 1/2 .295 3.53 9/16 .373 4.48 5/8 .459 5.52 3/4 .662 7.95 7/8 .901 10.81 1.180 14.1 1/8 1.490 17.9 1/4 1.840 22.1 3/8 2.230 26.8 1/2 2.650 31.8 3/4 3.610 43.3

2 4.710 56.5 1/4 5.950 71.4 1/2 7.360 88.3 3/4 8.900 1073 10.60 128 1/4 11.50 138 1/2 14.40 172 3/4 16.60 1994 19.00 2285 29.50 354

Sec . L page 12

Page 324: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

6061 ALuminum (Continued)

6061-t6 and 6061-t6511 rectAngLeS Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft .inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth inches foot Lgth1/8 x

1/2 .074 .888 5/8 .092 1.10 3/4 .110 1.32 1 .147 1.77 11/4 .184 2.21 11/2 .221 2.65 13/4 .258 3.10 2 .295 3.53 21/2 .368 4.423/16 x

1/2 .110 1.32 3/4 .166 1.99 1 .221 2.65 11/4 .276 3.31 11/2 .331 3.97 13/4 .387 4.64 2 .442 5.30 21/2 .552 6.62 3 .663 7.95 31/2 .773 9.28 4 .883 10.61/4 x

1/2 .147 1.77 3/4 .221 2.65 1 .295 3.53 11/4 .368 4.42 11/2 .442 5.30 13/4 .516 6.18 2 .589 7.07 21/4 .662 7.94 21/2 .736 8.83 23/4 .809 9.70 3 .883 10.6 31/4 .957 11.7 31/2 1.03 12.3 4 1.18 14.1 41/2 1.32 15.9 5 1.47 17.6 6 1.76 21.1 8 2.35 28.2 10 2.94 35.3 12 3.53 42.4 14 4.12 49.4

5/16 x 1/2 .184 2.21 3/4 .276 3.31 1 .368 4.42 11/4 .460 5.52 11/2 .552 6.62 2 .736 8.83 3 1.10 13.23/8 x 1/2 .221 2.65 3/4 .331 3.97 1 .442 5.30 11/4 .552 6.62 11/2 .662 7.95 13/4 .771 9.25 2 .883 10.6 21/2 1.10 13.2 3 1.32 15.9 31/2 1.54 18.5 4 1.77 21.2 41/2 1.99 23.9 5 2.20 26.4 6 2.65 31.8 7 3.10 37.2 8 3.53 42.4 10 4.42 53.0 12 5.30 63.6 14 6.18 74.21/2 x 3/4 .442 5.30 1 .589 7.07 11/4 .736 8.83 11/2 .883 10.6 13/4 1.03 12.4 2 1.18 14.1 2 1/4 1.33 16.0 21/2 1.47 17.7 23/4 1.62 19.4 3 1.77 21.2 31/2 2.06 24.7 4 2.35 28.2 5 2.95 35.3 6 3.53 42.4 8 4.71 56.5 10 5.89 70.7 12 7.07 84.8 14 8.25 99.0

5/8 x 1 .736 8.83 11/4 .921 11.0 11/2 1.10 13.2 13/4 1.29 15.5 2 1.47 17.7 21/2 1.84 22.1 3 2.20 26.4 4 3.00 36.0 5 3.75 45.0 6 4.41 52.93/4 x 1 .883 10.6 11/4 1.10 13.2 11/2 1.32 15.9 13/4 1.57 18.9 2 1.77 21.2 2 1/4 2.02 24.2 21/2 2.21 26.5 23/4 2.43 29.2 3 2.65 31.8 31/2 3.09 37.2 4 3.53 42.4 5 4.41 52.9 6 5.30 63.6 8 7.07 84.8 10 8.83 106 12 10.6 128 14 12.4 1497/8 x 1 1.03 12.4 11/2 1.55 18.6 2 2.06 24.71 x 11/4 1.47 17.7 11/2 1.77 21.2 13/4 2.06 24.7 2 2.35 28.2 21/4 2.65 31.8 21/2 2.95 35.3 23/4 3.24 38.9 3 3.53 42.4 31/2 4.12 49.4 4 4.71 56.5 5 5.87 70.5 6 7.07 84.8 8 9.43 113 10 11.8 141 12 14.1 169 14 16.5 198

11/4 x 11/2 2.21 26.5 2 2.95 35.3 21/2 3.68 44.2 3 4.42 53.0 4 5.89 70.7 6 8.83 106 8 11.8 141 10 14.7 176 12 17.7 212 14 20.6 24711/2 x 2 3.53 42.4 21/2 4.42 53.0 3 5.30 63.6 31/2 6.18 74.2 4 7.07 84.8 5 8.83 106 6 10.6 128 61/2 11.5 138 8 14.1 169 81/2 15.0 180 10 17.6 212 12 21.2 254 14 24.7 29713/4 x 2 4.12 49.4 33/4 7.73 92.6 41/2 9.28 111 51/2 11.3 1362 x 21/2 5.89 70.7 3 7.07 84.8 31/2 8.24 98.9 4 9.43 113 5 11.8 142 6 14.1 169 61/2 15.3 184 8 18.9 226 81/2 20.0 240 10 23.6 283 12 28.3 339 14 33.0 39621/2 x 3 8.83 106 31/2 10.3 124 4 11.8 141 5 14.7 1773 x 4 14.1 169 5 17.6 212 6 21.2 2544 x 5 23.6 283

Sec . L page 13

Page 325: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

6061 ALuminum (Continued)

6061-t6 chAnneLS 6061-t6 i beAmS Lengths 25’ Approx. Lengths 25’ Approx.

Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . in per 25-ft . in per 25-ft . inches foot Length inches foot Length

3 x .170 1.42 35.5 .258 1.73 43.3 .356 2.08 52.04 x .180 1.85 46.3 .247 2.16 54.0 .320 2.50 62.55 x .190 2.31 57.8 .325 3.11 77.8 .472 3.97 99.36 x .200 2.83 70.8 .225 3.00 75.0 .314 3.63 90.8 .437 4.50 1137 x .230 3.54 88.5 .314 4.23 1068 x .190 4.15 104 .250 4.25 106 .303 4.75 119 .487 6.48 16210 x .240 5.28 132 .526 8.64 21612 x .300 7.41 185 .387 8.64 216

6061-t6 teeS Lengths 25’ Approx.

Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . in per 25-ft . inches foot Length

2 x 2 x 1/4 1.26 31.5

3 x 3 x 3/8 2.72 68.0

3 x .170 1.96 49.0

.349 2.59 64.8

4 x .190 2.64 66.0

.326 3.28 82.0

5 x .210 3.43 85.8

.494 5.10 128

6 x .230 4.30 108

.343 5.10 128

8 x .350 6.18 155

6061-t6 Wide fLAnge6061-t6 h beAmS

Lengths 25’ Approx.

Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . in per 25-ft . inches foot Length

Wide fLAnge

6 x 4 x .230 4.16 104

6 x 6 x .240 5.40 135

8 x 51/4 x .230 5.90 148

8x 61/2 x .245 8.32 208

8 x 8 x .288 10.7 268

h beAmS

4 x .313 4.76 119

5 x .313 6.49 162

6 x .250 7.85 196

8 x .313 11.2 280

Sec . L page 14

Page 326: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

6061 ALuminum (Continued)

6061 Sheet6061-o Soft Annealed6061-t4 heat treated

6061-t6 heat treated & Aged

thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet

.020 ( .303 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x144 10.9 48x144 14.5 .025 ( .375 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x144 13.5 48x144 18.0 .032 ( .476 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 11.4 48x144 22.8 .040 ( .593 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 14.2 48x144 28.5 .050 ( .737 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 17.7 48x144 35.4 60x144 44.2

6061-t651 pLAte thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet

.250 (3 .53 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 84.7 48x144 169 60x144 212 72x144 254 .313 (4 .42 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 212 .375 (5 .29 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 127 48x144 254 60x144 317 .500 (7 .06 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 169 48x144 339 60x144 424 .625 (8 .82 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 212 48x144 423 60x144 529 .750 (10 .6 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 509 60x144 636 .875 (12 .3 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 590

6061-t6 treAd pLAte Diamond Pattern thickness Width estimated Wt ., Lbs . thickness Width estimated Wt ., Lbs . in and per per in and per per inches Length Sq . ft . plate inches Length Sq . ft . plate

.100 48x192 1.55 99 .125 48x192 1.90 122 60x192 1.90 152 .188 48x192 2.79 179 60x192 2.79 223

.063 ( .921 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 22.1 48x144 44.2 60x144 55.3 .071 (1 .04 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 49.9 .080 (1 .17 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 56.2 60x144 70.2 72x144 84.2 .090 (1 .31 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 62.9 60x144 78.6 .100 (1 .46 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 70.1

.125 (1 .81 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 43.4 144 65.2 48x144 86.9 60x144 109 .160 (2 .33 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 55.9 48x144 112 60x144 140 .190 (2 .75 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x96 66.0 48x144 132 60x144 165 180 206 72x144 198

1 .000 (14 .1 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 677 60x144 8461 .250 (17 .6 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 845 60x144 10561 .500 (21 .2 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 1018 60x144 12721 .750 (24 .7 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 11862 .000 (28 .2 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 1354 60x144 16922 .250 (31 .8 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 1526 60x144 19082 .500 (35 .3 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 1694 60x144 21182 .750 (38 .8 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 1862

3 .000 (42 .3 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 2030 60x144 25383 .500 (49 .4 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 23714 .000 (56 .4 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 27074 .500 (63 .6 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 30535 .000 (70 .6 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 33896 .000 (84 .7 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 40667 .000 (98 .7 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 47388 .000 (112 .8 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 54149 .000 (126 .9 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 6091

.250 48x192 3.67 235 60x192 3.67 294 .375 48x192 5.43 348 60x192 5.43 434

Sec . L page 15

Page 327: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

6063 ALuminum

color marking: Ends painted Green and Yellow

This grade is commonly referred to as the architectural alloy. It was developed as an extrusion alloy with relatively high tensile properties, excellent finishing characteristics, and a high degree of resistance to corrosion.

6063 alloy is most often found in various interior and exterior architectural applications, such as windows, doors, store fronts, and assorted trim items. It is the alloy best suited for anodizing applications —— either plain or in a variety of colors.

AnALySiS cu Si fe mn mg Zn cr ti (max .) (max .) (max .) (max .) (max .) (max .)

0.10 0.20/0.60 0.35 0.10 0.45/0.90 0.10 0.10 0.10

SpecificAtionS — AMS QQ-A-200/9, AMS 4156, ASTM B 221.

AppLicAtionS — Moldings and extruded trim for stores and homes. Used extensively for anodized parts.

typicAL mechAnicAL propertieS tensile yield Strength Strength elongation brinell (psi) (psi) in 2” hardness 6063-o 13,000 7,000 —— 25 6063-t1 22,000 13,000 20 42 6063-t5 27,000 21,000 12 60 6063-t52 27,000 21,000 12 60 6063-t6 35,000 31,000 12 73

mAchinAbiLity — For automatic screw machine operations, 6063 is rated between 75% and 85% of 2011 in the T5 and T6 conditions. It is 60% of 2011 in the O condition, and 50% in the T42 condition.

6063-t52 rectAngLeS

Stock Lengths 16’ Approx.

Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs . Size est . Wt ., Lbs .

in per 16-ft . in per 16-ft . in per 16-ft .inches foot Length inches foot Length inches foot Length1/8x 1/2 .073 1.17 5/8 .091 1.45 3/4 .109 1.75 1 .145 2.33 11/4 .182 2.92 11/2 .219 3.50 13/4 .255 4.08 2 .292 4.66 21/2 .364 5.823/16 x 1/2 .109 1.75 3/4 .164 2.62 1 .219 3.50 11/4 .274 4.37 11/2 .328 5.24 2 .437 6.99 21/2 .546 8.74

1/4 x 1/2 .145 2.33 5/8 .182 2.92 3/4 .219 3.50 1 .292 4.66 11/4 .364 5.82 11/2 .437 6.99 13/4 .510 8.16 2 .583 9.33 21/2 .729 11.7 3 .874 14.0 3/8x1/2 .219 3.50 5/8 .274 4.37 3/4 .328 5.24 1 .437 6.99 11/4 .546 8.74

3/8x 11/2 .656 10.5 2 .874 14.0 3 1.31 21.01/2x 3/4 .437 6.99 1 .583 9.33 11/2 .729 11.7 11/2 .874 14.0 2 1.17 18.6 21/2 1.45 23.3 3 1.75 27.93/4 x 11/2 1.31 21.0 2 1.75 27.9 3 2.62 42.01x 11/2 1.75 27.9 2 2.33 37.3

Sec . L page 16

Page 328: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

6063 ALuminum (Continued)

6063-t52 AngLeS

Lengths 16’ Approx.

Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . in per 16-ft . in per 16-ft . inches foot Length inches foot Length

1/2 x 1/2 x 1/16 .070 1.12 1/8 .131 2.10 5/8 x 5/8 x 1/8 .168 2.69 3/4 x 3/8 x 3/32 .116 1.86 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/16 .107 1.71 1/8 .206 3.30 1 x 1/2 x 3/32 .158 2.53 1/8 .206 3.30 1 x 3/4 x 1/8 .244 3.90 1 x 1 x 1/16 .145 2.32 1/8 .281 4.50 3/16 .409 6.54 11/4 x 1/2 x 1/8 .244 3.90 11/4 x 1 x 1/8 .319 5.10 11/4 x 11/4 x 1/8 .356 5.70 3/16 .522 8.35 11/2 x 3/4 x 1/8 .319 5.10 11/2 x 1 x 1/8 .356 5.70

6063-t52 chAnneLS

Lengths 16’ Approx. (Some 20’)

Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . in per 16-ft . in per 16-ft . inches foot Length inches foot Length 1/2 x 3/8 x 1/8 .150 2.40 1/2 x 1/2 x 3/32 .148 2.37 1/2 x 3/4 x 1/8 .263 4.21 5/8 x 5/8 x 1/8 .243 3.89 3/4 x 3/8 x 1/8 .186 2.98 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/8 .299 4.781 x 1/2 x 1/8 .262 4.191 x 1 x 1/8 .413 6.61 11/4 x 1/2 x 1/8 .299 4.78 11/4 x 11/4 x 1/8 .526 8.42 11/2 x 1/2 x 1/8 .336 5.38

6063-t52 SQuAreS

Lengths 16’ Approx.

Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . in per 16-ft . in per 16-ft . inches foot Length inches foot Length

3/8 .164 2.62 1/2 .292 4.66 5/8 .455 7.29 3/4 .656 10.5

11/2 x 11/2 x 1/8 .431 6.90 3/16 .632 10.113/4 x 13/4 x 1/8 .506 8.102 x 1 x 1/8 .431 6.902 x 11/2 x 1/8 .506 8.102 x 2 x 1/8 .581 9.30 3/16 .860 13.8 1/4 1.13 18.121/2 x 11/2 x 1/8 .506 8.1021/2 x 2 x 1/8 .656 10.521/2 x 21/2 x 1/8 .731 11.73 x 2 x 1/8 .731 11.73 x 3 x 1/8 .881 14.1 3/16 1.31 20.931/2 x 11/4 x 1/8 .694 11.131/2 x 31/2 x 1/8 1.03 16.54 x 2 x 1/8 .881 14.14 x 3 x 1/8 1.03 16.54 x 4 x 1/8 1.18 18.9

13/4 x 1/2 x 1/8 .376 6.0213/4 x 3/4 x 1/8 .450 7.20 13/4 x 1 x 1/8 .526 8.422 x 1/2 x 1/8 .413 6.612 x 1 x 1/8 .563 9.012 x 2 x 1/4 1.67 26.721/4 x 7/8 x 1/8 .562 8.9921/2 x 11/2 x 1/8 .787 12.63 x 1/2 x 1/8 .563 9.013 x 1 x 1/8 .713 11.45 x 2 x 3/16 1.95 31.2

1 1.17 18.6

1/4 1.82 29.2

1/2 2.62 42.0

Sec . L page 17

Page 329: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

7075 ALuminum

color marking (rod and bar): Ends painted BlackThis is one of the highest strength aluminum alloys available. Its strength-to-weight ratio is excellent, and it is ideally used for highly stressed parts. It may be formed in the annealed condition and subsequently heat treated. Spot or flash welding can be used, although arc and gas welding are not recommended.It is available in the clad (“Alclad”) from to improve the corrosion resistance with the over-all high strength being only moderately affected.AnALySiS cu Si fe mn mg Zn cr ti (max .) (max .) (max .) (max .) 1.2/2.0 0.40 0.50 0.30 2.1/2.9 5.1/6.1 0.18/0.28 0.20

SpecificAtionS drawn bars: AMS-QQ-A-225/9, AMS 4122. extruded bars: AMS-QQ-A-200/11, AMS 4154. bare Sheet: AMS-QQ-A-250/12, AMS 4044 (O), AMS 4045 (T6) Alclad Sheet: AMS-QQ-A-250/13, AMS 4048 (O), AMS 4049 (Tb). bare plate: AMS-QQ-A-250/12, AMS 4045

AppLicAtionS — Used where highest strength is needed.

corroSion reSiStAnce — Refer to table on Page 24 of this section.

typicAL mechAnicAL propertieS min . 90º cold bend tensile yield elongation % in 2” radius for Strength Strength 1/16” 1/2” .064” brinell bare: (psi) (psi) flat round thick hardness 7075-o 33,000 15,000 17 16 0-1T 60 7075-t6, t651 83,000 73,000 11 11 4-6T 150 Alclad: 7075-o 32,000 14,000 17 - - - 7075-t6, t651 76,000 67,000 11 - - -

mAchinAbiLity — For automatic screw machine operations, 7075 is rated between 75% and 85% of 2011 in the T6 condition, and 65% in the O condition.

7075-t6 and 7075-t651 roundS

Lengths 12’ Approx

Size est . Weight, Lbs . Size est . Weight, Lbs . Size est . Weight, Lbs .

in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft .inches foot bar inches foot bar inches foot bar 3/16 .034 .408 1/4 .059 .716 5/16 .093 1.12 3/8 .135 1.61 1/2 .239 2.86 9/16 .302 3.62 5/8 .372 4.47 11/16 .450 5.42 3/4 .537 6.44 7/8 .731 8.761 .954 11.5 1/8 1.21 14.5 1/4 1.49 17.9 3/8 1.80 21.7 1/2 2.15 25.7 5/8 2.51 30.2

1 3/4 2.92 35.0 7/8 3.36 40.32 3.81 45.8 1/8 4.31 51.7 1/4 4.83 57.9 3/8 5.39 64.5 1/2 5.96 71.6 5/8 6.57 78.9 3/4 7.22 86.6 7/8 7.89 94.63 8.58 103 1/4 10.1 121 1/2 11.7 141 3/4 13.5 1614 15.2 183 1/4 17.2 207

4 1/2 19.3 232 3/4 21.5 2585 23.9 286 1/4 26.3 316 1/2 28.9 347 3/4 31.6 3786 34.4 412 1/4 37.2 447 1/2 40.3 4847 46.7 561 1/2 53.7 6448 61.1 733

Sec . L page 18

Page 330: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

7075 ALuminum (Continued)

7075-t6 And 7075-t6511 coLd finiShed rectAngLeS Lengths 12’ Approx.

Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . in per 12-ft . in per 12-ft . inches foot Length inches foot Length

3/16 x 1 .228 2.74

1/4 x 1 .304 3.64 1 1/2 .455 5.46 2 .608 7.283/8 x 1 .455 5.46 1 1/2 .683 8.20 1 3/4 .797 9.56 2 .911 10.9 3 1.37 16.4

1/2 x 3/4 .455 5.46 1 .608 7.29 1 1/2 .911 10.9 1 3/4 1.06 12.8 2 1.22 14.6 2 1/2 1.51 18.2 3 1.82 21.9 4 2.43 29.1 5 3.04 36.4 6 3.64 43.8

5/8 x 1 .759 9.11 1 1/2 1.14 13.7 2 1.51 18.2

3/4 x 1 .911 10.9 1 1/2 1.37 16.4 2 1.82 21.9 3 2.73 32.8 6 5.46 65.6

1 x 1 1/4 1.51 18.2 1 1/2 1.82 21.9 1 3/4 2.13 25.5 2 2.43 29.1 2 1/2 3.04 36.4 3 3.64 43.8 4 4.86 58.3 6 7.29 87.4

11/4 x 1 1/2 2.28 27.3 2 3.04 36.4 2 1/2 3.79 45.5 3 4.55 54.6 4 6.08 72.911/2 x 2 3.64 43.8 2 1/2 4.55 54.6 3 5.46 65.6 4 7.29 87.4 6 10.9 1322 x 2 1/4 5.46 65.6 21/2 6.08 72.9 3 7.29 87.4 4 9.72 117 6 14.6 17521/2 x 3 9.11 109 4 12.2 146 6 18.2 2193 x 3 12.8 153 4 14.6 175 5 18.2 219 6 21.9 262

7075-t651 SQuAreSLengths 12” Approx.

Size estimated Wt ., Lbs . in per 12-ft . inches foot Length

1/2 .304 3.64 3/4 .683 8.20 1 1.22 14.6 1/4 1.90 22.8 3/8 2.30 27.5 1/2 2.73 32.8 3/4 3.72 44.6 2 4.86 58.3 1/2 7.59 91.1 3 10.9 132 1/2 14.9 178 4 19.4 234

Sec . L page 19

Page 331: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

7075 ALuminum (Continued)

7075 SheetbAre & ALcLAd

Available in following tempers7075-o Soft Annealed bare

7075-t6 heat treated & Aged thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet

.012 ( .193 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 9.26 .016 ( .251 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x144 9.04 48x144 12.1 .020 ( .309 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x144 11.1 48x144 14.8 .025 ( .382 lb . per sq . ft .) 36x144 13.8 48x96 12.2 48x144 18.3 .032 ( .480 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 23.0 60x180 36.0

bAre 7075-t651 pLAte

thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet inches Length Sheet

.250 (3 .64 lb . per sq . ft .)

48x144 175

.313 (4 .56 lb . per sq . ft .)

36x96 109

48x144 219

.375 (5 .45 lb . per sq . ft .)

36x96 131

48x144 262

.500 (7 .27 lb . per sq . ft .)

36x96 174

48x144 349

.625 (9 .09 lb . per sq . ft .)

36x96 218

48x144 436

.750 (10 .9 lb . per sq . ft .)

36x96 262

48x144 523

.875 (12 .7 lb . per sq . ft .)

36x96 305

48x144 610

.040 ( .596 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 28.6 60x180 44.7 .050 ( .749 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 36.0 60x180 56.2 .063 ( .938 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 45.0 60x180 70.4 .071 (1 .05 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 50.4 60x180 78.8 .080 (1 .19 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 57.1 60x180 89.3

.090 (1 .33 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 63.8 60x180 99.8 .100 (1 .48 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 71.0 60x180 111 .125 (1 .84 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 88.3 60x180 138 .160 (2 .38 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 114 60x180 179 .190 (2 .81 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 135 60x180 211 60x240 281

1 .000 (14 .5 lb . per sq . ft .)

36x96 348

48x144 696

1 .250 (18 .2 lb . per sq . ft .)

24x72 218

36x96 437

48x144 874

1 .500 (21 .8 lb . per sq . ft .)

24x72 262

36x96 523

48x144 1046

1 .750 (25 .5 lb . per sq . ft .)

36x96 612

48x144 1224

2 .000 (29 .1 lb . per sq . ft .)

24x72 349

36x96 698

48x144 1397

2 .250 (32 .7 lb . per sq . ft .)

48x144 1570

2 .500 (36 .4 lb . per sq . ft .)

36x96 874

48x144 1747

2 .750 (40 .0 lb . per sq . ft .)

48x144 1920

3 .000 (43 .6 lb . per sq . ft .)

36x96 1046

48x144 2093

3 .500 (50 .9 lb . per sq . ft .)

48x144 2443

4 .000 (58 .2 lb . per sq . ft .)

48x144 2793

5 .000 (72 .7 lb . per sq . ft .)

48x144 3490

6 .000 (84 .7 lb . per sq . ft .)

48x144 4195

Sec . L page 20

Page 332: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

ALuminum tooLing pLAte

This plate is produced from a fine-grain aluminum alloy which is free from internal stresses. This material is dimensionally stable, which assures minimum movement in machining.

Tooling plate is a machined product, with flat surfaces and a finish equal to 32 micro-inches or better. It is readily machined with very little distortion.

Aluminum tooling plate is one-third as heavy as steel plate, which usually eliminates the need for heavy handling equipment for installation and set up and reduces the load on ways and screws. It is highly resistant to corrosion, requiring no protective treatment. After the tool is obsolete, the product has a higher salvage value than steels.

Aluminum Tooling Plate is used for templates, assembly jigs and fixtures, weldingfixtures, hydro press form blocks, drill jigs, and rubber and plastic molds.

thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet

.250 (3 .636 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x96 116 144 175 60x144 218 .313 (4 .545 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x96 145 144 218 .375 (5 .454 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x96 175 144 262 60x144 327 .500 (7 .272 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x96 233 144 349 60x144 436 .625 (9 .090lb . per sq . ft .) 48x96 291 144 436 60x144 545 .750 (10 .91 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x96 349 144 524 60x144 655 .875 (12 .70 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 6101 .000 (14 .54 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x96 465 144 698 60x144 8721 .250 (18 .18 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x96 582 144 873 60x144 1091

compLete ALuminum StocKS

immediAte Shipment

modern cutting fAciLitieS

metALLurgicAL ASSiStAnce

thick- Width est .Wt . ness in and Lbs . per inches Length Sheet

1 .500 (21 .82 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x96 698 144 1047 60x144 13091 .750 (25 .45 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x96 814 144 1222 60x144 15272 .000 (29 .09 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 13962 .500 (36 .36 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x96 1164 144 17453 .000 (43 .63 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x96 1396 144 20943 .500 (50 .90 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 24434 .000 (58 .18 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 27924 .500 (65 .46 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 31425 .000 (72 .72 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 34915 .500 (80 .00 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 3840 60x144 48006 .000 (87 .27 lb . per sq . ft .) 48x144 4189 60x144 5236

Sec . L page 21

Page 333: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

ALuminum ALLoy deSignAtionS

The aluminum industry uses a four-digit index system for the designation of its wrought aluminum alloys.

As outlined below, the first digit indicates the alloy group according to the major alloying elements.

1xxx Series

In this group, minimum aluminum content is 99%, and there is no major alloying element.

The second digit indicates modifications in impurity limits. If the second digit is zero, there is no special control on individual impurities. Digits 1 through 9, which are assigned consecutively as needed, indicate special control of one or more individual impurities.

The last two digits indicate specific minimum aluminum content. Although the absolute minimum aluminum content in this group is 99%, the minimum for certain grades is higher than 99%, and the last two digits represent the hundredths of a percent over 99.

Thus, 1030 would indicate 99.30% minimum aluminum, without special control on individual impurities. The designations 1130, 1230, 1330, etc., indicate the same purity with special control on one or more impurities. Likewise, 1100 indi-cates minimum aluminum content of 99.00% with individual impurity control.

2xxx through 9xxx Series

The major alloying elements are indicated by the first digit, as follows: 2xxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copper 3xxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manganese 4xxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Silicon 5xxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnesium 6xxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnesium and Silicon 7xxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zinc 8xxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Element 9xxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unused Series

The second digit indicates alloy modification. If the second digit is zero, it indicates the original alloy; digits 1 through 9, which are assigned consecutively, indicate alloy modifications. The last two digits have no special significance, serving only to identify the different alloys in the group.

experimental Alloys

Experimental alloys are designated according to the four-digit system, but they are prefixed by the letter X. The prefix is dropped when the alloy becomes stan-dard. During development, and before they are designated as experimental, new alloys are identified by serial numbers assigned by their originators. Use of the serial number is discontinued when the X number is assigned.

Sec . L page 22

Page 334: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

ALuminum temper deSignAtionS

The temper designation system used for all forms, except ingot, of aluminum and its alloys, is based on the sequence of basic treatments used to produce the various tempers. The basic temper designation consists of a letter, and subdivisions of the basic temper are indicated by one or more digits following the letter.

bASic temper deSignAtionS

F —— As Fabricated. O —— Annealed. H —— Strain Hardened. W —— Solution Heat Treated. T —— Thermally Treated —— to produce a stable temper other than those listed.

SubdiviSionS of h temper

H1 —— Strain hardened only. H2 —— Strain hardened, then partially annealed. H3 —— Strain hardened, then stabilized.

The degree of strain hardening is indicated by a second digit following one of the above designations:

2 —— 1/4 hard (tensile strength midway between 0 and 4). 4 —— 1/2 hard (tensile strength midway between 0 and 8). 6 —— 3/4 hard (tensile strength midway between 4 and 8). 8 —— full hard (tensile strength achieved by 75% cold reduction after anneal). 9 —— extra hard (minimum tensile 2.0 ksi higher than 8).

A third digit may be used to indicate a variation of a two digit number.

SubdiviSionS of t temper

— T1 Cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process and naturally aged. — T2 Annealed. — T3 Solution heat treated and cold worked. — T4 Solution heat treated and naturally aged. — T5 Cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process and artificially aged. — T6 Solution heat treated and artificially aged. — T7 Solution heat treated and stabilized. — T8 Solution heat treated, cold worked, and artificially aged. — T9 Solution heat treated, artificially aged, and cold worked. — T10 Cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process, artificially aged and cold worked.

Additional digits are used to designate stress relieving: — T51 Stress relieving by stretching. — T52 Stress relieving by compressing. T510 designates products that receive no further straightening after stretching, and T511 designates products that receive minor straightening in order to comply with standard tolerances.

Sec . L page 23

Page 335: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

reLAtive corroSion reSiStAnceof ALuminum ALLoyS

non-industrial industrial marine Atmosphere Alloy Atmosphere Atmosphere or Sea Water Service

1100 A B B

2011 B C D

2017 A A B

2024 B C D

Alclad 2024 A A B

3003 A B B

5005 A A A

5052 A A A

5083 A A A

5086 A A A

6061-t6 A B B

6063-t5 A B B

7075-t6 B C D

Alclad 7075-t6 A B C

A = Best relative resistance.

B = Good relative resistance.

C = Fair relative resistance.

D = Not usually recommended without additional surface treatment.

NOTE: This table is to be used as a general guide only, since in many applications an alloy with a D rating performs satisfactorily while in other applications an alloy with an A, B, or C rating may require additional protection.

Sec . L page 24

Page 336: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. M Page 1

MSection M

BRASS BAR AnD tUBinG

c36000 1/2 HARD BRASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

BRASS RoD AnD BAR toLeRAnceS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

c35300 1/2 HARD BRASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

c46400 1/2 HARD nAVAL BRASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

BRASS BAR SiZeS AnD WeiGHtS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

coLD DRAWn SeAMLeSS c443 ADMiRALtY BRASS tUBinG . . . 6

BRASS tUBinG SiZeS AnD WeiGHtS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Page 337: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. M Page 2

c36000 1/2 HARD BRASS

cDA 360 FRee cUttinG ALLoY

AStM B 16

UnS c36000

color Marking: Ends painted Orange

This grade of brass was developed with lead additive and surface hardness to promote superior machinability compared to other red metal products.

AnALYSiS copper iron Lead Zinc 60.0/63.0 .35 Max. 2.5/3.7 Remainder

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Rockwell B Strength Strength Hardness (psi) (psi) 45,000-50,000 15,000-25,000 10-25% 55-70

MAcHinABiLitY — The machinability rating of this grade is 100% based on 1212.

APPLicAtionS — This material is primarily intended for use in fasteners, valve stems, valve seats, fluid connectors, automatic screw machine parts, faucet stems and seats, and other plumbing fittings.

BRASS RoD AnD BAR toLeRAnceS

Reference AStM B249

Diameter or Distance Between tolerance, Plus and Minus, inches (mm) Parallel Surfaces, inches (mm) Round Hexagon, octagon Up to .150 (3.8), incl. 0.0013 (0.035) 0.0025 (0.06) Over .150-.500 (3.8-12) incl. 0.0015 (.04) 0.003 (0.08) Over .500-1.00 (12-25) incl. 0.002 (0.05) 0.004 (0.10) Over 1.00-2.00 (25-50) incl. 0.0025 (0.06) 0.005 (0.13) Over 2.00 (50) .15% .30% Note: When tolerances are expressed as all plus or minus, double the values given.

Page 338: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

c35300 LeADeD coMMeRciAL BRASS 1/2 HARD

cDA 353

AStM B 453

UnS c35300

color Marking: Ends painted Black

This alloy is intended for applications requiring extensive machining.

AnALYSiS cu Fe Pb Zn 60.0/63.0 .15 Max. 1.5/2.5 Remainder 36.0 Nominal

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Strength Strength (psi) (psi) 68,000 45,000 10%

APPLicAtionS — Hardware, industrial fasteners, gears, ratchets, adapters, flare fittings, couplings, watch parts, automatic screw machine parts and a variety of plumbing parts.

MAcHinABiLitY — The machinability of this grade is 90% based on alloy 360 being 100%.

WeLDinG — This alloy is suitable for soldering and brazing. Most welding pro-cesses are not recommended.

Sec. M Page 3

Page 339: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

c46400 nAVAL BRASS 1/2 HARD

cDA 464

AStM B 21 AMS 4611

UnS c46400

color Marking: Ends painted Red

This grade of brass was developed with lead additive and surface hardness to promote superior machinability compared to other red metal products.

AnALYSiS cu Sn Pb Fe Sum Min. Zn 59.0/62.0 0.50/1.0 .020 Max. .010 Max. 99.6 Remainder

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Strength Yield Strength elongation (psi) (psi) Minimum Minimum Minimum

Up to .500 incl. 60.0 27.0 22% .501-1.000 incl. 60.0 27.0 25% 1.001-2.500 incl. 58.0 26.0 26% 2.501-3.500 incl. 54.0 25.0 27% Over 3.500 54.0 22.0 30%

APPLicAtion — This material is commonly used for fasteners and hardware for corrosion resistance, including marine applications. This alloy is also used for high strength cold headed products.

MAcHinABiLitY — This grade has a machinability rating of 30 based on Alloy 360 being 100%.

WeLDinG — Soldering and Brazing are rated as excellent. All other forms of join-ing are fair.

FoRGinG — The hot forgability rating of this alloy is 90% with Forging Brass at 100%. The recommended hot working temperature for this alloy is 1200º to 1500º F.

Sec. M Page 4

Page 340: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

BRASS BAR WeiGHtS Round Square Size Wt/Ft Wt/Ft t W Wt/Ft

1/8 0.045272 0.057642 0.125 0.5 0.230567 3/16 0.102407 0.130386 0.125 0.75 0.34585 13/64 0.1194 0.152023 0.125 1 0.461134 7/32 0.138963 0.176931 0.188 0.5 0.346772 15/64 0.158651 0.201999 0.188 0.75 0.520159 1/4 .0181089 0.230567 0.188 1 0.693545 9/32 0.228783 0.291293 0.25 0.75 0.6917 5/16 0.283858 0.361414 0.25 1 0.922267 3/8 0.40745 0.518775 0.25 1.5 1.383401 7/16 0.555853 0.707726 0.25 2 1.844534 1/2 0.724356 0.922267 0.25 2.5 2.305668 9/16 0.918393 1.16932 0.25 3 2.766802 5/8 1.131806 1.441043 0.25 4 3.689069 11/16 1.371478 1.746199 0.375 1 1.383401 3/4 1.629801 2.075101 0.375 1.5 2.075101 13/16 1.915107 2.43836 0.375 2 2.766802 7/8 2.21834 2.824443 0.375 2.5 3.458502 15/16 2.549281 3.245805 0.375 3 4.150202 1 2.897424 3.689069 0.375 4 5.533603 11/16 3.273999 4.168533 0.5 1 1.844534 11/8 3.667052 4.668978 0.5 1.5 2.766802 13/16 4.089261 5.206545 0.5 2 3.689069 11/4 4.527224 5.76417 0.5 2.5 4.611336 15/16 4.995068 6.35984 0.5 3 5.533603 13/8 5.477941 6.974646 0.5 4 7.378138 17/16 5.99142 7.628419 0.75 1 2.766802 11/2 6.519203 8.300405 0.75 1.5 4.150202 19/16 7.078316 9.012281 0.75 2 5.533603 15/8 7.651009 9.741447 0.75 2.5 6.917004 111/16 8.255757 10.51143 0.75 3 8.300405 13/4 8.87336 11.29777 0.75 4 11.06721 113/16 9.523742 12.12585 1 1.5 5.533603 17/8 10.18625 12.96938 1 2 7.378138 115/16 10.88227 13.85557 1 2.5 9.222672 2 11.58969 14.75628 1 3 11.06721 21/16 12.33135 15.70056 1 4 14.75628 21/8 13.08368 16.65845 1.25 1.5 6.917004 23/16 13.87096 17.66084 1.25 2 9.222672 21/4 14.66821 18.67591 1.25 2.5 11.52834 25/16 15.50113 19.7364 1.25 3 13.83401 23/8 16.34328 20.80865 1.25 4 18.44534 27/16 17.22183 21.92725 1.5 2 11.06721 21/2 18.1089 23.05668 1.5 2.5 13.83401 29/16 19.03309 24.23338 1.5 3 16.60081 25/8 19.96506 25.41999 1.5 4 22.13441 211/16 20.93488 26.65479 2 3 22.13441 23/4 21.91177 27.89858 2 4 29.51255 213/16 22.92722 29.19149 27/8 23.94902 30.49246 215/16 25.01011 31.84347

Sec. M Page 5

Page 341: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

coLD DRAWn SeAMLeSS c443

inHiBiteD ADMiRALtY BRASS tUBinG

cDA 443

AStM B 135 AStM B111

UnS c44300

This material is intended for use where corrosion resistance and formability are primary considerations.

AnALYSiS cu Sn Pb Fe Zn As 70.0/73.0 .90/1.2 .07 Max. .06 Max. Remainder .02/.06

conDition — Hard Drawn and Stress Relieved

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Rockwell B Strength Strength Hardness (psi) (psi) 70,000 Min. 60,000 Min. 10% Min. 85 Min. .2% offset

toLeRAnceS OD +.010/-.000 ID (when specified) +.000/-.010

APPLicAtion — This alloy is intended for use in condensers, evaporators, heat exchangers, ferrules, subsurface pumps and distillers.

FoRGinG — The forging temperature for this alloy is 1200°F - 1470°F

WeLDinG — This alloy is generally brazed.

Sec. M Page 6

Page 342: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

BRASS tUBinG WeiGHtS

Size oD WALL (iD) Wt/Ft

11/8 1.125 0.1880 0.75 2.0394 11/2 1.5 0.1275 1.245 2.0259 11/2 1.5 0.1880 1.125 2.8556 15/8 1.625 0.1875 1.245 3.1204 15/8 1.625 0.1900 1.245 3.1565 15/8 1.625 0.2840 1.057 4.4091 13/4 1.75 0.1233 1.5035 2.3220 13/4 1.75 0.1250 1.495 2.3516 13/4 1.75 0.1275 1.495 2.3949 17/8 1.875 0.1875 1.495 3.6631 17/8 1.875 0.1875 1.495 3.7064 21/8 2.125 0.1900 1.745 4.2058 21/8 2.125 0.1900 1.745 4.2563 21/4 2.25 0.1250 1.995 3.0752 21/4 2.25 0.1275 1.995 3.1330 21/4 2.25 0.2375 1.77 5.5335 21/4 2.25 0.2400 1.77 5.5848 21/4 2.25 0.2525 1.745 5.8391 215/16 2.3125 0.1588 1.995 3.9595 215/16 2.313 0.1560 1.995 3.8956 21/2 2.5 0.0650 2.37 1.8324 23/4 2.75 0.1250 2.495 3.7987 23/4 2.75 0.1275 2.495 3.8710 23/4 2.75 0.2520 2.245 7.2878 23/4 2.75 0.2525 2.245 7.3007 31/4 3.25 0.2500 2.745 8.6828 31/4 3.25 0.2525 2.745 8.7624 33/4 3.75 0.2500 3.245 10.1300 33/4 3.75 0.2525 3.245 10.2240 41/4 4.25 0.2500 3.745 11.5771 41/4 4.25 0.2525 3.745 11.6856

Sec. M Page 7

Page 343: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. N Page 1

NSectioN N

coNtiNUoUS cASt iRoN BAR

coNtiNUoUS cASt GRAY iRoN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

coNtiNUoUS cASt DUctiLe iRoN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

coNtiNUoUS cASt 201/202 Ni-ReSiSt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

coNtiNUoUS cASt iRoN SiZeS AND WeiGHtS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Page 344: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

coNtiNUoUS cASt GRAY iRoN BARS

SimiLAR to AStm A 48

This material is broken down into several subsets based primarily on the devel-oped microstructure.

ANALYSiS c Si mn S P

max. max.

G1 2.60/3.75 1.80/3.00 .30/.65 .07 .12 G1A 2.60/3.75 2.30/3.00 .10/.35 .025 .12 G2 2.60/3.75 1.80/3.00 .60/.95 .07 .12 G2A 2.60/3.75 2.30/3.00 .20/.40 .025 .12

HARDNeSS BHN min. BHN max. G1 .625-1.500 179 235 1.501-3.000 163 229 3.001-6.000 151 229 6.001-20.00 143 201 G2 .625-.750 229 301 .751-1.500 207 285 1.501-2.000 207 277 2.001-3.000 207 269 3.001-6.000 197 269 6.001-20.00 183 269

mAcHiNABiLitY — The machinability ratings are G1 125%, G2 135% based on 1212.

APPLicAtioNS — Hydraulic cylinder glands, manifolds and pistons; Automotive cylinder liners, gears valve guides; Pump liners, rollers, rotors and a variety of other mechanical parts.

HARDeNiNG — G1 and G2 can be oil quenched from 1500ºF to 1600ºF to produce surface hardness of RC 40 (G1) and RC 50 (G2).

Sec. N Page 2

Page 345: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

coNtiNUoUS cASt DUctiLe iRoN BARS

SimiLAR to AStm A 536

This material is broken down into several subsets based primarily on the devel-oped microstructure.

ANALYSiS c Si mn P S

max. max.

3.50/3.90 2.25/3.00 .15/.35 .05 .025

mecHANicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield Strength Strength elongation* minimum minimum (psi) (psi) 65-45-12 65,000 45,000 12% 80-55-06 85,000 55,000 6% 100-70-02 100,000 70,000 2%

*Bars under 2.0” diameter, elongation will be 9% minimum.

APPLicAtioNS — High pressure cylinder blocks, pistons, glands, rotors and valves. Also commonly used for bushings, flywheels, pulleys, rams, guide ways, gears, housings and liners.

HARDeNiNG — These grades can be oil quenched from 1600º F to produce surface hardness of RC 50 minimum.

mAcHiNABiLitY — The machinability ratings for each grade are:

65-45-12 150% 80-55-06 125% 100-70-02 75%

Based on 1212.

Sec. N Page 3

Page 346: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

201/202 Ni-ReSiSt cASt iRoN BARS

AStm A 436 tYPe 1 AND tYPe 2

ANALYSiS c Si mn Ni cu cr S max. max.

201 (Type 1) 3.00 1.00/2.80 .50/1.50 13.50/17.50 .50/7.50 1.50/2.50 0.12 202 (Type 2) 3.00 1.00/2.80 .50/1.50 18.00/22.00 .50 Max. 1.50/2.50 0.12

HARDNeSS*:

201 (Type 1) 1”RD-6”RD 131 BHN/183 BHN 202 (Type 2) 1”RD-6”RD 118 BHN/174 BHN

*Brinell Hardness in the center of bars 1.750”RD and smaller may be lower due to thermal center microshrinkage.

HARDeNiNG: Austenitic alloys can not be hardened by heat treatment. This material may be softened by heating to 1800º-1900ºF for 3-5 hours and air cooling.

GRAiN SiZe: ASTM 4-6 based on ASTM A247

APPLicAtioNS: Valve guides, Insecticides pumps, Flood gates, Piston ring inserts, Sea water valves and Pump bodies.

coNDitioNS: Hydrogen sulfide and sour crude oil, Sea Water, Sodium hydroxide, Sulfuric acid, Hydrochloric acid and Marine atmospheres.

This product should not be used in applications involving service above 1300ºF.

mAcHiNABiLitY: This material machines similarly to Ductile Iron.

Sec. N Page 4

Page 347: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

coNtiNUoUS cASt iRoN SiZeS AND WeiGHtS

Size Gray iron Rough Size Wt/Ft Size Ductile Rough Wt/Ft Stock Gray iron iron Stock Size Allowance Allowance

0.625 0.0850 0.7100 1.2 0.625 0.088 0.7130 1.2

0.750 0.0850 0.8350 1.7 0.750 0.088 0.8380 1.7

0.875 0.0850 0.9600 2.3 0.875 0.088 0.9630 2.2

1.000 0.0850 1.0850 2.9 1.000 0.088 1.0880 2.8

1.125 0.0850 1.2100 3.6 1.125 0.088 1.2130 3.5

1.250 0.0850 1.3350 4.4 1.250 0.088 1.3380 4.3

1.375 0.0900 1.4650 5.3 1.375 0.095 1.4700 5.2

1.500 0.0900 1.5900 6.2 1.500 0.095 1.5950 6.1

1.625 0.0900 1.7150 7.2 1.625 0.095 1.7200 7.1

1.750 0.0900 1.8400 8.3 1.750 0.095 1.8450 8.2

1.875 0.0900 1.9650 9.5 1.875 0.095 1.9700 9.3

2.000 0.0900 2.0900 10.7 2.000 0.095 2.0950 10.5

2.125 0.1100 2.2350 12.2 2.125 0.118 2.2430 12.1

2.250 0.1100 2.3600 13.6 2.250 0.118 2.3680 13.5

2.375 0.1100 2.4850 15.1 2.375 0.118 2.4930 14.9

2.500 0.1100 2.6100 16.7 2.500 0.118 2.6180 16.5

2.625 0.1100 2.7350 18.3 2.625 0.118 2.7430 18.1

2.750 0.1100 2.860 20.0 2.750 0.118 2.8680 19.8

2.875 0.1100 2.9850 21.8 2.875 0.118 2.9930 21.5

3.000 0.1100 3.1100 23.7 3.000 0.118 3.1180 23.4

3.125 0.1250 3.2500 25.9 3.125 0.136 3.2610 25.6

3.250 0.1250 3.3750 27.9 3.250 0.136 3.3860 27.6

3.375 0.1250 3.5000 30.0 3.375 0.136 3.5110 29.6

3.500 0.1250 3.6250 32.2 3.500 0.136 3.6360 31.8

3.625 0.1250 3.7500 34.5 3.625 0.136 3.7610 34.0

3.750 0.1250 3.8750 36.8 3.750 0.136 3.8860 36.3

3.875 0.1250 4.0000 39.2 3.875 0.136 4.0110 38.7

4.000 0.1250 4.1250 41.7 4.000 0.136 4.1360 41.1

4.125 0.1400 4.2650 44.6 4.125 0.154 4.2790 44.0

4.250 0.1400 4.3900 47.2 4.250 0.154 4.4040 46.6

4.375 0.1400 4.5150 50.0 4.375 0.154 4.5290 49.3

4.500 0.1400 4.6400 52.8 4.500 0.154 4.6540 52.1

4.625 0.1400 4.7650 55.6 4.625 0.154 4.7790 54.9

4.750 0.1400 4.8900 58.6 4.750 0.154 4.9040 57.8

4.875 0.1400 5.0150 61.6 4.875 0.154 5.0290 60.8

5.000 0.1400 5.1400 64.7 5.000 0.154 5.1540 63.8

Sec. N Page 5

Page 348: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

coNtiNUoUS cASt iRoN SiZeS AND WeiGHtS (continued)

Size Gray iron Rough Size Wt/Ft Size Ductile Rough Wt/Ft Stock Gray iron iron Stock Size Allowance Allowance

5.125 0.1550 5.2800 68.3 5.125 0.172 5.2970 67.4 5.250 0.1550 5.4050 71.6 5.250 0.172 5.4220 70.7 5.375 0.1550 5.5300 74.9 5.375 0.172 5.5470 73.9 5.500 0.1550 5.6550 78.4 5.500 0.172 5.6720 77.3 5.625 0.1550 5.7800 81.9 5.625 0.172 5.7970 80.8 5.750 0.1550 5.9050 85.4 5.750 0.172 5.9220 84.3 5.875 0.1550 6.0300 89.1 5.875 0.172 6.0470 87.9 6.000 0.1550 6.1550 92.8 6.000 0.172 6.1720 91.6 6.250 0.1700 6.4200 101.0 6.250 0.19 6.4400 99.7 6.500 0.1700 6.6700 109.0 6.500 0.19 6.6900 107.6 6.750 0.1700 6.9200 117.3 6.750 0.19 6.9400 115.8 7.000 0.1700 7.1700 126.0 7.000 0.19 7.1900 124.2 7.250 0.1900 7.4400 135.6 7.250 0.213 7.4630 133.9 7.500 0.1900 7.6900 144.9 7.500 0.213 7.7130 143.0 7.750 0.1900 7.9400 154.5 7.750 0.213 7.9630 152.4 8.000 0.1900 8.1900 164.4 8.000 0.213 8.2130 162.1 8.250 0.2160 8.4660 175.6 8.250 0.242 8.4920 173.3 8.500 0.2160 8.7160 186.2 8.500 0.242 8.7420 183.7 8.750 0.2160 8.9660 197.0 8.750 0.242 8.9920 194.3 9.000 0.2160 9.2160 208.1 9.000 0.242 9.2420 205.3 9.250 0.2540 9.5040 221.3 9.250 0.283 9.5330 218.4 9.500 0.2540 9.7540 233.1 9.500 0.283 9.7830 230.0 10.000 0.2540 10.2540 257.7 10.000 0.283 10.2830 254.1 10.250 0.4000 10.6500 277.9 10.250 0.432 10.6820 274.2 10.500 04000 10.9000 291.1 10.500 0.432 10.9320 287.2 11.000 0.4000 11.4000 318.5 11.000 0.432 11.4320 314.1 11.500 0.5820 12.0820 357.7 11.500 0.623 12.1230 353.2 12.000 0.5820 12.5820 387.9 12.000 0.623 12.6230 382.9 13.000 0.5820 13.5820 452.0 13.000 0.623 13.6230 446.0 13.500 0.5820 14.0820 485.9 13.500 0.623 14.1230 479.4 14.000 0.5820 14.5820 521.1 14.000 0.623 14.6230 513.9 14.500 0.5820 15.0820 557.4 14.500 0.623 15.1230 549.7 15.000 0.5820 15.5820 595.0 15.000 0.623 15.6230 586.6 16.000 0.5820 16.5820 673.8 16.000 0.623 16.6230 664.1 17.000 0.7620 17.7620 773.1 17.000 0.815 17.8150 762.8 18.000 0.7620 18.7620 862.6 18.000 0.815 18.8150 850.8 19.000 0.7620 19.7620 957.0 19.000 0.815 19.8150 943.6 20.000 0.7620 20.7620 1056.3 20.000 0.819 20.8190 1041.7 21.000 NA INGOT 1099.6 21.000 NA INGOT 1099.6 22.000 NA INGOT 1205.5 22.000 NA INGOT 1205.5

Sec. N Page 6

Page 349: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

coNtiNUoUS cASt iRoN SiZeS AND WeiGHtS (continued)

Size Gray iron Rough Size Wt/Ft Size Ductile Rough Wt/Ft Stock Gray iron iron Stock Size Allowance Allowance

23.500 NA INGOT 1373.6 23.500 NA INGOT 24 24 +.125/- +.125/- 000 NA INGOT 1106.4 0000 NA INGOT 1106.4 24.250 NA INGOT 1461.7 24.250 NA INGOT 1461.7 25.000 NA INGOT 1552.5 25.000 NA INGOT 1552.5 25.500 NA INGOT 1595.3 25.500 NA INGOT 1595.3 26.000 NA INGOT 1677.9 26.000 NA INGOT 1677.9 26.750 NA INGOT 1775.2 26.750 NA INGOT 1775.2 27.500 NA INGOT 1875.2 27.500 NA INGOT 1875.2 28.250 NA INGOT 1977.9 28.250 NA INGOT 1977.9

Sec. N Page 7

Page 350: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

O

Sec. O Page 1

SectiOn O

tOLeRAnceSAnd

MAcHininG ALLOWAnceS

SiZe And StRAiGHtneSS tOLeRAnceS

HOt ROLLed cARBOn And ALLOY BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

cOLd FiniSHed cARBOn BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

cOLd FiniSHed ALLOY BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

StAinLeSS SteeL BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

ALUMinUM ROd, BAR, WiRe, And eXtRUSiOnS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

ALUMinUM FLAt SHeet, cOiLed SHeet And PLAte . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 8

MAcHininG ALLOWAnceS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 11

Page 351: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tOLeRAnceS

HOt ROLLed cARBOn And ALLOY BARSSiZe tOLeRAnceS — ROUndS And SQUAReS

Sec. O Page 2

Specified Size Size tolerance, inches Out-of-Round inches Over Under or Square, in.To 5/16 incl. 0.005 0.005 0.008Over 5/16 to 7/16 incl. 0.006 0.006 0.009Over 7/16 to 5/8 incl. 0.007 0.007 0.010Over 5/8 to 7/8 incl. 0.008 0.008 0.012Over 7/8 to 1 incl. 0.009 0.009 0.013Over 1 to 11/8 incl. 0.010 0.010 0.015Over 11/8 to 11/4 incl. 0.011 0.011 0.016Over 11/4 to 13/8 incl. 0.012 0.012 0.018Over 13/8 to 11/2 incl. 0.014 0.014 0.021Over 11/2 to 2 incl. 1/64 1/64 0.023Over 2 to 21/2 incl. 1/32 0 0.023Over 21/2 to 31/2 incl. 3/64 0 0.035Over 31/2 to 41/2 incl. 1/16 0 0.046Over 41/2 to 51/2 incl. 5/64 0 0.058Over 51/2 to 61/2 incl. 1/8 0 0.070Over 61/2 to 81/4 incl. 5/32 0 0.085Over 81/4 to 91/2 incl. 3/16 0 0.100Over 91/2 to 10 incl. 1/4 0 0.120

Out-of-round is the difference between the maximum and minimum diameters of the bar, measured at the samecross-section.Out-of-square is the difference in the two dimensions at the same cross-section of a square bar, each dimension being the distance between opposite sides.

SiZe tOLeRAnceS — HeXAGOnS Specified Size Between Size tolerance, inches Out-of-Round Opposite Sides, inches Over Under or Square, in.

To 1/2 incl. 0.007 0.007 0.011Over 1/2 to 1 incl. 0.010 0.010 0.015Over 1 to 11/2 incl. 0.021 0.013 0.025Over 11/2 to 2 incl. 1/32 1/64 1/32Over 2 to 21/2 incl. 3/64 1/64 3/64Over 21/2 to 31/2 incl. 1/16 1/64 1/16

Out-of-hexagon section is the greatest difference between any two dimensions at the same cross-sectionbetween opposite faces.

SiZe tOLeRAnceS — FLAtS thickness tolerance, for thickness Given, Width Over and Under, inches tolerance inches Specified Over Over Over Width .203 to .230 to 1/4 to 1/2 1 2 inches .230, 1/4, 1/2, to 1, to 2, to 3, Over excl. excl. incl. incl. incl. incl. 3 Over Under

To 1 incl. 0.007 0.007 0.008 0.010 — — — 1/64 1/64 Over 1 to 2 incl. 0.007 0.007 0.012 0.015 1/32 — — 1/32 1/32Over 2 to 4 incl. 0.008 0.008 0.015 0.020 1/32 3/64 3/64 1/16 1/32

Over 4 to 6 incl. 0.009 0.009 0.015 0.020 1/32 3/64 3/64 3/32 1/16Over 6 to 8 incl. * 0.015 0.016 0.025 1/32 3/64 1/16 1/8 3/32

*Flats over 6” to 8”, incl. in width are not available as hot rolled carbon steel bars in thickness over 0.230.

StRAiGHtneSS tOLeRAnceSROUndS, SQUAReS, HeXAGOnS, OctAGOnS, FLAtS, SPRinG FLAtS

Standard 1/4 inch in any 5 feet, or 1/4 x number of feet of length inches 5 Special 1/8 inch in any 5 feet, or 1/8 x number of feet of length inches 5Because of warpage, straightness tolerances do not apply to bars if any subsequentheating operation has been performed after straightening.

Page 352: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tOLeRAnceS

cOLd FiniSHed cARBOn BARSMinus tolerances in inches(No Plus Tolerances Apply)

Stress or Maximum Strain of carbon Maximum of Relieved Range Over Maximum of carbon Range After cold .55% Specified Size carbon Range Over 0.28% Finishing or inches 0.28% or to 0.55% (Max. of Quenched less incl. carbon Range and tempered to .55% incl.) Before cold Finishing

ROUndS — cOLd dRAWn OR tURned And POLiSHed1

Up to 11/2 Incl. 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005Over 11/2 to 21/2 incl. 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006Over 21/2 to 4 incl. 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007Over 4 to 6 incl. 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008Over 6 to 8 incl. 0.006 0.007 0.008 0.009Over 8 to 9 incl. 0.007 0.008 0.009 0.010Over 9 0.008 0.009 0.010 0.011

ROUndS — tURned, GROUnd And POLiSHed AndcOLd dRAWn, GROUnd And POLiSHed

Up to 11/2 Incl. 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001Over 11/2 to 21/2 incl. 0.0015 0.0015 0.0015 0.001521/2 to 3 incl. 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002Over 3 to 4 incl. 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003

HeXAGOnS — cOLd dRAWn1

Up to 3/4 incl. 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.006Over 3/4 to 11/2 incl. 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.007Over 11/2 to 21/2 incl. 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.008Over 21/2 to 31/8 incl. 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.009

SQUAReS — cOLd dRAWn1

Up to 3/4 incl. 0.002 0.004 0.005 0.007Over 3/4 to 11/2 incl. 0.003 0.005 0.006 0.008Over 11/2 to 21/2 incl. 0.004 0.006 0.007 0.009Over 21/2 to 4 incl. 0.005 0.008 0.009 0.011Over 21/2 to 31/8 incl. 0.010 — — —

FLAtS — cOLd dRAWn OR cOLd ROLLed1

tolerances apply to thickness as well as width2

Width in inchesUp to 3/4 Incl. 0.003 0.004 0.006 0.008Over 3/4 to 11/2 incl. 0.004 0.005 0.008 0.010Over 11/2 to 3 incl. 0.005 0.006 0.010 0.012Over 3 to 4 incl. 0.006 0.008 0.011 0.016Over 4 to 6 incl. 0.008 0.010 0.012 0.020Over 6 0.013 0.015 — —

1Tolerances apply to bars that have been annealed, spheroidize annealed, normal-ized, normalized and tempered, or quenched and tempered before cold finishing. Tolerances shown do not apply to bars that are annealed, spheroidize annealed, nor-malized, normalized and tempered, or quenched and tempered after cold finishing.

2Width governs the tolerances for both width and thickness of flats. For example, when the maximum of carbon range is 0.28% or less, for a flat 2” wide and 1” thick, the width tolerance is 0.005” and the thickness tolerance is the same.

Sec. O Page 3

Page 353: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tOLeRAnceS

cOLd FiniSHed ALLOY BARSMinus tolerances in inches(No Plus Tolerances Apply)

Maximum of Maximum of Maximum of Maximum of carbon Range carbon Range carbon Range carbon Range .028% or less Over 0.28% to up to over 0.55%, or As cold 0.55% incl. 0.55% incl. all carbons Specified Size Finished As cold Annealed or Quenched and inches and without Finished Stress Relieved tempered or any thermal and without after cold normalized and treatment any thermal Finishing tempered before treatment cold Finishing, or all carbons Stress Relieved after cold Finishing

ROUndS — cOLd dRAWn OR tURned And POLiSHedUp to 11/2 incl. 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006Over 11/2 to 21/2 incl. 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007Over 21/2 to 4 incl. 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008

Over 4 to 6 incl. 0.006 0.007 0.008 0.008Over 6 to 8 incl. 0.007 0.008 0.009 0.010Over 8 to 9 incl. 0.008 0.009 0.010 0.011Over 9 0.009 0.010 0.011 0.012

ROUndS — tURned, GROUnd And POLiSHed AndcOLd dRAWn, GROUnd And POLiSHed

Up to 11/2 incl. 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001Over 11/2 to 21/2 incl. 0.0015 0.0015 0.0015 0.001521/2 to 3 incl. 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002Over 3 to 4 incl. 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003

HeXAGOnS

Up to 3/4 incl. 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.007Over 3/4 to 11/2 incl. 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.008Over 11/2 to 21/2 incl. 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.009

Over 21/2 to 31/8 incl. 0.006 0.007 0.008 0.010Over 31/8 to 4 incl. 0.006 — — —

SQUAReS

Up to 3/4 incl. 0.003 0.005 0.006 0.008Over 3/4 to 11/2 incl. 0.004 0.006 0.007 0.009Over 11/2 to 21/2 incl. 0.005 0.007 0.008 0.010Over 21/2 to 4 incl. 0.007 0.009 0.010 0.012

FLAtStolerances apply to thickness as well as width1

Up to 3/4 incl. 0.004 0.005 0.007 0.009Over 3/4 to 11/2 incl. 0.005 0.006 0.009 0.011Over 11/2 to 3 incl. 0.006 0.007 0.011 0.013

Over 3 to 4 incl. 0.007 0.009 0.012 0.017Over 4 to 6 incl. 0.009 0.011 0.013 0.021Over 6 0.014 — — —

1Width governs the tolerances for both width and thickness of flats. For example, when the maximum of carbon range is 0.28% or less, for a flat 2” wide and 1” thick, the width tolerance is 0.006” and the thickness tolerance is the same, namely 0.006”.

Sec. O Page 4

Page 354: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tOLeRAnceS

StAinLeSS BARSSiZe tOLeRAnceS — HOt ROLLed ROUndS And SQUAReS

Size tolerance, inches Out-of-Round Specified Size Over Under Out-of Square inches Section, inches1

Over 5/16 to 7/16 incl.2 0.006 0.006 0.009Over 7/16 to 5/8 incl.2 0.007 0.007 0.010Over 5/8 to 7/8 incl. 0.008 0.008 0.012Over 7/8 to 1 incl. 0.009 0.009 0.013Over 1 to 11/8 incl. 0.010 0.010 0.015Over 11/8 to 11/4 incl. 0.011 0.011 0.016Over 11/4 to 13/8 incl. 0.012 0.012 0.018Over 13/8 to 11/2 incl. 0.014 0.014 0.021Over 11/2 to 2 incl. 1/64 1/64 0.023Over 2 to 21/2 incl. 1/32 0 0.023Over 21/2 to 31/2 incl. 3/64 0 0.035Over 31/2 to 41/2 incl. 1/16 0 0.046Over 41/2 to 51/2 incl. 5/64 0 0.058Over 51/2 to 61/2 incl. 1/8 0 0.070Over 61/2 to 8 incl. 5/32 0 0.0851Out-of-round is the difference between the maximum and minimum diameters of the bar, measured at thesame cross-section. Out-of-square is the difference in the two dimensions at the same cross-section of a square bar, each dimension being the distance between opposite faces.

2Round sections in the size range of 1/4” to approximately 5/8” diameter are commonly produced on rod mills in coils. Tolerances on the product made this way have not been established.

SiZe tOLeRAnceS — cOLd FiniSHed ROUndS(drawn, Smooth turned, Ground, or Ground and Polished)

Specified Size Over Under inches .044 to 5/16 excl. 0.001 0.0015/16 to 1/2 excl. 0.0015 0.00151/2 to 1 excl. 0.002 0.0021 to 11/2 excl. 0.0025 0.002511/2 to 4 incl. 0.003 0.00341/8 to 41/2 incl. 0.005 0.00549/16 to 6 incl. 0.008 0.008

SiZe tOLeRAnceS — cOLd FiniSHed HeXAGOnS, SQUAReS Specified Size Hexagons Squares inches Over Under Over Under1/8 to 5/16 excl. 0 0.002 0 0.0025/16 to 1/2 excl. 0 0.003 0 0.0031/2 to 1 incl. 0 0.004 0 0.004Over 1 to 2 incl. 0 0.006 0 0.006 Over 2 to 3 incl. 0 0.008 0 0.008 Over 3 to 4 incl. 0 0.010 0 0.010When it is necessary to heat treat or heat treat and pickle after cold finishing, because of special hardness or mechanical property requirements, tolerances are commonly double those shown above.

StRAiGHtneSS tOLeRAnceSROUndS, SQUAReS, HeXAGOnS, OctAGOnS, FLAtS, SPRinG FLAtS

Measurement is taken on the concave side of the bar with a straight edge. Hot Finished 1/8 inch in any 5 feet, but may not exceed 1/8 x no. of feet of length inches 5 Cold Finished 1/16 inch in any 5 feet, but may not exceed 1/16 x no. of feet of length inches 5

Sec. O Page 5

Page 355: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tOLeRAnceSALUMinUM tOLeRAnceS

ROd, BAR, And WiRe

ROUndS HeXAGOnS

diameter tolerance diameter tolerance in inches in inches in inches in inches

Standard Screw Machine Stock Standard Screw Machine Stock

0.125 - 0.500

0.501 - 1.000

1.001 - 1.500

1.501 - 2.000

2.001 - 3.000

3.001 - 3.375

drawn Round Wire drawn Hexagonal Wire

0.0126 - 0.0201

0.0202 - 0.0359

0.036 - 0.064

0.065 - 0.374

cold Finished Rod cold Finished Hexagonal Bar

0.375 - 0.500

0.501 - 1.000

1.001 - 1.500

1.501 - 2.000

2.001 - 3.000

Rolled Rod Rolled Hexagon Bar

1.501 - 2.000

2.001 - 3.000

3.001 - 3.499

3.500 - 5.000

5.001 - 8.000

eXtRUded ROUndS, SQUAReS, And RectAnGLeS

cross-Sectional tolerance cross-Sectional tolerance dimensions inches in inches dimensions inches in inches

Under 0.125

0.125 to under 0.250

0.250 to under 0.500

0.500 to under 0.750

0.750 to under 1.0

±0.0015

±0.0020

±0.0025

±0.0040

±0.0060

±0.0080

±0.0015

±0.0020

±0.0025

±0.0040

±0.0060

0.125 - 0.5000.501 - 1.0001.001 - 1.5001.501 - 2.0002.001 - 3.000

±0.0005

±0.0005

±0.0010

±0.0015

±0.006

±0.008

±0.012

+0.031, -0.016

+0.062, -0.031

±0.006

±0.007

±0.008

±0.009

±0.010

±0.0020±0.0025±0.0030±0.0050±0.0080

±0.0020±0.0025±0.0030±0.0050±0.0080

±0.0010±0.0015±0.0020

±0.016±0.020

0.0202 - 0.03590.036 - 0.0640.065 - 0.374

0.375 - 0.5000.501 - 1.0001.001 - 1.5001.501 - 2.0002.001 - 3.000

1.501 - 2.0002.001 - 3.000

±0.012±0.014±0.024±0.034±0.044±0.054

1.0 to under 1.51.5 to under 2.02.0 to under 4.04.0 to under 6.06.0 to under 8.08.0 to under 10.0

Sec. O Page 6

Page 356: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tOLeRAnceSALUMinUM tHicKneSS tOLeRAnceS

FLAt SHeet — cOiLed SHeet — PLAteinches — Plus or Minus

2036 5083 5252 5456 Brazing Sheet 3004 5086 5254 5652 11,12,23,24 5052 5154 5454 6061 Also Alclad Alloys 1Specified Specified Widths in inches

thickness 39.37 Over Over Over Over Over Over Over in inches and 39.37- 59.06- 78.74- 98.43- 118.11- 137.80- 157.48- Under 59.06 78.74 98.43 118.11 137.80 157.48 177.17

0.006-0.010 .0010 .0020 — — — — — —0.011-0.016 .0015 .0025 — — — — — —0.017-0.025 .0020 .0030 — — — — — —0.026-0.032 .0020 .0035 .0045 — — — — —0.033-0.039 .0025 .0035 .0055 .007 — — — —

0.040-0.047 .0030 .0040 .006 .008 .010 .011 — —0.048-0.063 .0030 .0045 .007 .009 .011 .013 — —0.064-0.079 .0035 .0055 .007 .010 .013 .015 — —0.080-0.098 .0035 .006 .008 .011 .015 .018 — —0.099-0.126 .0045 .007 .010 .013 .016 .020 — —

0.127-0.158 .0055 .008 .012 .015 .018 .022 — —0.159-0.197 .007 .010 .015 .018 .022 .026 — —0.198-0.248 .009 .012 .017 .021 .025 .029 — —0.249-0.315 .012 .015 .019 .024 .029 .033 .041 .0510.316-0.394 .017 .018 .022 .028 .033 .039 .047 .059

0.395-0.630 .023 .023 .028 .033 .039 .047 .059 .0700.631-0.984 .031 .031 .037 .043 .051 .060 .070 .0850.985-1.575 .039 .039 .047 .055 .065 .075 .090 .1051.576-2.362 .055 .055 .060 .070 .090 .100 .115 —2.363-3.150 .075 .075 .085 .100 .110 .125 — —

3.160-3.937 .100 .100 .115 .130 .150 .160 — —3.938-6.299 .130 .130 .145 .165 — — — —

1060 3003 5005 5657 1100 3005 5050 1100 Reflector Sheet 1350 3105 5457 Also Alclad Alloys

0.006-0.010 .0010 .0015 — — — — — —0.011-0.016 .0010 .0020 — — — — — —0.017-0.025 .0015 .0020 .0030 .0035 — — — —0.026-0.032 .0020 .0025 .0035 .0040 — — — —0.033-0.039 .0020 .0030 .0035 .0045 .006 — — —

0.040-0.047 .0025 .0035 .0045 .0055 .007 — — —0.048-0.063 .0030 .0035 .0055 .006 .007 .009 — —0.064-0.079 .0035 .0040 .006 .007 .008 .010 — —0.080-0.098 .0035 .0045 .007 .008 .010 .011 — —0.099-0.126 .0045 .0055 .007 .010 .011 .013 — —

0.127-0.158 .0055 .007 .009 .011 .013 .015 — —0.159-0.197 .007 .009 .011 .013 .015 .018 — —0.198-0.248 .009 .011 .013 .015 .018 .022 .027 —0.249-0.315 .012 .014 .015 .018 .022 .027 .036 .0470.316-0.394 .017 .017 .020 .023 .027 .033 .041 .051

0.395-0.630 .023 .023 .027 .032 .037 .043 .053 .0650.631-0.984 .031 .031 .037 .043 .051 .060 .070 .0850.985-1.575 .039 .039 .047 .055 .065 .075 .090 .1051.576-2.362 .055 .055 .060 .070 .090 .100 .115 —

2.363-3.150 .075 .075 .085 .100 .110 .125 — —3.160-3.937 .100 .100 .115 .130 .150 .160 — —3.938-6.299 .130 .130 .145 .165 — — — —

1When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as an equal bilateral tolerance, the value of the standard tolerance is that which applies to the mean of the maximum and minimum dimensions permissible under the tolerance for the dimension.

Sec. O Page 7

Page 357: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tOLeRAnceSALUMinUM tHicKneSS tOLeRAnceS

FLAt SHeet — cOiLed SHeet — PLAteinches — Plus or Minus

2014 2219 7050 7178 2024 2324 7075 7475 2124 2419 7150 Also Alclad Alloys 1Specified Specified Widths through 78.74 inches

thickness 39.37 Over Over Over Over Over in inches and 39.37- 47.24- 55.12- 59.06- 70.87- Under 47.24 55.12 59.06 70.87 78.74

0.006-0.010 .0010 .0020 .0020 .0020 — —0.011-0.016 .0015 .0025 .0025 .0025 — —0.017-0.025 .0015 .0025 .0025 .0025 — —0.026-0.032 .0015 .0015 .0020 .0030 .0030 —0.033-0.039 .0015 .0015 .0020 .0030 .0030 .0035

0.040-0.047 .0020 .0020 .0020 .0030 .0030 .00350.048-0.063 .0020 .0020 .0030 .0030 .0030 .00350.064-0.079 .0020 .0020 .0030 .0035 .0035 .00350.080-0.098 .0020 .0020 .0035 .0040 .0040 .00450.099-0.126 .0035 .0035 .0035 .0045 .0045 .0045

0.127-0.158 .0040 .0040 .0045 .007 .007 .0090.159-0.197 .0055 .007 .007 .009 .009 .0110.198-0.248 .009 .012 .012 .012 .017 .0170.249-0.315 .012 .015 .015 .015 .019 .0190.316-0.394 .017 .018 .018 .018 .022 .022

0.395-0.630 .023 .023 .023 .023 .028 .0280.631-0.984 .031 .031 .031 .031 .037 .0370.985-1.575 .039 .039 .039 .039 .047 .0471.576-2.362 .055 .055 .055 .055 .060 .060

2.363-3.150 .075 .075 .075 .075 .085 .0853.160-3.937 .100 .100 .100 .100 .115 .1153.938-6.299 .130 .130 .130 .130 .145 .145 Specified Widths through 78.75 inches

Over Over Over Over Over Over 78.74- 86.61- 98.43- 118.11- 137.80- 157.48- 86.61 98.43 118.11 137.80 157.48 177.17

0.033-0.039 .0035 .007 — — — —0.040-0.047 .0035 .008 .010 .011 — —0.048-0.063 .0035 .009 .011 .013 — —0.064-0.079 .0035 .010 .013 .015 — —0.080-0.098 .0045 .011 .015 .018 — —

0.099-0.126 .0045 .013 .016 .020 — —0.127-0.158 .009 .015 .018 .022 — —0.159-0.197 .011 .018 .022 .026 — —0.198-0.248 .021 .021 .025 .029 — —0.249-0.315 .024 .024 .029 .033 .041 .051

0.316-0.394 .028 .028 .033 .039 .047 .0590.395-0.630 .033 .033 .039 .047 .059 .0700.631-0.984 .043 .043 .051 .060 .070 .0850.985-1.575 .055 .055 .065 .075 .090 .1051.576-2.362 .070 .070 .090 .100 .115 —

2.363-3.150 .100 .100 .110 .125 — —3.160-3.937 .130 .130 .115 .160 — —3.938-6.299 .165 .165 — — — —

1When a dimension tolerance is specified other than as an equal bilateral tolerance, the value of the standard tolerance is that which applies to the mean of the maximum and minimum dimensions permissible under the tolerance for the dimension.

Sec. O Page 8

Page 358: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

MAcHininG ALLOWAnceSExperience has shown that it is advisable for purchasers of bars and tubing to make adequate allowances to remove surface imperfections and to specify sizes accordingly.These allowances require consideration of mill manufacturing practices, the type of steel, the size and length of bars, the tolerances for size, out-of-roundness, and straightness, and the practice used to remove surface metal.In order to minimize or eliminate the incidence of surface defects on finished parts, and in order to minimize thermal cracking from heat treatment, it is advisable that adequate allowance be made to permit stock removal of not less than the amounts show in the following tables. Also, the minimum recommended stock removal should be made before heat treatment to minimize thermal cracking.

ReGULAR QUALitY ALLOY SteeL HOt ROLLed BARS andSPeciAL QUALitY cARBOn SteeL HOt ROLLed BARS

As recommended by the American Iron and Steel Institute Minimum Machining Allowance Per side (Per cent of Specified Size)

non-Resulphurized Resulphurized

2” and Over 2” and Over Under 2” Under 2”

Centerless Turned or Ground 2.6% 1.6% 3.4% 2.4% Other than Centerless Turned or Ground 1.6% 2.4% Sizes under 5/8” Diameter, Hex, Square or Thickness 0.010” Min 0.015” Minturned on centers: Since this operation is dependent upon length and straightness considerations, each item should be negotiated between consumer and supplier.

tOOL SteeL HOt ROLLed BARSAs recommended by the American Iron and Steel Institute

Nominal Diameter Minimum Machining Allowance of Bar (inches) Per Side (inches) Up to 1/2 incl. .016 Over 1/2 to 1 incl. .031 Over 1 to 2 incl. .048 Over 2 to 3 incl. .063 Over 3 to 4 incl. .088 Over 4 to 5 incl. .112 Over 5 to 6 incl. .150 Over 6 to 8 incl. .200

cOLd FiniSHed ALLOY and cARBOn BARSCold Finished bars are produced to closer size tolerances than hot rolled bars and are subjected to more critical inspection standards. Their surface is generally considered to be free from the major types of defects of hot rolled bars such as slivers, scabs, and pronounced rolling defects.

They are not, however, free from such lesser surface discontinuities as light seams and laps and small pits. Decarburization present in hot rolled bars is also present in cold drawn bars since cold drawing does not remove any surface.

For cold drawn Bars, the following allowances are recommended in order to minimize or eliminate surface discontinuities:

Minimum Recommended Stock Removal from Surface (inches)

Up to 5/8” Over 5/8” for each incl. 1/16” diameter

Grades with Free-Machining Additives .015 .0015Grades with no Free-Machining Additives .010 .001Leaded Grades .010 .001 Examples: 1” diameter, 1213, .024” removal from surface (.048” on diameter) 1” diameter, 1018, .016” removal from surface (.032” on diameter) 1” diameter, 86L20, .016” removal from surface (.032” on diameter)For cold drawn, Ground, & Polished Bars, the allowance recommended in order to minimize oreliminate surface discontinuities is 50% of the above.

Sec. O Page 9

Page 359: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

MAcHininG ALLOWAnceS (Continued)

StAinLeSS BAR*Minimum Recommended Stock Removal

cold drawn; Rounds - Hexagons - SquaresUp to & Incl. 5/16” .003 per side except 440-COver 5/16” 1% of Diameter per Side

centerless Ground:All Ground **Defect Free** within the Standard Size Tolerances Example: 11/2” Rd. TOL is ± .003 Material must not have any defect under -.003

Rough turned:All “R.T.” sizes are produced on the plus side.Material must be defect free on size. Example: 5” Rd. HR-RT must be defect free at 5”

HP-A&P Flats & Squares and cold drawn Flats*Recommended Machining Allowances

(B) Removal From Thickness Each Surface Specified Thickness (D) (Inches) (A) (c) SPeciFied 1/8-1/2” 1/2-1” 1-2” 2-3” ReMOVAL FROM WidtH- eAcH SURFAce

Up to 1” Incl. .008 .010 — — .015 Over 1-2” Incl. .012 .015 .031 — .031 Over 2-3” Incl. .015 .020 .031 .047 .047 Over 3-4” Incl. .015 .020 .031 .047 .062 Over 4-6” Incl. .015 .020 .031 — .093

(A) Select the “Width” first and then read across to (B) Select the reading — this is the stock removal for the thickness per side (C) Continue across on same line for the readings for width (D) As measured form the minimum of the tolerance

*THESE RECOMMENDATIONS ARE BASED ON ExPERIENCE AND DO NOT NECESSARILy CONSTITUTE A GUARANTEE OF CLEAN UP.

Sec. O Page 10

Page 360: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

MAcHininG ALLOWAnceS (Continued)

AiRcRAFt QUALitY BARS And MecHAnicAL tUBinGSubject to Magnetic Particle (Magnaflux) inspection

Bars and Mechanical Tubing produced to meet Aircraft Quality Standards are usually used for critically stressed applications. Special steelmaking practices and techniques are employed to meet the rigid quality imposed by Aerospace Material Specification AMS 2301 for Alloy, and AMS 2303 for Stainless.

The following tables list the minimum recommended stock removal to minimize or eliminate injurious nonmetallic inclusions in accordance with AMS 2301 or AMS 2303.

BARS

HOt ROLLed SiZe cOLd dRAWn SiZe MiniMUM ReMOVAL (inches) (inches) PeR Side (inch)

1/4 to 1/2, incl. 1/4 to 7/16, incl. .030 Over 1/2 to 3/4, incl. Over 7/16 to 11/16, incl. .045 Over 3/4 to 1, incl. Over 11/16 to 15/16, incl. .060 Over 1 to 11/2, incl. Over 15/16 to 17/16, incl. .075 Over 11/2 to 2, incl. Over 17/16 to 115/16, incl. .090 Over 2 to 21/2, incl. Over 115/16 to 27/16, incl. .125 Over 21/2 to 31/2, incl. Over 27/16 to 33/8, incl. .156 Over 31/2 to 41/2, incl. Over 33/8 to 43/8, incl. .187 Over 41/2 to 6, incl. .250

MecHAnicAL tUBinGTubing with nominal wall thicknesses less than .250” should have 10% of the wall thickness or .015”, which ever is less, removed from the OD before heat treatment. Tubing with wall thicknesses .250” and over should be machined to conform to the following minimum stock removal.

Machined Minimum Stock Outside diameter Removal Per (inches) Side

21/2 and under .044 Over 21/2 to 31/2, incl. .046 Over 31/2 to 41/2, incl. .052 Over 41/2 to 51/2, incl. .057 Over 51/2 to 61/2, incl. .064 Over 61/2 to 8, incl. .074 Over 8 to 10, incl. .087

Sec. O Page 11

Page 361: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. P Page 1

PSection P

cHeMicAL AnALYSeS

oF StAnDARD SiZeS

StAnDARD MetALS AnD DeSiGnAtion SYSteMS . . . . . . . . . . . 2

eFFectS oF coMMon ALLoYinG eLeMentS in SteeL . . . . . . . 3-4

DeSiGnAtion oF cARBon SteeLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

DeSiGnAtion oF ALLoY SteeLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

StAinLeSS AnD HeAt ReSiStinG SteeLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17

HiGH teMPeRAtURe HiGH StRenGtH ALLoYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

DeSiGnAtion oF ALLUMinUM ALLoYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-20

oiL tooL MAteRiALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

APi SPeciFicAtion ReQUiReMentS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Page 362: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. P Page 2

StAnDARD MetALS AnD DeSiGnAtion SYSteMS

UnS

Studies have been made in the metals industry for the purpose of establishing certain “standard” metals and eliminating as much as possible the manufacture of other metals which vary only slightly in composition from the standard metals. These standard metals are selected on the basis of serving the significant metal-lurgical and engineering needs of fabricators and users of metal products.

UniFieD nUMBeRinG SYSteM: UNS is a system of designations established in accordance with ASTM E 527 and SAE J1086, Recommended Practice for Numbering Metals and Alloys. Its purpose is to provide a means of correlat-ing systems in use by such organizations as American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM), and Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), as well as individual users and producers. UNS designa-tion assignments are processed by the SAE, the ASTM, or other relevant trade associations. Each of these assignors has the responsibility for administering a specific UNS series of designations. Each considers requests for the assignment of new UNS designations, and informs the applicants of the action taken. UNS designation assignors report immediately to the office of the Unified Numbering System for Metals and Alloys the details of each new assignment for inclusion into the system.

The UNS number is not in itself a specification, but an identification symbol to provide for efficient indexing, record keeping, data storage and retrieval, cross referencing, and avoidance of the same number being used for entirely different alloys. Specifications may alter composition requirements.

Composition of the various grades shown herein correspond to the respective AISI specifications.

The UNS designations for metals and alloys are as follows:

UnS Descriptor Metals and Alloys AXXXXX Aluminum CXXXXX Copper and copper alloys DXXXXX Specified mechanical properties steels FXXXXX Cast irons GXXXXX AISI and SAE carbon and alloy steels (except tool steels) HXXXXX AISI and SAE H-steels JXXXXX Cast steels KXXXXX Miscellaneous steels and ferrous alloys RXXXXX Reactive and refractive alloys SXXXXX Heat and corrosion resistant (stainless) steels TXXXXX Tool steels

Page 363: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

eFFectS oF coMMon ALLoYinG eLeMentS in SteeL

By definition, steel is a combination of iron and carbon. Steel is alloyed with various elements to improve physical properties and to produce special properties, such as resistance to corrosion or heat. Specific effects of the addition of such elements are outlined below:

ALUMinUM (Al) is a deoxidizer and degasifier. It retards grain growth and is used to control austenitic grain size. In nitriding steels it aids in producing a uniformly hard and strong nitrided case when used in amounts of 1.00%-1.25%.

BiSMUtH (Bi) is an element added to improve machinability in a variety of alloys.

cALciUM (ca) is used in certain steel to control the shape, size and distribution of oxide and/or sulfide inclusions. Benefits may include improved ductility, impact strength and machinability.

cARBon (c), although not usually considered as an alloying element, is the most important constituent of steel. It raises tensile strength, hardness, and resistance to wear and abrasion. It lowers ductility, toughness, and machinability.

cHRoMiUM (cr) increases tensile strength, hardness, hardenability, toughness, resistance to wear and abrasion, resistance to corrosion, and scaling at elevated temperatures.

coBALt (co) increases strength and hardness and permits higher quenching temperatures. It also intensifies the individual effects of other major elements in more complex steels.

LeAD (Pb), while not strictly an alloying element, is added to improve machining characteristics. It is almost completely insoluble in steel, and minute lead particles, well dispersed, reduce friction where the cutting edge contacts the work. Addition of lead also improves chip-breaking formations.

MAnGAneSe (Mn) is a deoxidizer and degasifier and reacts with sulfur to improve forgeability. It increases tensile strength, hardness, hardenability, and resistance to wear. It decreases tendency toward scaling and distortion. It increases the rate of carbon penetration in carburizing.

MoLYBDenUM (Mo) increases strength, hardness, hardenability, and toughness, as well as creep resistance and strength at elevated temperatures. It improves machinability and resistance to corrosion and it intensifies the effects of other alloy-ing elements. In hot-work steels, it increases red-hardness properties.

Sec. P Page 3

Page 364: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. P Page 4

eFFectS oF coMMon ALLoYinG eLeMentS in SteeL (cont.)

nicKeL (ni) increases strength and hardness without sacrificing ductility and toughness. It also increases resistance to corrosion and scaling at elevated temperatures when introduced in suitable quantities in high-chromium (stainless) steels.

PHoSPHoRUS (P) increases strength and hardness and improves machinability. However, it adds marked brittleness and cold-shortness of steel.

SiLicon (Si) is a deoxidizer and degasifier. It increases tensile and yield strength, hardness, forgeability, and magnetic permeability.

SULPHUR (S) improves machinability in free-cutting steels, but without sufficient manganese it produces brittleness at red heat. It decreases weldability, impact toughness, and ductility.

titAniUM (ti), coLUMBiUM (cb), and tAntALUM (ta) are used as stabilitiz-ing elements in stainless steels. Each has a high affinity for carbon and forms carbides, which are uniformly dispersed throughout the steel. Thus localized depletion of carbon at grain boundaries is prevented.

tUnGSten (W) increases strength, hardness, and toughness. Tungsten steels have superior hot-working and greater cutting efficiency at elevated tempera-tures.

VAnADiUM (V) increases strength, hardness, and resistance to shock impact. It retards grain growth, permitting higher quenching temperatures. It also enhanc-es the red-hardness properties of high-speed metal cutting tools and intensifies the individual effects of other major elements.

Page 365: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. P Page 5

DeSiGnAtion oF cARBon SteeLS

AiSi/SAe

DeFinition: Steel is considered to be carbon steel when no minimum content is specified or required for aluminum, chromium, cobalt, columbium, molybdenum, nick-el, titanium, tungsten, vanadium, or zirconium, or any other element added to obtain a desired alloying effect; when the specified minimum for copper does not exceed .40%; or when the maximum content specified for any of the following elements does not exceed the percentages noted: manganese 1.65, silicone .60, cooper .60.

nUMBeRinG SYSteM: A four-numeral series is used to designate graduations of chemical composition of carbon steel. The first two digits indicate the grade of carbon steel. The last two numbers are intended to indicate the approximate middle of the carbon range of .32% - .38%.

It is necessary, however, to deviate from this system and to interpolate numbers in the case of some carbon ranges and for variations in manganese, phosphorus or sulfur with the same carbon range.

Within the numerical designation system the special-purpose elements lead and boron are commonly designated by inserting the letter “L” or “B” respectively between the second and third numerals of the AISI number, e.g., 10L45 and 10B46.

The prefix “M” indicates “merchant quality”. The “M” grades are produced to wider carbon and manganese ranges than the corresponding standard grades which are not so prefixed.

Grade Description 10XX Non-resulfurized Carbon Steels, Manganese 1.00% maximum 11XX Resulfurized Carbon Steels 12XX Rephosphorized and Resulfurized Carbon Steels 15XX Non-resulfurized Carbon Steels, Manganese max. over 1.00%

First two digits indicate grade of carbon steel. Last two digits represent middle of carbon range.

The standard carbon steels and their compositions are shown on the following pages.

Page 366: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

StAnDARD cARBon SteeLSchemical Analysis

AiSi/SAe UnS c Mn P S Si cu, Pb number number (Max.) (Max.)

1008 G10080 0.10 Max. 0.30/0.50 0.040 0.050 1010 G10100 0.08/0.13 0.30/0.60 0.040 0.050 1012 G10120 0.10/0.15 0.30/0.60 0.040 0.050 1015 G10150 0.13/0.18 0.30/0.60 0.040 0.050 1016 G10160 0.13/0.18 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1017 G10170 0.15/0.20 0.30/0.60 0.040 0.050 1018 G10180 0.15/0.20 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1019 G10190 0.15/0.20 0.70/1.00 0.040 0.050 1020 G10200 0.18/0.23 0.30/0.60 0.040 0.050 1021 G10210 0.18/0.23 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1022 G10220 0.18/0.23 0.70/1.00 0.040 0.050 1023 G10230 0.20/0.25 0.30/0.60 0.040 0.050 1025 G10250 0.22/0.28 0.30/0.60 0.040 0.050 1026 G10260 0.22/0.28 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1029 G10290 0.25/0.30 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1030 G10300 0.28/0.34 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1035 G10350 0.32/0.38 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1037 G10370 0.32/0.38 0.70/1.00 0.040 0.050 1038 G10380 0.35/0.42 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1039 G10390 0.37/0.42 0.70/1.00 0.040 0.050 1040 G10400 0.37/0.42 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1042 G10420 0.40/0.47 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1043 G10430 0.40/0.47 0.70/1.00 0.040 0.050 1044 G10440 0.43/0.50 0.30/0.60 0.040 0.050 1045 G10450 0.43/0.50 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1046 G10460 0.43/0.50 0.70/1.00 0.040 0.050 1049 G10490 0.46/0.53 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1050 G10500 0.48/0.55 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1053 G10530 0.48/0.55 0.70/1.00 0.040 0.050 1055 G10550 0.50/0.60 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1060 G10600 0.55/0.65 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1070 G10700 0.65/0.75 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1078 G10780 0.72/0.85 0.30/0.60 0.040 0.050 1080 G10800 0.75/0.88 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1084 G10840 0.80/0.93 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1090 G10900 0.85/0.98 0.60/0.90 0.040 0.050 1095 G10950 0.90/01.03 0.30/0.50 0.040 0.050 1513 G15130 0.10/0.16 1.00/1.40 0.040 0.050 1522 G15220 0.18/0.24 1.00/1.40 0.040 0.050 1524 G15240 0.19/0.25 1.35/1.65 0.040 0.050 1526 G15260 0.22/0.29 1.10/1.40 0.040 0.050 1527 G15270 0.22/0.29 1.20/1.50 0.040 0.050 1541 G15410 0.36/0.44 1.35/1.65 0.040 0.050 1548 G15480 0.44/0.52 1.10/1.40 0.040 0.050 1551 G15510 0.45/0.56 0.85/1.15 0.040 0.050 1552 G15520 0.47/0.55 1.20/1.50 0.040 0.050 1561 G15610 0.55/0.65 0.75/1.05 0.040 0.050 1566 G15660 0.60/0.71 0.85/1.15 0.040 0.050

When silicon is required, the following ranges and limits are commonly speci-fied:

0.10 max or0.10-0.20 or0.15-0.30 or0.20-0.40

When required, copper is speci-fied as 0.20% minimum.

When lead is required as an added element to a standard steel, a range of 0.15%-0.35%, inclusive, is generally used. Such a steel is identified by inserting the let-ter “L” between the second and third numeral of the AISI number. A heat analysis for lead is not determinable, since lead is added to the ladle stream while each ingot is poured.

Non-

resulfur-

ized

Sec. P Page 6

Page 367: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

StAnDARD cARBon SteeLS

AiSi/SAe UnS c Mn P S Si cu, Pb number number (Max.) (Max.)

1110 G11100 0.08/0.13 0.30/0.60 0.040 0.08/0.13 1117 G11170 0.14/0.20 1.00/1.30 0.040 0.08/0.13 1118 G11180 0.14/0.20 1.30/1.60 0.040 0.08/0.13 1137 G11370 0.32/0.39 1.35/1.65 0.040 0.08/0.13 1139 G11390 0.35/0.43 1.35/1.65 0.040 0.13/0.20 1140 G11400 0.37/0.44 0.70/1.00 0.040 0.08/0.13 1141 G11410 0.37/0.45 1.35/1.65 0.040 0.08/0.13 1144 G11440 0.40/0.48 1.35/1.65 0.040 0.24/0.33 1146 G11460 0.42/0.49 0.70/1.00 0.040 0.08/.013 1151 G11510 0.48/0.55 0.70/1.00 0.040 0.08/0.13

1211 G12110 0.13 Max. 0.60/0.90 0.07/0.12 0.10/0.15 1212 G12120 0.13 Max. 0.70/1.00 0.07/0.12 0.16/0.23 1213 G12130 0.13 Max. 0.70/1.00 0.07/0.12 0.24/0.33 1215 G12150 0.09 Max. 0.75/1.05 0.04/0.09 0.26/0.35 12L14 G12144 0.15 Max. 0.85/1.15 0.04/0.09 0.26/0.35 M1008 N/A 0.10 Max. 0.25/0.60 0.040 0.050 M1010 N/A 0.07/0.14 0.25/0.60 0.040 0.050 M1012 N/A 0.09/.016 0.25/0.60 0.040 0.050 M1015 N/A 0.12/0.19 0.25/0.60 0.040 0.050 M1017 N/A 0.14/0.21 0.25/0.60 0.040 0.050 M1020 N/A 0.17/0.24 0.25/0.60 0.040 0.050 M1023 N/A 0.19/0.27 0.25/0.60 0.040 0.050 M1025 N/A 0.20/0.30 0.25/0.60 0.040 0.050 M1031 N/A 0.26/.036 0.25/0.60 0.040 0.050 M1044 N/A 0.40/0.50 0.25/0.60 0.040 0.050

When silicone is required, the fol-lowing ranges and limits are com-monly specified:0.10 Max. or0.10-0.20 or0.15-0.30 or0.20-0.40

It is not common practice to produce these steels to specified limits for silicon because of its adverse effect on machinability.

Merchant qual-ity steels are not produced to any specified silicon content.

When required, copper is specified as 0.20% minimum.

When lead is required as an added element to a stan-dard steel, a range of 0.15%-0.35%, inclusive, is generally used. Such a steel is identified by inserting the letter “L” between the second and third numberal of the AISI number. A heat analysis for lead is not determinable, since lead is added to the ladle stream while each ingot is poured.

Pb .15-.35

Resulfurized

Resulfurized and Rephosphorized

Resulfurized and Rephosphorized

Sec. P Page 7

Page 368: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

DeSiGnAtion oF ALLoY SteeLS

DeFinition: Steel is considered to be alloy steel when the maximum of the range given for the content of alloying elements exceeds one or more of the following limits: manganese, 1.65%; silicon, .60%, copper, .60%; or in which a definite range or a defi-nite minimum quantity of any of the following elements is specified or required within the limits of the recognized field of constructional alloy steels: aluminum, chromium up to 3.99%, cobalt, columbium, molybdenum, nickel, titanium, tungsten, vanadium, zirconium, or any other alloying element added to obtain a desired alloying effect.

nUMBeRinG SYSteM: The compositions listed here may apply to open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace steels. Where they apply to electric furnace steels, the maximum phosphorus and sulfur shall be .025 each.

The first two digits of the four-numeral series indicate the grade of alloy. The last two digits are intended to indicate the approximate middle of the carbon range. For example, in the grade designation 4142,42 represents a carbon range of 0.40% to 0.45%. (Where a five-numeral series occurs, the last digits indicate the approximate mean of the carbon range.) It is necessary, however, to deviate from this rule and to interpolate numbers in the case of some carbon range, and for variations in manganese, sulfur, chromium, or other elements.

Grade Principal alloying elements % content 13XX Manganese 1.75 23XX Nickel 3.50 25XX Nickel 5.00 31XX Nickel 1.25 Chromium 0.65 E33XX Nickel 3.50 Chromium 1.55 Electric Furnace 40XX Molybdenum 0.25 41XX Chromium 0.50 or 0.95 Molybdenum 0.12 or 0.20 43XX Nickel 1.80 Chromium 0.50 or 0.80 Molybdenum 0.25 E43XX Same as above, produced in Basic Electric Furnace 44XX Manganese 0.80 Molybdenum 0.40 45XX Manganese 0.55 Molybdenum 0.50 46XX Nickel 1.85 Molybdenum 0.25 47XX Nickel 1.05 Chromium 0.45 Molybdenum 0.20 or 0.35 50XX Chromium 0.28 or 0.40 51XX Chromium 0.80,0.88,0.93,0.95, or 1.00 E5XXXX High Carbon High Chromium Electric Furnace Bearing Steel E50100 Carbon 1.00 Chromium 0.50 E51100 Carbon 1.00 Chromium 1.00 E52100 Carbon 1.00 Chromium 1.45 61XX Chromium 0.60,0.80, or 0.95 Vanadium 0.12, 0.10 min or 0.15 min 7140 Carbon 0.40 Chromium 1.60 Molybdenum 0.35 Aluminum 1.15 81XX Nickel 0.30 Chromium 0.40 Molybdenum 0.12

Sec. P Page 8

Page 369: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Grade Principal alloying elements % content 86XX Nickel 0.55 Chromium 0.50 Molybdenum 0.20 87XX Nickel 0.55 Chromium 0.50 Molybdenum 0.25 88XX Nickel 0.55 Chromium 0.50 Molybdenum 0.35 92XX Manganese 0.85 Silicon 2.00 9262 Chromium 0.25-0.40 93XX Nickel 3.25 Chromium 1.20 Molybdenum 0.12 98XX Nickel 1.00 Chromium 0.80 Molybdenum 0.25 14BXX Boron * 50BXX Chromium 0.50 or 0.18 Boron * 51BXX Chromium 0.80 Boron * 81BXX Nickel 0.33 Chromium 0.45 Molybdenum 0.12 Boron * 86BXX Nickel 0.55 Chromium 0.50 Molybdenum 0.20 Boron * 84BXX Nickel 0.45 Chromium 0.40 Molybdenum 0.12 Boron * First two digits indicate grade of alloy steel.Last two digits represent middle of carbon range.If carbon over 1.00%, a third digit is added.

*Content may vary.

noteS PeRtAininG to StAnDARD ALLoY SteeLS: Most grades are normally manufactured as electric furnace quality with adjustments in phosphorus and sulfur and shown as prefix letter E.

The phosphorus and sulfur limitations for each process are as follows:

Max % P S Electric furnace quality 0.025 0.025 Regular quality 0.035 0.040

Small quantities of certain elements are present in alloy steels which are not specified or required. These elements are considered as incidental and may be present to the following maximum amounts: copper, 0.35%; nickel, 0.25%; chromium, 0.20%; molybdenum, 0.06%.

Standard alloy steels can be produced with a lead range of 0.15% - 0.35%. Such steels are identified by inserting the letter “L” between the second and third numerals of the AISI number, e.g., 41L40. Lead is reported only as a range of 0.15% - 0.35% since it is added to the ladle stream as the steel is being poured. The letter “B” within the AISI number indicates boron steel.

Sec. P Page 9

Page 370: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

chemical composition limits (%) AiSi number UnS number c Mn P (Max.) S (Max.) Si ni cr Mo V 1330 G13300 0.28/0.33 1.60/1.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — — — — 1335 G13350 0.33/0.38 1.60/1.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — — — — 1340 G13400 0.38/0.43 1.60/1.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — — — — 1345 G13450 0.43/0.48 1.60/1.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — — — — 4023 G40230 0.20/0.25 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — — 0.20/0.30 — 4024 G40240 0.20/0.25 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.035/0.050 0.15/0.35 — — 0.20/0.30 — 4027 G40270 0.25/0.30 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — — 0.20/0.30 — 4028 G40280 0.25/0.30 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.035/0.050 0.15/0.35 — — 0.20/0.30 — 4037 G40370 0.35/0.40 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — — 0.20/0.30 — 4047 G40470 0.45/0.50 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — — 0.20/0.30 — 4118 G41180 0.18/0.23 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.40/0.60 0.08/0.15 — 4130 G41300 0.28/0.33 0.40/0.60 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25 — 4137 G41370 0.35/0.40 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25 — 4140 G41400 0.38/0.43 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25 — 4142 G41420 0.40/0.45 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25 — 4145 G41450 0.43/0.48 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25 — 4147 G41470 0.45/0.50 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25 — 4150 G41500 0.48/0.53 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25 — 4161 G41610 0.56/0.64 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.70/0.90 0.25/0.35 — 4320 G43200 0.17/0.22 0.45/0.65 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 0.40/0.60 0.20/0.30 — 4340 G43400 0.38/0.43 0.60/0.80 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 0.70/0.90 0.20/0.30 — E4340 G43406 0.38/0.43 0.60/0.80 0.025 0.025 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 0.70/0.90 0.20/0.30 — 4615 G46150 0.13/0.18 0.45/0.65 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 — 0.20/0.30 — 4620 G46200 0.17/0.22 0.45/0.65 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 — 0.20/0.30 —

StAnDARD ALLoY SteeLScHeMicAL AnALYSiS

Sec. P

P

age 10

Page 371: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

chemical composition limits (%) AiSi number UnS number c Mn P (Max.) S (Max.) Si ni cr Mo V 4626 G46260 0.24/0.29 0.45/0.65 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.70/1.00 0.15/0.25 — 4720 G47200 0.17/0.22 0.50/0.70 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.90/1.20 0.35/0.55 0.15/0.25 — 4815 G48150 0.13/018 0.40/0.60 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 3.25/3.75 — 0.20/0.30 — 4817 G48170 0.15/0.20 0.40/0.60 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 3.25/3.75 — 0.20/0.30 — 4820 G48200 0.18/0.23 0.50/0.70 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 3.25/3.75 — 0.20/0.30 — 5117 G51170 0.15/0.20 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.70/0.90 — — 5120 G51200 0.17/0.22 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.70/0.90 — — 5130 G51300 0.28/0.33 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.80/1.10 — — 5132 G51320 0.30/0.35 0.60/0.80 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.75/1.00 — — 5135 G51350 0.33/0.38 0.60/0.80 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.80/1.05 — — 5140 G51400 0.38/0.43 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.70/0.90 — — 5150 G51500 0.48/0.53 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.70/0.90 — — 5155 G51550 0.51/0.59 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.70/0.90 — — 5160 G51600 0.56/0.64 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.70/0.90 — — E51100 G51986 0.98/01.10 0.25/0.45 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.90/1.15 — — E52100 G52986 0.98/01.10 0.25/0.45 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 1.30/1.60 — — 6118 G61180 0.16/0.21 0.50/0.70 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.50/0.70 — 0.10/0.15 6150 G61500 0.48/0.53 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.80/1.10 — 0.15 Min. 8615 G86150 0.13/0.18 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25 — 8617 G86170 0.15/0.20 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25 — 8620 G86200 0.18/0.23 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25 — 8622 G86220 0.20/0.25 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25 — 8625 G86250 0.23/0.28 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25 — 8627 G86270 0.25/0.30 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25 —

StAnDARD ALLoY SteeLScHeMicAL AnALYSiS (continued)

Sec. P

P

age 11

Page 372: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

chemical composition limits (%) AiSi number UnS number c Mn P (Max.) S (Max.) Si ni cr Mo V 8630 G86300 0.28/0.33 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25 — 8637 G86370 0.35/0.40 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25 — 8640 G86400 0.38/0.43 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25 — 8642 G86420 0.40/0.45 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25 — 8645 G86450 0.43/0.48 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25 — 8655 G86550 0.51/0.59 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25 — 8720 G87200 0.18/0.23 0.70/0.90 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.20/0.30 — 8740 G87400 0.38/0.43 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.20/0.30 — 8822 G88220 0.20/0.25 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.30/0.40 — 9260 G92600 0.56/0.64 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 1.80/2.20 — — — —

Standard boron steels* 50B44 G50441 0.43/0.48 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.40/0.60 — — 50B46 G50461 0.44/0.49 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.20/0.35 — — 50B50 G50501 0.48/0.53 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.40/0.60 — — 50B60 G50601 0.56/0.64 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 — 0.40/0.60 — — 51B60 G51601 0.56/0.64 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.70/0.90 — 81B45 G81451 0.43/0.48 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.40 0.35/0.55 0.08/0.15 — 94B17 G94171 0.15/0.20 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.30/0.60 0.30/0.50 0.08/0.15 — 94B30 G94301 0.28/0.33 0.75/1.00 0.035 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.30/0.60 0.30/0.50 0.08/0.15 —

• These steels can be expected to have 0.005% minimum boron content.

StAnDARD ALLoY SteeLScHeMicAL AnALYSiS (continued)

Sec. P

P

age 12

Page 373: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

StAinLeSS AnD HeAt-ReSiStinG SteeLS GRADe

Stainless Steels possess unusual ability to resist attack by corrosive media at atmospheric and elevated temperatures. These properties are due principally to the addition of relatively large amounts of chromium, and also nickel and/or manganese in certain grades. Stainless Steels are melted exclusively by the electric furnace process.

The analyses shown below have been adopted as standard in the steel industry, and the American Iron & Steel Institute has assigned the “type” numbers indicated. The various types fall into four classes, according to analysis:

2XX chromium-nickel-manganese types 3XX chromium-nickel types 4XX straight chromium types 5XX low chromium types

Note: Specifications may slightly alter chemical requirements.

Sec. P Page 13

Page 374: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

chemical composition limits (%) Maximum unless otherwse shown

AiSi number UnS number c Mn P S Si cr ni other elements

201 S20100 0.15 5.50/7.50 0.060 0.030 1.00 16.00/18.00 3.50/5.50 N 0.25 202 S20200 0.15 7.50/10.00 0.060 0.030 1.00 17.00/19.00 4.00/6.00 N 0 .25 205 S20500 0.12/0.25 14.00/15.50 0.060 0.030 1.00 16.50/18.00 1.00/1.75 N 0.32/0.40 301 S30100 0.15 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 16.00/18.00 6.00/8.00 302 S30200 0.15 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 17.00/19.00 8.00/10.00 302B S30215 0.15 2.00 0.045 0.030 2.00/3.00 17.00/19.00 8.00/10.00 303 S30300 0.15 2.00 0.200 0.150 Min. 1.00 17.00/19.00 8.00/10.00 Mo 0.60 (optional) 303Se S30323 0.15 2.00 0.200 0.060 1.00 17.00/19.00 8.00/10.00 Se 0.15 Min. 304 S30400 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 18.00/20.00 8.00/10.50 N 0.10 Max. 304L S30403 0.03 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 18.00/20.00 8.00/12.00 N 0.10 Max. — S30430 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 17.00/19.00 8.00/10.00 Cu 3.00/4.00 304N S30451 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 18.00/20.00 8.00/10.50 N 0.10/0.16 305 S30500 0.12 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 17.00/19.00 10.50/13.00 308 S30800 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 19.00/21.00 10.00/12.00 309 S30900 0.20 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 22.00/24.00 12.00/15.00 309S S30908 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 22.00/24.00 12.00/15.00 310 S31000 0.25 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.50 24.00/26.00 19.00/22.00 310S S31008 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.50 24.00/26.00 19.00/22.00 314 S31400 0.25 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.50/3.00 23.00/26.00 19.00/22.00 316 S31600 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 16.00/18.00 10.00/14.00 Mo 2.00/3.00; N 0.10 Max.

StAinLeSS AnD HeAt-ReSiStinG SteeLS StAnDARD GRADeS

Sec. P

P

age 14

Page 375: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

chemical composition limits (%) Maximum unless otherwise shown

AiSi number UnS number c Mn P S Si cr ni other elements

316F S31620 0.08 2.00 0.200 0.100 Min. 1.00 16.00/18.00 10.00/14.00 Mo 1.75/2.50 316L S31603 0.03 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 16.00/18.00 10.00/14.00 Mo. 2.00/3.00; N. 0.10 Max. 316N S31651 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 16.00/18.00 10.00/14.00 Mo 2.00/3.00; N. 10/16 317 S31700 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 18.00/20.00 11.00/15.00 Mo 3.00/4.00 317L S31703 0.03 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 18.00/20.00 11.00/15.00 Mo 3.00/4.00 321 S32100 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 17.00/19.00 9.00/12.00 Ti 5XC Min. 329 S32900 0.10 2.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 25.00/30.00 3.00/6.00 Mo 1.00/2.00 330 N08330 0.08 2.00 0.040 0.030 0.75/1.50 17.00/20.00 34.00/37.00 347 S34700 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 17.00/19.00 9.00/13.00 Cb+Ta 10xC Min. 348 S34800 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 17.00/19.00 9.00/13.00 Cb+Ta 10xC Min. — — — — — — — — — Ta 0.10 Max; Co 0.20 Max. 384 S38400 0.08 2.00 0.045 0.030 1.00 15.00/17.00 17.00/19.00 403 S40300 0.15 1.00 0.040 0.030 0.50 11.50/13.00 — 405 S40500 0.08 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 11.50/14.50 — AI 0.10/0.30 409 S40900 0.08 1.00 0.045 0.045 1.00 10.50/11.75 — TI 6XC Min./0.75 Max. 410 S41000 0.15 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 11.50/13.50 — 414 S41400 0.15 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 11.50/13.50 1.25/2.50 416 S41600 0.15 1.25 0.060 0.150 Min. 1.00 12.00/14.00 — Mo 0.60 (optional) 416Se S41623 0.15 1.25 0.060 0.060 1.00 12.00/14.00 — Se 0.15 Min. 420 S42000 Over 0.15 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 12.00/14.00 —

StAnDARD StAinLeSS SteeLS(continued)

Stainless and heat-resisting steels

Sec. P

P

age 15

Page 376: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

chemical composition limits (%) Maximum unless otherwise shown

AiSi number UnS number c Mn P S Si cr ni other elements

420F S42020 Over 0.15 1.25 0.060 0.150 Min. 1.00 12.00/14.00 — Mo 0.60 (optional) 422 S42200 0.20/0.25 1.00 0.025 0.025 0.75 11.00/13.00 0.50/1.0 Mo 0.75/1.25; V .015/0.30: 429 S42900 0.12 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 14.00/16.00 — W 0.75/1.25 430 S43000 0.12 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 16.00/18.00 — — 430F S43020 0.12 1.25 0.060 0.150 Min. 1.00 16.00/18.00 — Mo 0.60 (optional) 430Se S43023 0.12 1.25 0.060 0.060 1.00 16.00/18.00 — Se 0.15 Min. 431 S43100 0.20 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 15.00/17.00 1.25/2.50 — 434 S43400 0.12 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 16.00/18.00 — Mo 0.75/1.25 436 S43600 0.12 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 16.00/18.00 — Mo 0.75/1.25; Cb+Ta 5xC/0.70 Max. 440A S44002 0.60/0.75 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 16.00/18.00 — Mo 0.75 440B S44003 0.75/0.90 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 16.00/18.00 — Mo 0.75 440C S44004 0.95/1.20 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 16.00/18.00 — Mo 0.75 442 S44200 0.20 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 18.00/23.00 — — 446 S44600 0.20 1.50 0.040 0.030 1.00 23.00/27.00 — N 0.25 501 S50100 Over 0.10 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 4.00/6.00 — Mo 0.40/0.65 502 S50200 0.10 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 4.00/6.00 — Mo 0.40/0.65 — S13800 0.05 0.10 0.010 0.008 0.10 12.25/13.25 7.50/8.50 Mo 2.00/2.50; Al 0.90/1.35; N 0.010 — S15500 0.07 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 14.00/15.50 3.50/5.50 Cu 2.50/4.50; Cb+Ta 0.15/0.45 — S17400 0.07 1.00 0.040 0.030 1.00 15.50/17.50 3.00/5.00 Cu 3.00/5.00; Cb+Ta 0.15/0.45 — S17700 0.09 1.00 0.040 0.040 1.00 16.00/18.00 6.50/7.75 Al 0.75/1.50

StAnDARD StAinLeSS SteeLS(continued)

Sec. P

P

age 16

Page 377: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

UnS number trade name c (Max.) cr ni Mn (Max.) Si (Max.) Mo n cu W P (Max.) S (Max.)

Duplex S31803 2205 0.03 21.00/23.00 4.5/6.5 2.00 1.00 2.5/3.5 0.08/0.20 — — .030 .020 stainless S32550 244 Alloy 0.04 24.0/27.00 4.5/6.5 1.50 1.00 2.0/4.0 0.10/0.25 1.5/2.5 — .040 .030 steels S39277 918 Alloy .025 24.0/26.00 6.5/8.0 1.00 0.80 3.0/4.0 0.23/0.22 1.2/2.0 .80/1.20 .025

UnS number trade name c (Max.) cr ni Fe Mn (Max.) Si (Max.) Mo

Precipitation-hardening N07718 718 Alloy 0.08 17.0/21.0 50.0/55.0 Bal 0.35 0.35 2.8/3.3 nickel base

UnS number trade name c (Max.) ni cu Fe Mn (Max.) Si (Max.) ti Al S (Max.) Nickel-copper alloys N04400 400 Alloy 0.30 63.0/70.0 Bal 2.50 max 2.00 0.50 — — .024 N05500 K500 0.25 63.0/70.0 Bal — 2.00 1.50 0.35/0.85 2.30/3.15 .010

DUPLeX StAinLeSS SteeLScHeMicAL AnALYSiS

PReciPitAtion-HARDeninG nicKeL BASecHeMicAL AnALYSiS

nicKeL-coPPeR ALLoYScHeMicAL AnALYSiS

Sec. P

P

age 17

Page 378: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

HiGH teMPeRAtURe HiGH StRenGtH ALLoYS

The alloys listed here are in current use in wrought form. Many of them are propri-etary and are commonly referred to by their trade names. As an aid in identifying and describing these materials, the American Iron and Steel Institute has assigned a series of three-digit numbers beginning with 601. The AISI number identifies only the typical chemical composition, as shown below.

typical chemical composition (%)

AiSi trade name c Mn Si cr ni Mo W

number or other

designation

602 17-22 AS 0.30 0.55 0.65 1.25 — 0.50 —

603 17-22 AV 0.27 0.75 0.65 1.25 — 0.50 —

604 Chromoloy 0.20 0.50 0.75 1.00 — 1.00 —

610 H-11 0.40 0.30 0.90 5.00 — 1.30 —

611 M-2 0.84 0.25 0.30 4.20 — 5.00 6.35

612 M-10 0.87 0.20 0.30 4.00 — 8.25 —

614 410 0.12 0.42 0.32 12.20 — — —

615 Greek Ascoly 0.17 0.40 0.28 13.00 2.00 0.20 2.95

616 422 0.23 0.75 0.35 12.00 0.80 1.00 1.00

617 440C 1.10 0.50 0.40 7.50 — 0.50 —

619 Lapelloy 0.30 1.10 0.35 11.40 0.30 2.75 —

630 17-4 0.04 0.28 0.60 16.00 4.25 — —

Sec. P Page 18

Page 379: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

DeSiGnAtion oF ALUMinUM ALLoYS

MAJoR ALLoY GRoUPS: Aluminum employs a four-digit system. The first digit indi-cates the alloy group. The last two digits identify the alloy or, in the instance of the 1000 Series, the purity. The second digit indicates a modification of the alloy. The alloy groups are:

U n S number 1XXX Aluminum — 99% and greater A91XXX 2XXX Copper — major alloying element A92XXX 3XXX Manganese — major alloying element A93XXX 4XXX Silicon — major alloying element A94XXX 5XXX Magnesium — major alloying element A95XXX 6XXX Magnesium and Silicon — major alloying elements A96XXX 7XXX Zinc — major alloying element A97XXX 8XXX Other elements A98XXX 9XXX Unused to date A99XXX

Sec. P Page 19

Page 380: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Values are in percent maximum unless shown as a range. Alloy Si Fe cu Mn Mg cr Zn ti others each total Al

1100 0.95 Si+Fe — 0.05/0.20 0.05 — — 0.10 — 0.05 0.15 99.00 Min. 2024 0.50 0.50 3.8/4.9 0.30/0.90 1.2/1.8 0.10 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder 3003 0.60 0.70 0.05/0.20 1.0/1.5 — — 0.10 — 0.05 0.15 Remainder 5052 0.25 0.40 0.10 0.10 2.2/2.8 0.15/0.35 0.10 — 0.05 0.15 Remainder 5086 0.40 0.50 0.10 0.20/0.70 3.5/.45 0.05/0.25 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder 6061 0.40/0.80 0.70 0.15/0.40 0.15 0.80/1.2 0.04/0.35 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.15 Remainder 6063 0.20/0.60 0.35 0.10 0.10 0.45/0.90 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.15 Remainder 7075 0.40 0.50 1.2/2.0 0.30 2.1/2.9 0.18/0.28 5.1/6.1 0.20 0.05 0.15 Remainder

StAnDARD ALUMinUM ALLoYScHeMicAL AnALYSiS

Sec. P

P

age 20

Page 381: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

oiL tooL MAteRiALS

BARS

1018 HR4140 HR Annealed4140 HR Quench & Tempered 80-100 KSI Yield, 95 KSI Min Tensile, 235 max BHN*4140 HR Quench & Tempered 110 KSI min Yield, 125 KSI Min Tensile4130 M7 Quench & Tempered T-954130 M7 Quench & Tempered Q-1254130 HR Normalized, Quench & Tempered, 75 KSI Min Yield, RC 22 Max*9 Chrome 1 Moly HR RT Quench & Tempered, 80-100 KSI Yield, 95 KSI Min Tensile, 235 Max BHN*410 HR RT Quench & Double Tempered, 80 KSI Min Yield*420 (13 Chrome) HR RT Quench & Tempered, 80-100 KSI Yield, 95 KSI Min Tensile, 235 Max BHNSuper 13 Chrome HR RT Quench & Tempered, 80-100 KSI Yield, 95 KSI Min Tensile, 235 Max BHN4340 HR Normalzed & Tempered4340 HR Quench & Tempered, 130 KSI MinK 500 Nickel Based Alloy Aged Hardened*718 Nickel Based Alloy Age Hardened*17-4 PH HR RT DBL H 11502205 Duplex Alloy (UNS S31803) HR RT, 65 KSI Min Yield, 90 KSI Min Tensile, 25% Min Elongation.

MecHAnicAL tUBinG

1018 HR Smls1018 CD Smls4130, 4140 HR Annealed4130, 4140 HR Smls Quench & Tempered 80-100 KSI Yield, 95 KSI Min Tensile, 235 max BHN*4130, 4140 HR Smls Quench & Tempered 110 KSI Yield, 125 KSI Min Tensile4130, 4140 CD Smls Stress Relief Annealed4130, 4140 CD Smls Quench & Tempered 80-100 KSI Yield, 95 KSI Min Tensile, 235 max BHN*4130, 4140 CD Smls Quench & Tempered 110 KSI Yield, 125 KSI Min Tensile4130 M7 HR Smls Quench & Tempered T-954130 M7 HR Smls Quench & Tempered Q-1259 Chrome 1 Moly CF Smls Quench & Tempered 80-100 KSI Yield, 95 KSI Min Tensile, 235 max BHN*420 (13 Chrome) HR Smls RT Quench & Tempered 80-100 KSI Yield, 95 KSI Min Tensile, 235 max BHN*

* Properties Per NACE MRO-1-75

Legend: HR = Hot Rolled, BHN = Brinell Hardness Number, RT = Rough Turned, DBL H = Double Aged, CD = Cold Drawn, CF = Cold Finished, M7 = Molybdenum .070 nominal

Sec. P Page 21

Page 382: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

APi SPeciFicAtion ReQUiReMentS

chemistry Mechanical Properties

cARBon MAnGAneSe MoLYBDenUM cHRoMiUM nicKeL coPPeR PHoSPHoRoUS SULPHUR SiLicon YieLD YieLD tenSiLe HARDneSS

Min MAX Min MAX Min MAX Min MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX MAX Min MAX Min MAX

H-40 - - - - - - - - - - 0.03 0.03 - 40,000 80,000 60,000 - NO J-55 - - - - - - - - - - 0.03 0.03 - 55,000 80,000 75,000 - NO K-55 - - - - - - - - - - 0.03 0.03 - 55,000 80,000 95,000 - NO C-75 1 - 0.50 - 1.90 0.15 0.40 - - - - 0.04 0.06 0.45 75,000 90,000 95,000 - N&T C-75 2 - 0.43 - 1.50 - - - - - - 0.04 0.06 0.45 75,000 90,000 95,000 - Q&T C-75 3 .038 0.48 .075 1.00 .015 .025 .080 1.10 - - 0.04 0.06 - 75,000 90,000 95,000 - N&T N-80 - - - - - - - - - - 0.03 0.03 - 80,000 110,000 100,000 - N or Q&T L-80 1 - 0.43 - 1.90 - - - - 0.25 0.35 0.03 0.03 0.45 80,000 95,000 95,000 23 Q&T L-80 9CR - 0.15 0.30 0.60 0.90 1.10 8.00 10.00 0.50 0.25 0.02 0.01 1.00 80,000 95,000 95,000 23 Q&T L-80 13CR 0.15 0.22 0.25 1.00 - - 12.00 14.00 0.50 0.25 0.02 0.01 1.00 80,000 95,000 95,000 23 Q&T C-90 1 - 0.35 - 1.00 0.250 0.75 - 1.20 0.99 - 0.02 0.01 - 90,000 105,000 100,000 25.4 Q&T C-90 2 - 0.50 - 1.90 - - - - 0.99 - 0.03 0.01 - 90,000 105,000 100,000 25.4 Q&T C-95 - 0.45 - 1.90 - - - - - - 0.03 0.03 0.45 95,000 110,000 105,000 - Q&T T-95 1 - 0.35 - 1.20 0.250 0.85 0.40 1.50 0.99 - 0.02 0.01 - 95,000 110,000 105,000 25.4 Q&T T-95 2 - 0.50 - 1.90 - - - - 0.99 - 0.03 0.01 - 95,000 110,000 105,000 25.4 Q&T P-105 - - - - - - - - - - 0.04 0.06 - 105,000 135,000 120,000 - N&T P-110 - - - - - - - - - - 0.03 0.03 - 110,000 140,000 125,000 - Q&T Q-125 1 - 0.35 - 1.00 - 0.75 - 1.20 0.99 - 0.02 0.01 - 125,000 150,000 135,000 - Q&T Q-125 2 - 0.35 - 1.00 - - - - 0.99 - 0.02 0.02 - 125,000 150,000 135,000 - Q&T Q-125 3 - 0.50 - 1.90 - - - - 0.99 - 0.03 0.01 - 125,000 150,000 135,000 - Q&T Q-125 4 1 0.50 0.50 - 1.90 - - - - 0.99 - 0.03 0.02 - 125,000 150,000 135,000 - Q&T

API mechanical properties may not be available in all wall thicknesses and bar sizesNACE MR0175 may require lower hrdness values Legend: N = Normalized, N&T = Normalized & Tempered, Q&T = Quench & Tempered

APi 5ctGRADe

HeAttReAtMent

EMJ REV. 1-0810512002

Sec. P

P

age 22

Page 383: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. Q Page 1

QSection Q

miScellaneouS data

hardneSS converSion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 3

Surface cutting SPeedS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

diStance acroSS cornerS of SQuareS, hexagonS

and octagonS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

circumferenceS and areaS of circleS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

caPacitieS of round tankS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

geometric formulaS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 9

u.S. and metric weightS and meaSureS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 11

aPProximate Stock reQuired to Produce 1000 PieceS . . . . . . . 12

definition of termS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 28

gauge tableS — wire and Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 - 32

Page 384: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

brinell 3000 kg. load rockwell tenSile 10 mm. ball Shore Strength diameter hardness Schero- psi millimeters number a Scale b Scale c Scale 15-n Scale ScoPe (approx.)

2.25 745 84.1 — 65.3 92.3 91 — 2.30 712 — — — — — — 2.35 682 82.2 — 61.7 91.0 84 — 2.40 653 81.2 — 60.0 90.2 81 — 2.45 627 80.5 — 58.7 89.6 79 — 2.50 601 79.8 — 57.3 89.0 77 — 2.55 578 79.1 — 56.0 88.4 75 — 2.60 555 78.4 — 54.7 87.8 73 298000 2.65 534 77.8 — 53.5 87.2 71 288000 2.70 514 76.9 — 52.1 86.5 70 274000 2.75 495 76.3 — 51.0 85.9 68 264000 2.80 477 75.6 — 49.6 85.3 66 252000 2.85 461 74.9 — 48.5 84.7 65 242000 2.90 444 74.2 — 47.1 84.0 63 230000 2.95 429 73.4 — 45.7 83.4 61 219000 3.00 415 72.8 — 44.5 82.8 59 212000 3.05 401 72.0 — 43.1 82.0 58 202000 3.10 388 71.4 — 41.8 81.4 56 193000 3.15 375 70.6 — 40.4 80.6 54 184000 3.20 363 70.0 — 39.1 80.0 52 177000 3.25 352 69.3 110.0 37.9 79.3 51 170000 3.30 341 68.7 109.0 36.6 78.6 50 163000 3.35 331 68.1 108.5 35.5 78.0 48 158000 3.40 321 67.5 108.0 34.3 77.3 47 152000 3.45 311 66.9 107.5 33.1 76.7 46 147000 3.50 302 66.3 107.0 32.1 76.1 45 143000 3.55 293 65.7 106.0 30.9 75.5 43 139000 3.60 285 65.3 105.5 29.9 75.0 — 136000 3.65 277 64.6 104.5 28.8 74.4 41 131000 3.70 269 64.1 104.0 27.6 73.7 40 128000 3.75 262 63.6 103.0 26.6 73.1 39 125000 3.80 255 63.0 102.0 25.4 72.5 38 121000 3.85 248 62.5 101.0 24.2 71.7 37 118000 3.90 241 61.8 100.0 22.8 70.9 36 114000 3.95 235 61.4 99.0 21.7 70.3 35 111000 4.00 229 60.8 98.2 20.5 69.7 34 109000 4.05 223 — 97.3 18.8 — — 104000 4.10 217 — 96.4 17.5 — 33 103000 4.15 212 — 95.5 16.0 — — 100000 4.20 207 — 94.6 15.2 — 32 99000 4.25 201 — 93.8 13.8 — 31 97000 4.30 197 — 92.8 12.7 — 30 94000 4.35 192 — 91.9 11.5 — 29 92000 4.40 187 — 90.7 10.0 — — 90000 4.45 183 — 90.0 9.0 — 28 89000 4.50 179 — 89.0 8.0 — 27 88000 4.55 174 — 87.8 6.4 — — 86000 4.60 170 — 86.8 5.4 — 26 84000 4.65 167 — 86.0 4.4 — — 83000 4.70 163 — 85.0 3.3 — 25 82000 4.80 156 — 82.9 0.9 — — 80000 4.90 149 — 80.8 — — 23 — 5.00 143 — 78.7 — — 22 — 5.10 137 — 76.4 — — 21 — 5.20 131 — 74.0 — — — — 5.30 126 — 72.0 — — 20 — 5.40 121 — 69.8 — — 19 — 5.50 116 — 67.6 — — 18 — 5.60 111 — 65.7 — — 15 —

hardneSS converSion numberS for Steel

Sec. Q Page 2

Page 385: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

rockwell brinell 500 kg. load b Scale f Scale 15-t Scale 30-t Scale e Scale h Scale a Scale 10 mm. ball

74 99.0 — 66.0 — — 46.0 118 72 98.0 84.0 65.0 — — 45.0 114 70 97.0 83.5 63.5 99.5 — 44.0 110 68 95.5 — 62.0 98.0 — 43.0 107 66 94.5 82.0 60.5 97.0 — 42.0 104 64 93.5 81.5 59.5 95.5 — 41.5 101 62 92.0 — 58.0 94.5 — 40.5 98 60 91.0 — 56.5 93.0 — 39.5 95 58 90.0 79.5 55.0 92.0 — 38.5 92 56 89.0 79.0 54.0 90.5 — — 90 54 87.5 — 52.5 89.5 — 37.0 87 52 86.5 77.5 51.0 88.0 — 36.0 85 50 85.5 77.0 49.5 87.0 — 35.0 83 48 84.5 — 48.5 85.5 — 34.5 81 46 83.0 75.5 47.0 84.5 — 33.5 — 44 82.0 75.0 45.5 83.5 — 32.5 78 42 81.0 — 44.0 82.0 — 31.5 76 40 79.5 73.5 43.0 81.0 — — — 38 78.5 73.0 41.5 79.5 — 30.0 73 36 77.5 — 40.0 78.5 100.0 29.0 — 34 76.5 71.5 38.5 77.0 99.0 28.0 70 32 75.0 71.0 37.5 76.0 98.5 27.5 — 30 74.0 70.5 36.0 75.0 — 26.5 67 28 73.0 — 34.5 73.5 97.0 25.5 66 26 72.0 69.0 33.0 72.5 — 24.5 65 24 70.5 68.5 32.0 71.0 95.5 24.0 — 22 69.5 — 30.5 70.0 95.0 23.0 — 20 68.5 — 29.0 68.5 — 22.0 — 18 67.0 66.5 27.5 67.5 93.5 — — 16 66.0 66.0 26.0 66.5 — 20.5 — 14 65.0 — 25.0 65.0 92.0 — — 12 64.0 64.5 23.5 64.0 91.5 — — 10 63.0 64.0 22.0 62.5 90.5 — 57 8 61.5 63.5 20.5 61.5 90.0 — — 6 60.5 — 19.5 60.5 — — — 4 59.5 62.0 18.0 59.0 88.5 — — 2 58.0 61.5 16.5 58.0 — — 54 0 57.0 — 15.0 57.0 87.0 — 53

rockwell hardneSS ScaleS major Scale load, kg indenter use of Scale

A 60 Diamond cone. . . . . Extremely hard material such as tungsten carbide or hard sheet material too thin for heavy load. B 100 1/16” ball . . . . . . . . . . Materials of B 0 to B 100 hardness. C 150 Diamond cone. . . . . Materials of C 20 to C 70 hardness. E 100 1/8” ball. . . . . . . . . . . Very soft materials such as bearing metals. F 60 1/16” ball . . . . . . . . . . Very soft materials such as bearing metals. H 60 1/8” ball. . . . . . . . . . . Very soft materials such as bearing metals.

rockwell SuPerficial hardneSS ScaleS 15-N 15 Diamond cone Materials comparable in hardness of C 20 to C 70. 15-T 15 1/16” ball . . . . . . . . . . Materials comparable in hardness of B 0 to B 100. 30-T 100 1/16” ball . . . . . . . . . . Materials comparable in hardness of B 0 to B 100.

hardneSS converSion numberS for Steel

Sec. Q Page 3

Page 386: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

machinabilitySurface cutting SPeedS

Surface cutting speeds given below are approximate and are intended as a guide in calculating the proper speed for the part in hand. The figures are average for the general run of parts and are based on the use of high speed cutting tools. Any extraordinary features in the part to be made should be taken into consideration and speeds altered accordingly.

For the carbon and alloy grades listed, the figures are based on cold drawn bars in the as-drawn condition, except when it is noted that the grade is annealed.

Surface cutting speeds for hot rolled as-rolled bars and hot rolled heat treated bars are not available, since the machining qualities of these bars vary according to hard-ness, microstructure, condition of the surface, etc.

For the stainless steels and super alloys listed, all grades are annealed or solution annealed except where other wise indicated.

carbon SteelS alloy SteelS Surface Surface feet per feet pergrade minute rating* grade minute rating*

1015 120 72%1018 130 78%1020 120 72%1022 130 78%1030 115 70%1040 105 64%1042 105 64%1050 90 54%1095 70 42%1117 150 91%1137 120 72%1141 115 70%1141 Ann. 135 81%1144 125 76%1144 Ann. 140 85%1212 165 100%1213 225 136%12L14 280 170%1215 225 136%1144 Hi Stress 130 79%STrESSprooF® 140 83%FATiguE-prooF® 134 80%Leaded grade A 325 193%Ledloy A, La-Led 325 193%Leaded grade AX, AY, AZ 420 250%Ledloy AZ, La-Led X 420 250%

StainleSS & SuPer alloyS Surface Surface feet per feet pergrade minute rating* grade minute rating*

302 75 45%303 130 78%303MA 135 82%304 75 45%304L 75 45%316 75 45%321 60 36%347 60 36%410 90 54%416 180 110%420 75 45%430 90 54%430F 150 91%* “rating” refers to relative speed, based on 1212 as 100%

2355 Ann. 115 70%4130 Ann. 120 72%4140 Ann. 110 66%4142 Ann. 110 66%41L42 Ann. 127 77%4150 Ann. 100 60%4150 resul. Heat Treat 65 40%4330 Mod. Ann. 95 59%4340 Ann. 95 57%4340 Mod. (300M) Ann. 95 57%4620 110 66%4820 Ann. 80 49%52100 Ann. 65 40%6150 Ann. 100 60%8620 110 66%86L20 127 77%9310 Ann. 85 51%D6AC Ann. 50 30%“e.t.d.” 150® 125 75%H-11 Ann. 49 29%HS 220-18 Ann. 85 51%Nitriding #3 135 Mod. Ann. 76 45%

431 75 45%440A 75 45%440B&C 65 40%15-5 Condition A 80 48% Condition H1150 90 55% Condition H1150M 125 76%17-4 Condition A 80 48%Nitronic 50® (22-13-5) 50 21%A286 Aged 55 33%Hastelloy X 32 19%Maraging 18 Ni 250 50 30%

Sec. Q Page 4

Page 387: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

diStance acroSS cornerS ofSQuareS, hexagonS, and octagonS

distance across corners, inches d Size in S h o inches Square hexagon octagon

1/8 .177 .144 .135

3/16 .265 .217 .203

1/4 .354 .289 .271

5/16 .442 .361 .338

3/8 .530 .433 .406

7/16 .619 .505 .474

1/2 .707 .577 .541

9/16 .795 .650 .609

5/8 .884 .722 .677

11/16 .972 .794 .744

3/4 1.061 .866 .812

13/16 1.149 .938 .879

7/8 1.237 1.010 .947

15/16 1.326 1.083 1.015

1 1.414 1.155 1.082

1/16 1.503 1.227 1.150

1/8 1.591 1.299 1.218

3/16 1.679 1.371 1.285

1/4 1.768 1.443 1.353

5/16 1.856 1.516 1.421

3/8 1.945 1.588 1.488

7/16 2.033 1.660 1.556

1/2 2.121 1.732 1.624

9/16 2.210 1.804 1.691

5/8 2.298 1.876 1.759

11/16 2.386 1.949 1.827

3/4 2.475 2.021 1.894

13/16 2.563 2.093 1.962

7/8 2.652 2.165 2.030

15/16 2.740 2.237 2.097

distance across corners, inches d Size in S h o inches Square hexagon octagon

2 2.828 2.309 2.165

1/16 2.917 2.382 2.232

1/8 3.005 2.454 2.300

3/16 3.094 2.526 2.368

1/4 3.182 2.598 2.435

5/16 3.270 2.670 2.503

3/8 3.359 2.742 2.571

7/16 3.447 2.815 2.638

1/2 3.536 2.887 2.706

9/16 3.624 2.959 2.774

5/8 3.712 3.031 2.841

11/16 3.801 3.103 2.909

3/4 3.889 3.175 2.977

13/16 3.977 3.248 3.044

7/8 4.066 3.320 3.112

15/16 4.154 3.392 3.180

3 4.243 3.464 3.247

1/8 4.419 3.608 3.383

1/4 4.596 3.753 3.518

3/8 4.773 3.897 3.653

1/2 4.950 4.041 3.788

5/8 5.126 4.186 3.924

3/4 5.303 4.330 4.059

7/8 5.480 4.474 4.194

4 5.657 4.619 4.330

1/4 6.010 4.907 4.600

1/2 6.364 5.196 4.871

3/4 6.717 5.485 5.141

5 7.071 5.774 5.412

1/4 7.425 6.062 5.683

1/2 7.778 6.351 5.953

3/4 8.132 6.640 6.224

6 8.485 6.928 6.494

Sec. Q Page 5

Page 388: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

circumferenceS and areaS of circleS

diameter circum- dia- circum- dia- circum- frac. decimal ference area meter ference area meter ference area

1/64 .015625 .04909 .00019 1 3.1416 .78540 64 201.06 3216.99 1/32 .03125 .09818 .00077 2 6.2832 3.1416 65 204.20 3318.31 3/64 .046875 .14726 .00173 3 9.4248 7.0686 66 207.34 3421.19 1/16 .0625 .19635 .00307 4 12.5664 12.5664 67 210.49 3525.65 5/64 .078125 .24545 .00479 5 15.7080 19.635 68 213.63 3631.68 3/32 .09375 .29452 .00690 6 18.850 28.274 69 216.77 3739.28 7/64 .109375 .34363 .00939 7 21.991 38.485 70 219.91 3848.45 1/8 .125 .39270 .01227 8 25.133 50.266 71 223.05 3959.19

9/64 .140625 .44181 .01553 9 28.274 63.617 72 226.19 4071.50 5/32 .15625 .49087 .01917 10 31.416 78.540 73 229.34 4185.39 11/64 .171875 .53999 .02320 11 34.558 95.033 74 232.48 4300.84 3/16 .1875 .58904 .02761 12 37.699 113.10 75 235.62 4417.86 13/64 .203125 .63817 .03241 13 40.841 132.73 76 238.76 4536.46 7/32 .21875 .68722 .03758 14 43.982 153.94 77 241.90 4656.63 15/64 .234375 .73635 .04314 15 47.124 176.72 78 245.04 4778.36 1/4 .25 .78540 .04909 16 50.265 201.06 79 248.19 4901.67

17/64 .265625 .83453 .05542 17 53.407 226.98 80 251.33 5026.55 9/32 .28125 .88357 .06213 18 56.549 254.47 81 254.47 5153.00 19/64 .296875 .93271 .06922 19 59.690 283.53 82 257.61 5281.02 5/16 .3125 .98175 .07670 20 62.832 314.16 83 260.75 5410.61 21/64 .328125 1.0309 .08456 21 65.973 346.36 84 263.89 5541.77 11/32 .34375 1.0799 .09281 22 69.115 380.13 85 267.04 5674.50 23/64 .359375 1.1291 .10144 23 72.257 415.48 86 270.18 5808.80 3/8 .375 1.1781 .11045 24 75.398 452.39 87 273.32 5944.68

25/64 .390625 1.2273 .11984 25 78.540 490.87 88 276.46 6082.12 13/32 .40625 1.2763 .12962 26 81.681 530.93 89 279.60 6221.14 27/64 .421875 1.3254 .13979 27 84.823 572.56 90 282.74 6361.73 7/16 .4375 1.3744 .15033 28 87.965 615.75 91 285.88 6503.88 29/64 .453125 1.4236 .16126 29 91.106 660.52 92 289.03 6647.61 15/32 .46875 1.4726 .17257 30 94.248 706.86 93 292.17 6792.91 31/64 .484375 1.5218 .18427 31 97.389 754.77 94 295.31 6939.78 1/2 .5 1.5708 .19635 32 100.53 804.25 95 298.45 7088.22

33/64 .515625 1.6199 .20880 33 103.67 855.30 96 301.59 7238.23 17/32 .53125 1.6690 .22166 34 106.81 907.92 97 304.73 7339.81 35/64 .546875 1.7181 .23489 35 109.96 962.11 98 307.88 7542.96 9/16 .5625 1.7671 .24850 36 113.10 1017.88 99 311.02 7697.69 37/64 .578125 1.8163 .26248 37 116.24 1075.21 100 314.16 7853.98 19/32 .59375 1.8653 .27688 38 119.38 1134.11 101 317.30 8011.85 39/64 .609375 1.9145 .29164 39 122.52 1194.59 102 320.44 8171.28 5/8 .625 1.9365 .30680 40 125.66 1256.64 103 323.58 8332.29

41/64 .640625 2.0127 .32232 41 128.81 1320.25 104 326.73 8494.87 21/32 .65625 2.0617 .33824 42 131.95 1385.44 105 329.87 8659.01 43/64 .671875 2.1108 .35453 43 135.09 1452.20 106 333.01 8824.73 11/16 .6875 2.1598 .37122 44 138.23 1520.53 107 336.15 8992.02 45/64 .703125 2.2090 .38828 45 141.37 1590.43 108 339.29 9160.88 23/32 .71875 2.2580 .40574 46 144.51 1661.90 109 342.43 9331.32 47/64 .734375 2.3072 .42356 47 147.65 1734.94 110 345.58 9503.32 3/4 .75 2.3562 .44179 48 150.80 1809.56 111 348.72 9676.89

49/64 .765625 2.4054 .45253 49 153.94 1885.74 112 351.86 9852.03 25/32 .78125 2.4544 .47937 50 157.08 1963.50 113 355.00 10028.75 51/64 .796875 2.5036 .49872 51 160.22 2042.82 114 358.14 10207.03 13/16 .8125 2.5525 .51849 52 163.36 2123.72 115 361.28 10386.89 53/64 .828125 2.6017 .53862 53 166.50 2206.18 116 364.42 10568.32 27/32 .84375 2.6507 .55914 54 169.65 2290.22 117 367.57 10751.32 55/64 .859375 2.6999 .58003 55 172.79 2375.83 118 370.71 10935.88 7/8 .875 2.7489 .60132 56 175.93 2463.01 119 373.85 11122.02

57/64 .890625 2.7981 .62298 57 179.07 2551.76 120 376.99 11309.73 29/32 .90625 2.8471 .64504 58 182.21 2642.08 121 380.13 11499.01 59/64 .921875 2.8963 .66746 59 185.35 2733.97 122 383.27 11689.87 15/16 .9375 2.9452 .69029 60 188.50 2827.43 123 386.42 11882.29 61/64 .953125 2.9945 .71349 61 191.64 2922.47 124 389.56 12076.28 31/32 .96875 3.0434 .73708 62 194.78 3019.07 125 392.70 12271.85 63/64 .984375 3.0928 .76097 63 197.92 3117.25 126 395.84 12468.98

Sec. Q Page 6

Page 389: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

caPacitieS of round tankSone foot in dePth

diam. no. u.S. cubic diam. no. u.S. cubic diam. no. u.S. cubic of tank gallons feet of tank gallons feet of tank gallons feet

1’ 5.87 .785 1” 6.89 .922 2” 8.00 1.069 3” 9.18 1.227 4” 10.44 1.396 5” 11.79 1.576 6” 13.22 1.767 7” 14.73 1.969 8” 16.32 2.182 9” 17.99 2.405 10” 19.75 2.640 11” 21.58 2.885

2’ 23.50 3.142 1” 25.50 3.409 2” 27.58 3.687 3” 29.74 3.976 4” 31.99 4.276 5” 34.31 4.587 6” 36.72 4.909 7” 39.21 5.241 8” 41.78 5.585 9” 44.43 5.940 10” 47.16 6.305 11” 49.98 6.682

3’ 52.88 7.069 1” 55.85 7.467 2” 58.92 7.876 3” 62.06 8.296 4” 65.28 8.726 5” 68.59 9.169 6” 71.97 9.621 7” 75.44 10.085 8” 78.99 10.559 9” 82.62 11.045 10” 86.33 11.541 11” 90.13 12.048

4’ 94.00 12.566 1” 97.96 13.095 2” 102.00 13.636 3” 106.12 14.186 4” 110.32 14.748 5” 114.61 15.321 6” 118.97 15.904 7” 123.42 16.499 8” 127.95 17.105 9” 132.56 17.721 10” 137.25 18.348 11” 142.03 18.986

(Above data based on 1 cu. ft. = 7.48055 gal.)other diameters — Capacities for diameters other than those shown can be determined as follows: Find capacity for 1/2 diameter desired and multiply by 4, or Find capacity for 1/3 diameter desired and multiply by 9, or Find capacity for 1/4 diameter desired and multiply by 16, etc.

barrels — 1 barrel = 31.5 gallons, or 1 gallon = .031746 barrel. Thus to find capacity in barrels, either divide gallons by 31.5 or multiply gallons by .031746.

5’ 146.88 19.635 1” 151.81 20.295 2” 156.84 20.966 3” 161.93 21.648 4” 167.11 22.340 5” 172.38 23.044 6” 177.72 23.758 7” 183.15 24.483 8” 188.66 25.220 9” 194.25 25.967 10” 199.92 26.725 11” 205.67 27.495

6’ 211.51 28.274 3” 229.50 30.680 6” 248.23 33.183 9” 267.69 35.785 7’ 287.88 38.485 3” 308.81 41.283 6” 330.48 44.179 9” 352.88 47.173

8’ 376.01 50.266

3” 399.88 53.456 6” 424.48 56.745 9” 449.82 60.132

9’ 475.89 63.617 3” 502.70 67.201 6” 530.23 70.882 9” 558.51 74.662

10’ 587.52 78.540 3” 617.26 82.516 6” 647.74 86.590 9” 678.95 90.763

11’ 710.90 95.033 3” 743.58 99.402 6” 776.99 103.87 9” 811.14 108.43

12’ 846.03 113.10 3” 881.65 117.86 6” 918.00 122.72 9” 955.09 127.68

13’ 992.91 132.73 3” 1031.5 137.89 6” 1070.8 143.14 9” 1110.8 148.49

14’ 1151.5 153.94 3” 1193.0 159.48 6” 1235.3 165.13 9” 1278.2 170.87

15’ 1321.9 176.71 3” 1366.4 182.65 6” 1411.5 188.69 9” 1457.4 194.83

16’ 1504.1 201.06 3” 1551.4 207.39 6” 1599.5 213.82 9” 1648.4 220.35

17’ 1697.9 226.98 3” 1748.2 233.71 6” 1799.3 240.53 9” 1851.1 247.45

18’ 1903.6 254.47 3” 1956.8 261.59 6” 2010.8 268.80 9” 2065.5 276.12

19’ 2120.9 283.53 3” 2177.1 291.04 6” 2234.0 298.65 9” 2291.7 306.35

20’ 2350.1 314.16 3” 2409.2 322.06 6” 2469.1 330.06 9” 2529.6 338.16

21’ 2591.0 346.36 3” 2653.0 354.66 6” 2715.8 363.05 9” 2779.3 371.54

22’ 2843.6 380.13 3” 2908.6 388.82 6” 2974.3 397.61 9” 3040.8 406.49

23’ 3108.0 415.48 3” 3175.9 424.56 6” 3244.6 433.74 9” 3314.0 443.01

24’ 3384.1 452.39 3” 3455.0 461.86 6” 3526.6 471.44 9” 3598.9 481.11

Sec. Q Page 7

Page 390: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

geometric formulaS

circle

area = Square of Diameter x .7854

or Square of radius x 3.1416

circumference = Diameter x 3.1416

diameter = Circumference x .3183

Doubling diameter increases area four times; tripling diameter

increases area nine times, etc.

SQuare

area = Square of Side

diagonal = Side x 1.4142

Side = Diagonal x .7071

SQuare inScribed in circle

Side of Square = Diameter of Circle x .7071

or Circumference of Circle x .2251

diameter of circle = Side of Square x 1.4142

circumference of circle = Side of Square x 4.4429

SQuare and circle with eQual area

Side of Square = Diameter of Circle x .8862

diameter of circle = Side of Square x 1.128

circumference of circle = Side of Square x 3.545

rectangle

area = Length x Width

diagonal = Square root of sum of squares of Width and Length

triangle

area = Base x 1/2 of perpendicular Height

Sec. Q Page 8

Page 391: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

geometric formulaS (Continued)

hexagon (equal sides and angles)

area = Square of Distance across Flats x .866

or Square of Side x 2.598

Side = 1/2 of Diagonal

or Distance across Flats x .577

diagonal = Distance across Flats x 1.155

or Side x 2

octagon (equal sides and angles)

area = Square of Distance across Flats x .828

or Square of Side x 4.828

Side = Diagonal x .383

or Distance across Flats x .414

diagonal = Distance across flats x 1.082

or Side x 2.613

SPhere

area of Surface = Square of Diameter x 3.1416

volume = Cube of Diameter x .5236

cube

area of Surface = Square of Side x 6

volume = Cube of Side

diagonal = Side x 1.732

cylinder

area of curved Surface = Diameter x Length x 3.1416

volume = Square of Diameter x Length x .7854

cone

area of curved Surface = Diameter of Base x Slant Height x 1.5708

volume = Diameter of Base Squared x perpendicular Height x .2618

or Area of Base x 1/3 perpendicular Height

Pyramid

lateral Surface area (Not incl. base) =

perimeter of Base x 1/2 of Slant Height

volume = Area of Base x 1/3 perpendicular Height

Sec. Q Page 9

Page 392: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

u.S. and metric SyStem eQuivalentSlength eQuivalentS

milli- centi- unit meters meters inches feet yards meters

1 millimeter = 1 .1 .03937 .003281 .001094 .0011 centimeter = 10 1 .3937 .032808 .010936 .011 inch = 25.4 2.54 1 .083333 .027778 .02541 foot = 304.8 30.48 12 1 .333333 .30481 yard = 914.4 91.44 36 3 1 .91441 meter = 1000 100 39.37 3.28083 1.09361 1

unit feet yards meters rods furlongs miles (Statute)

1 rod = 16.5 5.5 5.02920 1 .025 (1/40) .003125 (1.320)1 furlong = 660 220 201.16 40 1 .125 (1/8)1 kilometer = 3280.8 1093.6 1000 199 4.971 .621371 mile (statute) = 5280 1760 1609.34 320 8 11 nautical mile = 6080.2 feet = 1.15155 statute miles = 1/3 league.1 light year = 5.879 trillion miles = 9.46 trillion kilometers.

weight eQuivalentS unit grains grams ounces ounces Pounds Pounds kilo- (troy) (avoir.) (troy) (avoir.) grams

1 grain = 1 .064799 .002083 .002286 .000174 .000143 .0000651 gram = 15.4324 1 .032151 .035274 .002679 .002205 .0011 ounce (troy) = 480 31.1035 1 1.09714 .083333 .068571 .0311041 ounce (avoir.) = 437.5 28.3495 .911458 1 .075955 .0625 .0283501 Pound (troy) = 5760 373.242 12 13.1657 1 .822857 .3732421 Pound (avoir.) = 7000 453.592 14.5833 16 1.21528 1 .4535921 kilogram = 15432.4 1000 32.1507 35.2740 2.67923 2.20462 1

net gross Pounds Pounds metric (Short) (long) unit kilograms (troy) (avoir.) tons tons tons

1 metric ton = 1000 2679.23 2204.62 1 1.10231 .9842061 net (Short) ton = 907.185 2430.56 2000 .907185 1 .8928571 gross (long) ton = 1016.05 2722.22 2240 1.01605 1.12 1

volume and caPacity eQuivalentS

cubic unit centi- cubic liters Quarts Quarts gals. gals. cubic meters inches (liquid) (dry) (liquid) (dry) feet

1 cu. centimeter = 1 .06102 .001 .00106 .00091 .00026 .00023 .000041 cu. inch = 16.387 1 .01639 .01732 .01488 .00433 .00372 .000581 gill = 118.29 7.2188 .11829 .125 .10742 .03125 .02686 .004181 Pint (liquid) = 473.18 28.875 .47318 .5 .42968 .125 .10742 .016711 Pint (dry) = 550.62 33.600 .55062 .58182 .5 .14546 .125 .019451 liter = 1000 61.023 1 1.0567 .90808 .26417 .22702 .035311 Quart (liquid) = 946.36 57.75 .94636 1 .85937 .25 .21484 .033421 Quart (dry) = 1101.2 67.201 1.1012 1.1637 1 .29091 .25 .038891 gallon (liquid) = 3785.4 231 3.7854 4 3.4375 1 .85937 .133681 gallon (dry) = 4404.9 268.80 4.4049 4.6546 4 1.1636 1 .155561 Peck = 8809.8 537.61 8.8098 9.3092 8 2.3273 2 .311111 cu. foot = 28317.0 1728 28.317 29.922 25.714 7.4805 6.4285 11 bushel = 35239.3 2150.4 35.239 37.237 32 9.3092 8 1.24451 barrel = 119241.2 7276.5 119.24 126 108.28 31.5 27.070 4.21091 cu. yard = 764559.4 46656 764.56 807.90 694.28 201.97 173.57 271 cu. meter = 1000000 61023.4 1000 1056.7 908.08 264.17 227.02 35.314

Sec. Q Page 10

Page 393: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

u.S. and metric SyStem eQuivalentS (Continued)area eQuivalentS

Square Square Square Square unit inches feet yards meters

1 Square foot = 144 1 .1111 .092901 Square yard = 1296 9 1 .836131 Square meter = 1550 10.7639 1.19599 11 Square rod = 39204 272.25 30.25 25.2931 are = 155000 1076.39 119.599 1001 acre = 6272640 43560 4840 4046.851 Square mile (640 acres) = — 27878400 3097600 85899841 Square kilometer = — 10763867 1195985 1000000

metric SyStem length 10 decimeters (dm) 1 meter (m) = 100 centimeters (cm) 1,000 millimeters (mm)

1 dekameter (dkm) = 10 meters (m) 1 hectometer (hm) = 100 meters (m) 1 kilometer (km) = 1,000 meters (m)

weight 10 decigrams (dg) 1 gram (g) = 100 centigrams (cg) 1,000 milligrams (mg)

1 dekagram (dkg) = 10 grams (g) 1 hectogram (hg) = 100 grams (g) 1 kilogram (kg) = 1,000 grams (g)

1,000 kilograms (kg) 1 metric ton = 1,000,000 grams (g)

volume & caPacity 1 cubic decimeter (dm3) 10 deciliters (dl) 1 liter (l) = 100 centiliters (cl) 1,000 milliliters (ml) 1,000 cubic centimeters (cm3 or cc)

1 dekaliter (dkl) = 10 liters (l) 1 hectoliter (hl) = 100 liters (l)

1 cubic meter (m3) 1 kiloliter (kl) = 1 stere (s) 1,000 liters (l)

area 1 square meter (m3) 100 square decimeters (dm2) 1 centare (ca) = 10,000 square centimeters (cm2) 1,000,000 square millimeters (mm2)

1 square dekameter (dkm2) 1 are (a) = 100 square meters (m2)

100 are (a) 1 hectare (ha) = 10,000 square meters (m2)

1 square kilometer (km2) = 1,000,000 square meters (m2)

PreSSure

1 Megapascual (Mpa) = 145.0377 pounds per Square inch (psi)

other prefixes occasionally used: micro — one millionth myria — 10,000 times deca — 10 times (same as deka) mega — 1,000,000 times

Sec. Q Page 11

Page 394: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

aPProximate Stock reQuired to Produce 1000 PieceS

length of number length of number length of number length of number finished of feet finished of feet finished of feet finished of feet Piece Plus Per Piece Plus Per Piece Plus Per Piece Plus Per cut-off 1000 cut-off 1000 cut-off 1000 cut-off 1000 in inches Pieces in inches Pieces in inches Pieces in inches Pieces

3/32 7.8 7/64 9.1 1/8 10.4 9/64 11.7 5/32 13.0 11/64 14.3 3/16 15.6 13/64 16.9 7/32 18.2 15/64 19.5 1/4 20.8 17/64 22.1 9/32 23.4 19/64 24.7 5/16 26.0 21/64 27.3 11/32 28.6 23/64 29.9 3/8 31.3 25/64 32.6 13/32 33.9 27/64 35.2 7/16 36.5 29/64 37.8 15/32 39.1 31/64 40.4 1/2 41.7 33/64 43.0 17/32 44.3 35/64 45.6 9/16 46.9 37/64 48.2 19/32 49.5 39/64 50.8 5/8 52.1 41/64 53.4 21/32 54.7 43/64 56.0 11/16 57.3 45/64 58.6 23/32 59.9 47/64 61.2 3/4 62.5 49/64 63.8 25/32 65.1 51/64 66.4 13/16 67.7 53/64 69.0 27/32 70.3 55/64 71.6 7/8 72.9 57/64 74.2 29/32 75.5 59/64 76.8 15/16 78.1 61/64 79.4 31/32 80.7 63/64 82.0

1 83.3 1/64 84.6 1/32 85.9 3/64 87.2 1/16 88.5 5/64 89.8 3/32 91.1 7/64 92.4 1/8 93.8 9/64 95.1 5/32 96.4 11/64 97.7 3/16 99.0 13/64 100.3 7/32 101.6 15/64 102.9

1/4 104.2 17/64 105.5 9/32 106.8 19/64 108.1 5/16 109.4 21/64 110.7 11/32 112.0 23/64 113.3 3/8 114.6 25/64 115.9 13/32 117.2 27/64 118.5 7/16 119.8 29/64 121.1 15/32 122.4 31/64 123.7

1/2 125.0 33/64 126.3 17/32 127.6 35/64 128.9 9/16 130.2 37/64 131.5 19/32 132.8 39/64 134.1 5/8 135.4 41/64 136.7 21/32 138.0 43/64 139.3

11/16 140.6 45/64 141.9 23/32 143.2 47/64 144.5

3/4 145.8 49/64 147.1 25/32 148.4 51/64 149.7 13/16 151.0 53/64 152.3 27/32 153.6 55/64 154.9 7/8 156.3 57/64 157.6 29/32 158.9 59/64 160.2 15/16 161.5 61/64 162.8 31/32 164.1 63/64 165.4

2 166.7 1/64 168.0 1/32 169.3 3/64 170.6 1/16 171.9 5/64 173.2 3/32 174.5 7/64 175.8 1/8 177.1 9/64 178.4 5/32 179.7 11/64 181.0 3/16 182.3 13/64 183.6 7/32 184.9 15/64 186.2

1/4 187.5 17/64 188.8 9/32 190.1 19/64 191.4 5/16 192.7 21/64 194.0 11/32 195.3 23/64 196.6 3/8 197.9 25/64 199.2 13/32 200.5 27/64 201.8 7/16 203.1 29/64 204.4 15/32 205.7 31/64 207.0

1/2 208.3 33/64 209.6 17/32 210.9 35/64 212.2 9/16 213.5 37/64 214.8 19/32 216.1 39/64 217.4 5/8 218.8 41/64 220.1 21/32 221.4 43/64 222.7 11/16 224.0 45/64 225.3 23/32 226.6 47/64 227.9

3/4 229.2 49/64 230.5 25/32 231.8 51/64 233.1 13/16 234.4 53/64 235.7 27/32 237.0 55/64 238.3 7/8 239.6 57/64 240.9 29/32 242.2 59/64 243.5 15/16 244.8 61/64 246.1 31/32 247.4 63/64 248.7

3 250.0 1/64 251.3 1/32 252.6 3/64 253.9 1/16 255.2 5/64 256.5 3/32 257.8 7/64 259.1 1/8 260.4 9/64 261.7 5/32 263.0 11/64 264.3 3/16 265.6 13/64 266.9 7/32 268.2 15/64 269.5

1/4 270.8 17/64 272.1 9/32 273.4 19/64 274.7 5/16 276.0 21/64 277.3 11/32 278.6 23/64 279.9 3/8 281.3 25/64 282.6 13/32 283.9 27/64 285.2 7/16 286.5 29/64 287.8 15/32 289.1 31/64 290.4

1/2 291.7 33/64 293.0 17/32 294.3 35/64 295.6 9/16 296.9 37/64 298.2 19/32 299.5 39/64 300.8 5/8 302.1 41/64 303.4 21/32 304.7 43/64 306.0 11/16 307.3 45/64 308.6 23/32 309.9 47/64 311.2

3/4 312.5 25/32 314.1 13/16 316.7 7/8 322.9 15/16 328.1 4 333.3 based on 12’ 0” bars, the losses in bar ends are:

1” bar end — 0.7% 2” bar end — 1.38% 3” bar end — 2.08% 4” bar end — 2.80%

Sec. Q Page 12

Page 395: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termSuSed in the metalS induStry

abrasion — The process of rubbing, grinding, or wearing away by friction.

acid Steel — Steel melted in a furnace with an acid bottom and lining and under a slag containing an excess of an acid substance such as silica.

activation — The changing of the passive surface of a metal to a chemically active state. Contrast with passivation.

aging — in a metal or alloys, a change in properties that generally occurs slowly at room temperature and more rapidly at higher temperatures.

air-hardening Steel — A steel containing sufficient carbon and other alloying elements to harden fully during cooling in air or other gaseous mediums from a temperature above its transformation range. The term should be restricted to steels that are capable of being hardened by cooling in air in fairly large sections, about 2 in. or more in diameter. Same as self-hardening steel.

alclad — Composite sheet produced by bonding either corrosion-resistant aluminum alloy or aluminum of high purity to base metal of structurally stronger aluminum alloy.

alloy Steel — Steel containing significant quantities of alloying elements (other than carbon and the commonly accepted amounts of manganese, silicon, sulphur, and phosphorus) added to effect changes in the mechanical or physical properties.

aluminizing — Forming an aluminum or aluminum alloy coating on a metal by hot dipping, hot spraying, or diffusion.

anisotropy — The characteristic of exhibiting different values of a property in different directions with respect to a fixed reference system in the material.

annealing — Heating to and holding at a suitable temperature and then cooling at a suitable rate, for such purposes as reducing hardness, improving machinability, facilitating cold working, producing a desired microstructure, or obtaining desired mechanical, physical, or other properties. When applicable, the following more specific terms should be used: black annealing, blue annealing, box annealing, bright annealing, flame annealing, graphitizing, intermediate annealing, isothermal annealing, malleablizing, process annealing, quench annealing, recrystallization annealing, and spheroidizing. When applied to ferrous alloys, the term “annealing”, without qualification, implies full annealing. When applied to nonferrous alloys, the term “annealing” implies a heat treatment designed to soften a cold worked structure by recrystallization of subsequent grain growth or to soften an age-hardened alloy by causing a nearly complete precipitation of the second phase in relatively coarse form. Any process of annealing will usually reduce stresses, but if the treatment is applied for the sole purpose of such relief, it should be designated stress relieving.

atomic-hydrogen welding — Arc welding with heat from an arc between two tungsten or other suitable electrodes in a hydrogen atmosphere. The use of pressure and filler metal is optional.

attenuation — The fractional decrease of the intensity of an energy flux, including the reduction of intensity resulting from geometrical spreading, absorption, and scattering.

austempering — Quenching a ferrous alloy from a temperature above the transformation range, in a medium having a rate of heat abstraction high enough to prevent the formation of high-temperature transformation products, and then holding the alloy, until transformation is complete, at a temperature below that of pearlite formation and above that of martensite formation.

austentite — A solid solution of one or more elements in face-centered cubic iron.

austenitizing — Forming austenite by heating a ferrous alloy into the transformation range (partial austenitizing) or above the transformation range (complete austenitizing).

Sec. Q Page 13

Page 396: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

autofrettage — prestressing a hollow metal cylinder by the use of momentary internal pressure exceeding the yield strength.

bainite — A decomposition product of austenite consisting of an aggregate of ferrite and carbide. in general, it forms at temperatures lower than those where very fine pearlite forms and higher than that where martensite begins to form on cooling. its appearance is feathery if formed in the upper part of the temperature range; acicular, resembling tempered martensite, if formed in the lower part.

banded Structure — A segregated structure of nearly parallel bands aligned in the direction of working.

bark — The decarburized layer just beneath the scale that results from heating steel in an oxidizing atmosphere.

basic Steel — Steel melted in a furnace with a basic bottom and lining and under a slag containing an excess of a basic substance such as magnesia or lime.

bearing load — A compressive load supported by a member, usually a tube or collar, along a line where contact is made with a pin, rivet, axle, or shaft.

bearing Strength — The maximum bearing load at failure divided by the effective bearing area. in a pinned or riveted joint, the effective area is calculated as the product of the diameter of the hole and the thickness of the bearing member.

bend radius — The inside radius of a bent section.

bend test — A test for determining relative ductility of metal that is to be formed, usually sheet, strip, plate, or wire, and for determining soundness and toughness of metal. The specimen is usually bent over a specified diameter through a specified angle for a specified number of cycles.

bessemer Process — A process for making steel by blowing air through molten pig iron contained in a refractory lined vessel so as to remove by oxidation most of the carbon, silicon, and manganese.

billet — A solid semifinished round or square product that has been hot worked by forging, rolling, or extrusion. An iron or steel billet has a minimum width or thickness of 11/2 in. and the cross-sectional area varies from 21/4 to 36 sq. in. For nonferrous metals, it may also be a casting suitable for finished or semifinished rolling or for extrusion.

blister — A defect in metal, on or near the surface, resulting from the expansion of gas in a subsurface zone. Very small blisters are called “pinheads” or “pepper blisters”.

bloom — A semifinished hot rolled product, rectangular in cross section, produced on a blooming mill. For iron and steel, the width is not more than twice the thickness, and the cross-sectional area is usually not less than 36 sq. in. iron and steel blooms are sometimes made by forging.

blue annealing — Heating hot rolled ferrous sheet in an open furnace to a temperature within the transformation range and then cooling in air, in order to soften the metal. The formation of a bluish oxide on the surface is incidental.

blue brittleness — Brittleness exhibited by some steels after being heated to some temperature within the range of 300º to 650ºF, and more especially if the steel is worked at the elevated temperature. Killed steels are virtually free of this kind of brittleness.

bluing — Subjecting the scale-free surface of a ferrous alloy to the action of air, steam, or other agents at a suitable temperature, thus forming a thin blue film of oxide and improving the appearance and resistance to corrosion. NoTE: this term is ordinarily applied to sheet, strip, or finished parts. it is used also to denote the heating of springs after fabrication in order to improve their properties.

box annealing — Annealing a metal or alloy in a sealed container under conditions that minimize oxidation. in box annealing a ferrous alloy, the charge is usually heated slowly to a temperature below the transformation range, but sometimes above or within it, and is then cooled slowly; this process is also called “close annealing” or “pot annealing”.

Sec. Q Page 14

Page 397: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

bright annealing — Annealing in a protective medium to prevent discoloration of the bright surface.

brinell hardness test — A test for determining the hardness of a material by forcing a hard steel or carbide ball of specified diameter into it under a specified load.

brittle fracture — Fracture with little or no plastic deformation.

burning — (1) permanently damaging a metal or alloy by heating to cause either incipient melting or intergranular oxidation. See overheating. (2) in grinding getting the work hot enough to cause discoloration or to change the microstructure by tempering or hardening.

burnishing — Smoothing surfaces through frictional contact between the work and some hard pieces of material such as hardened metal balls.

camber — (1) Deviation from edge straightness usually referring to the greatest deviation of side edge from a straight line. (2) Sometimes used to denote crown in rolls where the center diameter has been increased to compensate for deflection caused by the rolling pressure.

canning — A dished distortion in a flat or nearly flat surface, sometimes referred to as “oil canning”.

capped Steel — Semikilled steel cast in a bottle-top mold and covered with a cap fitting into the neck of the mold. The cap causes the top metal to solidify. pressure is built up in the sealed-in molten metal and results in a surface condition much like that of rimmed steel.

carbonitriding — introducing carbon and nitrogen into a solid ferrous alloy by holding above Ac1 in an atmosphere that contains suitable gases such as hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, and ammonia. The carbonitrided alloy is usually quench hardened.

carbon Steel — Steel containing carbon up to about 2% and only residual quantities of other elements except those added for deoxidation, with silicon usually limited to 0.60% and manganese to about 1.65%. Also termed “plain carbon steel”, “ordinary steel”, and “straight carbon steel”.

carburizing — introducing carbon into a solid ferrous alloy by holding above Ac1 in contact with a suitable carbonaceous material, which may be a solid, liquid, or gas. The carburized alloy is usually quench hardened.

case hardening — Hardening a ferrous alloy so that the outer portion, or case, is made substantially harder than the inner portion, or core. Typical processes used for case hardening are carburizing, cyaniding, carbonitriding, nitriding, induction hardening, and flame hardening.

cavitation — The formation and instantaneous collapse of innumerable tiny voids or cavities within a liquid subjected to rapid and intense pressure changes. Cavitation produced by ultrasonic radiation is sometimes used to give violent localized agitation. Severe turbulent flow often leads to cavitation damage.

cavitation damage — Wearing away of metal through the formation and collapse of cavities in a liquid.

cementite — A compound of iron and carbon, known chemically as iron carbide and having the approximate chemical formula Fe3C. it is characterized by an orthorhombic crystal structure. When it occurs as a phase in steel, the chemical composition will be altered by the presence of manganese and other carbide-forming elements.

centrifugal casting — A casting made by pouring metal into a mold that is rotated or revolved.

ceramic tools — Cutting tools made from fused, sintered, or cemented metallic oxides.

chamfer — (1) A beveled surface to eliminate an otherwise sharp corner. (2) A relieved angular cutting edge at a tooth corner.

Sec. Q Page 15

Page 398: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

charpy test — A pendulum-type single-blow impact test in which the specimen usually notched, is supported at both ends as a simple beam and broken by a falling pendulum. The energy absorbed, as determined by the subsequent rise of the pendulum, is a measure of impact strength or notch toughness.

chemical milling — removing metal stock by controlled selective chemical etching.

chromadizing (chromodizing, chromatizing) — Forming an acid surface to improve paint adhesion on aluminum or aluminum alloys, mainly aircraft skins, by treatment with a solution of chromic acid.

chromizing — A surface treatment at elevated temperature, generally carried out in pack, vapor, or salt bath, in which an alloy is formed by the inward diffusion of chromium into the base metal.

clad metal — A composite metal containing two or three layers that have been bonded together. The bonding may have been accomplished by corolling, welding, casting, heavy chemical deposition, or heavy electroplating.

coil breaks — Creases or ridges across a metal sheet transverse to the direction of coiling, occasionally occurring when the metal has been coiled hot and uncoiled cold.

cold Short — A condition of brittleness existing in some metals at temperatures below the recrystallization temperature.

cold Shut — (1) A discontinuity that appears on the surface of cast metal as a result of two streams of liquid meeting and failing to unite. (2) A portion of the surface of a forging that is separated, in part, from the main body of metal by oxide.

cold work — permanent strain produced by an external force in a metal below its recrystallization temperature.

columnar Structure — A coarse structure of parallel columns of grains, having the long axis perpendicular to the casting surface.

compressive Strength — The maximum compressive stress that a material is capable of developing, based on original area of cross section. in the case of a material which fails in compression by a shattering fracture, the compressive strength has a very definite value. in the case of materials which do not fail in compression by a shattering fracture, the value obtained for compressive strength is an arbitrary value depending upon the degree of distortion that is regarded as indicating complete failure of the material.

continuous casting — A casting technique in which an ingot, billet, tube, or other shape is continuously solidified while it is being poured, so that its length is not determined by mold dimensions.

corrosion embrittlement — The severe loss of ductility of a metal resulting from corrosive attack, usually intergranular and often not visually apparent.

corrosion fatigue — Effect of the application of repeated or fluctuating stresses in a corrosive environment characterized by shorter life than would be encountered as a result of either the repeated or fluctuating stresses alone or the corrosive environment alone.

covered electrode — A filler-metal electrode, used in arc welding, consisting of a metal core wire with a relatively thick covering which provides protection for the molten metal from the atmosphere, improves the properties of the weld metal and stabilizes the arc. The covering is usually mineral or metal powders mixed with cellulose or other binder.

creep — Time-dependent strain occurring under stress. The creep strain occurring at a diminishing rate is called primary creep; that occurring at a minimum and almost constant rate, secondary creep; that occurring at an accelerating rate, tertiary creep.

Sec. Q Page 16

Page 399: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

creep limit — (1) The maximum stress that will cause less than a specified quantity of creep in a given time. (2) The maximum nominal stress under which the creep strain rate decreases continuously with time under constant load and at constant temperature. Sometimes used synonymously with creep strength.

creep Strength — (1) The constant nominal stress that will cause a specified quantity of creep in a given time at constant temperature. (2) The constant nominal stress that will cause a specified creep rate at constant temperature.

crevice erosion — A type of concentration-cell corrosion; corrosion of a metal that is caused by the concentration of dissolved salts, metal ions, oxygen, or other gases, and such, in crevices or pockets remote from the principal fluid stream, with a resultant building up of differential cells that ultimately cause deep pitting.

critical cooling rate — The minimum rate of continuous cooling just sufficient to prevent undesired transformations. For steel, the slowest rate at which it can be cooled from above the upper critical temperature to prevent the decomposition of austenite at any temperature above the Ms.

critical Point — (1) The temperature or pressure at which a change in crystal structure, phase, or physical properties occurs. Same as transformation temperature. (2) in an equilibrium diagram, that specific value of composition, temperature and pressure, or combinations thereof, at which the phases of a heterogeneous systems are in equilibrium.

cross rolling — The rolling of sheet so that the direction of rolling is changed about 90º from the direction of the previous rolling.

crown — A contour on a sheet or roll where the thickness or diameter increases from edge to center.

cup fracture (cup-and-cone fracture) — Fracture, frequently seen in tensile test pieces of a ductile material in which the surface of failure on one portion shows a central flat area of failure in tension, with an exterior extended rim of failure in shear.

cutting Speed — The linear or peripheral speed of relative motion between the tool and workpiece in the principal direction of cutting.

cyaniding — introducing carbon and nitrogen into a solid ferrous alloy by holding above Ac1 in contact with molten cyanide of suitable composition. The cyanided alloy is usually quench hardened.

dc (direct chill) casting — A continuous method of making ingots or billets for sheet or extrusion by pouring the metal into a short mold. The base of the mold is a platform that is gradually lowered while the metal solidifies, the frozen shell of metal acting as a retainer for the liquid metal below the wall of the mold. The ingot is usually cooled by the impingement of water directly on the mold or on the walls of the solid metal as it is lowered. The length of the ingot is limited by the depth to which the platform can be lowered; therefore, it is often called semicontinuous casting.

decarburization — The loss of carbon from the surface of a ferrous alloy as a result of heating in a medium that reacts with the carbon at the surface.

dendrite — A crystal that has a tree-like branching pattern, being most evident in cast metals slowly cooled through the solidification range.

drawing — (1) Forming recessed parts by forcing the plastic flow of metal in dies. (2) reducing the cross section of wire or tubing by pulling it through a die. (3) A misnomer for tempering.

drop forging — A forging made with a drop hammer.

Sec. Q Page 17

Page 400: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

drop hammer — A forging hammer than depends on gravity for its force.

ductile crack Propagation — Slow crack propagation that is accompanied by noticeable plastic deformation and requires energy to be supplied from outside the body.

ductility — The ability of a material to deform plastically without fracturing, being measured by elongation or reduction of area in a tensile test, by height of cupping in an Erichsen test or by other means.

duralumin (obsolete) — a term formerly applied to the class of age-hardenable aluminum- copper alloys containing manganese, magnesium, or silicon.

earing — The formation of scallops (ears) around the top edge of a drawn part caused by differences in the directional properties of the sheet metal used.

eddy-current testing — Nondestructive testing method in which eddy-current flow is induced in the test object. Changes in the flow caused by variations in the object are reflected into a nearby coil or coils for subsequent analysis by suitable instrumentation and techniques.

elastic limit — The maximum stress to which a material may be subjected without any permanent strain remaining upon complete release of stress.

elongation — in tensile testing, the increase in the gauge length, measured after fracture of the specimen within the gauge length, usually expressed as a percentage of the original gauge length.

endurance limit — Same as fatigue limit.

erichsen test — A cupping test in which a piece of sheet metal, restrained except at the center, is deformed by a cone-shaped spherical-end plunger until fracture occurs. The height of the cup in millimeters at fracture is a measure of the ductility.

exfoliation — A type of corrosion that progresses approximately parallel to the outer surface of the metal, causing layers of the metal to be elevated by the formation of corrosion product.

fatigue — The phenomenon leading to fracture under repeated or fluctuating stresses having a maximum value less than the tensile strength of the material. Fatigue fractures are progressive, beginning as minute cracks that grow under the action of the fluctuating stress.

fatigue life — The number of cycles of stress that can be sustained prior to failure for a stated test condition.

fatigue limit — The maximum stress below which a material can presumably endure an infinite number of stress cycles. if the stress is not completely reversed, the value of the mean stress, the minimum stress, or the stress ratio should be stated.

fatigue Strength — The maximum stress that can be sustained for a specified number of cycles without failure, the stress being completely reversed within each cycle unless otherwise stated.

ferrite — A solid solution of one or more elements in body-centered cubic iron. unless otherwise designated (for instance, as chromium ferrite), the solute is generally assumed to be carbon. on some equilibrium diagrams there are two ferrite regions separated by an austenite area. The lower area is alpha ferrite; the upper, delta ferrite. if there is no designation, alpha ferrite is assumed.

ferrite banding — parallel bands of free ferrite aligned in the direction of working. Sometimes referred to a ferrite streaks.

fiber Stress — Local stress through a small area (a point or line) on a section where the stress is not uniform, as in a beam under a bending load.

Sec. Q Page 18

Page 401: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

fish eyes — Areas on a fractured steel surface having a characteristic white crystalline appearance.

flakes — Short discontinuous internal fissures in ferrous metals attributed to stresses produced by localized transformation and decreased solubility of hydrogen during cooling after hot working. in a fractured surface, flakes appear as bright silvery areas; on an etched surface they appear as short discontinuous cracks. Also called “shatter cracks” and “snowflakes”.

flame annealing — Annealing in which the heat is applied directly by a flame.

flame hardening — Quench hardening in which the heat is applied directly by a flame.

flare test — A test applied to tubing, involving a tapered expansion over a cone. Similar to pin expansion test.

flash — (1) in forging, the excess metal forced between the upper and lower dies. (2) in die casting, the fin of metal which results from leakage between the mating die surfaces. (3) in resistance butt welding, a fin formed perpendicular to the direction of applied pressure.

flash welding — A resistance butt welding process in which the weld is produced over the entire abutting surface by pressure and heat, the heat being produced by electric arcs between the members being welded.

foil — Metal in sheet form less than 0.006 in. in thickness.

forging — plastically deforming metal, usually hot, into desired shapes with compressive force, with or without dies.

fractography — Descriptive treatment of fracture, especially in metals, with specific reference to photographs of the fracture surface. Macrofractography involves photographs at low magnification; microfractography, at high magnification.

fracture test — Breaking a specimen and examining the fractured surface with the unaided eye or with a low-power microscope to determine such things as composition, grain size, case depth, soundness, and presence of defects.

free machining — pertains to the machining characteristics of an alloy to which an ingredient has been introduced to give small broken chips, lower power consumption, better surface finish, and longer tool life; among such additions are sulphur or lead to steel, lead to brass, lead and bismuth to aluminum, and sulphur or selenium to stainless steel.

fretting (fretting corrosion) — Action that results in surface damage, especially in a corrosive environment, when there is relative motion between solid surfaces in contact under pressure.

full annealing — Annealing a ferrous alloy by austenitizing and then cooling slowly through the transformation range. The austenitizing temperature to hypoeutectoid steel is usually above Ac3; and for hypereutectoid steel, usually between Ac1 and Accm.

galling — Developing a condition on the rubbing surface of one or both mating parts where excessive friction between high spots results in localized welding with substantial spalling and a further roughening of the surface.

galvanic corrosion — Corrosion associated with the current of a galvanic cell consisting of two dissimilar conductors in an electrolyte or two similar conductors in dissimilar electrolytes. Where the two dissimilar metals are in contact, the resulting action is referred to as “couple action”.

grain Size — (1) For metals, a measure of the areas or volumes of grains in a polycrystalline material, usually expressed as an average when the individual sizes are fairly uniform. grain sizes are reported in terms of grains per unit area or volume, average diameter, or as a grain-size number derived from area measurements.

Sec. Q Page 19

Page 402: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

granular fracture — A type of irregular surface produced when metal is broken, that is characterized by a rough, grainlike appearance as differentiated from a smooth silky, or fibrous, type. it can be subclassified into transgranular and intergranular forms. This type of fracture is frequently called crystalline fracture, but the inference that the metal has crystallized is not justified.

graphitizing — Annealing a ferrous alloy in such a way that some or all of the carbon is precipitated as graphite.

gray cast iron — A cast iron that gives a gray fracture due to the presence of flake graphite. often called gray iron.

grinding cracks — Shallow cracks formed in the surface of relatively hard materials because of excessive grinding heat or the high sensitivity of the material.

gun drill — A drill, usually with one or more flutes and with coolant passages through the drill body, used for deep hole drilling.

hammer forging — Forging in which the work is deformed by repeated blows. Compare with press forging.

hard chromium — Chromium deposited for engineering purposes, such as increasing the wear resistance of sliding metal surfaces, rather than as a decorative coating. it is usually applied directly to basis metal and is customarily thicker than a decorative deposit.

hardenability — in a ferrous alloy, the property that determines the depth and distribution of hardness induced by quenching.

hardening — increasing the hardness by suitable treatment, usually involving heating and cooling.

heat-affected Zone — That portion of the base metal which was not melted during brazing, cutting, or welding, but whose microstructure and physical properties were altered by the heat.

homogenizing — Holding at high temperature to eliminate or decrease chemical segregation by diffusion.

honing — removing stock generally on the internal cylindrical surface of a workpiece with an abrasive stick mounted in a holder.

hot Shortness — Brittleness in metal in the hot forming range.

hot top — (1) A reservoir, thermally insulated or heated, to hold molten metal on top of a mold to feed the ingot or casting as it contracts on solidifying to avoid having “pipe” or voids.

hydrogen embrittlement — A condition of low ductility in metals resulting from the absorption of hydrogen.

immersed Scanning — in ultrasonics, a planned, systematic movement of the beam relative to the object being inspected, the search unit being coupled to this object through a column of liquid. in most cases the object and the search unit are submerged in water.

impact energy (impact value) — The amount of energy required to fracture a material, usually measured by means of an izod or Charpy test. The type of speciment and testing conditions affect the values and therefore should be specified.

impact test — A test to determine the behavior of materials when subjected to high rates of loading, usually in bending, tension, or torsion. The quantity measured is the energy absorbed in breaking the specimen by a single blow, as in the Charpy or izod tests.

inclusions — Nonmetallic materials in a solid metallic matrix.

induction hardening — Quench hardening in which the heat is generated by electrical induction.

Sec. Q Page 20

Page 403: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

inert-gas Shielded-arc welding — Arc welding in an inert gas such as argon or helium.

ingot iron — Commercially pure open-hearth iron.

interrupted Quenching — Quenching in which the metal object being quenched is removed from the quenching medium while the object is at a temperature substantially higher than that of the quenching medium.

investment casting — (1) Casting metal into a mold produced by surrounding (investing) an expendable pattern with a refractory slurry that sets at room temperature after which the wax, plastic, or frozen mercury pattern is removed through the use of heat. Also called precision casting, or lost-wax process. (2) A casting made by the process.

isothermal transformation — A change in phase at any constant temperature.

izod test — A pendulum type of single-blow impact test in which the specimen, usually notched, is fixed at one end and broken by a falling pendulum. The energy absorbed, as measured by the subsequent rise of the pendulum, is a measure of impact strength or notch toughness.

killed Steel — Steel deoxidized with a strong deoxidizing agent such as silicon or aluminum in order to reduce the oxygen content to such a level that no reaction occurs between carbon and oxygen during solidification.

kip — A load of 1000 lb.

laminations — Metal defects with separation or weakness generally aligned parallel to the worked surface of the metal. May be the result of pipe, blisters, seams, inclusions, or segregation elongated and made directional by working. Lamination defects may also occur in metal-powder compacts.

lap — A surface defect, appearing as a seam, caused by folding over hot metal, fins, or sharp corners and then rolling or forging them into the surface, but not welding them.

light metal — one of the low-density metals such as aluminum, magnesium, titanium, beryllium, or their alloys.

longitudinal direction — The principal direction of flow in a worked metal.

low-hydrogen electrode — A covered arc-welding electrode that provides an atmosphere around the arc and molten weld metal which is low in hydrogen.

machinability — The relative ease of machining a metal.

machinability index — A relative measure of the machinability of an engineering material under specified standard conditions.

macro-etch — Etching of a metal surface for accentuation of gross structural details and defects for observation by the unaided eye or at magnifications not exceeding ten diameters.

macrostructure — The structure of metals as revealed by examination of the etched surface of a polished specimen at a magnification not exceeding ten diameters.

magnetic-Particle inspection — A nondestructive method of inspection for determining the existence and extent of possible defects in ferromagnetic materials. Finely divided magnetic particles, applied to the magnetized part, are attracted to and outline the pattern of any magnetic-leakage fields created by discontinuities.

martempering — Quenching an austenitized ferrous alloy in a medium at a temperature in the upper part of the martensite range, or slightly above that range, and holding it in the medium until the temperature throughout the alloy is substantially uniform. The alloy is then allowed to cool in air through the martensite range.

Sec. Q Page 21

Page 404: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

martensite — (1) in an alloy, a metastable transitional structure intermediate between two allotropic modifications whose abilities to dissolve a given solute differ considerably, the high-temperature phase having the greater solubility. The amount of the high-temperature phase transformed to martensite depends to a large extent upon the temperature attained in cooling, there being a rather distinct beginning temperature. (2) A metastable phase of steel, formed by a transformation of austenite below the Ms (or Ar”) temperature. it is an interstitial supersaturated solid solution of carbon in iron having a body-centered tetragonal lattice. its microstructure is characterized by an acicular, or needle-like, pattern.

mechanical Properties — The properties of a material that reveal its elastic and inelastic behavior where force is applied, thereby indicating its suitability for mechanical applications; for example, modulus of elasticity, tensile strength, elongation, hardness, and fatigue limit.

modulus of elasticity — A measure of the rigidity of metal. ratio of stress, within proportional limit, to corresponding strain. Specifically, the modulus obtained in tension or compression is Young’s modulus, stretch modulus or modulus of extensibility; the modulus obtained in torsion or shear is modulus of rigidity, shear modulus or modulus of torsion; the modulus covering the ratio of the mean normal stress to the change in volume per unit volume is the bulk modulus. The tangent modulus and secant modulus are not restricted within the proportional limit; the former is the slope of the stress-strain curve at a specified point; the latter is the slope of a line from the origin to a specified point on the stress-strain curve. Also called “elastic modulus” and “coefficient of elasticity”.

nitriding — introducing nitrogen into a solid ferrous alloy by holding at a suitable temperature (below Ac1 for ferritic steels) in contact with a nitrogenous material, usually ammonia of molten cyanide of appropriate composition. Quenching is not required to produce a hard case.

normalizing — Heating a ferrous alloy to a suitable temperature above the transformation range and then cooling in air to a temperature substantially below the transformation range.

open-hearth furnace — A reverberatory melting furnace with a shallow hearth and a low roof. The flame passes over the charge in the hearth, causing the charge in the hearth, causing the charge to be heated both by direct flame and radiation from the roof and sidewalls of the furnace. in ferrous industry, the furnace is regenerative.

orange Peel — A pebble-grain surface which develops in forming of metals having coarse grains.

overaging — Aging under conditions of time and temperature greater than those required to obtain maximum change in a certain property, so that the property is altered in the direction of the initial value. See aging.

overheating — Heating a metal or alloy to such a high temperature that its properties are impaired. When the original properties cannot be restored by further heat treating, by mechanical working, or by combination of working and heat treating, the overheating is known as burning.

oxygen-free copper — Electrolytic copper free from cuprous oxide, produced without the use of residual metallic or metalloidal deoxidizers.

Pack rolling — Hot rolling a pack of two or more sheets of metal; scale prevents their being welded together.

Pancake forging — A rough forged shape which may be obtained quickly with a minimum of tooling. it usually requires considerable machining to attain the finish size.

Passivation — The changing of the chemically active surface of a metal to a much less reactive state. Contrast with activation.

Pearlite — A lamellar aggregate of ferrite and cementite, often occurring in steel and case iron.

Peening — Mechanical working of metal by hammer blows or shot impingement.

Sec. Q Page 22

Page 405: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

Penetrant inspection — A method of non-destructive testing for determining the existence and extent of discontinuities that are open to the surface in the part being inspected. The indications are made visible through the use of a dye or fluorescent chemical in the liquid employed as the inspection medium.

Physical Properties — The properties, other than mechanical properties, that pertain to the physics of a material; for example, density, electrical conductivity, heat conductivity, thermal expansion.

Pickling — removing surface oxides from metals by chemical or electrochemical reaction.

Pig iron — (1) High-carbon iron made by reduction of iron ore in the blast furnace. (2) Cast iron in the form of pigs.

Pin expansion test — A test for determining the ability of tubes to be expanded or for revealing the presence of cracks or other longitudinal weaknesses, made by forcing a tapered pin into the open end of a tube.

Pipe — (1) The central cavity formed by contraction in metal, especially ingots, during solidification. (2) The defect in wrought or cast products resulting from such a cavity. (3) An extrusion defect due to the oxidized surface of the billet flowing toward the center of the rod at the back end. (4) A tubular metal product, cast or wrought.

Pitting — Forming small sharp cavities in a metal surface by nonuniform electro-deposition or by corrosion.

Planishing — producing a smooth surface finish on metal by rapid succession of blows delivered by highly polished dies or by a hammer designed for the purpose, or by rolling in a planishing mill.

Postheating — Heating weldments immediately after welding, for tempering, for stress relieving, or for providing a controlled rate of cooling to prevent formation of a hard or brittle structure.

Precipitation hardening — Hardening caused by the precipitation of a constituent from a supersaturated solid solution.

Preheating — Heating before some further thermal or mechanical treatment. For tool steel, heating to an intermediate temperature immediately before austenitizing. For some nonferrous alloys, heating to a high temperature for a long time, in order to homogenize the structure before working.

Press forging — Forging metal, usually hot, between dies in a press.

Primes — Metal products, principally sheet and plate, of the highest quality and free from visible defects.

Process annealing — in the sheet and wire industries, heating a ferrous alloy to a temperature close to, but below, the lower limit of the transformation range and then cooling, in order to soften the alloy for further cold working.

Proof Stress — (1) The stress that will cause a specified small permanent set in a material. (2) A specified stress to be applied to a member or structure to indicate its ability to withstand service loads.

Proportional limit — The maximum stress at which strain remains directly proportional to stress.

Pulse-echo method — A nondestructive test in which pulses of energy are directed into a part, and the time for the echo to return from one or more reflecting surfaces is measured.

Quench hardening — Hardening a ferrous alloy by austenitizing and then cooling rapidly enough so that some or all of the austenite transforms to martensite. The austenitizing temperature for hypoeutectoid steels is usually above Ac3 and for hypereutectoid steels usually between Ac1 and and Accm.

Sec. Q Page 23

Page 406: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

recrystallization — (1) The change from one crystal structure to another, as occurs on heating or cooling through a critical temperature. (2) The formation of a new, strain-free grain structure from that existing in cold worked metal, usually accomplished by heating.

recrystallization temperature — The approximate minimum temperature at which complete recrystallization of a cold worked metal occurs within a specified time.

reduction of area — (1) Commonly, the difference, expressed as a percentage of original area, between the original cross-sectional area of a tensile test specimen and the minimum cross-sectional area measured after complete separation. (2) The difference, expressed as a percentage of original area, between original cross-sectional area and that after straining the specimen.

refractory metal — A metal having an extremely high melting point. in the broad sense, it refers to metals having melting points above the range of iron, cobalt, and nickel.

residual Stress — Stress present in a body that is free of external forces or thermal gradients.

rimmed Steel — A low-carbon steel containing sufficient iron oxide to give a continuous evolution of carbon monoxide while the ingot is solidifying, resulting in a case or rim of metal virtually free of voids. Sheet and strip products made from the ingot have very good surface quality.

roller leveling — Leveling by passing flat stock through a machine having a series of small-diameter staggered rolls.

rough machining — Machining without regard to finish, usually to be followed by a subsequent operation.

Scab — A defect consisting of a flat volume of metal joined to a casting through a small area. it is usually set in a depression, a flat side being separated from the metal of the casting proper by a thin layer of sand.

Scaling — Forming a thick layer of oxidation products on metals at high temperatures.

Scalped extrusion ingot — A cast, solid, or hollow extrusion ingot which as been machined on the outside surface.

Scarfing — Cutting surface areas of metal objects, ordinarily by using a gas torch. The opera-tion permits surface defects to be cut from ingots, billets, or the edges of plate that is to be beveled for butt welding.

Scleroscope test — A hardness test where the loss in kinetic energy of a falling metal “tup”, absorbed by indentation upon impact of the tup on the metal being tested, is indicated by the height of rebound.

Seam — on the surface of metal, an unwelded fold or lap which appears as a crack, usually resulting from a defect obtained in casting or in working.

Secondary hardening — Tempering certain alloy steels at certain temperatures so that the resulting hardness is greater than that obtained by tempering the same steel at some lower temperature for the same time.

Segregation — Nonuniform distribution of alloying elements, impurities or microphases.

Semikilled Steel — Steel that is completely deoxided and contains sufficient dissolved oxygen to react with the carbon to form carbon monoxide to offset solidification shrinkage.

Sendzimir mill — A mill having two works rolls of 1 to 21/2-in. diam. each, backed up by two rolls twice that diameter and each of these backed up by bearings on a shaft mounted eccentrically so that rotating it increases the pressure between bearings and backup rolls.

Shear Strength — The stress required to produce fracture in the plane of cross section, the conditions of loading being such that the directions of force and of resistance are parallel and opposite although their paths are offset a specified minimum amount.

Sec. Q Page 24

Page 407: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

Shell molding — Forming a mold from thermosetting resin-bonded sand mixtures brought in contact with preheated (300º to 500ºF) metal patterns, resulting in a firm shell with a cavity corresponding to the outline of the pattern. Also called “Croning process”.

Shielded-arc welding — Arc welding in which the arc and the weld metal are protected by a gaseous atmosphere, the products of decomposition of the electrode covering, or a blanket of fusible flux.

Shore hardness test — Same as scleroscope test.

Shortness — A form of brittleness in metal. it is designed as “cold”, “hot”, and “red”, to indicate the temperature range in which the brittleness occurs.

Siliconizing — Diffusing silicon into solid metal, usually steel, at an elevated temperature.

Skelp — A piece or strip of metal produced to a suitable thickness, width, and edge configuration, from which pipe or tubing is made.

Skull — A layer of solidified metal or dross on the wall of a pouring vessel after the metal has been poured.

Slack Quenching — The process of hardening steel by quenching from the austenitizing temperature at a rate slower than the critical cooling rate for the particular steel, resulting in incomplete hardening and the formation of one or more transformation products in addition to or instead of martensite.

Solid Solution — A single solid homogeneous crystalline phase containing two or more chemical species.

Solution heat treatment — Heating an alloy to a suitable temperature, holding at that temperature long enough to allow one or more constituents to enter into solid solution, and then cooling rapidly enough to hold the constituents in solution. The alloy is left in a supersaturated, unstable state, and may subsequently exhibit quench aging.

Sorbite (obsolete) — A fine mixture of ferrite and cementite produced either by regulating the rate of cooling of steel or tempering steel after hardening. The first type is very fine pearlite difficult to resolve under the microscope; the second type is tempered martensite.

Spalling — The cracking and flaking of particles out of a surface.

Spheroidizing — Heating and cooling to produce a spheroidal or globular form of carbide in steel. Spheroidizing methods frequently used are: 1 prolonged holding at a temperature just below Ae1. 2 Heating and cooling alternately between temperatures that are just below Ae1. 3 Heating to a temperature above Ae1 or Ae3 and then cooling very slowly in the furnace or holding at a temperature just below Ae1. 4 Cooling at a suitable rate from the minimum temperature at which all carbide is dissolved, to prevent the reformation of a carbide network, and then reheating in accordance with methods 1 or 2 above. (Applicable to hypereutectoid steel containing a carbide network.)

Spot welding — Welding of lapped parts in which fusion is confined to a relatively small circular area. it is generally resistance welding, but may also be gas-shielded tungsten-arc, gas-shielded metal-arc, or submerged-arc welding.

Stabilizing treatment — Any treatment intended to stabilize the structure of an alloy of the dimensions of a part. (1) Heating austenitic stainless steels that contain titanium, columbium, or tantalum to a suitable temperature below that of a full anneal in order to inactivate the maximum amount of carbon by precipitation as a carbide of titanium, columbium, or tantalum. (2) Transforming retained austenite in parts made from tool steel. (3) precipitating a constituent from a nonferrous solid solution to improve the workability, to decrease the tendency of certain alloys to age harden at room temperature, or to obtain dimensional stability.

Standard gold — A legally adopted alloy for coinage of gold. in the united States the alloy contains 10% Cu.

Sec. Q Page 25

Page 408: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

Steel — An iron-base alloy, malleable in some temperature range as initially cast, containing manganese, usually carbon, and often other alloying elements. in carbon steel and low-alloy steel, the maximum carbon is about 2.0%; in high-alloy steel, about 2.5%. The dividing line between low-alloy and high-alloy steels is generally regarded as being at about 5% metallic alloying elements. Steel is to be differentiated from two general classes of “irons”: the cast irons, on the high-carbon side, and the relatively pure irons such as ingot iron, carbonyl iron, and electrolytic iron, on the low-carbon side. in some steels containing extremely low carbon, the manganese content is the principal differentiating factor, steel usually containing at least 0.25%; ingot iron contains considerably less.

Sterling Silver — A silver alloy containing at least 95.2% Ag, the remainder being unspecified but usually copper.

Strain — A measure of the change in the size or shape of a body, referred to its original size or shape. “Linear strain” is the change per unit length of a linear dimension. “True strain” (or “natural strain”) is the natural logarithm of the ratio of the length at the moment of observation to the original gauge length. “Conventional strain” is the linear strain referred to the original gauge length. “Shearing strain” (or “shear strain”) is the change in angle (expressed in radians) between two lines originally at right angles. When the term strain is used alone it usually refers to the linear strain in the direction of the applied stress.

Stress — Force per unit area, often thought of as force acting through a small area within a plane. it can be divided into components, normal and parallel to the plane, called “normal stress” and “shear stress”, respectively. “True stress” denotes the stress where force and area are measured at the same time. “Conventional stress”, as applied to tension and compression tests, is force by the original area. “Nominal stress” is the stress computed by simple elasticity formulas, ignoring stress raisers and disregarding plastic flow; in a notch bend test, for example, it is bending moment divided by minimum section modulus.

Stress-corrosion cracking — Failure by cracking under combined action or corrosion and stress, either external (applied) or internal (residual). Cracking may be either intergranular or transgranular depending on metal and corrosive medium.

Stress relieving — Heating to a suitable temperature, holding long enough to reduce residual stresses and then cooling slowly enough to minimize the development of new residual stresses.

Stress-rupture test — A tension test performed at constant temperature, the load being held at such a level as to cause rupture. Also known as “Creep-rupture test”.

Stretcher leveling — Leveling where a piece of metal is gripped at each end and subjected to a stress higher than its yield strength to remove warp and distortion. Sometimes called patent leveling.

Stretcher Straightening — A process for straightening rod, tubing, and shapes by the application of tension at the ends of the stock. The products are elongated a definite amount to remove warpage.

Stretcher Strains — Elongated markings that appear on the surface of some materials when deformed just past the yield point. These markings lie approximately parallel to the direction of maximum shear stress and are the result of localized yielding. Same as Luders lines.

Superalloy — An alloy developed for very high temperature service where relatively high stresses (tensile, thermal, vibratory, and shock) are encountered and where oxidation resistance is frequently required.

Superficial rockwell hardness test — Form of rockwell hardness test using relatively light loads which produce minimum penetration. used for determining surface hardness or hardness of thin sections or small parts, or where large hardness impression might be harmful.

tack welds — Small scattered welds made to hold parts of a weldment in proper alignment while the final welds are being made.

Sec. Q Page 26

Page 409: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

temper — (1) in heat treatment, reheating hardened steel or hardened cast iron to some temperature below the eutectoid temperature for the purpose of decreasing the hardness and increasing the toughness. The process also is sometimes applied to normalized steel. (2) in tool steels, “temper” is sometimes used, but inadvisedly, to denote the carbon content. (3) in nonferrous alloys and in some ferrous alloys ( steels that cannot be hardened by heat treatment), the hardness and strength produced by mechanical or thermal treatment, or both, and characterized by a certain structure, mechanical properties, or reduction in area during cold working.

temper brittleness — Brittleness that results when certain steels are held within, or are cooled slowly through, a certain range of temperature below the transformation range. The brittleness is revealed by notched-bar impact tests at or below room temperature.

tempering — reheating a quench-hardened or normalized ferrous alloy to a temperature below the transformation range and then cooling at any rate desired.

tensile Strength — in tensile testing, the ratio of maximum load to original cross-sectional area. Also called ultimate strength.

tong hold — The portion of a forging billet, usually on one end, that is gripped by the operator’s tongs. it is removed from the part at the end of the forging operation. Common to drop-hammer and press-type forging.

torsion — A twisting action resulting in sheer stresses and strains.

toughness — Ability of a metal to absorb energy and deform plastically before fracturing. it is usually measured by the energy absorbed in a notch impact test, but the area under the stress-strain curve in tensile testing is also a measure of toughness.

transformation ranges (transformation temperature ranges) — Those ranges of temperature within which austenite forms during heating and transforms during cooling. The two ranges are distinct, sometimes overlapping but never coinciding. The limiting temperatures of the ranges depend on the composition of the alloy and on the rate of change of temperature, particularly during cooling. See Transformation Temperature.

transformation temperature — The temperature at which a change in phase occurs. The term is sometimes used to denote the limiting temperature of a transformation range. The following symbols are used for irons and steels: Accm • in hypereutectoid steel the temperature at which the solution of cementite in austenite is completed during heating. Ac1 • The temperature at which austenite begins to form during heating. Ac3 • The temperature at which transformation of ferrite to austenite is completed during heating. Ac4 • The temperature at which austenite transforms to delta ferrite during heating. Aecm, Ae1, Ae3, Ae4 • The temperature of phase changes at equilibrium. Arcm• in hypereutectoid steel, the temperature at which precipitation of cementite starts during cooling. Ar1 • The temperature at which transformation of austenite to ferrite or to ferrite plus cementite is completed during cooling. Ar3 • The temperature at which austenite begins to transform to ferrite during cooling. Ar4 • The temperature at which delta ferrite transforms to austenite during cooling. Ms (or Ar”) • The temperature at which transformation of austenite to martensite starts during cooling. Mf • The temperature at which martensite formation finishes during cooling.

note: All these changes except the formation of martensite occur at lower temperatures during cooling than during heating, and depend on the rate of change of temperature.

Sec. Q Page 27

Page 410: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

definitionS of termS (Continued)

transition temperature — (1) An arbitrarily defined temperature within the temperature range in which metal fracture characteristics determined usually by notched tests are changing rapidly such as a primarily fibrous (shear) to primarily crystalline (cleavage) fracture. Commonly used definitions are “transition temperature for 50% cleavage fracture”, “10-ft-lb transition temperature”, and “transition temperature for half maximum energy”. (2) Sometimes also used to denote the arbitrarily defined temperature in a range in which the ductility changes rapidly with temperature.

transverse — Literally, “across”, usually signifying a direction or plane perpendicular to the direction of working.

trepanning — A type of boring where an annular cut is made into a solid material with the coincidental formation of a plug or solid cylinder.

troosite (obsolete) — A previously unresolvable rapidly etching fine aggregate of carbide and ferrite produced either by tempering martensite at low temperature or by quenching a steel at a rate slower than the critical cooling rate. preferred terminology for the first product is tempered martensite; for the latter fine pearlite.

ultimate Strength — The maximum conventional stress, tensile, compressive, or shear, that a material can withstand.

ultrasonic frequency — A frequency, associated with elastic waves, that is greater than the highest audible frequency, generally regarded as being higher than 15 kc per sec.

ultrasonic waves — Waves of ultrasonic frequency. They include longitudinal, transverse, surface, and standing waves.

universal mill — A rolling mill in which rolls with a vertical axis roll the edges of the metal stock between some of the passes through the horizontal rolls.

vacuum melting — Melting in a vacuum to prevent contamination from air, as well as to remove gases already dissolved in the metal; the solidification may also be carried out in a vacuum or at low pressure.

wetting — A phenomenon involving a solid and a liquid in such intimate contact that the adhesive force between the two phases is greater than the cohesive force within the liquid. Thus a solid that is wetted, on being removed from the liquid bath, will have a thin continuous layer of liquid adhering to it. Foreign substances such as grease may prevent wetting. Addition agents, such as detergents, may induce wetting by lowering the surface tension of the liquid.

widmanstatten Structure — A structure characterized by a geometrical pattern resulting from the formation of a new phase along certain crystallographic planes of the parent solid solution. The orientation of the lattice in the new phase is related crystallographically to the orientation of the lattice in the parent phase. The structure was originally observed in meteorites but is readily produced in many other alloys with certain heat treatment.

wrought iron — A commercial iron consisting of slag (iron silicate) fibers entrained in a ferrite matrix.

yield Point — The first stress in a material, usually less than the maximum attainable stress, at which an increase in strain occurs without an increase in stress. only certain metals exhibit a yield point. if there is a decrease in stress after yielding, a distinction may be made between upper and lower yield points.

yield Strength — The stress at which a material exhibits a specified deviation from proportionality of stress and strain. An offset of 0.2% is used for many metals.

young’s modulus — See modulus of elasticity.

Sec. Q Page 28

Page 411: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

wire gaugeSdecimal inch equivalents

birmingham Steel amercian gauge wire gauge (bwg) wire gauge wire gauge number (Stubs iron gauge) (washburn & moen) (brown & Sharpe)

40 .0070 .00314 39 .0075 .00353 38 .0080 .00396 37 .0085 .00445 36 .004 .0090 .00500 35 .005 .0095 .00561 34 .007 .0104 .00630 33 .008 .0118 .00708 32 .009 .0128 .00795 31 .010 .0132 .00893 30 .012 .0140 .0100 29 .013 .0150 .0113 28 .014 .0162 .0126 27 .016 .0173 .0142 26 .018 .0181 .0159 25 .020 .0204 .0179 24 .022 .0230 .0201 23 .025 .0258 .0226 22 .028 .0286 .0253 21 .032 .0317 .0285 20 .035 .0348 .0320 19 .042 .0410 .0359 18 .049 .0475 .0403 17 .058 .0540 .0453 16 .065 .0625 .0508 15 .072 .0720 .0571 14 .083 .0800 .0641 13 .095 .0915 .0720 12 .109 .1055 .0808 11 .120 .1205 .0907 10 .134 .1350 .1019 9 .148 .1483 .1144 8 .165 .1620 .1285 7 .180 .1770 .1443 6 .203 .1920 .1620 5 .220 .2070 .1819 4 .238 .2253 .2043 3 .259 .2437 .2294 2 .284 .2625 .2576 1 .300 .2830 .2893 0 .340 .3065 .3249 2-0’s .380 .3310 .3648 3-0’s .425 .3625 .4096 4-0’s .454 .3938 .4600 5-0’s .500 .4305 .5165 6-0’s .4615 .5800 7-0’s .4900

noteSbirmingham wire gauge (also known as Stubs iron gauge) is practically obsoleteinsofar as wire is concerned. it is, however, still used for tubing wall thicknesses and certain strip and spring steel products.

Steel wire gauge (also know as washburn & moen) is used by virtually all manufacturers of steel wire in the united States.

american wire gauge (also known as brown & Sharpe) is used for copper, brass, aluminum, and other non-ferrous metals, but not for steel.

Sec. Q Page 29

Page 412: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sheet gaugeS(See next page for explanation fo the respective systems.)

Steel galvaniZed StainleSS aluminum SheetS SheetS Steel SheetS SheetS gauge weight weight wt., lbs. per Sq. ft. no. lbs. per thick- lbs. per thick- approx. weight thick- Square ness in Square ness in Straight chromium thick- lbs. per ness in foor inches foot inches chromium nickel ness in Sq. ft. inches (400) Series (300 Series) inches (1000)

38 .25000 .0060 .0558 .00396

37 .26562 .0064 .0627 .00445

36 .28125 .0067 .0705 .00500

35 .31250 .0075 .0791 .00561

34 .34375 .0082 .0888 .00630

33 .37500 .0090 .0998 .00708

32 .40625 .0097 .56250 .0134 .3708 .3780 .010 .1121 .00795

31 .43750 .0105 .59375 .0142 .4506 .4594 .011 .1259 .00893

30 .50000 .0120 .65625 .0157 .5150 .5250 .013 .1410 .0100

29 .56250 .0135 .71875 .0172 .5794 .5906 .014 .1593 .0113

28 .62500 .0149 .78125 .0187 .6438 .6562 .016 .1777 .0126

27 .68750 .0164 .84375 .0202 .7081 .7218 .017 .2002 .0142

26 .75000 .0179 .90625 .0217 .7725 .7875 .019 .2242 .0159

25 .87500 .0209 1.03125 .0247 .9013 .9187 .022 .2524 .0179

24 1.0000 .0239 1.15625 .0276 1.0300 1.0500 .025 .2834 .0201

23 1.1250 .0269 1.28125 .0306 1.1587 1.1813 .028 .3187 .0226

22 1.2500 .0299 1.40625 .0336 1.2875 1.3125 .031 .3567 .0253

21 1.3750 .0329 1.53125 .0366 1.4160 1.4437 .034 .4019 .0285

20 1.5000 .0359 1.65625 .0396 1.5450 1.5750 .038 .4512 .0320

19 1.7500 .0418 1.90625 .0456 1.8025 1.8375 .044 .5062 .0359

18 2.0000 .0478 2.15625 .0516 2.0600 2.1000 .050 .5682 .0403

17 2.2500 .0538 2.40625 .0575 2.3175 2.3625 .056 .6387 .0453

16 2.5000 .0598 2.65625 .0635 2.5750 2.6250 .063 .7163 .0508

15 2.8125 .0673 2.96875 .0710 2.8968 2.9531 .070 .8051 .0571

14 3.1250 .0747 3.28125 .0785 3.2187 3.2812 .078 .9038 .0641

13 3.7500 .0897 3.90625 .0934 3.8625 3.9375 .094 1.015 .0720

12 4.3750 .1046 4.53125 .1084 4.5063 4.5937 .109 1.139 .0808

11 5.0000 .1196 5.15625 .1233 5.1500 5.2500 .125 1.279 .0907

10 5.6250 .1345 5.78125 .1382 5.7937 5.9062 .141 1.437 .1019

9 6.2500 .1495 6.40625 .1532 6.4375 6.5625 .156 1.613 .1144

8 6.8750 .1644 7.03125 .1681 7.0813 7.2187 .172 1.812 .1285

7 7.5000 .1793 2.035 .1443

6 8.1250 .1943 2.284 .1620

5 8.7500 .2092 2.565 .1819

4 9.3750 .2242 2.881 .2043

3 10.000 .2391 3.235 .2294

Sec. Q Page 30

Page 413: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

exPlanation of Sheet gaugeSShown on Preceding Page

Steel SheetS(including Hot rolled, Cold rolled, High Strength

Abrasion resisting, and paintlok Sheets)

Considerable confusion exists as to the distinction between the u.S. Standard gauge and the Manufactures’ Standard gauge Systems. Essentially, the difference is as follows: The u.S. Standard gauge is a weight gauge wherein certain weights per square foot are assigned to the respective gauge numbers. Equivalent thicknesses in this system, however, are based on the weight of wrought iron, which is lighter than steel. For this reason, steel manufacturers have established the Manufacturers’ Standard gauge, in which the thicknesses are based on the weight of steel sheets.

The u.S. Standard gauge and Manufacturers’ Standard gauge are identical insofar as weights are concerned; the essential difference between the two systems is that the former does not provide for thicknesses of steel sheets, whereas the latter does.

Therefore, with respect to the weights and thicknesses of STEEL SHEETS in the table on page 30 of this section, the weights are those of both the u.S. Standard and the Manufacturers’ Standard gauges. The thicknesses, however, are those of the Manufacturers’ Standard gauge, since, as stated above, the u.S. Standard gauge does not provide for thicknesses of steel sheets.

The following more detailed explanation is quoted from the Steel products Manual of the American iron & Steel institute:

united States Standard gauge for Sheet and Plate iron and Steel

in 1893, Congress passed an Act establishing a standard gauge for sheet and plate iron and steel, this Act being for the purpose of securing uniformity, particularly in connection indetermining import duties levied by the government on sheets and plates. The basis of each gauge number is the weight per square foot in ounces; consequently, the u.S. Standard gauge is a weight gauge. This gauge system designates that a section of iron or steel one foot square and one inch thick should weigh 640 ounces. on this basis, each u.S. gauge Number repre-sents a certain number of ounces in weight and a corresponding multiple of 640ths of an inch in approximate thickness. Approximate thicknesses are derived from the weights per square foot, based on the weight of wrought iron, which is two per cent lighter than steel. Therefore, these approximate thicknesses in the u.S. Standard gauge Table are not correct for steel. in that table, the density of wrought iron is taken at 480 pounds per cubic foot.

manufacturers’ Standard gauge for Steel Sheets Due to the inconsistencies encountered in the u.S. Standard gauge Table in converting from weight to thickness, a gauge table, known as the Manufacturers’ Standard gauge for Steel Sheets, is used, having a definite thickness equivalent for each gauge number. in that standard gauge, the density of steel is taken as 489.6 pounds per cubic foot, 0.2833 pounds per cubic inch, or 40.80 pounds per square foot per inch thick. However, since

Sec. Q Page 31

Page 414: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec. Q Page 32

exPlanation of Sheet gaugeS (Continued)

sheet weights are calculated on the basis of the specified width and length, with all shearing on the over side, and also since sheets are somewhat thicker at the center than they are at the edges, a further adjustment must be made in order to obtain a closer approximation for interchangeability between weight and thickness. over a long period of time, this value for sheets has been found to be close to 2.5 percent heavier than 40.80 pounds per square foot per inch thick, or 41.820 pounds per square foot per inch thick. This figure of 41.820 pounds per square foot per inch thick is the one commonly used to express the relationship between weight and thickness.

galvaniZed SheetS

galvanized sheets are produced to weights per unit of area of coated sheet or to decimal thickness. The galvanized Sheet gauge, established by custom, is based on the Manufacturers’ Standard gauge for Steel Sheets. The weight corresponding to each galvanized Sheet gauge Number is 2.5 oz. per sq. ft. heavier or .0037” thicker than the weight or thickness corresponding to the same Manufacturers’ Standard gauge Number, regardless of coating weights. For example, the tabular unit weight of a 26-gauge galvanized sheet is 14.5 oz. per sq. ft. regardless of the weight of the coating.

StainleSS SheetS

The thicknesses shown on page 30 of this section for stainless sheets were derived from the original u.S. Standard gauge (wherein weights were converted to thicknesses on the basis of material one inch thick weighing 40 pounds per square foot, as explained on the preceding page). However, the weights of the u.S. Standard gauge do not apply for Stainless Sheets. instead, approximate weights are determined according to the following factors:

Chromium Nickel Types (300 series) — 42.0 lbs. per square foot per inch of thickness.

Straight Chromium Types (400 series) — 41.2 lbs. per square foot per inch of thickness.

aluminum SheetS

Aluminum sheets are produced to the thicknesses established by the American Wire gauge (also known as the Brown & Sharpe gauge). This gauge is used for copper, brass, aluminum, and other nonferrous metals, but not for steel. However, aluminum sheets are generally ordered to decimal thickness and not to gauge.

Page 415: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

RSection R

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS AnD HARDenABiLitYintRoDUction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3

cARBon SteeLS

carburizing Grades

1018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

1117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

Hardening Grades

1040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

1055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

1137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

ALLoY SteeLS

Hardening Grades

4130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-13

4142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-15

4340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-17

6150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21

carburizing Grades

4620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-19

8620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-23

nitRiDinG #3 (135 Modified) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

StAinLeSS SteeLS

type 410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

type 416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

type 431 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

type 440c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

coRReLAtion Between enD-QUencH

HARDenABiLitY teSt AnD RoUnD BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

Sec . R Page 1

Page 416: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Sec . R Page 2

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS AnD HARDenABiLitY

intRoDUction

The following pages contain pertinent data on the properties of certain of the more frequently used carbon and alloy steels. Much of the information is based on laboratory tests. However, results of tests of steels of similar composition may differ to some extent due to residual alloy content, agitation of the quenching medium and other variable factors.

Therefore, the tables and charts on the following pages are offered only as a

guide to (1) those properties that may normally be expected from a particular grade of steel and (2) the treatment to use in order to obtain the desired properties.

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

The mechanical properties (tensile strength, yield point, etc.) shown herein are the results of actual tests performed as follows:

carbon Steels . Properties shown are the averages of three heats, selected so that the significant elements are in the middle of the chemical composition limits and incidental elements are at a minimum. Quenched-and-tempered properties are based on treating a 1” round, which is machined down to .505” for the tensile test. All steels tested are fine grain, except the free-machining grades (1117 and 1137), which are coarse grain.

Alloy Steels . Properties shown are based on a single heat, selected so that the significant elements are in the middle of the chemical composition limits and incidental elements are at a minimum. Quenched-and-tempered properties are based on treating a .530” round for the hardening grades and a .565” round for the carburizing grades. These sizes are small enough to insure a thoroughly effective quench. Thus, the charts reflect typical values that may be expected of fully-hardened steels. For the tensile test, the pieces are machined down to .505”. All alloy steelstested are fine grain.

izoD iMPAct

Izod impact values are often difficult to duplicate, and the data shown should be considered only as reasonable expectation. Fine-grain steels normally show higher impact values than coarse-grain steels, and this should be considered when reviewing the Izod results.

Page 417: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

cRiticAL RAnGeS

Critical ranges are shown for each grade and are based on a heating and cooling rate of 400º per hour. The Ac1 and Ac3 points represent the critical range for heating and the Ar3 and Ar1 points represent the range for cooling.

MASS effect

In order to illustrate the variance in properties occurring among quenched and tempered bars of different sizes, values are shown for 1/2”, 1”, 2”, and 4” rounds. All these values are based on the results of a single heat, which has been selected to represent an average for the grade. Tensile and hardness values are higher on the surface and decrease toward the center.

Tensile specimens for 1/2” and 1” rounds are taken from the centers of the bars. Specimens for 2” and 4” rounds are taken from the half-radius position, as is con-ventionally required by most specifications. Sizes larger than 4” round will not show materially lower properties. Sections other than rounds will show approximately the same mass effect relationship as long as the section width is not more than twice the thickness.

enD-QUencH HARDenABiLitY

Since alloy steels are ordinarily used for their deep-hardening characteristics, End-Quench Hardenability (Jominy) charts are given for the alloy grades. These charts show “hardenability bands”; that is, the maximum band minimum values that may normally be expected. The broken line within each and represents the harden-ability characteristics of an actual heat, whose mass effect properties are shown under Mass Effect Data.

The scale at the bottom of the hardenability charts represents distances from the quenched end of the test specimen. The scale at the top of the charts is for conve-nience in converting the results of the end-quench test to the results that may be expected at the centers of round bars of various diameters when quenched in water or oil. (This correlation between end-quench test results and the centers of round bars is also illustrated in the table on Page 29 of this section. In addition, that table gives similar information for the surface and half-radius positions of rounds bars.)

Sec . R Page 3

Page 418: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1018

Analysis critical Range thermal treatment

carbon .15/.20 Ac1 1360ºF forge 2150º - 2250ºFManganese .60/.90 Ac3 1530ºF normalize 1650º - 1750ºFPhosphorus .04 Max. Ar3 1440ºF Anneal 1550º - 1650ºFSulphur .05 Max Ar1 1300ºF

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

As Rolled 67,000 45,000 36 58 137 60normalized 66,000 43,000 37 60 137 86Annealed 60,000 40,000 38 62 121 90

Size Treated, 1” Rd.

.046” cASe

coRe

tensile 82,000 Yield 47,000 elongation 27 .0% Reduction 66 .0% Brinell 163 izod 81

R c 62

MASS effect DAtA

Mock-carburized at 1675ºF for 8 hours; reheated to 1425ºF; quenched in water; tempered at 350ºF.

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

1/2” Rd. 135,000 67,000 13.6 24.3 262 14.3

1” Rd. 87,000 55,000 25.5 57.3 179 70.3

2” Rd. 82,000 50,250 30.0 69.6 163 105.5

4” Rd. 74,000 40,250 32.5 71.6 149 97.8

Single Quench and temper

1. Carburized at 1675ºF for 8 hours.

2. Pot Cooled.

3. Reheated to 1425ºF.

4. Water Quenched.

5. Tempered at 350ºF.

Sec . R Page 4

Page 419: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1117

Analysis critical Range thermal treatment

carbon .14/.20 Ac1 1345ºF forge 2150º - 2250ºFManganese 1.00/1.30 Ac3 1540ºF normalize 1650º - 1750ºFPhosphorus .040 Max. Ar3 1450ºF Anneal 1550º - 1650ºFSulphur .08/.13 Ar1 1340ºF

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

As Rolled 71,000 44,000 33 63 143 60normalized 70,000 42,000 33 63 137 66Annealed 66,000 41,000 32 58 121 65

Size Treated, 1” Rd.

.045” cASe

coRe

tensile 96,500 Yield 59,300 elongation 23 .0% Reduction 52 .7% Brinell 192 izod 33

R c 65

MASS effect DAtA

Mock-carburized at 1700ºF for 8 hours; reheated to 1450ºF; quenched in water; tempered at 350ºF.

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

1/2” Rd. 124,700 66,500 9.7 18.4 235 12.5

1” Rd. 89,500 50,500 22.3 48.8 183 37.3

2” Rd. 78,000 47,750 26.3 65.7 156 61.5

4” Rd. 77,000 45,000 27.3 62.6 156 85.8

Single Quench and temper

1. Carburized at 1700ºF for 8 hours.

2. Pot Cooled.

3. Reheated to 1450ºF.

4. Water Quenched.

5. Tempered at 350ºF.

Sec . R Page 5

Page 420: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1040

Analysis critical Range thermal treatment

carbon .37/.44 Ac1 1340ºF forge 2100º - 2200ºFManganese .60/.90 Ac3 1445ºF normalize 1600º - 1750ºFPhosphorus .04 Max. Ar3 1350ºF Anneal 1450º - 1550ºFSulphur .05 Max. Ar1 1250ºF Harden 1525º - 1575ºF oil or water

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

As Rolled 90,000 59,000 26 50 201 36normalized 87,000 58,000 28 52 192 38Annealed 80,000 48,000 30 54 159 40

Size treated: 1” Roundnormalized at 1650ºfQuenched from 1550ºf in water

Red

uct

ion o

f A

rea i

n P

erc

ent

elo

ngati

on i

n 2

” in

Perc

ent

izod

im

pact

in f

oot/

Pound

s

tensi

le S

tre

ngth

and

Yie

ld S

trength

in P

ound

s p

er

Sq

uare

inch

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

400º 500º 600º 700º 800º 900º 1000º 1100º 1200º 1300º

t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e

Brinell 514 495 444 401 352 293 569 235 201 187

Rockwell c 51 48 46 42 37 30 27 22 B94 B91

tensile

Yield

Reduction

izod

elongation

Sec . R Page 6

Page 421: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1040 (Continued)AS-QUencHeD RockweLL c HARDneSS

1/2” Rd . 1” Rd . 2” Rd . 4” Rd . water oil water oil water oil water oil

Surface 54 28 50 23 50 B93 B98 B911/2 Radius 53 22 22 21 B97 B92 B96` B91Center 53 21 18 18 B95 B91 B95 B89

MASS effect DAtA

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

water-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1000ºf1/2” Rd. 109,000 81,500 23.8 61.5 223 75.01” Rd. 107,750 78,500 23.2 62.6 217 72.02” Rd. 101,750 69,500 24.7 63.6 207 85.54” Rd. 99,000 63,825 24.7 60.2 201 62.0

water-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1100ºf1/2” Rd. 101,250 71,000 26.4 65.2 212 79.21” Rd 100,000 69,500 26.0 65.0 207 75.02” Rd. 95,000 68,000 29.0 69.2 197 100.04” Rd. 94,250 59,125 27.0 63.4 192 73.5

water-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1200ºf1/2” Rd. 96,000 69,000 27.7 66.6 201 91.51” Rd. 93,500 68,000 27.0 67.9 197 83.02” Rd. 89,000 59,875 28.7 69.0 183 107.54” Rd. 85,000 54,750 30.2 67.2 170 93.5

oil-quenched from 1575ºf;tempered at 1000ºf1/2” Rd. 104,750 72,500 27.0 62.0 217 66.51” Rd. 96,250 68,000 26.5 61.1 197 68.02” Rd. 92,250 59,750 27.0 59.7 187 75.24” Rd. 90,000 57,500 27.0 60.3 179 61.0

oil-quenched from 1575ºf;tempered at 1100ºf1/2” Rd. 100,500 69,500 27.0 65.2 207 76.01” Rd. 91,500 64,250 28.2 63.5 187 80.72” Rd. 86,750 56,875 28.0 62.5 174 91.54” Rd. 82,750 52,250 30.0 61.6 170 81.0

oil-quenched from 1575ºf;tempered at 1200ºf1/2” Rd. 95,000 66,625 28.9 65.4 197 86.01” Rd. 85,250 60,250 30.0 67.4 170 88.22” Rd. 82,500 54,500 31.0 66.4 167 93.74” Rd. 78,750 50,000 31.2 64.5 156 85.5

Sec . R Page 7

Page 422: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1055

Analysis critical Range thermal treatment

carbon .50/.60 Ac1 1340ºF forge 2100º - 2200ºFManganese .60/.90 Ac3 1420ºF normalize 1550º - 1650ºFPhosphorus .04 Max. Ar3 1320ºF Anneal 1450º - 1550ºFSulphur .05 Max. Ar1 1250ºF Harden 1450º - 1550ºF oil or water

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

As Rolled 110,000 65,000 18 37 235 18normalized 109,000 62,000 19 39 212 20Annealed 97,000 52,000 23 47 187 23

Size treated: 1” Roundnormalized at 1650ºfQuenched from 1525ºf in water

Red

uct

ion o

f A

rea i

n P

erc

ent

elo

ngati

on i

n 2

” in

Perc

ent

izod

im

pact

in f

oot/

Pound

s

tensi

le S

tre

ngth

and

Yie

ld S

trength

in P

ound

s p

er

Sq

uare

inch

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

400º 500º 600º 700º 800º 900º 1000º 1100º 1200º 1300º

t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e

Brinell 514 495 444 415 375 352 293 277 235 217

Rockwell c 52 50 46 44 40 37 31 29 22 18

tensile

Yield

Reduction izod

elongation

Sec . R Page 8

Page 423: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1055 (Continued)AS-QUencHeD RockweLL c HARDneSS

1/2” Rd . 1” Rd . 2” Rd . 4” Rd . water oil water oil water oil water oil

Surface 64 57 60 33 50 27 33 B981/2 Radius 59 37 35 30 32 25 27 B95Center 57 34 33 26 26 21 20 B91

MASS effect DAtA

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

water-quenched from 1525ºf;tempered at 1000ºf1/2” Rd. 134,000 99,000 20.0 54.4 269 42.21” Rd. 131,250 92,250 20.0 55.2 262 21.12” Rd. 129,500 84,125 20.7 56.6 255 23.54” Rd. 122,750 78,250 21.5 55.3 248 15.0

water-quenched from 1525ºf;tempered at 1100ºf1/2” Rd. 119,000 88,000 21.7 59.9 241 51.21” Rd 118,000 80,000 22.5 59.9 241 23.52” Rd. 117,250 78,750 23.0 61.0 235 24.54” Rd. 112,250 68,250 23.7 55.5 229 15.5

water-quenched from 1525ºf;tempered at 1200ºf1/2” Rd. 110,000 86,000 24.8 60.6 229 65.71” Rd. 109,000 76,500 23.7 61.2 229 24.02” Rd. 107,750 68,500 24.7 61.0 223 25.24” Rd. 104,500 65,250 25.2 60.8 217 16.7

oil-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1000ºf1/2” Rd. 132,500 87,500 20.7 52.9 262 21.71” Rd. 123,500 76,000 20.2 53.3 248 21.72” Rd. 122,500 74,875 19.7 51.4 248 19.74” Rd. 121,000 69,000 19.7 48.0 241 22.0

oil-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1100ºf1/2” Rd. 122,000 81,000 22.8 58.1 248 22.01” Rd. 114,000 70,500 23.5 57.6 223 22.52” Rd. 112,000 68,000 23.0 55.6 223 20.24” Rd. 101,000 58,750 25.2 54.5 207 21.7

oil-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1200ºf1/2” Rd. 112,500 74,000 24.6 61.8 229 32.01” Rd. 106,000 64,250 24.7 60.5 217 22.22” Rd. 105,000 64,000 25.0 59.1 217 19.54” Rd. 96,750 55,750 25.5 56.6 197 28.0

Sec . R Page 9

Page 424: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1137

Analysis critical Range thermal treatment

carbon .32/.39 Ac1 1330ºF forge 2100º - 2200ºFManganese 1.35/1.69 Ac3 1450ºF normalize 1600º - 1700ºFPhosphorus .04 Max. Ar3 1310ºF Anneal 1450º - 1500ºFSulphur .08/.13 Ar1 1180ºF Harden 1500º - 1600ºF oil or water

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

As Rolled 92,000 56,000 27 62 192 61normalized 96,000 57,000 26 62 183 50Annealed 85,000 50,000 30 60 170 54

Size treated: 1” Roundnormalized at 1650ºfQuenched from 1575ºf in oil

Red

uct

ion o

f A

rea i

n P

erc

ent

elo

ngati

on i

n 2

” in

Perc

ent

izod

im

pact

in f

oot/

Pound

s

tensi

le S

tre

ngth

and

Yie

ld S

trength

in P

ound

s p

er

Sq

uare

inch

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

400º 500º 600º 700º 800º 900º 1000º 1100º 1200º 1300º

t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e

Brinell 352 331 285 277 262 241 229 217 197 174

Rockwell c 38 36 30 29 27 23 21 B96 B93 B88

tensile

Yield

Reduction

izod

elongation

Sec . R Page 10

Page 425: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1137 (Continued)AS-QUencHeD RockweLL c HARDneSS

1/2” Rd . 1” Rd . 2” Rd . 4” Rd . water oil water oil water oil water oil

Surface 57 48 56 34 52 28 48 211/2 Radius 53 43 50 28 35 22 23 18 Center 50 42 45 23 24 18 20 16

MASS effect DAtA

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

water-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1000ºf1/2” Rd. 129,500 112,000 17.1 51.3 262 40.51” Rd. 122,000 98,000 16.9 51.2 248 37.52” Rd. 110,000 71,250 20.8 56.1 229 46.04” Rd. 108,000 69,000 20.3 52.1 223 22.5

water-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1100ºf1/2” Rd. 112,500 95,000 21.4 57.6 229 44.01” Rd 107,750 87,750 21.0 59.2 223 49.52” Rd. 105,250 76,000 22.0 61.7 217 61.04” Rd. 97,750 61,250 23.5 60.9 201 29.0

water-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1200ºf1/2” Rd. 105,000 89,000 23.9 61.2 223 74.31” Rd. 102,500 81,750 22.3 58.8 217 60.02” Rd. 97,500 67,000 24.0 64.1 201 61.54” Rd. 95,500 60,000 24.0 63.5 197 37.8

oil-quenched from 1575ºf;tempered at 1000ºf1/2” Rd. 127,500 100,000 18.2 55.8 223 44.31” Rd. 108,000 75,750 21.3 56.0 223 50.32” Rd. 105,000 63,000 23.0 56.2 217 30.84” Rd. 100,500 58,750 22.3 55.5 201 31.5

oil-quenched from 1575ºf;tempered at 1100ºf1/2” Rd. 112,500 90,000 21.8 61.0 229 58.31” Rd. 100,750 68,750 23.5 60.1 207 56.02” Rd. 98,000 61,500 23.0 57.8 207 40.34” Rd. 95,250 57,000 24.5 59.5 192 32.0

oil-quenched from 1575ºf;tempered at 1200ºf1/2” Rd. 104,000 80,500 24.6 63.6 217 67.81” Rd. 97,750 68,750 23.5 60.8 201 59.52” Rd. 97,000 57,250 25.0 64.1 197 46.04” Rd. 94,500 56,000 24.0 61.1 192 40.5

Sec . R Page 11

Page 426: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4130

Analysis critical Range thermal treatment

carbon .28/.33 Ac1 1400ºF forge 2150º - 2250ºFManganese .40/.60 Ac3 1510ºF normalize 1600º - 1700ºFPhosphorus .035 Max. Ar3 1400ºF Anneal 1500º - 1600ºFSulphur .04 Max. Ar1 1305ºF Harden 1500º - 1650ºFSilicon .15/.35 oil or waterchromium .80/1.10Molybdenum .15/.25

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

As Rolled 100,000 60,000 25 60 212 —Annealed 80,000 56,000 28 57 149 53

Size treated: .530” Roundnormalized at 1600ºfQuenched from 1575ºf in water

Red

uct

ion o

f A

rea i

n P

erc

ent

elo

ngati

on i

n 2

” in

Perc

ent

izod

im

pact

in f

oot/

Pound

s

tensi

le S

tre

ngth

and

Yie

ld S

trength

in P

ound

s p

er

Sq

uare

inch

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

400º 500º 600º 700º 800º 900º 1000º 1100º 1200º 1300º

t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e

Brinell 461 444 429 415 401 331 302 269 241 202

Rockwell c 49 47 46 44 43 36 32 28 23 B92

tensile

Yield

Reduction

izod

elongation

Sec . R Page 12

Page 427: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4130 (Continued)MASS effect DAtA

The following are actual values from a single heat, the hardenability curve of which is indicated by the broken line in the End-Quench Hardenability chart below.

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

normalized at 1600ºf;air cooled1/2” Rd. 106,500 67,000 25.1 59.6 217 51.71” Rd. 97,000 63,250 25.5 59.5 197 63.72” Rd. 89,000 61,750 28.2 65.4 167 78.74” Rd. 88,750 57,750 27.0 61.2 163 77.8

water-quenched from 1575ºf;tempered at 900ºf1/2” Rd. 166,500 161,000 16.4 61.0 331 50.7 1” Rd 161,000 137,500 14.7 54.4 321 41.22” Rd. 132,750 110,000 19.0 63.0 269 76.5 4” Rd. 121,500 95,000 20.5 63.6 241 69.7

water-quenched from 1575ºf;tempered at 1000ºf1/2” Rd. 151,000 142,500 18.1 63.9 302 71.7 1” Rd. 144,500 129,500 18.5 61.8 293 66.22” Rd. 121,750 98,750 21.2 66.3 241 88.0 4” Rd. 116,000 91,500 21.5 63.5 235 86.2

water-quenched from 1575ºf;tempered at 1100ºf1/2” Rd. 133,000 122,500 20.7 69.0 269 79.21” Rd. 128,000 113,250 21.2 67.5 262 86.0 2” Rd. 114,500 91,500 21.7 67.7 229 90.5 4” Rd. 101,500 77,500 24.5 69.2 197 90.5

Rock

well c

Hard

ness

65

60

55

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

102 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32Distance from Quenched end of Specimen — Sixteenths of an inch

enD-QUencH HARDenABiLitY

Diameter of Round with equivalent Hardness at centerQuenchedIn Water 1 2 3 4 5 51/2 l l l l l l

In Oil 1/2 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 l l l l l l l l l

MAxiMUM

MiniMUM

Sec . R Page 13

Page 428: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4142

Analysis critical Range thermal treatment

carbon .40/.45 Ac1 1395ºF forge 2100º - 2200ºFManganese .75/1.00 Ac3 1450ºF normalize 1600º - 1700ºFPhosphorus .035 Max. Ar3 1330ºF Anneal 1450º - 1550ºFSulphur .04 Max. Ar1 1280ºF Harden 1525º - 1625ºF, oilSilicon .15/.38 chromium .80/1.10Molybdenum .15/.25

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

As Rolled 140,000 90,000 20 45 285 —Annealed 95,000 60,000 26 60 187 67

Size treated: .530” Roundnormalized at 1600ºfQuenched from 1575ºf in oil

Red

uct

ion o

f A

rea i

n P

erc

ent

elo

ngati

on i

n 2

” in

Perc

ent

izod

im

pact

in f

oot/

Pound

s

tensi

le S

tre

ngth

and

Yie

ld S

trength

in P

ound

s p

er

Sq

uare

inch

300,000

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

400º 500º 600º 700º 800º 900º 1000º 1100º 1200º 1300º

t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e

Brinell 578 534 495 461 429 388 341 311 277 235

Rockwell c 57 53 50 47 45 41 36 33 29 22

tensile

Yield

Reduction

izod

elongation

Sec . R Page 14

Page 429: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4142 (Continued)MASS effect DAtA

The following are actual values from a single heat, the hardenability curve of which is indicated by the broken line in the End-Quench Hardenability chart below.

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

normalized at 1600ºf;air cooled1/2” Rd. 148,500 98,500 17.8 48.2 302 21.51” Rd. 148,000 95,000 17.7 46.8 302 16.7 2” Rd. 140,750 91,750 16.5 48.1 285 13.04” Rd. 117,500 69,500 22.2 57.4 241 29.0

oil-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1000ºf1/2” Rd. 171,500 161,000 15.4 55.7 341 43.5 1” Rd 156,000 143,250 15.5 56.9 311 54.52” Rd. 139,750 115,750 17.5 59.8 285 66.7 4” Rd. 127,750 99,250 19.2 60.4 277 37.7

oil-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1100ºf1/2” Rd. 157,500 148,750 18.1 59.4 321 66.0 1” Rd. 140,250 135,000 19.5 62.3 285 70.52” Rd. 127,500 102,750 21.7 65.0 262 84.0 4” Rd. 116,750 87,000 21.5 62.1 235 82.5

oil-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1200ºf1/2” Rd. 136,500 128,750 19.9 62.3 277 73.61” Rd. 132,750 122,500 21.0 65.0 269 84.5 2” Rd. 121,500 98,250 23.2 65.8 241 91.2 4” Rd. 112,500 83,500 23.2 64.9 229 86.7

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32Distance from Quenched end of Specimen — Sixteenths of an inch

Rock

well c

Hard

ness

65

60

55

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

enD-QUencH HARDenABiLitY

Diameter of Round with equivalent Hardness at centerQuenchedIn Water 1 2 3 4 5 51/2 l l l l l l

In Oil 1/2 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 l l l l l l l l l

MAxiMUM

MiniMUM

Sec . R Page 15

Page 430: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4340

Analysis critical Range thermal treatment

carbon .38/.43 Ac1 1350ºF forge 2200º - 2300ºFManganese .60/.80 Ac3 1415ºF normalize 1600º - 1700ºFPhosphorus .035 Max. Ar3 890ºF Anneal 1500º - 1600ºFSulphur .04 Max. Ar1 720ºF Harden 1475º - 1575ºF, oilSilicon .15/.35 chromium .70/.90nickel 1.65/2.00Molybdenum .20/.30

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

As Rolled 178,000 100,000 10 30 363 —Annealed 110,000 66,000 23 49 197 25

Size treated: .530” Roundnormalized at 1600ºfQuenched from 1575ºf in water

Red

uct

ion o

f A

rea i

n P

erc

ent

elo

ngati

on i

n 2

” in

Perc

ent

izod

im

pact

in f

oot/

Pound

s

tensi

le S

tre

ngth

and

Yie

ld S

trength

in P

ound

s p

er

Sq

uare

inch

300,000

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

400º 500º 600º 700º 800º 900º 1000º 1100º 1200º 1300º

t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e

Brinell 555 514 477 461 415 388 363 321 293

Rockwell c 55 52 50 48 45 42 39 34 31

tensile

Yield

Reduction

izod

elongation

Sec . R Page 16

Page 431: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4340 (Continued)MASS effect DAtA

The following are actual values from a single heat, the hardenability curve of which is indicated by the broken line in the End-Quench Hardenability chart below.

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

normalized at 1600ºf;air cooled1/2” Rd. 209,500 141,000 12.1 35.3 388 11.51” Rd. 185,500 125,000 12.2 36.3 363 11.72” Rd. 176,750 114,500 13.5 37.3 341 10.54” Rd. 161.000 103,000 13.2 36.0 321 8.0

oil-quenched from 1475ºf;tempered at 1000ºf1/2” Rd. 182,000 169,000 13.7 45.0 363 37.51” Rd. 175,000 166,000 14.2 45.9 352 39.02” Rd. 170,000 159,500 16.0 54.8 341 53.04” Rd. 164,750 145,250 15.5 53.4 331 46.0

oil-quenched from 1475ºf;tempered at 1100ºf1/2” Rd. 165,750 162,000 17.1 57.0 331 55.51” Rd. 164,750 159,000 16.5 54.1 331 50.52” Rd. 147,250 139,250 19.0 60.4 293 75.54” Rd. 133,750 114,500 19.7 60.7 269 61.7

oil-quenched from 1475ºf;tempered at 1200ºf1/2” Rd. 145,000 135,500 20.0 59.3 285 67.51” Rd. 139,000 128,000 20.0 59.7 277 72.72” Rd. 134,750 121,000 20.5 62.5 269 86.24” Rd. 124,000 105,750 21.7 63.0 255 91.0

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32Distance from Quenched end of Specimen — Sixteenths of an inch

Rock

well c

Hard

ness

65

60

55

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

enD-QUencH HARDenABiLitY

Diameter of Round with equivalent Hardness at centerQuenchedIn Water 1 2 3 4 5 51/2 l l l l l l

In Oil 1/2 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 l l l l l l l l l

MAxiMUM

MiniMUM

Sec . R Page 17

Page 432: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4620

Analysis critical Range thermal treatment

carbon .17/.22 Ac1 1300ºF forge 2150º - 2250ºFManganese .45/.65 Ac3 1490ºF normalize 1650º - 1750ºFPhosphorus .035 Max. Ar3 1335ºF Anneal 1550º - 1600ºFSulphur .040 Max Ar1 1220ºF Silicon .15/.35 nickel 1.65/2.00Molybdenum .20/.30

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”As Rolled 90,000 68,000 27 56 187 —Annealed 74,000 54,000 31 60 149 70

Size Treated, .565” Rd.

.060” cASe

coRe

tensile 147,500 Yield 115,750 elongation 16 .8% Reduction 57 .9% Brinell 302 izod 42 .5

R c 58 .5

.065” cASe

coRe

tensile 115,500 Yield 80,750 elongation 20 .5% Reduction 63 .6% Brinell 248 izod 69

R c 59

.060” cASe

coRe

tensile 115,250 Yield 77,000 elongation 22 .5% Reduction 62 .1% Brinell 235 izod 78 .3

R c 59

foR MAxiMUM coRe toUGHneSS

Direct Quench from Pot

1. Carburized at 1700ºF for 8 hours.2. Quenched in oil.3. Tempered at 450ºF. For maximum case hardness, temper at 300ºF for Rc 60.5.

Single Quench and temper

1. Carburized at 1700ºF for 8 hours.2. Pot Cooled.3. Reheated to 1500ºF.4. Quenched in oil.5 Tempered at 450ºF. For maximum case hardness, temper at 300ºF for Rc 62.5.

Double Quench and temper

1. Carburized at 1700ºF for 8 hours.2. Pot Cooled.3. Reheated to 1525ºF and quenched in oil.4. Reheated to 1475ºF and quenched in oil.5. Tempered at 450ºF. For maximum case hardness, temper at 300ºF for Rc 62.

Sec . R Page 18

Page 433: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

4620 (Continued)MASS effect DAtA

The following are actual values from a single heat, the hardenability curve of which is indicated by the broken line in the End-Quench Hardenability chart below.

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

normalized at 1650ºf;air cooled1/2” Rd. 87,250 54,750 30.7 68.0 192 92.31” Rd. 83,250 53,125 29.0 66.7 174 98.0 2” Rd. 80,500 53,000 29.5 67.1 167 99.34” Rd. 77,000 51,750 30.5 65.2 163 91.8

Mock-carburized at 1700ºf for 8 hours; reheated to 1500ºf; Quenched in oil; tempered at 300ºf1/2” Rd. 127,000 89,500 20.0 59.8 255 43.3 1” Rd 98,000 67,000 25.8 70.0 197 98.02” Rd. 96,500 65,250 27.0 69.7 192 101.8 4” Rd. 84,750 52,500 29.5 69.2 170 100.5

Mock-carburized at 1700ºf for 8 hours; reheated to 1500ºf; Quenched in oil; tempered at 450ºf1/2” Rd. 117,500 81,000 21.4 65.3 241 73.8 1” Rd. 98,000 66,250 27.5 68.9 192 94.82” Rd. 95,750 62,000 26.8 69.2 187 100.5 4” Rd. 84,500 52,750 29.8 70.3 170 103.8

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32Distance from Quenched end of Specimen — Sixteenths of an inch

Rock

well c

Hard

ness

65

60

55

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

enD-QUencH HARDenABiLitY

Diameter of Round with equivalent Hardness at centerQuenchedIn Water 1 2 3 4 5 51/2 l l l l l l

In Oil 1/2 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 l l l l l l l l l

MAxiMUM

Min

iMU

M

Sec . R Page 19

Page 434: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

6150

Analysis critical Range thermal treatment

carbon .48/.53 Ac1 1395ºF forge 2150º - 2300ºFManganese .70/.90 Ac3 1445ºF normalize 1600º - 1700ºFPhosphorus .035 Max. Ar3 1315ºF Anneal 1500º - 1600ºFSulphur .040 Max. Ar1 1290ºF Harden 1550º - 1625ºF, oilSilicon .15/.35 chromium .80/1.10Vanadium .15 Min.

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

As Rolled 130,000 75,000 20.5 56.0 269 21Annealed 96,000 59,000 23.0 48.5 197 20

Size treated: .565” Roundnormalized at 1600ºfQuenched from 1550ºf in oil

Red

uct

ion o

f A

rea i

n P

erc

ent

elo

ngati

on i

n 2

” in

Perc

ent

izod

im

pact

in f

oot/

Pound

s

tensi

le S

tre

ngth

and

Yie

ld S

trength

in P

ound

s p

er

Sq

uare

inch

300,000

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

400º 500º 600º 700º 800º 900º 1000º 1100º 1200º 1300º

t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e

Brinell 601 578 534 495 444 401 375 341 293 241

Rockwell c 58 57 53 50 46 42 40 36 31 23

tensileYield

Reduction

izod

elongation

Sec . R Page 20

Page 435: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

6150 (Continued)MASS effect DAtA

The following are actual values from a single heat, the hardenability curve of which is indicated by the broken line in the End-Quench Hardenability chart below.

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

normalized at 1600ºf;air cooled1/2” Rd. 141,250 93,000 20.6 63.0 285 27.01” Rd. 136,250 89,250 21.8 61.0 269 26.2 2” Rd. 129,750 75,250 20.7 56.5 262 20.54” Rd. 128,000 67,000 18.2 49.6 255 17.0

oil-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1000ºf1/2” Rd. 179,000 177,750 14.6 49.4 363 26.0 1” Rd 173,500 167,750 14.5 48.2 352 24.72” Rd. 166,000 145,250 14.5 46.7 331 19.5 4” Rd. 151,500 127,000 16.0 48.7 302 17.5

oil-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1100ºf1/2” Rd. 160,000 158,500 16.4 52.3 321 39.2 1” Rd. 158,250 150,500 16.0 53.2 311 34.02” Rd. 148,250 131,750 17.7 55.2 293 33.7 4” Rd. 130,000 108,500 19.0 55.4 262 38.5

oil-quenched from 1550ºf;tempered at 1200ºf1/2” Rd. 147,000 141,500 17.8 53.9 293 43.71” Rd. 141,250 129,500 18.7 56.3 293 56.72” Rd. 133,750 116,500 19.5 57.4 269 51.7 4” Rd. 121,500 94,500 21.0 59.7 241 45.2

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32Distance from Quenched end of Specimen — Sixteenths of an inch

Rock

well c

Hard

ness

65

60

55

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

enD-QUencH HARDenABiLitY

Diameter of Round with equivalent Hardness at centerQuenchedIn Water 1 2 3 4 5 51/2 l l l l l l

In Oil 1/2 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 l l l l l l l l l

MAxiMUM

MiniMUM

Sec . R Page 21

Page 436: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

8620

Analysis critical Range thermal treatment

carbon .18/.23 Ac1 1380ºF forge 2150º - 2250ºFManganese .70/.90 Ac3 1520ºF normalize 1650º - 1750ºFPhosphorus .035 Max. Ar3 1400ºF Anneal 1550º - 1600ºFSulphur .040 Max Ar1 1200ºF Silicon .15/.35 chromium .40/.60nickel .40/.70Molybdenum .15/.25

MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”As Rolled 97,000 57,000 25 58 201 —Annealed 78,000 56,000 31 62 156 82

Size Treated, .565” Rd.

.050” cASe

coRe

tensile 181,250 Yield 134,250 elongation 12 .8% Reduction 50 .6% Brinell 352 izod 34 .3

R c 58

.076” cASe

coRe

tensile 167,750 Yield 120,750 elongation 14 .3% Reduction 53 .2% Brinell 341 izod 29 .5

R c 61

.070” cASe

coRe

tensile 130,250 Yield 77,250 elongation 22 .5% Reduction 51 .7% Brinell 262 izod 66 .3

R c 61

foR MAxiMUM coRe toUGHneSS

Direct Quench from Pot

1. Carburized at 1700ºF for 8 hours.2. Quenched in oil.3. Tempered at 450ºF. For maximum case hardness, temper at 300ºF for Rc 63.

Single Quench and temper

1. Carburized at 1700ºF for 8 hours.2. Pot Cooled.3. Reheated to 1550ºF.4. Quenched in oil.5 Tempered at 450ºF. For maximum case hardness, temper at 300ºF for Rc 64.

Double Quench and temper

1. Carburized at 1700ºF for 8 hours.2. Pot Cooled.3. Reheated to 1550ºF and quenched in oil.4. Reheated to 1475ºF and quenched in oil.5. Tempered at 450ºF. For maximum case hardness, temper at 300ºF for Rc 64.

Sec . R Page 22

Page 437: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

8620 (Continued)MASS effect DAtA

The following are actual values from a single heat, the hardenability curve of which is indicated by the broken line in the End-Quench Hardenability chart below.

tensile Yield elongation Red . Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

normalized at 1675ºf;air cooled1/2” Rd. 96,500 54,250 26.3 62.5 197 62.51” Rd. 91,750 51,750 26.3 59.7 183 73.52” Rd. 87,250 51,500 27.8 62.1 179 81.34” Rd. 81,750 51,500 28.5 62.3 163 74.0

Mock-carburized at 1700ºf for 8 hours; reheated to 1550ºf; quenched in oil; tempered at 300ºf1/2” Rd. 199,500 157,000 13.2 49.4 388 13.51” Rd. 126,750 83,750 20.8 52.7 255 42.32” Rd. 117,250 73,000 23.0 57.8 235 48.84” Rd. 98,500 57,750 24.3 57.6 207 49.5

Mock-carburized at 1700ºf for 8 hours; reheated to 1550ºf; quenched in oil; tempered at 450ºf1/2” Rd. 178,500 139,500 14.6 53.9 352 11.51” Rd. 124,250 80,750 19.5 54.2 248 23.02” Rd. 114,500 72,250 22.0 59.0 229 38.04” Rd. 98,000 55,500 25.5 57.8 201 43.4

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32Distance from Quenched end of Specimen — Sixteenths of an inch

Rock

well c

Hard

ness

65

60

55

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

enD-QUencH HARDenABiLitY

Diameter of Round with equivalent Hardness at centerQuenchedIn Water 1 2 3 4 5 51/2 l l l l l l

In Oil 1/2 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 l l l l l l l l l

MAxiMUM

Min

iMU

M

Sec . R Page 23

Page 438: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

nitRiDinG #3

(135 Modified)

Analysis critical Range thermal treatment

carbon .38/.43 Ac1 1450ºF forge 1950º - 2250ºF

Manganese .50/.70 Ac3 1580ºF normalize 1750º - 1800ºF

Phosphorus .025 Max. Ar3 1310ºF Anneal 1700ºF

Sulphur .025 Max. Quench 1700º - 1725ºF, water

Silicon .20/.40

chromium 1.40/1.80

Molybdenum .30/.40

Aluminum .95/1.30

Size treated: 1” Roundnormalized at 1750ºfQuenched from 1700ºf in water

Red

uct

ion o

f A

rea i

n P

erc

ent

elo

ngati

on i

n 2

” in

Perc

ent

izod

im

pact

in f

oot/

Pound

s

tensi

le S

tre

ngth

and

Yie

ld S

trength

in P

ound

s p

er

Sq

uare

inch

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

400º 500º 600º 700º 800º 900º 1000º 1100º 1200º 1300º

t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e

Brinell 401 388 363 331 302

Rockwell c 43 42 39 36 32

tensile

Yield

Reduction

elongation

Sec . R Page 24

Page 439: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 410

Analysis thermal treatment

carbon .15 Max. forge 2000º - 2200ºF. Cool slowly.

Manganese 1.00 Max. Process Anneal 1250º - 1450ºF. (Brinell 170-197.)

Phosphorus .04 Max. full Anneal 1500º - 1600ºF. Furnace cool. (Brinell 137-167.)

Sulphur .04 Max. Harden 1700º - 1850ºF. Cool rapidly.

Silicon 1.00 Max. temper 400º - 1400ºF. (tempering between 700º and 1050ºF chromium 11.50/13.50 is not recommended.)

tYPicAL MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red . Rockwell Strength Strength in 2” Area Brinell B izod

Annealed Bars 75,000 40,000 35 70 155 — 90

Annealed Sheets 65,000 35,000 25 — — 70 —

Size treated: .550” RoundQuenched from 1850ºf in oil

Red

uct

ion o

f A

rea i

n P

erc

ent

elo

ngati

on i

n 2

” in

Perc

ent

izod

im

pact

in f

oot/

Pound

s

tensi

le S

tre

ngth

and

Yie

ld S

trength

in P

ound

s p

er

Sq

uare

inch

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

400º 500º 600º 700º 800º 900º 1000º 1100º 1200º 1300º

t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e

Brinell 429 429 429 429 429 352 277 235 217

Rockwell c 46 46 46 46 46 38 29 B99 B96

tensile

Yield

Reduction

izod

elongation

Sec . R Page 25

Page 440: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 416

Analysis thermal treatment

carbon .15 Max. forge 2100º - 2300ºF. Cool slowly.

Manganese 1.25 Max. Process Anneal 1200º - 1400ºF. (Brinell 170-207.)

Phosphorus .06 Max. full Anneal 1550º - 1650ºF. Furnace cool. (Brinell 137-167.)

Sulphur .15/.40 Harden 1700º - 1850ºF. Cool rapidly.

Silicon 1.00 Max. temper 400º - 1400ºF. (Tempering between 700º and 1050ºF chromium 12.00/13.50 is not recommended.)

tYPicAL MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red .Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

Annealed Bars 75,000 40,000 30 60 155 70

Size treated: .550” RoundQuenched from 1800ºf in oil

Red

uct

ion o

f A

rea i

n P

erc

ent

elo

ngati

on i

n 2

” in

Perc

ent

izod

im

pact

in f

oot/

Pound

s

tensi

le S

tre

ngth

and

Yie

ld S

trength

in P

ound

s p

er

Sq

uare

inch

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

500º 600º 700º 800º 900º 1000º 1100º 1200º 1300º

t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e

Brinell 415 415 415 429 429 363 269 229 207

Rockwell c 45 45 45 46 46 39 28 B98 B95

tensile

Yield

Reduction

izod

elongation

Sec . R Page 26

Page 441: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 431

Analysis thermal treatment

carbon .13/.17 forge 2100º - 2200ºF. Cool slowly.

Manganese .30/.80 Process Anneal 1150º - 1225ºF. (Brinell 241-293.)

Phosphorus .040 Max. full Anneal Not practical.

Sulphur .030 Max. Harden 1850º - 1950ºF. Cool rapidly.

Silicon .20/.60 temper 400º - 1200ºF. (Tempering between 650º and 1100ºF chromium 15.50/16.50 is not recommended.)

nickel 2.00/3.00

tYPicAL MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red .Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

Annealed Bars 125,000 95,000 20 55 262 50

Size treated: .550” RoundQuenched from 1900ºf in oil

Red

uct

ion o

f A

rea i

n P

erc

ent

elo

ngati

on i

n 2

” in

Perc

ent

izod

im

pact

in f

oot/

Pound

s

tensi

le S

tre

ngth

and

Yie

ld S

trength

in P

ound

s p

er

Sq

uare

inch

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

500º 600º 700º 800º 900º 1000º 1100º 1200º 1300º

t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e

Brinell 388 388 388 401 415 363 321 302 302

Rockwell c 42 42 42 43 45 39 34 32 32

tensile

Yield

Reduction

izod

elongation

Sec . R Page 27

Page 442: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

tYPe 440 c

Analysis thermal treatment

carbon .95/1.20 forge 1900º - 2100ºF. Cool slowly.

Manganese 1.00 Max. Process Anneal 1350º - 1450ºF. (Brinell 255-285.)

Phosphorus .04 Max. full Anneal 1550º - 1650ºF. Furnace cool. (Brinell 229-255.)

Sulphur .03 Max. Harden 1850º - 1950ºF. Cool rapidly.

Silicon 1.00 Max. temper 300º - 800ºF. chromium 16.00/18.00

Molybdenum .65 Max.

tYPicAL MecHAnicAL PRoPeRtieS

tensile Yield elongation Red .Area Brinell izod Strength Strength in 2”

Annealed Bars 110,000 65,000 14 25 235 2

Quenched from 1900ºf in oil500º-1000ºf temper RangeSize reated: .385” Round1100º-1300ºf temper RangeSze treated: .550”Round

Red

uct

ion o

f A

rea i

n P

erc

ent

elo

ngati

on i

n 2

” in

Perc

ent

izod

im

pact

in f

oot/

Pound

s

tensi

le S

treng

th a

nd

Yie

ld S

trength

in P

ound

s p

er

Sq

uare

inch

300,000

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

Brinell 555 555 555 578 601 534 401 331 302

Rockwell c 55 55 55 57 58 54 43 36 32

tensile

Yield

Reduction

izod elongation

izod 500º 600º 700º 800º 900º 1000º 1100º 1200º 1300º

t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e

Sec . R Page 28

Page 443: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

coRReLAtion BetweenenD-QUencH HARDenABiLitY teSt

AnD RoUnD BARS Distance from Quenched end of Diameter in inches of Round Bar Specimen where Having equivalent Hardness Hardness Reading is taken At center At Half-Radius At Surface

Sixteenths when Quenched in when Quenched in when Quenched in of an inch oil water oil water oil water

1 .2 .3 .2 .6 .2 .1

2 .4 .6 .5 1.0 .5 1.6

3 .6 1.0 .7 1.3 .8 2.6

4 .8 1.3 .9 1.6 1.0 4.0

5 1.0 1.6 1.1 2.0 1.3 5.0

6 1.2 1.8 1.3 2.2 1.8 6.0

7 1.4 2.0 1.5 2.4 2.2 7.0

8 1.6 2.3 1.8 2.7 2.5

9 1.8 2.5 2.0 3.0 3.0

10 1.9 2.8 2.2 3.3 3.5

11 2.0 3.0 2.5 3.5 4.0

12 2.3 3.2 2.7 3.8 4.7

13 2.4 3.5 2.8 4.0 5.3

14 2.5 3.6 3.0 4.3 5.8

15 2.7 3.7 3.2 4.5 6.5

16 2.9 3.9 3.4 4.7

17 3.0 4.0 3.6 4.9

18 3.1 4.2 3.8 5.0

19 3.3 4.4 4.0 5.3

20 3.4 4.5 4.2 5.4

21 3.5 4.6 4.3 5.6

22 3.6 4.7 4.5 5.7

23 3.7 4.8 4.7 5.9

24 3.9 5.0 4.8 6.0

25 4.0 5.1 4.9

26 4.2 5.2 5.0

28 4.3 5.4 5.1

30 4.4 5.5 5.3

32 4.5 5.6 5.4

Sec . R Page 29

Page 444: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

SSection S

weight tableS

Steel barS

rounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Squares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

hexagons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

octagons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Steel circleS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Steel and aluminum weight FormulaS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Bars, Tubing, Circles, Rings

weight converSion FactorS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Aluminum, Steel, and Other Metals

millimeter converSion chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

weights for other Products

Weights for Sheets, Plates, Shapes, Tubing, etc., will be found in connec-tion with the listings of sizes in the preceding sections of this book.

weightS are ForeStimating PurPoSeS only

All weights in this book are theoretical; that is, they are computed on the basis of the specific gravities of the metals involved.

The weights shown would be accurate if steel and aluminum could always be produced to exact size, but this is seldom possible in commercial practice. Accuracy of dimensions, particularly of hot rolled steel products, is influenced by many factors, such as mill design, heating practice, reduc-tion between passes, roll wear, roll pressure, composition of steel, and standard tolerances.

Therefore, all weight tables should be used for estimating purposes only.

Sec . S Page 1

Page 445: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Steel weight tableS

roundS

weight in Pounds weight in Pounds Size Size in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . inches inch Foot bar bar inches inch Foot bar bar 1/8 .0035 .042 .50 .84 5/32 .0554 .065 .78 1.31 3/16 .0078 .094 1.13 1.88 7/32 .0107 .128 1.54 2.56 1/4 .0139 .167 2.01 3.34 9/32 .0176 .211 2.54 4.23 5/16 .0218 .261 3.13 5.22 11/32 .0263 .316 3.79 6.32 3/8 .0313 .376 4.51 7.52 13/32 .0368 .441 5.29 8.82 7/16 .0426 .512 6.14 10.23 15/32 .0489 .587 7.05 11.75 31/64 .0523 .627 7.53 12.54 1/2 .0557 .668 8.02 13.36 17/32 .0629 .754 9.05 15.09 9/16 .0705 .846 10.15 16.91 19/32 .0785 .942 11.31 18.85 39/64 .0827 .993 11.91 19.85 5/8 .0870 1.044 12.53 20.88 41/64 .0914 1.097 13.16 21.94 21/32 .0959 1.151 13.81 23.02 11/16 .1053 1.263 15.16 25.27 23/32 .1151 1.381 16.57 27.62 47/64 .1201 1.442 17.30 28.83 3/4 .1253 1.504 18.04 30.07 49/64 .1306 1.567 18.80 31.34 25/32 .1359 1.631 19.58 32.63 13/16 .1470 1.765 21.17 35.29 27/32 .1586 1.903 22.83 38.06 55/64 .1645 1.974 23.69 39.48 7/8 .1705 2.046 24.56 40.93 29/32 .1829 2.195 26.34 43.90 15/16 .1958 2.349 28.19 46.98 31/32 .2090 2.508 30.10 50.17 63/64 .2158 2.590 31.08 51.80

1 .2227 2.673 32.07 53.46 1/64 .2294 2.752 33.03 55.05 1/32 .2369 2.843 34.11 56.85 1/16 .2515 3.017 36.21 60.35 1/8 .2819 3.383 40.59 67.66 3/16 .3141 3.769 45.23 75.38 1/4 .3480 4.176 50.12 83.53 5/16 .3837 4.604 55.25 92.09 3/8 .4211 5.053 60.64 101.1 7/16 .4603 5.523 66.28 110.5 1/2 .5012 6.014 72.17 120.3 9/16 .5438 6.526 78.31 130.5 5/8 .5882 7.058 84.70 141.2 11/16 .6343 7.612 91.34 152.2 3/4 .6821 8.186 98.23 163.7 13/16 .7317 8.781 105.4 175.6 7/8 .7831 9.397 112.8 187.9 15/16 .8361 10.03 120.4 200.7

2 .8910 10.69 128.3 213.8 1/16 .9475 11.37 136.4 227.4 1/8 1.006 12.07 144.8 241.4 3/16 1.066 12.79 153.5 255.8 1/4 1.128 13.53 162.4 270.6 5/16 1.191 14.29 171.5 285.9 3/8 1.256 15.08 180.9 301.5 7/16 1.323 15.88 190.6 317.6 1/2 1.392 16.71 200.5 334.1 9/16 1.463 17.55 210.6 351.0 5/8 1.535 18.42 221.0 368.4 11/16 1.609 19.31 231.7 386.1 3/4 1.684 20.21 242.6 404.3 13/16 1.762 21.14 253.7 422.9 7/8 1.841 22.09 265.1 441.9 15/16 1.922 23.06 276.8 461.33 2.005 24.06 288.7 481.1 1/16 2.089 25.07 300.8 501.4 1/8 2.175 26.10 313.2 522.0 3/16 2.263 27.16 325.9 543.1 1/4 2.353 28.23 338.8 564.6 5/16 2.444 29.33 351.9 586.6 3/8 2.537 30.45 365.3 608.9 7/16 2.632 31.58 379.0 631.7 1/2 2.729 32.74 392.9 654.8 9/16 2.827 33.92 407.1 678.4 5/8 2.927 35.12 421.5 702.5 11/16 3.029 36.35 436.1 726.9 3/4 3.132 37.59 451.0 751.7 13/16 3.238 38.85 466.2 777.0 7/8 3.345 40.14 481.6 802.7 15/16 3.453 41.44 497.3 828.84 3.564 42.77 513.2 855.3 1/8 3.790 45.48 545.8 909.6 3/16 3.906 46.87 562.4 937.4 1/4 4.023 48.28 579.3 965.6 5/16 4.142 49.71 596.5 994.2 3/8 4.263 51.16 613.9 1023 7/16 4.386 52.63 631.6 1053 1/2 4.510 54.13 649.5 1083 9/16 4.637 55.64 667.7 1113 5/8 4.765 57.18 686.1 1143 11/16 4.894 58.73 704.8 1175 3/4 5.026 60.31 723.7 1206 7/8 5.294 63.52 762.3 1270 15/16 5.430 65.16 781.9 13035 5.569 66.82 801.9 1336 1/8 5.850 70.21 842.4 1404 1/4 6.139 73.67 884.0 1473 3/8 6.435 77.22 926.6 1544 7/16 6.586 79.03 948.3 1581 1/2 6.738 80.86 970.2 1617 5/8 7.048 84.57 1015 1691 3/4 7.364 88.37 1060 1767 15/16 7.852 94.23 1131 1885

(Continued next page)

Sec . S Page 2

Page 446: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

1/8 .0044 .053 .64 1.06 3/16 .0100 .120 1.44 2.40 1/4 .0177 .213 2.55 4.25 5/16 .0277 .332 3.98 6.64 3/8 .0399 .479 5.74 9.57 7/16 .0543 .651 7.82 13.03 1/2 .0709 .851 10.21 17.02 9/16 .0897 1.077 12.92 21.54 5/8 .1108 1.329 15.95 26.59 11/16 .1340 1.609 19.30 32.17 3/4 .1595 1.914 22.97 38.29 13/16 .1872 2.247 26.96 44.93 7/8 .2171 2.606 31.27 52.11 15/16 .2493 2.991 35.89 59.82 1 .2836 3.403 40.84 68.06 1/16 .3202 3.842 46.10 76.84 1/8 .3589 4.307 51.69 86.14 3/16 .3999 4.799 57.59 95.98 1/4 .4431 5.381 63.81 106.4 5/16 .4885 5.863 70.36 117.3 3/8 .5362 6.434 77.21 128.7 1/2 .6381 7.657 91.89 153.1 9/16 .6924 8.309 99.71 166.2 5/8 .7489 8.987 107.8 179.7 3/4 .8685 10.42 125.1 208.4 7/8 .9970 11.96 143.6 239.3 2 1.134 13.61 163.4 272.3 1/8 1.281 15.37 184.4 307.4 1/4 1.436 17.23 206.7 344.6 3/8 1.600 19.20 230.4 383.9 1/2 1.773 21.27 255.2 425.4 5/8 1.954 23.45 281.4 469.0 3/4 2.145 25.74 308.8 514.7 7/8 2.344 28.13 337.6 562.6 3 2.552 30.63 367.5 612.6 1/4 2.996 35.95 431.4 718.9 1/2 3.474 41.69 500.3 833.8 3/4 3.988 47.86 574.3 957.2 4 4.538 54.45 653.4 1089 1/4 5.123 61.47 737.6 1229 1/2 5.743 68.91 827.0 1378 3/4 6.399 76.78 921.4 1536 5 7.090 85.08 1021 1702 1/2 8.579 102.9 1235 2059 6 10.21 122.5 1470 2450 7 13.90 166.8 2001 3335 8 18.15 217.8 2614 4356 9 22.97 275.6 3308 551210 28.36 340.3 4084 680812 40.84 490.0 5880 980014 55.60 667.2 8004 1334016 72.60 871.2 10456 1742418 91.88 1102 13232 22048

Steel weight tableS

roundS SquareS

weight in Pounds weight in Pounds Size Size in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . inches inch Foot bar bar inches inch Foot bar bar 6 8.019 96.22 1155 1924 1/4 8.701 104.4 1253 2088 1/2 9.411 112.9 1355 2259 3/4 10.15 121.8 1461 2436 7 10.91 131.0 1572 2619 1/4 11.71 140.5 1686 2810 1/2 12.53 150.4 1804 3007 3/4 13.38 160.5 1926 3211 8 14.26 171.1 2053 3421 1/4 15.16 181.9 2183 3638 1/2 16.09 193.1 2317 3862 3/4 17.05 204.6 2456 4093 9 18.04 216.5 2598 4330 1/4 19.06 228.7 2744 4574 1/2 20.10 241.2 2895 4824 3/4 21.17 254.1 3049 5082 10 22.27 267.3 3207 5346 1/4 23.40 280.8 3370 5616 1/2 24.56 294.7 3536 5894 3/4 25.74 308.9 3707 6178 11 26.95 323.4 3881 6468 1/2 29.46 353.5 4242 7070 12 32.07 384.9 4619 7698 1/2 34.80 417.6 5012 8353 13 37.64 451.7 5421 9034 1/2 40.59 487.1 5845 9743 14 43.66 523.9 6287 10478 15 50.12 601.4 7217 12028 16 57.02 684.3 8211 13685 1/2 60.64 727.7 8732 14554 17 64.37 772.5 9269 15449 1/2 68.21 818.6 9823 16371 18 72.17 866.0 10392 17320 19 80.41 964.9 11579 19298 20 89.10 1069 12830 21383 21 98.23 1179 14145 23575 22 107.8 1294 15524 25873 23 117.8 1414 16968 28280 24 128.3 1540 18475 30791 25 139.3 1671 20052 33420 26 150.6 1807 21682 36137 27 162.4 1949 23388 38980 28 174.6 2096 25152 41920 29 187.3 2248 26976 44960 30 200.5 2406 28872 48120 31 214.1 2569 30828 51380 32 228.1 2737 32844 54740 33 242.6 2911 34932 58220 34 257.5 3090 37080 61800 35 272.8 3274 39288 65480 36 288.7 3464 41568 69280 37 304.9 3659 43908 73180 38 321.7 3860 46320 77200 39 338.8 4065 48780 81300 40 356.4 4277 51324 85540Over 40” — Not usually supplied as bars. See weights of steel circles on Pages 9 and 10 of this section.

Sec . S Page 3

Page 447: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

3/16 .0083 .099 1.19 1.98 1/4 .0147 .176 2.11 3.52 5/16 .0229 .275 3.30 5.51 3/8 .0330 .397 4.76 7.93 7/16 .0450 .540 6.48 10.79 1/2 .0587 .705 8.46 14.10 9/16 .0743 .892 10.70 17.84 5/8 .0918 1.101 13.21 22.02 11/16 .1110 1.333 16.00 26.66 3/4 .1322 1.586 19.03 31.72 13/16 .1551 1.861 22.33 37.22 7/8 .1799 2.159 25.91 43.18 15/16 .2065 2.478 29.74 49.56 1 .2349 2.819 33.83 56.38 1/16 .2652 3.183 38.20 63.66 1/8 .2973 3.568 42.82 71.36 3/16 .3313 3.976 47.71 79.52 1/4 .3671 4.405 52.86 88.10 5/16 .4047 4.857 58.28 97.14 3/8 .4442 5.330 63.96 106.6 7/16 .4855 5.826 69.91 116.5 1/2 .5286 6.343 76.12 126.9 9/16 .5736 6.883 82.60 137.7 5/8 .6204 7.445 89.34 148.9 11/16 .6690 8.028 96.34 160.6 3/4 .7195 8.634 103.6 172.7 13/16 .7718 9.262 111.1 185.4 7/8 .8260 9.912 118.9 198.2 15/16 .8819 10.58 127.0 211.6 2 .9398 11.28 135.4 225.6 1/8 1.061 12.73 152.8 254.6 3/16 1.124 13.49 161.9 269.8 1/4 1.189 14.27 171.2 285.4 3/8 1.325 15.90 190.8 318.0 7/16 1.396 16.75 201.0 335.0 1/2 1.468 17.62 211.4 352.4 5/8 1.619 19.43 233.2 388.6 3/4 1.777 21.32 255.8 426.4 7/8 1.942 23.30 279.6 466.0 3 2.114 25.37 304.4 507.4 1/8 2.294 27.53 330.4 550.6 1/2 2.878 34.54 414.5 690.8

Steel weight tableS

heXagonS octagonS

weight in Pounds weight in Pounds Size Size in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . inches inch Foot bar bar inches inch Foot bar bar 3/16 .0086 .104 1.24 2.07 1/4 .0154 .184 2.21 3.68 5/16 .0240 .288 3.45 5.76 3/8 .0345 .415 4.97 8.29 7/16 .0470 .564 6.77 11.28 1/2 .0614 .737 8.84 14.74 9/16 .0777 .933 11.19 18.65 5/8 .0959 1.151 13.82 23.03 11/16 .1161 1.393 16.72 27.86 3/4 .1382 1.658 19.89 33.16 13/16 .1621 1.946 23.35 38.91 7/8 .1880 2.257 27.08 45.13 15/16 .2159 2.590 13.08 51.811 .2456 2.947 35.37 58.95 1/16 .2773 3.327 39.93 66.54 1/8 .3108 3.730 44.76 74.60 3/16 .3463 4.156 49.87 83.12 1/4 .3838 4.605 55.26 92.10 5/16 .4231 5.077 60.93 101.5 3/8 .4643 5.572 66.87 111.4 7/16 .5075 6.090 73.08 121.8 1/2 .5526 6.631 79.56 132.6 9/16 .5996 7.196 86.35 143.9 5/8 .6485 7.783 93.39 155.7 11/16 .6994 8.393 100.7 167.9 3/4 .7522 9.026 108.3 180.5 13/16 .8068 9.682 116.2 193.6 7/8 .8634 10.36 124.3 207.2 15/16 .9220 11.06 132.8 221.32 .9824 11.79 141.5 235.8 1/8 1.109 13.31 159.7 266.2 3/16 1.175 14.10 169.2 282.1 1/4 1.243 14.92 179.0 298.4 3/8 1.385 16.62 199.5 332.5 7/16 1.459 17.51 210.1 350.2 1/2 1.535 18.42 221.0 368.4 5/8 1.692 20.31 243.7 406.2 3/4 1.857 22.29 267.5 445.8 7/8 2.030 24.36 292.3 487.23 2.210 26.53 318.3 530.5 1/8 2.398 28.78 345.4 575.6 1/4 2.594 31.13 373.6 622.6 1/2 3.009 36.10 433.2 722.1 3/4 3.454 41.45 497.3 828.94 3.930 47.16 565.9 943.1

Sec . S Page 4

Page 448: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

3/16

x 1/4 .0133 .160 1.91 3.19 5/16 .0166 .199 2.39 3.99 3/8 .0199 .239 2.87 4.79 7/16 .0233 .279 3.35 5.58 1/2 .0266 .319 3.83 6.38 5/8 .0332 .399 4.79 7.98 3/4 .0399 .479 5.74 9.57 7/8 .0465 .558 6.70 11.17 1 .0532 .638 7.66 12.76 1 1/8 .0598 .718 8.61 14.36 1 1/4 .0665 .798 9.57 15.95 1 3/8 .0731 .877 10.53 17.55 1 1/2 .0798 .957 11.49 19.14 1 3/4 .0931 1.117 13.40 22.33 2 .1064 1.276 15.31 25.52 2 1/4 .1196 1.436 17.23 28.71 2 1/2 .1329 1.595 19.14 31.91 2 3/4 .1462 1.755 21.06 35.10 3 .1595 1.914 22.97 38.29 3 1/2 .1861 2.233 26.80 44.67 4 .2127 2.552 30.63 51.05 4 1/2 .2393 2.871 34.46 57.43 5 .2659 3.191 38.29 63.81 6 .3191 3.829 45.94 76.57 8 .4254 5.105 61.26 102.1 10 .5318 6.381 76.57 127.6 12 .6381 7.657 91.89 153.11/4x 5/16 .0222 .266 3.19 5.32 3/8 .0266 .319 3.83 6.38 7/16 .0310 .372 4.47 7.44 1/2 .0355 .425 5.11 8.51 9/16 .0399 .479 5.74 9.57 5/8 .0443 .532 6.38 10.64 3/4 .0532 .638 7.66 12.76 7/8 .0620 .745 8.93 14.89 1 .0709 .851 10.21 17.02 1 1/8 .0798 .957 11.49 19.14 1 1/4 .0886 1.064 12.76 21.27 1 3/8 .0975 1.170 14.04 23.40 1 1/2 .1064 1.276 15.31 25.52 1 5/8 .1152 1.383 16.59 27.65 1 3/4 .1241 1.489 17.87 29.78 2 .1418 1.702 20.42 34.03 2 1/4 .1595 1.914 22.97 38.29 2 1/2 .1773 2.127 25.52 42.54 2 3/4 .1950 2.340 28.08 46.79 3 .2127 2.552 30.63 51.05 3 1/4 .2304 2.765 33.18 55.30 3 1/2 .2482 2.978 35.73 59.56 3 3/4 .2659 3.191 38.29 63.81 4 .2836 3.403 40.84 68.06 4 1/2 .3191 3.829 45.94 76.57 4 3/4 .3368 4.041 48.49 80.82

(Continued next page)

Steel weight tableS

FlatS

weight in Pounds weight in Pounds Size Size in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . inches inch Foot bar bar inches inch Foot bar bar1/16x 1/4 .0044 .053 .64 1.06 3/8 .0066 .080 .96 1.60 1/2 .0089 .106 1.28 2.13 5/8 .0111 .133 1.60 2.66 3/4 .0133 .160 1.91 3.19 7/8 .0155 .186 2.23 3.72 1 .0177 .213 2.55 4.25 1 1/8 .0199 .239 2.87 4.79 1 1/4 .0222 .266 3.19 5.32 1 1/2 .0266 .319 3.83 6.38 1 3/4 .0310 .372 4.47 7.45 2 .0355 .425 5.11 8.51 2 1/2 .0443 .532 6.38 10.64 3 .0532 .638 7.66 12.763/32x 3/8 .0100 .120 1.44 2.39 1/2 .0133 .160 1.91 3.19 5/8 .0166 .199 2.39 3.99 3/4 .0199 .239 2.87 4.79 7/8 .0233 .279 3.35 5.58 1 .0266 .319 3.83 6.38 1 1/8 .0299 .359 4.31 7.18 1 1/4 .0332 .399 4.79 7.98 1 1/2 .0399 .479 5.74 9.57 1 3/4 .0465 .558 6.70 11.17 2 .0532 .638 7.66 12.76 2 1/2 .0665 .798 9.57 15.95 3 .0798 .957 11.49 19.141/8 x 3/16 .0066 .080 .96 1.60 1/4 .0089 .106 1.28 2.13 5/16 .0111 .133 1.60 2.66 3/8 .0133 .160 1.91 3.19 1/2 .0177 .213 2.55 4.25 5/8 .0222 .266 3.19 5.32 3/4 .0266 .319 3.83 6.38 7/8 .0310 .372 4.47 7.45 1 .0355 .425 5.11 8.51 1 1/8 .0399 .479 5.74 9.57 1 1/4 .0443 .532 6.38 10.64 1 1/2 .0532 .638 7.66 12.76 1 3/4 .0620 .745 8.93 14.89 2 .0709 .851 10.21 17.02 2 1/4 .0798 .957 11.49 19.14 2 1/2 .0886 1.064 12.76 21.27 2 3/4 .0975 1.170 14.04 23.40 3 .1064 1.276 15.31 25.52 3 1/2 .1241 1.489 17.87 29.78 4 .1418 1.702 20.42 34.03 4 1/2 .1595 1.914 22.97 38.29 5 .1773 2.127 25.52 42.54 6 .2127 2.552 30.63 51.05 8 .2836 3.403 40.84 68.06 10 .3545 4.254 51.05 85.08 12 .4254 5.105 61.26 102.1

Sec . S Page 5

Page 449: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

3/8x 3 .3191 3.829 45.94 76.57 3 1/4 .3436 4.148 49.77 82.95 3 3/8 .3589 4.307 51.69 86.14 3 1/2 .3722 4.467 53.60 89.33 3 3/4 .3988 4.786 57.43 95.72 4 .4254 5.105 61.26 102.1 4 1/4 .4520 5.424 65.09 108.5 4 1/2 .4786 5.743 68.91 114.9 5 .5318 6.381 76.57 127.6 5 1/2 .5849 7.019 84.23 140.4 6 .6381 7.657 91.89 153.1 6 1/2 .6913 8.295 99.54 165.9 7 .7445 8.933 107.2 178.7 8 .8508 10.21 122.5 204.2 9 .9572 11.49 137.9 229.8 10 1.064 12.76 153.1 255.2 12 1.276 15.31 183.8 306.37/16

x 1/2 .0620 .745 8.93 14.89 5/8 .0775 .931 11.17 18.61 3/4 .0931 1.117 13.40 22.33 7/8 .1086 1.303 15.63 26.06 1 .1241 1.489 17.87 29.78 1 1/4 .1551 1.861 22.33 37.22 1 1/2 .1861 2.333 26.80 44.67 1 3/4 .2171 2.606 31.27 52.11 2 .2482 2.978 35.73 59.56 2 1/4 .2792 3.350 40.20 67.00 2 1/2 .3102 3.722 44.67 74.45 3 .3722 4.467 53.60 89.33 3 1/2 .4343 5.211 62.53 104.2 4 .4963 5.956 71.47 119.1 5 .6204 7.445 89.33 148.9 6 .7445 8.933 107.2 178.71/2x 5/8 .0886 1.064 12.76 21.27 3/4 .1064 1.276 15.31 25.52 7/8 .1241 1.489 17.87 29.78 1 .1418 1.702 20.42 34.03 1 1/8 .1595 1.914 22.97 38.29 1 1/4 .1773 2.127 25.52 42.54 1 3/8 .1950 2.340 28.08 46.79 1 1/2 .2127 2.552 30.63 51.05 1 5/8 .2304 2.765 33.18 55.30 1 3/4 .2482 2.978 35.73 59.56 2 .2836 3.403 40.84 68.06 2 1/4 .3191 3.829 45.94 76.57 2 1/2 .3545 4.254 51.05 85.08 2 3/4 .3900 4.679 56.15 93.59 3 .4254 5.105 61.26 102.1 3 1/4 .4609 5.530 66.36 110.6 3 1/2 .4963 5.956 71.47 119.1 3 3/4 .5813 6.381 76.57 127.6 4 .5672 6.806 81.68 136.1 4 1/4 .6027 7.232 86.78 144.6

(Continued next page)

Steel weight tableS

FlatS(Continued)

weight in Pounds weight in Pounds Size Size in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . inches inch Foot bar bar inches inch Foot bar bar1/4x 5 .3545 4.254 51.05 85.08 5 1/2 .3900 4.679 56.15 93.59 6 .4254 5.105 61.26 102.1 6 1/2 .4609 5.530 66.36 110.6 7 .4963 5.956 71.47 119.1 8 .5672 6.806 81.68 136.1 9 .6381 7.657 91.88 153.1 10 .7090 8.508 102.1 170.2 12 .8508 10.21 122.5 204.25/16x 3/8 .0332 .399 4.79 7.98 1/2 .0443 .532 6.38 10.64 5/8 .0554 .665 7.98 13.29 3/4 .0665 .798 9.57 15.95 7/8 .0775 .931 11.17 18.61 1 .0886 1.064 12.76 21.27 1 1/8 .0997 1.196 14.36 23.93 1 1/4 .1108 1.329 15.95 26.59 1 3/8 .1219 1.462 17.55 29.25 1 1/2 .1329 1.595 19.14 31.91 1 5/8 .1440 1.729 20.74 34.56 1 3/4 .1551 1.861 22.33 37.22 2 .1773 2.127 25.52 42.54 2 1/4 .1994 2.393 28.71 47.86 2 1/2 .2216 2.659 31.91 53.18 2 3/4 .2437 2.925 35.10 58.50 3 .2659 3.191 38.29 63.81 3 1/2 .3102 3.722 44.68 74.45 4 .3545 4.254 51.05 85.08 4 1/2 .3988 4.786 57.43 95.72 5 .4431 5.318 63.81 106.4 5 1/2 .4874 5.849 70.19 117.0 6 .5318 6.381 76.57 127.6 7 .6204 7.445 89.33 148.9 8 .7090 8.508 102.1 170.2 10 .8863 10.64 127.6 212.7 12 1.064 12.76 153.1 255.23/8x 7/16 .0465 .558 6.70 11.17 1/2 .0532 .638 7.66 12.76 5/8 .0665 .798 9.57 15.95 3/4 .0798 .957 11.49 19.14 7/8 .0931 1.117 13.40 22.33 1 .1064 1.276 15.31 25.52 1 1/8 .1196 1.436 17.23 28.71 1 1/4 .1329 1.595 19.14 31.91 1 3/8 .1462 1.755 21.06 35.10 1 1/2 .1595 1.914 22.97 38.29 1 5/8 .1728 2.074 24.89 41.48 1 3/4 .1861 2.233 26.80 44.67 2 .2127 2.552 30.63 51.05 2 1/4 .2393 2.871 34.46 57.43 2 1/2 .2659 3.191 38.29 63.81 2 3/4 .2925 3.510 42.11 70.19

Sec . S Page 6

Page 450: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

3/4x 4 .8508 10.21 122.5 204.2 4 1/2 .9572 11.49 137.8 229.7 5 1.064 12.76 153.1 255.2 5 1/2 1.170 14.04 168.5 280.8 6 1.276 15.31 183.8 306.3 7 1.489 17.87 214.4 357.3 8 1.702 20.42 245.0 408.4 9 1.914 22.97 275.7 459.4 10 2.127 25.52 306.3 510.5 12 2.552 30.63 367.5 612.67/8x 1 .2482 2.978 35.73 59.56 1 1/8 .2792 3.350 40.20 67.00 1 1/4 .3102 3.722 44.67 74.45 1 3/8 .3412 4.094 49.13 81.89 1 1/2 .3722 4.467 53.60 89.33 1 3/4 .4343 5.211 62.53 104.2 2 .4963 5.956 71.47 119.1 2 1/4 .5583 6.700 80.40 134.0 2 1/2 .6204 7.445 89.33 148.9 2 3/4 .6824 8.189 98.27 163.8 3 .7445 8.933 107.2 178.7 3 1/2 .8685 10.42 125.1 208.4 4 .9926 11.91 142.9 238.2 4 1/2 1.117 13.40 160.8 268.0 5 1.241 14.89 178.7 297.8 6 1.489 17.87 214.4 357.3 7 1.737 20.84 250.1 416.9 8 1.985 23.82 285.9 476.4 10 2.482 29.78 357.4 595.6 12 2.975 35.73 428.4 714.71x 1 1/8 .3191 3.829 45.94 76.57 1 1/4 .3545 4.254 51.05 85.08 1 3/8 .3900 4.679 56.15 93.59 1 1/2 .4254 5.105 61.26 102.1 1 5/8 .4609 5.530 66.36 110.6 1 3/4 .4963 5.956 71.47 119.1 2 .5672 6.806 81.68 136.1 2 1/4 .6381 7.657 91.89 153.1 2 1/2 .7090 8.508 102.1 170.2 2 3/4 .7799 9.359 112.3 187.2 3 .8508 10.21 122.5 204.2 3 1/4 .9217 11.06 132.7 221.2 3 1/2 .9926 11.91 142.9 238.2 4 1.134 13.61 163.4 272.3 4 1/2 1.276 15.31 183.8 306.3 5 1.418 17.02 204.2 340.3 5 1/2 1.560 18.72 224.6 374.4 6 1.702 20.42 245.0 408.4 6 1/2 1.843 22.12 265.4 442.4 7 1.985 23.82 285.9 476.4 8 2.269 27.23 326.7 544.4 9 2.552 30.63 367.5 612.6 10 2.836 34.03 408.4 680.6 11 3.120 37.44 449.3 748.8 12 3.403 40.84 490.1 816.8

(Continued next page)

Steel weight tableS

FlatS(Continued)

weight in Pounds weight in Pounds Size Size in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . inches inch Foot bar bar inches inch Foot bar bar

1/2x 4 1/2 .6381 7.657 91.89 153.1 4 3/4 .6736 8.083 97.00 161.7 5 .7090 8.508 102.1 170.2 5 1/2 .7799 9.359 112.3 187.2 6 .8508 10.21 122.5 204.2 6 1/2 .9217 11.06 132.7 221.2 7 .9926 11.91 142.9 238.2 8 1.134 13.61 163.4 272.3 9 1.276 15.31 183.8 306.3 10 1.418 17.02 204.2 340.3 12 1.702 20.42 245.0 408.45/8x 3/4 .1329 1.595 19.14 31.91 7/8 .1551 1.861 22.33 37.22 1 .1773 2.127 25.52 42.54 1 1/8 .1994 2.393 28.71 47.86 1 1/4 .2216 2.659 31.91 53.18 1 3/8 .2437 2.925 35.10 58.49 1 1/2 .2659 3.191 38.29 63.81 1 5/8 .2880 3.456 41.47 69.12 1 3/4 .3102 3.722 44.67 74.45 2 .3545 4.254 51.05 85.08 2 1/4 .3988 4.786 57.43 95.72 2 1/2 .4431 5.318 63.81 106.4 2 3/4 .4874 5.849 70.19 117.0 3 .5318 6.381 76.57 127.6 3 1/4 .5761 6.913 82.95 138.3 3 1/2 .6204 7.445 89.33 148.9 4 .7090 8.508 102.1 170.2 4 1/2 .7976 9.572 114.9 191.4 5 .8863 10.64 127.6 212.7 5 1/2 .9749 11.70 140.4 234.0 6 1.064 12.76 153.1 255.2 7 1.241 14.89 178.7 297.8 8 1.418 17.02 204.2 340.3 10 1.773 21.27 255.2 425.4 12 2.127 25.52 306.3 510.53/4x 7/8 .1861 2.233 26.80 44.67 1 .2127 2.552 30.63 51.05 1 1/8 .2393 2.871 34.46 57.43 1 1/4 .2659 3.191 38.29 63.81 1 3/8 .2925 3.510 42.11 70.19 1 1/2 .3191 3.829 45.94 76.57 1 5/8 .3456 4.148 49.77 82.95 1 3/4 .3722 4.467 53.60 89.33 2 .4254 5.105 61.26 102.1 2 1/4 .4786 5.743 68.91 114.9 2 1/2 .5318 6.381 76.57 127.6 2 3/4 .5849 7.019 84.23 140.4 3 .6381 7.657 91.89 153.1 3 1/4 .6913 8.295 99.54 165.9 3 1/2 .7445 8.933 107.2 178.7 3 3/4 .7976 9.572 114.9 191.4

Sec . S Page 7

Page 451: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

Steel weight tableS

FlatS(Continued)

weight in Pounds weight in Pounds Size Size in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . in Per Per 12-Ft . 20-Ft . inches inch Foot bar bar inches inch Foot bar bar

11/8x 1 1/4 .3988 4.786 57.43 95.72 1 1/2 .4786 5.743 68.92 114.9 1 3/4 .5583 6.700 80.40 134.0 2 .6381 7.657 91.89 153.1 2 1/4 .7179 8.614 103.4 172.3 2 1/2 .7976 9.572 114.9 191.4 3 .9572 11.49 137.8 229.7 4 1.276 15.31 183.8 306.3 5 1.595 19.14 229.7 382.9 6 1.914 22.97 275.7 459.4 11/4x 1 3/8 .4874 5.849 70.19 117.0 1 1/2 .5318 6.381 76.57 127.6 1 5/8 .5761 6.913 82.96 138.3 1 3/4 .6204 7.445 89.33 148.9 2 .7090 8.508 102.1 170.2 2 1/4 .7976 9.572 114.9 191.4 2 1/2 .8863 10.64 127.6 221.7 2 3/4 .9749 11.70 140.4 234.0 3 1.064 12.76 153.1 255.2 3 1/4 1.152 13.82 165.8 276.4 3 1/2 1.241 14.89 178.7 297.8 3 3/4 1.329 15.95 191.4 319.0 4 1.418 17.02 204.2 340.3 4 1/2 1.595 19.14 229.7 382.9 5 1.773 21.27 255.2 425.4 5 1/2 1.950 23.40 280.8 467.9 6 2.127 25.52 306.3 510.5 7 2.482 29.78 357.3 595.6 8 2.836 34.03 408.4 680.6 9 3.191 38.29 459.5 765.8 10 3.545 42.54 510.5 850.8 12 4.254 51.05 612.6 1021

11/2x 1 5/8 .6913 8.295 99.54 165.9 1 3/4 .7445 8.933 107.2 178.7 2 .8508 10.21 122.5 204.2 2 1/4 .9572 11.49 137.8 229.7 2 1/2 1.064 12.76 153.1 255.2 2 3/4 1.170 14.04 168.5 280.8 3 1.276 15.31 183.8 306.3 3 1/4 1.383 16.59 199.1 331.8 3 1/2 1.489 17.87 214.4 357.3 4 1.702 20.42 245.0 408.4 4 1/2 1.914 22.97 275.7 459.4 5 2.127 25.52 306.3 510.5 5 1/2 2.340 28.08 336.9 561.5 6 2.552 30.63 367.5 612.6 7 2.978 35.73 428.8 714.7 8 3.403 40.84 490.1 816.8 9 3.829 45.94 551.3 918.8 10 4.254 51.05 612.6 1021 12 5.105 61.26 735.1 1225

13/4x 2 .9926 11.91 142.9 238.2 2 1/4 1.117 13.40 160.8 268.0 2 1/2 1.241 14.89 178.7 297.8 2 3/4 1.365 16.38 196.5 327.6 3 1.489 17.87 214.4 357.3 3 1/2 1.737 20.84 250.1 416.9 4 1.985 23.82 285.9 476.4 4 1/2 2.233 26.80 321.6 536.0 5 2.482 29.78 357.3 595.6 6 2.978 35.73 428.8 714.7 8 3.970 47.64 571.7 952.8 9 4.467 53.60 643.2 1072 10 4.963 59.56 714.7 1191

2x 2 1/4 1.276 15.31 183.8 306.3 2 1/2 1.418 17.02 204.2 340.3 2 3/4 1.560 18.72 224.6 374.4 3 1.702 20.42 245.0 408.4 3 1/4 1.843 22.12 265.4 442.4 3 1/2 1.985 23.82 285.9 476.4 3 3/4 2.127 25.52 306.2 510.4 4 2.269 27.23 326.7 544.5 4 1/2 2.552 30.63 367.5 612.6 5 2.836 34.03 408.4 680.6 5 1/2 3.120 37.44 449.3 748.8 6 3.403 40.84 490.1 816.8 7 3.970 47.64 571.7 952.9 8 4.538 54.45 653.4 1089 10 5.672 68.06 816.8 1361 12 6.806 81.68 980.1 1634

21/2x 2 3/4 1.949 23.40 280.8 468.0 3 2.127 25.52 306.3 510.5 3 1/2 2.482 29.78 357.3 595.6 4 2.836 34.03 408.4 680.6 4 1/2 3.191 38.29 459.4 765.7 5 3.545 42.54 510.5 850.8 5 1/2 3.900 46.79 561.5 935.8 6 4.254 51.05 612.6 1021 7 4.963 59.56 714.7 1191 8 5.672 68.06 816.8 1361 9 6.381 76.57 918.9 1531 10 7.090 85.08 1021 1702 11 7.799 93.59 1123 1872 12 8.508 102.1 1225 2042

3x 3 1/2 2.978 35.73 428.8 714.7 4 3.403 40.84 490.1 816.8 4 1/2 3.829 45.94 551.3 918.9 5 4.254 51.05 612.6 1021 6 5.105 61.26 735.1 1225 7 5.957 71.47 857.6 1429 8 6.806 81.68 980.1 1634 10 8.508 102.1 1225 2042 12 10.21 122.5 1470 2450

Sec . S Page 8

Page 452: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

weightS oF Steel circleSFor Circumferences and Areas of Circles, see Section Q

diameter in 3/16” 1/4” 5/16” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 1” inches thick thick thick thick thick thick thick thick thick

2 .17 .22 .28 .33 .45 .56 .67 .78 .89 1/4 .21 .28 .35 .42 .56 .70 .85 .99 1.13 1/2 .26 .35 .44 .52 .70 .87 1.04 1.22 1.39 3/4 .32 .42 .53 .63 .84 1.05 1.26 1.47 1.68 3 .38 .50 .63 .75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 1/4 .44 .59 .74 .88 1.18 1.47 1.76 2.06 2.35 1/2 .51 .68 .85 1.02 1.36 1.71 2.05 2.39 2.73 3/4 .59 .78 .98 1.17 1.57 1.96 2.35 2.74 3.12 4 .67 .89 1.11 1.34 1.78 2.23 2.67 3.12 3.56 1/4 .75 1.01 1.26 1.51 2.01 2.51 3.02 3.52 4.02 1/2 .85 1.13 1.41 1.69 2.26 2.82 3.38 3.95 4.51 3/4 .94 1.26 1.57 1.88 2.51 3.14 3.77 4.40 5.03 5 1.04 1.39 1.74 2.09 2.78 3.48 4.18 4.87 5.57 1/4 1.15 1.53 1.92 2.30 3.07 3.84 4.60 5.37 6.14 1/2 1.26 1.68 2.11 2.53 3.37 4.21 5.05 5.90 6.74 3/4 1.38 1.84 2.30 2.76 3.68 4.60 5.52 6.44 7.36 6 1.50 2.00 2.51 3.01 4.01 5.01 6.01 7.02 8.02 1/4 1.63 2.18 2.72 3.26 4.35 5.44 6.53 7.61 8.70 1/2 1.76 2.35 2.94 3.53 4.71 5.88 7.06 8.23 9.41 3/4 1.90 2.54 3.17 3.81 5.07 6.34 7.61 8.88 10.15 7 2.05 2.73 3.41 4.09 5.46 6.82 8.19 9.55 10.91 1/4 2.20 2.93 3.66 4.39 5.85 7.32 8.78 10.24 11.71 1/2 2.35 3.13 3.92 4.70 6.26 7.83 9.40 10.96 12.53 3/4 2.51 3.34 4.18 5.02 6.69 8.36 10.03 11.71 13.38 8 2.67 3.56 4.46 5.35 7.13 8.91 10.69 12.47 14.26 1/4 2.84 3.79 4.74 5.69 7.58 9.47 11.37 13.27 15.16 1/2 3.18 4.02 5.03 6.04 8.05 10.06 12.07 14.08 16.09 3/4 3.20 4.26 5.33 6.40 8.53 10.66 12.79 14.92 17.05 9 3.38 4.51 5.64 6.77 9.02 11.28 13.53 15.79 18.04 1/4 3.57 4.76 5.96 7.15 9.53 11.91 14.29 16.68 19.06 1/2 3.77 5.03 6.28 7.54 10.05 12.56 15.08 17.59 20.10 3/4 3.97 5.29 6.62 7.94 10.59 13.23 15.88 18.53 21.17 10 4.18 5.57 6.96 8.35 11.14 13.92 16.71 19.49 22.27 1/4 4.39 5.85 7.31 8.78 11.70 14.63 17.55 20.48 23.40 1/2 4.60 6.14 7.67 9.21 12.28 15.35 18.42 21.49 24.56 3/4 4.83 6.44 8.04 9.65 12.87 16.09 19.31 22.52 25.74 11 5.05 6.74 8.42 10.11 13.48 16.84 20.21 23.58 26.95 1/4 5.29 7.05 8.81 10.57 14.10 17.62 21.14 24.67 28.19 1/2 5.52 7.37 9.21 11.05 14.73 18.41 22.09 25.78 29.46 3/4 5.77 7.69 9.61 11.53 15.38 19.22 23.06 26.91 30.75 12 6.01 8.02 10.02 12.03 16.04 20.05 24.06 28.07 32.07 1/4 6.27 8.36 10.45 12.53 16.71 20.89 25.07 29.25 33.42 1/2 6.53 8.70 10.88 13.05 17.40 21.75 26.10 30.45 34.80 3/4 6.79 9.05 11.32 13.58 18.10 22.63 27.16 31.68 36.21 13 7.06 9.41 11.76 14.12 18.82 23.53 28.23 32.94 37.64 1/4 7.33 9.78 12.22 14.66 19.55 24.44 29.33 34.22 39.10 1/2 7.61 10.15 12.69 15.22 20.30 25.37 30.45 35.52 40.59 3/4 7.90 10.53 13.16 15.79 21.06 26.32 31.58 36.85 42.11 14 8.18 10.92 13.64 16.37 21.83 27.29 32.74 38.20 43.66 1/4 8.48 11.31 14.14 16.96 22.62 28.27 33.92 39.58 45.23 1/2 8.78 11.71 14.64 17.56 23.42 29.27 35.12 40.98 46.83 3/4 9.09 12.12 15.14 18.17 24.23 30.29 36.35 42.40 48.46 15 9.40 12.53 15.66 18.79 25.06 31.32 37.59 43.85 50.12 1/4 9.71 12.95 16.19 19.43 25.90 32.38 38.85 45.33 51.80 1/2 10.03 13.38 16.72 20.07 26.76 33.45 40.14 46.82 53.51 3/4 10.36 13.81 17.27 20.72 27.36 34.53 41.44 48.35 55.25 16 10.69 14.26 17.82 21.38 28.51 35.64 42.77 49.84 57.02 1/4 11.03 14.71 18.38 22.06 29.41 36.76 44.11 51.47 58.82 1/2 11.37 15.16 18.95 22.74 30.38 37.90 45.48 53.06 60.64 3/4 11.72 15.62 19.53 23.44 31.25 39.06 46.87 54.68 62.49

(Continued next page)

Sec . S Page 9

Page 453: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

weightS oF Steel circleS (Continued) For Circumferences and Areas of Circles, see Section Q

diameter in 3/16” 1/4” 5/16” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 1” inches thick thick thick thick thick thick thick thick thick

17 12.07 16.09 20.12 24.14 32.19 40.23 48.28 56.33 64.37 18 13.53 18.04 22.55 27.06 36.08 45.10 54.13 63.15 72.17 19 15.08 20.10 25.13 30.15 40.20 50.25 60.31 70.36 80.41 20 16.70 22.28 27.84 33.41 44.55 55.68 67.82 77.96 89.10 21 18.42 24.56 30.70 36.84 49.11 61.39 73.67 85.95 98.23 22 20.21 26.95 33.69 40.43 53.90 67.38 80.86 94.33 108 23 22.09 29.46 36.82 44.19 58.91 73.64 88.37 103 118 24 24.05 32.08 40.10 48.11 64.15 80.18 96.23 112 128 25 26.10 34.81 43.51 52.21 69.61 87.01 104 122 139 26 28.23 37.65 47.06 56.47 75.29 94.11 113 132 151 27 30.44 40.60 50.75 60.89 81.19 101 122 142 162 28 32.74 43.66 54.57 65.49 87.31 109 131 153 175 29 35.12 46.84 58.54 70.25 93.66 117 140 164 187 30 37.58 50.12 62.65 75.18 100 125 150 175 200 31 40.13 53.52 66.90 80.27 108 134 161 187 214 32 42.76 57.03 71.28 85.53 114 143 171 200 228 33 45.48 60.65 75.81 90.96 121 152 182 212 243 34 48.28 64.38 80.47 96.56 129 161 193 225 257 35 51.16 68.22 86.27 102 136 171 205 239 273 36 54.12 72.17 90.21 108 144 180 217 253 289 37 57.17 76.24 95.30 114 152 191 229 267 303 38 60.30 80.42 101 121 161 201 241 281 322 39 63.52 84.70 106 127 169 212 254 296 339 40 66.82 89.10 11 134 178 223 267 312 356 41 70.20 93.61 117 140 187 234 281 328 374 42 73.67 98.24 123 147 196 246 295 344 393 43 77.21 103 129 154 206 257 309 360 412 44 80.84 108 135 162 216 270 323 377 431 45 84.56 113 141 169 226 282 338 395 451 46 88.36 118 147 177 236 295 353 412 471 47 92.25 123 154 185 246 308 369 431 492 48 96.22 128 160 192 257 321 385 449 513 49 100 134 167 201 267 334 401 468 535 50 104 139 174 209 278 348 418 487 557 51 109 145 181 217 290 362 434 507 579 52 113 151 188 226 301 376 452 527 602 53 117 156 196 235 313 391 469 547 626 54 122 162 203 244 325 406 487 568 650 55 126 168 211 253 337 421 505 590 674 56 131 175 218 262 349 437 524 611 699 57 136 181 226 271 362 452 543 633 724 58 140 187 234 281 375 468 562 656 749 59 145 194 242 291 388 485 582 678 775 60 150 200 251 301 401 501 601 702 802 61 155 207 259 311 414 518 622 725 829 62 161 214 268 321 428 535 642 749 856 63 166 221 276 332 442 553 663 774 884 64 171 228 285 342 456 570 684 798 912 65 176 235 294 353 471 588 706 823 941 66 182 243 303 364 485 606 728 849 970 67 187 250 312 375 500 625 750 875 1000 68 193 258 322 386 515 644 772 901 1030

larger diameterS Procedure example — 120” circle, 1” thick

Find weight of a circle one-half Weight of 60” Circle . . . . . . 802 Lbs. the diameter of the circle desired x4 and multiply by 4. Weight of 120” Circle . . . . 3208 Lbs.

Sec . S Page 10

Page 454: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

weight FormulaS

Steel bar weights are based on .2836 lb. per cubic inch. Aluminum weights are based on .098 lb. per cubic inch, which applies to 1100 alloy. (See next page for conversion factors for other alloys.)

roundS

Steel: Lbs. per lineal foot = 2.6729 X D2

Lbs. per lineal inch = .22274 x D2

aluminum: Lbs. per lineal foot = .924 x D2

D = Size in inches

SquareS

Steel: Lbs. per lineal foot = 3.4032 x D2

Lbs. per lineal inch = .2836 x D2

aluminum: Lbs. per lineal foot = 1.18 X D2

D = Size in inches

heXagonS

Steel: Lbs. per lineal foot = 2.9473 x D2

Lbs. per lineal inch = .2456 X D2

aluminum: Lbs. per lineal foot = 1.02 x D2

D = Size in inches

octagonS

Steel: Lbs. per lineal foot = 2.8193 x D2

Lbs. per lineal inch = .23494 x D2

aluminum: Lbs. per lineal foot = .974 x D2

D = Size in inches

FlatS

Steel: Lbs. per lineal foot = 3.4032 x T x W Lbs. per lineal inch = .2836 x T x W

aluminum: Lbs. per lineal foot = 1.18 x T x W

T = Thickness in inchesW = Width in inches

tubing

Steel: Lbs. per lineal foot = 10.68 x (OD - W) x W Lbs. per lineal inch = .89 x (OD - W) x W

aluminum: Lbs. per lineal foot = 3.70 x (OD - W) x W OD = Outside Diameter to 3 decimal places W = Wall Thickness to 3 decimal places

circleS

Steel: Wt. of Circle in Lbs. = .22274 x T x D2

aluminum: Wt. of Circle in Lbs. = .077 x T x D2

D = Diameter in inches T = Thickness in inches

ringS

Steel: Wt. of Ring in Lbs. = .22274 x T x (OD2 — ID2)

aluminum: Wt. of Ring in Lbs. = .077 x T x (OD2 — ID2) OD = Outside Diameter in inches ID = Inside Diameter in inches T = Thickness in inches

dw

t

d w

od

d

dt

od

dt

id

Sec . S Page 11

Page 455: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

weight converSion FactorS density density (weight multiply (weight multiply to obtain lbs . per weight of to obtain lbs . per weight of weight of cubic inch) Steel by weight of cubic inch) Steel by

Aluminum . . . . . . . . . .0.098 .3462

1100 Aluminum . . . . .0.098 .3462

2011 Aluminum . . . . .0.102 .3604

2014 Aluminum . . . . .0.101 .3568

2017 Aluminum . . . . .0.101 .3568

2024 Aluminum . . . . .0.101 .3568

3003 Aluminum . . . . .0.099 .3498

5005 Aluminum . . . . .0.098 .3462

5052 Aluminum . . . . .0.097 .3427

5056 Aluminum . . . . .0.095 .3356

5083 Aluminum . . . . .0.096 .3392

5086 Aluminum . . . . .0.096 .3392

6061 Aluminum . . . . .0.098 .3462

6063 Aluminum . . . . .0.097 .3427

7075 Aluminum . . . . .0.101 .3568

7178 Aluminum . . . . .0.102 .3604

Gold . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.698 2.466

Tungsten . . . . . . . . . .0.697 2.462

Tantalum . . . . . . . . . .0.600 2.120

Lead . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.410 1.448

Silver . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.379 1.339

Molybdenum. . . . . . . .0.369 1.303

Copper . . . . . . . . . . . .0.324 1.144

Nickel . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.322 1.137

Columbium . . . . . . . . .0.310 1.095

Brass . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.307 1.084

Monel . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.307 1.084

Stainless Steels

300 Series . . . . . . . .0.286 1.010

400 Series . . . . . . . .0.283 1.000

Carbon and Alloy

Steels . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.283 1.000

Tin . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.264 0.932

Cast Iron. . . . . . . . . . .0.258 0.911

Zirconium . . . . . . . . . .0.230 0.812

Titanium Com’l Pure .0.163 0.575

Titanium 3AL 21/2 V . .0.162 0.572

Beryllium. . . . . . . . . . .0.067 0.236

Magnesium. . . . . . . . .0.065 0.229

Gray Iron . . . . . . . . . .0.260 0.919

Ductile Iron . . . . . . . . .0.255 0.901

Sec . S Page 12

Page 456: Jorgensen Steel Reference Book - Aug2010

millimeterS converted todecimal and Fractional incheS

Fractional milli- decimal inches meters inches (to nearest 64th)

1 .0394 3/64

2 .0787 5/64

3 .1181 1/8

4 .1575 5/32

5 .1969 13/64

6 .2362 15/64

7 .2756 9/32

8 .3150 5/16

9 .3543 23/64

10 .3937 25/64

11 .4331 7/16

12 .4724 15/32

13 .5118 33/64

14 .5512 35/64

15 .5906 19/32

16 .6299 5/8 17 .6693 43/64

18 .7087 45/64

19 .7480 3/4 20 .7874 25/32

21 .8268 53/64

22 .8661 55/64

23 .9055 29/32

24 .9449 15/16

25 .9843 63/64

26 1.024 11/32

27 1.063 11/16

28 1.102 17/64

29 1.142 19/64

30 1.181 13/16

31 1.220 17/32

32 1.260 117/64

33 1.299 119/64

Fractional milli- decimal inches meters inches (to nearest 64th)

34 1.339 111/32

35 1.378 13/8 36 1.417 127/64

37 1.457 129/64

38 1.496 11/2 39 1.535 117/32

40 1.575 137/64

41 1.614 139/64

42 1.654 121/32

43 1.693 111/16

44 1.732 147/64

45 1.772 149/64

46 1.811 113/16

47 1.850 127/32

48 1.890 157/64

49 1.929 159/64

50 1.969 131/32

51 2.008 21/64

52 2.047 23/64

53 2.087 23/32

54 2.126 21/8

55 2.165 211/64

56 2.205 213/64

57 2.244 21/4

58 2.283 29/32

59 2.323 221/64

60 2.362 223/64

61 2.402 213/32

62 2.441 27/16

63 2.480 231/64

64 2.520 233/64

65 2.559 29/16

66 2.598 219/32

Fractional milli- decimal inches meters inches (to nearest 64th)

67 2.638 241/64

68 2.677 243/64

69 2.717 223/32

70 2.756 23/4 71 2.795 251/64

72 2.835 253/64

73 2.874 27/8 74 2.913 229/32

75 2.953 261/64

76 2.992 263/64

77 3.031 31/32

78 3.071 35/64

79 3.110 37/64

80 3.150 35/32

81 3.189 33/16

82 3.228 315/64

83 3.268 317/64

84 3.307 35/16

85 3.346 311/32

86 3.386 325/64

87 3.425 327/64

88 3.465 315/32

89 3.504 31/2 90 3.543 335/64

91 3.583 337/64

92 3.622 35/8 93 3.661 321/32

94 3.701 345/64

95 3.740 347/64

96 3.780 325/32

97 3.819 313/16 98 3.858 355/64 99 3.898 357/64 100 3.937 315/16

Sec . S Page 13